Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the Department of Agriculture, Jamaica"

See other formats


^/./Iv 


K^ 


'  .**/s!.^l 


"  ■J''-^- 


^.V: 


''t-j^^: 


BULLETIN 


OF   THE 


DEPARTMENT   OF   AGRICULTURE 


EDITED    BY 


WILLIAM  FAWCETT  B.Sc,  F.L.S. 


Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Planiatione. 


'^E^  VORfc 

Vol.  IV.  sotanjcal 

Garden. 


HOPE  GARDENS,  JAMAICA 
1906. 


Il^OEX. 


-'3RARY 

'^EW  YORK 

(BOTANICAL 

OAROEN. 


Page 

Acrostichum  aureum,  excelsum, 

lomarioides                    ...  62 

African  Rubber               ...  278 

Agricultural  Conference  306 

"           "Don'ts"  96,   119,  142,  192, 

215 
"  Instructors,  Conference 

on             ...  238 

"            Scholarship  1 19 

Agriculture  in  Bermuda  205 

of  Porto  Rico  I05 

AUouya                            ...  178 

Analyses,  Banana  Soils  25 

Ben  Oil         ...  114 

"           Camphor  leaves  136 

"            Cassavas       ...  75 

"            Lemon-grass  Oil  106 

Soil  for  Camphor  135 

Arrowroot                         ...  239 

"  Consumption  of  at  the 

Public  Institutions        ...  307 

Arsenate  of  Lead,  admitted  duty 

free  ...  216,  283 

"               "    for  Caterpillars  10 
Ashby,  Mr.,  appointment  of,  as 

Fermentation  Chemist  '307 

Assam  Rubber:               ...  274 

collection               ...  275 

distance  in  planting  276 

effect  of  soil,  &c.,  on  yield  274 

in  Algiers              ...  274 

in  Jamaica              ...  277 

locality                    ...  274 

planting                 ...  276 

preparation  of  the  rubber  278 

propagation           ...  276 

source                    ...  274 

tapping                  ...  275 

value                       ...  275 

when  to  tap            ...  276 

yield                       ...  274 

Attacus  jorulla                ...  121 


Bamber,  M.  Kelway,  on  Camphor 

in  Ceylon                      ...  129 

Banana  in  Bermuda         ...  207 
"    soils  of  St.  Mary  and  St. 

Catherine    ...  25 
St.  Catherine — 

RioMagno...  26 

Riversdale  ...  31 
St.  Mary— 

Hampstead  26 

Highgate    ...  28,30,32 

Oracabessa  29 

Port  Maria...  30 

Barkley,  Sir  Henry,  on  Coco  de  nier    92 

Barrett,  O.  W.,  on  the  Lleren  178 

"        "          on  the  Tanier  180 

Bastard  Logwood            ...  122 

Ben  Oil,  Analysis  of        ...  114 

"    "    Nature  and  Commercial 

Uses  of                         ...  113 

Beet  root                          ...  218 


Page 


Bermuda,  Agriculture  in...  205 

Bananas              ...  20/ 

Lily  Bulbs          ...  205 

Onions                ...  206 

Oranges             ...  206 

Potatoes             ...  206 

Tobacco             ...  206 

Black-leg  disease  of  Cattle  151 

cause                  ...  152 

hygienic             ...  153 

symptoms          ...  152 

treatment            ...  1 52 

preventive  or  prophylactic  153 
Blake,  Sir  Henry,  on  Camphor  in 

Ceylon                            ...  177 
Board    of  Agriculture      22,  46,  63,  95, 

llS,  142,  166,  191,  214,  23S,  283,  305 

Boehmeria  nivea             ...  286 

"        tenacissima      ...  286 

Bordeaux  mixture            ...  157 

Botrychium  Underwoodianum  202 

Brazilian  Coffee  Legislation        127.  176 
Bread-fruit  tree,  Introduction  of,  to 

Jamaica                            ...  44 

Brown-rot  disease  of  Cocoa  pods  II 

Brown,  S.  W.,  Resignation  of  240 

Bucher,  Dr.  E.,  on  Logwood  Disease  79 

Buck,  Sir  E.  C,  on  Turmeric  164 

Bud- rot  disease  of  the  Coco-nut  156 


Cabbages  ...  218 

Cacao  cultivation  in  Ceylon  236 

Calathea  AUouya  ...  178 

Camphor  in  Ceylon         ...  129,  177,  232 

analysis  of  soil  and  leaves     135, 

136 

Blumea  balsamifera  130 

botany  ...  130 

characters  ...  140 

Cinnamomum  Camphora        130 

cultivation         ...  131 

distillation  of  Camphor         137, 

139,  i;7 
130 
177 
130 
232 
140 
136 
131 
134 
140 
130 

141,  177 
116 
219 

233 
75 


Dryobalanops  Camphora 

elevation 

exports 

market  value     ...    130,  177 

oil 

preparation  of  the  Camphor 

propagation 

soils  for 

sublimation  experiments 

uses 

yield  ...   137, 


Camphor  tree  weevil 

Carrots 

Cartwright,  Consul,  on  export  of 
Kapok  from  Guayaquil 

Cassava  Analysis  of 

"    land  in  Clarendon,  Inspection 

of  ...  240,  283 

"    Remedy  for  Caterpillars  on      10 
'■    Trials,  III.  ...  7^ 

"    yields  of  ...  76 


n. 


Page 


Page 


Castilloa  Rubber :  97,  145,  166,  172,  253 
age  at  which  trees  may  be 

tapped  ...  146,260 

as  shade  for  cocoa  256 

best  districts  in  Jamaica  255 
climate  and  situation  147,  254 
coagulating  the  latex  99, 150,  262 
cost  of  collecting  the  rubber  263 
culture  ...  259 

Darien  Castilloa  254 

Darien  '  Caucho'  254 

decrease  of  milk  with  in- 
crease of  altitude  254 
distance  in  planting  149,  257 
flow  of  sap  146,  254 
habitat  ...  146,253 
'  hule  bianco,' '  Colorado' 

'  negro,'  '  tunu'  253 

in  Ceylon  ...  257 

in  Darien  ...  255 

in  Isthmus  of  Panama  255 

in  Tobago  ...  257 

in  Venezuela      ...  256 

in  Mexico  ...  146 

propagation       ...  148,  255 

resins  in  rubber...  260 

seeds  ...  148, 255 

shade  for  Castilloa  255 

study  of  ...  166 

tapping  149,  174,  261 

washing  the  latex  150,  262 

yield  146,  262 

Castilloa  Tunu  ...  253 

Caterpillars  on  Cotton,  Cassava,  &c. 

Remedy  for  ...  10 

Cattle  in  Porto  Rico        ...  no 

CearaRubba:  ...  267 

age  at  which  the  trees  may 

be  tapped  269 

analysis  of  rubber  271 

best  districts  in  Jamaica  269 
climate  ...  267 

collecting  the  rubber  270 

cost  of  collecting  271 

distance  in  planting  270 

in  Brazil  ...  268 

in  Ceylon  ...  270 

in  German  colonies  269 

in  Hawaii  ...  269 

in  India  ...  271 

in  Nicaragua      ...  268 

locality  ...  267 

number  of  trees  per  acre  271 
planting  ...  269 

profit  ...  271 

propagation       ...  269 

soil  ...  267 

yield  ...  271 

Ceylon,  Camphor  in         ...    129,177,232 
"     Grass  Oils  in       ...  lOO 

Chalmers,  F.  V.,  on  Tobacco  of 

Jamaica  ...      59.283,307 

China  Grass  ...  286 

Citronella  Oil  ...  100 

Citrus  decumana  ...  36 

"    Fruits,  Cultivation  and  Market- 
ing of      ...  49 
"        "        in  Porto  Rico                   ill 


Cocoa  Diseases,  II.  ...  11 

Coco  de  mer  ...  87 

Coco-nut,  bud-rot  disease  95,  156 

Double  ...  87 

"        in  Porto  Rico  ...  113 

"        Selection  of  Seed  63,  176 

Coffee  cultivation  in  Brazil  234 

"     Porto  Rico        108 

"        Legislation  in  Brazil     127,  176 

"         Trust,  proposed  177 

Colletotrichura  gossypii,  var. 

barbadense  ...  'jy 

Colocasia  ...  181 

Colombian  Scrap  Rubber  271 

Commercial  Agent  in  London        63,  95, 
118,  143,  167 
Congo  Rubber  ...  278 

Corn,  Analysis  of  ...  7 

"    Notes  on  Imported  and  Native, 

and  Analysis      ...  6 

"    production  and  consumption      304 
Cotton,  Application  of  Paris  Green 

to  ...  141 

"       Disease  ...  yj 

"        in  Porto  Rico      ...  112 

"        Remedy  for  Caterpillars  on      10 
"        Seed,  Sea  Island,  for  1906        127 
Cousins,  H.  H.,  on  Cassava  Trials        73 
"  "  "    Ginep  as  a  Stock 

Food    ...  8 

"  "  "     Imported  and 

Native  Corn  ...  6 

Cox,  Hon.  H.  E.,  on  Tea  I 

Cucumbers  ...  219 

Cultivation  and  marketing  of  Citrus 

Fruits  ...  49 

Curcuma  longa  ...  163 

Dalrymple,  W.  H.,  on  Black-leg 

disease  ...  151 

Date  Palm,  The  culture  of  208 

climatic  requirements  2o8 

fungoid  disease  of  214 

in  Jamaica  ...  213 

in  the  United  States  211 

irrigation  ...  210 

planting  and  cultivation        209 
pollination         ...  210 

yield  ...  211 


Dioscorea  spp.  ...  3 

Diseased  Plants,  and  Insect  Pests  : 

How  to  forward  ...  85 

Disease  Cocoa  ...  n 

"    Cotton  ...  ■]■] 

"    Coco-nut  ...  95,  156 

Distillers'  Course  ...  240 

Divi-divi  ...    121,  122,  124 

"Don'ts,"  Agricultural     ...    96,119,142, 

192,  215 


Earle,  Prof.,  on  Logwood  Disease  78 

Early  Oranges  ...  81 

Economic  Products,  Seasons  and 

Prices  for,  in  Kingston  66 
Edwards,  J.  W.,  on  Logwood 

Disease  ...  80 


m. 


Page 


Fawcett,  W.,  on  Early  Oranges 
Fern,  New  name  for  a  Jamaican 
"    New  species  of  Botrychium 
"     New  species  of  Polypodium 
Fertilizer,  Tobacco  Dust  as  a 
Fibre  Machines  ...  300, 

Ficus  elastica 
Forests  and  Rivers 
Formalin,  the  use  of,  for  preserving 

fruit 
Forsteronia  floribunda    ... 
Freeman,  W.  G.,  Review  of  book  on 

Para  Rubber 
Fruit,  New  Method  of  keeping, 

by  use  of  Formalin 
Fruits:  Seasons  and  Prices  for,  in 

Kingston 
Funtumia  elastica  ...  171, 

age  at  which  seed  is  pro- 
duced ...  171, 
age  at  which  tree  may  be 

tapped  ...  r7l, 

as  shade  for  Cocoa  171, 

attacked  by  caterpillars 
best  districts  in  Jamaica 


154 

66 

264 

264 

264 
265 
267 
265 

coagulating  the  milk       171,  265 

collecting  and  pre- 
paring the  rubber  265 

destruction  of  Ire  forests       266 

distance  apart  forplanting     171 


elevation  for 

171,  265 

habitat 

171, 264 

in  Trinidad 

264 

in  Western  Africa 

171,  264 

pruning 

265 

seeds 

171 

situation  for 

171.  265 

soil 

171,  265 

value 

266 

Garcinia  Mangostana      ...  203 

Garden  Eggs  ...  220 
Gillespie  Bros.  &  Co.,  on  Jamaica 

Ginger                           ...  l65 

Ginep,  Analysis  of          ...  8 

"    as  a  Stock  Food      ...  8 

Ginger,  Jamaican            ...  166 

Grabham,  M.,  on  Silk  Worms  I2I 

Grape  Fruit  and  Shaddocks,  Notes  on  36 

Graphiola  phoenicis         ...  214 

Grass  Oils  in  Ceylon       ...  100 

Grubs,  beetles,  &c.,  To  destroy  217 


Hard  and  Soft-wooded  plants. 

Planting  of  ...  16I 

Harris,  W.,  Notes  on  Rubber-pro- 
ducing plants  241 
"        "     Seasons  and  Prices  for 
Fruits,  Vegetables,  &c. 
in  Kingston  markets  66 
"        "     on  the  cultivation  of 

vegetables  ...  217,  305 

"        "     on  Yams       ...  3 

Hart.  Mrs.  Ernest,  on  Ramie  and  its 

possibilities  ...  296 

Hevea  brasiliensis  ...  169,241 


Page 

Hides  and  Skins  ...  123 

Hilipuselegans  ...  116 

Historical   Notes  on  Economic 

Plants:  Tea  ...  I 

Hope  Gardens,  Appointment  of  Asst. 

"  "        Superintendent    191,  239, 

284 

"  "        Description  of  33 

Plan  of   ...  34 

Howard,   Dr.   L.  O.,  on  Weevil 

attacking  Camphor  trees  116 


Insecticide,  Tobacco  Dust  as  an  178 

Insect  Pests  ...  116 

"        "        How  to  forward  85 

Instructors,  Agricultural,  Conference  238 
"  for  School  Gardens  306 

Ire  ...  264 


Jamaica  Ginger  ...  166 

"      Rubber  ...  279 

collection  of  milk  279 

locality  ...  279 

preparation  of  the  rubber  280 

propagation    ...  280 

source  ...  279 

value  ...  280 

yield  ...  279 

Kapok  ...  233 

Keeping  fruit,  by  use  of  Formalin  154 

Kidney  beans  ...  221 

Kohl  Rabi  ...  221 

Lagos  Silk  Rubber:  See  Funtumia 

elastica  ...  171,264 

Landolphia  florida,  Heudelotii, 
Kirkii,  Mannii,  Owariensis,  Peter- 
siana  ...  278,279 

La  Zacualpa  Rubber  Plantation  :  145 

Castilloa  lactiflua  146 

Castilloa  elastica  148 

cleansing  the  rubber  1 50 
coagulating — native 

Indian  method  150 

labour  ...  147 

latex  ...  149 

location  of  the  Plantation  147 

planting  ...  148 

tapping  methods  149 

washing  the  rubber  150 
Leather,  Manufacture  of,  in 

Jamaica  ...  121,  123 

Lemon  Grass  Oil  ...  102 

"         ■'        "     from  Montserrat  105 

Lettuce  ...  221 

Levy,  H.  Q.,  on  Cultivation  and 

Marketing  of  Citrus  Fruits  49 

Lewkowitsch,  Dr.  J.,  on  Ben  Oil  113 

Lily  Bulbs  in  Bermuda    ...  205 

Lleren:  A  rare  root  crop  178 
Lodoicea  sechellarun      ...  89 

Logwood  :  Disease,  Cultivation    78,  122 
"        Root  Rot  ...  78 

Lucas,  George  L.,  on  Tobacco  Dust 

as  Fertilizer  and  Insecticide  178 


II. 


Page 

Castilloa  Rubber :  97,  145,  166,  172,  253 
age  at  which  trees  may  be 

tapped  ...  146,  260 

as  shade  for  cocoa  256 

best  districts  in  Jamaica  255 
climate  and  situation  147,  254 
coagulating  the  latex  99, 150, 262 
cost  of  collecting  the  rubber  263 


culture 

259 

Darien  Castilloa 

254 

Darien  '  Caucho' 

254 

decrease  of  milk  with 

in- 

crease  of  altitude 

254 

distance  in  planting 

149.  257 

How  of  sap 

146,  254 

habitat 

146,  253 

'hule  bianco,'  'Colorado' 

'  negro,'  '  tunu' 

253 

in  Ceylon 

257 

in  Darien 

255 

in  Isthmus  of  Panama 

255 

in  Tobago 

257 

in  Venezuela 

256 

in  Mexico 

146 

propagation 

148,  255 

resins  in  rubber... 

260 

seeds 

148,  255 

shade  for  Castilloa 

255 

study  of 

166 

tapping                    149, 

174 

261 

washing  the  latex 

150 

262 

yield 

146 

262 

Castilloa  Tunu 

253 

Caterpillars  on  Cotton,  Cassava, 

&c. 

Remedy  for 

10 

Cattle  in  Porto  Rico 

no 

CearaRubba: 

267 

age  at  which  the  trees 

■nay 

be  tapped 

269 

analysis  of  rubber 

271 

best  districts  in  Jamaica 

269 

climate 

267 

collecting  the  rubber 

270 

cost  of  collecting 

271 

distance  in  planting 

270 

in  Brazil 

268 

in  Ceylon 

270 

in  German  colonies 

269 

in  Hawaii 

269 

in  India 

271 

in  Nicaragua 

268 

locality 

267 

number  of  trees  per  acre 

271 

planting 

269 

profit 

271 

propagation 

269 

soil 

267 

yield 

271 

Ceylon,  Camphor  in         ...    129, 

17; 

232 

"     Grass  Oils  in 

100 

Chalmers,  F.  V.,  on  Tobacco  of 

Jamaica                        ...      59, 283 

307 

China  Grass 

286 

Citronella  Oil 

100 

Citrus  decumana 

36 

"    Fruits,  Cultivation  and  Market- 

ing of 

49 

in  Porto  Rico 

in 

Page 

Cocoa  Diseases,  II. 
Coco  de  mer 

Coco-nut,  bud-rot  disease 
"        Double 
"         in  Porto  Rico  ... 
"        Selection  of  Seed 
Coffee  cultivation  in  Brazil 

"          ■'     Porto  Rico  108 
"        Legislation  in  Brazil     127,  176 

"        Trust,  proposed  177 
Colletotrichum  gossypii,  var. 

barbadense                   ...  ^^ 

Colocasia                         ...  181 

Colombian  Scrap  Rubber  271 
Commercial  Agent  in  London        63,  95, 
n8, 143, 167 

Congo  Rubber                  ...  278 

Corn,  Analysis  of             ...  7 
"    Notes  on  Imported  and  Native, 

and  Analysis      ...  6 

"    production  and  consumption  204 
Cotton,  Application  of  Paris  Green 

to                        ...  141 

"        Disease                ...  ^1 

"        in  Porto  Rico       ...  112 

"        Remedy  for  Caterpillars  on  10 

"        Seed,  Sea  Island,  for  1906  127 

Cousins,  H.  H.,  on  Cassava  Trials  Tl 
"           "          "    Ginep  as  a  Stock 

Food    ...  8 

"  "  "     Imported  and 

Native  Corn                 ...  6 

Cox,  Hon.  H.  E.,  on  Tea  I 

Cucumbers                       ...  219 

Cultivation  and  marketing  of  Citrus 

Fruits                            ...  49 

Curcuma  longa                ...  163 
Dalrymple,  W.  H.,  on  Black-leg 

disease                          ...  151 

Date  Palm,  The  culture  of  208 

climatic  requirements  2o8 

fungoid  disease  of  214 

in  Jamaica          ...  213 

in  the  United  States  211 

irrigation            ...  210 

planting  and  cultivation  209 

pollination          ...  210 

yield                  ...  211 


Dioscorea  spp.  ...  3 

Diseased  Plants,  and  Insect  Pests  : 

How  to  forward  ...  85 

Disease  Cocoa  ...  n 

"    Cotton  ...  yj 

"    Coco-nut  ...  95,  156 

Distillers'  Course  ...  240 

Divi-divi  ...    121,  122,  124 

" Don'ts,"  Agricultural     ...    96,119,142, 

192,  215 


Earle,  Prof.,  on  Logwood  Disease  78 

Early  Oranges  ...  81 

Economic  Products,  Seasons  and 

Prices  for,  in  Kingston  66 
Edwards,  J.  W.,  on  Logwood 

Disease  ...  80 


m. 


Page 

Fawcett,  W.,  on  Early  Oranges 
Fern,  New  name  for  a  Jamaican 
"     New  species  of  Botrycliium 
■■     New  species  of  Polypodium 
Fertilizer,  Tobacco  Dust  as  a 
Fibre  Macliines  ...  300,  304 

Ficus  elastica  ...  274 

Forests  and  Rivers  ...  188 

Formalin,  the  use  of,  for  preserving 

fruit  ...  154 

Forsteronia  floribunda    ...  279 

Freeman,  W.  G.,  Review  of  book  on 

Para  Rubber  ...  169 

Fruit,  New  Method  of  keeping, 

by  use  of  Formalin       ...  1 54 

Fruits:  Seasons  and  Prices  for,  in 

Kingston  ...  56 

Funtumia  elastica  ...  171,  264 

age  at  which  seed  is  pro- 
duced ...  171,264 
age  at  which  tree  may  be 

tapped  ...  r7l,  264 

as  shade  for  Cocoa  171,  265 


attacked  by  caterpillars 
best  districts  in  Jamaica 
coagulating  the  milk       171, 
collecting  and  pre- 
paring the  rubber 
destruction  of  Ire  forests 
distance  apart  for  planting 


267 
265 
265 

265 
266 
171 
265 


elevation  for  171, 

habitat  ...  171,264 

in  Trinidad  ...  264 

in  Western  Africa  171,  264 

pruning  ...  265 

seeds  ...  171 

situation  for  ...  171,  265 

soil  ...  171,265 

value  ...  265 


Garcinia  Mangostana      ...  203 

Garden  Eggs  ...  220 
Gillespie  Bros.  &  Co.,  on  Jamaica 

Ginger                           ...  166 

Ginep,  Analysis  of           ...  8 

"    as  a  Stock  Food      ...  8 

Ginger,  Jamaican            ...  166 

Grabham,  M.,  on  Silk  Worms  121 

Grape  Fruit  and  Shaddocks,  Notes  on  36 

Graphiola  phoenicis         ...  2 14 

Grass  Oils  in  Ceylon       ...  lOO 

Grubs,  beetles,  &c.,  To  destroy  217 


Hard  and  Soft-wooded  plants. 

Planting  of  ...  161 

Harris,  W.,  Notes  on  Rubber-pro- 
ducing plants  241 
"        "     Seasons  and  Prices  for 
Fruits,  Vegetables,  &c. 
in  Kingston  markets  65 
"        "     on  the  cultivation  of 

vegetables  ...  217,  305 

"        "     on  Yams       ...  3 

Hart,  Mrs.  Ernest,  on  Ramie  and  its 

possibilities  ...  296 

Hevea  brasiliensis  ...  169, 241 


Page 

Hides  and  Skins  ...  123 

Hilipus  elegans  ...  1 16 

Historical   Notes  on  Economic 

Plants :  Tea  ...  I 

Hope  Gardens,  Appointment  of  Asst. 

"  "        Superintendent    191,  239, 

284 

"  "        Description  of  33 

Plan  of   ...  34 

Howard,  Dr.   L.  O.,  on  Weevil 

attacking  Camphor  trees  116 


Insecticide,  Tobacco  Dust  as  an  178 

Insect  Pests  ...  116 

"        "        How  to  forward  85 

Instructors,  Agricultural,  Conference  238 
"  for  School  Gardens  306 

Ire  ...  264 


Jamaica  Ginger               ...  166 

Rubber               ...  279 

collection  of  milk  279 

locality           ...  279 

preparation  of  the  rubber  280 

propagation    ...  280 

source             ...  279 

value                ...  280 

yield               ...  279 

Kapok                               ...  233 

Keeping  fruit,  by  use  of  Formalin  154 

Kidney  beans                    ...  221 

Kohl  Rabi                        ...  221 

Lagos  Silk  Rubber:   See  Funtumia 

elastica  ...  171, 264 

Landolphia  fiorida,  Heudelotii, 
Kirkii,  Mannii,  Owariensis,  Peter- 
siana  ...  278,279 

La  Zacualpa  Rubber  Plantation  :  145 

Castilloa  lactiflua  146 

Castilloa  elastica  148 

cleansing  the  rubber  150 
coagulating — native 

Indian  method  150 

labour                ...  147 

latex                   ...  149 

location  of  the  Plantation  147 

planting              ...  148 

tapping  methods  149 

washing  the  rubber  1 50 
Leather,  Manufacture  of,  in 

Jamaica                        ...            121,  123 

Lemon  Grass  Oil             ...  102 

"        "        "     from  Montserrat  105 

Lettuce                            ...  221 

Levy,  H.  Q.,  on  Cultivation  and 

Marketing  of  Citrus  Fruits  49 

Lewkowitsch,  Dr.  J.,  on  Ben  Oil  I13 

Lily  Bulbs  in  Bermuda    ...  205 

Lleren:  A  rare  root  crop  178 

Lodoicea  sechellarun      ...  89 

Logwood  :  Disease,  Cultivation    78,  122 

Root  Rot          ...  78 
Lucas,  George  L.,  on  Tobacco  Dust 

as  Fertilizer  and  Insecticide  178 


VI. 


Page 


Page 


Taylor,  Sir  William,  on  Rubber  in 

the  Federated  Malay  States 
Tea 

Teversham,  T.  F.,  Resignation  of 
Thompson,  W.  J.,  on  Planting  of 

Hard  and  Soft-wooded  plants 
Tillman,  Dr.  H.,  on  Early  Oranges 
Tobacco  Dust  as  Fertilizer  and 
Insecticide 
"        experiment  under  shade 
"        for  the  Navy 
"        of  Bermuda 
"        "  Jamaica 
"        "  Porto  Rico 
Tomatoes 
Turmeric  : 

character  and  value 

merce 
cultivation 
curcumin 
food 
haldi 
medicine 
preparation  of  the  root-stock 
Turnips 


233 

I 

96 

161 

83 

i;s 
284 
58, 307 
206 
58, 200. 283, 307 
109 
229 
163 


m  com- 


164 
163 
165 
165 
163 
165 
163 
230 


207 


Vanilla  statistics 

Vegetables,  Notes  on  cultivation 

of  ...  217,305 

"        Seasons  and  Prices  for,  in 
Kingston  ...  68 


Virgen  Rubber  ._  271 

age  at  which  crops  may  be 

obtained  ...  272 

elevations  for,  in  Colombia  272 

"  "     in  Jamaica  273 

propagation  ...  272 

value  of  ...  272 


Ward,  Swinburne,  on  Coco  de  mer     89, 

93 
Water  Melons  . . .  230 

Watson.  Dr.  Forbes,  on  Ramie  289,  292 
Watts,  Hon.  F.  on  Lemon-grass  Oil  105 
Weevil  attacking  Camphor  trees  I16 
Wildman.  M.  E.  de,  on  Lagos  Silk 

Rubber  ...  171 

Worn-out  Soils,  Renovation  of  193 

Wortley,  E.  J.,  Analyses  of  Imported 

and  Native  Corn  7 

"  Appointment  as  Lec- 

turer in  Agricultural  Science  144 

Wright,  Herbert,  on  Cacao  cultiva- 
tion in  Ceylon   236 
"  on  Grass  Oils  100 

"  on  Para  Rubber  169,  241 


Xanthosoma 
Yams,  Notes  on 


181 


Zacualpa :  See  La  Zacualpa  Rubber 
Plantation  ...  145 


BULLETIN 


DEPAKTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV. 


JANUARY,  1906. 


Part  1 


EDITED    BY 


WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  E.L.S.. 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  atid  Plantations. 


CONTENTS: 

Page. 

Notes  on  Economic  Plants  :  Yll 

I 

Yams 

3 

Notes  on  Imported  and  Native  Corn 

6 

Ginep  as  a  Stock  Food  ... 

8 

Palmyra  Palm 

8 

Rust  Mite  of  the  Orange 

9 

Remedy  for  Caterpillars  on  Cotton,  Cassava 

L,  etc. 

10 

Cocoa  Diseases  n. 

II 

Value  of  Mulching  II.    ... 

13 

The  Talipot  Palm 

19 

The  Future  of  Rubber  ... 

20 

Board  of  Agriculture     ... 

22 

PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plautatious,  Kingatoii  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  : 
Hope  Gardens. 


1906. 


JAMAICA. 

LIBRARY 

NEW  YORK 

BULLETIN  7-„-- 

OF    THE 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTUPtE. 


Vol.  IV.  JANUARY,  1906.  Part  1. 

HISTORICAL  NOTES  ON  ECONOMIC  PLANTS  IN 

JAMAICA. 

VI. — Tea  (continued.) 
An  article  on  tea  appeared  in  the   Bulletin   for  June  and  July, 
1903. 

In  order  to  bring  the  subject  up  to  date  the  following  para- 
graphs by  Hon.  H.  E.  Cox  are  reprinted  from  Jamaica  in  1905. 

"  There  are  at  present  only  two  tea  plantations  in  the  western 
hemisphere  ;  one  at  Summerville,  South  Carolina,  U.S.A.,  and  the 
other  at  Ramble  in  St.  Ann,  Jamaica. 

"Varieties  of  the  tea  plant  were  introduced  into  Jamaica  in  1868, 
and  were  planted  in  the  public  gardens  on  the  Blue  Mountains, 
some  4,900  feet  above  sea-level,  where  they  grew  well.  Some 
twenty  years  later  a  plantation  of  about  13  acres  was  formed  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  gardens  at  Cinchona,  but  the  cultivation 
was  discontinued,  and  although  the  bushes  are  still  growing  well, 
it  has  not  yet  been  resumed.  In  1896  the  plantation  at  Ramble 
in  St.  Ann  was  commenced.  Its  progress  at  first  was  very  slow, 
every  step  having  to  be  tested  by  experiment.  The  soil  being 
different  to  that  at  Cinchona,  the  rainfall  less  than  at  that  place, 
and  the  elevation  only  1,600  feet  above  sea-level,  it  was  necessary 
to  commence  by  trying  whether  the  plant  would  grow  under  the 
altered  conditions  sufficiently  well  to  make  it  worth  while  to  incur 
the  great  initial  expense  of  forming  a  plantation.  This  test  was 
made  with  250  plants  and  a  packet  of  seed  from  the  Cinchona 
gardens.  The  result  being  favourable,  the  cultivation  was 
extended  as  plants  or  seed  could  be  procured  ;  but  the  quantity 
not  being  large,  for  several  years  only  a  small  acreage  could  be 
planted.  Of  course,  seed  could  have  been  imported,  but  it  was 
decided  not  to  do  so  for  two  reasons  ;  firstly,  that  the  tea  grown 
might  be    homogeneous    in    character,    and   secondly,   for  fear  of 


importing  certain  enemies  of  the  plant  with  the  seed.  Latterly 
the  cultivation  has  expanded  more  rapidly,  seed  being  obtained 
from  the  plants  first  put  in ;  there  are  now  from  80  to  90  acres 
with  plants  of  various  ages. 

"  After  demonstrating  that  the  plant  would  grow  in  St.  Ann,  it 
was  necessary  to  experiment  in  manufacturing  the  tea  from  the 
leaf  to  judge  whether  its  quality  would  justify  a  heavy  expenditure 
on  machinery  for  curing  it.  This  test  having  been  passed, 
machinery  was  procured  and  tea  prepared  for  market,  the  first 
occasion  being  at  the  Thickets  Show,  in  August,  1903.  Since  that 
time  additional  and  improved  machinery  has  been  set  up,  and 
with  the  experience  gained  by  practice  in  the  manufacture,  a  good 
class  of  tea  is  being  turned  out. 

"  Tea  is  essentially  a  factory  crop;  it  requires  a  large  initial 
outlay  for  buildings  and  machinery  ;  and  there  must  be  a  consider- 
able expenditure  for  keeping  the  ground  clean  while  the  plants  are 
growing,  about  five  years.  In  Jamaica  this  item  constitutes  a 
serious  handicap  on  the  planter,  as  compared  with  India,  where 
the  rate  of  wages  is  very  much  lower.  For  these  reasons,  tea  cultiva- 
tion requires  a  much  longer  period  of  waiting,  before  it  can  be 
remunerative,  than  some  other  cultivations,  such  as  the  banana ; 
but  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  not  subject  to  any  great  risk  from 
hurricanes,  and  it  is  a  crop  with  many  advantages  for  the  settler 
who  lives  within  reach  of  a  factory.  He  can  grow  the  plant  in 
his  provision  ground  without  stopping  his  other  cultivation,  and 
when  the  plants  are  large  enough  he  will  have  at  the  factory  at 
all  times  a  market  for  his  leaf." 

The  Gleaner  Newspaper  published  an  interview  with  Sir  D. 
Morris,  Commissioner  for  the  Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture, 
in  the  course  of  which  reference  was  made  to  Mr.  Cox's  tea  planta- 
tion, as  follows  : — 

"  Amongst  the  newer  industries,  I  am  glad  to  find  that  the  Hon. 
H.  E.  Cox  has  extended  his  tea  cultivation  at  Ramble,  St.  Ann,  to 
90  acres.  This  area  is  beautifully  kept  and  the  trees  are  in 
excellent  health.  The  quality  of  the  tea  has  greatly  improved 
since  my  last  visit  to  Jamaica,  and  when  the  new  machinery  which 
Mr.  Cox  has  imported  is  in  full  working  order,  the  tea  of  the 
coming  season  should  all  be  of  first-class  quality.  The  tea  is 
entirely  made  by  machinery,  and  does  not  come  in  contact  with 
the  hands  of  the  working  people  during  the  process  of  manufacture. 
This  is  the  only  tea  cultivation  in  the  West  Indies  and  the 
prospects  for  the  industry  are  very  favourable." 


YAMS. 

By  W.  Harris,  F.L.S.,  Superintendent  of  Hope  Gardens. 

As  far  as  I  am  able  to  gather  the  cultivated  yams  of  Jamaica 
may  all  be  referred  to  four  species  of  Dioscorea,  viz.  : — 

D.  sativa,  Linn..  D.  alata,  Linn.,  D.  cayennensis,  Lam.,  and  D. 
trifida,  Linn.,  all  climbing  plants  belonging  to  the  order  Dios- 
coreaccea,  and  cultivated  in  the  tropics. 

It  is  exceedingly  difficult  to  get  good  botanical  specimens  of 
these  cultivated  plants,  but  from  enquiries  made  amongst  cultiva- 
tors, and  by  carefully  comparing  the  information  thus  gained  with 
the  published  descriptions  of  cultivated  species  of  Dioscorea,  I  have 
arrived  at  the  determinations  here  given.  If  ever  the  numerous 
recognised  varieties  are  critically  examined,  it  is  possible  that 
some  of  those  now  included  D.  sativa,  and  D.  alata  will  be  referred 
to  other  species. 

Dioscorea  sativa,  Linn.    "  Negro  Yam. " 

Stem  cylindrical,  not  winged,  more  or  less  prickly  ;  leaves  heart- 
shaped,  roundish,  gradually  tapering  into  a  sharp  point. 

Tuber  large,  of  a  dark  colour  externally,  but  the  end  white  and 
bitter  when  boiled  if  not  perfectly  ripe.  This  yam  is  of  a  dirty 
white  colour  when  cooked,  and  is  soft,  but  is  considered  a  good 
yam. 

The  Negro  Yam  is  always  cut  before  it  is  quite  ripe,  otherwise 
a  very  small  "  head"  for  planting  would  be  obtained.  It  is  a  hardy 
yam  and  is  the  best  kind  for  cold  districts  in  the  hills. 

Varieties. —  "  Man  Yam."  A  larger  yam  and  better  flavoured  than 
the  "  Negro."  Tuber  oblong,  of  nearly  the  same  diameter  through- 
out its  length.     This  is  allowed  to  ripen  before  being  cut. 

"  Litcea  Yam."  This  is  a  longer  yam  than  either  the  "  Negro" 
or  the  "  Man."  In  flavour  it  is  considered  superior  to  the  "  Negro" 
but  inferior  to  the  "  Man."  Tuber  about  the  same  thickness 
throughout  its  length.  This  yam  is  largely  cultivated  in  the 
western  parishes  (Hanover,  &c.),  and  is  shipped  in  considerable 
quantities  from  the  port  of  Lucea  (hence  its  name)  to  Kingston, 
also  to  Cuba.     It  is  a  first-rate  yam. 

"  Mozclla,"  or  "  Bitter  Yam."  Very  like  the  "Lucea,"  but  of  a 
purplish  colour  underneath  the  skin,  and  with  a  bitter  taste  when 
cooked,  even  when  carefully  cured. 

The  stems  of  this  variety  climb  to  a  great  height,  reaching  the 
top  of  the  highest  tree  if  they  happen  to  get  hold  of  the  branches. 

Dioscorea  alata,  Linn.     "White  Yam." 

India.  Stems  sharply  angled,  winged  ;  leaves  heart-shaped, 
roundish,  or  pointed,  variable  in  size  and  shape,  often  very  large. 
Tuber  very  large  as  a  rule,  white. 

Varieties: — "Guinea  Yam."  One  of  the  larges  white  yams. 
Skin  smooth ;  tuber  soft  when  cooked,  flavour  good.  Like  the 
"  Mozella  Yam,"  the  stems  climb  to  a  great  height. 


"Moonshine  Yam."  Skin  of  a  purple  colour.  A  good  white 
yam. 

"  Snake  Yam."  Tubers  club-shaped;  growing  to  a  length  of  3 
or  4  feet,  and  8  or  9  inches  in  circumference.  Not  grown  to  any 
extent,  being  of  poor  quality. 

"Silver  Yam."  A  dry,  floury  yam,  one  of  the  best  of  the  white 
yams. 

"  Bull-head  Hard  Yam."  A  rough  coated,  hairy  yam,  the  shape 
of  the  tubers  supposed  to  have  some  resemblance  to  a  bull's  head. 
It  is  a  hard  yam  when  cooked,  but  of  good  flavour. 

"Two-sister's  Hard  Yam."  Somewhat  similar  to  the  "Bull- 
head." Called  "  Two-sisters"  because  each  "  head"  produces  two 
tubers. 

"  Bear-and-drop  Hard-head."  Produces  a  large  number  of  small 
tubers  which  are  joined  together  in  a  mass  by  fibrous  roots.  When 
handled,  however,  they  drop  asunder.  The  tubers  are  very  watery 
when  cooked,  and  this  is  altogether  a  useless  sort,  and  not 
cultivated. 

"  Bragging  Tom  Yam."  Said  to  be  the  largest  white  yam  grown. 
Tubers  measuring  3  to  4  feet  in  length,  and  18  inches  in  diameter, 
have  been  grown.  It  is  very  scarce,  but  was  formerly  cultivated 
with  much  care.  Large  pits  were  dug,  filled  with  rotten  manure, 
and  covered  with  soil  and  the  "  heads"  planted.  In  addition  to 
being  a  very  large  yam,  it  is  considered  one  of  the  best  when 
carefully  cultivated. 

"Pucka  Yam."  A  large,  round  sort,  and  so  soft  that  in  cooking 
it  must  be  steamed,  not  boiled.     A  good  yam. 

"  Bullet-tree  Pucka  Yam."  A  large,  round  yam  like  the  "  Pucka," 
but  the  surface  of  the  tuber  is  curiously  pitted,  the  indentations 
being  of  a  considerable  size. 

"Flour  Yam."     A  soft  floury  yam.     One  of  the  best. 

"Barbados  Yam."  A  large  yam,  but  clammy  when  cooked,  and 
not  considered  a  first-class  kind.  In  some  districts,  however,  it  is 
of  fair  quality  and  is  much  liked. 

DISCOREA  CAYENNENSIS,  Lam.  "Yellow  Yam."  "  Afou  Yam." 
Stems  cylindrical,  sparsely  prickly  below  ;  leaves  heart-shaped, 
roundish,  pointed,  7  nerved,  about  3i  inches  long  by  3  inches 
broad,  quite  glabrous,  papery  in  texture ;  flower  spikes  usually  in 
pairs,  produced  from  the  axils  of  the  leaf  stalks.  Tuber  large, 
often  branched,  of  a  sulphur-yellow  colour.  If  the  tubers  are 
allowed  to  become  exposed  during  growth  they  are  very  bitter 
when  cooked.  Those  grown  in  good  open  soils  are  fairly  dry  and 
mealy,  but  tubers  grown  in  heavy,  damp  soils  are  clammy  in 
texture  when  boiled,  and  anything  but  palatable.  At  best  it  is  a 
heavy,  coarse  yam,  but  is  grown  extensively  and  is  a  general 
favourite  amongst  the  working  classes.  It  thrives  best  in  hot  dis- 
tricts, but  it  is  a  hardy  yam  and  is  not  so  readily  affected  by 
unfavourable  climatic  conditions  as  the  more  delicate  white  yams. 
It  can  be  had  at  almost  any  time  of  the  year,   as  tubers   are  cut 


from  the  growing  plants  often  twice,  the  hills  are  moulded  up  again 
and  fresh  tubers  are  produced.  There  do  not  appear  to  be  any 
named  varieties  of  this  plant. 

DIOSCOREA  TRIFIDA  Linn.  "Indian  Yam."  "\ampee"  "Ciish- 
Cusli."  Stem  angular,  slightly  winged;  leaves  3-lobed ;  tuber 
cylindrical,  about  6  inches  long.  Each  plant  produces  several 
tubers. 

This  is  quite  the  nicest  of  all  yams  for  table.  The  tubers  boiled 
or  roasted,  and  eaten  with  good  butter,  are  delicious.  They  have 
a  "  nutty"  flavour  not  noticeable  in  other  yams. 

DIOSCOREA  BULBIFERA,  Linn.  "Acorn  Yam."  "Bulb-bearing 
Yam."     East  Indies.     Naturalised  in  West  Indies. 

Stem  sub-cylindrical ;  leaves  heart-shaped,  ovate,  pointed  ;  tuber 
somewhat  globose. 

This  plant  produces  numbers  of  rather  large  bulbils  on  its 
stems  ;  these  are  of  a  light  brown  colour,  about  3  inches  long, 
oval  roundish,  or  flat  on  one  side.  They  may  be  planted  to  pro- 
pagate the  plant.  The  tubers  are  rarely  eaten,  but  a  good  starch 
is  obtained  from  them. 

Cultivation. 

There  is  no  crop  so  generally  grown  in  the  West  Indies  as 
that  of  yam  of  one  kind  or  another.  In  Jamaica,  yams  may  be 
seen  from  near  the  coast  up  to  4,000  feet  altitude,  and  they  seem 
to  thrive  everywhere. 

Tubecs  grown  in  good  open  soils  are  naturally  superior  to  those 
grown  in  damp,  heavy  clayey  soils,  but  certain  varieties  are  suited 
to  the  soils  of  certam  districts,  and  as  this  is  a  crop  on  which  the 
small  cultivator  largely  depends  for  his  food  supply,  he  grows 
only  those  varieties  that  he  knows  from  his  own  experience,  and 
that  of  his  neighbours,  will  produce  good  crops  in  the  land  that 
he  cultivates. 

The  main  crop  of  yams  is  planted  from  January  to  end  of  March, 
but  planting  is  continued  to  July. 

The  "  Negro"  and  "  Indian"  yams  are  planted  first,  and  they 
take  from  five  to  seven  months  to  produce  edible  tubers ;  the 
"  Afou"  or  "  yellow  yam"  is  planted  next,  and  it  takes  about  seven 
months  ;  the  "  White  Yams"  are  planted  last,  and  they  take  ten  to 
twelve  months  to  arrive  at  maturity.  The  length  of  time  varies 
according  to  altitude  and  climate.  In  the  mountains,  from  the 
time  of  planting  to  the  time  of  lifting  the  ripe  "  heads"  occupies 
twelve  months. 

The  first  tubers  of  "Negro  Yam"  and  its  varieties,  and  the 
"  Afou"  are  cut  during  the  growth  of  the  plants,  but  the  "  White 
Yams"  are  allowed  to  finish  their  growth  and  ripen  before  being 
cut.  When  the  tubers  are  all  cut,  the  base  of  the  vine,  with  the 
fibrous  roots  is  carefully  moulded  up,  and  left  undisturbed  for  a 
period  of  five  or  six  months,  or  longer,  during  which  time  the 
"  head"  is  formed.     When  the  stems  and  leaves  turn  yellow  and 


begin  to  decay,  the  "head"  is  ripe.  The  heads,  as  a  rule,  are 
lifted,  and  kept  perfectly  dry  till  required  for  planting.  Shoots 
are  produced  by  these  in  the  same  way  as  produced  by  potatoes 
that  are  kept  for  seed.  Generally,  the  heads  are  planted  whole, 
but  occasionally  a  head  is  composed  of  two  or  three  small  tubers, 
and  these  are  separated  and  planted,  two  of  these  small  heads 
being  placed  in  a  hill  instead  of  one  strong  one. 

Preparing  the  hills.  The  cultivator  with  his  hoe  digs  the  ground 
on  an  area  of  about  four  feet  by  three  ;  he  thoroughly  pulverizes 
this  and  picks  out  all  stones,  roots,  &c.,  and  draws  the  soil  into  a 
mound.  The  hills  are  usually  6  feet  apart,  and  when  all  are  pre- 
pared, he  proceeds  to  plants  his  "heads."  With  his  hand  he 
makes  an  opening  in  the  centre  of  the  hill  or  mound  of  earth,  and 
carefully  plants  his  "  seed,"  generally  one  strong  head  to  each  hill. 
As  soon  as  planting  is  finished,  he  puts  a  stout  bamboo  pole  or 
stake  firmly  in  the  ground,  one  to  each  plant,  as  a  support  for  the 
vines  to  twine  on,  and  he  slants  these  in  one  direction  up  the  hill 
(yams  are  generally  grown  on  the  hill-sides  in  Jamaica).  He  care- 
fully watches  his  plants,  moulding  the  hills,  and  training  the 
young  vines  in  the  way  that  they  should  grow. 

When  the  tubers  are  fit  for  cutting  they  are  used  principally  by 
the  grower  and  his  family,  but  any  surplus  stock  is  disposed  of. 
His  wife  takes  them  to  the  nearest  local  market  and  either  sells 
them,  or  barters  them  for  plantains,  "  new  sugar,"  or  any  other 
product  not  grown  or  prepared  in  her  own  district,  or  she  carries 
them  to  Kingston  market,  and  with  the  proceeds  purchases  such 
necessaries  as  she  may  require. 

Catch  crops  are  always  grown  between  yam  hills ;  these  may 
be  corn,  peas,  ochro,  pumpkins,  melons,  cucumbers,  or  other  quick 
growing  crops. 

A  curious  fact  in  connection  with  the  twining  habit  of  yams 
may  be  noted  here.  As  far  as  I  am  aware,  the  stems  of  all  the 
cultivated  species,  with  one  exception,  twine  to  the  right,  that  is 
from  the  west,  by  the  south  to  the  east.  The  exception  is  the 
Indian  yam,  or  Cush-Cush,  it  twines  to  the  left,  that  is  from  the 
west,  by  the  north  to  the  east. 

NOTES  ON  IMPORTEDAND  NATIVE  COR"^  . 

By  H.  H.  Cousins,  M.A.,  Agricultural  Chemist. 

Analyses  of  seven  samples  of  imported  American  corn  as  sold 
in  Jamaica  have  been  made  to  ascertain  the  average  composition 
of  the  imported  article  in  comparison  with  well-cured  native  corn. 

The  average  of  the  seven  samples,  which  show  little  variation,  in- 
dicates a  content  of  9"4  per  cent,  of  albuminoids  as  against  I2*4  in  a 
fair  sample  of  country  corn  based  upon  a  content  of  12  '/,  moisture. 

These  figures  clearly  bring  out  the  fact  that  our  tropical  corn  is 
richer  in  flesh-producing  material  than  the  imported  corn  grown 
in  the  United  States  and  is  therefore  superior  as  a  food  for  horses. 

These  analyses  are  the  work  of  Mr.  E.  J.  Wortley,  Assistant 
Chemist,  and  are  a  continuation  of  the  analyses  already  published 
in  this  Bulletin,  Vol.  III.  Oct.,  1905,  p.  214. 


•ajnistotn 
)/o  zi  Biseq 
nospiouranq^V 


C3 


S5 


o/o  ejqi J 


■n/o  iB^ 


U5 

CO 


lO 

CO 


CO 

1(1 


■ajtnsTO^\[ 


o 


CO 

CO 


00 
CO 


CO        ■* 


•<as-9XM 

X 

fe 

s 

fe 

5 

CO 
00 

00 

o 

spiouicnnmv 

00 

05 

00 

00 

00 

cs 

O) 

Ol 

1— 1 

•neSoj^i^  IB'jox 

^ 

•* 

rH 

tX 
•* 

rM 

2 

CO 

CI 

•qsy 

CO 

s 

O 

o 

^3 

CO 

CI 

CO 

^ 

-^ 

— 

^ 

— 

fH 

1-H 

-' 

— 

o 
u 


■a 


o 


3 
O 

D 


a 


o 
c 

p 


o 


C3 

!> 


o 


o 

a 


9 
O 

O 


o 
»5 


GINEP  AS  A  STOCK  FOOD. 

By  H.  H.  Cousins,  M.A.,  Agricultural  Chemist. 
My  attention  was  called  to  the  practical  value  of  the  fruit  of 
ginep   (Melicocca    bijuga)    for  feeding    sheep    by    Mr.    Facey  of 
Montego  Bay — 

Analyses  have  been  made  in  the  Laboratory  with  the  following 
results  : — 

GINEP. 

Skin  227  %  Seed  317  '1,  Pulp  45-6  1 


Ripe  Fruit. 

Dried  at  100-  C. 

• 

3 

00 

a 

SO 

CO 

0 

•=.(5 

rsxi 

£ 

3 

to 

'0 

•i 

0 

0=^ 

.5  to 

"5" 
£ 

£ 
'o 

J3 

-4J 

O 

d 
IS 

o 

"o" 

fei 

<. 

^ 

•A 

tq 

'^ 

^ 

< 

H 

< 

l£< 

E 

Seed 

54-71 

1-22 

•84 

6  22 

•63 

5-09 

2-69 

1-86 

11-56 

M7 

11-21 

Seeii,  skin  &  pulp    . 

80-52 

-53 

.32 

1-97 

•25 

2.1 

2  67 

1-64 

1011 

1  28 

10-77 

The  seed  is  fairly  rich  in  albuminoids  and  may  fairly  be  regarded 
as  a  concentrated  food-stuff  that  should  be  valuable  as  an  addition 
to  grass  and  green  fodder. 


THE  PALMYRA  PALM. 

Sir  J.  E.  Tennant  in  his  work  on  "  Ceylon,"  speaks  as  follows 
of  the  Palmyra  Palm  (Borassus  flabelliformis). 

"  The  palmyra    is   an   invaluable  palm,   and  one  of  the  most 

beautiful  of  the    family.     It    grows    in    such    profusion    over   the 

north  of  Ceylon,  and   especially   in  the  peninsula  of  Jaffna,  as  to 

form  extensive   forests,  whence  its  timber  is  exported   for  rafters 

to  all  parts  of  the  island,  as  well  as  to  the  opposite  coast  of  India, 

where,  though  the  palmyra  grows  luxuriantly,  its  wood,  from  local 

causes,    is  too  soft  and    perishable   to  be    used   for  any    purpose 

requiring  strength  and  durability,  qualities  which,  in  the   palmyra 

of  Ceylon,   are  pre-eminent.     To  the   inhabitants  of  the   northern 

provinces  this  invaluable  tree  is  of  the  same  importance  as  the 

coco-nut  palm  is  to  the  natives  of  the  south.     Its  fruits  yields  them 

food  and  oil ;  its   juice   "  palm  wine"  and   sugar  ;  its  stem   is  the 

chief  material  of  their  builings ;  and  its  leaves,  besides  serving  as 

roofs  to  their  dwellings   and   fences  to  their  farms,  supply  them 

with  matting  and   baskets,  with  head-dresses  and  fans,  and  serve 

as  a  substitute  for  paper  for  their  deeds  and  writings,  and  for  the 

sacred  books,  which  contain  the  traditions  of  their  faith.     It  has 

been  said  with   truth  that  a   native  of  Jaffna,  if  he  be  contented 


with  ordinary  doors  and  mud  walls,  may  build  an  entire  house  (as 
he  wants  neither  nails  nor  iron  work),  with  walls,  roof,  and  cover- 
ing from  the  Palmyra  palm.  From  this  same  tree  he  may  draw 
his  wine,  make  his  oil,  kindle  his  fire,  carry  his  water,  store  his 
food,  cook  his  repast,  and  sweeten  it,  if  he  pleases  ;  in  fact,  he 
does  so  live  from  day  to  day  dependent  on  his  palmyra  alone. 
Multitudes  so  live,  and  it  may  be  safely  asserted  that  this  tree 
alone  furnishes  one-fourth  the  means  of  sustenance  for  the 
population  of  the  northern  provinces." 


THE  RUST  MITE  OF  THE  ORANGE. 

The  mite*  which  causes  the  rust  of  the  orange,  lives  on  all 
citrus  plants.  It  is  very  small,  only  o^q  of  an  inch  in  length. 
The  eggs  hatch  in  four  or  five  days,  and  within  seven  to  ten  days 
the  young  mites  undergo  a  moult.  The  period  of  moulting,  or 
casting  the  skin,  lasts  two  days,  and  eggs  are  probably  laid  in  a 
few  days  after  the  moult. 

The  mites  feed  on  the  essential  oil  of  the  leaves  and  fruit,  and 
move  from  one  part  of  the  plant  to  another  as  the  conditions 
favour  them. 

EFFECTS   OF  ATTACK. 

On  the  leaves  each  puncture  of  the  mites  causes  a  minute  pimple, 
and  if  the  mites  are  abundant,  the  leaf  surface  loses  its  gloss,  and 
has  a  tarnished  dusty  appearance.  The  leaves  do  not  drop  off, 
but  there  is  a  loss  of  vitality,  and  the  growth  of  the  plant  is  to 
some  extent  checked. 

If  the  fniit  is  severely  attacked,  it  does  not  attain  its  full  size. 
The  skin  shrinks  and  toughens,  preserving  the  fruit  from  injury 
and  decay,  so  that  it  carries  better,  keeps  longer,  and  is  superior 
in  flavour  to  bright  fruit. 

REMEDIES. 

In  applying  remedies,  the  life  history  must  be  remembered  ;  and 
that  while  it  is  comparatively  easy  to  kill  the  adult  mites,  it  is 
very  difficult  to  kill  the  eggs  and  the  young  mites  while  they  are 
protected  by  the  old  skin  during  the  moulting  stage.  Either  the 
remedy  must  be  sufficient  to  kill  eggs  and  young  as  well  as  adults, 
or  it  must  be  repeated  at  intervals. 

Whale  Oil  Soap. — Whale  oil  soap  solution,  made  by  dissolving 
one  pound  of  the  soap  in  ten  gallons  of  water,  is  effectual  in 
killing  all  the  adults,  and  a  large  percentage  of  moulting  mites 
and  eggs.  Applications  should  be  made  by  a  spray  pump,  and  be 
repeated  several  times  at  intervals  of  a  few  days. 

One  pound  to  five  gallons  of  water  in  still  more  effectual  but 
while  not  injuring  the  leaves,  may  cause  the  blossoms  to  fall  off" 
if  applied  when  the  plant  is  in  flower. 

Sulphur. — Finely  powdered  flower  of  sulphur  kills  both  adult 
and  young  mites,  but  does  not  affect  the  eggs.  It  may  be  dusted 
on  the  plant,  or  applied  in  water  by  spraying, — putting  two  or 
three  ounces  of  sulphur  to  one  gallon   of  water.     If  scale-insects 


*  H.  G.  Hubbard  in  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agri.  188i,  page 


361. 


10 

are  troublesome,  the  sulphur  in  the  same  proportions  can  be  used 
with  kerosene  emulsion,  so  that  both  the  mites  and  the  scale- 
insects  are  attacked  by  each  application. 

REMEDY  FOR  CATERPILLARS  ON  COTTON, 

CASSAVA,  &c. 

Paris  Green  has  been  recommended  in  the  Bulletin*  as  a  dry 
application  for  the  Cotton  Worm,  and  it  is  believed  that  under  all 
ordinary  conditions  the  method  recommended  is  the  simplest, 
cheapest  and  most  effective. 

But  wrhere  six  or  seven  hundred  acres  of  cotton  are  planted  out 
in  fields  of  from  lOO  to  300  acres  as  a  new  cultivation  with  large 
numbers  of  wild  cotton  plants  growing  all  through  the  neighbour- 
hood the  opportunity  for  the  cotton  worm  to  increase  and  multiply 
is  at  once  made  use  of,  and  when  rain  falls  every  afternoon, 
washing  off  the  Paris  Green,  the  resultant  plague  of  cotton  worms 
causes  very  extensive  destruction,  and  a  new  remedy  has  to  be 
found  to  deal  with  any  such  emergency. 

It  is  believed  that  such  remedy  is  arsenate  of  lead  applied  by 
means  of  a  knapsack  spray  pump.  It  does  not  wash  off  easily,  and 
does  not  injure  young  foliage  as  excess  of  Paris  Green  does. 

It  is  useful  for  the  destniction  of  any  caterpillar  or  worm  that 
injures  by  eating,  e.g.  the  cassava  caterpillar,  and  should  be  kept 
ready  in  stock  for  any  emergency  that  may  arise. 

Prof.  Fernald  of  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College  recom- 
mends! the  following  recipe  : — 

Arsenate  of  Lead. 
4  oz.  arsenate  of  soda  (50  %  strength). 
II  oz.  acetate  of  lead. 
150  gallons  water. 

"  Put  the  arsenate  of  soda  in  2  quarts  of  water  in  a  wooden  pail, 
and  the  acetate  of  lead  in  four  quarts  of  water  in  another  wooden 
pail.  When  both  are  dissolved,  mix  with  the  rest  of  the  water. 
Warm  water  in  the  pails  will  hasten  the  process." 

The  proportion  of  water  may  vary,  the  U.S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture 
(Bull.  41,  Div.  Entom.)  recommends  less  than  half  the  water. 

If  fungus  also  attacks  the  leaf,  as  it  did  cotton  in  Vere  lately, 
mix  with  Bordeaux  mixturej:  as  follows : — • 

"Prepare  the  arsenate  of  lead  as  above,  but  instead  of  adding 
the  arsenate  of  soda  and  acetate  of  lead,  when  dissolved,  to  the 
water,  mix  the  two  together  well,  then  add  one-third  of  this  to  50 
gallons  of  Bordeaux  mixture". 

Arsenate  of  lead  is  put  on  the  market  in  a  very  convenient  form 
under  the  name  of  Bowker's  Disparene  &  Swift's  Arsenate  of  Lead. 
The  latter  can  be  purchased  in  Kingston. 


•Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Jamaica,  II.  July  1904,  page  159; 
III.  Sept.  1905,  page  203. 

t  Bulletin  No.  96.  Hatch  Experiment  Station  of  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural 
College,  May  1904. 

J  Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Jamaica,  III.  March  1905,  page  61. 


II 

COCOA  DISEASES.   II. 

In  the  December  Bulletin  (page  270)  an  account  was  given  of  a 
disease  of  Cocoa  pods  in  which  the  darkening  of  the  pod  is 
accompanied  by  white  mould  on  the  outside. 

Mr.  Hart  in  a  paper  on  "  Some  Fungi  of  the  Cacao  Tree*  states 
that  in  Trinidad  "the  disease  was  observed  to  be  most  prevalent 
in  places  where  the  atmosphere  was  humid  and  where  the  pods 
had  been  allowed  to  rot  beneath  the  trees." 

Mr.  Albert  Howard,  formerly  the  expert  in  fungoid  diseases  to 
the  Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture,  recommends, f  besides 
the  remedies  mentioned  last  month,  "  Reduction  of  shade.  Where 
cacao  is  grown  under  shade  as  in  Trinidad,  and  where  this  dis- 
ease is  prevalent,  it  would  be  advisable  to  diminish  the  number 
of  shade  trees  and  to  prune  the  cacao  trees  as  much  as  possible,  so 
as  to  considerably  reduce  the  humidity  of  the  atmosphere.  In  this 
way  conditions  could  be  adjusted  so  as  to  be  unfavourable  to  the 
development  and  spread  of  the  fungus  while  not  interfering  with 
the  growth  of  the  cacao  tree." 

Another  disease  has  been  noticed  as  occurring  in  Jamaica,  that 
known  as  the  "  brown  rot"  disease  of  the  pod. J  This  was  deter- 
mined here,  and  confirmed  by  reference  to  the  Commissioner  of 
the  Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture.  It  is  described  in  the 
paper  by  Mr.  Howard  as  follows — 

"  When  cacao  pods  are  attacked  by  this  disease,  a  circular 
brown  patch  makes  its  appearance  which  gradually  extends  all  over 
the  pod  and  causes  complete  destruction  of  the  rind  and  its  con- 
tents. The  time  taken  in  the  destruction  of  a  pod  varies  somewhat 
according  to  its  ripeness,  but  usually  falls  between  six  and  ten 
days  from  the  appearance  of  a  diseased  spot  visible  to  the  naked 
eye.  This  appearance  must  not  be  confused  with  the  rusty  or 
"  mahogany"  pods  which  result  from  "  thrips"  when  the  whole  of 
the  outside  of  the  pods  takes  on  a  rusty  colour  but  when  the  rind 
is  not  diseased.**  The  definite  brown  patches  in  question  gene- 
rally commence  either  at  the  insertion  of  the  stalk  or  at  the  free 
end  of  the  pod,  but  they  may  occur  at  other  points,  especially 
where  the  rind  has  been  injured  or  where  the  pod  comes  in  contact 
with  a  branch.  These  diseased  pods  are  particularly  numerous 
near  the  '"  breaking-grounds"  where  the  beans  are  extracted  by 
the  pickers.  If  one  of  these  attacked  pods  is  carefully  examined 
it  will  be  found  that  the  brown  area  is  rotten  and  that  the  decay 
extends  to  and  spreads  round  the  shell  of  the  pod  to  a  much 
greater  distance  than  would  be  supposed  from  a  surface  examina- 
tion. The  disease  soon  spreads  to  the  "  beans"  which  are  speedily 
attacked  and  destroyed  by  a  greyish  fungus  mycelium  which  grows 

*  W.  Indian  Bulletin  Vol.  I.  pp.  4l>2-7  with  plate, 

t  W.  Indian  Bulletin  Vol.  II.  p.  198. 

j  Diplodia  cacaoicoia. 

**  The  rusty  colour  of  the  pods  attacked  by  "thrips"  is  caused  by  the  formation  of  a 
cork  layer,  below  thn  epidermis,  which  cuts  ofE  all  the  cells  above  it.  These  cut  off  cells 
consequently  dry  up  and  turn  brown.  The  cork  layer  is  really  a  new  epidermis  layer 
formed  on  account  of  the  numerous  perforations  made  in  the  original  epidermal  cells 
by  the  "  thrips." 


12 

with  enormous  rapidity  in  tlie  mucilage  surrounding  the  seeds,  and 
eventually  dries  up  the  whole  contents  of  the  fruit,  and  gives  to  it 
a  curious  sour  smell. 

"  When  the  diseased  patch  on  the  rind  is  about  the  size  of  a 
penny  piece,  small  circular  mounds,  about  the  size  of  a  pin's  head, 
can  be  seen  about  the  centre  of  the  brown  area  on  the  rind  from 
which  a  greyish  white  powdery  dust  is  expelled  which  turns  black 
in  a  short  time.  This  dust  is  composed  of  elliptical  dark  brown 
one-septate  spores.  The  small  mounds  into  which  the  surface  of 
the  pod  is  raised  are  found  to  be  due  to  the  fructifications  of  a 
fungus  in  which  the  above  spores  are  formed  which  rupture  the 
epidermis  and  liberate  the  spores  through  a  small  circular  opening. 

Remedial  Measures. 

"It  is  obvious  when  we  consider  the  character  of  this  disease 
that  no  steps  can  be  taken,  with  any  hope  of  success,  to  arrest  the 
spread  of  the  fungus  when  once  it  has  gained  access  to  a  pod — in 
other  words,  there  is  no  '  cure'  for  the  disease.  Preventive  measures 
alone  are  possible,  and  these  must  be  directed  towards  the  des- 
truction of  everything  in  the  plantations  which  harbours  the  fungus 
with  a  view  of  preventing  further  infection  by  means  of  spores. 
The  following  treatment  is  suggested  for  dealing  with  the  disease. 

"  I.  As  a  general  rule  care  should  be  taken  not  to  allow  the  pods 
to  get  too  ripe,  as  the  fungus  seems  most  liable  to  attack  pods  in 
this  condition.  Again,  ripe  pods,  showing  small  brown  discoloured 
areas,  should  be  picked  at  once  so  as  to  save  the  beans  if  possible. 

"  2.  All  husks  or  shells  left  after  the  beans  have  been  extracted, 
should  be  buried  as  soon  as  possible  under  the  trees,  and,  if  the 
buried  heaps  are  large,  lime  should  be  added  to  hasten  decay  and 
prevent  local  souring  of  the  soil.  There  are  two  obvious  reasons 
why  this  expense  in  burying  pods  should  be  incurred.  First,  there 
is  the  advantage  to  the  soil  in  supplying  humus,  and  secondly, 
the  fungus  is  deprived  of  a  substratum  on  which  it  thrives  and 
produces  countless  millions  of  spores  which  may  infect  living  pods. 
The  "breaking-grounds"  should  be  moved  from  time  to  time  so  as 
to  give  as  many  trees  as  possible  the  benefit  of  this  manuring. 
Recently,  while  making  a  tour  through  the  island  of  Grenada,  I 
was  very  forcibly  impressed  by  the  general  absence  of  this  disease 
in  plantations  where  the  pods  were  systematically  buried,  and  also 
by  its  presence  on  estates  and  small  holdings  where  this  practice 
had  not  yet  been  adopted.  Indications  are  not  wanting,  however, 
that  cacao  planters  are  realising  the  importance  of  this  step,  both 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  enrichment  of  the  soil  and  the  preven- 
tion of  disease. 

"  3.  All  badly  diseased  pods  on  the  trees  where  the  fungus  has 
reached  the  beans,  and  all  old  husks  on  the  ground  which  have 
turned  black  and  become  covered  with  the  sooty  spores  of  the 
fungus,  should  either  be  buried  away  from  the  cacao  trees  or  else 
burnt. 


13 

"  4-  All  dead  cacao  trees,  old  prunings  and  branches  should  be 
periodically  collected  and  burnt,  and  the  ashes  which  are  rich  in 
potash,  spread  under  the  trees.  This  proceeding  is  necessary 
because  the  fungus  lives  on  dead  cacao  wood  and  will  thus  be  able 
to  infect  healthy  pods." 


VALUE  OF  MULCHING,  II. 

The  value  of  mulching  has  been  recognised  in  Jamaica  for  some 
years,  and  in  the  December  Bulletin  an  account  was  given  of  exact 
experiments  that  had  been  carried  out  in  Dominica  under  the 
general  superintendence  of  Hon.  Dr.  F.  Watts,  showing  that 
mulching  cocoa  with  leaves  and  grass  during  a  period  of  three 
years  gave  a  greater  increase  in  crop  than  various  manures. 

The  report  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  United 
Planters'  Association  of  Southern  India  held  last  August,  has  just 
been  received,  and  it  is  instructive  to  note  that  the  coffee  planters 
there  appear  to  think  they  may  have  been  using  too  much  artificial 
manure  during  the  past  20  years,  and  that  they  are  just  beginning 
to  recognise  the  value  of  mulching. 

The  following  are  extracts  from  the  very  interesting  report  of 
the  meeting  : — 

Mr.  a.  F.  Martin  : — Dr.  Lehmann  has  told  us  that  the  general 
practice  in  several  countries  is  that  the  amount  of  manure  to  be 
put  on  a  field  is  calculated  by  first  of  all  determining  how  much 
of  the  soil  constituents  the  crop  has  removed  from  the  ground  ; 
but  in  coffee  we  have  not  only  to  consider  what  amount  has  been 
removed  by  the  crop,  but  we  have  to  consider  the  general  health 
of  the  tree.  I  would  like  to  know  if  it  would  not  be  necessary  to 
give  other  manures  and  a  greater  quantity  than  has  actually  been 
removed  by  the  crop  ? 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — In  other  countries,  as  a  general  principle,  the 
manure  is  added  in  proportion  to  the  soil  constituents  removed  by 
the  crop.  It  is  absolutely  impossible,  however,  to  keep  a  book 
account  of  that  kind.  But  as  a  general  principle,  it  has  been 
recommended  by  certain  German  chemists,  and  the  results  they 
have  obtained  are  certainly  satisfactory.  In  regard  to  the  coffee 
tree,  there  is  absolutely  nothing  to  show  that  the  coffee  tree  will 
differ  from  other  crops.  The  coffee  tree  will  yield  in  proportion 
to  its  vigour.  It  cannot  yield  a  crop  if  it  is  not  in  a  vigorous 
condition  ;  unless  it  is  injured  to  such  an  extent  as  to  put  forth  a 
special  effort  to  repi'oduce  its  species  before  it  dies,  as,  for 
example,  in  a  badly  bored  tree.  But  these  are  abnormal  conditions. 
Under  normal  conditions,  a  coffee  tree  will  produce  an  amount  of 
crop  to  a  certain  extent  proportionate  to  the  vigour  and  health  of 
the  tree.  Perhaps  you  may  have  a  number  of  examples  which 
appear  to  contradict  this,  for  the  principle  is  only  generally 
applicable.     If  we  return   to  the  soil  the  same   amount  of  plant 


14 

food  we  have  removed  from  it,  the  amount  of  plant  food  will 
remain  stationary.  Mr.  Hughes  in  his  attempt  to  arrive  at  a 
similar  basis  for  Ceylon  has  taken  into  account  the  leaves  that 
drop  off  and  the  pulp  and  everything  else.  All  these  are  returned 
to  the  soil.  Therefore  they  do  not  require  to  enter  into  the 
calculation.  But  I  do  not  recommend  a  reduction  in  manures.  I 
only  recommend,  and  that  most  emphatically,  the  necessity  for 
experimenting  with  manures.  I  do  not  wish  to  lay  before  you 
any  facts  and  figures  for  reducing  your  bill  in  manuring.  I  only 
wish  to  enlist  your  sympathies  in  the  matter  of  experimenting,  and 
in  order  to  do  so  I  have  pointed  out  that  there  may  be  a  possibility 
of  reducing  such  a  very  important  matter  as  the  manure  account. 
In  order  to  convince  you  that  there  may  be  a  possibility  of  reduc- 
ing that  expenditure,  I  have  quoted  facts  and  figures  which  have 
led  me  to  think  that  there  is  such  a  possibility.  I  don't  want  to 
interfere  with  the  present  manuring  problem.  We  are  not  in  a 
position  to  do  so,  but  we  are  in  a  position  to  realise  that  we  must 
have  information  on  the  matter,  that  our  present  system  of 
manuring  is  not  necessarily  accurate  or  the  best  or  the  right 
thing  to  do. 

Mr.  Harris  : — I  should  like  to  mention  in  connection  with 
what  Dr.  Lehmann  said  about  the  matter  of  experimental  plots, 
that  what  he  stated  is  perfectly  correct  and  that  the  average  for 
the  past  4  years  show  that  the  manured  plots  have  yielded  the 
smallest  crops.  But  it  is  rather  interesting  to  notice  that  during 
the  last  year  of  the  experiment  the  no-manured  plots  show  a 
decided  tendency  to  decrease  ;  which  rather  points  to  the  fact  that 
they  might  have  fed  on  manure  previously  received. 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — That  is  just  what  I  have  been  wishing  to 
impress  upon  the  meeting.  Probably  we  have  over-manured  the 
plots  in  the  past.  If  we  had  done  so,  we  must  know  it ;  because, 
of  the  manure  that  we  put  into  the  soil,  although  a  certain  propor- 
tion of  it  remains  there,  a  certain  proportion  is  lost.  The  experi- 
ments which  I  have  made  in  regard  to  the  after  effects  of  poonac 
on  Ragi  have  conclusively  indicated  that  there  is  very  little 
manurial  effect  of  poonacs  left  in  the  soil  after  one  year.  Our 
principal  manures  have  been  bone  and  poonac.  Bone  contains 
a  certain  amount  of  nitrogen.  Its  principal  constituent  is 
phosphoric  acid.  If  we  take  as  a  basis  the  experience  of  other 
countries,  we  may  say  that  phosphoric  acid  will  remain  in  the  soil ; 
but  the  nitrogen,  which  is  the  most  expensive  constituent,  will 
undoubtedly  be  lost  sooner  or  later.  If  we  have  applied  manures 
which  have  given  nitrogen  for  four  years,  then  we  have  been 
applying  very  much,  too  much  of  it.  The  nitrogen  that  is 
applied  in  the  poonacs  will  certainly  not  last  longer  than  four 
years. 

Mr.  DANVERS  : — The  nitrogen  in  bone,  will  it   not  last  longer  ? 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — I  might  say  that  in  the  experiments  I  have  just 
told  you  about  there  was  apparently  no  after  effect  either  from  the 


IS 

poonac  or  the  bone.  As  regards  the  availability  of  bone  meal 
Dr.  Kellner's  experiments  conducted  in  Japan  are  probably  the 
most  valuable  to  us.  He  found  that  bone  meal  was,  under  the 
conditions  which  existed  in  his  experiments,  much  more  available 
than  the  results  of  Wagner,  Maerker  and  other  German  investiga- 
tors indicated.  Kellner  found  bone  meal  about  as  available  as 
Basic  Slag,  and  in  that  case  the  after  effect  is  of  course  relatively 
small  for  if  the  principal  part  of  the  fertilizer  is  used  the  first  year 
there  is  not  much  left  of  it  for  the  second  and  third  years.  What 
I  saw  on  Mr.  Sprott's  estate  seems  to  indicate  that  Kellner's  results 
obtained  in  Japan  are  more  likely  to  apply  to  India  than  Wagner's 
experiments  made  in  Germany.  Mr.  Sprott  had  put  out  what  ap- 
peared to  me  very  coarse  bone  meal  to  one  of  his  fields  about  10 
months  before  I  visited  his  estate.  This  bone  meal  was  left  on  the 
surface  and  only  covered  by  the  leaves  which  gradually  dropped 
from  the  shade  trees  and  coffee  bushes.  All  we  could  find  of  this 
bone  meal  was  a  splinter  a  little  over  an  inch  long  and  a  little  less 
than  half  an  inch  thick,  and  this  crumbled  to  powder  when  rubbed 
between  the  fingers.  You  will  agree  with  me,  I  am  sure,  that  this 
indicates  that  under  the  conditions  existing  on  Mr.  Sprott's  estate, 
bone  meal  decomposes  very  quickly.  Possibly  the  reason  for  this 
is  that  the  bone  meal  is  surrounded  by  decomposing  organic 
matter,  and  that  the  carbonic  acid  produced  helps  to  dissolve  the 
bone. 

Mr.  DANVERS  : — I  think  the  solubility  of  Mr.  Sprott's  bone 
manure  is  largely  due  to  the  nature  of  the  plots  to  which  it  was 
applied.  I  am  still  digging  up  bones  in  my  estate  that  were  put 
out  9  or  10  or  even  25  years  or  more  years  ago. 

I  would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Lehmann  whether  he  has  had  any  oppor- 
tunity of  ascertaining  if  there  is  any  difference  in  quality,  judged 
by  analyses,  between  coffee  from  these  manured  and  unmanured 
experimental  plots  ;  whether  there  has  been  any  deterioration  in 
the  unmanured  coffee  or  improvement  in  the  manured  ? 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — I  have  not  had  an  opportunity  of  determining 
the  specific  gravity  of  the  coffee  from  these  plots.  I  shall  do  so, 
with  Mr.  Harris  and  Mr.  Denne's  permission,  in  future.  But  as 
there  has  been  no  difference  in  the  average  quantity  of  coffee  pro- 
duced apparently  manures  have  had  no  effect  on  these  plots ;  and 
I  do  not  know  whether  it  will  be  reasonable  to  expect  that  manures 
had  an  effect  on  the  quality  if  they  had  no  effect  on  the  quantity. 
In  regard  to  the  matter  of  bone  manure,  I  am  very  much  interested 
in  what  Mr.  Danvers  has  told  us.  It  seems  to  confirm  the  idea  I 
have  given  you  just  now  in  regard  to  the  reason  why  Mr.  Sprott's 
results  are  different  from  those  obtained  in  Europe.  In  the  expe- 
riments made  in  Europe  with  bones  in  pot-cultures,  the  soil  in  the 
pots  is  comparatively  poor  in  organic  matter.  Although  Mr.  C. 
Danver's  estate  soil  contains  more  organic  matter  than  is  used  in  pot 
culture  it  does  not  contain  as  much  organic  matter  as  there  is,  or 
was,  on  the  surface  of  Mr.  Sprott's  estates.  I  may  here  mention 
another  idea  I  have  ;  that  is,  that  the  organic  matter  on  the  surface 


i6 

soil  is  one  of  the  most  essential  things  we  have  to  consider  in  the 
matter  of  coffee  growing.  We  hear  of  the  deterioration  of  coffee, 
and  have  several  indications  that  that  deterioration  is  due  to  a 
diminution  of  the  organic  matter  in  the  soil.  I  think  it  behoves 
us  to  be  most  careful  in  regard  to  this  organic  matter.  In  these 
tropical  climates  organic  matter  decomposes  very  very  quickly. 
There  are  indications,  I  believe,  that  coffee  is  able  to  assimilate 
directly  organic  matter  which  is  on  the  surface.  As  a  rule,  plant 
roots  are  not  able  to  do  so.  Organic  matter  in  the  soil  acts  only 
on  the  mechanical  condition  of  the  soil  with  crops  like  wheat, 
barley  and  oats.  But  in  the  case  of  coffee  we  are  dealing  with  a 
plant  about  which  we  know  very  little,  and  the  fact  that  there  is  a 
great  cluster  of  very  thick  white  rootlets  going  through  organic 
matter  on  Mr.  Sprott's  estate  seems  to  me  to  indicate  that  probably 
or  possibly,  coffee  roots  may  be  surrounded  with  that  network  of 
mycelium,  which  Dr.  Butler  has  found  to  exist  on  the  roots  of  tea 
plants.  I  cannot  speak  with  any  degree  of  certainty  about  it. 
But  it  appears  to  me,  that  the  thickness  of  the  white-tipped  coffee 
roots  that  I  have  seen  is  larger  than  is  generally  the  case  ;  and 
from  the  fact  that  these  roots  are  found  in  such  large  numbers  on 
the  surface  and  from  the  fact  that  they  are  of  such  large  diameter 
I  conclude  that  there  is  a  possibility  that  these  roots  are  able  to 
make  use  directly  of  the  organic  matter  which  is  on  the  surface, 
and  that  they  do  not  only  make  use  of  this  organic  matter  but  may 
very  possibly  require  it ;  and  to  my  mind,  at  any  rate,  there  is  a 
very  hopeful  indication  that  coffee  may  be  improved  in  quality  in 
the  future.  I  may  mention  here,  too,  that  all  the  mulching  experi- 
ments which  have  been  carried  out  in  Mysore  have,  so  far  as  I 
know,  been  very  successful  indeed.  I  remember  one  patch  of  very 
poor  coffee  on  a  heavy  clay  soil,  in  an  otherwise  nice  piece  of 
coffee,  which  I  advised  the  manager  to  mulch  heavily.  The  next 
year  when  I  saw  that  patch,  I  could  not  distinguish  it  from  the 
surrounding  coffee.  I  think  Mr.  Harris  will  bear  me  out  that  on 
his  estate  the  mulching  that  has  been  done  has  been  effective. 
The  effect  of  a  mulch  is  two-fold  ;  it  supplies  organic  matter  to 
the  surface  when  it  decomposes  and  it  prevents  the  nasty  disagre- 
able  caking  on  the  soil  which  is  so  deleterious  to  coffee. 

MR.  SPROTT  : — I  should  be  obliged  if  Dr.  Lehmann  could  tell  us 
what  manure  had  been  put  to  these  experimental  plots  previous  to 
their  being  taken  up  for  experiments,  and  also  if  he  could  tell  us 
the  amount  of  manure  which  he  put  to  the  manured  portions  of  it. 
I  do  not  know  if  Mr.  Harris  could  tell  us  that.  I  ask  him  because 
I  have  been  very  much  of  Dr.  Lehman's  opinion,  after  having  had 
very  many  conversations  with  him  on  the  subject.  I  think  we 
have  been  very  much  over-manuring  and  have  wasted  a  great  deal. 
I  am  trying  now  putting  smaller  doses  of  manure,  for  I  think  there 
is  a  possibility  of  our  having  over-manured.  I  am  watching  very 
carefully  whether  coffee  deteriorates  in  any  way  by  lessening  the 
manure.  So  far,  I  can  only  say  it  has  not ;  and  I  think  that 
spreading  our  manure  in  smaller  quantities  over  an  area  will  bring 
in  beneficial  results.  I  can  also  strongly  bear  out  what  Dr.  Lehmann 


17 

said  about  mulching.  I  have  tried  it  on  several  bare  patches  of 
ground.  It  has  done  far  more  good  than  a  heavy  dose  of  manure. 
Mr.  DanVERS  : — I  have  some  patches  to  which  manuring  year 
after  year  has  done  no  good  ;  but  mulching  has  done  good  to 
them. 

The  Honble.  MR.  HODGSON  : — I  have  been  very  much  interested 
in  what  Dr.  Lehmann  has  told  us  today.  Whenever  he  comes  to 
our  Session,  he  has  a  great  deal  to  say  to  us  of  very  great  value. 
Very  important  is  the  problem  to  us  of  the  psssibility  of  reducing 
the  cost  of  manure.  I  believe  that  Dr.  Lehmann  is  on  the  right 
track  in  this  matter,  for  I  have  noticed  for  some  years  past  that 
a  great  many  estates  have  necessarily  been  obliged  to  reduce 
the  cost  of  manuring  as  a  matter  of  economy.  The  price  of  coffee 
having  gone  down,  they  simply  have  no  money  for  heavy  manu- 
ring, and  curiously  enough,  concurrently  with  the  reduction 
in  the  quantity  of  manure  applied,  there  has  been  in  many  cases 
an  increase  even  in  the  crop  returns.  That  is  a  remarkable  thing. 
It  rather  bears  out  what  Mr.  Harris  and  Mr.  Sprott  have  told  us 
about  the  two  plots  of  unmanured  lands  yielding  larger  crop  aver- 
ages. But  then  there  are  two  accounts  to  be  considered  in  work- 
ing out  profits,  the  Revenue  and  the  Capital  account ,  and  both 
these  have  to  be  kept  in  view.  Along  with  the  Revenue  account 
the  condition  of  the  estate,  whether  it  has  deteriorated  or  not,  must 
be  taken  into  consideration  in  working  out  profits. 

If  this  were  not  done,  it  would  be  quite  possible  to  show  a  good 
profit  in  the  Revenue  account  which  in  reality  has  been  taken  out 
of  Capital,  that  is  to  say  by  sweating  the  trees,  and  this  might 
even  be  kept  up  for  two  or  three  years.  It  is  therefore  very  neces- 
sary, as  Dr.  Lehmann  always  impresses  upon  us,  to  be  very  care- 
ful as  to  our  facts  in  drawing  conclusions  from  experiments. 

Mr.  DanvERS  : — I  think  what  you  say  bears  out  what  Dr.  Leh- 
mann recommends,  viz.,  the  carrying  out  of  these  experiments  for 
a  long  series  of  years.  In  four  years  the  yield  of  crops  may  not 
have  reduced  but  the  estate  may  have  deteriorated. 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — The  reason  why  I  am  very  cautious  in  the 
matter  of  even  hinting  at  the  fact  that  the  manure  might  possibly 
be  reduced,  is,  that  I  know  from  bitter  experience  how  difficult  it  is 
for  an  estate  that  has  run  down  to  pick  up  again.  It  is  frightful 
expenditure  and  trouble  to  get  an  estate  into  a  good  bearing  con- 
dition. If  it  has  once  been  allowed  to  run  down,  it  is  very  diffi- 
cult for  it  to  pick  up  again. 

Mr.  Harris-.— Mr.  Sprott  asked  me  if  I  could  supply  him  with 
certain  information  regarding  my  plots.  I  should  be  delighted  to 
do  so.  But  it  is  difficult  to  go  back  in  memory  to  ten  years.  If  he  is 
interested  in  the  matter  I  will  try  and  have  the  information  collected 
for  him  from  my  records.  As  regards  the  plots  there  are  ten  diff- 
erent plots  ;  with  the  exception  of  the  two  unmanured  plots,  the  rest 
of  them  are  all  manured,  and  have  been  manured  for  the  last  four 
years,  with  different  mixtures.     The  object  of  the   experiments  is 


i8 

to  determine  which  is  the  most   satisfactory  manner   in  which  we 
could  apply  phosphoric  acid. 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — I  think  there  are  two  objects  ;  one  to  find  out 
in  what  particular  constituents  the  soil  was  lacking,  because  if  we 
apply  nitrogenous  manure  to  a  soil  which  is  already  rich  in 
nitrogen  but  poor  in  potash,  nitrogenous  manure  will  give  us  no 
result.  But  if  we  apply  potash,  it  will  give  good  results  in  such  land  ; 
so  that  the  whole  plan  of  experiments  was  to  find  out  first  of  all 
in  what  particular  constituents  that  soil  was  lacking,  whether 
potash  or  phosphoric  acid,  nitrogen  or  lime.  In  addition  to  that 
Mr.  Harris'  plot  was  particularly  deficient  in  phosphoric  acid,  and 
he  had  been  recommended  to  apply  phosphoric  acid  over  and  over 
again.  It  had  been  previously  manured  with  basic  slag.  It  was 
desired  to  find  out  whether  bone  or  superphosphates  would  give 
better  results.  That  was  applied  on  this  estate,  because  Mr. 
Harris'  estate  is  not  particularly  rich  in  iron.  On  some  estates 
there  was,  to  my  mind,  a  suspicion  that  superphosphates  would 
not  act  properly,  because  it  would  be  transformed  into  phosphate 
of  iron,  whicn  is,  according  to  recognised  dogmas  of  agricultural 
chemists,  valueless.  However,  it  was  in  their  experiments  in 
connection  with  soil  to  find  out  whether  it  was  rich  in  organic 
matter,  they  found  that  phosphate  of  iron  is  valuable.  It  is  a 
notion  that  phosphate  of  iron  is  valueless  because  it  is  insoluble. 
Whether  such  is  the  case  we  do  not  know.  We  have  to  fight  shy 
of  these  notions  and  suggestions  and  suppositions.  We  must 
experiment  and  try  to  find  out  what  really  is  the  truth. 

Mr.  DANVERS  : — I  suppose  it  will  be  difficult  to  find  any  estate 
in  India  which  has  not  been  manured  for  20  years. 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — I  saw  an  estate  20  years  old.  It  was  in  a 
magnificient  condition,  had  an  exceptionally  rich  soil,  and  was  in 
a  favoured  locality.  An  estate  like  that  will  do  very  well  to 
experiment  with  very  small  doses  of  manure 

Mr.  Harris  : — May  I  ask  Mr.  Sprott  to  what  extent  he  has 
reduced  the  application  of  manure,  roughly  speaking  .' 

Mr.  Sprott  : — Speaking  from  memory,  we  used  to  put  out  as 
much  as  7  to  8  cwts.  of  bone  and  poonac.  I  have  put  out  5  cwts. 
bones  and  poonac  or  fish  in  one  portion  of  the  estate  every  year 
for  some  eight  years,  and  it  has  steadily  improved,  previous  to 
that  the  chief  manure  I  used  was  cattle  and  fish  manure.  Fish 
manure  I  have  put  as  much  as  7  to  10  cwts.  per  acre.  The  manure 
I  have  put  out  for  the  last  20  years  has  all  been  on  the  surface. 
I  have  put  out  this  year  in  February  I  cwt.  refined  saltpetre  to 
some  portions  of  the  estate  without  anything  else  at  present.  1 
am  now  going  to  back  it  up  with  3  cwt.  of  fish  manure  or  bones 
and  poonac,  thus  making  4  cwts.  for  the  year;  on  other  portions  I 
have  put  2  cwt.  of  crude  saltpetre,  and  it  will  get  3  cwt.  bones  and 
poonac  or  fish  later. 

Dr.  Lehmann  : — In  good  poonac  we  already  apply  all  the 
phosphoric  acid  that  is  removed.     If  there  is  a  mistake — I  don't 


19 

know  that  there  is  a  mistake —  in  manuring,  it  is  that  we  have 
been  putting  out  too  much  bone.  There  is  five  times  the  amount 
of  potash  removed  that  there  is  of  phosphoric  acid,  and  we  have 
applied  no  potash.  We  have  applied  bone  and  poonac.  Bone 
contains  23  per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid.  In  2  cwt.  of  bone  we 
have  20  times  as  much  phosphoric  acid  as  we  really  require.  It 
is  a  very  large  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  that  has  been  applied 
to  the  estate  in  proportion  to  the  potash  and  nitrogen.  Potash 
has  been  particularly  disregarded  in  former  years,  and  now  they 
may  apply  very  much  potash. 


THE  TALIPOT  PALM. 

The  famous  Talipot  Palm  (Corypha  umbraculifera)  is  a  native 
of  Ceylon  and  the  Malabar  Coast.  In  Ceylon  it  is  rather  common 
in  the  moist  region  up  to  2,000  feet  altitude. 

It  has  an  erect,  straight,  cylindrical  trunk  30  to  over  80  feet 
high.  The  measurements  of  a  specimen  that  flowered  at  Peradeniya, 
Ceylon,  were  as  follows  : — Height  of  stem  84  feet,  of  flower 
panicle  21  feet,  total  105  feet;  girth  at  3  feet  from  the  ground 
round  the  persistent  bases  of  the  leaves  13  ft.  y  inches,  at  21  feet 
from  the  ground  8  feet  3  inches  ;  age  about  40  years.  The  tree 
dies  after  once  flowering  and  fruiting. 

The  trunk  is  surmounted  by  a  crown  of  gigantic  fan-like  leaves. 
These  leaves  have  prickly  stalks  5  to  lo  feet  long,  and  when 
fully  expanded  form  a  nearly  complete  circle  of  8  to  16  feet  in 
diameter,  and  composed  of  80  to  100  radiating  segments,  joined 
together  and  plaited  like  a  fan  till  near  the  extremity,  where  they 
separate  and  form  a  fringe  of  double  points. 

The  leaves  are  made  into  fans,  mats,  and  umbrellas,  and  are 
used  for  writing  on.  They  are  also  largely  employed  for  thatch- 
ing. "The  leaf  being  dried  is  very  strong  and  limber,  and  most 
wonderfully  made  for  man's  convenience  to  carry  along  with  them  ; 
for  though  this  leaf  be  thus  broad  (enough  to  cover  15  or  20  men) 
when  it  is  open,  it  will  fold  close  like  a  lady's  fan,  and  then  it  is 
no  bigger  than  a  man's  arm  ;  it  is  wonderfully  light."     (Knox.) 

A  bread  is  made  of  the  pounded  soft  interior  of  the  trunk.  The 
seeds  have  the  hardness  of  ivory,  and  are  known  as  Bazarbatu 
nuts ;  they  are  used  as  beads  in  Ceylon,  and  largely  in  the 
manufacture  of  buttons  in  Europe.  The  young  fruit  pounded  is 
used  for  stupefying  fish. 

Visitors  to  the  old  Botanic  Garden  at  Bath  a  few  years  ago  will 
remember  the  fine  specimen  that  existed  there.  It  fruited  in  1902, 
and  then  died. 

A  supply  of  seeds  was  obtained  and  plants  raised  from  these 
may  now  be  had  from  Hope  Gardens. 

The  Talipot  is  not  suited  for  small  gardens,  but  where  space  can 
be  spared  for  it  on  a  lawn  it  will  grow  into  a  noble  tree. 


20 

THE  FUTURE  OF  RUBBER. 

(From  a  Special  Corrcsp07ide)it  in  "Madras  Mail,  llth  October.") 

We  may  be  certain  that  present  prices  are  enabling  the  Ameri- 
can Rubber  gatherers  to  exploit  very  out-of-the-way  districts,  in- 
volving heavy  transport  charges  ;  and  yet  the  increase  in  output  is 
not  serious,  the  rise  in  exchange  no  doubt  taking  away  much  of  the 
benefit  from  the  enhanced  price.  So  that  it  looks  likely  that,  if 
Brazilian  exchange  is  maintained  at  its  present  level,  a  compara- 
tively moderate  drop  in  prices  would  render  it  unprofitable  to  work 
much  of  the  country  that  is  now  being  tapped,  in  which  case  a 
really  serious  drop  would  be  deferred  for  an  uncertain  number  of 
years.  Supposing,  however,  that  the  continual  planting  up  of 
Rubber  in  the  East  finally  brings  this  about,  and  there  is  a  struggle 
ending  in  the  survival  of  the  fittest,  the  only  possible  result  can  be 
the  knocking  out  of  wild  rubbers  and  the  transference  of  the  indus- 
try into  the  hands  of  the  planter,  who  could,  if  necessary  control 
output. 

This  is  looking  far  ahead  indeed,  but  both  in  cinchona  and  tea 
the  maintenance  of  some  control  over  output  is  recognised,  and  as 
the  rubber  supply  will  eventually  be  chiefly  in  British  hands,  the 
possibility  of  such  a  control,  if  ever  required  is  evident.  It  is  use- 
less at  present,  to  attempt  careful  estimates  of  rubber  production. 
In  Ceylon,  apparently  all  tea  land  under  some  2,000  ft.,  and  much 
other  land,  is  going  into  rubber,  but  what  will  it  do  and  what  the 
yield  will  be  is  another  question.  Mr.  Burgess  holds  the  view  that 
the  Straits  must  eventually  excel  Ceylon  in  production  on  account 
of  the  fine  land  that  is  being  opened  in  the  former  country.  But 
against  this  is  the  great  accessibility  of  all  the  Ceylon  districts, 
and  transport  is  a  very  important  point  after  leaving  the  sea.  No 
doubt  the  more  sanguine  estimates  of  yield  will  not  be  realized, 
and  I  hear  that  the  large  trees  at  Peradeniya,  which  Mr.  Wright 
expected  would  give  some  I2lb.  of  rubber  each  per  annum  under 
the  latest  method  of  tapping,  have  stopped  their  flow  of  latex  to  a 
great  extent.  I  am  satisfied  with  the,  to  me,  unavoidable  conclu- 
sion that  a  good  class  of  rubber,  under  suitable  conditions,  will 
yield  large  profits  for  many  years  to  come. 

MR.   BURGESS'  VIEW. 

Mr.  Burgess,  the  Straits  expert,  states  that  Eastern  plantation 
rubber  is  found  not  to  be  as  resilient  or  of  such  recuperative  power 
as  the  wild  product  (Amazon  Para).  This  is  hardly  surprising, 
seeing  that,  practically.  Eastern  rubber  is  all  from  young  trees, 
whilst  the  American  is  from  picked  forest  giants  !  The  same 
reason  may,  perhaps,  partly  account  for  the  fact  that  some  Eastern 
rubber  at  any  rate  has  shown  signs  of  not  keeping  after  a  couple 
of  years,  though  Mr.  Burgess  is  inclined  to  think  that  the  acetic 
acid  or  formalin  used  for  coagulation  has  produced  this  effect. 
This  is  a  matter  for  the  chemist  and  experience  to  decide  ;  I  cer- 
tainly have  samples  of  rubber,  taken  in  India  four  years  ago, 


21 

which  are  practically  as  sound  as  they  were  at  first  and  no  coagu- 
lant was  used. 

WHICH  IS  THE  BEST  SPECIES  TO  GROW  ? 
Para  is  first  and  the  rest  nowhere  with  most  planters, 
especially  in  Ceylon.  The  Castilloa  at  Peradeniya  are  not  impos- 
ing trees  for  their  age,  and  Mr.  Wright's  experience  of  this  variety 
does  not  seem  very  favourable.  The  trees  milk  fairly  well,  but 
are  apt  to  die  within  the  year.  Another  keen  planter,  with 
Castilloa  growing  at  1,000  feet  found  it  almost  impossible  to  get 
the  latex  to  coagulate.  In  S.  India,  however,  these  difificulties  do 
not  occur.  It  takes  a  very  large  amount  of  ill-treatment  to  even 
affect  the  health  of  a  Castilloa  at  3,500  feet  and  the  latex 
coagulates  without  special  difficulty.  Generally  speaking  the 
Castilloa  prefers  a  drier  climate  than  that  which  Para  revels  in, 
and  also  does  better  at  a  fair  distance  above  sea-level.  Ceara  is 
being  tried  here  and  there,  planters  being  encouraged  by  the 
copious  flow  of  milk  from  the  old  trees  which  survive  from  plant- 
ings of  twenty  years  ago  and  more.  These  certainly  produce 
excellent  rubber  nearly  if  not  quite  equal  to  Para  in  appearance 
when  carefully  prepared,  and  the  tree  grows  on  very  poor  soil  and 
at  a  considerable  elevation.  It  also  does  not  demand  a  heavy 
rainfall,  though  like  all  rubbers  it  thrives  best  with  a  good  allow- 
ance of  moisture.  Ficus  elastica  is  certainly  not  a  tree  to  plant 
amongst  coffee  or  near  anything  valuable,  if  one  may  judge  from 
the  Peradeniya  trees.  These  completely  occupy  a  large  area  with 
their  roots,  and  are  now  showing  signs  of  decay.  As,  however,  I 
understand  they  are  getting  on  for  50  years  old,  there  would  be 
time  to  extract  a  fortune  out  of  them  if  they  contained  it ;  some 
quicker-yielding  trees,however,are  preferable.  Funtumia  trees  grow 
well  in  S.  India  at  3,000  feet  or  so  ;  at  Peradeniya  it  is  found  that 
they  are  so  eaten  by  caterpillars  that  nothing  can  be  done  with 
them.  I  would  certainly  give  the  award,  as  a  general  thing,  to 
Para.  It  is  as  far  as  I  have  seen,  decidely  the  hardiest  of  all.  It 
resists  ill  treatment  wonderfully  and  is  practically  unaffected,  as 
far  as  I  can  see,  by  excess  of  rain  or  severe  drought ;  whilst  it  is 
a  useful  shade  for  coffee  for  a  good  term  of  years.  In  South  India 
I  have  given  measurements  of  growth  at  3,500  feet  and  I  may 
mention  that  I  have  plants  6  feet  high  from  seed  planted  at  stake, 
amongst  coffee,  in  1904.  Taking  the  opinion  that  "  it  does  not 
pay  to  tap  trees  at  over  3,000  feet,"  what  does  this  mean  ?  We 
must  remember  that  the  nature  of  the  forest  tapping,  where  trees 
are  scattered  and  where,  we  are  told,  trees  of  2  feet  girth  would  not 
be  noticed  as  worth  tapping  and  only  the  widely  scattered  giants, 
giving  5lb.  or  more  rubber,  are  selected.  At  over  3,000  feet  these 
giants  would  be  comparatively  rare  and  take  much  finding,  but 
plantation  conditions  would  make  all  the  difference.  At  3,500 
feet  the  trees  on  a  plantation  would  be  at  just  the  same  distance 
apart  as  at  1,000  feet  or  2,000  feet.  They  would  perhaps  require 
another  year  to  make  equal  growth,  but  this  would  not  prevent 
their  paying  handsomely. 


22 

BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS   FROM  MINUTES. 

The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  on  Tuesday  1 2th  December,  present :  Hon.  H.  Clarence  Bourne, 
Colonial  Secretary,  Chairman,  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens, 
the  Island  Chemist,  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools,  His 
Grace  the  Archbishop,  Mr.  G.  D.  Murray  and  the  Secretary. 

The  following  letters  from  the  Colonial  Secretary  were  sub- 
mitted :  — 

1.  re  W.  I.  Agricultural  Conference  intimating  that  the  propo- 

sal for  holding  the  Agricuhural  Conference  in  Jamaica 
next  year  had  been  definitely  abandoned  owing  to  insu- 
perable difficulties  in  transport. 

2.  Sending   copy  of  letter  from  Imperial  Institute  re  Cotton 

Cultivation  and  asking  the  Board  to  comply  with  the  re- 
quest made  that  the  Imperial  Institute  should  be  kept  in- 
formed of  the  progress  of  cotton  cultivation  in  the  Colo- 
nies and  that  reports  or  special  information  should  be 
regularly  forwarded.  Also  asking  that  the  Board  might 
consider  it  desirable  to  send  additions  to  the  standard 
collection  of  cotton  referred  to. 

This  was  directed  to  be  circulated. 

3.  Asking  whether  the  Board  of  Agriculture  could  arrange  for 

the  syllabus  in  connection  with  the  proposal  to  confer  the 
Jamaica  Scholarship  on  Agricultural  Students. 

With  reference  to  the  last  letter,  His  Grace  the  Archbishop  said 
that  a  Committee  of  the  Schools  Commission  consisting  of  the 
Chief  Justice  and  Mr.  Capper  had  considered  the  various  matters 
involved  and  had  made  a  report,  a  precis  of  which  he  read.  He 
suggested  that  the  matter  might  wait  over  a  month  until  this  report 
had  been  considered  and  adopted  by  the  Commission  at  its  first 
meeting  and  sent  to  the  Governor. 

After  discussion  it  was  accordingly  resolved  to  hold  over  con- 
sideration of  the  matter  until  next  meeting. 

(The  Chairman  here  left  the  meeting  as  he  had  to  attend  a  meet- 
ing of  the  Privy  Council  and  he  asked  the  Director  of  Public 
Gardens  to  take  the  Chair.) 

The  Secretary  submitted  letters  on  the  subject  of  Jamaica 
Tobacco  and  Mr.  Chalmers'  experiment  in  blending  with  Virginia 
Tobacco  for  use  in  the  Navy,  which  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  Secretary  read  letter  from  Mr.  Robert  Thomson  suggesting 
that  a  report  he  had  made  on  agriculture  in  the  parish  of  Man- 
chester with  special  reference  to  packing  of  oranges  might  be 
published  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture. 

It  was  pointed  out  that  this  report  had  been  made  to  Mr.  Haggart 
and  published  in  the  newspapers,  but  had  not  been  sent  either  to 


23 

the  Board  of  Agriculture  or  to  the  Agricultural  Society  as  it  ought 
to  have  been. 

The  Secretary  was  directed  to  reply  to  Mr.  Thomson  and  say  that 
if  the  report  was  sent  to  the  Board,  it  would  consider  whether  it 
should  be  published. 

The  Secretary  submitted  a  letter  from  the  Rev.  J.  F.  Gartshore, 
Secretary  Hanover  Agricultural  Society,  thanking  the  Board  for 
the  services  of  Mr.  Cradwick. 

This  was  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  Secretary  submitted  two  letters  from  the  Honourable  J.  V. 
Calder  acknowledging  receipt  of  the  copy  of  Mr.  Olivier's  minute 
re  the  Locked  Still  matter,  with  memo  by  the  chairman  to  whom 
it  had  been  submitted. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  following  reports  by  the  Chemist  were  submitted  : — 

1.  Application  of  A.  A.  Forbes  to  give  his  son  a  second  year's 

course  as  an  agricultural  student  without  a  scholarship 
and  without  fees.  This  was  allowed  on  the  recommen- 
dation of  Dr.  Cousins. 

2.  Application  from  C.  A.  Liddell  for  admission  as   an   agri- 

cultural student  on  the  usual  terms.     This  was  approved. 
The  following  reports  of  the  Director  of   Public  Gardens  were 
submitted  : — 

1.  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Reports  from  Mr.  Cradwick  and  letter  re   drainage  experi- 

ment. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

A  report  from  the  Secretary  re  Cotton  Gins  and  Baler  was 
submitted  and  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  following  papers  in  circulation  since  last  meeting  not  yet 
submitted  to  the  Board,  were  now  submitted,  as  follows  : — 

Letters  from  the  Colonial  Secretary  forwarding  letter  from  Hon. 
T.  H.  Sharp  asking  for  the  appointment  of  an  Entomologist  in 
Jamaica,  with  comments  by  members  of  the  Board. 

His  Grace  the  Archbishop  moved  "That  the  Board  of  Agricul- 
ture is  satisfied  of  the  fact  that  the  successful  development  of 
various  industries  in  Jamaica  will  largely  depend  upon  the  advice 
and  guidance  of  a  competent  Entomologist  and  therefore  earnestly 
recommend  the  Government  to  make  provision  for  the  appoint- 
ment of  such  an  officer  at  the  earliest  possible  opportunity." 

Mr.  Capper  seconded  and  this  was  unanimously  agreed  to. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  forward  the  resolution  to  the 
Colonial  Secretary  as  the  unanimous  opinion  of  the  Board. 

Memorandum  on  the  Standardization  of  Jamaica  Rum,  with 
comments  by  the  Board. 

After  discussion  it  was  agreed  that  the  most  judicious  course 
would  be  first  to  have  a  meeting  of  representative  sugar  planters 
to  talk  over  the  matter.  The  papers  were  referred  back  to  Dr. 
Cousins  to  make  further  suggestions  as  to  communicating  with 
sugar  planters. 


24 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated  were  submitted 
for  final  consideration  : — 
Chemist's  Reports  : — 

1.  Research  in  Tropical  Medecine  by  Capt.  Wanhill,  R.A.M.C. 

2.  Training  of  Distillers  at  the  Laboratory. 

3.  Distribution  of  Cane  Tops. 
Reports  Director  of  Public  Gardens  : — 

J.  Experiment  Station. 
2.  Mr.  Cradwick. 

Letters  re  Jamaica  Tobacco  from  I.  Sir  D.  Morris,  2.  Mr.  F.  V. 
Chalmers,  3.  The  Imperial  Institute,  with  members'  comments  on 
the  last,  which  were  read. 

The  Director  of  Public  Gardens  read  a  paragraph  which  had 
appeared  in  the  Jamaica  "  Daily  Telegraph',  reporting  on  the 
sailors'  opinion  in  the  Navy  of  tobacco  issued  to  them  for  trial  ; 
they  objected  to  the  pipe  tobacco  but  were  well  pleased  with  the 
cigarette  tobacco. 

Papers  re  Mr.  Nolan  and  Jamaica  Rum,  with  the  Chemist's 
comments  on  same  urging  a  standard  of  200  parts  of  Ether. 

This  standard  was  approved  of. 


[Issued  10th  January,  1906.] 
Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kinysion,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 


OF   THB 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGMCULTimE. 


Vol.  IV. 


FEBRUARY,  1906. 


Part  2 


EDITED    BY 


WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  E.L.S., 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations. 


COI^TENTS: 


Some  Banana  Soils 
Hope  Gardens 
Grape  Fruit  and  Shaddocks 
The  Breadfruit  Tree 
Board  of  Agriculture     ... 


Page. 

25 
33 
36 

44 
46 


P  R  I  0  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  wiD  be  supplied  free  to  any  Besident  in  Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 

address  to  the  Director   if  Pal>lic  Girleus  aid  PUatibiotn,  Kiugitou  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  : 
Hope  Gardbns. 


1906. 


JAMAICA. 


NEW  VOR''^ 

B  XT  L.  T J  E  T 1 1^  eoTANicAb 

GARDEN. 
OF    THE 

DEPARTMENT  OF  A(iRICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV.  FEBRUARY,  1906.  Part  2. 


SOME  BANANA  SOILS  OF  ST.  MARY  AND 
UPPER  ST    CATHERINE. 

By  H.  H.  Cousins,  M.A.,  Government  Chemist. 

At  the  suggestion  of  the  writer,  the  Board  of  Agriculture  ar- 
ranged that  Mr.  Cradwick  should  take  a  number  of  soil  samples 
from  typical  cultivations  of  the  smaller  planters  in  St.  Mary  for 
partial  Analysis  in  the  Laboratory,  so  that  advice  might  be  given 
as  to  the  need  of  drainage,  humus,  or  lime  in  each  case  ;  our  pre- 
vious Analyses  and  experiments  having  indicated  that  the  banana 
soils  of  St.  Mary  are  not  in  present  need  of  commercial  fertilizers, 
but  require  special  attention  to  drainage  and  humus  and  in  some 
cases  lime,  it  appeared  desirable  that  a  good  number  of  typical 
soils  should  be  examined  to  this  end. 

Mr.  Cradwick  made  a  special  visit  to  St.  Mary  *  and  early  in 
1905  sent  in  51  examples  of  soil  to  the  Laboratory,  with  observa- 
tions as  to  the  conditions  he  noticed  in  each  case. 

Unfortunately  several  of  the  samples  were  labelled  with  perish- 
able labels  and  only  39  samples  were  capable  of  being  identified. 

These  have  been  examined  as  to 

A.  Mechanical  condition. 

B.  Percentage  of  Lime  as  Carbonate. 

C.  Percentage  of  Humus,  soluble  in  Ammonia,  and  the  results 
cr.  are  here  given.  Mr.  Cradwick's  original  observations  being  quoted 
'—  in  each  case. 

C<1     »  Mr.  Cradwick's  Keport  will  be  found  in  Bulletia  Oct,  19C5,  page  220.   Editor,  BuUctin. 


26 

A.— Rio  MAGNO— St.  Catherine: 
["  Soil  from   the  bank  near    River,    Bananas   poor,   cocoa  very 

poor."] 

No.  I — Surface  Soil. 
Sample  lost. 

No.  2 — Subsoil. 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  Abundance 

Humus  ...  I- 28/ 

Mechanical  condition    ...  Clay,  loam 

Observations. 
From  a  previous  sample  examined  in  the  Laboratory   from    the 
same  source,  it  was  found  that  this  soil  was  variable,    some    pat- 
ches   being   very    good  soil  for  bananas  and  others   below  par  in 
hvmius  and  general  fertility. 
The  soil  does  not  lack  lime. 

No.  3 — Surface  soil. 
["  Near   Immortelle   nursery,     between  house    and     river,   poor 
bananas,  cocoa  worse".] 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  Abundance 

Humus  ...  2.23^0 

Mechanical  condition     ...  Clay,  loam 

Observations. 
This  soil  does  not  lack  lime  and  the  humus  is  fairly  good. 
The  soil  is  inclined  to  be  heavy  and  drainage  is    probably    the 
factor  required  to  ensure  a  good  and  vigorous   growth  of  bananas 
and  cocoa. 

The  subsoil  sample  was  lost,,  but  there  are  indications,  that  the 
subsoil  here  is  impervious  and  that  deep  drains  would  be  neces- 
sary to  enable  the  cocoa  roots  to  penetrate  and  develop. 

No.  5 — Surface  soil. 
["  From  corner  near  cow-pen,  good  bananas  and  good  cocoa."] 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  I  ■25/; 

Humus  ...  4- 16/^ 

Mechanical  condition     ...  Stiff  clay 

Observations. 
The  humus    in  this  case  is  very  high  and  despite  the  stiff  na- 
ture of  the  soil,  the  results  of  the  cultivation  are  reported  as  satis- 

factoiT- 

If  well  drained,  this  soil  should  be  of  very  high  fertility. 
There  is  abundance  of  lime  and  an  unusual  amount  of  humus. 

Hampstead— St.  Mary. 

No.  7 — Surface  soil.  (Missing). 
No.  S— Subsoil  of  No.  7. 
["Just  inside  gate — a  spot  where  nothing  has  thriven,  the    pro- 
prietor says  it  is  improving  from  the  application  of  banana  trash."] 
Lime  as  carbonate         ...  Abundance 

Humus  ...  0.36; 

Mechanical  condition    ...  Clayey  marl 


27 

Observations. 

This  soil  is  almost  devoid  of  humus  and  one  that  would  absorb 
an  enormous  amount  of  vegetable  matter  without  greatly  improving 
its  nature. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  soils  of  this  type  can  be  profitably  culti- 
vated for  bananas. 

No.  9 — Surface  soil. 

["Near  by  cotton  tree — everything  thrives  here,  but  I  think  more 
drainage  would  improve  the  bearing  of  cocoa. 

Bananas  very  fine  and  very  large  cocoa  pods  on  some  trees 
grown  from  seedlings  from  Hope  Gardens."] 

Lime  as  carbonate         ...  Abundance 

Humus  ...  4-4'7o 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff  soil,  inclined  to  clay 

Observations. 

This  soil  is  very  rich  in  humus  and  contains  an  abundance  of 
lime. 

Mr.  Cradwick's  suggestion  as  to  deeper  drainage  can  be  confi- 
dently supported. 

This  soil  is  worth  handling  on  intensive  lines  of  cultivation  and 
has  a  large  reserve  of  banana-producing  power  to  draw  upon. 

The  contrast  between  this  soil  and  the  previous  one  is  very 
striking. 

No.  II — Surface  soil. 

["  From  spot  where  bananas  give  good  bunches  but  do  not  finish 
up  well.  Cocoa  does  not  grow  in  spite  of  being  near  a  big 
guango."] 

Lime  as  carbonate         ...  Abundance 

Humus  ...  3-37% 

Mechanical  condition    ...  Heavy  clay 

No.  12 — Subsoil  of  above. 
["  This  land  wants  more  drainage."] 

Observations. 

This  soil  only  needs  deep  drainage  to  produce  excellent  results. 
The    humus  is    well   up    to    standard.     In  my  opinion  this   soil 
would  repay   the   cost  of  deeper  drainage  and  intensive  cultiva- 
tion. 

No.  13 — Surface  soil. 
["  One  of  the  spots  I  suggested  as  no  use  wrestling  with,    better 
plant  some  good  trees  and  grass  on  it."] 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  Very  high 

Humus  ...  4 -4/0 

Mechanical  condition    ...  Clayey  loam 

Observations. 

This  soil  is  so  rich  in  humus  that  if  adequate  drainage  is  prac- 
ticable, it  should  grow  good  fruit. 

A  trial  should  be  given  of  this  before  abandoning  the  land  to 
grass. 


28 

No.  15 — Surface  soil. 

["Spot  where  the  Laboratory  has  been  experimenting  with 
manures."] 

["Very  poor  and 'shotty,' has  improved  with  manure  but  still 
looks  pretty  bad.  The  bananas  look  spotty  and  thriftless,  do  not 
bear,  and  have  a  lot  of  little  round  galls  or  warts  on  them. 

The  manure  has  grown  about  the  finest  Spanish  needle  I  have 
ever  seen."] 

Lime  as  carbonate         ...  Excessive 

Humus  ...  0.95/ 

Mechanical  composition  Clay  marl 

Observations. 

This  soil  is  quite  unsuited  for  bananas  by  nature,  and  in  my 
opinion  will  not  repay  the  heavy  applications  of  vegetable  refuse 
and  manure  that  would  be  required  to  enable  it  to  produce  good 
fruit. 

No.  17. — Surface  soil. 

["  '  Pasture  Piece,'  a  field  of  young  cocoa,  about  3  years  old,  most 
of  which  are  growing  nicely.  The  land  has  some  drains,  but  they 
are  not  systematic,  and  I  recommend,  in  order  to  make  a  success 
of  this  field,  that  contour  drains  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  24 
feet  should  be  put  in."] 

Lime  as  carbonate  Abundance 

Humus  ...  4- 25/' 

Mechanical  condition— Stiff  clay  with  similar 
subsoil. 

Observations. 

A  first  class  soil,  but  demanding  deep  drainage.  Unless  this  is 
attended  to  the  cocoa  will  probably  fail  after  a  few  years. 


HiGHGATE,  St.  Mary. 

No.  21. — Surface  soil. 

["'John's  Piece,'  where  cocoa  is  growing  well.  More  drainage 
would  improve  the  bearing.  Fine  bananas  were  growing  on  this 
land,  but  shelter  trees  would  be  useful  both  for  bananas  and 
cocoa."] 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  1-25^ 

Humus  ...  2.57 

Mechanical    condition — Stiff — inclined     to 
clay,  with  similar  subsoil. 

Observations. 

Drainage  is  clearly  essential.  The  humus  is  good,  but  might 
be  higher  to  advantage.     The  soil  does  not  lack  lime. 


29 

No.  23. — Surface  Soil. 

["Bananas  and  cocoa,  2  years  old,  nearly  all  look  poorly.    This 
sample  is  not  taken  from  the  worst  spots,  which  I  have  advised  to 
be  thrown  up  and  planted  in  trees  and   grass  to  provide  manure 
for  the  better  land  from  which  the  sample  was  taken."] 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  I-O^ 

Humus  ...  3-2j? 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff  clay  with  similar 
subsoil. 

Observations. 
With  drainage  this  soil  should  grow   good  bananas.     The  hu- 
mus   in  this    sample  is  higher  than  in  the    previous  one  reported 
upon  (No.  21). 


Oracabessa  a.    St.  Mary. 

No.  25. — Surface  soil. 
["  Very  mixed  cultivation  of  good  bananas,  cocoa,    coffee   and 
coco-nuts.     Bananas  are  very  fair   as  ratoons,    but  late,    and   the 
proprietor  says  are  late  every  year.     Well-drained    land,  but   not 
forked  since  the  prize-holding  contest  of  three  years  ago."] 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  2.75/^ 

Humus  ...  2.84/ 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff,  inclined  to  clay. 

Observations. 

This  land  is  in  good  heart,  but  would  give  better  results  with 
more  tillage.  This  land  should  be  forked  thoroughly  and  a  sup- 
ply of  green  manure  secured,  so  as  to  maintain  the  standard  of 
humus. 

No.  27. — Surface  soil. 

["  From  heavy  flat,  near  house,  bananas  grow  well  here,  but  are 
also  late.  I  have  suggested  that  bananas  on  this  land  should  be 
replanted  oftener  and  particular  attention  be  paid  to  drainage. 
Trash,  which  is  very  easy  to  obtain,  should  be  applied  as  heavily 
as  possible,  and  the  land  receive  a  dressing  of  lime."] 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  2.25^ 

Humus  ...  3-39^ 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff,  inclined  to  clay. 

Ooscrvations. 

The  analysis  shows  that  this  soil  contains  abundance  of  lime. 

The  addition  recommended  by  Mr.  Cradwick  might  prove  of 
advantage  in  making  the  soil  more  friable,  but  it  would  tend  to  a 
somewhat  rapid  loss  of  humus. 

Drainage  and  tillage  are  obviously  the  chief  requirements. 

The  present  standard  of  humus  is  quite  good  for  an  average 
banana  soil. 


30 

Oracabessa,  B. 

No.  29. —  Surface  soil. 
["Bananas  planted  July,  1904.     Drained   and    in    good    health, 
but  in  many  spots  the  bananas  are  coming  on  very  slowly."] 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  I  ■25/^ 

Humus  ...  3-39% 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff  soil,  with  very 
stiff  clay  subsoil. 

Ohscrvatioiis. 
The  indications  are  that  more  drainage  would  remedy  the   de- 
fect noted  by  Mr.  Cradwick. 

The  lime  and  humus  are  quite  satisfactory. 


HIGHGATE  B. 

No.  31. — Surface  soil. 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  2.5^ 

Humus  ...  3-0/o 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff  clay. 

No.  33. — Surface  Soil. 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  l-0/( 

Humus  ...  2.32/^ 

Mechanical  condition — Medium  clay. 

Observations. 
No.  31  is  a  good  soil  for  bananas  if  well  drained. 
No.  32  is  somewhat  deficient  in  humus. 

There  is  no  deficiency  of  lime.     Drainage  is  the  chief  factor  to 
be  considered  in  the  cultivation  of  these  soils. 
No.  I'^.^-Surface  Soil. 
["A    fair    sample  of  many  'gall  spots'  which  appear    in    the 
midst  of  very  good  land,  fruit  is  both  small  and  late. 

A  manure  that  would  increase  the  size  of  bunches  and  bring  in 
the  fruit  earlier  is  much  needed"]. 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  3-0^ 

Humus  ...  I- 84/$ 

Mechanical  condition — Light  soil  of  medium  texture. 

Observations. 

The  humus  in  this  soil  is  below  par,  and  it  is  very  doubtful 
whether  any  manure  other  than  farmyard  manure  would  do  much 
good. 

Galls  are  often  a  temptation  to  the  use  of  extravagant  manur- 
ing that  the  crop  cannot  pay  for  and  in  many  cases  are  best  left 
alone. 


Port  Maria. 

No.  37. — Surface  soil. 
["  From  cocoa  walk  near  house.    I  have  suggested  as  a  first  step, 
systematic    drainage,   forking  right   through   the   land,    manuring 
with  trash  or  any  kind  of  manure  available,  together  with  Lime 
and  the  replanting  of  the  bananas. 


31 

The  cocoa  here  was  badly  damaged  by  the  hurricane."] 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  1-62^ 

Humus  ...  2.86/^ 

Mechanical  condition — Very  stiff  clay  with 
impervious  sub-soil. 

Observations. 

All  Mr.  Cradwick's  proposals,  with  the  exception  of  the  use 
of  lime,  are  fully  supported  from  the  Laboratory  observations. 

This  is  a  very  heavy  soil  and  would  be  benefited  by  deep 
drainage  and  tillage  and  the  humus  could  be  increased  to  advan- 
tage. 


PORT  Maria — B. 

No.  39  40. — Surface  and  Subsoil. 

["  From  a  spot  where  bananas  practically  go  to  nothing,  it   is 
drained  very  irregularly  to  a  depth  not  exceeding  18  inches."] 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  Considerable. 

Humus  ...  3-07% 

Mechanical  Condition — Stiff  clay  with  light 
coloured  clay  marl,  sub-soil. 

Observations. 

This  soil  cannot  be  expected  to  grow  good  fruit  without  a  really 
deep  and  efficient  system  of  drainage. 

Considering  the  amount  of  chalk  in  the  soil,  the  Humus  must 
be  considered  good. 

This  is  a  type  of  soil  on  which  bananas  grow  with  difficulty 
and  if  all  the  land  were  similar  to  this,  it  would  be  expensive  to 
work  and  the  results  probably  disappointing. 


RIVERSDALE. 

No.  41  &  42. — Surface  and  Sub-soil. 

["From  Banana  Walk,  Eastern  slope — Bananas  four  years  old, 
good  stems  but  damaged  by  winds. 

Land  wants  draining  and  cultivating  only."] 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  0-6l^ 

Humus  ...  1-55^ 

Mechanical  condition — Red  soil,  stiff  clayey 
loam,  with  similar  sub-soil. 

Observations. 

This  soil  is  deficient  in  Humus  and  a  heavy  covering  of  refuse 
manure  should  prove  beneficial. 

Drainage  is  obviously  necessary.  The  soil  is  capable  of  great 
improvement. 


32 

No.  43  &  44. —  Surface  soil  and  Sub-soil. 
I"  From  flat  near  house ;  Bananas  not  so   good.     Land   wants 
draining  and  manuring."] 

Lime  as  carbonate  ..  Nil. 

Humus  ...  0.89% 

Meclianical    condition — Clay    loam,     with 
similar  sub-soil 

Observations. 

This  soil  is  entirely  deficient  in  chalk,  and  should  be  treated 
with  half  a  ton  of  lime  each  year.  The  humus  is  so  low,  that 
bananas  cannot  be  expected  to  grow. 

Heroic  measures  are  required  to  improve  this  serious  deficiency. 

Drainage  is  also  imperative.  As  compared  with  the^previous  soil, 
this  presents  far  greater  diflRculties  in  converting  it  into  good 
banana  land. 


HiGHGATE  C. 

No.  47. — Surface  soil. 
["  From  Orange  River  field  about  the  centre  where   cocoa  trees 
look  well.'']. 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  I -87/0 

Humus  ...  5-09% 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff  clay  soil. 

Observations. 
A  soil    with  a  splendid    standard    of    Humus    and    containing 
abundance  of  chalk.     Retentive  and  demanding  drainage. 

No.  48. — Surface  soil. 
["Higher  up  the  same  field  where  the  cocoa  looks  middling"]. 
Lime  as  carbonate  ...  1-87/ 

Humus  ...  3-11^ 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff  loam. 

Observation. 

This  soil  only  has  f  as  much  humus  as  the  previous  sample  and 
this  would  account  for  the  trees  not  doing  quite  so  well. 

No.  49. — Surface  soil. 

["  Top  of  the   same  field,  cocoa  trees  poor,  much  exposed  to 
wind  or  rain. 

There  the  trees  require  a  good  wind-brake  to  protect  them. 
I  would  suggest   as  an   experiment  that  the  proprietor  should 
drain  a  small  section  of  this   land  to   an  extent   that  might  even 
seem  extravagant"]. 

Lime  as  carbonate  ...  1-75^ 

Humus  ...  2.56^ 

Mechanical  condition — Stiff  clay. 


33 

Observations. 

A  comparison  of  the  three  last  soils  will  illustrate  how  in  the 
tropics,  the  upper  area  of  hills  in  cultivation  get  washed  and  poor 
in  Humus,  while  a  progressive  enrichment  is  found  in  the  lower 
levels.     All  these  soils  indicate  the  desirability  of  drainage. 

They  do  not  need  lime.  The  humus  of  the  upper  portion  is  so 
much  less  in  amount  than  that  of  the  lower,  that  it  is  not  surpris- 
ing that  the  cocoa  should  be  poor,  apart  from  the  exposure  to 
wind  which  Mr.  Cradwick  has  pointed  out.  Any  drainage  works 
would  have  to  be  carried  out  at  a  carefully  adjusted  gradient  and 
the  washings  carefully  replaced  on  the  soil.  Every  effort  should 
be  directed  towards  reducing  loss  of  fertility  in  the  upper  area. 

Conclusions. 
These  soils  indicate  that  the  original  idea  upon  which  the  work 
was  based  is  sound,  viz  : — 

That  in  most  cases  the  needs  of  the  banana  soils  in  St,  Mary 
and  the  neighbouring  districts  are  not  chemical  fertilizers,  but 
rather — 

(i)  Drainage 
(ii)  Humus 

and  in  some  cases 
(iii)  Lime. 
Mr.  Cradwick  is  to  be  congratulated  upon  the  way  in  which  his 
advice  has  been  generally  supported  by  the  conclusions  derived 
from  the  subsequent  examination  of  the  soils  in  the  Laboratory,  as 
is  here  evident  and  it  is  hoped  that  this  work  may  be  extended  in 
the  future  so  that  a  large  number  of  the  smaller  cultivators  may 
be  advised  as  to  the  practical  treatment  of  the  soils  on  their 
holdings. 


HOPE  GARDENS. 

The  cultivated  area  at  the  Hope  Gardens  contains  not  only  an 
ornamental  garden  but  also  an  Experiment  and  Teaching  Station. 

The  first  beginning  of  an  Experiment  Station  at  Hope  was  in 
1874  under  Mr.  Robert  Thomson.  The  Government  came  into 
possession  of  200  acres  of  land  there  in  1873,  and  determined  to 
transfer  the  new  varieties  of  Sugar  Cane,  received  from  the  Botanic 
Gardens  of  Mauritius  and  Martinique  and  planted  in  the  small  garden 
at  Castleton,  to  the  ample  area  at  Hope.  Nearly  18  acres  were 
put  under  Cane  in  1874,  and  5  more  in  1875,  and  during  the  same 
year  10  acres  were  planted  in  Teak.  A  small  nursery  was  also 
formed.  In  1885,  Sir  D.  Morris,  at  that  time  Director,  proposed 
that  the  land  round  the  nursery  should  be  made  into  a  public  park 
at  a  cost  of  £5,000,  though  he  thought  a  Botanic  Garden  could  not 
be  carried  on  without  a  system  of  reservoirs  for  the  storage  of 
water.  However,  Governor  Sir  Henry  Norman  decided  that,  as 
there  were  no  conveniences  at  that  time  for  people  travelling 
cheaply  from  Kingston,  there  should  be  no  outlay  except  grad- 
ually in  forming  a  Garden. 


34 

In  1897  the  Government  transferred  the  present  Director  with 
Office  and  Herbarium  from  Cinchona  to  Hope,  with  the  intention 
of  malcing  it  tlie  central  botanical  establishment  of  the  island. 
Since  that  time  the  Garden  has  gradually  been  formed  and  ex- 
tended.* 

The  following  plants  are  grown  for  experimental  purposes,  and 
also  for  use  in  teaching  agricultural  principles,  and  the  best 
methods  of  dealing  with  these  tropical  crops  : — Sugar  Cane,  Cocoa, 
Coffee,  Tobacco,  Banana,  Rubber,  Nutmeg,  Citrus,  Grape  Vine, 
Pine  Apple,  Cassava,  Sweet  Potatoes,  &c. 

Practical  instruction  is  given  in  the  Garden  to  apprentices,  to 
boys  from  the  Industrial  School,  to  Students  at  Training  Colleges, 
to  Elementary  School  Teachers  in  their  vacation,  to  Agricultural 
Students,  and  to  Planters  themselves. 

There  are  about  8  acres  under  Sugar  Cane  of  several  varieties 
which  are  being  tested  by  the  Agricultural  Chemist  and  distribu- 
ted to  Planters.  Seedlings  are  grown  from  seed  and  are  tested  as 
they  mature. 

Forastero  and  Criollo  Cocoa  are  grown,  and  experiments  are 
being  made  as  to  the  effect  of  shade  trees,  and  as  to  the  difference 
in  growth,  and  yield  of  crop,  when  planted  close  and  at  wider 
distances  apart. 

Coffee  of  several  kinds  may  be  seen  : — Arabian  or  common 
Coffee,  Liberian,  Abbeokuta,  Highland  Coffee  of  Sierra  Leone 
(stenophylla),  Maragogipe,  Golden  Drop,  &c. 

Tobacco  is  under  cultivation,  and  the  leaf  is  cured  in  the  to- 
bacco house  close  by.  The  apprentices  are  instructed  in  all  the 
details  of  cultivation,  and  the  technique  of  curing  the  leaf  for 
cigar  tobacco.  A  quarter  of  an  acre  of  Sumatra  seed  tobacco  is 
grown  under  the  shade  of  cheese  cloth.  This  tobacco  yields  a 
very  high-class  leaf  for  the  outside  wrapper  of  cigars. 

A  collection  has  been  established  of  twenty-three  varieties  of 
Banana  from  various  parts  of  the  world,  chiefly  obtained  through 
the  kindness  of  the  Director  of  Kew  Gardens  and  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Budded  Citrus  plants  have  been  planted  out  for  comparison, 
both  of  varieties  that  have  proved  successful  in  Florida  and  Cali- 
fornia, and  also  of  native  seedling  trees.  Attempts  are  being 
made  to  get  a  variety  of  Orange  which  will  bear  fruit  when  the 
highest  prices  are  obtained  in  English  and  American  markets. 

Pine  Apples  of  several  varieties  are  grown,  and  experiments 
are  being  made  in  cross-fertilising  different  varieties,  with  the 
object,  for  instance,  of  getting  a  pine  with  the  flavour  of  the  Rip- 
ley, the  fine  appearance  of  the  Smooth  Cayenne,  and  the  good 
carrying  qualities  of  the  Red  Spanish. 

Rubber  plants  of  various  kinds  are  grown  : — Para,  Castilloa, 
Ceara,  Lagos  silk  rubber,  Landolphia,  &c. 

*  ^ee  Guide  to  Hope  Gardens  by  Walter  Jekyll.    Published  by  MeBsre.   Aston  Gardner 
&■  C".,  Kingston.     Price,  One  Shilling. 


35 

There  are  28  varieties  of  Cassava  collected  from  different  parts 
of  Jamaica,  10  from  Porto  Rico,  and  30  from  Colombia.  These 
68  varieties  are  being  tested  as  to  weight  of  tubers  per  acre,  and 
percentage  of  starch.  The  starch  is  said  to  be  better  for  laund- 
ries and  for  dressing  Manchester  goods  than  that  produced  by 
any  other  plant.  It  is  claimed  also  that  Cassava  yields  more 
starch  per  acre  than  ony  other  plant. 

Similar  tests,  besides  value  as  food,  are  also  carried  out  with 
reference  to  Sweet  Potatoes, — 2^  varieties  from  Jamaica,  12  from 
Barbados,  and  9  from  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Results  of  tests  of  plants  are  published  from  time  to  time  in  the 
Bulletin  and  Annual  Reports. 

A  plan  of  the  cultivated  portions  of  the  Government  grounds  is 
given,  so  that  visitors  may  readily  find  any  particular  kind  of 
economic  plant  grown  there  for  experimental  or  teaching  purposes. 

The  following  is  an  Index  to  the  numbers  on  the  plan  : — 


1.  Lemon  Grass. 

27.  Assistant  Superintendent's  Quar- 

2. Cassava. 

ters. 

3.  Pine  Apples. 

28.  Canes. 

4.  Yam  Beans. 

29.   Bananas. 

5.  Tobacco  and  Cassava. 

30.  Navel  Oranges  and  Sweet  Potatoes 

6.  Citrus  Grove  and  Cassava. 

31.   tChus-khus  Grass. 

7.  Bananas  and  Mangoes. 

32.  Pergola  with  Climbers. 

8.  Tanias,  Cassava  and  Sweet  Potatoes. 

33.  Crotons,  &c. 

9.  Cassava. 

34.  Director's  Residence. 

10a.  Tobacco. 

35.  Economic  Plants. 

10b.  Sumatra  Tobacco  under 

Shade 

36  &  37  Vanilla,  Cocoa,  &c. 

Cloth. 

38  Orchid  Walk. 

11.  School  Garden. 

39.  Pergola  with  Climbers. 

1 2  Plantation  of  Cananga  an 

d  Para 

40.  Lawn 

Rubber. 

41.  Road  to  Castilloa  Rubber. 

13.  Cassava. 

42.  Rockery   with   Lace   Bark   plants 

14.  Cassava. 

and    Succulents,    and,    beyond^ 

15.  Ippi-appa. 

Honduras  Logwood. 

16.  Seedling  Canes. 

43.  Lawn  with  Date  Palms, 

17.  Cocoa. 

44.  Director's  Office. 

]8.  Cassava. 

45.  Lawn    bordered    with    Oleanders 

19.  Canes  (Seedling). 

and  Carob  Bean  plants. 

20  Ippi-appa. 

46a.  Nursery. 

21.   Canes. 

46b.  Plant  Houses. 

22.  Cassava. 

47.   Vanilla. 

23.  Tobacco  House. 

48.  Rose  Garden. 

24.  Cassava. 

49.  Water  Works  Conduit. 

25.  Sweet  Potatoes. 

50.  New  Nursery. 

26.  Seedling  Canes. 

36 
GRAPE  FRUIT  AND  SHADDOCKS. 

The  following  popular  notes  on  varieties  of  grape  fruit  and 
shaddocks,  by  Sir  Daniel  Morris,  K.C.M.G.,  D.Sc,  D.C.L.,  appeared 
in  Garden  and  Forest,  an  American  horticultural  journal  published 
at  New  York,  April  22,  1896.  Recently  applications  for  information 
in  regard  to  the  respective  merits  of  grape  fruits  and  shaddocks 
were  received  from  the  Board  of  Agriculture  in  the  Bahamas  and 
other  sources,  and  with  the  view  of  placing  the  facts  on  record  in 
an  accessible  form,  they  were  reprinted  in  the  pages  of  the  West 
Indian  Bulletin*  and  are  now  reproduced  here  : — 

During  my  recent  visit  to  New  York  I  was  much  interested  to 
notice  the  considerable  demand  that  existed  there  for  grape  fruit,t 
from  the  West  Indies.  It  appears  to  be  very  strongly  recommended 
by  the  medical  faculty  for  its  refreshing  and  tonic  properties,  and, 
in  consequence,  the  use  of  it  has  become  an  important  feature  in 
the  diet  in  American  cities.  The  fruit  I  saw  in  New  York  called 
grape  fruit  consisted  of  various  sorts  and  qualities,  and  there  is 
little  doubt  that  much  confusion  exists  as  to  what  is  really  grape 
fruit  as  distinct  from  the  allied  citrus  fruits  passing  under  such 
names  as  Pumelow^,  Shaddock,  Forbidden  fruit,  Paradise  fruit  and 
others.  The  chief  characteristics  of  all  these  fruits,  distinguish- 
ing them  from  the  different  varieties  of  the  orange,  are  associated 
with  the  size  and  colour.  They  are  all,  or  nearly  all,  larger  than 
the  largest  orange,  and  they  are  uniformly  of  a  pale-yellow  colour. 
In  texture  the  rind  may  be  smooth  or  even  polished.  It  is  seldom 
rough,  nearly  always  firm  and  not  very  thick.  The  pulp  is  pale 
yellow  or  greenish-white,  sometimes  pink  or  crimson.  The  vesi- 
cles of  the  pulp  (juice  bags)  are  more  distinct  than  in  the  orange ; 
very  juicy,  somewhat  sweetish  with  a  distinct,  but  agreeable,  bit- 
ter flavour.  The  pith  surrounding  the  segments  possesses  more 
of  the  bitter  then  the  pulp,  but  is  less  agreeable,  and  on  that  ac- 
count is  never  eaten.  In  shape  these  fruits  vary  a  good  deal. 
Some  are  quite  globular,  others  somewhat  flattened  at  the  top  and 
tapering  below,  forming  a  pear-shaped  body.  Even  in  the  globu- 
lar fruits  the  top  is  more  or  less  flattened.  There  are  none,  I  be- 
lieve, pointed  at  both  ends. 

Having  indicated  the  general  characters  of  this  class  of  citrus 
fruits,  I  may  venture  on  a  brief  sketch  of  their  origin  and  history. 
It  is  agreed  by  all  authorities  that  these  fruits  are  quite  distinct 
from  the  other  groups  of  the  orange  family,  such  as  the  true 
oranges  and  the  citrons.  They  have,  therefore,  been  kept  apart 
and  ranged  under  the  Giant  Citrus,  Citrus  decumana.  In  this  species 
the  tree  is  12  to  18  feet  high,  with  a  flat  crown  and  spreading 
branches,  usually  with  no  spines.  The  leaves  are  elliptic-rounded 
at  both  ends,  emarginate  (that  is,  with  a  notch  at  the  apex)  and 
crenulate   (having  the    edge     marked    with     small  depressions) ; 

*  From  West  Indian  Bulletin,  VI.,  1905,  page  284. 

t  It  is  so  called  because  the  fruits  grow  in  clusters  like  n  bunch  of  grapes. 

X  It  is  invariably  spelled  Pomelo  in  the  Unitad  States. 


37 

the  under  side  of  the  leaf  is  softly  hairy,  with  the  wings  broad, 
•  Granulated  as  in  the  leaves,  and  bordered  with  fine  hairs.  The 
flowers  are  in  clusters  of  from  three  to  nine,  large,  white,  and  fra- 
grant. The  fruit  is  either  globose  or  pear-shaped,  forming  many 
seedling  varieties  without  distinct  names.  This  is  supposed  to  be 
a  native  of  the  islands  of  the  Pacific,  whence  it  had  been  brought 
to  southern  China,  Japan,  and  India.  It  was  introduced  to  the 
West  Indies,  according  to  Macfayden,  from  China  by  Captain 
Shaddock,  whose  name  has  since  been  given  to  it.  The  term 
shaddock  may  be  correctly  applied  to  any  of  the  larger  members 
of  the  giant  citrus,  and  is  equivalent  to  the  French  pompelmouse, 
which  is  another  form  of  the  Dutch  pomplemoes.  The  word  po- 
melow,  so  widely  used  in  India  and  Ceylon,  is  supposed  to  be  a 
contraction  of  '  pomum  melo,'  the  melon  apple.  The  largest  "  pu- 
melows'  in  India  are  said  to  reach  '  2  feet  in  circumference  and 
weigh  10  to  20  lb.'  The  best  sort,  according  to  Bonavia,  is  'the 
thin-skinned,  red  pumelow  of  the  Bombay  market.'  This  is  of  a 
globose  shape,  juicy,  and  '  of  the  colour  of  raw  beef  internally.' 
There  are,  however,  numerous  grades  in  size,  some  being  almost 
as  small  as  oranges.  In  India  the  varieties  do  not  appear  to  have 
recognised  names.  Elsewhere  the  smaller  fruits  have  been  vari- 
ously called  Paradise  apples.  Forbidden  fruit,  and  Grape  fruit. 

As  regards  the  proper  classification  of  the  West  Indian  varieties, 
I  cannot  do  better  than  record  that  put  forth  by  Dr.  James  Mac- 
fayden, the  learned  author  of  the  Flora  of  Jamaica,  which,  however, 
he  never  lived  to  carry  into  more  than  one  volume  and  part  of 
another.  Referring  to  the  large-fruited  sorts,  he  states  :  '  There 
are  two  varieties  of  shaddock.  In  the  variety  a.  maliformis,  the 
the  fruit  is  globose,  with  the  pulp  of  a  pale-pink  colour,  approach- 
ing to  a  very  light  yellow.  In  the  variety  b.  pyriforniis  the  fruit  is 
more  or  less  pear-shaped,  and  the  pulp  is  of  crimson  colour,  more 
or  less  intense.  The  second  of  these  varieties  is  the  more  esteemed, 
being  sweet  and  juicy  and  having  only  in  a  slight  and  palatable 
degree  the  acridity  which  abounds  in  the  first.  .  I  may  remark  that 
I  have  always  found  the  pear-shaped  variety  good,  whereas  it  is 
seldom  the  case  with  the  round-shaped  fruit.  There  cannot  be  a 
doubt  but  that,  if  budding,  as  is  done  in  China,  were  more  gene- 
rally practised,  instead  of  trusting  to  propagation  by  seed,  the  fruit 
would  be  much  improved.' 

The  smaller  pumelows  or  shaddocks  are  ranged  by  Macfayden 
under  a  distinct  species,  which  he  calls  Citrus  paradisi.  The  tree 
is  described  as  30  feet  high,  of  handsome  appearance,  with  sub- 
erect  branches  and  sharp  at  the  apex.  The  leaves  are  oval, 
rounded,  and  smooth  on  both  sides.  The  flowers  have  linear 
petals  and  the  stamens  are  twenty-five  in  number.  The  differences 
between  this  and  C.  dcciifiiaua  appear  to  consist  in  the  more  erect 
habit  of  the  plant,  in  the  rounded  (not  emarginate)  leaves,  and  in 
the  linear-rounded  (not  oblong-obtuse)  petals.  With  regard  to  the 
fruit  he  remarks  :  'There  are  also  two  varieties  of  this  species  : 
var.  a.   pyrifonnis,   Barbados  Grape  fruit ;    var.  h.  maliformis,  For- 


38 

bidden  fruit.  Tlie  pear-shaped  variety,  as  the  shaddock,  possesses 
most  of  the  sweet  principle,  and  is,  on  the  whole  a  preferable 
fruit.'  This  classification  was  made  by  Macfayden  nearly  sixty 
years  ago,  therefore  long  before  these  fruits  were  so  widely  dis- 
tributed as  now  in  other  parts  of  tropical  America.  He  was  so 
accurate  and  sl^ilful  an  observer  that,  as  far  as  the  new  world 
fruits  are  concerned,  we  cannot  very  well  improve  upon  it.  It  is 
doubtful  whether  the  small- fruited  sorts  he  places  under  C.  paradisi 
really  deserve  specific  rank,  but  that  point  does  not  affect  the  main 
question  with  which  we  started,  namely — what  are  the  differences, 
if  any,  existing  between  the  shaddock  and  the  grape  fruit  ?  In 
summing  up  the  results  of  the  investigation,  we  may  say  that  all 
the  larger-fruited  sorts  may  be  called  indifferently  either  pumelows 
or  shaddocks.  These  are  merely  the  eastern  and  western  names 
for  the  same  thing,  and  are  perfectly  interchangeable.  No  dis- 
tinction appears  ever  to  have  been  made  between  them. 
There  are  two  well-marked  varieties,  one  being  globose,  with  the 
flesh  of  a  pale-pink  colour,  and  the  other  pear-shaped,  usually  with 
a  deep-pink  or  crimson  pulp.  As  regards  the  small  fruited  sorts, 
these,  according  to  Macfayden  may  be  either  globose,  when  they 
are  called  forbidden  fruit,  or  pear-shaped,  when  grape  fruit  is  the 
older  name.  The  name  forbidden  fruit  (from  a  fancied  connexion 
with  the  Garden  of  Eden)  is  tolerably  old  in  the  West  Indies. 
Tussac,  in  the  Flores  dcs  Antilles,  published  in  1824,  gives  a  good 
figure  of  the  typical  shaddock,  which  he  translates  into  the  French 
Chadcc.  In  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  73-74,  he  states:  '  J'ai  eu  occasion  d'  ob- 
server a  la  Jamaique,  dans  le  jardin  botanique  d'East,  une  espece 
de  Chadec  dont  les  fruits,  qui  n'excedent  pas  en  grosseur  une  belle 
orange  sont  disposes  en  grappes  :  les  Anglais  de  la  Jamaique  don- 
nent  a  ce  fruit  le  nom  de  "  Forbidden-fruit,"  fruit  defendu,  ou 
smaller  shaddock.'  Later  on  he  refers  to  the  same  fruit  in  the 
following  words :  '  C'est  une  assiette  de  dessert  tres  distinguee  et 
fort  saine'  (p.  74).  In  the  case  of  the  forbidden  fruit  and  grape 
fruit  they  are  exactly  reversed.  As  usually  happens,  when  a  name 
has  become  familiar  in  commerce,  it  is  eventually  applied  in  a 
much  wider  sense  than  the  original  one.  Thus,  the  term  grape 
fruit  has  become  so  general  that  any  moderately  large  fruit  pro- 
vided the  skin  is  pale-yellow,  thin  and  smooth,  and  the  pulp  of  a 
delicate  flavour,  is  designated  by  it.  The  fruit  commonly  called 
grape-fruit  in  New  York  is  really  the  forbidden  fruit  of  the  West 
Indies.  The  true  grape  fruit  is  pear-shaped,  and  according  to  Mac- 
fayden, when  obtainable  at  its  best,  is  preferable  to  the  forbidden 
fruit.  The  fruit  shipped  from  the  Bahamas  as  grape  fruit  is  usual- 
ly round  with  a  polished  yellow  skin  of  a  silky  texture  and  very 
heavy.  This  is  probably  one  of  the  best  of  its  class,  and  quite 
equal  to  Macfadyen's  pear-shaped  variety.  Next  comes  some  ex- 
cellent fruit  from  Jamaica,  no  doubt  that  already  referred  to  by 
Tussac  under  the  name  of  forbidden  fruit,  a  smaller  shaddock. 
According  to  the  New  York  estimation,  this  would  be  almost  a 
typical  grape  fruit,  supplying  '  une  assiette  de  dessert  tres  distin- 
guee et  fort  saine.' 


39 

Further  information  on  the  pumelow  was  contributed  by  Sir 
Daniel  Morris  to  the  Gardeners'  Clironidc,  1896.  Vol.  II.,  p.  616,  as 
follows  : — 

I  have  been  asked  more  than  once  lately  whether  there  is  no 
fruit,  yet  unknown  to  most  English  palates,  which  might  be  in- 
troduced into  this  country,  and  form  a  pleasant  article  of  food. 
As  there  seems  to  be  some  general  interest  in  the  subject,  your 
readers  may,  perhaps,  like  to  hear  of  some  fruits  which  have  come 
under  my  notice. 

The  pumelow  of  India,  one  of  the  giant  members  of  the  orange 
tribe,  is  well  known  to  people  who  have  lived  in  the  East.  Some 
very  large  specimens  have  been  known  to  attain  a  circumference 
of  more  than  two  feet,  and  to  weigh  from  15  to  20lbs.  Generally 
pumelows  are  not  held  in  high  esteem  in  India  and  Ceylon,  except 
by  those  who  have  lived  long  there,  and  know  how  to  select  the 
best  sort  by  their  size  and  colour.  The  best  Bombay  pumelows 
are  said  to  be  exceptionally  good.  They  have  a  pink  pulp  of  a 
juicy  character,  sweet  in  flavour,  with  a  slight  but  agreeable  bitter 
taste.  The  first  pumelows  were  brought  to  the  West  Indies  by  Cap- 
tain Shaddock  about  150  years  ago.  Since  that  time  the  fruit  has 
always  been  known  in  that  part  of  the  world  as  the  shaddock,  in 
compliment  to  the  person  who  introduced  it.  Owing  to  circum- 
stances of  soil  and  climate,  and  to  the  raising  of  plants  almost 
exclusively  by  seed,  many  varieties  have  sprung  up  that  have  be- 
come recognized  by  distinct  names.  Of  the  larger  fruits,  the 
pumelow  or  shaddock  proper,  there  are  two  well  marked  forms ; 
the  first  is  the  apple-shaped  shaddock,  usually  with  a  whitish  or 
a  pale  pink  pulp,  the  other  is  a  pear-shaped  fruit,  with  a  pink, 
and  sometimes  a  deep  crimson  pulp.  Both  these  are  large  fruits, 
weighing  from  3  to  6  lbs.  in  weight ;  they  have  the  characteristic 
pale  yellow  skin,  and  inside  there  is  a  white  pithy  layer  more  or 
less  thick  ;  then  comes  the  pulp  with  the  vesicles  or  juice  bags 
very  prominent — indeed  the  latter  are  so  distinct  that  they  can  be 
easily  separated  the  one  from  the  other.  The  bitter  flavour 
is  very  marked  in  the  inferior  sorts,  in  some  instances  it  becomes 
quite  acrid.  The  best  sorts  have  a  sweetish  flavour  and  only  a 
slight  taste  of  bitter,  of  the  smaller  fruits,  to  which  Macfadyen  has 
given  the  name  of  Paradise  fruits,  there  are  in  the  West  Indies  two 
well  marked  forms.  The  apple  shaped  fruits  are  known  as  for- 
bidden fruit,  while  the  pear  shaped  sorts  are  known  as  Barbados 
grape  fruit.  Both  these  are  vei'y  attractive  looking  fruits  ;  they 
have  a  pale  yellow  skin  usually  very  thin,  are  soft  and  silky  to 
the  touch,  while  the  pulp  is  sweet  and  refreshing.  The  slightly 
bitter  flavour  is  regarded  as  giving  them  tonic  properties  of  great 
value  in  dyspepsia  and  allied  ailments. 

During  the  last  fifteen  years  the  paradise  fruits,  or  more  cor- 
rectly grape  fruit,  have  been  in  great  demand  in  the  United  States. 
They  have  been  very  strongly  recommended  by  the  medical 
faculty,  and  in  consequence  their  use  has  become  an  important 
feature  in  the  diet  of  a  large   number  of  the  American   people. 


40 

The  consumption  of  them  has  increased  by  leaps  and  bounds,  and 
every  year  for  the  past  few  years  it  has  more  than  doubled.  A 
few  days  ago  (says  Garden  and  Forest)  2  barrels  of  small-sized 
grape  fruit  realized  the  extraordinary  price  of  £5  each  in  New 
York ;  and  7  barrels  of  similar  fruit  were  sold  in  Philadelphia  for 
£5  los.  each.  Such  fruit  would  retail  at  more  than  $1.00  a  piece 
This  is  probably  the  highest  price  ever  paid  for  specimens  of  the 
orange  tribe.  It  shows  very  clearly  how  keen  is  the  demand  for  grape 
fruit,  and  what  importance  is  attached  to  it  as  a  refreshing  and 
healthful  adjunct  to  the  food  supply  of  the  United  States.  At  one 
time  there  was  a  better  mai'ket  for  grape  fruit — or,  rather  forbid- 
den fruit,  as  it  was  called — in  the  United  Kingdom  than  in  Ame- 
rica, but  the  tables  are  now  turned.  America  especially 
since  the  destructive  frosts  in  Florida,  has  now  absorbed 
almost  the  whole  supply  from  the  West  Indies.  Sooner 
or  later,  however,  English  people  will  realise  the  special  merits  of 
the  grape  fruit  and  a  demand  will  arise  for  it,  to  the  possible  ad- 
vantage of  those  West  India  Islands  which  are  in  a  position  to 
supply  it.  It  would  be  well,  therefore,  for  the  people  in  that  part 
of  the  world  to  establish  small  orchards  of  grape  fruit  trees  of  the 
best  quality,  and  to  be  prepared  to  ship  the  fruit  in  such  condition 
that  they  may  get  the  best  price  for  it.  This  would  be  one  way 
of  alleviating,  to  some  extent,  the  depression  under  which  they 
are  now  suffering,  owing  to  the  unremunerative  character  of  the 
sugar  industry. 

The  following,  containing  further  notes  on  grape  fruits  and 
shaddocks,  was  contributed  by  Sir  Daniel  Morris  to  Chambers' 
Journal  of  January  30,  1 897. 

Under  the  title  of  'paradise  fruits,"  Dr.  Macfadyen,  many  years 
ago,  described  some  interesting  members  of  the  orange  family. 
Their  origin  was  not  clearly  traced,  but  there  was  little  doubt  that 
they  had  been  produced  by  seed  variation  in  the  West  Indies. 
Their  nearest  relations  were  the  common  shaddocks  or  pumelows 
{Citrus  deciimana).  These  are  well  known  as  the  largest  of  the 
citrus  fruits  ;  some  fine  specimens  have  weighed  as  much  as  20lbs., 
and  measured  2  feet  in  circumference.  According  to  Alphonse 
de  Candolle,  '  shaddocks  and  pumelows  are  probably  natives  of 
the  islands  east  of  the  Malay  Archipelago.'  They  were  found  in  a 
wild  state  by  Seemann  and  others  in  the  Fiji  Islands  and  the 
Friendly  Islands,  so  there  is  little  doubt  of  their  Polynesian  origin. 
They  are  now  distributed  in  most  tropical  countries,  but,  except  in 
a  few  localities,  they  are  not  so  highly  esteemed,  for  instance,  as 
the  best  oranges.  Usually  the  skin  is  thick  and  pithy,  and  the 
pulp  bitter,  and  there  is  little  or  no  demand  for  them  in  commerce. 
The  paradise  fruits,  on  the  other  hand,  are  in  great  demand,  and 
they  are  regarded  as  the  most  refreshing  and  wholesome  of  any 
of  the  citrus  family.  Recently  in  New  York,  some  of  the  latter 
were  retailed  at  almost  fabulous  prices,  and  the  demand  increases 
every  year.  The  paradise  fruits,  while  they  fall  specifically  under 
Citrus  decumana,  or  the  giant  Citrus,  have  many  points  of  merit, 
not  the  least  of  which,  is  the  keen  preference  shown  for  them  by 


41 

the  people  of  the  United  States.     They  are  quite  distinct  from  the 
true  oranges,  citrons,  and  other  groups  of  the  orange  family. 

The  typical  fruits  of  Citrus  dcciimana  are  those  known  in  India 
as  pumelows  (a  contraction  of  poinnm  melo,  the  melon  apple)  called 
by  the  French  Pompelmouse  or  Pamplemouse,  and  by  the  Spanish 
and  Dutch  Pompelmoos.  As  these  fruits  were  first  introduced  to 
the  West  Indies  by  Captain  Shaddock,  in  that  part  of  the  world 
they  have  always  borne  his  name.  Pumelows  and  shaddocks  are 
only  the  old  and  new  world  names  for  the  same  fruit.  Some- 
times it  is  stated  that  the  largest  fruits  are  called  shaddocks  and 
the  next  in  size  pumelows.  There  is  no  authority  for  this  distinc- 
tion. In  this  place,  I  shall  quote  pumelows  and  shaddocks  indif- 
ferently as  convenient  popular  names  for  all  the  largest  fruits  of 
the  typical  Citrus  dccumana.  A  preference  may  unconsciously  be 
given  to  the  use  of  the  word  shaddock,  but  only  because  it  is  the 
most  familiar  name  in  the  West  Indies.  As  regards  the  varieties 
of  these  fruits  existing  in  different  parts  of  the  world,  they  are  for 
the  most  part  distinguished  by  the  locality  where  they  are  grown 
rather  than  by  any  character  they  may  possess.  For  instance,  in 
India  the  best  pumelow,  according  to  Bonavia,  is  the  thin-skinned, 
red  pumelow  of  Bombay.  This  is  a  perfectly  globose  fruit,  very 
juicy,  and  whh  the  pulp  of  a  rosy-red  colour.  The  botanical 
characters  of  Citrus  dccumana  are  perhaps  more  marked  than  in  any 
other  species.  The  tree  is  larger,  and  both  the  young  shoots  and 
under  side  of  the  leaves  are  covered  more  or  less  with  soft  down. 
No  other  species  of  citrus  has  the  latter  characteristic.  The  tree 
may  be  as  high  as  20  feet,  with  a  flat  crown  and  many  spreading 
branches.  Usually  there  are  no  spines.  The  leaves  are  distinctly 
rounded  at  both  ends,  with  a  notch  at  the  apex ;  the  edges  are 
uneven  or  wavy,  owing  to  the  presence  of  a  number  of  small  de- 
pressions ;  the  stalk  or  petiole  is  furnished  with  two  broad  wings, 
also  wavy,  and  bordered  with  fine  hairs.  The  flowers  are  somewhat 
like  those  of  the  orange,  but  larger,  and  are  both  white  and  fra- 
grant ;  they  are  usually  in  clusters  of  three  to  nine.  The  fruit  is 
spherical  or  pear-shaped,  very  large,  sometimes  even  as  large  as  a 
man's  head,  and  very  heavy.  The  juice  is  always  slightly  acid, 
while  the  rind  in  the  common  sorts  is  remarkably  thick,  with  a 
bitter  inner  membrane.  The  vesicles  containing  the  juice  are 
very  prominent,  and  arranged  transversely ;  in  the  orange  they 
are  hardly  discernible. 

Pumelows  or  shaddocks  differ  from  other  citrus  fruits  in  size  ; 
they  are  invariably  larger  than  the  largest  orange  and,  in  addi- 
tion, are  compact  and  very  heavy.  In  colour,  they  are  pale-yellow, 
almost  like  lemons,  but  they  differ  from  the  lemon  in  having 
usually  a  smoother  skin.  The  flesh  is  pale-yellow  or  greenish- 
white  ;  in  some  sorts  there  is  a  tendency  to  pink  or  crimson,  as  in 
the  so-called  'blood-oranges.'  The  pink-fleshed  shaddocks,  if 
otherwise  acceptable,  are  more  esteemed  than  the  white-fleshed. 
They  are  said  to  be  sweeter  and  more  juicy,  and  have  only  in  a 
slight  and  palatable  degree  the  peculiar  flavour  of  the   ordinary 


42 

shaddocks.  Macfayden,  sixty  years  ago,  stated  that  he  always 
found  the  pear-shaped  shaddocks  better  than  the  spherical  sorts. 
His  experience  is  not  invariably  endorsed  at  the  present  time. 
Some  of  the  spherical  fruits  are  of  a  very  delicate  flavour,  and,  as 
already  mentioned,  the  best  of  the  Indian  sorts  are  not  only  spheri- 
cal, but  have  also  a  pink  flesh. 

So  far,  I  have  described  the  fruits  of  the  typical  Citrus  dcciimaua 
only.  When  we  come  to  the  smaller  fruits,  we  find  that  both  in 
the  tree  yielding  them,  as  well  as  in  the  fruits  themselves,  there 
are  certain  distinguishing  features  which  show  they  are  rightly 
separated  by  Macfadyen,  although  we  cannot  go  so  far  as  he  has 
done  in  assigning  the  plant  producing  them  specific  rank.  Mac- 
fadyen grouped  the  smaller  fruits  under  Citrus  paradisi,  thus  ex- 
pressing his  appreciation  of  them  by  designating  them  the  fruits 
of  Paradise.  He  distinguished  two  varieties,  to  which  he  gave 
the  names  of  forbidden  fruits  and  the  Barbados  grape  fruit.  He 
described  the  tree  as  of  handsome  appearance,  about  30ft.  in  height, 
with  branches  sub-erect  and  sharp  at  the  apex.  It  will  be  noticed 
that  in  the  shaddock  the  tree  was  20  feet  high,  with  a  flat  crown 
and  spreading  branches.  The  leaves  are  oval,  rounded,  and 
smooth  on  both  sides.  The  flowers  have  linear  instead  of  oblong 
petals,  and  the  stamens  are  twenty-five  to  twenty-six  in  number 
instead  of  thirty  to  thirty-five.  The  fruits,  as  in  the  shaddocks,  are 
either  spherical  or  pear  shaped.  To  the  pear  shaped  fruits 
were  assigned  the  name  of  grape  fruit,  because  they  usually 
grow  in  clusters  ;  while  the  spherical  fruits  were  called  for- 
bidden fruit  from  a  fancied  connexion  with  the  Garden  of  Eden. 
This  classification  was  made  by  Macfadyen  nearly  sixty  years  ago 
therefore  long  before  these  fruits  were  so  widely  distributed,  as 
now,  in  various  parts  of  tropical  America.  The  forbidden  fruit 
was  known  to  Tussac  in  1824,  who  called  it  'Fruit  Defendu,  or 
smaller  shaddock.'  Later  he  refers  to  the  same  fruit  in  the  fol- 
lowing words  :  '  C'est  une  assiette  de  desert  tres  distinguee  et  fort 
saine.'  With  the  exception  of  the  shape,  forbidden  fruits  and 
grape  fruits  are  very  much  alike,  but  they  are  both  superior  to  any 
shaddock  or  pumelow — the  fruits  of  Citrus  dccuiiiana — ^  while  the 
smaller  and  more  delicate  fruits  bear  the  distinctive  name  of  para- 
dise fruits.  Of  these  the  grape  fruit  is  the  one  now  so  highly 
esteemed  in  the  United  States.  The  Penny  Cyclopcvdia  had  adopted 
a  similar  classification  even  in  1837.  It  is  stated  :' When  these 
fruits  arrive  at  their  greatest  size,  they  are  called  pompelloes  or 
pompelmousses ;  when  at  the  smallest,  they  form  the  forbidden 
fruit  of  the  English  markets.  Another  small  variety,  with  the 
fruit  growing  in  clusters,  is  what  the  West  Indians  call  grape 
fruit.' 

The  grape  fruit  is  not  a  shaddock  nor  a  pumelow.  It  is  quite 
a  distinct  fruit,  and  possesses  exceptional  merits ;  at  its  best,  it 
differs  from  the  shaddock  as  much  as  a  fine  apple  from  a  common 
crab. 


43 

We  may  be  sure  that  such  keen-witted  men  as  the  fruit  mer- 
chants of  New  York  would  not  give  high  prices  for  grape  fruit 
unless  it  were  in  great  demand  and  thoroughly  appreciated  by 
people  able  to  pay  for  a  choice  and  delicate  article.  It  is  esti- 
mated that  there  were  received  in  the  United  States  last  year 
grape  fruit  of  the  value  of  about  £20,000.  The  demand  for  it  is 
quite  of  recent  date,  but  it  is  increasing  so  rapidly  that  in  a  few 
years  the  grape  fruit  will  be  one  of  the  most  valuable  of  the  citrus 
fruits  in  the  New  World. 

There  are  doubtless,  many  inferior  sorts  of  grape  fruit.  In  fact 
in  the  West  Indies  the  plants  have  been  allowed  to  run  almost 
wild.  No  care  has  been  taken  to  select  the  best  varieties,  or  ta 
bud  and  graft  them,  so  as  to  keep  them  uniformly  at  a  high  stan- 
dard. Garden  and  Forest,  the  leading  horticultural  journal  in 
America,  very  wisely  advises  that,  wherever  the  fruit  is  grown,  it 
should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  highest  success  will  only  come 
with  the  use  of  the  best  varieties.  There  is  no  need  to  grow  the 
thick-skinned  and  bitter  sorts,  and  those  with  a  dry,  cottony  pulp, 
while  there  are  varieties  both  of  the  apple-shaped  and  pear- 
shaped  fruits  with  a  silky  skin,  full  of  juice  and  of  a  most  delight- 
ful flavour,  with  just  enough  bitter  to  give  it  piquancy  and  sug- 
gest its  valuable  tonic  qualities, 

Mr.  C.  B.  Hewitt  gives  the  following  account  of  the  grape  fruit : — 
At  one  time  it  was  not  thought  much  of  in  Florida,  being  only  eaten 
by  the  old  Floridians  as  a  spring  tonic,  to  drive  away  malaria. 
As  soon  as  its  great  medicinal  qualities  were  recognized,  the  doc- 
tors began  to  recommend  it  for  indigestion,  and  also  as  an  appe- 
tizer. The  majority  of  people  who  eat  this  fruit  do  not  like  it  at 
first,  and  many  have  not  tried  to  like  it,  on  account  of  the  bitter- 
ness of  the  pithy  membrane  dividing  the  pulp.  The  correct 
way  to  eat  this  interesting  fruit  is  to  remove  carefully  this 
lining  and  to  eat  only  the  pulp.  Some  people  prefer  to  cut 
the  fruit  open  through  the  middle,  take  away  the  seeds,  and 
then  sprinkle  a  little  sugar  over  the  cut  surface,  and  work  it 
in  with  a  spoon.  Then  let  it  stand  for  a  little  time,  or  overnight 
and  eat  before  meals.'  '  There  is  nothing,'  continues  this  writer, 
'in  the  fruit  line  yet  discovered  that  possesses  the  medicinal  quali- 
ties of  the  grape  fruit.  The  demand  for  it  will  increase  from  year 
to  year,  and  take  up  all  the  fruit  that  will  be  grown  for  the  next 
twenty  years.  As  many  as  6,000  fruits  are  said  to  have  been 
gathered  from  a  single  tree.  This  was  an  exceptionally  fine  spe- 
cimen. It  was  described  as  49  feet  in  height  and  30  feet  across 
its  widest  branches.  It  was  thirty-four  years  old.'  There  are 
many  varieties  of  grape  fruit,  some  seedless,  or  with  an  occasional 
seed  only. 

The  grape  fruit  is  in  such  great  demand  in  America  chiefly  be- 
cause it  has  been  so  highly  recommended  by  the  medical  faculty 
for  its  valuable  dietetic  and  tonic  qualities.  It  is  also  very  re- 
freshing, and  is  regarded  as  a  specific  for  dyspepsia.  The  Ameri- 
cans are  large  fruit-eaters,  and  seldom  begin    or  end  a  meal  with- 


44 

out  fruit  of  some  kind.  To  supply  them  witli  bananas  alone, 
there  arrived  from  the  West  Indies  during  the  year  1895,  185  car- 
goes of  this  fruit,  comprising  nearly  17,000,000  bunches,  of  the 
value  of  over  £5,000,000  sterling.  Jamaica  furnished  the  larger 
share  of  this  immense  shipment  of  tropical  fruit;  and  that  island 
is  becoming  quite  prosperous  in  spite  of  the  great  depression  that 
has  overtaken  all  the  sugar-producing  countries  in  that  part  of  the 
world.  Hitherto,  Florida  has  supplied  a  good  deal  of  the  grape 
fruit  for  the  American  market,  but  since  the  disastrous  effects  of 
the  'freeze'  of  last  yeai%  the  Florida  plantations  have  been  almost 
destroyed.  Much  English  capital  invested  in  fruit  growing  in 
that  state  has  been  lost,  and  many  of  our  young  countrymen  set- 
tled there  have  suffered  a  severe  reverse  of  fortune.  Even  where 
the  groves  are  not  quite  destroyed,  it  will  take  years  of  toil  and 
expenditure  to  bring  them  back  to  their  former  condition.  For 
some  time,  at  least,  the  chief  supplies  of  grape  fruit  must  therefore 
be  drawn  from  the  West  Indies.  The  people  in  that  part  of  the 
world  would  do  well  to  establish  trees  of  the  best  varieties,  and 
take  advantage  of  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  what  promises 
to  be  a  steady  and  remunerative  industry. 


THE  BREAD-FRUIT  TREE. 

Stephen  Fuller,  the  writer  of  the  following  letter  (one  of  the 
last  he  wrote  in  his  official  capacity),  was  agent  for  Jamatca  in 
London  for  no  less  than  thirty  years — from  1765  to  May  I795> 
when  he  was  succeeded  by  Robert  Sewell. 

He  belonged  to  a  well-known  Jamaica  family  founded  by 
Colonel  Thomas  Fuller,  a  soldier  of  fortune,  who,  coming  out  un- 
der Venables  in  1655,  became  a  member  of  the  Council.  Other 
members  of  the  family  sat  in  the  House  of  Assembly  during  the 
eighteenth  century. 

The  Council  and  the  Assembly  at  that  period  considered  it  de- 
sirable that,  their  agent  should  have  a  seat  in  the  House  of  Com- 
mons, and  when  Sewell  succeeded  Fuller  they  raised  the  salary 
from  £500  to  £1,000  with  that  end  in  view. 

Fuller  represented  Jamaica  in  the  House  of  Commons  during 
the  early  part  of  the  struggle  which  led  to  the  abolition  of  the 
Slave  Trade,  and  was  an  out  and  out  supporter  of  the  planters' 
views,  publishing  various  Reports  on  the  subject  by  direction  of 
the  Assembly. 

The  bread-fruit  trees  referred  to  had  been  brought  to  Jamaica, 
from  Otaheite,  by  Admiral  Bligh,  in  1 791  ;  for  which  Bligh  re- 
ceived a  vote  of  one  thousand  guineas  from  the  House  of  Assem- 
bly of  Jamaica,  and  the  gold  medal  of  the  Society  of  Arts  of 
London.  The  letter  appears  in  the  manuscript  letter-book  of  the 
Agent  of  Jamaica  for  1794-1801,  in  the  Library  of  the  Institute  of 
Jamaica. 

F.  C. 


45 

London,  31st  March,  1 795. 


HoNBLE.  Gentlemen 


It  is  with  singular  pleasure  I  have  heard  that  there  are  many  of 
the  breadfruit  trees,  now  in  fruit,  and  many  more  in  blossom  in 
our  island.  As  we  owe  the  blessing  of  this  introduction  entirely 
to  the  King,  I  arti  sure  you  will  think  as  I  do  that  he  has  a  peculiar 
right  to  the  primities,  the  fruits  first  produced  from  those  trees. 
I  know  nothing  that  would  give  his  Majesty  greater  pleasure,  and 
if  it  was  accompanied  with  a  proper  compliment  from  the  Legis- 
lative body,  it  would  make  the  present  still  more  acceptable. 

The  manner  I  would  wish  it  to  be  sent  in,  if  you  think  proper, 
is  this,  to  send  ten  or  twelve  in  number  of  the  fruit,  in  a  large  jarr, 
covered  with  strong  rum,  well  corked,  bound  with  leather  and 
pitch  and  resin  melted  upon  the  cork.  And  I  would  wish  it  to  be 
directed  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Custom  House,  with  a  letter  to 
him  by  the  same  ship  (tho'  I  will  signify  to  him  that  he  may 
expect  such  a  present),  setting  forth  the  reason  of  sending 
it  to  him,  in  order  that  it  may  not  be  overhaled  by  the 
searchers,  who  will  be  sure  to  do  it  some  injury  or 
other :  and  if  you  will  give  orders  for  it  to  be  delivered  to 
me,  I  will  take  care  to  get  a  capital  flint  glass  vase  for  it,  properly 
inscribed  and  to  put  some  proof  spirits  instead  of  the  rum  and 
present  it  myself.  His  Majesty  knows  me,  and  has  been  pleased 
to  express  great  satisfaction  at  the  method  I  took  two  or  three 
years  ago  to  enrich  his  garden  at  Kew  with  a  great  number  of  Ja- 
maica plants  more  than  had  been  introduced  there  in  twenty  years 
before.  I  will  consult  Sir  Joseph  Banks  upon  it,  and  we  will  en- 
deavour to  make  it  an  agreeable  present,  equally  honourable  to  the 
maker  and  the  receiver.  I  have  been  many  years  in  persuit  of 
this  object,  even  since  Captain  Cooke's  returned  from  his  first 
voyage  to  Otaheite  ;  old  Beeston  Long  and  myself  being  the  two 
first  persons  that  subscribed  our  names  to  a  paper  drawn  by  my- 
self promising  a  reward  to  the  first  person  that  should  bring  the 
Breadfruit  tree  to  the  Island  of  Jamaica  ;  but  all  our  endeavours 
proved  abortive,  till  His  Majesty  most  nobly  undertook  it, 
strenously  persevered  in  it  after  one  failure,  and  at  last  accom- 
plished it.  His  Majesty  is  a  true  friend  to  the  colonies.  I  am  of 
opinion  we  owe  more  to  him  than  is  generally  known  in  regard  to 
the  defeat  of  the  absurd  attempt  of  abolishing  the  slave  trade, 
which  I  think  we  shall  hear  no  more  of,  even  in  the  H.  of  Com- 
mons after  the  next  general  election.  Till  then,  you  will.  I  hope 
to  live  to  see  a  considerable  increase  of  negroes  in  our  Island,  and 
every  one  of  them  with  two  or  three  breadfruit  trees  in  his  own 
garden.     They  will  then  see  who  are  their  friends. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  Honble.  Gentlemen, 

Your  most  obliged  and  obedient  servant, 

Stephen  Fuller. 
The  Honble. 

The  Committee  of  Correspondence. 


46 

BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House,  on  Tuesday,  l6th  January,  1906,  at 
11.15  a.m.  Present: — Hon.  H.  Clarence  Bourne,  Colonial  Secre- 
tary, Chairman  ;  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Superintend- 
ing Inspector  of  Schools,  the  Island  Chemist,  His  Grace  the  Arch- 
bishop, Messrs.  C.  E.  deMercado,  J.  W.  Middleton,  G.  D.  Murray 
and  the  Secretary. 

The  Secretary  submitted  the  following  letters  from  the  Colonial 
Secretary's  Office : — 

I.  Contagious  Diseases  Animals  Bill. — Re  Contagious  Diseases 
Animals  Bill,  stating  that  it  was  not  proposed  to  introduce  the 
proposed  bill  at  the  next  session  of  the  Legislative  Council. 

The  Secretary  read  a  minute  saying  that  when  he  was  attending 
a  meeting  of  the  local  Agricultural  Society  at  Appleton,  one  small 
penkeeper  said  that  he  had  lost  10  cows  and  one  bull  in  two  weeks 
and  that  the  carcases  had  been  allowed  to  lie  and  rot.  He  sug- 
gested that  a  description  of  a  few  of  the  most  contagious  diseases 
among  animals  might  be  published  throughout  the  island,  that  it 
might  be  made  compulsory  to  report  to  the  police  the  outbreak  of 
any  such  diseases  and  the  Ijurning  of  carcases  ought  also  to  be 
made  compulsory. 

(The  Chairman  here  left  the  meeting  to  attend  a  meeting  of  the 
Privy  Council  and  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  was  asked  to 
take  the  Chair.) 

After  discussion  Mr.  Middleton  moved  that  members  of  the 
Board  should  meet  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  of  the 
Agricultural  Society  at  the  latter's  meeting  the  next  day  and  dis- 
cuss the  whole  matter  of  legislation  regarding  contagious  diseases 
among  animals  so  as  to  get  something  practical  settled  as  soon 
as  possible. 

This  was  agreed  to. 

2.  Coco-init  Disease. — Letter  from  Mr.  G.  P.  Dewar,  Harmony 
Hall,  Duncans,  asking  if  the  Government  could  not  introduce 
some  law  to  make  it  compulsory  for  the  owners  of  diseased  coco- 
nut trees  to  cut  them  down  and  burn  them,  as  the  disease  was 
prevalent  in  Hanover  where  he  was  in  charge  of  a  valuable  pro- 
perty, and  seemed  to  be  gradually  spreading  without  anything 
being  done  to  prevent  it. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  reply  first  that  the  matter  had 
been  referred  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  who  had  replied 
that  the  same  bud-rot  disease  had  been  dealt  with  in  the  Bulletin, 
in  which  was  stated  the  result  of  experiments  laid  down  by  him 
and  carried  out  by  Mr.  Cradwick,  that  the  disease  could  be  pre- 
vented by  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture  ;  and  secondly  that  the 
Board  would  arrange  for  Mr.  Cradwick  to  give  a  demonstration  at 
Lucea.     On  the  suggestion  of   the    Archbishop    it    was    resolved 


47 

that  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  should  publish  a   leaflet   em- 
bodying what  was  known  concerning  this  disease. 

3.  Sivcctstiiff  Factory. — Letter  from  Mr.  Edward  Redsue,  British 
Colombia,  suggesting  that  a  big  sweetstuff  factory  should  be 
started  in  Jamaica  for  the  production  of  Jamaica  Rum  Lime 
Tablets  and  other  Rum  flavoured  Sweetmeats. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  ask  the  authority  of  the  Gover- 
nor to  have  this  letter  published  in  the  newspapers  for  the  infor- 
mation of  all  whom  it  might  concern. 

4.  Jamaica  Scholarship. — Letter  from  Schools  Commission  re  Ja- 
maica Scholarship.  Mr.  Cousins'  memo  re  proposed  alteration  in 
Jamaica  Scholarship  with  criticisms  of  the  Superintending  In- 
spector of  Schools  and  the  Archbishop  were  also  read. 

After  discussion  the  Archbishop  moved  that — 

"  In  the  opinion  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  it  is  undesirable  to 
allocate  the  Jamaica  Scholarship  every  third  year  for  agriculture, 
that  a  more  efficient  stimulus  of  general  agricultural  education 
might  be  effected  on  the  following  lines  as  indicated  more  fully  in 
the  correspondence,  each  of  the  Scholarships  to  be  available  an- 
nually : — 

1.  The  restriction  of  the  Jamaica  Scholarship  to  as  low  a  point 
as  is  consistent  with  making  it  really  available  for  the  purposes 
of  various  classes  of  students. 

2.  The  appropriation  of  the  remainder  of  the  available  money 
for  an  Agricultural  Scholarship  tenable  for  two  or  three  years  at 
an  Agricultural  College  abroad  to  be  awarded  upon  the  Diploma 
Examination  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture."  This  was  unanimous- 
ly agreed  to. 

School  Chart. — His  Grace  the  Archbishop  brought  forward  a  mat- 
ter which  had  been  discussed  at  the  Board  before  and  which  had 
been  in  hand  for  nearly  two  years.  This  was  a  list  of  "Agri- 
cultural Dont's"  prepared  by  Mr.  E.  J.  Wortley  in  conjunction 
with  Messrs.  Hicks  and  MacFarlane,  to  form  a  chart  to  be  hung 
up  in  schools  and  be  repeated  over  twice  a  week  by  scholars. 
The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  get  copies  of  this  typed  and  sent 
to  each  member  of  the  Board  who  were  asked  to  make  any  sug- 
gestions. 

Mr.  S.  Olivier. — A  letter  of  acknowledgement  from  Mr.  Sydney 
Olivier    re  the  Locked  Still  matter  was  directed  to  be  circulated. 

Cotton. — A  letter  from  Mr.  G.  Musgrove,  Jackson,  Mississippi, 
in  reply  to  the  Secretary's  letter  sending  him  a  sample  of  cotton 
was  submitted  and  directed  to  be  circulated. 

Reports. — The  following  reports  from  the  Chemist  were  sub- 
mitted : 

1.  Agricultural  Scholarships  Examination. 

2.  Report  work  of  Agricultural  Students  for  Michaelmas 
Term. 

3.  Report  on  Banana  Soils  of  St.  Mary. 

4.  Progress  Report  Distillers  Experiments. 


48 

5-  Appointment  of  two  assistants,  Sugar  Department. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  Director  of  Public  Gardens  submitted  Reports  as  follows  : — 

1.  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Instructors. 

3.  Letter  from  India  re  varieties  of  bananas. 
These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated,  but  not  yet 
submitted  to  the  Board,  were  submitted  :  — 

1.  Memo  re  proposed  alteration  in  Jamaica  Scholarship. 

2.  Report  of  Committee  appointed  to  investigate  the  Cotton 
Caterpillar  Pest  in  Jamaica.  It  was  resolved  to  publish  this  re- 
port in  the  form  of  a  special  'Bulletin.' 

3.  Publications  on  '  Bud-rot  Disease  of  Coco-nut  Palms'  and 
forwarding  diseased  plants  and  insect  pests,  both  sent  by  the  Im- 
perial Department  of  Agriculture,  Barbados. 


[Issued  17th  February,  1906. 


Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingston,,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV. 


MARCH,  1906. 


Part  3. 


KDITKI)    BY 


WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  E.L.S., 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Flaittatioris. 


CONTENTS: 


Cultivation  and  Marketing  of  Citrus  Fruits 

Tobacco  of  Jamaica  :  IV 

A  new  name  for  a  Jamaican  Fern 

Selection  of  Seed  :  Coco-Nuts 

Board  of  Agriculture     ... 

Season  and  Prices  for  Fruits  &c. 


Page. 

49 
58 
62 

63 
63 
66 


PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Kingston  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  : 
Hope  Gardens. 


1906. 


JAMAICA. 


LIBRARY 


BULLETIN  Bor'lN.rAL 


OF    THE 


OARDEN. 


DEPARTMEXT  OF  A(iPiICULTUJiE. 


Vol.  IV.  MARCH,  1906.  Part  3. 


CULTIVATION    AND    MARKETING    OF    CITRUS 

FRUITS. 

By  H.  Q.  Levy. 

An  Address  delivered  at  the  Auniicd  Meeting  of  Elementary  School 

Teachers  Jor  Agricultural  Instruction,  January,  1906. 

The  subject  set  down  against  my  name  on  the  Syllabus,  is  "The 
Cultivation  and  Marketing  of  Citrus  Fruits."  Some  may  well  ask 
why  it  is  that  I  persistently  advocate  the  cultivation  of  Citrus 
fruit  year  after  year  when  we  cannot  dispose  of  those  we  already 
have  growing  wild  about  the  different  parts  of  the  Island.  My 
answer  would  be,  as  I  have  often  repeated,  because  by  cultivating 
standard  varieties  we  would  have  a  ready-made  market  for  all  the 
fruit  we  could  grow ;  secondly,  we  would  have  a  more  even  grade 
of  fruit  that  would  better  stand  shipment,  and  thirdly,  by  having 
the  trees  in  grove  form  we  could  handle  them  quicker  and  more 
carefully  than  by  the  present  system.  I  advise,  time  and  again, 
the  planting  of  the  improved  varieties  of  oranges  and  grape  fruit 
as  I  firmly  believe  that  there  will  always  be  a  market  for  them  if 
shipped  in  a  proper  manner  and  given  every  chance  of  their  ar- 
riving at  their  destination  in  a  good  condition  ;  on  the  other  hand, 
I  have  always  said  that  at  no  distant  day  we  will  have  no  sale  for 
our  wild  oranges  except  when  the  foreign  markets  are  bare  of  sup- 
plies. Now  this  is  a  subject  well  forth  considering,  for  it  means 
bread  and  butter  to  many  of  us.  Are  we  going  to  waste  time  until 
we  are  elbowed  out  of  the  market  altogether  ?  or  are  we  going  to 
set  about  planting  improved  varieties  and  so  gradually  capture  a 
portion  of  the  market  that  is  ready  waiting  for  us  ?  Do  not  be 
UD  discouraged  by  the  number  of  failures  that  have  taken  place  in  the 
S  past,  for  if  you  enquire  into  each  one  you  will  be  sure  to  find  that 
""  in  every  case  the  parties  were  doomed  to  failure  from  the  very 
,__,  commencement.     Citrus  culture  needs  careful  study  and  a  special 

<: 


50 

knowledge  of  the  requirements  of  the  tree  to  ensure  its  success, 
so  that  at  the  outset  when  men  who  knew  nothing  of  the  cultiva- 
tion or  principles  to  be  followed,  launched  out  by  planting  30  or 
40  acres  of  oranges  and  grape  fruit,  were  simply  tempting  Provi- 
dence. 

Now  it  is  not  my  intention  or  desire  that  any  of  you  should  go 
away  from  this  Lecture  Hall  believing  that  by  taking  up  citrus 
culture  you  are  going  to  make  your  immediate  fortunes,  or  that  even 
if  you  follow  my  instructions  implicitly  there  will  be  no  failure  ; 
these  things  I  cannot  promise,  but  this  I  will  say,  that  it  is  my  firm 
belief  that  all  those  who  embark  in  citrus  culture  on  a  small  scale 
at  first,  and  follow  out  my  instructions  will  in  the  years  to  come 
find  they  have  in  their  small  groves  quite  as  profitable  an  invest- 
ment as  any  other  product  they  may  grow,  and  one  that  is  espe- 
cially suited  to  the  man  of  small  means. 

For  all  practical  purposes,  in  dealing  with  citrus  plants  this 
afternoon,  although  there  are  endless  varieties,  we  need  only  take 
into  consideration  for  commercial  purpose,  two  of  the  species, 
the  "  Sweet  Orange"  and  the  Pomelo,  or  as  we  call  it  in  Jamaica, 
"  Grape  Fruit,"  and  as  the  cultivation  and  treatment  of  both  are 
similar,  I  will  treat  them  under  one  head,  which  will  both  save 
time  and  prevent  any  undue  confusion  in  your  minds. 

In  the  first  place  I  would  particularly  warn  you  against  the 
great  mistake  most  people  have  made  in  starting  on  too  large  a 
scale,  a  quarter  of  an  acre  you  will  find  will  be  quite  large  enough 
an  area  for  a  start,  extending  your  cultivation  as  you  gain  expe- 
rience and  your  means  allow.  A  universal  mistake  that  nine- 
tenths  of  the  men  in  Jamaica  make,  whether  in  Commerce  or  Agri- 
culture, is,  taking  on  more  than  they  can  manage.  Always  bear 
this  in  mind,  that  whereas  the  right  amount  of  money  spent  on 
just  sufficient  cultivation,  may  bring  you  in  a  handsome  profit,  the 
same  amount  spent  on  twice  the  acreage  or  undertaking,  is  sure  to 
land  you  in  serious  losses  and  make  you  disgusted  with  that  special 
industry. 

In  starting  a  citrus  grove  the  first  thing  to  be  considered  is  suit- 
able land,  and  this  is  a  great  point  if  you  desire  to  meet  with  suc- 
cess. In  every  case  a  gentle  slope  will  be  found  to  give  much 
better  results  than  very  level  land,  heavy  clays  should  be  avoided, 
a  soil  of  limestone  formation  such  as  the  red  soils  of  St.  Ann  and 
Manchester,  do  admirably  for  oranges  and  grape  fruit,  and  you 
might  say  constitute  the  natural  home  of  the  orange  in  Jamaica. 
The  ideal  location  for  a  grove  will  be  found  on  soils  that  are  inter- 
spersed whh  limestone  rock,  but  yet  having  plenty  of  deep  soil 
around  them  ;  it  will  not  be  so  easy  to  cultivate  but  will  be  found 
in  the  long  run  to  give  better  results.  A  rich  sandy  loam  is  also 
good,  but  you  will  find  that  this  description  of  soil,  being  found 
nearer  the  sea  coast,  is  accompanied  by  a  very  dry  and  hot  at- 
mosphere, the  fruit  takes  longer  to  mature  and  the  colour  will 
not  be  so  good  when  it  ripens. 

Having  chosen  the  spot  for  your  grove  you  must  set  about  pro- 
pagating plants  to  stock  it.     For  this  purpose  I  would  advise  your 


51 

-starting  a  small  nursery,  as  it  is  better  to  grow  your  own  plants 
than  purchase  them  from  other  parties,  it  will  be  found  cheaper, 
more  interesting,  and  when  the  planting  time  arrives,  you  may  cull 
out  all  the  bad  ones,  only  planting  those  with  good  fibrous  roots 
and  well-developed  stocks. 

I  will  not  go  into  the  method  of  forming  a  nursery,  as  I  under- 
stand that  is  part  of  the  course  which  you  are  now  undergoing  in 
the  section  of  field  work.  But  I  must  tell  you  this,  under  any 
circumstances  use  only  grape  fruit  stock  for  budding  on,  and  at 
all  times  use  budded  trees  in  preference  to  seedlings  for  your 
groves,  and  you  are  sure  to  get  the  same  quality  and  kind  of  fruit 
as  the  description  from  which  you  took  your  bud-wood.  But  if  you 
grow  seedlings  and  allow  them  to  become  permanent  trees  you  are 
sure  to  get  the  majority  of  them  bearing  very  indifferent  fruit, 
and  of  uncertain  shipping  qualities.  Grape  fruit  is  an  exception 
to  this  rule,  so  long  as  you  procure  your  seeds  from  trees  that  are 
far  removed  from  any  other  variety  of  citrus  plants,  but  even  then 
the  fruits  from  which  you  take  the  seeds,  although  looking  fine 
and  a  desirable  sort,  may  have  been  hybridized  by  some  inferior 
one  in  that  particular  section. 

Having  started  your  nursery,  the  plants  doing  well,  and  near 
ready  to  be  transplanted,  that  is,  when  they  have  reached  a  height 
of  about  two  or  three  feet,  it  is  best  to  turn  your  attention  to  the 
land  chosen  for  your  grove.  It  should  be  cleaned  and  lined  out, — 
for  oranges  20-25  feet  apart,  and  for  grape  fruit  25-30  feet,  the 
rows  running  parallel  and  square  to  each  other ;  at  each  stake  dig 
a  hole  2  feet  in  diameter  and  about  the  same  depth,  say  one  month 
before  planting  ;  leave  it  open  until  just  the  day  before  so  that  the 
sun  may  get  a  fair  play  on  the  soil  in  the  bottom  of  the  hole.  In 
filling  in  a  hole  put  the  top  soil  at  the  bottom  and  fill  in  with  the 
surrounding  top  soil  scraped  from  around  the  hole,  using  the  earth 
from  the  bottom  of  the  hole  to  replace  any  such  soil  taken  away 
from  the  adjacent  land.  The  tree  should  be  planted  on  a  hill 
somewhat  resembling  that  used  for  planting  yams  but  not  quite  so 
high  and  somewhat  more  rounded  over  the  top,  this  will  enable 
your  plant  to  be  placed  about  6  inches  higher  than  the  surround- 
ing soil.  In  taking  up  the  plants  from  the  nursery  be  careful  to 
preserve  every  small  root,  do  not  take  up  more  than  you  can  plant 
immediately  and  never  expose,  even  for  a  moment,  the  roots  to  the 
direct  rays  of  the  sun  or  to  high  winds  ;  the  ends  of  the  longer 
roots  should  be  cut  back  a  few  inches,  also  the  tap  root,  the  head 
of  the  plant  must  have  its  share  of  trimming  and  all  the  leaves 
cut  away  three-quarter  of  their  area,  as  by  so  doing  you  equalize 
to  a  certain  extent  the  shock  to  the  plant  that  you  have  caused  by 
disturbing  the  roots.  Arriving  with  your  plant  at  the  side  of  the 
hill,  use  your  hand  to  make  a  hole  in  the  centre  of  it,  large  enough 
to  take  in  all  the  roots  when  laid  out  in  their  original  position  : 
stand  the  plant  upright,  then  put  in  some  earth  and  firm  it  well 
around  the  tap  root,  leaving  no  air  spaces,   as    this  would  be  sure 


52 

to  cause  the  death  of  the  plant  or  stunt  its  growth :  pour  in  some 
water  and  put  in  more  earth,  firming  it  again,  continue  putting 
earth  and  water  alternately  until  the  soil  is  level  with  the  highest 
root;  that  highest  root  should  now  be  about  6  inches  higher  than 
the  surrounding  soil.  As  the  earth  settles,  so  will  the  tree,  until 
it  takes  up  a  permanent  position  with  the  top  root  just  exposed  to 
the  air.  Citrus  plants  should  never  be  planted  deep,  better  to  have 
them  six  inches  too  high  than  half  an  inch  too  deep ;  de- 
fective planting  has  been  the  cause  of  more  failures  than  all  others 
put  together,  as  by  planting  too  deep  you  will  find  it  make  no 
growth  and  be  a  fitting  subject  to  all  the  diseases  to  which  the 
citrus  family  is  subject,  and  these  are  many,  especially  when 
planted  under  unfavourable  conditions.  It  will  be  well  to  spread 
some  dry  grass  or  trash  of  any  kind  all  over  the  hill  until  you  are 
certain  that  the  tiees  have  taken  root,  say  in  about  four  weeks,  as 
by  so  doing  you  ;onserve  the  moisture  in  the  soil ;  if  no  rain,  you 
must  water  at  lea  ;t  once  a  week  until  the  first  growth  after  plant- 
ing has  fairly  ripened,  this  stage  is  reached  when  the  new  leaves 
turn  to  a  dark  green. 

As  it  would  be  very  expensive  to  keep  the  land  clean  for  a 
number  of  years  where  only  citrus  plants  are  cultivated  it  is  ad- 
viiable  to  establish  catch  crops  which  would  give  some  revenue  and 
at  the  same  time  not  injure  the  trees  in  your  grove.  Fortunately 
theie  are  many  such  crops  that  may  be  grown  without  detriment, 
such  as  bananas,  cocoes,  yams,  cassava,  corn  or  peas.  Try  to 
avoid  planting  sweet  potatoes  in  any  citrus  grove,  except  you  plant 
only  two  rows  down  the  centres  and  keep  the  vines  from 
spreading  too  near  to  the  trees,  the  same  applies  to  pumpkins. 

I  will  now  demonstrate  to  you  the  distances  apart  it  would  be 
best  to  plant  the  plants  I  haye  named  so  as  to  give  you  a  maximum 
yield  and  a  minimum  amount  of  damage  to  your  citrus  cultivation. 

(l)  Banana  as  catch  crop  until  orange  trees  are  2  or  3  years 
old,  orange  trees  20  ft.  apart,  bananas  in  the  middle  of  the  rows  at 
a  distance  of  8  ft.  from  one  another  : — 

Oranges  Bananas  Oranges  Bananas 

X  o  X  o 


53 

(2)  Yams  put  in  between  the  oranges  at  distances  of  5   ft.  then 
another  row  of  three  yams  at  distances  of  5  ft.,  and  so  on  : — 

Oranges  Yams  Oranges 


X  o  o  o  X 

(3)  Cocoes  put  in  like  the  yams,  but  one  also  in   the  middle   of 

each  square,  and  so  on  : — 

Oranges  Cocoes  Oranges 


o  o  o  X 

o  o 

0  0  0 

o  o 


(4)  Corn  and  peas :  the  corn  should  be  put  in  at  distances   of  4 
feet  apart,  and  the  peas  between  the  rows  of  corn  : — 


to 

a         a      -r     a 


ri      t.       a      «H       rt      f-i 
-       o      §      o      to      o 


X  o       ^      o      ^       o      )       o  X 


( 
o      <     o      <      o      {      o 


< 
o      <      o      <      o      <      o 


54 

Always  keep  your  land  clean  and  as  soon  as  your  trees  start  to 
bear,  remove  all  catch  crops  from  the  land  except  peas  which  you 
may  continue  to  grow  for  some  time  as  this  being  a  nitrogeneous 
crop  rather  adds  to  the  fertility  of  the  soil  than  otherwise. 

I  should  not  pass  this  stage  without  giving  you  some  advice  as 
to  the  varieties  of  oranges  and  grape  fruit  to  plant.  In  the 
citrus  family  we  have  a  large  number  of  species,  and  these  are 
again  divided  up  into  endless  varieties.  For  instance  'ake  the 
sweet  orange.  Of  the  cultivated  varieties  we  have  under  the 
class  called  Navel : —  Petersfield,  Washington,  Australian,  Thom- 
son's Improved,  &c.,  and  under  ordinary  or  seeded  varieties,  St. 
Michael,  Valencia,  Ruby,  Homosassa,  Parson  Brown,  Majorca, 
Jaffa,  Pineapple,  Tardif,  Rivers,  Blood,  &c.,  and  a  host  of  others 
too  numerous  to  mention  ;  then  it  is  almost  the  same  with  grape 
fruit ;  the  imported  varieties  include  the  following  : — Marsh  seed- 
less. Triumph,  Pernambuco,  Royal,  Walters,  Duncan,  &c.,  and  in 
Jamaica  there  are  almost  as  many  varieties  as  there  are  trees  in 
the  island.  But  for  our  purpose  we  can  bring  the  oranges  down 
to  two  or  three  varieties  that  are  worth  while  cultivating.  I 
would  advise  your  propagating  in  preference  to  all  others  the 
Petersfield  Navel  as  being  the  most  vigorous  grower  and  heaviest 
cropper  of  them  all ;  the  Washington  and  Thomson's  Improved 
Navel  are  also  very  good  ;  all  Navels  are  classed  as  seedless 
varieties.  Of  the  seeded  sorts  you  cannot  get  a  better  than  the 
Pineapple,  for  although  it  contains  a  very  large  number  of  seeds 
it  is  a  very  strong  grower  and  cropper,  and  is  seldom  attacked 
by  disease  of  any  kind,  and  having  a  very  tough  skin,  is  one  of 
tlie  best  shippers  I  know  of.  Of  grape  fruit  I  should  advise  your 
planting  some  selected  Jamaica  variety  as  the  foreign  sorts  are 
not  to  be  compared  with  them  either  for  flavour  or  texture.  I 
have  tried  all  the  oranges  and  grape  fruit  quoted,  therefore  I 
speak  from  actual  experience. 

The  citrus  tree  requires  very  little  pruning  except  in  the  tim® 
of  its  first  growth  after  planting  when  all  suckers  below  a  heigh^ 
of  two  feet  from  the  ground  should  be  removed  with  a  sharp  knife 
and  covered  with  some  paint,  after  that  just  prune  up  the  limbs 
that  have  a  tendency  to  droop  towards  the  ground,  and  any  dry 
branches  ;  more  than  this  would  not  be  necessary. 

With  manuring  we  have  to  be  very  careful,  as  the  citrus  are 
very  particular.  Stable  manure  of  any  kind  should  never  be  used 
except  very  old  and  well  rotted,  the  same  applies  to  that  obtained 
from  the  pig.  Sheep  manure  is  different,  it  can  be  used  at  once. 
Ashes  are  good  at  all  times.  Remember  all  manures  must  be 
applied  in  advance  of  the  roots  so  that  it  may  be  thoroughly  in- 
corporated with  the  soil  before  the  roots  reach  it,  in  which  case  it 
will  be  of  benefit  to  the  tree,  otherwise  applied  it  will  bring  on 
endless  diseases  of  the  root. 

This  brings  us  to  the  stage  when  I  must  say  something  as  to  the 
diseases  of  the  citrus.  All  are  more  or  less  caused  from  bad  man- 
agement, such  as  planting  too  deep  first  and  foremost,   the   appli- 


55 

cation  directly  to  the  roots  of  rank  manures,  bad  cultivation,  and 
a  disease  that  I  call  "Greedy  Choke  Puppy"  i,e.,  planting  catch 
crops  right  up  to  the  trees,  allowing  pumpkin  and  bean  vines  to 
grow  all  over  them. 

I  will  first  deal  with  a  disease  known  as  "  Foot  Rot."  It  is  first 
observed  by  a  yellowish  gum  exuding  from  the  roots  or  the  trunk 
adjacent  to  them  and  when  the  bark  is  pealed  off  the  wood  imme- 
diately under  it  will  be  found  to  be  of  a  brownish  colour  in  the 
first  stages,  and  later  quite  dead.  This  disease,  if  handled  at 
once  can  easily  be  cured  ;  first  remove  the  soil  from  around  the 
root  for  about  l8  inches,  cutting  away  all  diseased  bark  and  wood 
and  applying  white-wash,  with  a  little  coal  tar  added,  to  the  cut 
surfaces  and  allowing  the  hole  to  remain  open  until  filled  up  by 
the  natural  washing  of  the  rains. 

"  Die  Back"  as  its  name  denotes,  is  a  dying  back  of  new  growths 
and  smaller  branches.  This  is  due  to  the  application  of  highly  ni- 
trogeneous  manures  and  also  wet  soil  ;  if  these  causes  are  removed 
and  some  dry  wood  ashes  applied  to  the  root  system  the  trees  will 
soon  recover. 

"Scale  Insects"  are  more  prevalent  in  densely  shaded  groves 
and  poorly  fed  trees.  They  exist  under  the  most  favourable  con- 
ditions and  if  not  checked  will  eventually  kill  the  tree.  For  these 
pests  soft  soap  emulsion  is  a  good  remedy,  but  it  has  to  be  re- 
peated until  you  have  eradicated  the  pests,  and  ever  after  keep  a 
watchful  eye  for  the  return,  dosing  them  as  soon  as  they  make  an 
appearance. 

What  I  have  told  you  will  be  quite  enough  to  give  a  fair  start 
and  if  you  follow  out  my  instructions  as  regards  planting  and 
growing  the  catch  crops  I  have  mentioned,  you  will  find  at  the 
end  of  about  four  years  you  will  have  a  nice  grove  that  will  be 
capable  of  helping  out  your  income  and  which  has  cost  you  almost 
nothing  as  far  as  ready  money  is  concerned 

I  hope  I  have  not  wearied  you  with  this  long  string"  of  details, 
but  they  are  all  quite  necessary  to  entail  success  and  must  be 
carefully  followed. 

Now  there  is  the  other  part  of  my  discourse  which  I  will  treat 
as  briefly  as  possible,  and  that  is  the  marketing  of  citrus  fruits. 
The  present  system  I  think  is  an  impossible  one,  and  is  bound  to 
bring  ruin  sooner  or  later  to  all  concerned  in  it.  I  am  sorry  to 
have  to  say  it,  but  our  ordinary  labourer  is  far  too  careless  an  in- 
dividual to  be  trusted  to  pick  and  handle  oranges  and  grape  fruit 
all  over  a  property  as  is  now  done.  To  get  good  work  you  must 
personally  supervise  the  picking,  and  this  is  not  possible  where  you 
have  to  employ  dozens  of  hands  scattered  over  a  large  area.  In 
a  grove  it  is  different  as  the  trees  are  blocked  together  and  you 
can  take  row  by  row  ;  then  the  trees  being  of  lower  growth,  most 
of  the  fruits  can  be  picked  directly  from  the  ground  or  from  short 
ladders,  put  in  small  canvas  bags  hung  from  the  shoulder  and  these 


56 

when  filled  emptied  into  the  field  boxes,  which  in  turn  can  be  carted 
to  the  packing  house  instead  of  the  fruit  being  bulked  in  a  cart  as 
is  done  at  present.  Citrus  fruits  should  at  all  times  be  handled  as 
carefully  as  eggs  ;  in  picking,  if  an  orange  should  drop  on  the 
ground  destroy  it  at  once,  do  not  let  that  orange  get  in  your  pack 
as  it  will  be  sure  to  rot  and  contaminate  others.  If  possible  clip 
the  oranges  directly  from  the  trees  as  by  doing  this  the  buds  imme- 
diately behind  the  oranges,  which  will  form  the  growth  for 
the  succeeding  crop,  are  not  destroyed  as  is  done  when  a  part  of  the 
stem  is  picked  from  the  tree  along  with  the  fruit.  After  pick- 
ing, oranges  should  be  placed  in  thin  layers  in  the  packinghouse, 
remaining  thus  for  at  least  four  days  before  packing  and  grape 
fruit  at  least  a  week  ;  by  that  time  the  skins  have  become  tough  and 
all  bruises  are  easily  recognised.  All  fruits  bearing  these  marks 
should  be  discarded.  The  fruit  is  now  ready  for  packing  opera- 
tions. First  all  fruit  should  be  divided  into  three  classes,  brights  or 
fully  ripe  and  clean,  secondly,  fully  ripe  but  discoloured  or  russet, 
and  thirdly,  greenish  fruit ;  then  each  of  these  grades  must  be 
sized  and  packed  separately.  Now  wrap  in  tisssue  paper,  if  pos- 
sible bearing  the  packer's  Trade  Mark,  then  pack  in  Standard 
size  boxes,  each  box  holding  according  to  the  size  of  orange  or 
grape  fruit  the  following  number  of  fruit.  The  standard  packs  for 
oranges  are  96,  II2,  126,  150,  176,  200,  216,  225,  250 ;  smaller 
oranges  than  these  are  generally  classed  as  unmarketable.  Grape 
fruit  are  packed  in  the  following  sizes. 

The  method  of  placing  oranges  in  the  box  to  get  them  to  hold 
the  exact  quantity  is  illustrated  by  the  following  diagrams* : — 


A  B 

1  Packing  flfi  totliebox:  four  layers, 
alternating,  as  in  A  and  B. 


0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

A  B 

2  Packing    112    to    the  box :    four 
laj'ers,  alternating,  as  in  A  and  B. 


0 

o 

0 

0 

o 

c 

0 

0 

0 

f> 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

o 

V 

0 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

n 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

A  B 

H — Paclcing  126  to  the  box;  firsf, 
third  and  fifth  layer  as  in  A,  and 
second  and  fourth  layer  as  in  B. 


A  B 

4 — Packing    1.50    to    the    box ;    five 
layers,  alternating,  as  in  A  and  H. 


'See  Bulletin  of  the  Botanical  Department,  December,  1895,  page  283. 


57 


o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

0 

A  B 

5— Packing  176  to  the  box  ;  first, 
third  and  fifth  layers  as  in  A,  and 
second  and  fourth  layers  as  in  B. 


o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

A  B 

6— Packing  200  to  the  box  ;    five 
layers,  alternating,  as  in  A  and  B. 


o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

a 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

A  B 

7— Packing   225  to    the  box :    five 
layers,  alternating,  as  in  A  and  B. 


A  B 

8 — Packing  250    to   the    box ;    five 
uniform  layers. 


Always  remember  that  neatness  counts  for  much  in  putting  up 
oranges.  After  packing  slightly  above  the  edges  of  the  box,  this 
is  as  it  should  be,  in  putting  on  the  cover  use  gentle  pressure  dis- 
tributed as  even  as  possible  over  the  whole  surface  to  get  the  fruit 
to  settle  down';  then  nail  on  the  cover  with  three  straps,  which 
should  go  completely  around  the  box  ;  neatly  stencil  your  mark  and 
despatch.  All  this  of  course  refers  to  the  packing  of  boxes.  With 
barrels  it  is  different.  The  oranges  should  be  allowed  to  remain  in 
the  house  as  before,  and  as  it  is  unnecessary  to  size  as  with  boxes, 
this  operation  is  saved.  Neither  is  it  advisable  to  wrap  in  tissue 
paper  ;  ordinary  straw  paper  being  the  kind  adopted.  It  is  not 
generally  known  that  it  requires  an  expert  to  properly  pack  a 
barrel  of  oranges,  but  nevertheless  such  is  the  case,  and  this  is 
how  it  should  be  done.  First  search  the  barrel  well  for  any  nails 
that  may  be  protruding  inside  through  carelessness  of  the  cooper, 
then  start  by  packing  oranges  around  the  outer  edge  of  the  bottom 
of  the  barrel,  using  a  slightly  smaller  size  of  orange  for  the  first 
row  round  than  you  intend  to  put  in  the  middle  part ;  this  will  com- 
pensate for  the  inside  lining.  Turn  all  the  whorls  of  the  paper 
up  for  about  four  layers  and  see  that  as  far  as  possible  each  layer 
after  the  first  one  contains  the  same  size  oranges,  as  the  object 
should  be  to  get  each  layer  exactly  level  before  starting  another 
one.  Never  use  your  thumb  to  push  an  orange  in  place ;  you  are 
sure  to  injure  it,  but  use  all  your  fingers  to  give  a  gentle  pressure 
sideways  to  each  orange  ;  when  you  come  to  the  centre,  if  space 
allows,  put  in  three  oranges  at  once  and  use  the  palm  of  your  hand 
to  gently  firm  the  three  down  into  their  place  and  so  act  as  a 
wedge  against  all  the  others  ;  continue  each  row  like  this  until  you 
come  to  the  last,  which  should  just  come  level  with  the  top  of  the 
barrel.     Place  the  heading  on  top  of  the  oranges  and  give  the 


58 

barrel  a  slight  but  sharp  rocking  motion  to  and  from  you,  pressing 
the  top  down  with  your  elbows  in  the  meantime  ;  on  uncovering 
you  will  find  that  the  fruit  has  settled  down  just  to  the  chine  of 
the  barrel ;  after  heading  up,  stencil  and  despatch. 

With  these  details  I  must  bring  my  lecture  to  a  close,  but  before 
doing  so,  let  me  seriously  impress  on  all  of  you,  the  desirability, 
in  fact  the  absolute  necessity,  of  the  better  handling  of  our  fruit. 
An  orange  or  grape  fruit  is  not  an  India  rubber  ball,  but  a  fragile 
fruit,  which  if  properly  handled  can  be  kept  for  months  so  long  as 
it  is  well  ventilated,  but  if  bruised  at  all  will  be  decayed  and  un- 
fit for  anything  after  a  few  days,  and  in  some  instances,  after  a 
few  hours.  Your  obligations  are  not  over  when  you  have  nailed 
the  heading  down  ;  they  continue  until  the  fruit  reaches  the  con- 
sumer and  he  finds  it  the  article  you  represent  it  to  be.  You  call 
the  shopkeeper  a  dishonest  and  unscrupulous  man  who  sells  you  an 
article  that  is  not  up  to  that  standard  he  represents  it  to  be  ;  well 
the  same  name  applies  to  the  packer  who  gets  an  order  for  good 
marketable  fruit,  but  instead  puts  up  half  rotten  and  unmarketable 
stuff  or  handles  the  fruit  carelessly  and  so  jeopardises  its  keeping 
qualities.  Also  remember  that  you  are  not  only  injuring  your  own 
name  by  pursuing  this  dishonourable  course,  but  that  of  your 
country  and  its  products  in  the  markets  abroad,  and  that  if  some 
reformation  is  not  immediately  started  these  same  markets  will  be 
forever  closed  to  all  of  us. 


TOBACCO  OF  JAMAICA  :—  VI.* 

32  S.S.  371 

Colonial  Secretary's  Ofiice,  30th  January  1906. 
SIR, 
I  am  directed  to  transmit  herewith,  to  be  laid  before  the  Jamaica 
AgriculturalSociety,  for  their  information  andforpublication  should 
the  Board  of  Management  so  desire,  a  copy  of  a  despatch  from  the- 
Secretary  of  State  for  the  Colonies,  enclosing  copy   of  correspon- 
dence in  regard   to  Mr.  F.  V.  Chalmers'  experiment  of  blending 
Jamaica  with  Virginia  tobacco  for  use  in  the  Navy. 
I  have  the  honour  to  be, 
Sir, 
Your  obedient  Servant, 

T.  L.  ROXBURGH,  Asst.  Col.  Sec. 


371  Downing  Street,  30th  October,  1905. 

Governor  Sir  J.  A.  Swettenham,  K.C.M.G.,  &c.,  &c.,  &c. 
SIR, 
With  reference  to  my  despatch  No.  347  of  the  6th  inst.,   and  to 
previous  correspondence,  I  have  the  honour  to  transmit  to  you  for 
your  information,  the  accompanying  copy  of  a   letter  from  Mr.  F. 
V.  Chalmers  relative  to  the  supply  from  Jamaica  and  other  British 

*  Coatinued  from  Bulletin  of  tite  Department  oj  Agriculture  Dec.  1905  page  271. 


59 

Colonies  of  the  tobacco  required  for  His  Majesty's  Naval  service, 
together  with  copies  of  correspondence  with  the  Admiralty  on  the 
subject. 

I  have,  etc., 
(Sgd.)  Alfred  Lyttelton, 


13  Devonshire  Square,  Bishopsgate,  E.C., 

20th  September,  1905. 
C.  P.  Lucas,  Esq.,  C.B.,  Colonial  Office. 
SIR, 
I  have  the  honour  to  report  to  you  the  result  of  my  interview 
with  you  some  time  since,  upon  the  introduction  of  Sir  Alfred 
Jones.  I  have  been  twice  to  the  West  Indies,  Jamaica,  and  have 
also  reported  upon  growths  from  Barbados  and  St.  Kitts  to  the 
Imperial  Commissioner  of  Agriculture.  At  the  request  of  the  Lords 
of  the  Admiralty,  I  blended  and  manufactured  8,657  tins  of  tobacco 
by  way  of  experiment  for  the  Navy,  and  I  am  pleased  to  tell  you 
that  the  production  is  second  to  none.  Should  this  meet  with  the 
approval  of  the  seamen,  it  will  give  a  great  impetus  to  the  West 
Indian  Tobacco  Industry,  and  I  see  no  reason  in  future,  if  proper 
care  and  advice  are  given,  why  the  whole  of  the  tobacco  for  the 
Navy  should  not  be  composed  of  tobacco  grown  in  one  or  other  of 
the  Colonies,  entirely  eliminating  foreign  growth.  Such  being 
the  case.  Colonial  tobacco  would  vie  with  American  or  any  other 
growth.  In  other  kinds  of  tobacco,  I  have  advised  Jamaica  to  ex- 
periment and  the  results  are  most  gratifying,  and  I  have  reported 
that  in  my  opinion,  with  some  small  modifications  the  productions 
should  compete  with  Havana  and  Sumatra,  and  I  am  told  the  in- 
crease in  acreage  this  year  is  to  be  very  considerable,  but  this  ex- 
periment will  have  to  be  watched  most  carefully  and  continu- 
ously or  there  will  sure  to  be  delay,  if  not  relapse. 

I  am,  etc., 
(Sgd.)  F.  V.  Chalmers. 


33923-1905  Downing  Street,  26th  September,  1905. 

The  Secretary  to  the  Admiralty, 
Sir, 
With  reference  to  your  letter  of  the  15th  of  December  last,  (V. 
8192)  relative  to  Mr.  F.  V.  Chalmers'  suggestion  for  the  supply  from 
British  Colonies  of  the  tobacco  required  by  His  Majesty's  Naval 
service,  I  am  directed  by  Mr.  Secretary  Lyttelton  to  acquaint  you, 
for  the  information  of  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty, 
that  he  understands  that  8,657  tins  of  West  Indian  tobacco  have 
been  supplied  by  Mr.  Chalmers  for  the  Navy,  by  way  of  experi- 
ment, and  I  am  to  state  that  Mr.  Lyttelton  would  be  glad  to  be 
informed  of  the  result  of  this  experiment. 

1  am, 

(Sgd.)  C.  P.  Lucas. 


60 

Admiralty,  S.W.,  2lst  October,  1905. 
The  Under  Secretary  of  State 

for  the  Colonies,  Downing  Street, 
Sir, 
I  am  commanded  by  my  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty 
to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  Mr.  Lucas'  letter  of  the  26th  ultimo, 
No.  33923/1905,  on  the  subject  of  the  supply  from  British  Colonies 
of  the  Tobacco  required  for  H.  M.  Naval  service. 

2.  In  reply,  I  am  to  acquaint  you  for  the  information  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  for  the  Colonies,  that  with  the  assistance  of  Mr. 
Chalmers,  the  Admiralty  obtained  a  supply  (1,508  lb.)  of  Leaf  To- 
bacco from  Jamaica,  but,  as  it  transpired  that  this  tobacco  by  itself 
was  not  suitable  for  pipe  smoking  and  that  there  is  not  at  the 
present  time  any  Colonial  grown  Tobacco  suitable  for  blending 
with  it,  arrangements  were  made  for  it  to  be  blended  and  manu- 
factured with  a  quantity  of  Virginia  grown  Tobacco,  the  proportion 
being  1,508  lb.  Jamaican  to  5,075  lb.  Virginian.  This  preparation 
is  now  undergoing  trial  in  the  Fleet  and  my  Lords  will  be  happy 
to  communicate  the  general  results  of  the  experiment  in  due  course. 

3.  As,  however,  more  than  75  per  cent,  of  the  blend  now  under 
trial  is  of  American  origin,  it  is  evident  that  this  test  does  not  go 
very  far  in  the  direction  of  substituting  Colonial  for  Foreign  grown 
Tobacco,  and  it  is  doubtful  whether  such  a  step  is  practicable  at 
the  present  time.  It  is  true  that  My  Lords  are  informed  that  much 
attention  is  being  given  to  the  cultivation  of  Tobacco  in  Victoria 
and  Rhodesia,  and  that  it  is  hoped  eventually  to  produce  there  a 
type  possessing  the  same  qualities  as  that  now  grown  in  Virginia, 
and  therefore  suitable  for  blending  with  West  Indian  Tobacco. 
But  planting  in  these.  Colonies  seems  to  be,  as  yet  in  the  experi- 
mental stage,  whilst,  so  far  as  their  Lordships  are  aware,  supplies 
even  of  Jamaica  Tobacco,  are  not  at  present  procurable  in  the 
open  market  in  any  quantity. 

4.  In  the  event,  therefore,  of  the  present  trial  proving  successful, 
it  must  still  be  a  matter  for  careful  consideration  whether  any  re- 
liance can  be  placed  upon  obtaining  regular  and  sufficient  supplies 
of  Colonial  grown  Tobacbo  at  a  reasonable  price,  and  it  would  be 
very  helpful  to  their  Lordships  in  dealing  with  this  question  if 
they  can  be  given  fuller  information  with  regard  to  the  position 
and  prospects  of  the  Tobacco  planting  industry  in  the  Colonies 
generally,  and  also  as  to  whether  the  Secretary  of  State  is  pre- 
paring to  take  any  special  action  in  regard  to  the  promotion  of 
Tobacco  cultivation  which  will  be  likely  to  assist  the  Admiralty  in 
obtaining  adequate  supply  from  Colonial  sources. 

I  am,  etc., 
(Sgd.)  GEO.  H.  HOSTE,  Pi.  Sec. 


The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  a  letter  of  a  corres- 
pondent in  Africa,  who  has  had  considerable  experience  in  grow- 
ing Sumatra  tobacco   in  Sumatra.     His  notes  will  be  of   great 


6l 

interest  to  those  who  are  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  this  tobacco 
in  Jamaica  : — 

Many  thanks  for  Bulletin  of  July,  1905,  which  I  have  read  with 
interest.  I  have  further  received  your  letter  of  the  1 2th  October 
and  in  reply  to  your  query  re  fermentation. 

A  light  coloured  leaf  in  Sumatra  tobacco  by  no  means  implies 
want  of  fermentation.  Most  of  the  cigar  manufacturers  are  under 
the  impression  that  fermentation  darkens  the  leaf,  which  it  does 
of  heavy  tobacco,  but  a  certain  proportion  of  Deli  leaf  is  very 
light  coloured  (L.  sorting  mark)  and  sells  at  the  highest  price  for 
the  American's  in  the  Amsterdam  market. 

My  experience  is  that  a  cigar  manufacturer  of  course  knows 
whether  a  leaf  suits  him  or  what  its  faults  are,  but  when  they  try 
to  find  a  reason  or  suggest  a  remedy  for  these  faults,  they  are  at 
sea,  because  they  have  no  experience  as  growers. 

Twenty*  tons  is  a  good  weight  of  Sumatra  leaf  to  ferment ;  less 
would  probably  be  insufficiently  fermented,  therefore  this  to- 
bacco is  not  a  poor  man's  business. 

With  regard  to  your  Bulletin,  which  is  of  great  interest  to  me, 
you  may  like  to  have  the  following  notes,  but  having  no  experience 
of  your  climate  or  soil,  of  course  they  must  be  considered  merely 
in  the  light  of  Sumatra  and  African  experience,  and  for  this  reason 
may  not  be  of  great  value. 

Topping — I  see  you  did  not  top  apparently,  but  let  the  plants 
flower.  If  1  remember  aright,  this  was  done  also  in  the  Connecti- 
cut Valley ;  it  was  also  tried  in  Deli  about  1 897,  but  abandoned  in 
favour  of  the  old  plan  of  topi^ng,  as  it  was  found  the  leaf  by  not 
topping  was  too  papery  to  work,  also  the  lengths  were  poor. 

Age  of  plant  when  harvested — The  quicker  the  growth  the  finer  the 
leaf  of  course.  In  Deli,  lOO  to  1 10  days,  from  date  of  sowing  to 
harvesting,  is  the  rule. 

Curing— Yonrs  is  the  first  attempt  I  have  seen  to  grapple  with 
the  problem  of  too  rapid  curing  in  the  Bam  ;  a  state  of  affairs  which 
seems  to  prevail  everywhere  I  have  tried  Sumatra  tobacco,  except 
in  the  very  moist  atmosphere  of  Sumatra  itself. 

Here  we  ran  three  streams  in  furrows  through  the  C.  Bams. day 
and  night  while  the  tobacco  was  curing,  also  watered  the  floor 
heavily,  with  however  but  little  effect ;  the  dry  bulb  of  Psychro- 
meter  still  showed  10^  and  12  difference  to  the  wet  one,  conse- 
quently the  leaf  cured  blotchy. 

I  should  like  to  try  the  method  of  hanging  the  cloth  round  Bam 
but  should  think  it  expensive.  I  note  you  partly  sweated  the  leaf 
on  floor  before  hanging  to  turn  it  yellow.  Perhaps  in  your  cli- 
mate this  may  do  well,  but  in  Deli  we  were  specially  warned 
against  this,  as  "  green  sweat"  is  said  to  give  the  leaf  an  acrid 
flavour,  impossible  to  eradicate  by  fermentation. 

*  A  press  of  half  a  ton  of  Havana  tobacco  ferments  well,  and  if  part  of  this,  say 
90  lbs.,  be  Sumatra,  the  latter  is  fern  ented.    Editor. 


62 

Fermentation — Your  tobacco  would  appear  to  have  followed  the 
lines  of  the  American  Sumatra  leaf  in  the  Washington  bulletins 
which  perhaps  suits  that  leaf,  but  it  is  quite  different  to  a  Deli 
ferment. 

For  instance,  you  ran  it  up  on  first  bulking  to  125  F.  52  C.  I 
should  have  turned  it  at  40  once  or  twice,  and  then  brought  it 
gradually  up  to  52"  or  higher,  but  of  course  all  depends  on  how 
the  tobacco  looks  when  turned. 

Too  rapid  fermentation  makes  the  leaf  first  tender  then  weak, 
and  an  excessive  rise  in  temperature  may  burn  it  altogether.  Too 
slow  and  you  dry  it  out,  so  it's  like  fly  fishing,  cast  too  fine  or  too 
coarse  and  you  lose  your  fish. 

It  would  seem  the  climate  of  Jamaica  is  very  suitable  for  the 
growth  of  a  nice  cigar  leaf,  and  I  trust  that  your  experiments  will 
induce  growers  to  take  it  up. 

Our  shade  unfortunately  was  blown  right  away  in  a  storm,  so  I 
have  no  shade  tobacco  in  Bam.  The  plants  were  about  3  feet 
high,  growing  fast  and  gave  every  promise  of  being  a  fine  leaf, 
so  I  was  sorry. 

Perhaps  later  you  would  feel  inclined  to  exchange  samples  of 
our  fermented  leaf.  I  am  just  beginning  fermentation  now  and 
will  be  finished  about  March. 

I  find  a  good  plan  is  to  get  a  few  bundles  of  Sumatra  leaf  to 
keep  by  one  as  a  standard. 


A  NEW  NAME  FOR  A  JAMAICAN  FERN.* 

By  William  R.  Maxon. 

In  the  first  fascicle  of  Christensen's  Index  Filicum  (1905),  Acros- 
tichum  lomarioides,  Jenman,  a  middle  American  species,  is  reduced 
to  A.  aureum,  L.,  supposed  to  be  dispersed  generally  throughout 
the  tropics.  In  first  proposing  lomarioides,  Jenman  suggested  that 
A.  aureum  might  prove  an  aggregate  of  several  more  or  less  closely 
related  species  ;  and  arguing  from  analogous  cases  we  judge  this 
to  be  likely.  But  at  present  we  are  concerned  only  with  lomarioides, 
described  at  length  by  Jenman  ;  this  and  aureum  he  held  to  be  as 
distinct  as  "  any  two  closely  allied  species  in  any  genus."  Seve- 
ral recent  writers  have  not  held  to  this  opinion ;  but  from  field 
observation  and  the  collection  of  adequate  material  we  are  quite 
convinced  that  the  two  are,  as  Jenman  has  said,  absolutely  distinct, 
and  we  shall  try  to  prove  this  conclusively  in  a  later  paper. 

Jenman's  use  of  lomarioides  for  an  American  plant  is,  however, 
invalidated  by  the  earlier  application  of  the  same  name  to  an  East 
Indian  species,  by  Bory.  In  its  stead  we  propose,  with  the  same 
type: 

Acrostichum  excelsum  nom.  nov. 

Chrysodium  lomarioides,  Jenman,  Timehri  4  :  314.     1885. 

Acrostichum  lomarioides,  Jenman,  Bull.  Bot.  Dept.  Jamaica. 
II.   5  :   154,  1898. 

Not  Bory,  Belang.     Voy.     Bot.  2  :  21.  pi.  2.  1833. 

*  Pioe.  of  The  Biological  Society  of  Washington.    Vol.  XVm.    Oct.  17.  190 


63 

The  type  of  Jenman's  species  is  from  British  Guiana,  but  the 
plant  occurs  also  in  Jamaica,  Porto  Rico,  Florida,  Mexico  and 
Guatemala. 


SELECTION  OF  SEED  :  COCO-NUTS. 

The  coprah  produced  by  i,000  Ceylon  ordinary  nuts  is  about 
twice  as  much  as  that  obtained  from  Seychelles  nuts.  This  re- 
sult has  been  obtained  in  tlie  same  soil,  under  tlie  influence  of  the 
same  climate,  and  is  entirely  due  to  selection.  It  is  to  be  hoped 
that  the  discussion  raised  on  the  subject  by  the  planters  after  their 
having  seen  the  nuts  introduced  from  Ceylon  may  prove  the  be- 
ginning of  a  careful  selection  of  nuts  for  planting  in  Seychelles. 
Many  of  them  have  already  informed  me  that  they  have  found  on 
their  estates  a  few  of  their  trees  producing  nuts  similar  to  those 
of  Ceylon  and  that  they  intend  keeping  them  for  propagation. 
It  is  probable  that  the  trees  which  produce  very  small  nuts  have 
less  requirements  than  those  which  produce  bigger  nuts,  and  that 
varieties  which  produce  big  nuts  normally  will  bear  smaller  nuts 
if  they  are  starved  out.  But  when  one  thinks  of  the  very  trifling 
amount  of  plant  food  which  is  removed  from  the  soil  by  coco- 
nut cultivation,  there  seems  to  be  no  difficulty  in  supplying  the 
elements  which  are  required  to  a  greater  extent  by  the  big-nut 
varieties.  The  planter  must  choose  between  having  small  nuts 
without  trouble  and  having  double  the  crop  by  using  proper  me- 
thods and  selection. — Annual  Colonial  Report,  1904,  Seychelles. 

BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Extracts  from  Minutes. 

The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  on  Tuesday,  13th  February,  at  Headquarter  House.  Present : 
the  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Island  Chemist,  His  Grace  the 
Archbishop,  Messrs.  C.  A.  T.  Fursdon,  C.  E.  deMercado,  J.  W. 
Middleton,  and  the  Secretary. 

The  Secretary  read  an  apology  for  absence  from  the  Chairman, 
Hon.  H.  C.  Bourne,  intimating  that  there  was  a  meeting  of  the 
Privy  Council  which  he  had  to  attend  at  the  same  hour,  and  asking 
that  Mr.  Fawcett  might  take  the  chair. 

The  Secretary  read  minutes  of  previous  meeting  which  were 
confirmed. 

The  Archbishop  asked  leave  to  bring  up  a  matter  he  had  men- 
tioned at  last  meeting,  viz.  :  the  question  of  a  Jamaica  Agent  in 
London  to  protect  and  facilitate  their  commercial  interests.  The 
same  matter  had  been  discussed  some  years  before  by  the  Mer- 
chants' Exchange  and  such  an  appointment  had  been  approved  of, 
the  only  objection  being  lack  of  money.  Mr.  Middleton  in 
support  of  the  proposal,  moved  that  a  Committee  be  appointed. 

The  Chairman  asked  the  Archbishop  and  Mr.  Middleton  to 
form  this  Committee,  and  make  a  report  to  the  Board  on  the 
subject. 


64 

As  the  day  and  hour  of  the  meeting  of  the  Board  so  often  clashed 
with  the  meeting  of  the  Privy  Council,  it  was  resolved  to  alter  the 
day  to  the  Monday  of  the  same  week  in  the  month,  at  the  same  hour. 

The  Secretary  read  the  following  letters  from  the  Colonial  Se- 
cretary's Office  : 

I  Authorising  publication  of  Mr.  Edward  Redsue's  letter 
re  Sweetmeat  Factory. 

In  connection  with  this  the  Secretary  said  that  sweetmeats  were 
now  being  made  at  the  Barossa  Creamery  and  the  person  doing  so 
had  promised  to  experiment  in  the  direction  mentioned,  namely 
rum  and  lime  juice  tablets. 

2.  Sending   copy   of  report    of   the    Second    International 

Congress  of  Master  Cotton  Spinners  &  Manufacturers 
Association. 
This  was  directed  to  be  circulated. 

3.  Reports  from  Mr.  Nolan  giving  results  of  his  work  in  the 

United  Kingdom. 

With  regard  to  the  matter  of  the  use  of  steam  coils  in  Jamaica 
pot-stills  especially  referred  to  the  Board,  the  Secretary  stated 
that  to  save  time  he  had  sent  the  papers  to  the  Chemist  for  his 
opinion  which  he  now  presented.  This  was  read  together  with  a 
list  of  the  estates  using  steam  coils. 

It  was  resolved  to  advise  the  Government  "  that  it  was  the 
opinion  of  the  Board  that  the  contention  that  steam  heat  is  in- 
jurious cannot  be  maintained  and  that  the  erroneous  impression 
arises  from  a  confusion  of  pot-stills  heated  with  steam  coils,  and 
continuous  stills  in  which  the  liquor  is  brought  into  direct  contact 
with  the  live  steam." 

The  Secretary  was  directed  to  forward  this  resolution  to  the 
Government  together  with  a  copy  of  the  Chemist's  minute  and 
list  of  estates  using  steam  coils  and  resuls  of  their  crops,  for  the 
information  of  Mr.  Nolan. 

4.  Letter  from   the  Imperial  Commissioner  of  Agriculture 

for  the  West  Indies  sending  copy  letter  to  him  from 
Mr.  F.  V.  Chalmers  advising  satisfactory  results  of  a 
blend  of  Jamaica  Tobacco  in  that  issued  to  the  Navy. 
The  Secretary  submitted  Draft  Contagious  Diseases  Animals 
Bill  as  revised  by  a  joint  committee  of  the  Board  and  the  Agricul- 
tural Society  and  said  the  draft  had  been  submitted  to  the  members 
of  the  Committee  and  Penkeepers  for  further  revision orsuggestions. 
The  Secretary  submitted  letter  from  Mr.  E.  A.  dePass,  London,  to 
the  Chemist  giving  opinions  re  the   commercial    aspects   of  High 
Ether  Rum  on  the  Continent. 

This  was  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  following  reports  from  the  Chemist  were  submitted  : 

I.  re  Award  of  Scholarships  reporting  that  of  seven  candi- 
dates who  had  competed  for  three  scholarships,  only 
one  candidate,  Mr.  L.  L.  Carrington,  attained  a  standard 
of  over  half  marks  and  recommending  that  he  be 
awarded  a  Scholarship  and  the  other  two  be  held  in 
abeyance. 


65 

This  was  agreed  to. 

2.  Asking  authority  to  publish  the  results  of  the   Sugar 

Experiment  Station  worlc  for  1905  in  the  form  of  a 
special  report,  which  was  granted. 

3.  Asking  authority  for  the  purchase  of  a  steam-heated  pan 

from  Mr.  Lazarus,  Kingston,  at  a  price  not  to  exceed 
£15  to  be  charged  to  "  Aherations"  and  New  Plant  for 
Estates  Distilleries  on  the  estimates  of  the  Sugar  Ex- 
periment Station. 

This  was  granted. 

The  following  reports  from  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  were 
submitted  : — 

1.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  "      Instructors. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  Secretary  reported  that  Mr.  Sharp  advised  safe  receipt  of 
the  Steam  Gin  and  that  it  had  been  erected  in  the  Ginnery  at  El- 
tham  and  was  in  good  working  order ;  also  safe  receipt  of  the 
Baler  from  the  railway  workshop,  also  found  in  good  order. 
Owing  to  the  heavy  loss  on  cotton  by  his  Company  through  cater- 
pillars, Mr.  Sharp  said  he  would  be  unable  to  make  an  offer  for 
these  at  present. 

The  Secretary  stated  that  although  he  had  written  several  times 
to  Mr.  Levy  of  Brown's  Town  to  return  the  Hand  Gin  which  he 
had  not  been  able  to  get  in  working  order,  it  had  not  yet  been 
sent  back.  One  Cotton  Gin  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Black  River 
Agricultural  Society  and  one  with  Mr.  Shore  at  Little  River,  and 
one  retained  in  the  office. 

The  Secretary  submitted  a  small  book  by  Mr.  E.  J.  Wortley  en- 
titled "  Agricultural  Practices  and  Morals"  and  which  embodied  a 
list  of  the  "  Agricultural  Don'ts"  prepared  for  the  Board  for  use 
in  Schools.     The  Board's  approval  of  the  Book  was  asked. 

This  was  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated,  but  had  not 
yet  been  before  the  Board  were  now  submitted  : — 

1.  Notes  on  School   Gardens  together  with  notes   by  Mr. 

Cradwick  and  comments  by  members  of  the  Board. 
All  these  were  directed  to  be  returned  to  Mr.  Williams. 

2.  Itinerary  of  Mr.  Hirst,  Instructor  in  St.  Catherine. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated  were  submitted 
for  final  consideration  : — 

1.  Agricultural  Scholarships'  Examination. 

2.  Report :  Work  of  Agricultural  Students  for  Michaelmas 

Term. 

3.  Report  on  Banana  Soils  in  St.  Mary. 

4.  Progress  Report  Distillers  Experiments. 

5.  Appointment  of  two  assistants.  Sugar  Department. 

6.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

7.  Report  Mr.  Cradwick. 

8.  Letter  from  India  re  Bananas. 

9.  Lettter  from  Mr.  Sydney  Olivier  re  Locked  Still. 


66 

SEASONS  AND  PRICES  FOR  FRUITS,  A^EGETABLES,  AND  OTHER  ECONOMIC 

PRODUCTS  IN  KINGSTON,  JAMAICA. 

Compiled  ly  Wm.  Harris,  F.L.S.,  Superintendent  of  Hope  Gardens. 


As  there  is  a  good  deal  of  misapprehension  with  regard  to  the  seasons  for  the 
various  crops  grown  in  Jamaica,  and  the  duration  of  the  season  for  each  crop,  the 
compiler  visited  the  principal  market  in  Kingston  once  a  week  fortwelve  months  for 
the  purpose  of  noting  the  various  products  offered  for  sale,  and  tlie  prices  charged 
to  consumers.  These  prices  are  at  least  one-third,  and  frequently  tliree  or  four 
times  higher  than  the  prices  paid  by  the  retail  dealers  to  the  growers  of  the 
commodities  enumerated.  The  prices  noted  for  economic  products  such  as  ginger, 
anatta,  &c.,  were  those  paid  by  a  large  exporting  firm  to  the  producers. 

It  will  be  readily  understood  that  the  seasons  vary  somewhat  according  to 
prevailing  weather  conditions,  and  the  prices  also  vary  according  to  supply  and 
demand. 


Approximate  Seasons  for,  and  pi  ices  in  Kingston,  of  fruits,  vegetables  and  other 

2>roducts 


Common  name.     Botanical  name.       Seasons  and  prices  in  Kingston  Market. 


Fruits. 
Banana 

Blackberry 

BilbeiTy 

Cashew  fruits 

Cashew  nuts 

Coco-nuts — dry    . 
Coco-nuts  —green 

Cherimoya 

Custard  Apple 

Ginep 
Granadilla 
Grape  Fruit 

Grapes — black 

Grapes — white 


Musa  sapientum 

Rubus  janiaicen- 

sis 
Vaccinium  meri 

dionale 
Anacardium 

occidentale 
Anacardium 

occidentale 
Cocos  nucifera 
Cocos  nucifera 

Anona   Cheri- 

molia 
Anona  reticulata 


Melicocca  bijuga 

PassLflora  macro- 

carpa 
Citrus  decumana 


Vitis  vinifera 
var. 


Vitis  vinifera 
var. 


Throughout    the 

dozen  fingers. 
June  to  Novembar — 4d 


year — l^d.    to    3d.    per 
to  9d.  per  quart. 


Summer  months — id.  to  Gd.  per  quart. 

May  to  August — 3d.  to  4d.  per  dozen. 

INIay  to  September — lid.  to  3d.  per  quart. 

Throughout  the  year — 9d.  to  Is.  per  dozen. 
Throughout  the  year — Is.  to   Is.    6d.    per 

dozen. 
October  to  February — Id.  to  3d.  each. 

Plentiful  November  to  mid' He  of  February  ; 

scarce  during  remainder  of  the  year — Is. 

per  dozen. 
August   and    September — Jd.    to   IJd.    per 

buiich. 
Throughout   the   year,   but  most   plentiful 

during  the  winter  months — 3d.  to  6d.  each. 
Scarce   April  to    August — 10s.  to   123.  per 

100 ;  fair  supply   August  to  November — 

8s.   to  ]  Os.   per  100 ;  plentiful  November 

to  end  of  March — 5s.  to  10s.  per  100. 
Scarce  and  poor  .January  to   March — Is.  6d. 

per  lb.,  none  middle  March  to  end  of  May  ; 

June  to  end  of  year  fair  supply — Is.  to  Is. 

3d.  per  lb. 
None  in  the  early  part   of  the  year  ;  scarce 

and  poor  April  and  May — 2s.  per  lb.,  June 

to  end  of  year  fair  supply — Is.  6d.  to  28, 

per  lb 


67 


Common  name. 


Lime 


Mango, 

Numerous   va- 
rieties 


Melon 

Melon 

Cantaloup 
Melon — Musk 


Melon — Water 


Naseberry 


Orange — Sweet 


Orange — Tangier- 
ine 


Papaw 
Pine-apple 
Bull-head 


Pine-apple 
Ripley 

Pine-apple 

Sugar-loaf 
Pindar-nut 
Shaddock 

Sour  Sop 


Botanical  name. 


Citrus    medica, 
var.  acida 

Mangifera  indica 


Seasons  and  prices  in  Kingston  Market. 


Cucurbita  Melo 

Cucumis  Melo    . 

Cucurbita  mos- 
chata 

Citrullus  vulgaris 
Achras  Sapota 


Citrus   Auran- 
tium 


Citrus  nobilis 


Carica  Papaya 
Ananas    sativa. 


Ananas   sativa, 
var. 

Ananas  sativa, 

var. 
Arachis  hypogsea 
Citrus  decumaua 

Anona  muricata 


Scarce  and  green  April  to  August — fairly 
plentiful  end  of  August  to  December; 
plentiful  December  to  March — Is.  per  100. 

The  regular  season  for  this  fruit  begins  in 
April  and  prices  for  No.  11  and  other 
favourite  varieties  are  then  3d.  per  dozen. 
The  fruit  is  very  plentiful  from  middle 
of  June  to  end  of  August,  and  prices  drop 
to  Jd.  per  dozen.  Frum  October  to  May 
the  fruit  is  occasionally  seen  in  the  market, 
and  the  price  is  Jd.  to  Id.  each,  according 
to  variety  and  quality. 

Winter  and  spring  months — 4id.  to  9d. 
each. 

Plentiful  during  the  spring,  autumn  and 
winter  months — Cd.  to  9d.  each. 

Plentiful  during  winter  and  spring  months  ; 
scarce  and  poor  March  to  end  of  August — 
6d.  to  9d.  each. 

Throughout  the  year,  but  most  plentiful 
during  the  autumn  and  winter  months — 
Od.  each. 

Plentiful  April  to  middle  of  June — 3d.  per 
dozen  ;  scarce  middle  of  June  to  July, 
■lid.  to  6d.  per  dozen ;  none  July  to 
(October  then  fairly  plentiful  to  Aprils 
4id.  to  6d.  per  dozen. 

Scarce  June  to  end  of  August — Ss.  to  4s. 
per  100;  fairly  plentiful  September  to 
November — 3s.  to  4s.  per  100;  plentiful 
November,  to  end  of  May— 2s.  to  3s.  per 
100. 

Scarce  during  June  ;  none  July  and  Aug- 
ust ;  fair  supply  September  to  November; 
plentiful  November  to  end  of  May — Od.  per 
dozen. 

Throughout  the  year — Id.  to  2d.  each. 

Rather  scarce  September  to  March — 5d.  and 
6d.  each  ;  fair  supply  March  to  May — 
4^d.  to  6d.  each  plentiful  May  to  end  of 
August — 2d.  to  6d.  each. 

Same  seasons  as  previous — 3d.  to  6d.  each 
when  plentiful ;  6d.  to  Is.  each  when 
scarce. 

Same  seasons  and  prices  as  for  Bull-head. 

Throughout  the  year — 1  Jd — 2d.  per  quart. 
Plentiful  November  to  June,  and  to  be  had 

all  through  the  year — 6d.  each. 
Plentiful    December  to    June — Id.    to    2d. 

each ;    scarce    in    July — ;id.   each ;    none 

August  and  September  ;  scarce  in  October 

and  November — 3d.  each. 


68 


Common  name. 


Star-apple 

Sweet  Cup 
Sweet  Sop 


Vegetables. 


Akee 


Avocado,  or 
Alligator  Pear 


Beans — French 


Beans — Lima,  or 

Sugar 
Beetroot 


Breadfruit 

Cabbage^native 
grown 

■  Calalu  or 
Spinach 

Calalu,  Jockatoe 
(See  also  Indian 
Kale) 
Carrot 

Chocho — White 
and  Green 


Cocoes 

Corn,   Indian   or 
Maize — Green 
Corn 


Botanical  name. 


Chrysophyllum 
Cainito 


Passiflora  mali- 

formis 
Anona  squamosa 


Blighia  sapida 
Persea  gratissima 


Phaseohis 
vulgaris 


Phaseolus 

lunatus 
Beta  vulgaris 


Artocarpus  incisa 
Brassica  oleraceai 


Amarantus  vii'idis 
A.  gangeticus 
A.     spinosus 

Phytolacca 
octandra 

DaucuB  Carota 

Sechium  edule    . 


Xanthosoma 

sagittaefolium 
Zea  Mays 


Seasons  and  prices  in  Kingston  Market. 


Scarce   during   February— Is.  per   dozen.  ; 

plentiful  March  to  beginning  of  June — 3d. 

to  9d.  per  dozen  ;    scarce  during  latter  part 

of  June — Is.  per  dozen  ;    none  from  early 

part  of  July  to  February. 
Throughout  the  year — IJd.  to  3d.  per  dozen. 

None  from  February  to  early  part  of  June  ; 
fairly  plentiful  middle  of  June,  and  plenti- 
ful July  to  September ;  then  a  fair  supply 
to  end  of  January — 3d.  to  9d.  per  dozen. 


Plentiful  July  to  October — ^f  d.   per  dozen  ; 

November  to  end  of  June  not  plentiful — 

lid.  to  2d.  per  dozen. 
Season  begins  early  part  of  July,  and  pears 

are  plentiful  to  end  of  September — Jd.  to 

lid.  each;  scarce  from  October  to  end  of 

April — Id.  to  2d.  each  ;  none  during  May 

and  June. 
Throughout   the   year,    but   most   plentiful 

during  the  autumn  and  winter  months — 2d. 

per  lb.  when  plentiful,  to  6d.  per  lb.  when 

scarce. 
Throughout  the  year — 4Jd.  to  6d.  per  quart. 

Throughout  the  year,  but  most  plentiful  and 
best  during  winter  and  spring  months — 9d. 
to  Is.  per  dozen. 

Throughout  the  year  ;  most  plentiful  Decem- 
ber to  March — Id.  to  2d.  each. 

Throughout  the  year  ;  best  during  winter  and 
spring  months — 4id.  to  9d.  each,  according 
to  size. 

Throughout  the  year  ;  very  plentiful  during 
and  after  the  rainy  seasons — Id.  to  IJd. 
per  bunch. 

Throughout  the  year — Id.  to  l^d.  per  bunch. 


Throughout  the  year  ;  best  during  winter 
and  spring  months — IJd.  to  3d.  per  bunch. 

Throughout  the  year,  most  plentiful  Novem- 
ber to  end  of  February — 3d.  to  6d.  per 
dozen  when  plentiful,  6d.  to  Is.  per  dozen 
when  scarce. 

Throughout  the  year,  most  plentiful  Novem- 
ber to  March — 6d.  to  9d.  per  dozen  tubers. 

June  to  August,  and  October  to  December — 
6d.  to  9d.  per  dozen  cobs 


69 


Common  name. 


Botanical  name. 


Seasons  and  prices  ia  Kingston  Market. 


Corn,  Indian,  or 
Maize — Sweet 
Corn,  or  Sugar 
Corn 

Cucumber 

Garden  Egg 

Gourd,  Bottle,  or 
Sweet 

Indian   Kale, 

Calalu,    or 

Spinach 
Lettuce 

Ochra 

Parsley 

Pea — English,  or 

Green 
Pea — Black-eye 

Pea — Gungo, 

Congo,  or 

Pigeon — dry 
Pea — Gungo, 

Congo,  or 

Pigeon— green 
Pea— Red 

Kidney  Bean, 
■  Haricot  Bean 
Plantain 

Potato — Irish 

Potato — Sweet    . 

Pumpkin 
Scallion 


Zea  Mays 


Cucurais  sativus 

Solanum 
Melongena 

Lagenaria  vul- 
garis 

Xanthosoma 
atrovirens 

Lactuca  sativa  . 

Hibiscus 

esculentus 
Carum  Petro- 

seliuum 
Pisum  sativum 

Vigna  Catjang 


Cajanua  indicus  . 
Cajanus  indicus 


Spinach  (See 
Calalu,  and 
Indian  Kale) 

Tomato 


Turnip 


Phaseolus 
vulgaris 

Musa  sapientum, 
var.  paradisiaca 

Solanum  tuber- 
osum 

Ipomoea  Batatas 

Cucurbita  Pepo 
Allium  iistuloaum 


Lycopersicum 
eaculentum 


Brassica  Rapa 


June  to  August,  and  October  to  December — 
Gd.  to  9d.  per  dozen  cobs. 


Throughout  the  year,  small  but  plentiful — 

(id.  to  Is.  per  dozen. 
Throughout    the   year    9d.    to    Is.  Cd.  per 

dozen 
Throughout   the   year,  but   most   plentiful 

during  the  cool  months  of  the  year — 3d.  to 

6d.  each. 
Throughout  the  year — Is.  to  Is.  6d.  perdozen 

bunches. 

Throughout    the   year — 6d.    to    Is.  6d.   per 

dozen  heads. 
Throughout  the  year — 2d.  to  6d.  per  lb. 

Throughout  the  year — Id.  to  l^d.  per  bunch. 

During  the  winter  and   spring  months,  not 

plentiful — 3d.  to  Gd.  per  dish 
Throughout  the  year,   but    most   plentiful 

April  to  June,  and  October  to  December — 

3d.  to  6d.  per  quart. 
Throughout  the  year — 3d.  to  Gd.  per  quart. 


Throughout  the  year — 2jd.  andSd.  per  quart. 


Throughout  the  year,  but  most  plentiful 
March  to  June,  and  November  to  Decem- 
ber— 4|d.  to  6d.  per  quart. 

Throughout  the  year — ^d.  to  Id.  each  finger. 

During  the  winter  and  spring  months — H  to 

2d.  per  lb. 
Throughout  the  year — |d.  to  jd.  per  lb.,  or 

4s.  to  5s.  per  100  lbs. 
Throughout  the  year — 4^d.  to  Gd.  each. 
Throughout   the   year,  but   most  plentiful 

during  the  cool  months — l^d.   to  3d.  per 

bunch,  according  to  size. 


From  February  to  July,  plentiful  and  good 
— 3d.  to  4^d.  per  lb.  ;  from  July  to  Febru- 
ary, fair  supply  medium  quality — 4§d  to 
Gd.  per  lb. 

Throughout  the  year,  but  plentiful  and  good 
during  the  winter  and  spring  months — IJd 
to  3d.  per  bunch. 


70 


Common  name. 


Botanical  name. 


Water  Cress 

Yam — Negro, 

Lucea,  &c. 
Yam,   White, 

Guinea, 

Barbados,  &c. 
Yam — Yellow  or 

Afou 

Yampee,  or 
Indian  Yam 


Nasturtium  offici- 
nale 
Dioscorea  sativa 

Dioscorea  alata  . 


Dioscorea 

cayennensis  var. 

rotunda 
Dioscorea  trifida 


Seasons  and  prices  in  Kingston  Market. 


Throughout  the  year — Id.  to  1  Jd.  per  bunch. 
June  to  December — Ts.  to  10s.  per  cwt. 
January  to  May — 10s.  to  12s.  per  cwt. 


January  to  June,  and  August  to  end  of  year 
— 8s,  to  10s.  per  cwt. 

Throughout  the  year,  but  most  plentiful 
during  the  autumn,  winter  and  spring 
months — 6d.  to  2s.  per  dozen  according  to 
size. 


ECONOMIC   PRODUCTS. 


Common  name. 


Anatta 
Bitterwood 

Cocoa 


Coffee  (Fancy)    * 


Coffee  (Fine) 


Botanical  name. 


Bixa  Orellana 


Picraena  excelsa 


Theobroma 
Cacao 


Seasons  and  prices  paid  by  Merchants  to 
Growers. 


Coffea  arabica 


Coffea  arabica 


25s.  to  30s.  per  100  lbs. 
end  of  May. 


Crop  from  Dec.  to 


30s.  to  3ts.  per  ton  of  20  cwts.,  6s.  per  ton 
extra  for  free  on  board.  From  April  to 
October  there  was  no  demand  and  no  trade. 

32s.  to  34s.  per  100  lbs.  in  January  with  a  gra- 
,  dual  rise  to  44s.  per  100  lbs.  in  March  when 
the  spring  crop  closed  ;  40s.  to  41s,  per  100 
lbs.  for  middle  year  crop — Middle  of  May  to 
end  of  July  :  40s.  to  44s.  per  100  lbs.  for 
autumn  crop,  starting  in  September  and 
lasting  to  end  of  year. 

36s.  per  100  lbs.  in  January  to  May,  and 
34s.  to  40s.  in  June  when  crop  finished. 
No  business  July  to  middle  of  October, 
when  new  crop  started  at  36s.  per  100  lbs. 
dropping  to  34s.  in  November  and  Decem- 
ber. 

33s.  per  100  lbs.  in  January  to  June  when 
crop  finished.  No  business  July  to  middle 
of  September,  when  new  crop  started 
in  Manchester  at  30s.  per  lOOlbs  This  price 
was  maintained  to  middle  of  October  when 
all  crops  started  and  the  price  advanced  to 
32s.  dropping  to  SOs.  again  in  middle  of 
November  and  remaining  at  that  figure  to 
end  of  year. 


*  All  the  produce  of  Estates  is  sent  direct  to    London  or  Liverpool. 
Blue  Mountain  Coffee  realises  as  high  as  130s. 


Cocoa  gets  62s. 


71 


Common  name. 


Coifee  (Ordinary) 


Coffee  (Good  Or 
dinary) 


Botanical  name. 


Coffea  arabica 


Coffea  arabica 


Coffee    (Parch- 
ment) 


Divi-divi 


Fustic  (roots) 


Cofl'ea  arabica 


Fustic  (trunks) 


Cffisalpinia  coria- 
ria 


Chlorophora 
tinctoria 


Chlorophora 
tinctoria 


Seasons  and  prices  paid  by  Merchants  to 
Growers. 


28s.  to  30s.  per  100  lbs.  in  January  to  end 
of  crop  in  June  ;  no  business  to  begin- 
ning of  September  when  new  crop  started 
in  Manchester  at  20s.  per  100  lbs.,  this 
price  was  advanced  to  22s.  during  Sep- 
tember and  remained  at  that  figure  to 
middle  of  October  when  all  crops  came  in 
and  the  price  rose  to  23s.  and  24s.  at  the  be- 
ginning of  November  ;  in  the  middle  of  No- 
vember the  price  dropped  to  22s.  at  which 
figure  it  remained  to  the  end  of  the  year. 

30s.  per  100  lbs.  at  beginning  of  January 
to  end  of  crop  in  June.  This  grade  of 
coffee  continued  to  appear  after  the  end  of 
the  crop  in  June  to  the  opening  of  the  new 
crop  in  Manchester  at  the  end  of  August 
when  the  price  dropped  to  23s.  per  lOOlbs.  ; 
this  price  was  maintained  to  beginning  of 
November  when  it  rose  to  26s.  and  re- 
mained at  this  figure  to  the  end  of  the 
year. 

20s.  per  cwt.  (112  lbs.)  at  beginning  of  Janu- 
ary rising  to  21s  by  middle  of  the  month, 
and  24s.  by  end  of  the  month.  During 
February  to  end  of  March  the  price 
remained  steady  at  15s.  per  cwt.,  it  then 
rose  to  16s.  and  remained  at  that  figure  to 
middle  of  May  when  it  went  up  to  24s.  per 
cwt.  From  middle  of  August  to  middle  of 
Oct.  none  was  offered,  then  all  crops  came 
in  and  the  price  started  at  20s.  per  cwt.  and 
remained  at  that  figure  to  end  of  the  year. 

5s.  3d.  per  cwt.  for  large  quantities,  sellers 
finding  their  own  bags  ;  4s.  6d.  per  cwt.  for 
small  quantities — January  to  June.  In 
December  the  prices  paid  were  £5  per  ton 
for  large  quantities  and  £4  10s.  per  ton 
for  small  quantities. 

From  January  to  middle  of  April  35s.  per 
ton  (20  cwts.)  and  6s.  extra  for  free  on 
board  ;  during  May  and  early  part  of  June 
39s.  per  ton  ;  June  to  beginning  of  August, 
43s.  ;  August  and  September  48s. ;  Octo- 
ber to  end  of  November  40s.  and  during 
December  3(is.  per  ton. 

From  January  to  middle  of  April  48s.  per 
ton  of  20  cwts.,  and  6s.  extra  for  free  on 
board ;  May  to  early  part  of  June  523. ; 
from  middle  of  June  to  end  of  September, 
568. ;  from  beginning  of  October  to  end  of 
November  48s.  and  during  December  44s. 
per  ton. 


72 


Common  name. 


Botanical  name. 


Seasons  and  prices  paid  by  Merchants  to 
Growers. 


Ginger 


Kola-nuts 


Zingiber  offici- 
nale 


Cola  vera 


Logwood  (roots) 

Logwood  (trunks) 
Orange,  Sweet 


Pimento 


Pimento  sticks 
and  clubs 


Pine-apple 
(Bullhead) 

Pine-apple 
(Eipleys) 


SarsapariUa 


Haematoxylon 
campechianum 


Haematoxylon 
campechianum 

Citrus  Auran- 
tium 


Pimenta  officina- 
lis 


Pimenta  officina- 
lis 


Ananas  sativa 
var. 

Ananas  sativa 
var. 


Smilax  papyra- 
cea 


January  2os.  to  28s.  per  lOOlbs.  ;  in  February 
26s.  to  28s.  ;  from  February  to  end  of 
April,  28s.  ;  Ma}',  32s. to  34s. ;  June,  36s  ; 
crop  all  reaped  ;  July,  32s.;  August,  35s. 
per  lOOlbs.  No  trade  after  early  part  of 
August  to  middle  of  December  when  crop 
started  at  24s.  per  I'lOlbs. 

Crop  starts  in  March.  No  trade  before 
June  when  12s.  Od.  per  lOOlbs.  was  paid 
for  fresh  nuts.  This  price  advanced  to  15s. 
per  100  lbs.  by  middle  of  June  and  dropped 
to  8s.  in  July  for  cured  nuts.  It  remain- 
ed at  8s.  to  end  of  crop.  The  trees  give 
2  crops — Mar.  to  June,  and  Aug.   to  Nov. 

From  January  to  June  34s.  per  ton  of  20 
cwts.,  and  Us.  extra  for  free  on  board. 
From  middle  of  June  to  end  of  year  50s. 
per  ton.  For  local  consumption  at  Chemi- 
cal Works  the  price  paid  is  equal  to 
shipping  rates  free  on  board. 

48s.  per  ton  (20  cwts.)  at  wharf,  6s.  extra 
for  free  on  board,  Jan.  to  middle  of  April; 
52s.  May  and  June  ;  50s.  to  end  of  year. 

10s.  to  lis.  per  1,000  January  and  February  ; 
12s.  6d.— 133.  March ;  14s.  April  ;  15s., 
May;  16s.  to  18s.,  June — Crop  over;  20s. 
July  and  August.  New  crop  started  in 
August  with  a  demand  for  Canada ;  18s. 
in  beginning  of  September,  ch'opping  to 
15s.  by  end  of  the  month  ;  12s.  Gd.  to  12s. 
in  October;  and  12s.  6d.  and  13s.  during 
November  and  December. 

16s.  to  1 8s.  per  100  lbs.  January  to  March; 
18s.  6d.    to   20s.    March  to   beginning   of 

'  May  when  the  Southside  crop  comes  in 
and  lasts  to  about  end  of  June  ;  July  18s. 
full  crop  in  August,  18s.  Od.  ;  September 
18s.  6d.  dropping  to  1 4s.  6d.  at  end  of 
month ;  October  13s.  M  to  168.  6d.  ; 
November  15s.  6d.  :  December  15s. 

Sticks,  J  inch  to  IJ  inch,  diameter,  8s.  to 
10s.  per  100. 

Clubs,  3  inches  to  0  inches,  diameter,  4s.  to 
8s.  per  dozen.     Both  in  good  demand. 

January  to  early  part  of  March,  3s.  per  doz.  ; 
4s.  in  April ;  2s.  to  3s.  per  doz.  from  April 
to  August.  No  trade  from  end  of  August. 

During  March,  4s.  to  7s.  per  dozen  ;  April, 
to  end  of  June,  6s.  per  dozen,  July,  5s,  per 
dozen,  August,  4s.  per  dozen. 

4d.  to  4jd.  per  lb.  from  January  to  end  of 

August. 
The  real  crop  time  is  from  January   to  end 

of  June. 


[Issued  22nd  March,  1906.] 

Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingston,  Jam. 


JAMAICA. 


BXJLI.BTIN 

OF   THB  NEW  YORK 

80TANJCAL 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE.     ^^'^'^^^ 

Vol.  IV.  APRIL,  1906.  Part  4, 

CASSAVA  TRIALS  III. 

Final  results  of  test  of  23  varieties. 
By  H.  H.  Cousins,  M.A.,  Oxon.,  F.C.S.,  Island  Chemist. 

The  results  obtained  in  this  series  of  trials  at  the  Hope  Experi- 
ment Station  of  Cassavas  at  12  and  1 5  months'  growth  have  been 
given  in  this  Bulletin  (1905  pp.  152-155  and  218-219)  and  the  final 
results  of  the  tonnage  and  starch  yield  per  acre  after  21  months' 
growth  have  now  been  obtained. 

Tables  are  given  showing  the  results  of  the  final  yield,  the 
comparative  yields  of  tubers  and  of  starch  at  12,  15  and  21 
months'  growth,  and  finally  of  the  increased  yield  of  tubers  and 
of  starch  by  prolonging  growth  from  1 2-1 5  months  and  1 5  to  21 
months  respectively. 

Best  varieties  for  harvesting  at  12  months. 

'  White  Top'  proved  the  best  variety  in  these  experiments  with 
a  yield  of  10.5  tons  tubers  containing  7,902lbs.  starch  per  acre. 
Next  came  'Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud'  with  9.0  tons  tubers  followed 
by 'Blue  Top'  with  8}  tons  per  acre.  'Smalling'  was  fourth, 
closely  followed  by  'Rodney'  and  '  Luana  Sweet.' 

Best  varieties  for  harvesting  at  15  months. 

'White  Top'  fell  off  after  12  months'  growth  and  is  clearly  a 
variety  that  does  not  improve  by  a  longer  period  of  growth  than 
a  year.  At  15  months,  '  Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud' proved  to  be  the 
most  prolific  variety,  yielding  15.4  tons  of  tubers  with  4,955lbs. 
starch  per  acre.  '  Smalling,'  '  MuUings'  and  '  Luana  Bitter'  fol- 
lowed in  the  order  named. 

Best  varieties  at  21  months. 

'Blu^e  Top'  is  the  champion  cassava  of  this  series  having  given 
us  21.9  tons  of  tubers  and  over  7  tons  of  starch  per  acre  (15,818 
lbs).  This  result  would  have  been  considered  fabulous  previous 
to  this  careful  series  of  field  trials,  and  it  is  claimed  that  we  have 
now  proved  that  cassava  can  be  grown  without  irrigation  in  the 
plain  of  Liguanea  in  Jamaica  to  give  a  yield  of  starch  greater 
than  has  ever  been  recorded  before  of  any  starch-producing  plant. 

It  is  true  that  this  crop  has  taken  the  plant  practically  two 
years  to   produce,  but  when  we  remember  the  cheapness   of  \z.n& 


74 

and  the  low  cost  of  cultivation  involved  in  the  prolonged  period 
of  growth,  it  is  abundantly  clear  that  the  cost  of  increasing  the 
starch  yield  from  3i  to  7  tons  per  acre  is  out  of  all  proportion  to 
the  value  of  the  increased  product. 

It  would  appear  therefore,  that  the  most  economic  production  of 
starch  would  be  attained  by  the  cultivation  of  such  a  variety  as 
'Blue  Top'  upon  a  biennial  basis. 

For  quick  returns  'White  Top'  would  be  the  better  variety  and 
in  starting  a  starch  factory  it  would  be  advisable  to  grow  half  the 
cassava  area  as  an  annual  and  half  as  a  biennial  crop. 

The  variety  '  Black  Stick' has  steadily  improved  during  the 
second  year  of  growth  and  now  holds  second  place  in  starch  pro- 
duction with  the  record  percentage  of  38.2  per  cent,  of  starch  in 
the  tubers  and  an  indicated  yield  of  nearly  7  tons  starch  per  acre. 
'Smalling,'  although  giving  a  bigger  tonnage  of  tubers  than  'Black 
Stick'  stands  decidedly  below  that  variety  in  starch  yield.  "Mai- 
lings" comes  fourth  with  a  little  less  than  6  tons  starch  per  acre, 
while  'Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud'  that  led  at  15  months  has  not  since 
gained  at  all  in  yield  of  tubers  and  shows  only  a  very  small  increase 
in  starch  per  acre  as  the  result  of  the  further  6  months'  growth. 

Clearly,  this  is  a  variety  that  is  at  its  best  at  15  months,  and 
one  that  it  would  not  pay  to  grow  as  a  21  months  cassava  in  com- 
petition with  the  other  varieties. 

Percentage  of  starch  in  the  tubers. — -At  12  months'  '  Luana  Sweet' 
had  the  highest  content  of  starch  (35.2  per  cent.),  at  15  months,' 
'Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud'  heads  the  list  with  37.4  per  cent.,  while  at 
12  months' growth  this  variety  is  very  slightly  inferior  to  'Black 
Stick,'  which  leads  with  38.2  per  cent,  of  starch  in  the  tubers. 

The  recorded  maximum  starch  content  for  a  Jamaican  Cassava 
is  39.1  per  cent,  for  the  variety  'White  Smooth  Bitter'  grown  by 
the  Hon.  T.  H.  Sharp  at  Inverness  in  Clarendon  in  1903. 

This  variety  as  grown  at  Hope  only  attained  a  content  of  35.5 
per  cent,  of  starch. 

These  experiments  emphasize  the  fact  that  Cassava  varieties  are 
so  variable  in  their  yield  under  different  conditions  of  soil  and 
locality  that  it  is  most  desirable  to  carry  out  careful  tests  of  a 
selected  series  before  the  best  varieties  for  any  given  place  and 
purpose  can  be  correctly  ascertained. 

Not  only  is  there  a  great  variation  in  the  yield  of  tubers,  but 
also  of  starch  content  and  period  of  growth. 

Conclusions. 

1.  Under  conditions  obtaining  at  Hope  and  without  irrigation  a 
yield  of  loi  tons  tubers  at  12  months,  of  15J  tons  at  15  months 
and  of  nearly  22  tons  tubers  per  acre  at  21  months  has  been  re- 
corded. 

2.  The  indicated  yield  of  starch  per  acre  has  risen  from  3i 
tons  at  12  months  to  5|  tons  at  1 5  months,  and  7\  tons  starch  at 
21  months'  growth. 

3.  This  yield  has  been  obtained  at  a  cost  of  about  £5  per  acre 
and  it  is  abundantly  clear  that  we  can  produce  enormous  crops  of 


75 

cassava  in  Jamaica  at  a  cost  that  should  enable  us  entirely  to 
replace  Potato  starch  in  the  British  market. 

4.  Cassava  can  be  grown  to  give  a  large  yield  upon  a  soil  and 
with  a  rainfall  that  would  not  give  good  crops  of  sugar  cane 
without  irrigation.  Large  areas  of  land,  at  present  producing 
little  or  nothing,  could  be  profitably  used  for  the  growth  of  cas- 
sava for  starch  manufacture.  This  is  an  industry  that  can  be 
confidently  recommended  to  capitalists  and  land  owners  as  one  of 
the  most  promising  means  of  increasing  our  exportable  produce 
without  trenching  upon  land  at  present  productive  of  other  pay- 
ing crops. 

I  desire  to  acknowledge  the  work  of  Mr.  F.  A.  Thompson  of 
this  Department  in  analysing  the  tubers  and  the  careful  way  in 
which  the  Superintendent  at  Hope  Gardens  recorded  these  results 
in  the  field. 


Cassava   Trials  III. 
(Twenty-one  varieties  harvested  after  21  months  growth.) 


2 

.iH 


1 

2 
'6 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 

10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 

16 

17 
18 
19 
20 

21 


Variety. 


Tubere 


Tons 
per 
acre. 


Blue  Top 

Black  Stick 

Smalling 

Mullinga 

Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud. 

Duff  House 

Prize  or  Silver  Stick. 

White  Smooth  Bitter. 

White  Slick 

Brown  Stick 

Black  Bunch  of  Keys 

White  Top 

Silver  Stick 

Bobby  Hanson 

Black  Bitter  Long  Leaf 

Blue  Bud 
White  Bunch  of  Keys 
Cotton  Tree 
Luaua  Sweet 
New  Green 
Rodney 

Luana  Bitter 


21.9 
18.0 
19.3 
18.0 
15.4 
15.4 
12.9 
12.9 
11.6 
11.6 
11.6 
11.6 
10.3 
10.3 

9.0 
9.0 
9.0 
9.0 
11.6 
10.3 

9.6 


o 


61.9 
68.3 
59.2 
64.4 
55.9 
60.2 
5S.0 
57.0 
54.8 
58.5 
60.3 
60.8 
58. 3 
56.1 

65.3 

67.6 
55.5 
61.3 
64.4 
65.9 

64.9 


38.1 
41.7 
40.8 
35.6 
44.1 
39.8 
42.0 
43.0 
45.2 
41.5 
39.7 
39.2 
41.7 
40.9 

44.7 
42.4 
44.5 
38.7 
35.6 
34.1 

35.1 


1.8 
1.6 
0.9 
1.1 
1.0 
1.4 
1.5 
1.1 
1.8 
1.3 
1.4 
0.9 
1.4 
1.1 


33.2 
38.2 
32.0 
32.8 
38.0 
36.4 
36.9 
34.3 
37.3 
34.2 
34.1 
33.5 
37.1 
35.5 


Gain  per 

acre  from 

15  to  21 

months. 


1.0   37.4 


1.5 
0.9 
1.5 
1.3 
1.7 

1.5 


36.9 
36.7 
35.1 
26,4 
28.3 

29.7 


15,818 

16,433 

13,883 

13,277 

13,187 

12,632 

10,666 

9,920 

9.742 

8,927 

8,894 

8,753 

8,574 

8,197 

7,567 
7,466 
7,221 
7,102 
6,895 
6,547 

6,425 


2.1 

2.5 

6!9 
5.1 
0.6 

O.2I 


6,085 
10,236 
5,330 
5,097 
330 
5,034 
6,622 
2,485 
6,615 
1,522 
4,308 
1,115 
3,974 
2,063 

2,374 
2,560 

'562 

38,08 

384 

Loss 
1,261 

Loss 


76 


Comparative  yields  at 

different  stages. 

Variety. 

Tons  per  acre.       i  Lbs.  Starch  per  acr?. 

No. 

12 

15 

21     j     12 

15 

21 

m'nths 

m'nths 

m'ntlisni'nths 

i 

m'nths 

m'nths 

] 

Blae  Top 

8.25 

14.2 

21.9  15,636 

9,733 

15,818 

2 

Black  Stick 

6.5 

6.5 

18.0 

4,878 

5,197 

15,433 

3  1  Smallin^ 

7.5 

11.1 

19.3 

5,494 

8,553 

13,883 

4 

MuUings 

5.75 

11.1 

18.0 

4,160 

8,180 

13,277 

5 

Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud 

9.0 

15.4 

15.4 

6,552 

12.857 

13,187 

6 

Dnft"  House 

5.5 

10.6 

15.4 

4,107 

7,598 

12,632 

7 

Prize  or  Silver  Stick 

3.5 

5.1 

12.9 

2,634 

4,044 

10,666 

8 

White  Smooth  Bitter 

3.25 

9.4 

12.9 

2,460 

7,435 

9,920 

9 

White  Stick 

3.25 

3.9 

11.6 

2,522 

3,127 

9,742 

10 

Brown  Stick 

3.25 

11.6 

11.6 

2,384 

7,405 

8,927 

11 

Black  Bunch  of  Keys 

3.25 

6.5 

11.6 

2,388 

4,586 

8,894 

12 

White  Top 

10.5 

11.0 

11.6 

7,902 

7,638 

8,753 

13 

Silver  Stick 

3.5 

6.5 

10.3 

2,744 

4,000 

8,574 

14 

Bobby  Hanson 

6.25 

8.4 

10.3 

4,777 

6,134 

8,197 

15 

Black  Bitter  Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud 

6.01) 

6.9 

9.0 

4,462 

5  193 

7,567 

16 

White  Bunch  of  Keys 

5.25 

6.5 

9.0 

4,069 

4,906 

7,466 

17 

Cotton  Tree 

•  •■ 

9.0 

•  >• 

7,221 

18 

Luaua  Sweet 

6.75 

8.1 

9.0 

5,322 

6,540 

7,102 

19 

New  Green 

5.25 

6.5 

11.6 

3,192 

3,086 

6,895 

20 

Rodney 

7.5 

9.7 

10.3 

6,337 

6,931 

6,547 

21 

Luana  Bitter 

4.25 

9.4 

9.6 

3,075 

7,686 

6,425 

22 

Mass  Jack 

4.25 

5.1 

... 

3,091 

3,243 

... 

23 

Yellow  Belly 

3.5 

3.2 

... 

2,321 

1,921 

... 

INCREASE. 


Variety. 

Tons  tubers  per  a. 

lbs.  starch  per  acre 

No. 

12-15 

15-21 

12-15 

15-21 

months. 

months. 

months. 

months. 

1 

Blue  Top 

6.0 

7.7 

4,097 

6,085 

2 

Black  Stick 

,,, 

11.5 

319 

10,236 

3 

Smalling 

3.6 

8.2 

3,059 

5,330 

4 

MuUings 

5.3 

6.9 

4,020 

5,097 

5 

Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud 

6.4 

... 

4,955 

330 

6 

Duft  House 

5.1 

4.8 

3,491 

5,034 

7 

Prize  or  Silver  Stick 

1.6 

7.8 

1,410 

6,6-22 

8 

White  Smooth  Bitter 

6.1 

3.5 

4,975 

2,i85 

9 

White  Stick 

0.6 

7.7 

605 

6,615 

10 

Brown  Stick 

8.3 

>•■ 

5,021 

1,522 

11 

Black  Bunch  of  Keys 

3.2 

5.1 

2,198 

4,308 

12 

White  Top 

0.5 

0.6 

264-1 
Loss  J 

1,115 

13 

Silver  Stick 

3.0 

3.8 

1,850 

3,974 

14 

Bobby  Hanson 

2.1 

1.9 

1,357 

2,063 

15 

Black  Bitter  Long  Leaf  Blue  Bud     . 

0.9 

2.1 

731 

2,374 

16 

White  Bunch  of  Keys 

1.2 

2.5 

837 

2,560 

17 

Cotton  Tree 

•  •• 

.*• 

•  ■• 

... 

18 

Luana  Sweet 

0.3 

0.9 

1,218 

562 

19 

New  Green 

1.2 

5.1 

106  1 

Loss  J 

3,809 

20 

Rodney 

2.2 

0.6 

1,594 

384  1 
Loss  J 

21 

Luana  Bitter 

5.1 

0.2 

4,611 

1,261 
Loss 

22 

Mass  Jack                                                . 

0.8 

•  •• 

152 

... 

23 

Yellow  BeUy 

0.3  1 
Loss  J 

... 

4001 
Loss  J 

... 

n 

COTTON  DISEASE. 

From   Commissioner,  Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture,  to  Director 

of  Public  Gardens. 

Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture  for  the  West  Indies, 

Barbados,  January  23,  1906. 
My  dear  Fawcett, 
I  am   in   receipt   of  your  letter  of  the  8th  instant  advising  the 
sending  of  some  bolls  from  Mr.  DeMercado's   cotton   in  Vere   ap- 
parently attacked  by  anthracnose. 

I  enclose  for  your  information  a  report  prepared  by  Mr.  Stock- 
dale  on  the  samples  sent. 

With  kind  wishes, 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

(Sgd.)  D.  MORRIS. 


Imperial  Commissioner, 

The  four  cotton  bolls  forwarded  by  Mr.  Fawcett  from  Mr.  De 
Mercado's  estate  in  Vere  are  small  and  ill-shaped.  Two  of  these 
show  the  characteristic  spots  of  anthracnose,  from  which  spores  of 
Colletotrichum  gossypii  are  given  off.  These  spores  appear  to  be  of 
a  greater  diameter  than  those  described  by  Mr.  Lewton-Brain  (W. 
I.  B.,  Vol.  v.,  p.  191)  as  Colletotrichum  gossypii  var.  harhadcnse,  and 
I  should  be  pleased  if  Mr.  Fawcett  could  obtain  further  specimens, 
so  that  this  difference  might  be  looked  into  more  fully. 

The  spots  of  anthracnose  on  these  two  bolls  were  over-grown 
with  Fusarium  which  is  probably  saprophytic  (West  Indian  Bulle- 
tin. Vol.  v.,  p.  178).  The  other  two  bolls  show  no  signs  of 
anthracnose,  but  appear  to  have  been  dried  up  through  some 
purly  physiological  causes  and  have  subsequently  become  covered 
with  Fusarium.  I  have  seen  many  such  examples  in  Barbados  this 
year,  more  frequently  immediately  after  changes  of  weather  when 
the  plant  does  not  seem  able  to  support  or  properly  feed  a  large 
number  of  bolls. 

Suggested  Remedial  Measures — The  fungus  that  causes  the  An- 
thracnose spreads  by  means  of  spores  which  are  disseminated  by 
wind  and  insects  and  is  capable  of  growth  on  all  parts  of  the 
plant.  If  the  area  is  badly  attacked  it  would  be  advisable  to 
destroy  all  diseased  plants  and  parts  of  plants  and  not  to  set 
cotton  in  the  infected  area  for  a  few  years. 

If  a  young  crop  of  cotton  is  badly  infected,  spraying  with  Bor- 
deaux mixture  would  probably  prevent  the  germination  of  spores 
and  so  prevent  further  infection  of  bolls.  This  must  not  be  done 
if  any  of  the  bolls  are  matured,  as  the  solution  of  copper  salts 
would  seriously  discolour  the  lint  and  therefore  reduce  its  value. 
If  the  crop  of  cotton  is  advanced  and  the  disease  is  doing  serious 
damage,  experiments  with  dry  fungicides  might  be  conducted,  say 


78 

with  a  mixture  of  sulphur  and  lime  (the   lime  being   in   excess   of 
the  sulphur). 

This  mixture  can  easily  be  made  and  can  readily  be  applied. 
The  slowly-evolved  gases,  are  readily  soluble  in  water,  forming  a 
solution  which  should  be  strong  enough  to  kill  the  spores  and 
germinal  tubes,  but  too  weak  to  injure  the  leaves  of  the  plant.  I 
have  been  unable  to  obtain  any  information  respecting  any  ex- 
periments that  have  been  carried  on  either  in  America  or  the 
West  Indies  with  a  view  to  obtaining  a  treatment  for  the  pre- 
vention of  anthracnose  of  cotton,  and  therefore  this  makes  it  all 
the  more  important  that  experiments  should  be  started  even  on  a 
small  scale,  to  obtain  such  information. 

Another  point  in  the  treatment  of  this  disease  is  very  important 
— this  is  the  sterilization  of  cotton  seed  before  planting.  Spores 
are  held  attached  to  the  seed  coat  and  these  possibly  produce  the 
disease  in  the  cotyledons  of  seedlings.  Further  information  on 
the  sterilization  of  cotton  seed  will  be  forthcoming  before  next 
planting  season  as  experiments  are  now  in  hand  dealing  with  this 
subject. 

F.  A.  STOCKDALE,  Mycologist. 


LOGWOOD  :  DISEASE  AND  CULTIVATION. 

In  the  fall  of  the  year  1902  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  went 
on  special  leave  to  the  ;States.  He  was  fortunate  enough  to  in- 
terest Dr.  Britton,  Director  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  in 
Jamaica,  and  on  his  return  Dr.  Britton  allowed  Prof.  Earle  to  ac- 
company him  to  study  generally  the  plant  diseases  of  the  Island. 
Prof.  Earle  made  a  report  which  was  published  in  the  Jamaica 
Bulletin  for  February,  1903. ,  One  of  the  diseases  investigated  was 
the  Logwood  Root  Rot,  and  the  following  is  Prof.  Earle's  state- 
ment about  it.  Recently  letters  have  appeared  in  the  "  Gleaner" 
from  Dr.  Bucher  and  Mr.  J.  W.  Edwards  on  the  subject,  and  it  has 
been  thought  well  to  call  the  attention  of  planters  again  to  the 
subject. 

I.  By  Prof.  Earle. 

On  some  estates,  especially  toward  the  western  end  of  the  island, 
logwood  trees  are  dying  in  considerable  numbers. 

The  diseased  trees  usually  occur  in  groups,  the  infection  spread- 
ing slowly  but  in  constantly  widening  circle.  An  examination  of 
dying  trees  shows  the  roots  to  be  badly  rotted.  Their  surface  tis- 
sues are  invaded  by  a  white  fungus  mycelium  that  is  usually  more 
abundantly  developed  in  the  region  between  the  bark  and  the 
wood.  The  disease  seems  to  attack  first  the  small  rootlets,  grad- 
ually spreading  to  the  larger  roots  and  the  crown  when  the  tree 
dies.  In  many  cases  seeming  heahhy  trees  near  the  border 
of  infested  areas  were  found  to  have  the  roots  on  the  side  next  the 
dying  trees  badly  diseased,  while  on  the  other  side  they  were 
still  perfectly  healthy.  The  fungus  seems  to  be  the  mycelium  of 
some  of  the  Hymenomycetes.     Numerous  species  of  Polyporaceae 


79 

and  Thelophoraceae  were  taken  on  logwood  stumps  and  logs, 
but  in  no  case  could  their  connection  with  this  root  rot  be  satis- 
factorily proven.  Whatever  the  nature  of  the  fungus,  leaving 
stumps  of  trees  that  have  died  from  this  disease  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  living  trees  is  clearly  dangerous.  Dying  trees  should  be 
dug  and  the  roots  burned  as  soon  as  the  disease  can  be  detected. 
Where  it  is  confined  to  certain  small  definite  areas  as  is  often  the 
case,  it  would  be  advisable  to  dig  a  trench  three  feet  deep  just  out- 
side of  the  diseased  area  in  order  to  prevent  its  spread  under- 
ground to  the  roots  of  healthy  trees.  On  a  few  of  the  estates  ex- 
amined the  disease  was  so  widely  scattered  that  this  method  of 
treatment  would  not  be  practicable.  Here  it  would  seem  best  to 
clear  the  infested  tract  entirely  of  logwood,  marketing  such  as  was 
sufficiently  mature,  and  allowing  the  land  to  grow  up  in  pimento 
and  limes,  or  reserving  it  for  pasturage  or  cultivation.  It  should 
be  mentioned  in  this  connection  that  pimento  trees  are  said  to  die 
from  a  similar  root  rot  in  some  parts  of  the  island.  If  this  should 
prove  to  be  identical  with  the  logwood  root  rot,  pimento  would 
not  be  available  as  an  alternative  crop. 

This  root  rot  seems  to  spread  slowly.  One  old  logwood  chip- 
per assured  me  that  trees  had  been  dying  for  thirty-five  years  on 
a  spot  that  he  pointed  out.  This  area  does  not  now  include  over 
three  or  four  acres.  This  would  indicate  that  by  vigorous  mea- 
sures it  could  be  controlled.  The  disease  was  found  on  various 
kinds  of  soils  and  under  moisture  conditions  varying  from  dry 
rocky  hill  sides  to  the  margin  of  swamps.  In  some  cases  the  dis- 
eased areas  were  on  spots  where  the  soil  was  rich  and  deep  and 
the  moisture  and  drainage  condition  perfect.  It  was  not  observed 
on  the  heavy  clay  lands  towards  the  eastern  end  of  the  island  but 
whether  this  was  due  to  the  absence  of  infection  or  to  the  char- 
acter of  the  soil  could  not  be  determined. 

n.  By  Dr.  e.  Bucher. 

In  driving  through  Westmoreland  one  cannot  but  notice  that  the 
logwood  blight  investigated  some  time  ago  by  Prof.  Earle  of  the 
New  York  Botanical  .Garden*  is  rapidly  spreading.  Too  many 
pastures  look  as  if  the  logwood  trees,  young  and  old,  had  been 
singed  by  fire  from  the  top  downwards.  Prof.  Earle  pronounced 
the  blight  to  be  a  contagious  root  disease.  If  not  attended  to,  it 
will  do  serious  damage  to  the  logwood  industry  in  that  part  of  the 
island. 

Logwood  growers  will  do  well  to  remember  the  disastrous  ex- 
perience of  European  wine  growers  with  phylloxera.  That  insect 
pest  appeared  to  be  harmless  enough  at  first,  until  it  spread  so 
fast  that  it  was  hopeless  to  cope  with  it.  The  best  vineyards  of 
France  were  laid  bare.  Those  who  had  thought  themselves  to  be 
the  wealthiest  cultivators  suddenly  found  themselves  to  be  almost 

*  Now  Director  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Cuba.    Ediior. 


80 

beggars.  Utter  ruin  was  only  averted  by  making  a  fresh  start, 
pulling  out  every  vine  stock  and  replanting  the  vineyards  with  the 
hardier  American  plant. 

A  logwood  grower  who  sees  the  disease  appear  on  his  property 
owes  it  not  only  to  himself  but  also  to  his  neighbours  to  eradicate 
the  disease  as  it  appears  and  prevent  its  spread.  If  any  one  doubts 
that  this  can  be  done  successfully  let  him  pay  a  visit  to  that  model 
logwood  property,  Old  Hope.  There  he  will  look  in  vain  for  a 
dead  logwood  tree.  Mr.  J.  W.  Edwards,  the  attorney,  will  perhaps 
be  good  enough  to  tell  us  by  what  means  he  has  managed  to  keep 
Old  Hope  free  from  the  disease.  We  will  be  thankful  to  him  if  he 
will  give  us  the  information. 

m.  By  J.  W.  Edwards. 

With  reference  to  Dr.  Bucher's  letter,  I  am  bound  to  admit  that 
the  remarks  about  the  logwood  generally  in  Westmoreland  are 
only  too  correct. 

I  took  Prof.  Earle,  when  he  was  in  the  country  three  years  ago, 
to  Old  Hope. 

The  Professor  went  to  considerable  trouble  to  inspect  the  trees 
at  different  positions  on  the  property  that  showed  signs  of  the 
disease  and  after  most  minute  investigation  he  pronounced  it  a 
root  disease  that  was  highly  contagious. 

Acting  on  his  advice  I  have  from  that  time  cut  down  and  burnt 
wherever  practicable,  any  trees  showing  the  slightest  trace  of  the 
disease,  with  satisfactory  results. 

As  Dr.  Bucher  who  is  such  an  eminent  authority  on  logwood, 
thinks  that  Old  Hope  is  in  a  fair  state  of  cultivation,  it  may  in- 
terest logwood  growers  to  show  the  system  that  has  been  pursued 
at  this  property. 

The  growth  of  young  saplings  is  encouraged  every  year  with 
the  view  of  having  rotation  crops. 

Saplings  are  grown  thickly  in  order  to  induce  the  growth  of  long 
straight  trunks,  but  after  a  time  the  useless  ones  are  thinned  out 
to  give  light  and  air  to  the  most  promising  ones. 

On  no  account  are  any  saplings  allowed  to  be  trimmed  of  the 
prickles  which  are  evidently  given  them  by  nature  to  protect  them 
from  stock,  and  when  the  trunks  are  sufficiently  strong  to  resist 
pressure  from  animals  in  rubbing  against  them,  the  prickles  dis- 
appear naturally,  the  trunks  then  presenting  a  nice  clean  smooth 
bark. 

If  after  the  trunks  are  naturally  cleaned  off,  it  is  thought  that 
too  many  limbs  are  thrown  out  some  of  the  lower  ones  should  be 
cut  off  with  an  upward  cut  to  prevent  soakage  by  water. 

The  shippers  are  never  allowed  to  rest  their  wood  against  other 
trees,  in  order  to  preserve  the  bark  from  injury  by  chafing. 

Another  matter  that  receives  attention  is  the  killing  of  duck  ants' 
nests,  which  are  so  frequently  seen  on  trees ;  this  is  done  by 
arsenic  sweetened  with  molasses,  or  sugar. 


8i 
EARLY  ORANGES. 

24th  January,  1906. 

The  Governor  directs*  the  publication,  for  general  information, 
of  the  following  letter  from  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and 
Plantations,  containing  suggestions  for  promoting  the  earlier 
ripening  of  oranges. 

By  command, 

H.  Clarence  Bourne, 

Colonial  Secretary. 


Department  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations. 

Hope  Gardens,  Kingston,  P.O., 

1 2th  January,   1906. 
SIR, 

I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  your  letter  No.  IIOO2/13504, 
dated  14th  ultimo  with  reference  to  the  controversy  on  the  ship- 
ment of  unripe  oranges,  and  asking  nie  to  consider  whether  it  is 
feasible  to  cause  oranges  to  ripen  earlier. 

2.  There  are  two  classes  of  oranges  exported  viz.  :  the  fruit  of 
seedling  trees,  and  that  of  budded  trees,  of  which  the  number  ex- 
ported of  the  former  is  enormously  in  excess  of  the  latter.  The 
problem  therefore  refers  chiefly  to  the  fruit  of  seedling  trees. 

3.  Budding  trees  from  early  varieties  can  to  some  extent  and 
after  a  considerable  time,  bring  in  early  fruit :  these  trees  will  also 
be  affected  by  any  solution  of  the  general  problem. 

4.  To  the  peasantry,  who  own  the  vast  majority  of  the  trees,  1 
would  offer  the  following  suggestions.  Early  fruit  is  encouraged 
by:- 

(1)  removal  of  all  fruit  late  in  October  or  early  in  Novem- 

ber, 

(2)  removal   at  the   same  time   from  the  trees  of  all  dead 

wood,  lichens,  moss,  and  other  growths, — this  of  course 
should  be  also  done  throughout  the  year. 

(3)  opening  up  the  main  roots  for  a  foot  or  18  inches  from 

the  stem,  and  removing  the  soil  from  them. 

(4)  application  of  lime  on  surface  of  ground  from  stem  as 

far  as  branches  extend, —  all  the  above  work  to  be 
finished  during  November. 

(5)  forking  up  the  soil  in  December  for  a  breadth  of  a  foot 

all  around  the  tree  just  outside  the  extremities  of  the 
root-system,  and  application  of  woodashes,  bones  and 
a  little  well-rotted  pen  manure  to  it,  or  the  equivalent 
in  commercial  fertilisers. 

(6)  maintaining  a  mulch  of  grass,  &c.,   from  January   until 

the  fruit  is  full  and  then  removing  it. 

*  Jamaica  Gazette,  25th  Januavj',  1906. 


82 

(7)  irrigating,  whenever  possible,  by  using  waste  water,  &c., 

during  the  same  months  that  the  mulch  is  used. 

(8)  thinning  out  the  fruit  by  one  half  when  they  are   about 

the  size  of  marbles. 
5.  I  believe  that  these  cultural  operations  would  have  a  decided 
effect  in  bringing  in  earlier  fruit,   and  would  be   well   worth  the 
expense. 

I  have,  etc., 

W.  Fawcett,  Director. 
The  Hon.  The  Colonial  Secretary. 


The  following  letter  on  the  same  subject  is  reprinted  from  the 
"Gleaner"  of  the  I2th  February. 

The  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations  to  the  Editor  of  the 

"  Gleaner." 

Hope  Gardens,  9th  February,  1906. 
Sir, 

Mr.  T.  H.  Sharp's  letter  on  producing  early  fruit  in  the  orange 
is  interesting  and  suggestive. 

His  statement  that  '"  the  trees  have  two  energies  :  the  energy  of 
reproduction  and  the  energy  of  growth"  is  correct,  and  the  theory 
and  its  practical  applications  have  been  treated  at  some  length  in 
the  Bulletin  for  February,  1904,  in  which  it  is  shown  that  "a  de- 
crease in  nutrition  during  the  period  of  growth  favours  the  develop- 
ment of  the  reproductive  parts  while  abridging  the  vegetative  parts." 

The  consideration  of  this  fact  in  the  economy  of  plant  life  was 
not  omitted  in  the  letter  to  the  Colonial  Secretary,  but  the  method 
suggested  is  that  used  by  nature  herself,  checking  or  preventing 
nutrition,  rather  than  injuring  and  half-killing  the  tree,  as  Mr. 
Sharp  proposes,  by  "  smashing  the  outer  bark  as  well  as  the  cam- 
bium" of  the  trunk  near  the  ground  by  blows  from  a  mallet. 

Under  natural  conditions  plants  undergo  a  decrease  of  nutrition 
from  various  causes  :  two  of  these  causes, — drought,  and  in  some 
plants,  the  fall  of  the  leaf,  e.g.,  in  our  "  common  cedar,"  are  readily 
recognized  by  every  one  as  natural  checks  to  growth. 

The  fall  of  the  leaf  prevents  the  chemical  union  of  the  mineral 
constituents  taken  up  by  the  roots  with  the  carbon  extracted  from 
the  carbonic  acid  of  the  air, — which  chemical  change  takes  place 
in  the  leaf,  forming  the  food  of  the  living  organism. 

The  check  by  drought  to  the  absorption  of  food  materials  by 
the  roots  is  much  more  serious,  if  it  is  thorough,  and  if  it  lasts 
long  enough. 

In  treating  the  orange  we  cannot  cut  off  its  leaves,  but  we  can 
interfere  with  the  action  of  its  roots.  We  cannot  prevent  rain 
falling,  but  we  can  do  something  to  prevent  absorption  by  the 
roots,  and  so  imitate  drought. 


83 

The  removal  of  the  soil  from  the  roots  was  suggested  for  12  to 
1 8  inches  from  the  stem  ;  if  that  is  not  sufficient  to  stop  growth,  I 
would  remove  the  soil  to  a  greater  extent,  but  then  comes  in  the 
question  of  expense  and  whether  it  would  pay  to  do  so. 

Forking  round  the  extremities  of  tlie  root  system  was  also  sug- 
gested ;  this  should  be  done  in  such  a  way  that  the  roots  would  be 
carefully  cut  baclc,  so  limiting  root  action. 

These  two  methods  of  checking  nutrition  are  not  only  effective 
for  that  purpose,  but  they  conduce  to  greater  vigour. 

Opening  up  the  main  portion  of  the  roots  near  the  stem  aerates 
and  dries  the  soil  all  round,  checks  any  tendency  to  foot-rot,  and 
prevents  attacks  there  by  grubs.  Shortening  back  the  roots  leads 
later  on  to  extensive  branching  and  development  of  the  roots, 
especially  as  the  ground  has  been  loosened  in  the  direction  of 
growth. 

I  am,  etc., 

W.  Fawcett. 


Dr.  Tillman  has  kindly  contributed  the  following  account  of  the 
methods  adopted  in  his  Orange  Grove,  which  is  a  model  for  cul- 
tivators. 

Dr.  Tillman  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens. 

Camden  Grove,  Race  Course,  P.O.  Jamaica, 

lOth  March,  1906. 
Dear  Sir, 

In  reply  to  yours  of  the  28th  December,  I  beg  to  enclose  here- 
with, a/c  sales  of  fruit  sold  in  December  ;  and  you  will  see  that 
the  prices  range  from  8/  to  9/  per  box.  It  cost  6/  to  place  a  box 
of  oranges  on  the  market,  including  everything— capital  paying 
prices  for  that  time  of  year. 

During  August  I  got  15/  to  16/  ;  September,  14/  and  14/3  ;  Octo- 
ber, 11/  to  12/,  and  November,  10/  to  ll/.  You  must  pardon  my 
not  answering  before,  as  I  had  to  wait  for  the  last  a/c  sales,  and 
they  did  not  come  to  me  until  end  of  last  month. 

Re  my  efforts  to  obtain  early  fruit:  Immediately  after  the 
October  seasons  will  permit,  I  pick  off  all  fruit,  say  early  in  No- 
vember, and  start  ploughing  with  two  pony  ploughs,  up  and  down 
each  side  of  the  intervals,  between  the  trees  ;  making  three  cuts  on 
each  side,  about  three  inches  deep — the  first  cut  being  made 
directly  under  the  extreme  end  of  the  outside  of  the  lateral 
branches.  "■    • 

The  same  cuts  are  made  by  the  other  plough,  the  other  way  of 
the  interval,  so  that  the  fine  terminals  of  the  surface  roots  are 
sliced  through  on  each  of  the  four  sides  of  the  trees  that  is  pruned. 
The  whole  interval  is  not  ploughed  or  close  ploughed,  for  the 
reason  that  I  would  not  be  able  to  do  the  whole  32  acres  quickly 
enough. 

As  soon  as  each  interval  has  had  three  cuts  made  both  sides,  all 
over  the   cultivation,    then    the    ploughs    are    allowed    to    plough 


84 

thoroughly  the  whole  field.  The  ploughing  is  so  done  that  each 
cut  of  the  plough  throws  the  earth  towards  the  tree,  so  as  to  pro- 
tect the  cut  ends  of  the  roots  with  the  fine  dirt  thrown  by  the  next 
cut.  The  ploughs  have  new  soclvs  every  six  days  to  ensure  clean 
and  deep  cutting  when  the  above  work  is  being  done  (ordinarily 
only  every  fourteen  days  are  they  changed). 

The  trees  are  in  the  meantime  gone  over  with  a  gang  of  women 
under  two  headmen ;  all  infested  leaves  that  are  bad  are  cut  off  with 
the  scissors,  and  those  with  scale  insect  scrubbed  by  hand  with 
small  pieces  of  bagging  dipped  in  warm  soap  or  kerosene  emulsion 
— branches  also  scrubbed. 

All  the  inner  branches  and  twigs  that  prevent  light  and  air 
from  going  freely  through  the  tree,  are  pruned  away  to  throw  all 
the  energy  for  blossoming  into  the  terminal  branches.  No  water 
is  allowed  near  the  trees  for  fully  six  weeks — that  is,  the  whole 
of  November  and  part  of  December.  Water  is  then  applied,  say 
about  the  second  week  in  December,  and  the  trees  thoroughly 
flooded,  the  cultivator  being  passed  over  two  days  after,  to  save 
the  earth  drying  and  cracking  and  conserving  the  moisture  below 
the  surface. 

Pruning  roots  and  branches  and  cleaning  the  trees  coupled  with 
the  rest  that  the  trees  get  for  the  six  weeks  while  suffering  for 
want  of  water,  compel  a  large  number  of  the  trees  to  commence 
to  blossom  about  three  weeks  after  the  first  application  of  water, 
and  from  then,  each  watering  (three  weeks  apart),  brings  out  more 
blossoms  ;  so  that  blossoms  first  appear  during  the  first  week  in 
January.  This  year  fully  a  thousand  trees  commenced  to  bloom 
during  the  first  ten  days  of  January  ;  of  course  in  the  majority  of 
cases,  only  partially. 

I  have  had  quite  a  few  trees  that  I  picked  fruit  from  as  late  as 
the  middle  of  November,  bloom  in  January  slightly,  but  of  course 
the  trees  that  had  been  relieved  of  fruit  earlier  than  November, 
bloomed  earlier  and  heavier. 

This  coming  season  I  do  not  intend  to  pick  any  fruit  in  Novem- 
ber ;  so  that  I  will  have  all  fruit  shipped  by  end  of  October.  All 
blossoms  after  the  15th  March  will  be  picked  off  so  as  to  save  the 
trees  carrying  late  fruit  needlessly  and  thus  ensuring  an  early 
bloom  next  season. 

The  above  method  can  only  be  adopted  in  the  irrigated  districts 
of  Vere  and  St.  Catherine,  as  only  with  irrigation  can  the  trees  be 
controlled  in  a  great  measure  ;  and  as  you  are  aware,  there  are 
barely  half  a  dozen  groves  altogether  in  the  two  parishes  named  ; 
but  I  am  certain  that  a  great  deal  of  good  could  be  effected  in 
the  hills  where  practically,  all  the  fruit  comes  from,  if  the  trees 
were  treated  as  you  recommend  them  to  be.  Of  course  the  trees 
in  the  hills  are  entirely  at  the  mercy  of  the  seasonal  rains  and 
would  not,  even  with  irrigation,  bloom  very  early  in  the  year  owing 
to  the  climatic  conditions. 

Even  at  the  present  time  of  writing,  many  of  the  wild  trees  are 
loaded  with  over-ripe  and  unmarketable  fruit,  thus  perpetuating  a 
lot  of  the  mischief  and  compelling  the  sending  away  of  immature 


85 

fruit  in  August  and  September,  the  trees  not  blossoming  until 
April ;  in  consequence,  our  fruit  continues  to  have  such  a  bad  name 
in  the  marl^et. 

A  very  important  fact  also  must  not  be  lost  sight  of,  and  that  is, 
that  the  fruit  grown  in  the  lowlands  only  take  from  seven  to  seven 
and  a  half  months  to  mature,  whereas  fruit  in  the  hills  take  from 
eight  to  nine  months. 

Hoping  the  above  will  prove  that  not  only  can  fruit  be  grown 
in  the  irrigated  lowlands,  but  what  is  more  important  still,  that 
groves  established  and  properly  cultivated,  can  be  made  to  pro- 
duce early  ripe  oranges  to  supply  the  best  market.  That  would 
give  Jamaica  an  unrivalled  position  as  a  citrus  fruit  centre.  Florida 
California,  and  the  Mediterranean,  owing  to  the  climatic  conditions, 
would  never  be  able  to  supply  mature  fruit  in  the  months  of 
August  and  September. 

Cuban  groves  under  go-ahead  American  management,  with  irri- 
gation, would  be  our  only  competitors.  I  will  with  great  pleasure 
give  all  the  facts  and  figures  after  the  coming  season  to  the  public 
as  I  feel  sure  there  is  a  great  future  before  the  industry  on  these 
lines. 

Yours  faithfully, 

(Sgd.)  Harry  G.  Tillman. 


FORWAKDING  DISEASED  PLANTS  AND  INSECT 

PESTS.* 

Much  disappointment  has  lately  been  experienced,  both  by  the 
sender  and  also  by  the  receiver,  through  plants,  supposed  to  be 
diseased,  and  insect  pests  reaching  the  laboratories  of  the  Impe- 
rial Department  of  Agriculture  in  an  unfit  condition  for  scientific 
examination.  It  is  hoped  that  officers  of  the  department  and 
others  will  carefully  study  and  follow  the  suggestions  that  have 
been  given  by  the  Department  on  former  occasions.  (See  Agricul- 
tural News,  Vol.  I,  p.  243,  and  Vol.  II,  p.  235.)  The  chief  reasons 
for  this  state  of  things  are  one  or  more  of  the  following : — 

(l)  The  fragmentary  nature  of  the  material  sent  for  investiga- 
tion. (2)  Lack  of  care  in  transmitting  ,  the  specimens  arriving 
shrivelled  or  dead  or  mouldy.  (3)  Absence  of  information  as  to 
the  conditions  under  which  the  plants  grew. 

It  must  be  pointed  out  that  a  few  fragments  of  a  diseased  plant 
are  of  little  use  for  investigation,  and  sufficient  material  should  be 
sent  so  that  the  primary  cause  of  the  trouble  may  be  located. 

In  order  that  time  and  labour  may  not  be  wasted  in  the  exami- 
nation of  unsuitable  material,  care  must  betaken  in  collecting  and 
packing  specimens  so  that  they  may  arrive  at  Barbados  in  good 
condition.  Fresh  specimens  of  moist  vegetable  matter  should  not 
be  sent  packed  in  boxes  or  in  envelopes,  but  should  be  either 
suitably  dried  and  sent  in  a  well-ventilated  package  or,  preferably 

*  Repriuteil  from  the  Agricultural  News,  Vol.  IV.,  p.  Sli6. 


86 

placed  in  spirit  immediately  after  collection  and  forwarded  in  a 
bottle  or  corked  tube.  Care  must  be  taken  with  the  strength  of 
the  spirit  used.  A  30-per  cent,  spirit  is  quite  sufficient  to  act  as 
a  preservative,  and  this  can  easily  be  obtained  by  taking  distilled 
rum  and  adding  two  parts  of  water  to  one  of  the  rum.  If  mate- 
rial is  sent  in  undiluted  spirit  or  high  wines,  it  becomes  so  hard 
and  brittle  that  examination  is  exceedingly  difficult. 

When  leaves,  buds,  or  twigs  are  attacked,  the  specimens  should 
show  as  many  stages  of  the  disease  as  possible.  Detached  leaves 
alone  are,  as  a  rule,  useless.  If  practicable,  the  root,  after  the  soil 
has  been  shaken  off,  should  be  sent,  as  in  many  instances,  the 
primary  cause  of  the  trouble  is  located  there. 

When  fruits  or  herbaceous  stems  are  attacked,  pieces  showing 
all  stages  of  the  disease,  should  be  placed  in  spirit  as  before. 
When  it  is  thought  desirable  to  send  very  large  specimens,  such 
as  portions  of  branches,  roots,  or  whole  cacao  pods,  these  should 
be  collected  as  late  as  possible  before  the  mail  steamer  leaves  and 
sent  in  a  well  ventilated  case. 

Full  particulars  should  also  be  forwarded,  giving  details  of  the 
time  of  appearance  of  the  disease,  the  damage  done,  the  part  at- 
tacked, the  nature  of  the  soil,  drainage,  and  also  whether  an  ap- 
parently similar  kind  of  disease  had  been  previously  observed. 

With  regard  to  the  forwarding  of  insects  for  examination,  di- 
rections have  already  been  given  in  the  Agricultural  Nctvs  (Vol.  IV. 
p.  168),  but  on  account  of  the  repeated  disappointment  resulting 
from  material  being  badly  packed  the  following  detailed  instruc- 
tions have  been  prepared  : 

Insect  material  for  transmission  must  be  packed  in  such  a  way 
(l)  that  it  will  not  be  broken,  bruised,  or  crushed,  and  (2)  that  it 
will  not  be  spoiled  by  the  growth  of  moulds,  mildew,  or  bacteria. 

In  considering  the  manner  of  forwarding  insects,  these  may  be 
divided  roughly  into  these  three  groups  :  (i)  Larvae  that  is,  grubs, 
maggots,  caterpillars,  including  borers,  etc.  (2)  Hard  insects, 
such  as  beetles,  bugs,  grass-hoppers,  crickets,  bees  and  wasps. 
(Scale  insects  may  be  included  in  this  group.)  (3)  Frail  insects, 
such  as  butterflies,  moths,  flies,  etc. 

In  packing  for  transportation  the  following  rules  apply  to  these 
groups  : — 

Group  I. — When  sent  alive,  larvae  should  be  packed  with  a 
supply  of  the  food  plants  on  which  they  have  been  found  feeding 
or  in  the  plant  material  they  infest,  in  such  way  that  they  should 
not  be  rattled  about  in  the  package  or  crushed  by  portions  of  the 
food  plant,  etc.  When  not  sent  alive  they  should  be  preserved  in 
a  tightly-corked  tube  or  vial  in  diluted  spirit  or  formalin. 

Group  II. —  When  sent  alive  these  insects  should  be  provided 
with  food,  as  for  instance,  in  the  case  of  lady-birds,  leaves  and 
twigs  infested  with  the  plant  lice  or  scale  insects  on  which  they 
feed  should  be  included  and  packed  in  such  a  way  that  they  can- 
not rattle  about  in  the  box.  Footholds,  such  as  crumpled  pieces 
of  blotting  paper,  should  be  given  the  insects  also.  When  not 
sent  alive  insects  of  this  group  should  be  dried  and  wrapped  loose 


87 

ly  in  soft  tissue-paper,  each  insect  in  a  separate  paper,  and  then 
packed  in  a  strong  box.  In  the  case  of  scale  insects,  each  infested 
leaf  and  twig  should  be  folded  or  wrapped  in  soft  paper  and 
dried  before  being  enclosed  in  a  tight  package.  — -' 

Group  ///.—Insects  of  this  group  should  be  killed  and  handled 
carefully  to  prevent  injury,  folded  or  wrapped  in  paper  and 
well  dried  before  being  packed.  Butterflies,  with  their  wings 
folded  together,  may  be  folded  in  paper,  moths  may  be  wrapped 
loosely  in  tissue  paper,  and  flies  may  be  included  in  layers  of 
tissue  paper  between  cotton  wool,  in  small  boxes. 

Full  notes  should  accompany  all  insect  specimens,  stating  the 
nature  of  the  damage  done,  the  part  of  the  plant  attacked  where 
insects  were  found,  and  whether  larva  or  adult  does  the  damage  ; 
if  the  larva,  a  specimen  of  the  adult  should  be  included  also,  if 
possible.  Notes  on  their  habits  such  as  whether  night  feeder  or 
day  feeder,  where  eggs  are  laid,  etc.,  should  in  every  case  be  added 
so  far  as  known. 

Disappointment  is  most  likely  to  resuh  from  (l)  insufficient  ma- 
terial, (2)  insufficient  notes  and  information  as  to  habits,  etc.,  (3) 
bad  packing  which  allows  specimens  to  be  crushed  or  to  decay  in 
transportation,  and  (4)  from  sending  specimens  so  broken  and 
battered  that  it  is  impossible  to  identify  them. 


THE  COCO  DE  MER,  OR  DOUBLE  COCONUT. 

Several  "  double  coco-nuts"  were  received  from  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  Seychelles  Islands  in  1896.  There  is  one  plant  now 
growing  in  the  Hope  Gardens  close  to  the  Casuarina  tree  on  the 
other  side  of  the  stream,  and  a  plant  also  in  Castleton  Garden. 

They  grow  very  slowly,  no  stem  being  yet  seen  above  ground ; 
the  height  of  the  top  of  the  largest  leaf  is  loi  feet.  A  nut  which 
failed  to  germinate  may  be  seen  on  application  at  Hope  Gardens, 
and  another  at  Castleton  Garden. 

The  history  and  the  structure  of  this  palm  are  of  such  an 
interesting  nature  that  the  following  articles  on  it  are  reprinted. 

I.  By  George  V.  Nash.* 

In  the  Indian  Ocean  several  hundreds  of  miles  to  the  eastward 
of  Zanzibar,  and  about  four  degrees  south  of  the  equator,  isa 
group  of  islands  known  as  the  Seychelles.  These  were  discovered 
by  the  Portuguese  as  early  as  1505  ;  were  occupied  by  the  French 
in  1743  ;  seized  by  the  British  in  1794,  and  formally  ceded  to  them 
in  1814.  Here  at  the  time  of  the  French  occupation  in  1743  was 
discovered  a  beautiful  palm,  the  fruit  of  which  had  been  known 
for  many  years,  but  the  origin  of  which  had  been  one  of  the 
mysteries  of  those  early  times.  As  in  those  times  mysteries  al- 
ways give  rise  to  most  fabulous  tales,  so  was  it  with  this  unknown 
fruit,  which,  on  account  of  its  obscurity,  was  accredited  with  most 

♦Journal  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  January,  1906,  p.  7. 


88 

wonderful  properties  and  given  a  worth  far  in  excess  of  its  intrin- 
sic value.  It  was  known  as  coco  de  mer,  coco  de  Solomon,  and 
coco  des  Maldives,  this  last  name  being  applied  because  so  many 
of  these  nuts  had  been  found  floating  in  the  sea  near  the  Maldive 
Islands.  It  was  averred  by  these  ancient  people  that  it  was  not  a 
product  of  the  earth  but  of  the  sea,  and  the  Malay  and  Chinese 
sailors  insisted  that  it  grew  on  a  tree  deep  in  the  water  off  the 
coast  of  Sumatra,  but  that  the  tree  instantly  disappeared  when 
they  dived  down  to  see  it.  The  negro  priests  were  firm  in  the 
belief  that  it  grew  near  the  island  of  Java,  its  branches  protruding 
above  the  water,  and  that  here  a  monstrous  bird  had  its  home, 
from  which  it  made  nightly  sorties  to  the  land,  killing  tigers,  ele- 
phants and  other  large  animals  ;  they  further  asserted  that  ships 
were  attracted  by  the  waves  which  surrounded  the  tree,  an  attrac- 
tion from  which  there  was  no  escape,  and  that  the  sailors  fell  an 
easy  prey  to  this  voracious  bird.  One  can  well  understand  with 
what  care  the  poor  superstitious  sailors  of  the  Indian  Archipelago 
must  have  avoided  this  spot. 

Not  only  did  these  tales  serve  to  bring  the  fruit  into  notice,  but 
its  reputed  value  as  an  antidote  to  poisons  made  its  acquisition 
greatly  to  be  desired  by  the  princes  of  Hindostan,  who,  prone  to 
use  such  poisons  on  others,  were  constantly  in  fear  of  being  made 
victims  themselves  of  some  wily  poisoner. 

It  is  not  strange  that  they  were  willing  to  pay  large  sums  for 
these  mysterious  objects  which  would  protect  them  from  their 
enemies.  They  firmly  believed  that  water  which  had  been  kept  in 
one  of  these  was  purified  from  all  harm,  and  could  be  drunk  with  im- 
punity, no  matter  how  active  may  have  been  the  poison  placed  in 
the  liquid.  The  sovereign  of  the  Maldives  was  not  long  in  turning 
this  to  his  own  advantage  as  a  means  of  increasing  his  wealth,  for 
he  made  it  a  matter  of  death  for  any  one  to  have  in  his  posses- 
sion one  of  these  nuts — all  ^vere  his  property,  which  he  disposed 
of  at  a  high  price  or  used  in  making  royal  presents.  But  in  1743, 
upon  the  discovery  of  rhe  tree  which  bore  these  fruits,  this  value 
and  repute  quickly  subsided,  for,  so  they  must  have  reasoned, 
where  there  is  no  mystery  how  can  there  be  any  virtue. 

One  of  the  earlier  accounts  of  this  palm  occurs  in  a  book  of 
voyages  published  in  1 776  in  Paris.*  A  plate  illustrating  the 
Seychelles  themselves  and  several  other  plates  depicting  features 
of  the  palm  and  its  fruit  are  given.  It  is  there  stated  that  many 
of  these  palms  grow  near  the  shore  of  the  sea,  most  of  the  fruit  of 
such  trees  dropping  into  the  sea  and  floating  upon  its  surface. 
The  winds  waft  them,  and  the  currents,  the  direction  of  which  in 
those  parts  is  E.N.E.,  carry  them  to  the  shores  of  the  Maldives, 
the  only  part  of  the  world  where  these  fruits  had  been  known 
previous  to  the  discovery  of  their  origin  on  the  Seychelles. 

The  palm  grows  upon  three  of  the  islands  of  the  Seychelles, 
occuring  in  all  parts  of  them,  the  best  trees  growing  in  deep  gorges. 
One  such  gorge  on  the  island  of  Praslin  is  known  as  the  Ravine 

*  Voyage  a  la  Nouvelle  Guinee  par  M.  Sonnerat.     Paris.    1776. 


89 

of  the  Coco  de  Mer,  and  is  said  to  be  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
spots  in  tropical  climes,  the  trunks  of  these  charming  palms  rising 
to  a  height  of  ninety  or  a  hundred  feet  and  bearing  aloft  a  crown 
of  magnificient  fan-shaped  leaves,  often  twenty  feet  long  and  ten 
or  twelve  feet  wide. 

The  many  economic  uses  of  this  palm  make  it  of  exceeding 
value  to  the  natives  of  the  Seychelles.  The  heart  of  the  crown  of 
leaves  is  eaten  as  a  vegetable,  as  is  done  with  the  cabbage  palm. 
The  leaves,  perhaps,  are  the  most  important,  being  used  extensively 
in  house-building,  not  only  for  thatching,  but  also  for  making  walls 
and  partitions;  and  the  down  of  the  young  leaves  is  used  in 
filling  mattresses  and  pillows.  The  nuts  are  made  into  utensils  of 
various  kinds,  and  the  young  leaves  furnish  material  for  making 
hats. 

II.* 
Oil  the  Double  Cocoa-nut  of  the  Seychelles  (Lodoicea  Sechellarum)  "Sea 
Cocoa-nut,"  "Double  Coconut,"  "  Coco  de  mer." 

By  Swinburne  Ward,  Esq.,  Civil  Commissioner,  communicated 
by  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker,  F.R.S.,  &  L.S.,  &c. 

This  extraordinary  specimen  of  the  palm  tribe,  the  largest  and 
most  curious  of  all  the  many  varied  kinds  scattered  over  all  tropi- 
cal regions,  is  found  only  in  two  small  islands  belonging  to  the 
Seychelles  group,  "  Praslin"  and  "  Curieuse,"  which  lie  in  juxta- 
position between  4°  and  5°  of  S.  lat.,  and  55°  and  56°  E.  long., — 
nearly  three  hundred  miles  north-east  of  Madagascar,  which, 
though  itself  an  island,  may,  from  its  immense  size,  be  legitimately 
considered  the  nearest  mainland. 

The  name  by  which  it  is  best  known,  that  of  "  Coco  de  mer," 
was  given  to  it  by  some  French  navigators  who  had  picked  up  the 
nut  floating  at  sea,  and  being  unable  to  ascertain  anything  respec- 
ting the  tree  that  produced  it,  supposed  it  to  be  the  production  of 
some  unknown  submarine  plant.  It  has  often  been  found  on  the 
coasts  of  Ceylon  and  the  Maldive  Islands,  drifted  thither  by  some 
of  the  mysterious  currents  which  perplex  mariners  all  over  the 
Indian  Ocean.  The  nuts  attained  in  these  countries  to  an  almost 
religious  value,  and  were  sold  in  India  for  fabulous  prices.  A 
medicine  was  made  of  the  kernel,  which  was  said  to  possess  res- 
torative qualities  much  in  request  in  those  countries  where  poly- 
gamy prevails. 

It  was  not  until  the  discovery  of  the  Seychelles  Islands  by  the 
French  in  1742  that  authentic  information  was  obtained  respecting 
the  true  nature  of  the  tree,  and  the  astonishment  of  those  previ- 
ously acquainted  with  the  Coco  de  mer  may  well  be  imagined  upon 
their  finding  large  forests  entirely  composed  of  this  palm,  growing 
most  luxuriantly  upon  a  small  and  quite  unhabited  island,  and 
towering  far  above  all  ordinary  tropical  vegetation. 

But  little  is  even  now  known  respecting  the  growth  and  peculi- 
arities of  this  extraordinary  palm,  owing  to  the  great  length  of 
time  it  requires  to  arrive  at  maturity,  and  the  consequent  difficulty 


*Joui'nal  of  the  Linuean  Society,  VIII,  1865,  p,  135 


90 

of  obtaining  accurate  information  with  regard  to  its  developments 
The  information  gathered  from  the  inhabitants  is  not  of  much 
value ,  they  are  very  unobservant,  and  the  truth  of  their  replies  to 
any  questions  that  may  be  put  to  them  can  never  be  depended 
upon. 

The  shortest  period  before  the  tree  puts  forth  its  buds  is  thirty 
years,  and  one  hundred  years  must  elapse  before  it  attains  its  full 
growth.  No  one  can  tell  how  long  it  will  last,  or  how  old  some 
of  the  gigantic  specimens  may  be.  No  nuts  planted  since  the 
British  came  into  possession  have  arrived  at  their  full  growth. 
One  in  the  garden  at  Government  House,  planted  fifteen  years 
ago,  is  still  quite  in  its  infancy,  about  sixteen  feet  in  height,  but 
with  no  stem  yet  visible,  the  long  leaves  shooting  from  the  earth 
like  the  Traveller's  Palm  and  much  resembling  them  in  shape, 
only  much  larger.  Nine  months  after  the  nut  has  been  planted,- 
supposing  germination  to  have  begun  at  once,  the  leaf  sprouts 
at  an  angle  of  45°  from  the  root;  it  is  very  closely  folded, 
with  a  smooth  hard  surface,  terminating  in  a  sharp  point. 
When  about  two  feet  above  the  surface  it  expands,  and  nine 
months  after  another  leaf  follows,  coming  up  the  grooved  surface 
of  the  midrib  of  that  which  preceded  it,  and  so  on  at  intervals  of 
nine  months,  each  succeeding  leaf  becoming  larger  in  size.  All 
these  leaves  cluster  together  and  support  each  other,  no  stem  ap- 
pearing above  the  ground.  From  the  age  of  fifteen  to  twenty-five 
the  tree  is  in  its  greatest  beauty,  and  the  leaves  at  this  period 
much  larger  than  they  are  subsequently.  They  consist  of  two 
layers  of  fibres  crossing  each  other  at  right  angles,  imbedded  in  a 
thick  stratum  of  parenchyma  enclosed  in  a  tough  skin. 

The  stem  of  the  full-grown  tree,  like  that  of  all  Palms,  consists 
of  hard  fibres  imbedded  in  medullary  substance  enclosed  in  a  hard 
sheath,  so  hard  that  a  good  axe  is  required  to  cut  it.  It  splits 
readily,  but  is  extremely  durable.  Unlike  the  Cocoa-nut  trees, 
which  bend  to  every  gentle  gale  and  are  never  quite  straight,  the 
Coco  de  mer  trees  are  as  upright  as  iron  pillars,  undisturbed  in 
their  position  by  the  heavy  gales  and  violent  storms  so  often  oc- 
curring in  tropical  regions. 

At  the  age  of  thirty  the  tree  first  puts  forth  its  blossoms.  The 
male  and  female  trees  are  quite  distinct  ;  and  the  female  blossom 
may  be  considered  as  the  germ  of  the  nut,  as  it  offers  nothing  of 
the  appearance  of  what  is  generally  regard  as  a  blossom.  The 
female  tree  alone  produces  the  nut,  and  it  is  twenty  feet  shorter 
than  the  male  tree,  which  frequently  attains  a  height  of  one  hun- 
dred feet. 

The  male  flower  is  an  enormous  catkin,  about  three  feet  in 
length  and  three  inches  in  diameter,  of  a  reddish-brown  colour, 
and  covered  with  rhomboidal  valvate  scales  disposed  spirally  about 
the  stem,  from  the  angles  of  which  the  stamens  spring.  Within 
its  circumference,  at  intervals  corresponding  to  the  apertures  from 
which  the  stamens  shoot,  are  found  little  masses  containing  such 
a  succession  of  stamens  in  progressive  stages  of  development  that 
the  flowering  is  maintained   for   eight  or  ten  years,  each  coming. 


91 

stamen  thrusting  off  and  replacing  the  one  that  preceded  it.  The 
whole  has  a  most  disagreeable,  oily  odour,  and  if  cut  and  put  in 
any  accessible  place,  is  greedily  attacked  by  ants.  It  may  be  seen 
in  all  stages  upon  the  same  tree — in  full  bloom,  faded,  and  quite 
decayed. 

The  female  blossoms  spring  from  a  strong  stem  forming  a  regu- 
lar zigzag,  and  are  composed  of  three  bracts  three  or  four  inches 
in  diameter.  A  gummy  secretion  exudes  from  the  apex  of  these, 
which  secretion  doubtless  arrests  and  secures  the  pollen  necessary 
for  their  fecundation.  The  fruit  stalk  is  supported  by  three  very 
strong  bracts  ;  the  outer  one  of  these,  the  top  of  which  is  wedge- 
shaped,  penetrates  the  stalk  of  the  leaf  immediately  above  it,  in 
the  under  side  of  which  nature  has  left  a  fissure  accessible  to  it. 
By  this  provision  the  stalk  is  enabled  to  support  the  weight  of 
fruit  which  hangs  upon  it,  sometimes  exceeding  four  hundred- 
weight. Eleven  nuts  have  been  seen  on  one  stalk,  the  probable 
weight  of  each  being  about  forty  pounds.  Such  clusters  are,  how- 
ever, very  rare,  and  four  or  five  may  be  taken  as  the  average  num- 
ber on  one  stalk. 

From  fructification  to  full  maturity  a  period  of  nearly  ten 
years  elapses.  The  fruit  attains  its  full  size  in  about  four  years, 
and  is  then  soft,  and  full  of  a  semi-transparent  jelly-like  substance 
of  an  insipid,  sweetish  taste.  The  mesocarp  is  a  leathery  sub- 
stance of  a  brownish-green  colour,  adhering  to  the  shell.  As  the 
nut  ripens  this  gradually  dries  up  into  a  white,  horny  kernel, 
about  half  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  of  no  use  whatever,  supposed 
to  be  poisonous,  but,  probably,  only  quite  indigestible.  The  nut 
in  its  perfect  state  is  about  eighteen  inches  long,  and  of  the  same 
breadth,  something  in  the  shape  of  a  heart,  with  two  separate  com- 
partments. It  is  enveloped,  like  the  Coco-nut  in  a  fibrous  husk ; 
but  its  texture  is  not  nearly  so  thick  or  so  strong,  and  it  drops  off 
soon  after  the  nut  falls  from  the  tree.  The  nuts,  sawn  in  half,  and 
divested  of  the  kernel,  form  excellent  calabashes,  and  are  uni- 
versally used  for  baling  boats.  The  entire  nut  is  frequently  used 
as  a  water-keg,  and  holds  three  or  four  gallons  of  water.  It  has, 
however,  to  be  "  caulked"  in  the  centre,  where  germination  takes 
place,  before  it  becomes  completely  watertight. 

The  arrangements  provided  by  nature  for  the  roots  of  both 
male  and  female  trees  are  of  a  most  peculiar  nature,  quite  distinct 
from  those  provided  for  any  other  known  tree.  The  base  of  the 
trunk  is  of  a  bulbous  form,  and  this  bulb  fits  into  a  natural  bowl, 
or  socket,  about  two  and  a  half  feet  in  diameter  and  eighteen 
inches  in  depth,  narrowing  towards  the  bottom.  This  bowl  is 
pierced  with  hundreds  of  small  oval  holes  about  the  size  of  a 
thimble,  with  hollow  tubes  corresponding  on  the  outside,  through 
which  the  roots  penetrate  the  ground  on  all  sides,  never,  however, 
becoming  attached  to  the  bowl ;  their  partial  elasticity  affording 
an  almost  imperceptible  but  very  necessary  "  play"  to  the  parent 
stem  when  struggling  against  the  force  of  violent  gales. 

This  bowl  is  of  the  same  substance  as  the  shell  of  the  nut,  only 
much  thicker.     As  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  it  never  rots  or  wears 


92 

out.  It  has  been  found  quite  perfect  and  entire  in  every  respect 
sixty  years  after  the  tree  has  been  cut  down.  At  Curieuse  many 
sockets  are  still  remaining  which  are  known  to  have  belonged  to 
trees  cut  down  by  the  first  settlers  on  the  island. 

This  curious  arrangement  renders  it  impossible  that  the  trunk 
could  grow  in  a  slanting  position ;  and  there  is  no  known  instance 
of  its  doing  so,  either  on  the  flat,  or  on  the  steep  sides  of  the 
mountains,  in  both  of  which  situations  the  tree  thrives  equally  well. 

The  high  price  still  fetched  by  the  nuts  will  ultimately  be  the 
cause  of  their  complete  extinction  in  these  islands.  The  growth  of 
the  palm  is  so  very  slow  that  no  one  can  expect  to  reap  where  he 
has  sowed,  and  the  people  consequently  never  take  the  trouble  to 
plant  any  for  the  benefit  of  posterity.  Not  content  too  with  dig- 
ging up  those  nuts  that  have  fallen  and  taken  root  they  ruthlessly 
destroy  whole  trees  by  cutting  them  down  for  the  sake  of 
the  nuts  and  the  heart  leaves,  which  latter  are  used  for 
making  hats,  fans  and  baskets.  Many  of  the  trees  still  standing 
are  quite  spoilt  by  the  practice  of  cutting  out  these  centre  or  heart 
leaves,  leaving  the  tree  shorn  of  its  beauty,  and  with  an  untidy, 
ragged  appearance.  Besides  the  ravages  of  man,  fire  is  a  terrible 
enemy  to  these  forests,  a  year  seldom  elapsing  without  there  be- 
ing sufferers  by  accidental  conflagrations,  especially  those  forests 
situated  at  the  nort-west  end  of  Praslin,  in  which  are  now  found 
only  such  male  trees  that  from  their  height  overtopped  the  flames 
that  destroyed  the  females.  At  the  south-east  end  of  Praslin  they 
are  more  plentiful  the  dry  season  being  in  the  south-east  monsoon, 
and  as  the  forests  are  to  windward,  they  are  not  exposed  to  much 
danger  from  spreading  fire. 

No  suggestions  will  induce  proprietors  to  abandon  their  present 
habit  of  wilfully  destroying  the  trees  for  the  sake  of  the  nuts  and 
leaves,  or  to  take  some  pains  for  the  cultivation  and  reproduction 
of  this  magnificient  palm.  Not  many  years  will  elapse  before  the 
Coco  de  mer  becomes  in  reality  as  rare  as  it  was  supposed  to  be 
when  first  picked  up  at  sea  by  the  wondering  mariners,  and  the 
only  relics  left  of  its  former  magnificence  will  be  the  decaying 
blackened  stumps  of  the  trees  so  wantonly  destroyed,  and  the 
curious  sockets  in  which  they  stood  for  so  many  years. 

Seycelles,  April  l6,  1863. 

Ill* 

Letters  from  SiR  H.  BARKLEY  and  SWINBURNE  WARD,  ESQ., 

relative  to  the  Coco  de  Mer 

Government  House,  Mauritius, 
6th  June,   1864. 
Sir, 
Having  brought  the  resolution  adopted  by  the  Linnean  Society, 
on  3rd  of  March,  relative  to  the  destruction  of  the  Sea  Cocoa-nut 
Tree  in  the  Seychelles  Islands,  under  the  notice  of  the  Civil  Com- 
missioner of  that  group,  and  called  upon  him  to  suggest  officially 

*  Journal  of  Linaean  Society,  IX,  IStJC,  p.  US. 


93 

what  measures  could  be  taken  to  ensure  the  preservation  of  the  re- 
maining trees,  I  have  received  the  report  of  which  I  now  beg  to 
enclose  a  copy. 

The  Society  will  be  glad  to  learn  that  Mr.  Ward  did  not  find  on 
a  visit  of  inspection,  that  that  destruction  had  been  carried  so  far 
as  had  been  represented  to  him,  but  that,  on  the  contrary,  one  for- 
rest  of  these  palms  in  He  Praslin  is  carefully  preserved  by  its 
owner,  and  still  contains  magnificent  specimens. 

As  this  island  is  almost  entirely  private  property,  the  interfer- 
ence of  the  Government  would  be  difficult,  except  in  the  way  of 
exhortation  and  remonstrance  ;  but  as  He  Curieuse,  where  a  certain 
number  of  trees  are  found,  is  still  vested  in  the  Crown,  and  used 
for  a  purpose  which  renders  it  inaccessible  to  the  public,  I  trust 
there  can  be  no  danger  under  any  circumstances  of  the  extinction 
of  this  most  interesting  species. 

I  am  confident  that  whilst  Mr.  Ward  remains  in  his  present  post 
he  will  do  all  in  his  power  to  protect  the  existing  trees,  and  to 
secure  the  planting  of  others. 

I  remain,  Sir, 

Your  obedient  Servant, 

Henry  Barkley. 
To  George  Bentham,  Esq., 

President  L.S.,  &c.,  &c. 


Preservation  of  the  Coco  dc  mer. 

Civil  Commissioner's  Office, 

Seychelles,  May  17,  1864. 
Sir, 

I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  letter  (No. 
H.  890)  of  May  6th  enclosing  a  communication  from  the  Linnean 
Society  on  the  subject  of  the  destruction  of  Coco  de  mer  trees  at 
Praslin,  and  directing  me  to  report,  for  the  information  of  His 
Excellency  the  Governor,  upon  the  measures  which  ought  to  be 
taken  for  the  preservation  of  such  of  the  Lodoicea  trees  as  now 
remain. 

The  paper  on  the  Coco  de  Mer,  to  which  the  Linnean  Society 
alludes,  was  written  a  short  time  after  my  arrival ;  but  although  I 
had  made  a  tour  of  inspection  round  the  islands,  including  Praslin 
and  Curieuse,  I  had  not  then  visited  the  district  in  which  this  palm 
principally  flourishes. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  Coco  de  Mer  has  entirely  disappeared 
from  many  parts  of  the  island  of  Praslin,  where  it  formally 
abounded — destroyed  by  accidental  conflagrations,  and  ruthlessly 
cut  down  to  make  room  for  manioc  cultivation.  The  land  in  these 
parts  of  Praslin,  with  a  very  small  exception,  is  entirely  in  the 
hands  of  private  individuals,  and  no  steps  could  have  been  taken 
by  Government  with  respect  to  preserving  the  trees. 


94 

I  returned,  on  the  9th  instant,  from  a  visit  to  the  more  distant 
islands  of  the  group  in  the  "  Pleiad,"  which  was  placed  at  my  dis- 
posal by  Colonel  Playfair,  and  I  took  the  opportunity  during  this 
tour,  of  visiting  the  Lodoicea  forest  at  Ause  Marie  Louise,  on  the 
southern  point  of  the  island  of  Praslin — a  small  lovely  valley 
reaching  to  the  sea-board,  surrounded  by  lofty  hills,  the  sides  and 
crests  of  which  are  covered  with  Lodoicea  several  hundred  in 
number. 

This  forest  is  in  the  property  of  a  Mr.  Campbell ;  and  I  am  glad 
to  be  able  to  report  that  more  care  is  taken  of  the  trees  here  than 
is  the  case  in  any  other  part  of  the  island.  They  may  be  seen  in 
all  stages  of  growth,  from  the  sharp,  sword-shaped  spattie  just 
shooting  from  the  ground,  to  palms  one  hundred  and  twenty  feet 
in  height,  long  since  arrived  at  maturity,  and  at  whose  age  it  is 
impossible  even  to  guess.  None  are  actually  planted  by  the  pro- 
prietor ;  but  he  occasionally  allows  nuts  to  remain  and  take  root 
where  they  fall ;  and  as  the  trees  are  usually  surrounded  at  the 
base  by  thick  undergrowth,  many  other  nuts  are  overlooked  by 
the  men  employed  to  collect  them,  a  certain  amount  of  reproduc- 
tion being  thus  ensured. 

The  leaves  of  the  male  trees  alone  are  cut  for  the  sake  of  the 
material  from  which  hats,  fans,  and  baskets  are  made.  Cutting 
these  leaves  prevents  the  trees  from  giving  any  blossoms  ;  but  the 
male  trees  preponderate  over  the  female,  and  these  growing  in  al- 
most inaccessible  spots,  which  flower  undisturbed,  are  quite  suf- 
ficient to  fecundate  all  the  female  trees  in  the  district.  The 
flowering  process  continues  for  years ;  and  the  small  blossoms 
that  spring  from  the  huge  catkin  forming  the  basis,  as  it  were,  of 
the  flowers,  are  reproduced,  apparently,  ad  iiifinitiim. 

A  comparatively  small  number  of  trees  are  found  on  Curieuse 
Island,  and  these  never  attain  the  same  size  and  perfection  as 
those  at  Praslin.  Soon  after  my  arrival,  I  gave  directions  to  Mr. 
Forbes,  in  charge  of  the  lesser  establishment,  to  keep  up  the  sup- 
ply by  planting  germinating  nuts ;  but  he  succeeded  with  but  a 
small  proportion  of  those  planted.  Unfortunately,  too,  several 
trees  which  were  thriving  in  the  vicinity  of  the  cemetery  were 
accidentally  burnt.  I  have  directed  him  to  plant  all  the  germin- 
ating nuts  that  he  can  find  for  the  future,  and  to  take  all  the  care 
he  can  of  the  trees  now  remaining. 

When  at  Praslin,  I  selected  a  Coco  de  Mer  with  a  perfect  healthy 
germ  nearly  a  foot  in  length,  which  I  forwarded  to  Sir  William 
Hooker,  by  the  'Nomo,'  on  the  llth  instant. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be.  Sir, 

Your  most  obedient  servant, 

Swinburne  Ward, 

Civil  Commissioner. 

The  Honourable  The  Colonial  Secretary, 

Mauritius. 


95 
BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  MINUTES. 

The  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was  held  at 
Headquarter  House  on  Monday,  the  I2th  March,  at  II. 15  a.m. 
There  were  present : — The  Hon.  H.  Clarence  Bourne  (Chairman) ; 
Director  of  Public  Gardens  ;  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools  ; 
Island  Chemist ;  His  Grace  the  Archbishop  of  the  West  Indies  ; 
Messrs.  J.  W.  Middleton,  G.  D.  Murray  and  Jno.  Barclay  (Secre- 
tary). 

Commercial  Agent.— The.  Secretary  read  the  report  of  the  com- 
mittee appointed  in  matter  of  a  commercial  agent  for  Jamaica  in 
London,  the  adoption  of  the  report  was  unanimously  agreed  to. 

The  Chairman  asked  the  Archbishop,  Mr.  Middleton  and  Mr. 
Murray  to  form  a  deputation  to  wait  on  His  Excellency  and  pre- 
sent the  report ;  and  the  Secretary  was  instructed  to  write  the  Co- 
lonial Secretary  and  ask  when  it  would  be  convenient  for  the 
Governor  to  receive  the  deputation. 

Day  of  Meeting. — As  Mr.  Murray  reported  that  he  could  not 
attend  the  meetings  of  the  Board  if  they  were  held  on  Mondays, 
the  Archbishop  proposed  that  the  meetings  should  be  held  on  the 
Wednesday  of  the  same  week  of  the  month  at  2  p.m.,  instead  of 
II. 15  a.m. 

This  was  agreed  to. 

Contagious  Diseases. — The  Secretary  reported  that  the  committee 
appointed  had  again  revised  the  draft  of  the  proposed  Bill  and  it 
had  been  sent  on  by  the  Agricultural  Society  to  the  Governor. 

Cotton  Gin. — The  Secretary  reported  that  he  had  received  the 
Hand  Cotton  Gin  from  Mr.  Levy,  that  it  had  been  sent  to  the 
Railway  workshop  for  repair  and  it  would  be  stored  in  the  office 
for  future  use. 

Diseased  Coco-nuts. — A  letter  was  read  from  the  Colonial  Secre- 
tary informing  the  Board  that  Mr.  G.  P.  Dewar  had  pointed  out 
that  he  especially  desired  to  call  attention  to  the  need  for  owners 
of  blighted  coco-nut  trees  to  be  compelled  to  cure  or  burn  them,  as 
until  they  were  made  to  do  so  their  neighbours  would  suffer.  He 
said  that  when  the  trees  showed  any  symptoms  of  unhealthiness 
they  were  beyond  remedy  as  the  leading  bud  was  rotten  and  de- 
cayed, and  that  while  spraying  was  good,   eradication  was  better. 

The  Governor  asked  the  views  of  the  Board  on  Mr.  Dewar's 
proposal. 

The  Director  of  Public  Gardens  said  that  Mr.  Dewar  was  wrong 
in  saying  that  when  the  trees  showed  signs  of  unhealthiness  they 
were  beyond  remedy,  that  bud-rot  could  be  cured  in  its  earlier 
stages  by  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture,  which  arrested  the  de- 
cay. He  had  arranged  for  Mr.  Cradwick  to  visit  Lucea  on  the 
19th  May  and  Mr.  Dewar  could  arrange  to  meet  Mr.  Cradwick 
there. 

The  Secretary  was  directed  to  reply  to  the  Colonial  Secretary 
to  this  effect. 


96 

Mr.  Nolan's  Work. — The  Colonial  Secretary  also  forwarded  a 
letter  from  Mr.  Nolan,  forwarding  cutting  from  The  Wine  and  Spirit 
Gazette,  and  also  a  report  of  the  case  which  he  had  instituted 
under  the  Merchandise  Act  with  a  copy  of  a  prosecution  which 
took  place  in  Lanark  under  the  Food  and  Drugs  Act  in  which 
the  defendants  were  convicted. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

Resignation  of  Mr.  Teversham. — A  letter  was  also  read  from  the 
Colonial  Secretary  intimating  the  resignation  of  Mr.  T.  F.  Tever- 
sham as  from  the  28th  February  on  account  of  ill-health. 

The  chairman  stated  that  various  alternative  proposals  were 
before  the  Government  and  provisions  had  been  made  in  the 
estimates  of  £200  for  carrying  on  the  work. 

Standardisation  of  Jamaica  Rum. — The  following  papers  which 
had  been  circulated  but  had  not  yet  been  before  the  Board  were 
submitted  : 

With  regard  to  the  standardisation  of  Jamaica  rum,  the  Director 
of  Public  Gardens'  minutes  on  the  subject  were  read  to  the  effect 
that  a  standard  of  this  kind  was  unnecessary  and  would  be  injurious 
to  our  interests. 

Of  the  members  present  Mr.  Cousins,  Mr.  Murray,  and  the  chair- 
man were  in  favour  of  the  proposed  standardisation. 

Mr.  Fawcett  was  opposed  to  it  and  the  Archbishop  thought  that 
the  facts  as  contained  in  the  papers  should  be  reported  to  the  Go- 
vernor to  form  his  own  opinion. 

The  Chemist  was  asked  to  make  a  summary  of  the  arguments 
in  favour  of  his  case  to  be  sent  first  to  Mr.  Fawcett  to  state  his 
arguments  against  it,  both  then  to  be  circulated  among  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Board. 

Agricultural  " Don'ts." — In  reference  to  the  above,  these  having 
been  revised  by  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools  with  the 
suggestion  of  the  members  of  the  Board  before  him,  were  ap- 
proved. The  Archbishop  said  that  he  hoped  to  get  the  Board  of 
Education  to  adopt  them  and  have  them  hung  up  in  the  form  of  a 
large  chart  for  use  in  schools. 

Report  from  Mr.  Cousins  on  his  visit  to  Trelawny  and  West- 
moreland and  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station  were  also  pre- 
sented. 


[Issued  12th  April,  1906.] 


Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingston,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGEICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV. 


MAY,  1906. 


Part  5. 


EDITED    BY 


WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  E.L.S., 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantatioiis. 


CONTENTS: 

Page. 

Notes  on  the  "  Castilloa"  Rubber  Tree 

97 

Coagulation  of  Castilloa  Rubber 

99 

Grass  Oils 

100 

Agriculture  of  Porto  Rico 

io6 

1     Nature  and  commercial  uses  of  Ben  Oil 

113 

Snails  and  Slugs    ... 

115 

Insect  Pests 

ii6 

1     New  Species  of  Fern 

117 

Board  of  Agriculture 

1 

Ii8 

PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  .Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Kingston  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  : 
Hope  Gabdbnb. 


1906. 


JAMAICA. 


BXJLI.ETIlSr  ^^j^«^^«>' 

NEW  VOUK 
OF    THE  ^OTaN/CaL 

^  A  Kotos 

DEPARTMENT  OF  A(}RICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV.  MAY,  1906.  Part  5. 

NOTES  ON  THE  "  CASTILLOA"  RUBBER  TREE. 

By  "A  Forester,"  Bluefields,  Nicaragua,  Jan.,  T906.* 
The  roots  of  young  plants  of  Castilloa  clastica  (the  Central 
American  rubber  tree)  are  well  developed  and  branch  a  good 
deal.  They  are  very  thickly  clothed  with  root  hairs  at  the  tips. 
These  hairs  are  very  fine  and  fragile  and  in  transplanting  young 
seedlings  great  care  should  be  taken  not  to  injure  them.  I  believe 
that  the  condition  of  the  roots  of  a  tree  makes  more  difference 
with  the  amount  of  rubber  it  will  give  than  the  leaves.  A  tree 
with  small  yield  is  generally  healthy  in  the  leaves,  but  has  some 
defect  in  the  roots.  Transplants  are  likely  to  have  defective  tap 
roots  and  on  this  account  blow  over. 

There  are  two  distinct  types  of  branches  on  the  Castilloa  tree — 
temporary  and  permanent.  All  the  branches  for  the  first  three  or 
four  years  are  temporary.  They  grow  alternately  on  different 
sides  and  almost  at  right  angles  to  the  trunk.  After  some  time 
the  temporary  branch  drops,  when  besides  the  scar  which  is  left 
will  be  found  a  small  bud.  This  bud  is  either  to  the  right  or  left 
of  the  scar,  but  never  above  or  below  it.  Whenever  one  such  bud 
on  a  tree  grows  to  the  right  all  the  other  buds  do  the  same,  and 
vice  versa.  I  have  never  found  a  tree  with  buds  on  both  sides. 
Such  buds  are  the  beginning  of  permanent  branches.  Only  a 
small  number  grow  into  branches,  but  any  of  them  can  be  forced 
by  cutting  through  the  bark  to  the  wood,  above  the  bud,  and  thus 
severing  the  sieve  tubes  connecting  the  leaves  and  roots.  These 
permanent  branches  project  upward  at  an  angle  of  45°  or  less. 
Forced  branches  do  not  grow  as  fast  as  natural  ones.  The 
permanent  branch  bears  temporary  branches  of  its  own,  and  later 
may  bear  other  permanent  branches. 

This  question  of  branching  may  prove  important.  Some 
planters  claim  that  trees  that  put  out  permanent  branches  early 
grow  faster  and  yield  better  than  later  branching  trees.     Others 

*  From  the  India  Rubber  World. 


98 

claim  that  branching  is  not  good  for  the  trees.  I  believe  that 
branched  trees  grow  somewhat  faster  because  they  get  a  larger 
leaf  sm-face,  but  I  do  not  think  that  this  leaf  surface  affects  the 
amount  of  latex.  Trees  planted  far  apart  branch  moi'e  freely  and 
earlier  than  those  which  are  close  together.  There  also  seem  to 
be  more  branches  on  trees  grown  in  the  sun  than  in  the  shade. 
It  has  been  suggested  that  it  would  be  well  to  grow  branches  on 
the  trees — by  the  forced  method  above  described — in  such  manner 
that  the  trees  could  be  ascended  by  tappers  without  a  ladder.  The 
fact  that  some  temporary  limbs  turn  permanent  might  be  in- 
vestigated, and  perhaps  a  way  could  be  found  to  make  them  turn 
permanent  at  will,  if  desirable. 

The  CastiUoa  is  a  fast  growing  tree.  It  appears  to  grow  faster 
between  the  ages  of  two  and  four.  The  leaf  surface  of  the  tree, 
and  consequently  the  amount  of  light  it  gets,  has  a  great  deal  to 
do  with  its  growth.  Shade  grown  trees  are  not  nearly  so  large 
at  the  same  age  as  those  grown  in  the  sun.  Some  planters 
believe  that  trees  grown  in  at  least  partial  shade  yield  more  latex, 
but  if  this  is  so,  I  do  not  believe  that  they  yield  enough  more  to 
pay  for  the  loss  in  growth,  for  under  any  ordinary  conditions  the 
trees  yield  in  proportion  to  their  size.  Monthly  measurement  of 
a  large  number  of  CastiUoa  trees  shows  that  they  grow  on  an 
average  of  about  \  inch  per  month  in  circumference.  This  varies, 
however,  the  trees  sometimes  growing  not  at  all  for  a  month  and 
growing  |  inch  or  more  the  next  month.  An  experiment  in  the 
effect  of  tapping  on  growth  did  not  show  that  it  made  any 
difference. 

The  proper  distance  in  planting  depends  a  good  deal  on  how 
soon  the  plantation  is  to  be  tapped.  Trees  planted  10  x  10  feet 
begin  to  crowd  each  other  at  about  six  years.  If  the  plantation 
is  to  be  tapped  at  this  age,  or  earlier,  this  is  a  good  distance  for 
planting.  When  the  trees  get  older,  the  poorer  and  weaker  ones 
can  be  bled  out.  The  experiment  of  planting  four  trees  in  a  hole 
shows  that  it  is  possible  for  two,  three,  or  even  all  four  to  grow 
well  and  apparently  not  to  hinder  each  other.  If  these  trees  continue 
as  they  have  begun,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  way  to  grow  the  most 
good  trees  on  a  given  piece  of  land  would  be  to  stake  the  land  at 
a  distance  of  15  or  20  feet,  and  to  plant  a  circle  of  8  or  ID  trees 
about  each  stake.  Any  trees  grown  in  this  way  which  did  not 
keep  up  to  the  others  should  be  cut  down,  and  by  the  time  they 
are  ready  to  tap  there  should  be  three  or  four  good  trees  in  each 
group.  This  method  would  avoid  one  trouble  which  has  shown 
itself  where  one  tree  was  planted  to  a  hole,  and  that  is  that  when 
the  time  for  tapping  came  many  of  the  trees  were  poor  and  stunted 
and  not  worth  anything.  This  irregularity  of  growth  loses  much 
time  and  can  be  avoided  where  only  the  best  trees  are  allowed  to 
grow. 

Whatever  the  method  of  tapping  employed  for  CastiUoa,  the 
healing  of  the  cut  requires  to  be  considered.  The  general  idea 
has  been  that  the  cut  must  not  be  made  too  deep  and  this  is  true 
to  a  certain  extent.     But  it  may  also  be  made  too  shallow.     Be- 


99 

tween  the  bark  and  the  wood  is  the  growing  part  of  the  tree,  a 
tissue  called  cambium.  This  part  alone  has  the  powers  of  form- 
ing new  bark  and  new  wood.  If  a  cut  is  made  which  does  not  go 
into  the  cambium,  the  cut  will  not  heal  over  with  new  material. 
Of  course,  it  will  dry  up  and  turn  black,  and  in  this  way  protect 
the  tissue  under  it,  but  the  piece  of  bark  taken  out  is  gone  for 
good.  On  the  other  hand,  a  cut  made  just  to  the  cambium  will 
heal  quickly. 

The  Para  rubber  tree  (Hevea)  shows  some  important  differences 
in  latex  from  the  Castilloa.  Of  course  all  that  I  have  noted  on  this 
tree  is  done  here  in  Nicaragua  and  it  may  behave  differently  in 
Brasil  or  Ceylon.  The  first  noticeable  thing  in  cutting  the  Para 
tree  is  the  small  yield.  When  a  Castilloa  is  tapped,  the  cut  is 
immediately  filled  with  latex,  which  runs  in  a  small  stream  from  the 
lower  end.  The  Hevca  when  first  cut  shows  no  latex.  In  a  few 
seconds  it  begins  to  appear  in  drops  on  the  cut  surface  and  after 
3  to  5  minutes  begins  to  drop  from  the  end  of  the  cut.  The  small 
yield  at  the  first  tapping  seems  to  be  balanced  by  the  fact  that 
more  can  be  got  by  multiple  tapping.  In  Ceylon,  according  to 
report,  the  yield  increases  each  day,  but  here  I  have  noticed  no 
increased  yield.  I  tapped  one  tree  nine  days  in  succession,  and 
though  it  yielded  every  day  (a  thing  which  Castilloa  would  not  do) 
the  yield  decreased  instead  of  increasing.  The  Hevca  tree  will 
not  do  here  because  there  is  too  nuch  labour  involved  in  multiple 
tapping.  I  think  the  trees  here,  if  tapped  rightly,  would  yield  as 
much  as  those  in  Ceylon,  but  as  labour  cost  so  much  more,  it 
would  not  pay.  I  am  confident  from  comparing  yields  printed  in 
The  India  Rubber  World  that  Castilloa  will  yield  as  much  with 
four  tapping  operations  a  year  as  Hevea  will  with  ten  or  twenty 
when  the  trees  are  the  same  age. 


COAGULATION  OF  CASTILLOA  RUBBER. 

Mr.  S.    W.  Sinclair,   Manhattan  Plantation,   Bluefields,  Nicaragua,  to 
Director  of  Public  Gardens. 

Manhattan  Plantation, 
February  2nd  1906. 
Dear  Sir, 
Your  favour  of  June  23rd  1905  has  just  reached  me. 
Replying  to  your  enquiry  about  the  Sinclair  Coagulator,  beg  to 
say  that  it  consists  of  a  piece  of  board   through  which   holes   are 
bored  2  ins.  by  2  ins.  (holes  should  be  about  i   inch).     Over  this 
board  a  sheet  of  absorbent  paper   is   placed,  (I  enclose   sample) ; 
paper  must  be  laid  on  the  board  wet,  if  put  on  dry,  it  will  warp 
and  give  an  uneven  sheet  of  rubber.     Having  the  board  and  paper 
laid  on  wet,  now  proceed  to  tack  on  the  rim  or  frame,  which  should 
be  from  l\  in.  high  to  li  in.  and  your  box  will  be  ready  for  coagu- 
lating.    As  soon  as  the  latex  is  brought  in  from  the  field,  I  add 
four  times  its  volume  of  water,  then   strain  through   a  fine  metal 
sieve  ;  then  I  place  the  whole  in  a  cone  bottom  tin  tank  to  settle, 
which  takes  about  one  hour.     I  then  decant  off  the  water  until  the 


100 

latex  becomes  as  thick  as  when  it  came  from  the  tree,  then  I  pour 
it  in  my  boxes  and  the  water  that  is  in  the  latex,  which  can't  be 
decanted  off,  will  pass  through  the  absorbent  paper  in  about  10 
minutes  leaving  the  rubber. 

I  then  expose  it  to  a  heat  of  no  degrees  F.  for  5  or  6  hours, 
when  the  rubber  can  be  lifted  off  the  box. 

A  new  sheet  has  to  put  on  after  being  used  10  or  12  times. 

The  time  of  exposure  to  heat  varies  and  it  is  hard  to  give  a  cor- 
rect formula  in  this  respect,  but  one  soon  learns  by  the  feel  of  the 
sheets,  just  when  to  take  them  from  the  boxes.  I  take  them  off  as 
soon  as  my  fingers  don't  stick,  when  pressed  against  them. 

I  may  mention  here  that  this  method   is   for  Castilloa   elastica. 

The  Hevea  latex  passes  through  the  absorbent  paper. 

I  am  carrying  on  experiments  now  and  expect  soon  to  be  able 
to  handle  both  kinds  of  latex. 

Rubber  coagulated  on  the  above  method  becomes  transparent 
like  Ceylon  biscuits,  and  runs  it  a  close  second  in  price,  we  aim  to 
bring  it  up  to  par. 

With  respects,  I  am, 

Yours  sincerely, 

S.  W.  Sinclair. 


GRASS  OILS.* 

I.     CiTRONELLA  AND   LEMON   GRASS   IN   CEYLON. 

By  Herbert  Wright,  Controller  of  Experiment  Station, 

Ceylon. 
(Paper  read  before  the  Ceylon  Agricultural  Board.) 
The  Citronella  industry  is  far  from  being  in  a  flourishing  con- 
dition in  Ceylon,  and  many  persons  who  in  the  old  days  found  it 
a  profitable  cultivation  now  declare  it  to  be  unremunerative.  It  is 
common  knowledge,  however,  that  Citronella  oil  exported  from 
Java  obtains  a  much  higher  price  than  that  from  Ceylon,  and  it 
has  been  argued  that,  if  the  same  price  could  be  realised  for  the 
oil  exported  from  this  island,  it  might  once  more  become  an  in- 
dustry worthy  of  serious  consideration.  Planters  in  the  Straits 
and  the  authorities  of  the  bnperial  Department  of  Agriculture  for 
the  West  Indies  are  taking  up  the  subject  in  earnest,  and  residents 
in  this  island  are  beginning  to  send  in  numerous  enquiries  as  to 
the  possibilities  with  this  product.  The  moment,  therefore,  seemed 
opportune  to  present  a  few  facts  regarding  Citronella  and  also 
Lemon  Grass,  as  results  have  been  obtained  at  the  Experiment 
Station,  Peradeniya,  and  in  various  parts  of  Ceylon. 

CITRONELLA. 

We  will  first  consider  Citronella  oil.  I  have  brought  with  me 
a  sample  of  one  of  the  grasses  from  which  the  oil  is  obtained,  and 
also  a  quantity  of  pure  oil  fresh  from  the  still.  As  you  are  pro- 
bably not  concerned  with  the  exact  botanical  identity  of  Citronella 
grass,  i  may  dismiss  that  vexed  question  by  saying  that  the  speci- 

For  previous  articles  on  Grass  Oils,  see  Bulletins,  March,  lii03,   p.  53:  Dec.  190.S- 
Feb.  1904,  p.  43;  Oct.  1904,  p.  iL'*;  March,  1905,  p.  49. 


lOI 

men  as  here  presented  is  as  near  the  wild  "Mana"  grass  as  it  ean  be, 
and  is  by  most  botanists  regarded  as  being  a  variety  of  the  "  Mana" 
grass  so  common  in  many  parts  of  this  island.  The  cultivation 
of  Citronella  has  hitherto  been  confined  to  the  Southern  and  South- 
West  Provinces,  the  Matara,  Galle,  and  Hambantota  districts  being 
well-known  in  connection  with  this  product.  Exactly  why  it  has 
been  more  or  less  limited  to  these  localities  it  is  difficult  to  say, 
as  the  grass  grows  well  in  districts  having  an  annual  rainfall  of 
80  to  100  inches,  and,  as  will  be  shown  later,  has  been  success- 
fully cultivated  at  an  elevation  of  2,000  feet  in  the  Central  Pro- 
vince. It  is  not  easy  to  obtain  reliable  information  as  to  the  yield 
per  acre  in  these  provinces,  but  it  is  usually  estimated  that  about 
36  bottles  each  containing  li  lb.  of  oil  are  obtainable  per  acre  per 
year.  If  such  is  the  case  it  can  be  asserted  that  the  Peradeniya 
district,  at  an  elevation  of  2,000  feet,  is  as  good  as  any  part  of 
the  Southern  Province  for  this  product.  At  Peradeniya  one  acre 
of  the  Maha-pangiri  variety  gave  in  1904  19,320^  lb.  of  grass, 
from  which  84  lb.  of  pure  oil  were  obtained  ;  in  1905,  the  same 
plot  produced  5, 757!  lb.  of  grass,  which  yielded  38  lb.  of  oil. 
This  one-acre  plot  gave  in  the  second  and  third  year  from  plant- 
ing 122  lb.  of  oil  or  61  lb.  per  year.  From  other  plots  in  their  first 
year  60  lb.  of  oil  were  obtained  per  acre. 

Value. — Messrs.  Chas.  P.  Hayley  &  Co.,  of  Galle,  have  offered 
85  to  88  cents  per  lb.  for  the  crude  unfiltered  oil.  The  yields  I 
have  given  you  were  obtained  from  a  plot  on  the  rocky  hill-side 
facing  the  Peradeniya  Gardens,  which  was  previously  occu- 
pied by  Mana  grass  and  Lantana,  It  is  not  a  rich  soil  but  a  typi- 
cal patna-like  compound  similar  to  what  may  be  seen  in  many 
parts  of  the  Island.  The  results  show  that  we  can  obtain  a  crop 
of  60  lb.  of  oil  per  acre  per  year  (210  to  250  lb.  of  grass  giving 
I  lb.  of  oil),  the  oil  realising  from  Rs.  51  to  Rs.  53  per  acre  in 
Galle.  It  must  be  admitted  that  this  is  not  a  very  big  return,  but 
it  is  about  as  much  or  even  more  than  what  is  obtained  on  many 
Citronella  estates.  The  yearly  expenditure  for  weeding,  cutting, 
transporting  and  distilling  is  probably  about  Rs.  20  to  Rs.  30  per 
acre,  and  if  the  good  variety  is  cultivated  it  will  require  re-plant- 
ing every  third  year  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  3  per  acre.  In  addition  to 
such  current  expenditure  one  must  allow  for  clearing,  for  plants, 
and  the  wear  and  tear  of  the  machinery.  It  is  obvious  from  these 
remarks  that  Citronella  cultivators  are  not  rolling  in  profits,  and 
various  points  will  require  attention  if  the  prospects  of  the  in- 
dustry are  to  be  made  brighter. 

Points  Requiring  Attention. — The  first  and  foremost  is  to 
check  the  adulteration  which  has  been  practised,  so  that  Ceylon 
can  obtain  a  better  reputation  and  command  a  price  equal  to  that 
paid  for  the  oil  exported  from  Java.  This  matter  is,  as  most  of 
you  are  aware,  receiving  the  attention  of  Government,  and  it  is  not 
necessary  for  us  to  make  any  remarks  beyond  pleading  for  a  ces- 
sation of  adulteration,  or  exporting  the  adulterated  article  under 
definite  grades,  so  that  buyers  will  know  what  they  are  purchasing. 
Another  point  of  practical  importance   is   the  complete  condensa- 


102 

tion  of  the  oil.  Often  the  oil  and  water,  as  they  pass  into  the  re- 
ceiver, are  quite  warm  instead  of  being  cold.  The  cold  water 
should  enter  the  condensing  chaniber  at  the  end  furthest  from  the 
distilling  chamber,  so  that  the  oil-vapour  will  meet  a  cooler  atmo- 
sphere the  nearer  it  gets  to  the  receiver.  I  find  in  practice  that  a 
60  foot  coil  of  piping,  3  to  4  inches  in  diameter,  is  sufficient  to 
effect  perfect  condensation,  and  it  is  the  opinion  of  many  that  the 
good  yield  of  oil  obtained  at  Peradeniya  is  partly  due  to  the 
completeness  of  the  condensation  which  is  obtained.  There  are 
other  points  of  importance  which  might  be  touched  upon,  but  be- 
yond advising  the  planting  at  definite  distances,  instead  of  at  hap- 
hazard, selecting  the  better  variety  and  paying  attention  to  the 
seasons  and  the  time  of  cutting,  I  propose  to  dismiss  the  subject 
of  Citronella.  As  most  of  you  are  aware,  certain  Citronella 
planters  have  found  relief  in  quite  another  way,  namely,  by  taking 
up  the  cultivation  of  Lemon  grass  in  place  of  Citronella. 

LEMON  GRASS. 
The  main  reasons  which  have  led  to  this  change  are,  first,  that 
Lemon  grass  oil  is  valued  at  35  to  40  cents  an  ounce  in  Galle  ; 
and,  secondly,  the  grass  can  be  cuhivated  and  distilled  in  just  the 
same  manner  as  Citronella.  Of  course,  the  demand  is  not  an  un- 
limited one,  and  the  price  may  be  lowered  if  too  much  oil  is  placed 
on  the  market.  The  Lemon  grass  is  quite  a  different  plant,  but, 
as  you  can  see  from  this  specimen,  it  is  similar  in  many  respects 
to  Citronella  grass.  It  yields  a  valuable  oil,  a  pure  sample  of 
which  I  have  placed  on  the  table  for  your  inspection.  The  prac- 
tical details  connected  with  Lemon  grass  cultivation  are  identical 
with  those  of  Citronella,  and  therefore  need  not  be  dealt  with  here. 
The  points  to  consider  are  the  yield  and  value  of  the  oil.  I  can- 
not give  you  the  figures  of  outsiders,  but  the  results  at  the  Experi- 
ment Station  are  probably  ,  similar  to  those  obtained  elsewhere. 
At  Peradeniya,  at  an  elevation  of  l,600  feet,  the  grass  can  be  cut 
six  months  after  planting,  and  from  one  plot,  which  was  planted 
in  July,  1904,  we  obtained  in  December  of  that  year  8,063  lb.  of 
grass  yielding  I3i  lb.  of  oil  per  acre,  the  same  plot  cut  in  April  of 
this  year  gave  5,28  r  lb.  of  grass  and  13  lb.  of  oil  per  acre  so  that 
the  yield  per  acre  in  the  first  year  has  already  been  26}  lb.  of  oil. 
This  works  out  at  40  cents  per  ounce  in  Galle,  at  over  Rs.  160  per 
acre  in  the  first  year.  You  will  remember  that  the  Citronella  may 
give  a  gross  return  of  Rs.  51  to  Rs.  53  for  the  same  period.  The 
ease  with  which  these  products  are  cultivated  is  remarkable.  All 
that  is  necessary  is  to  make  holes,  mamoty  wide  and  mamoty 
deep,  and  plant  young  shoots  in  rainy  weather.  Nearly  all  the 
plants  will  grow  well,  and  the  grass  can  usually  be  cut  and 
distilled  six  months  after  planting. 

Constituents  Removed.— In  comparing  the  value  of  Lemon 
grass  as  against  Citronella,  it  is  as  well  to  bear  in  mind  the  effect 
of  cultivating  these  products  on  the  soil.  In  each  case  the  weight 
of  grass  removed  is  considerable,  and  it  is  somewhat  surprising 
that  crops  so  exhausting  can  be  grown  on  relatively  poor  soils.  In 
order  to  emphasise  this  point  I  now   quote  the  results  of  analyses 


103 

made  by  Mr.  Bruce,  which  show  that  every  10,000  lb.  of  Lemon 
grass  contain  about  65  lb.  of  potash,  12  lb.  of  nitrogen,  12  lb.  of 
lime,  and  9  lb.  of  phosphoric  acid.  The  same  quantity  of  Citron- 
ella  grass  removes  less  potash  and  lime  but  more  nitrogen  and 
phosphoric  acid.  The  weight  of  Citronella  grass  per  acre  is 
usually  much  greater  than  that  of  Lemon  grass,  and  is  in  most 
cases  the  more  exhausting  of  the  two. 

Sufficient  has  been  said  to  show  that  we  have  in  Lemon  grass 
and  Citronella  two  products  which  can  be  regarded  as  catch  crops 
since  they  gave  a  return  six  months  from  planting  ;  the  cultivation 
is  simple,  the  plants  are  very  hardy  and  seem  to  be  compairatively 
free  from  disease.  They  can  be  grown  on  poor  soils  in  a  very 
large  part  of  this  Island,  and  there  is  a  fair  demand  for  the  oil. 
It  is  proposed  to  publish  the  results  in  detail  in  the  Magazine  of 
the  Society,  and  to  show  by  means  of  diagrams  and  photographs 
the  nature  of  the  plants  and  also  the  machinery,  used  in  these 
industries,  and  it  is  therefore  unnecessary  for  me  to  prolong  my 
remarks. 

THE   DISCUSSION. 

H.  E.  the  Governor  :  You  mentioned  that  the  cost  was  Rs. 
30  an  acre  ? 

Mr.  Wright:  That  was  for  cutting  the  grass,  transporting,  and 
distilling,  and  also  weeding. 

H.  E.  the  Governor  :  Does  anybody  know  about  the  range  of 
these  grasses — the  elevations  at  which  they  would  grow  .? 

Mr.  Wright  :  Hitherto  they  have  been  confined  to  the  South- 
ern Province  ;  and  this  is  the  first  time,  I  believe,  that  we  have 
grown  them  at  2,000  feet  elevation  at  Peradeniya. 

H.  E.  the  Governor  :  I  have  seen  some  plants  growing  very 
freely  at  Nuwara  Eliya,  6,000  feet  elevation,  apparently  in  Patana 
land  ? 

Mr.  Wright  :  Citronella  grass,  as  is  well-known,  is  a  variety  of 
the  Mana  grass,  which  grows  wild.  Wherever  Mana  grows  you 
might  undoubtedly  grow  Citronella  grass. 

H.  E.  the  Governor  :  We  might  try  it  somewhere  in  the  hill 
country. 

Mr.  Wright  mentioned  the  Horton  Plains. 

The  Hon.  Mr.  J.  FERGUSON  enquired  if  Mr.  Wright  would 
recommend  planters  who  had  Mana  grass  fields  to  try  Lemon 
grass  or  Citronella. 

Mr.,WRIGHT  thought  there  would  be  no  objection  provided  the 
planting  was  considered  a  part  of  the  co-operative  experiments 
being  carried  on  by  the  Department.  Any  particular  product  that 
the  authorities  considered  experimental  they  would  help  the 
planters  to  grow,  provided  they  gave  the  results  in  return. 

The  Hon.  Mr.  J.  FERGUSON :  Are  co-operative  experiments  to 
be  introduced  at  different  elevations  ? 

Mr.  WRIGHT  said  that  was  a  matter  they  wished  to  see  brought 
forward.  They  would  carry  out  experiments  and  see  if  certain 
plants  would  grow  at  every  thousand  feet  elevation. 


104 

Mr.  Ferguson  remarked  it  would  be  well  for  the  Society  to  get 
planters  to  make  co-operative  experiments.  As  regarded  eleva- 
tion, Mr.  Campbell  mentioned  to  him  that  in  the  Himalayas  at 
7,000  feet  elevation  that  grass  grew. 

H.  E.  the  Governor  :  What  I  observed  two  days  ago  showed 
that  this  grass  will  grow  up  to  7,000  feet ;  we  can  try  several 
elevations.  We  have  got  at  the  present  moment  a  certain  number 
of  gentlemen  in  various  parts  of  the  Colony  who  are  prepared  to 
assist  us  in  experiments,  and  whose  names  are  noted  as  being 
affiliated  for  the  purpose. 

Variation  in  Yield  at  Certain  Seasons.— Mr.  Ferguson  : 
Mr.  Wright  might  be  able  to  give  us  details  as  regards  crops  in 
relation  to  acreage. 

Mr.  Wright  said  that  there  was  a  great  variation  in  the  weight 
of  grass  obtained  at  certain  times  of  the  year  and  in  the  weight 
of  the  oil.  In  the  case  of  Citronella,  taking  three  seasons' 
records  it  roughly  worked  out  at  I  lb.  of  oil  from  250  lbs.  grass. 
Oa  the  other  hand  from  Lemon  grass  they  roughly  got  I  lb.  of 
oil  from  5 00  lb.  grass.  Lemon  grass,  of  course,  was  smaller. 
He  pointed  out  that  at  the  end  of  the  dry  season  they  got  more 
oil  from  a  given  quantity  of  grass. 

Soil  Exhaustion  and  Rotation. — Dr.  H.  M.  Fernando 
remarked  that  it  was  well-known  that  Citronella  grass  exhausted 
the  soil  to  a  great  extent,  would  it  therefore  be  advisable  to  plant 
it  as  a  catch  crop  among  coco-nuts,  etc.? 

Mr.  Wright  explained  that  Citronella  was  very  exhausting  to 
the  soil  if  grown  alone,  but  if  it  was  associated  with  other  products 
the  exhaustion  was  far  from  being  at  all  dangerous  to  cultivation. 
If  at  the  end  of  two  or  three  years  they  did  not  re-open  land  in 
Citronella  or  Lemon  grass  but  adopted  a  rotation  crop,  either  of 
crotalaria,  or  ground  nuts,  or  even  chillies — he  had  seen  that 
product  used  in  the  Southern  Province — they  would  get  better 
results  from  the  soil  after  that.  Of  course,  if  they  did  not  grow 
anything  with  coco-nuts  or  cocoa  or  rubber  the  land  would  lose 
all  the  same  by  being  allowed  to  remain  exposed. 

Mr.  Ferguson  pointed  out  that  the  gross  return  from  Lemon 
grass  was  given  at  Rs.  160  an  acre,  and  Citronella  Rs.  54.  Was 
there  any  particular  reason  for  the  difference  .■' 

Adulterated  Oil.— Wr.  Wright  explained  that  in  the  old 
days  Citronella  oil  obtained  a  better  price  than  Lemon  grass  oil. 
The  price  was  simply  the  result  of  the  greater  demand  for  the  one 
article  than  the  other.  They  might  be  able  to  raise  the  price  of 
Citronella  oil  by  exporting  it  under  a  Government  guarantee  of 
purity.     At  the  present  time  Citronella  oil  was  simply  adulterated. 

H.  E.  the  Governor  :  Am  I  to  understand  that  the  price 
obtained  for  Citronella  oil,  at  the  present  time,  is  the  price  of 
adultei^ated  Citronella  oil  exported  from  Ceylon  ? 

Mr.  Wright  : — It  is  the  price  of  crude,  unfiltered  oil. 

The  Hon.  Mr.  W.  H.  JACKSON  wished  to  know  if  any  analysis 
had  been  made  of  the  waste  grass  after  the  oil  had  been  expressed. 


105 

He  had  seen  it  used  for  stocking  the  still.  It  might  be  returned 
to  the  soil. 

Mr.  Wright  remarked  that  he,  too,  had  seen  it  used  as  fuel  and 
also  to  feed  cattle  which  seemed  to  relish  it  greatly.  The  only 
thing  that  was  lost  by  using  it  as  fuel  was  the  nitrogen.  The 
potash  would  be  there  and  the  lime.  The  ashes  might  be  used  on 
the  land. 

Planting  up  Patanas.— The  Hon.  Mr.  W.  H.  Jackson  said 
that  if  the  grass  grew  like  Mana  they  might  try  it  on  waste  land 
which,  in  places,  grew  nothing  but  Mana. 

H.  E.  the  Governor  :  That  is  what  is  proposed  to  do  near 
Hakgala — to  grow  it  on  Patana  land. 

Mr.  WRIGHT: — I  have  already  established  places  at  Band- 
arawela.     Will  that  place  answer  ? 

The  Hon.  Mr.  W.  H.  JACKSON  :— I  think  so.  That  is  about  the 
barest  place. 


II.  Lemon-Grass  Oil  from  Montserrat* 

A  specimen  of  lemon-grass  oil  was  forwarded  to  the  Imperial 
Institute  in  September,  1903,  by  the  Hon.  F.  Watts,  Government 
Analytical  and  Agricultural  Chemist  to  the  Leeward  Islands,  with 
the  request  that  its  commercial  value  might  be  ascertained. 

In  the  letter  accompanying  the  sample,  analyses  of  this  and 
other  West  Indian  lemon-grass  oils  were  given,  and  the  character- 
istic partial  solubility  of  these  oils  in  alcohol  was  noted.  No 
information  was  given,  however,  regarding  the  exact  botanical  ori- 
gin of  the  Montserrat  oil,  and  as  a  knowledge  of  this  point  is  of 
some  importance  in  placing  such  products  on  the  market  a  request 
was  made  for  a  herbarium  specimen  of  the  plant  from  which  the 
oil  was  distilled,  in  order  that  it  might  be  identified  ;  at  the  same 
time  a  larger  sample  of  the  oil  was  asked  for.  These  supplement- 
ary materials  were  received  in  January,  1904. 
Identification  of  the  Plant. 

The  herbarium  specimen  of  the  plant  was  submitted  for  exami- 
nation to  the  Director  of  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  who  identified 
it  as  Andropogon  nardiis,  L.  var  genuinus,  Hack,  which  is  commonly 
known  as  the  true  lemon-grass. 

Chemical  examination  of  the  oil. 

The  oil  was  examined  in  the  Scientific  and  Technical  Depart- 
ment of  the  Imperial  Institute,  and  gave  the  following  results  : 

The  specimen  measured  about  eight  fluid  ounces,  and  consisted 
of  clear,  limpid,  yellow  liquid,  with  a  pleasant  lemon  grass  odour. 
It  dissolved  to  the  extent  of  about  97  per  cent,  in  70  per  cent, 
alcohol,  and  on  distillation  about  25  per  cent,  of  the  oil  was  ob- 
tained between  l8o°-220°  c,  and  50  per  cent.,  which  was  princi- 
pally citral,  between  220°-230'c. 

The  following  table  shows  the  analytical  results  obtained  with 
the  Montserrat  oil  both  at  the  Imperial  Institute  and  in  the  West 

*  From  Bulletin  of  the  Imperial  Institute,  II. 


io6 

Indies,  and  for  convenience  of  comparison  the  corresponding 
figures  for  commercial  lemon-grass  oil  distilled  in  India  from 
Andropogeu  citratus. 


Montserrat  Lemon- 
grass  Oil. 

East  Indian 

Imperial 
Institute 
Analysis. 

Mr.  Watts' 
Analysis. 

Lemon-grass 

Oil. 

Specific  gravity  at  15"  c.  ... 
Angle  of    rotation    in    lOO 

m.m. tube 
Citral    determined    by  the 

sodium  bi-sulphite  method 

0906 
— 0  10' 

74-6:^ 

0-886 
— 0  126' 

74-2/^ 

0-899  to  0903 
-M°25  to  3°5' 
70  to  7S7o 

These  results  indicate  that  the  Montserrat  oil  contains  as  large 
a  proportion  of  the  valuable  constituent  citral  as  the  East  Indian 
oil,  and  only  differs  from  the  latter  product  in  being  incompletely 
soluble  in  70  per  cent,  alcohol. 

Lemon-grass  is  now  principally  employed  as  a  source  of  citral, 
and  the  commercial  value  of  the  oil  depends  principally  upon  the 
amount  of  this  constitutent  contained  in  it. 

Commercial  valuation  of  the  oil. 

Specimens  of  the  oil,  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  results 
of  its  chemical  examination,  virere  submitted  to  dealers  in  essential 
oils  both  in  this  country  and  on  the  Continent  for  commercial 
valuation.  The  reports  from  these  firms  indicated  that,  although 
in  some  cases  there  was  a  tendency  to  quote  a  low  price  (4jd.  per 
oz.)  for  this  oil  owing  to  its  being  incompletely  soluble  in  alcohol, 
yet  the  general  opinion  appeared  to  be  that,  if  placed  regularly 
on  the  market  in  fair  quantities,  it  would  be  worth  from  5d.  to  6d. 
per  ounce,  which  is  about  the  price  of  good  quality  East  Indian 
oil  at  the  present  time. 

These  results  indicate  that  Montserrat  lemon  grass  oil,  in  spite 
of  its  peculiar  partial  insolubility  in  alcohol,  would  probably  find 
a  ready  sale  at  remunerative  prices  in  this  country  and  on  the 
Continent. 


AGRICULTURE  OF  PORTO  RICO.* 

Porto  Rico  is  essentially  an  agricultural  country.  This  follows, 
as  a  natural  result,  the  even  climate,  the  cheap  labour,  and  the 
good  market  for  the  various  products  of  the  soil. 

*  From  Register  of  Porto  Rico  for  1905,  Compiled  brj  the  Secretary  of  Porto  Rico,  December 
1905. 


107 

Since  the  American  occupation  there  has  been  a  steady  increase 
in  the  acreage  under  cultivation,  and,  owing  to  the  generally  good 
prices  obtained  in  the  fiscal  year  just  passed  a  marked  impetus 
has  been  given  to  the  raising  of  sugar,  coffee,  cattle,  tobacco, 
cotton,  citrus  fruits,  pineapples,  cocoanuts,  &c. 

Land  suitable  for  agricultural  purposes  has  increased  at  least 
20  ^  in  value  during  the  past  year,  and  hardly  an  acre  of  ground 
within  a  radius  of  15  miles  of  San  Juan  can  now  be  purchased  for 
less  than  $100.  In  the  country  districts,  within  easy  access  of 
the  railroad  or  macadam  roads,  fairly  good  land  will  average  $40 
per  acre  ;  and  in  the  interior  and  in  places  remote  from  transporta- 
tion, grazing  land  can  still  be  purchased  as  low  as  $5  to  $10 
per  acre. 

Much  credit  is  due  to  the  United  States  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station  for  its  practical  demonstrations  of  what  crops  can 
be  grown  to  advantage  in  Porto  Rico,  and  of  the  most  modern 
methods  of  cultivation.  This  information  is  made  public  by 
bulletins  issued  by  them  from  time  to  time. 

There  has  been  a  marked  increase  in  the  importation  of  modern 
agricultural  implements,  which  admit  of  the  cultivation  of  larger 
tracts  of  land  with  little  additional  labour. 

Fertilizer  is  also  used  much  more  extensively  than  in  former 
years,  and  in  order  to  guarantee  the  quality  of  the  same,  the  last 
Legislative  Assembly  of  Porto  Rico  passed  an  Act  to  regulate  the 
registration  and  inspection  of  commercial  fertilizers,  fertilizer 
materials  and  chemicals  in  Porto  Rico.  This  law  makes  it  a 
misdemeanour  to  sell  for  offer  or  sale  in  this  island  any  fertilizer 
or  fertilizer  material  which  does  not  conform  to  the  formula  given 
on  the  tag  attached  to  the  package. 

As  a  further  incentive  to  agricultural  pursuits,  the  Legislative 
Assembly  appropriated  the  sum  of  $10,000  for  the  development 
of  the  fibre  plants  of  the  island,  this  sum  to  be  expended  under 
the  direction  of  the  Governor  in  the  purchase  of  fibre  or  other 
product  grown  by  planters  on  the  island,  the  purchase  and  opera- 
tion of  machinery  for  the  preparation  of  such  products  for  market- 
ing, or  in  such  other  ways  as  in  his  opinion  will  best  tend  to  the 
demonstration  of  the  possibilities  of  growing  and  marketing  such 
products  upon  a  remunerative  basis  to  persons  engaging  in  such 
work. 

In  order  to  afi'ord  every  possible  protection  to  coff'ee,  cotton, 
and  citrus  fruits,  the  last  Legislature  also  passed  a  law  to  guard 
against  the  importation  of  plant  diseases  or  insects  harmful  to 
plants.  This  law  provides  that  no  coffee  tree  or  plant,  or  any 
portion  thereof,  or  the  seeds  of  same  (except  roasted  coffee  for 
domestic  consumption),  and  no  rooted  citrus  plants  or  cuttings, 
and  no  cotton  seed,  seed  cotton,  cotton  lint,  loose  or  in  bales  shall 
be  brought  into  the  island  of  Porto  Rico  from  any  state  or 
territory  or  other  country  whatsoever,  without  having  attached 
thereto  in  a  prominent  and  conspicuous  place,  a  certificate  under 
oath  signed  by  a  duly  authorized  state  or  government  entomologist, 
stating  that  such  trees,  plants,  roots,  seed  hulls  or  seed,  and  any 


io8 

and  all  portions  thereof  are  free  from  disease  ;  provided  that  in 
the  case  of  cotton  seed,  seed  cotton,  cotton  seed  hulls  or  cotton 
lint,  such  certificate  shall  state  in  addition  that  the  shipment 
originated  in  a  locality  where,  by  actual  inspection  by  said  attest- 
ing official  or  his  agent,  the  Mexican  Boll  Weevil  was  not  found 
to  exist. 

Sugar  has  been  grown  in  Porto  Rico  since  1548  and  unquestion- 
ably has  now  supplanted  coffee  as  the  chief  source  of  the  Island's 
wealth. 

For  the  fiscal  year  1904-1905  there  was  exported  (almost  entirely 
to  the  United   States)  271,325,118   lbs.  of  an   estimated  value  of 
$11,925,804,  as  against  259,294,060   lbs.  of  an  estimated  value  of 
$8,690,814  for  the  fiscal  year  1903-1904. 

The  good  price  obtained  for  last  season's  crop  has  boomed  the 
sugar  industry  of  the  Island  and  great  activity  is  now  being  shown 
in  the  opening  up  of  new  land,  formally  used  only  for  grazing 
purposes,  in  order  to  supply  the  growing  capacities  of  the  mills. 
New  centrals  have  been  built,  others  are  in  course  of  construction 
and  all  the  old  factories  of  any  importance  are  installing  modern 
machinery. 

The  introduction  of  improved  agricultural  implements  into  the 
island  during  the  past  few  years,  has  permitted  the  more  rapid 
exploitation  of  great  areas  of  land  at  a  considerably  less  rate  of 
expense  than  was  formerly  possible.  The  use  of  fertilizer  has 
become  more  prevalent  and  has  amply  repaid  those  who  have 
made  use  of  it. 

The  manufacture  of  sugar  can  be  undertaken  profitably  only  by 
capitalists,  and  on  a  large  scale  with  modern  machinery.  Sugar 
land  is  easily  worth  $100  per  acre  and  a  sugar  central  will  cost 
approximately  $1,000,000.  A  net  profit  of  $75,  to  $100  is  a  fair 
yield  per  acre. 

COFFEE. 
Coffee,  which  has  always  formed  one  of  the  three  principal 
staples  of  the  island,  is  now  attracting  much  interest  in  the 
United  States,  and  the  tide  of  public  opinion  seems  to  have  at 
last  turned  in  its  favour.  This  is  evidenced  by  the  fact  that 
previous  to  the  Spanish-American  war  but  one-half  of  one  per 
cent,  of  the  coffee  crop  of  the  island  went  to  the  United  States, 
while  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30th,  1903,  the  States  took 
three  per  cent,  of  the  crop,  and  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30th, 
1905,  they  took  nine  per  cent.  This  shows  a  steady  increase  in 
the  quanthy  exported  to  the  United  States,  and,  as  a  convert  to 
Porto  Rican  coffee  can  never  be  induced  to  use  anything  else,  it 
is  confidently  expected  that  in  the  near  future  the  coffee  crop  of 
Porto  Rico  will  again  reach  the  high  water  mark  of  60,000,000 
pounds  as  in  1896,  and  will  be  almost  entirely  consumed  in  the 
United  States.  Every  effort  is  being  made  to  create  a  market 
there  for  the  Porto  Rican  bean  and  the  last  Legislative  Assembly 
passed  an  Act  providing  for  the  establishment  of  a  Commercial 
Agency  in  the  United  States  for  the  sale  of  coffee  and  other 
products  of  Porto  Rico.     This   agency  is  now  open  for  business 


109 

at  No.  91  Wall  Street,  New  York  City,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
agent  in  charge  to  correspond  with  the  coffee  planters  and  dealers, 
and  other  producers  in  Porto  Rico,  with  a  view  of  putting  such 
growers  and  producers  in  direct  communication  with  purchasers 
of  such  products  and  to  promote  in  every  way  possible  the 
opportunity  for  growers  and  producers  to  market  their  products 
directly  with  purchasers.  All  products  consigned  to  the  agency 
will  be  disposed  of  to  the  best  advantage  and  without  charge  to  the 
shipper  other  than  for  cost  of  transportation,  storage,  and  actual 
expenses  incurred  in  marketing  the  same. 

Coffee  can  be  grown  profitably  on  nearly  all  kinds  of  soils, 
provided  there  is  a  good  drainage.  Virgin  forest  soil  on  the 
mountain  sides,  however,  is  the  best,  and  much  of  this  land  can 
still  be  had  for  about  $10  per  acre.  In  order  that  the  Porto  Rican 
coffee  may  command  the  highest  prices  it  must  be  able  to  compete 
with  the  fine  grades  of  Java  coffee.  With  this  end  in  view  the 
Coffee  Experiment  Station  is  now  experimenting  with  fine  coffees 
from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Samples  of  these  and  their  breedings 
will  be  sent  to  the  United  States  markets,  and  after  it  has  been 
demonstrated  which  best  suit  the  American  taste,  these  selected 
varieties  will  be  recommended  to  the  coffee  growers  and,  if 
possible,  seeds  or  seedlings  will  be  placed  at  their  disposal. 
Experiments  are  also  under  way  to  increase  the  production  per 
acre,  which  now  averages  about  250  pounds  as  against  a  far 
larger  output  in  other  countries.  Until  quite  recent  years  the 
cultivation  of  coffee  was  conducted  in  a  very  primitive  way,  but 
the  cultivation  now  is  conducted  along  up  to  date  lines  and  seed 
and  nursery  beds  are  found  in  the  coffee  districts  where  a  few 
years  ago  only  volunteer  plants  were  used. 

TOBACCO. 

The  poor  prices  paid  for  ordinary  leaf  tobacco  on  the  field 
during  the  past  two  years,  disheartened  the  farmers,  and,  in  con- 
sequence, the  1905  crop  was  a  very  small  one.  There  was  a  good 
demand  this  season  and  much  higher  prices  were  paid,  and  the 
few  fortunate  farmers  who  had  not  exchanged  their  crops  for 
provisions  or  sold  their  field  of  tobacco  before  picking,  made  very 
fair  profits.  It  was  a  somewhat  unusual  occurrence  for  the  bulk 
of  the  profit  to  be  made  by  the  farmers,  as  they  usually  sell  to 
speculators,  who,  in  turn,  sell  to  the  factories.  The  farmers  have 
been  greatly  encouraged  by  the  rise  in  price  and  knowledge  that 
in  future  the  factories  will  buy  direct  from  them,  and  as  a  result 
a  large  crop  is  being  prepared  for  1906. 

The  new  system  of  picking  the  leaves  for  wrappers  from  the 
standing  plants  and  drying  separately  from  the  stalk,  has  given 
very  good  results,  and  wrappers  treated  in  this  way  have  greatly 
improved  in  quality  and  have  brought  a  much  better  price. 
Tobacco  grown  under  cheese-cloth  continues  to  give  good  results  ; 
this  method  of  planting  is  gradually  extending  and  proves  very 
profitable  if  carried  out  on  a  large  scale. 

The  cuhivation  and  curing  of  leaf  tobacco  in  Porto  Rico  is 
still  in  a  very   crude  state :    the  land  is  badly  prepared  and  the 


no 

seed  not  judiciously  selected  ;  for  instance,  some  districts  whose 
speciality  is  fillers  use  the  same  seed  as  those  that  grow  tobacco 
for  wrappers,  and  vice  versa :  there  is  no  uniformity  of  leaves 
among  the  plants,  the  seed  principally  used  is  mixed,  and  there- 
fore, gives  a  variety  of  plants ;  and  finally,  practically  no  fer- 
tilizing is  done,  although  an  increase  of  from  25  to  30  per  cent,  can 
be  obtained  by  its  careful  application.  It  is  worthy  of  note,  how- 
ever, that  the  stimulus  of  this  year's  good  prices  has  made  the 
farmers  more  careful  in  the  selection  of  seed,  in  cultivating  and 
in  fertilizing. 

The  style  of  barn  in  which  the  drying  is  carried  on  (very  little 
curing  being  done  by  the  farmers)  is  responsible  for  the  spoiling 
of  half  the  tobacco  brought  in  from  the  fields,  they  are  usually 
open  at  the  sides  and  the  tobacco  is  at  the  mercy  of  the  wind  and 
rain.  Very  fine  tobacco  is  often  destroyed  by  careless  handling 
and  improperly  built  barns,  and  tobacco  which  would  be  worth 
$15  to  $18  per  quintal  if  properly  dried,  will  not  bring  more  than 
$10  or  $12  if  carelessly  handled.  The  barns  should  be  so  con- 
structed that  they  may  be  immediately  and  tightly  closed,  or 
opened  for  ventilation. 

There  is  a  great  future  for  leaf  tobacco  in  Porto  Rico,  especi- 
ally for  light  wrappers,  if  modern  methods  are  adopted,  but  it  is 
difhcult  to  persuade  the  average  farmer  to  give  up  his  old  way  of 
doing  things. 

CATTLE. 

Cattle  raising  in  Porto  Rico  has  always  been  a  profitable  busi- 
ness, as  there  is  a  continual  demand  both  for  beef  cattle  and  for 
draught  animals.  Some  few  American  mules  and  horses  have 
been  imported  for  ploughing  and  other  agricultural  work,  but, 
while  they  accomplish  more  in  a  given  time,  they  are  more  ex- 
pensive to  keep,  as  they  require  grain  if  used  for  heavy  work. 
Oxen,  on  the  contrary,  feed  entirely  on  grass,  and,  although  slow, 
are  steady  workers  and  accomplish  a  great  deal  of  work.  Practi- 
cally all  the  hauling  to  the  towns  in  the  Island  which  are  not 
connected  by  railroad,  is  done  by  bullock  teams  which  draw  im- 
mense loads.  While  it  is  true  that,  owing  to  the  increased  area 
which  is  being  devoted  to  the  raising  of  cane,  the  available  pas- 
turage has  been  greatly  reduced,  still  there  is  plenty  of  land  in 
the  interior  of  the  Island  suitable  for  cattle  raising,  which  can  be 
bought  for  from  five  to  ten  dollars  an  acre.  Prior  to  the  American 
occupation  there  was  a  large  export  trade  to  Cuba  and  adjacent 
islands,  but  this  has  been  gradually  falling  off,  as  is  shown  by  the 
fact  that  13,110  cattle  were  exported  during  the  fiscal  year 
1903-1904,  while  only  8,185  were  exported  during  the  fiscal  year 
1904-1905. 

The  native  horses,  though  small  in  size,  are  tough  and  wiry,  and 
as  they  live  exclusively  on  grass  they  are  inexpensive  to  keep. 
They  make  good  coach  and  saddle  horses  and  almost  all  the  travel 
from  one  part  of  the  island  to  another  is  done  either  by  coach  or 
on  horseback. 


Ill 

The  native  mules,  although  small,  make  very  satisfactory  pack 
animals,  and  are  used  extensively  for  the  transportation  of  coffee 
from  the  mountains  to  the  shipping  points. 

All  the  livestock  in  Porto  Rico  has  deteriorated  greatly  owing 
to  the  continual  in-breeding,  but  steps  have  been  taken  to  improve 
the  breeds  by  crossing  with  good  stock  brought  from  the  United 
States. 

CITRUS  FRUITS. 

It  is  estimated  that  there  are  7,000  acres  under  cultivation  at 
this  time  in  citrus  fruits,  of  which  about  tSI.  is  planted  in  oranges, 
257'  in  grape  fruit  (pomelo)  and  %%  in  lemons.  This  acreage  is 
continually  increasing  and  there  will  be  approximately  1,500 
acres  more  planted  during  the  next  twelve  months.  Among  the 
varieties  of  oranges  most  commonly  planted  here  are  the  Parson 
Brown,  Ruby,  Washington  Navel,  Pineapple,  Hart's  Late,  Val- 
encia Late,  Enterprise  Seedless,  Jaffa  and  the  native  :  and  among 
the  grapefruit  are  the  Duncan,  Walters,  Bowen,  Marsh  Seedless 
and  Thomson  Seedless.  This  acreage  has  all  been  set  out  in 
citrus  fruits  since  the  American  occupation,  and  although  sufficient 
time  has  not  yet  elapsed  for  the  marketing  of  a  full  crop,  yet 
some  shipments  were  made  from  these  groves  last  winter  which 
reached  New  York  in  good  condition  and  brought  a  fair  price. 
This  has  demonstrated  that  Porto  Rican  oranges,  if  intelligently 
handled,  have  the  necessary  keeping  qualities  and  will  bring  good 
prices.  In  past  years  shipments  were  made  of  the  native  orange 
gathered  from  trees  scattered  around,  but  they  were  shaken  from 
the  trees,  carried  to  the  point  from  which  shipment  was  made  in 
baskets  on  pack  animals,  and  then  packed  promiscuously  in  boxes 
and  barrels  without  any  attempt  at  sorting.  Naturally  this  fruit 
arrived  at  its  destination  in  poor  condition  and  required  so  much 
re-handling  and  sorting  that  there  was  very  little  margin  for 
profit,  and  the  Porto  Rican  orange  acquired  the  reputation  of  being 
a  poor  shipper.  Now,  however,  that  the  oranges  can  be  gathered 
from  the  groves  where  they  receive  intelligent  supervision  from 
the  time  they  are  picked  until  they  are  placed  aboard  the  steamers, 
it  will  take  but  little  time  to  overcome  any  bad  impressions  that 
may  have  been  created. 

The  present  rate  of  freight  from  Porto  Rico  to  New  York  on  a 
box  of  oranges  is  about  28  cents,  as  compared  with  35  cents 
freight  and  56  cents  duty  from  Cuba,  98  cents  freight  from  Cali- 
'ornia,  and  72  cents  freight  from  Florida.  This  allows  quite  a 
margin  in  favour  of  the  native  fruit  as  far  as  the  question  of 
freight  rate  is  concerned.  While  it  is  true  that  the  two  steamship 
companies  running  between  Porto  Rico  and  New  York  do  not  at 
this  time  provide  adequate  facilities  for  the  shipping  of  fruit,  yet 
they  have  made  every  assurance  that  as  soon  as  there  is  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  fruit  to  warrant  it,  they  will  undoubtedly  meet 
the  situation. 

A  careful  study  of  the  conditions  in  Porto  Rico  would  seem  to 
indicate  that  in  order  to  obtain  the  best  results,  oranges  and  grape- 
fruit should  be  budded  on  the  native  rough  lemon  stock.     In  a 


112 

majority  of  the  groves  the  trees  are  set  out  25  feet  apart,  making 
about  70  trees  to  the  acre.  One  advantage  of  this  system  is  that 
pineapples  may  be  planted  between  the  rows  for  the  first  two  or 
three  years.  The  principal  drawbacks  with  which  the  orange 
growers  here  have  to  contend  are  the  wind,  scale  and  ants  ;  the 
former  may  be  overcome  by  a  wind-break,  and  the  scale  and  ants 
can  be  kept  within  bounds  by  constant  spraying  and  washing. 

The  Porto  Rico  citrus  fruit  proposition  is  an  enticing  one  and 
there  is  apparently  little  risk  in  the  venture.  It  does  not  require 
a  large  capital,  as  nursery  trees  of  all  kinds  can  be  bought  in 
Porto  Rico  at  $25.00  a  hundred  ;  land,  according  to  location,  from 
$20.00  to  $100.00  per  acre,  and  unlimited  labour  can  be  secured 
at  from  30  to  50  cents  a  day.  There  is  absolutely  no  reason  why 
a  grove  that  has  received  careful  and  intelligent  cultivation  should 
not  return  to  the  grower  a  net  profit  of  $200.00  per  acre  at  the  end 
of  the  fifth  year  and  a  proportionately  greater  profit  in  the  suc- 
ceeding years. 

PINEAPPLES. 

Pineapple  culture  has  been  taken  up  largely  by  the  orange 
growers  as  a  means  of  deriving  some  income  while  waiting  for 
their  groves  to  come  into  bearing.  When  planted  between  the 
rows  of  trees,  about  4,000  pineapple  plants  can  be  set  out  to  the 
acre  without  interfering  with  the  trees,  and  when  planted  by  them- 
selves from  8,000  to  10,000  pines  can  be  set  out  to  the  acre.  The 
pines  which  appear  to  grow  best  in  Porto  Rico  are  the  Red  Spanish, 
the  Cabezona,  the  Pan  de  Azucar  and  the  Smooth  Cayenne.  Red 
Spanish  is  the  favourite  with  the  planter  as  it  has  shown  good 
keeping  qualities  and  shipments  have  brought  on  an  average  of 
$2.50  per  crate,  thus  allowing  a  handsome  profit  to  the  grower. 
The  good  returns  from  last  season's  crop  has  resulted  in  the  plant- 
ing of  a  greatly  increased  acreage  and  it  is  estimated  that  at  least 
4,000,000  plants  have  been  set  out  this  year. 

The  climate  of  Porto  Rico  seems  to  be  peculiarly  adapted  to 
the  raising  of  pineapples  and  careful  cultivation  and  a  little  fertil- 
izer show  a  corresponding  increase  in  the  size  of  the  fruit.  Several 
canning  factories  are  now  in  operation  and  as  a  good  supply  of 
fruit  is  now  assured,  more  factories  will  soon  be  erected. 

COTTON. 

Forty  years  ago  the  cultivation  of  cotton  in  Porto  Rico  had  de- 
veloped into  an  important  industry,  the  larger  portion  of  the  crop 
being  planted  in  the  southern  districts.  From  1879  to  1903,  how- 
ever, the  cultivation  of  cotton  was  practically  abandoned.  In 
1903  interest  in  cotton  was  again  revived  and  some  few  farmers 
planted  small  tracts  as  an  experiment.  The  quality  of  the  fibre 
obtained  was  so  desirable  that  the  acreage  has  been  gradually  in- 
creased and  it  is  estimated  tliat  there  are  now  about  6,000  acres 
under  cultivation.  The  quality  of  the  fibre  of  the  crop  of  1904  met 
with  favour  both  in  the  United  States  and  in  Europe,  but  this  year 
the  fibre  has  been  found  to  be  very  weak  and  inferior  and  the 
planter  has  been  discouraged  by  the  low  prices  obtained.  It  is 
claimed  by  the  cotton  experts  on  the  island  that  the  inferiority  of 


113 

this  year's  crop  is  due  to  tiie  fact  that  poor  land  was  used  for  plant- 
ing, that  fertilizer  was  not  used,  that  the  cultivation  was  indifferent, 
and  that  the  cotton  was  picked  before  it  had  sufficiently  matured. 

Experiments  have  proved  that  a  good  quality  of  of  Sea  Island 
cotton  can  be  grown  in  Porto  Rico  which  will  average  a  yield  of 
1,200  to  1,700  pounds  per  acre.  Suitable  land  can  be  procured 
for  about  $40.00  per  acre. 

As  yet  neither  the  Boll  Weevil  nor  other  serious  pests  has  made 
its  appearance.  The  caterpillars  have  done  some  inconsiderable 
damage  but  they  were  quickly  exterminated  by  the  use  of  Paris 
Green — they  only  attacked  the  leaves  and  generally  left  the  bolls 
uninjured. 

COCO-NUTS. 

Coco-nut  trees  are  scattered  all  through  the  island  but  grow  to 
best  advantage  along  the  coast,  and  where  these  trees  can  be 
found  in  any  large  number  close  to  some  shipping  point  the  coco- 
nuts can  be  handled  quite  profitably.  There  are  some  few  groves 
on  the  island  now  in  full  bearing  and  many  more  are  being  set 
out.  About  fifty  trees  are  planted  to  the  acre  and  a  good  crop 
can  be  gathered  at  the  end  of  the  seventh  year  with  a  correspond- 
ing increase  in  the  quantity  of  coco-nuts  as  the  trees  become  older. 
Coco-nut  trees  require  very  little  care  from  the  time  they  are 
planted  until  they  come  into  full  bearing,  and  land  suitable  for  the 
growing  of  coco-nuts  can  be  bought  as  low  as  $10.00  per  acre, 
but  the  price  increases  according  to  the  proximity  to  a  shipping 
point. 


THE  NATURE  AND  COMMERCIAL  USES  OF 
BEN  OIL.* 

[The  first  part  of  the  article  condenses  the  information  published 
in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Jamaica,  Jan., 
1904,  on  MORINGA,  then  comes  the  following : — ] 

A  firm  of  oil  manufacturers  in  Kingston,  Jamaica,  have  recently 
made  an  experiment  to  ascertain  the  cost  of  production  of  the  oil. 
They  paid  8s.  per  cwt.  for  the  seed,  and  found  that  the  husks 
constituted  40  per  cent,  and  the  decorticated  seeds  60  per 
cent.  The  seed  when  expressed  warm,  but  not  hot,  yielded 
about  12^  lbs.  of  oil  per  cwt.  Their  final  result  showed  a  cost  of 
£80  per  ton  for  the  oil.  A  sample  of  this  oil  was  sent  to  England 
for  valuation,  and  a  report  was  received  which  stated  that  "  Oil  of 
Ben"  was  now  superseded  by  an  oil  obtained  from  the  head  of  the 
sperm  whale,  and  that  the  value  of  the  sample  submitted  was 
about  equal  to  that  of  the  best  cotton  seed  oil. 

In  May,  1903,  a  small  specimen  of  Ben  oil  was  supplied  to  Dr. 
J.  Lewkowitsch  from  the  Imperial  Institute.  A  report  on  this 
sample  has  been  published  in  "  The  Analyst,  1903,"  vol.  28,  p.  343, 
from  which  the  following  extract  is  taken  : — "  The  chief  interest 
in  this  oil  depends  on  its  low  iodine  value  ;  this  explains  why  the 

*  From  Bulletin  of  the  Imperial  Institute.  II.,  1904,  pages  117-120.      ■ 


114 

oil  is  specially  applicable  for  lubricating  watch-springs  and  other 
delicate  machinery."     The  following  constants  were  determined  : 
Specific  gravity  at  I5°c.  (water  at  15'c. —  l)  0' 91267 

Iodine  value  ...  ...  72'  2 

Iodine  value  of  the  liquid  fatty  acids  97'  53 

Refraction  (butyro-refractometer) ...  500' 

A  sample  of  pods  and  seeds  which  were  identified  as  those  of 
Moringa  pterygospcrma  has  been  received  recently  at  the  Imperial 
Institute  from  Northern  Nigeria.  On  e.xamination  in  the  Scientific 
and  Technical  Department,  the  seeds  were  found  to  contain  38 
per  cent,  of  a  pale  yellow  oil  which  was  almost  odourless,  and 
possessed  a  bland  agreeable  taste.  This  oil  (obtained  by  extrac- 
tion with  ether)  consisted  of  a  liquid  and  a  solid  portion  which 
were  separated  by  filtration  at  17  to  iS^c.  and  separately  examined. 
The  analytical  constants  of  these  two  portions  are  given  in  the 
following  table : — 

Liquid  p  rtions.        Solid  portions. 

Specific  gravity  at  I5"c.  ... 

Acid  value 

Free  fatty  acids  (calculated  as 
oleic  acid) 

Saponification  value 

Ether  value 

Iodine  value 
Samples  of  the  seed  and  of  the  oil  were  submitted  to  brokers 
for  valuation.  They  reported  that  in  order  to  obtain  trustworthy 
commercial  quotations,  large  samples  of  the  oil  would  be  neces- 
sary for  practical  trials,  and  that  if  the  results  of  these  trials 
proved  satisfactory  the  oil  would  probably  be  able  to  compete  for 
edible  and  culinary  purposes  with  American  refined  cotton  seed 
oil,  which  is  at  present  worth  about  £22  per  ton.  The  seeds  were 
valued  at  about  £7  per  ton  delivered  in  London. 

Another  sample  of  Ben  oil  from  Jamaica  was  received  at  the 
Imperial  Institute  in  December,  1903.  It  had  a  very  slight, 
pleasant  odour,  and  an  agreeable  taste.  On  examination  in  the 
Scientific  and  Technical  Department  it  yielded  the  following  re- 
sults. When  filtered  at  I7°c.  it  was  found  that  60  per  cent,  of  the 
material  was  liquid,  whilst  the  remaining  40  per  cent,  consisted  of 
a  nearly  white  solid  fat.  The  liquid  portions  was  clear,  bright 
and  of  a  pale  yellow  colour.  The  constants  of  these  two  portions 
were  found  to  be  as  follows  : — 


0914 
153 

7-7% 
189-2 

I73'9 
707 

194-4 
68-3 

Liquid  ] 

portions. 

Solid  portions. 

Specific  gravity 

09124 

at 

15'c, 

,     08650  at  ioo°c. 

Acid  value 

8-7 

7-2 

Free  fatty  acids  (cal- 

culated as  oleic  acid) 

4-4;^ 

3-6  r 

Saponification  value 

196-3 

1936 

Ether  value 

1876 

186.4 

Iodine  value 

70-1 

652 

*  Compared  with  water  at  lo'c. 


115 

From  these  accounts  of  Ben  oil,  it  appears  that  although  it  would 
not  yield  the  extravagant  profits  expected  in  1817,  yet  if  it  could 
be  produced  at  a  sufficiently  cheap  rate  it  would  be  likely  to  find 
a  market  for  dietetic  purposes,  and  possibly  an  opening  might 
be  secured  for  the  liquid  portion  of  it  as  a  lubricant  for  fine 
machinery. 

The  cost  of  producing  the  oil  as  given  by  the  firm  of  oil  manu- 
facturers at  Kingston,  Jamaica,  appears  very  large ;  it  must  be 
pointed  out,  however,  that  the  initial  cost  of  the  seed  was  very 
considerable,  the  yield  of  oil  was  less  than  would  be  expected  from 
the  fact  that  the  decorticated  seed  contains  from  35  to  38  percent, 
of  oil,  and  no  allowance  seems  to  have  been  made  for  the  residual 
cake  which  might  be  of  value  as  a  cattle  food. 


SNAILS  AND  SLUGS.* 

NATURAL  ENEMIES. 

By  far  the  greatest  natural  checks  are  birds,  which  not  only  eat 
slugs,  but  are  especially  partial  to  snails,  breaking  their  shells 
against  a  stone  and  picking  out  the  mollusc.  Toads  are  great 
devourers  of  slugs  and  small  snails.  Poultry  and  ducks  eagerly 
search  for  them.  Centipedes  attack  slugs,  and  ants  frequently 
kill  snails,  but  none  of  the  foregoing  save  birds  do  any  appreci- 
ably good  in  keeping  down  an  excess  of  these  molluscan  creatures. 

PREVENTION  AND  REMEDIES. 

The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  tending  to  prevent  and 
lessen  the  attacks  of  these  pests  : — 

(i)  Drainage,  because  dampness  favours  them. 
(ii)  Avoid  long  manure,   or  in  fact  any  organic  manure  where 
slugs  are  abundant  in  the  soil.     Employ  artificials  for  a 
time. 
(iii)  Dry  dressings  of  some  irritant  to  kill  the  pests,     (a)  Soot 
and  lime;  (b)  salt  and  lime;  (c)  lime  and  caustic  ;  soda 
or  to  act  mechanically,  (d)  powdered  coke. 
The  lime  must  be  in  a  very  finely-divided  state  and  quite  fresh. 
Two   or  three   dressings  must   be  given,  the    second  some  15   to   30 
minutes  after   the  first.     Lime  and    caustic  soda  is    found  to  act 
best — four  parts  of  caustic  soda  to  96  of  lime  well  mixed.     Dry 
dressings,  except  powdered  coke,  should  be  applied  very  early  in 
the  morning. 

(iv)  "Rings"  of  slaked  lime  or  fine  ash  soaked  in  kerosene  may 

be  put  round  choice  plants, 
(v)  Heaps  of  bran-mash  or  moist  oatmeal  or  cornmeal  may  be 

placed  here  and  there.     These  baits  attract   the   slugs, 

which  may  then  be  easily  collected, 
(vi)  Heavy    applications  of  soot  are    best  to  keep  of¥  snails, 

which  should  be  dealt  with  mainly  by  hand  picking  and 

by  trapping  with  cabbage  leaves. 

•Extract  from  Leaflet  No.  132,  of  Board  of  Agriculture  &  Fisheries  of  England. 


Ii6 

(vii)  Rows  of  peas,  &c.,  are  best   protected  either  by  spreading 

cinders  and  lime  along  the  rows,  or  by   heavy  dressings 

of  slaked  lime, 
(viii)  Hedge  bottoms,  and  rough  herbage  at  the  base  of  walls 

should    be  cleaned    out  and  the    masses  of   hibernating 

snails  crushed, 
(ix)  Land    that    is   thoroughly    fouled    with    slugs    should    be 

treated  with  gas-lime  and  in  the  winter  deeply  trenched, 
(x)  Ducks  and  poultry  should  be  kept,  as  they  greedily  devour 

both  kinds  of  pests, 
(xi)  Birds  should  be  encouraged.     It  is  easier  to  keep  them  off 

fruit  than  to  suppress  the  snails  and  slugs  which  they 

largely  devour. 


INSECT  PESTS. 

The  following  letter  has  been  received  from  Dr.  Howard,  Chief 
of  the  Bureau  of  Entomology  of  the  U.S.  D  ;pt.  of  Agriculture. 

This  weevil  was  killing  the  Camphor  trees  at  Cinchona,  but  has 
not  been  noticed  on  any  other  trees.  If  it  be  a  fact,  as  Dr. 
Howard  supposes,  that  this  insect  pest  has  been  imported  in  some 
way  from  Central  America,  it  is  an  additional  proof  of  the  neces- 
sity of  stringent  precautions  against  such  importations  by  care- 
ful fumigation. 

Dr.   L.  O.  Howard,   Chief,  of  Bureau  of  Entomology,   Dept.  of  Agri, 
U.S.A.,  to  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Jamaica. 

Washington,  D.C. 
December  2 1st,   1905. 
Dear  Mr.  Fawcett, 

I  have  received  yours  of  the  7th  instant,  with  specimens  of 
larva  and  beetle  found  attacking  young  camphor  trees  at  the 
Botanic  Garden  at  Cinchona. 

Mr.  Schwarz  reports  that  the  weevil  is  Hilipus  clegans,  Guerin. 
of  the  family  Curculionidae.  There  are  several  hundred  species 
of  this  tropical  or  sub-tropical  genus  known  from  Central  and 
South  America,  including  a  few  species  from  the  West  Indies. 
Your  species  is  not  a  native  of  the  West  Indies,  but  has  been 
manifestly  imported  during  recent  times  from  some  part  of  Central 
America  where  the  insect  is  said  to  be  quite  abundant.  Nothing 
is  known  of  the  habits  of  any  of  the  species,  but  since  the  genus 
Hilipus  is  closely  allied  to  our  northern  pine  weevils  it  may  be 
inferred  that  they  live  under  bark  of  various  deciduous  trees.  I 
am  not  able  to  give  you  any  remedial  measures,  but  any  camphor 
tree  that  shows  the  least  sign  of  being  affected  by  the  weevil 
should  by  all  means  be  uprooted  and  burned. 

Yours  very  truly, 

L.  O.  Howard, 

Chief  of  Bureau. 


117 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  FERN  OF  GENUS  POLY- 
PODIUM  FROM  JAMAICA. 

By  William  R.  MAXON,  U.  S.  Nat.  Museum,  Washinton,  D.  C* 

Among  the  ferns  collected  in  Jamaica  by  the  writer  in  1904  is 
a  simple-leaved  Polypodium  which  is  distinct  from  the  several  re- 
lated species  of  middle  America.  It  may  be  known  as  POLYPODIUM 
NESIOTICUM,  new  species. 

Rhizome  suberect,  about  I  cm.  long,  densely  clothed  with  close- 
ly appressed  imbricate  lanceolate  dull  light-brown  scales  ;  fronds 
few,  approximate,  15  to  22  cm.  long  ;  stipe  relatively  very  short 
(I  to  2  cm.  long),  densely  beset  with  slender  spreading  rigid  red- 
dish hairs  ;  lamina  (largest)  20  5  cm.  long,  09  cm.  broad,  bright 
green,  firm,  moderately  thick,  linear-lingulate,  rather  blunt  at  the 
apex,  attenuate  and  decurrent  at  the  base,  the  under  surface 
sparsely  hairy,  the  upper  surface  glabrate,  the  margins  regularly 
marked  by  broad  shallow  undulations,  ciliate ;  midvein  apparent 
on  the  under  surface  nearly  throughout,  on  the  under  surface  con- 
cealed by  the  parenchyma  except  towards  the  base  ;  venation  free, 
the  oblique  veins  for  the  most  part  alternately  3  to  5  times  forked  ; 
sori  round,  either  terminal  or  dorsal,  wholly  superficial,  2  to  4  to 
each  group  of  veins  irregularly  disposed  in  two  or  four  interrupted 
rows. 

Jamaica — Founded  upon  a  single  specimen,  U.  S.  National 
Herbarium,  No.  520,770  from  the  vicinity  of  Vinegar  Hill,  altitude 
1200  meters  ;  William  R.  Maxon,  No.  2773  ;  June  23,  1904.  Grow- 
ing upon  the  trunk  of  a  forest  tree,  ten  feet  from  the  ground. 

The  present  species  appears  to  be  a  very  rare  member  of  a 
group  of  tropical  American  species  represented  in  Jamaica  by  the 
well  known  Polypodium  trifiircatum.  L.  and  by  P.  Faivccttii,  Baker,t 
and  P.  deiidricolum,  Jenman+  the  last  apparently  very  close  to  the 
Colombian  P. /'(7r/c//«!<;«,  Klotzsch.§  P.  Faivccttii  and  P.  deiidrico/iini 
have  been  well  distinguished  by  Jenman  [|  since  their  original 
publication.  P.  ncsiotictim  is  very  distinct  from  both,  but  for  the 
benefit  of  those  who  have  not  material  of  these  rare  species  the 
following  notes  may  be  of  use. 

P.  Fawcetiii  is  correctly  said  by  Jenman  to  be  "  infrequent  at 
4,000  to  6,000  feet  altitude  in  damp  forests  on  the  trunks  and 
branches  of  trees."  Two  numbers  (2723,  2760)  were  collected  in 
such  situations  by  the  writer  in  1903  and  1904.  It  is  character- 
ized, briefly,  by  its  dark  villous  slender  conspicuously  upright 
rhizome,  numerous  closely  set  small,  very  narrow  fronds,  and  al- 
most simple  veins, — the  sori  being  borne  in  two  rows  near  the 
midvein,  each  upon  a  short  spur  given  off  by  the  otherwise  simple 

*  Reprinted  from  SMITHSONIAN  MISCELLANEOUS  COLLECTIONS  (QUARTEELY  ISSUE) 
Tolume  47.     Published  April  5,  1905. 

^Jmirti.  Bot.  Srit.  and  For.  27  ;  270.  1889. 

t  Gai-A.  Chron.  HI.     16  ;    467.     1894. 

§  Linnaea  20 ;  373.  1847.  Illustrated  by  Kunze,  Farreukr.  2;  41.  pi.  117,  f.  1. 
1848-1851. 

II  Bull.    Bot.    Dcpl.    Jamaica  II  4 ,  68-69.     1897. 


Ii8 

vein.  In  all  these  characters  the  plant  contrasts  strongly  with  P. 
nesioticum. 

P.  dendricoluin  appears  to  be  a  very  rare  species.  Professor 
Underwood  states  (in  lift.)  that  it  is  "represented  at  Kew  only  by 
a  tracing  of  the  type,"  the  type  being  presumably  in  the  Herbarium 
of  the  Jamaican  Botanical  Department  at  [Hope  Gardens]  Kingston, 
Jamaica.*  There  is,  however,  a  single  frond  from  the  type  specimen 
preserved  in  the  Jenman  herbarium  at  New  York,  and  this  agrees 
absolutely  with  two  other  numbers  of  Jamaican  specimens,  vis.  :  one 
(without  definite  locality),  collected  by  D.  Watt  in  1903;  and  another 
from  the  slopes  of  Monkey  Hill  (above  New  Haven  Gap),  altitude 
about  1,800  meters,  Maxon,  No.  2,736  ;  both  of  which  numbers  are 
represented  in  the  herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden 
and  the  U.S.  National  Herbarium.  This  species  is  somewhat  more 
closely  related  to  P.  nesioticum  than  is  P.  Fazvcettii.  It  is  distin- 
guished by  its  reduced  stature  (5  to  7  cm.),  thicker  texture,  more 
general  villous  covering,  deeply  scalloped  (instead  of  undulate) 
margins,  simpler  venation,  and  particularly  (l)by  having  the  mid- 
vein  covered  on  both  surfaces  by  parenchyma,  and  (2)  by  what 
Jenman  calls  "  embossed  respectacles,"  i.e.,  having  the  parenchy- 
ma considerably  raised  (on  the  under  surface)  above  the  concealed 
veins  toward  their  extremities,  thus  imparting  a  marked  rugose 
effect  to  the  under  surface.  The  last  character  is  sufficient  in  it- 
self to  distinguish  P.  dendricohim  at  sight. 

The  venation  of  P.  nesioticum  is  peculiar  and  shows  an  approach 
to  that  of  P.  trifurcatum.  .  . 

BOARD    OF~AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM   MINUTES. 

The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House  on  Wednesday,  nth  April,  1906,  at  2 
p.m.,  present : — The  Hon.  H.  Clarence  Bourne,  in  the  chair,  the 
Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Superintending  Inspector  of 
Schools,  His  Grace  the  Archbishop,  the  Island  Chemist,  Messrs. 
C.  A.  T.  Fursdon,  G.  D.  Murray  and  the  Secretary. 

Commercial  Agent. — In  the  matter  of  a  Commercial  Agent  to  re- 
present Jamaica  in  London,  the  Secretary  reported  that  His  Grace 
the  Archbishop,  Mr.  G.  D.  Murray  and  himself,  (Mr.  Middleton 
being  ill  with  fever),  met  His  Excellency  in  the  forenoon  of  the 
day  of  the  meeting,  who,  after  discussing  the  matter,  promised  to 
put  it  before  the  Privy  Council. 

The  Secretary  was  directed  to  forward  to  the  Colonial  Secretary 
the  report  of  the  Committee  on  the  matter  ;  and  letters  from  Mr. 
A.  R.  Davey  of  London  to  the  Archbishop  which  the  latter 
submitted  in  confidence. 

Stwidardization  of  Rum.— The  papers  referring  to  the  standardi- 
zation of  rum  were  put  before  the  meeting,  but  as  they  had  not 
circulated  round  the  Board,  the  Secretary  was  directed  to  send 
them  on. 

*  The  type  with  Jenman"s  name  in  liis  own  handwi-iting  is  in  the  Herbarium  at 
Hope  Gardens.     Editm-  BvlMin  of  the  Deparhncnt  oj  Am-iciiltiire. 


119 

A  cutting  from  the  Glasgow  Herald  forwarded  by  the  Chemist, 
pointing  out  the  variation  of  the  contents  of  ethers  in  Jamaica  rum 
and  the  necessity  for  a  standard,  was  submitted. 

Agricultural  Don'ts. — A  letter  from  the  Superintending  Inspector 
of  Schools  to  His  Grace  the  Archbishop,  referred  to  the  Board,  was 
submitted,  asking  the  Board  if  it  could  supply  a  copy  of  "  Agricul- 
tural Don'ts"  Chart  to  every  school  in  the  island. 

After  discussion  the  Secretary  was  directed  to  write  the  Colonial 
Secretary  informing  him  that  this  Chart  has  been  prepared  at  the 
instance  of,  and  was  approved  by  the  Board,  that  it  had  been 
revised  by  and  had  the  approval  of  the  Superintending  Inspector 
of  School,  and  asking  His  Excellency  to  approve  of  the  cost  of 
such  charts  to  be  issued  to  all  schools  being  placed  on  the 
estimates  either  of  the  Agricultural  or  Education  Department  for 
next  year. 

Letters  from  the  Colonial  Secretary's  Office  were  submitted 
among  others  on  the  following  subjects  : — 

1  Salary  of  Superintendent  of  Field  Experiments. — Re  increase  in 

salary  to  Superintendent  of  Field  Experiments,  advising 
that  the  Governor  approved  of  the  reduction  of  £30  of 
the  amount  for  "Distillery  Materials  for  Estates"  and  of 
the  increase  by  £20  perannum  of  the  salary  of  the  Su- 
perintendent of  Field  Experiments. 

2  Resignation  of  Mr.  Teversliam. — Re  resignation  of  Mr.  Tever- 

sham. 

Agrieultural  Seholarship. — Forwarding  copy  of  a  Bill  entitled 
"  The  Scholarship  Law,  1901,  Amendment  Law,  1906,"  His  Grace 
the  Archbishop  and  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools 
thought  it  was  not  advisable  to  reduce  the  Scholarship  below 
£180  per  annum  which  they  thought  the  lowest  figure  that  a 
student  could  pay  his  way  at  Cambridge.  Mr.  Cousins,  Mr. 
Fursdon  and  Mr.  Murray  considered  that  £156  per  annum  was 
under  the  circumstances  sufficient.  Mr.  Fawcett  thought  that  it 
was  not  desirable  that  there  should  be  any  change  in  the  Scholar- 
ships, but  that  the  examination  for  the  Jamaica  Scholarship 
might  be  so  arranged  as  to  ensure  the  teaching  in  schools  of  the 
principles  of  Agricultural  Science  and  so  encourage  the  students 
to  adopt  agriculture  as  a  profession.  Under  the  circumstances 
the  Chairman  agreed  with  the  majority. 

The  Secretary  read  two  letters  he  had  received  from  the  Secretary 
of  the  Schools  Commission  as  follows: — ■ 

(1)  Examination  for  Agrieultural  Scholarships. — In  reply   to  the 

report  by  the  Island  Chemist  expressing  regret  at  the 
disappointing  results  of  the  recent  examination  for  agri- 
cultural scholarships  at  the  Government  Laboratory, 
pointing  out  that  it  was  no  doubt  clue  to  the  existence  of 
an  impression  among  students  that  learning  in  scientific 
agriculture,  as  a  profession,  would  not  afford  them  as 
good  means  of  livelihood  as  the  practice  of  one  of  the 
learned  professions. 

(2)  Cambridge  Local  Agricultural  Section. — Transmitting  copy  of 


120 

letter  from  Dr.  Cairns,  Cambridge,   in    reply  to  one    ad- 
'    dressed   to    him   conveying    suggestions    by  the   Island 
Chemist  for  the  amendment  of   the  second    part  of  the 
Agricultural  Science  Section  of  the  Cambridge  Senior  Ex- 
amination, intimating  that  the  syllabus  had  been  modified 
in  the  direction  suggested  by  Mr.  Cousins ;  also    asking 
Mr.  Cousins  if  he  had  any  further  remarks  to  make   on 
the    schedule.     A  copy  was  referred  to  the  Chemist  for 
his  remarks. 
Cotton  Gill. — The  Secretary  submitted  an  offer  of  Mr.    Sharp  of 
£5   for  the  Cotton  Gin  now  in  his  possession. 

It  was  resolved  not  to  accept  the  offer,  and  meantime  to  retain 
ownership  of  the  Gin  of  which  Mr.  Sharp  had  the  use. 

Mr.  Cradwick  in  St.  Mary. — The  Secretary  submitted  a  letter  from 
the  Hon.  R.  P.  Simmonds  making  application  for  the  services  of 
Mr.  Cradwick  in  connection  with  the  St.  Mary  show  to  be  held  on 
the  5th  July,  asking  if  he  would  be  allowed  to  spend  the  first 
week  in  June,  and  the  week  of  the  show  in  St.  Mary. 

After  discussion  it  was  agreed  that  Mr.  Cradwick  could  spend 
the  first  week  in  June  and  the  week  of  the  show  in   St.  Mary,   but 
that  ihe  should  return  to  his  ordinary  duties  the  day  after  the  show. 
Reports. — The  following  reports  from  the  Director  of  Public  Gar- 
dens were  submitted  and  directed  to  be  circulated  : — 

1.  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Instructors. 

The  following  reports  from  the  Chemist  were  submitted; — 

1.  Proposal  as  to  distillers'  course   at   the  Laboratory.     This 

was  approved  of. 

2.  Report  on  successful  working  of  new   plant  at   Hampden 

estate. 

3.  Distillery  progress  in  Westmoreland. 

4.  Appropriation  Accounts  Government  Laboratory  and  Sugar 

Experiment  Station  for  1905-06. 

5.  Mr.  Calder's  enquiries    as    to   Agricultural  Students   with 

memo    from    Chemist.     All   these    were  directed    to    be 
circulated. 
The   following  papers,  which   have  been  circulated,  were  now 
submitted  for  final  consideration  : — 

1.  Reports    of   two   cases    instituted  under  the  Merchandise 

Marks  Act. 

2.  Letter  from  Mr.  Nolan  forwarding  cutting   from  the    Wine 

and  Spirit  Gazette. 

3.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

4.  Reports  Mr.  Cradwick. 

5.  Letter  from  Mr.  J.  B.  Sutherland  re   apprenticeship  of  his 

son  at  Hope  Gardens. 
The  meeting  then  adjourned  till  l6th  May  at  2  p.m. 

[Issued  14th  May,  1906.] 
Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingston,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 

OF   THB 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Vol.   IV.  JUNE,  1906.  Parte. 

BDITBD    BY 

WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  F.L.S., 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  PlatUations. 


CONTENTS: 

PAGE. 

. 

Note  on  Silk  Worms  from  Colombia 

121 

Report  on  the  tanning  materials  and  manufac- 

ture of  Leather  in  Jamaica 

121 

Statistics  of  tanning  materials  and  leather  for 

Jamaica 

124 

Brazilian  Coffee  Legislation 

127 

Sea  Island  Cotton  Seed  for  1896 

127 

Camphor  in  Ceylon 

129 

Paris  Green:  Application  to  Cotton 

141 

Board  of  Agriculture 

142 

PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  Jamaica,  who  wiU  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Pablic  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Kingston  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  : 
Hope  Gardens. 

1906. 


JAMAICA. 


LIBRARY 

OF    THE  NEW  YOPK: 

BOTAMCaI. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGIRICULTURE.   <^^^^^^- 


Vol.  IV.  JUNE,  1906.  Part  6. 

NOTE  ON  SILK  WORMS  FROM  COLOMBIA. 

By  M.  GRABHAM,  M.A.,  M.B. 

Notes  on  Attacits  joruUa*  : — 250  young  larvae  received  from  M. 
Patin,  (Belgian  Consul  to  Colombia)  in  June  1900.  Eggs  brought 
by  him  from  Sta.  Fe  de  Bogota,  Colombia.  He  stated  that  their 
natural  food  was  a  species  of  Hippomane,  as  this  food  plant  was 
not  obtainable  here,  the  sandbox  {Hura  crepitans)  and  Plum 
(Spo)idias  purpurea)  were  used  at  his  suggestion.  Branches  of  the 
trees  were  isolated  in  bags  of  mosquito  netting  and  the  larvae 
placed  on  the  leaves.  They  grew  well  in  their  early  stages,  but 
in  the  final  moults  most  of  them  refused  to  eat  and  died.  It  was 
thought  that  this  might  have  been  due  to  the  lack  of  moisture,  M. 
Patin  said  that  in  the  Andes  about  Sta.  Fe  the  moisture  was  in- 
tense. The  leaves  were  frequently  sprayed  but  this  had  no  effect. 
Some  larvae  were  kept  in  an  insectarium  and  fed  on  freshly 
gathered  leaves  ;  these  fared  no  better.  About  ten  spun  very 
indifferent  cocoons  and  about  six  moths  developed — all  of  very 
feeble  vitality.  A  few  eggs  laid  by  these  moths  did  not  hatch. 
Specimens  of  the  moths  were  placed  in  the  Museum  of  the  Institute 
of  Jamaica  ;  and  some  were  sent  to  the  U.S.  National  Museum  at 
Washington  for  identification. 

The  common  Wasp  {Polista  sp.)  proved  the  most  formidable 
enemy,  killing  and  devouring  the  caterpillars  whenever  they 
approached  too  close  to  the  netting. 


REPORT  ON  THE  TANNING  MATERIALS  AND 
MANUFACTURE  OF  LEATHER  IN  JAMAICA.! 

By  M.  NIERENSTEIN,  Ph.  D. 
Plants. 
The  following   plants  yielding  tanning  materials  are  stated  to 
occur  in  the  Island  :  Acacia  Catechu,  Bauhinia  varicgata.  I   Caesalpinia 
_Q  coriaria  (Divi  Divi),    Laguncularia  racemosa  (white  mangrove).     Of 

2      *  The  identification  was  made  by  Dr.  Dyar  of  the  U.S.  National  Museum. 

tQuarterly  Joiii-nal.    The  Inftitute  of  Commercial  Research  in  the  Tropics,  Liverpool 
'    University.    Vol.  I,  2,  April,  1906. 

?0        Jylcacm,5wma(notA.C'afec?iM)  occurs  in  Jamaica:  it  closely  resembles  4.  Catechu,s,ni 
.  has  similar  properties.    Bauhinia  variegata  is  generally  known  as  the  "  Butterfly  Tree." 
;Z:  Ei'-ifnr,  Bidhtlii  oj  the  I>(partinent  of  Agriculture,  Jamaica 


122 

these  "  Divi-Divi"  pods  and  the  barks  of  the  red  and  white  man- 
groves appear  to  be  in  regular  use  in  the  Colony. 

There  appears  to  be  a  small  export  trade  in  tanning  materials  ; 
thus,  in  1903,478  tons*  of  Divi-divi  pods  were  exported,  princi- 
pally to  Germany,  France,  and  the  United  Kingdom,  and  in  the  same 
period,  133  tons  of  bark  were  exported,  part  of  which  was  pro- 
bably bark  for  tanners'  use.  Comparison  with  Dominica,  where 
tannin-yielding  plants,  such  as  Cassia  Jisliilaf  C.  Siameaf  and 
( TenninaUa  Catappa),^  "  are  found,  and  with  Mauritius,  where 
"  Badamir  bark"  {Tcrminalia  Catappa),  and  "Jamrose  bark"  {T. 
Manriiania)  occur,  lends  support  to  the  supposition  thai  these 
plants  also  occur  in  Jamaica. 

Only  about  a  year  ago  different  Australian  species  of  Eucalyp- 
tus appeared  on  the  European  market,  such  as  Eucalyptus  occi- 
dcntalis  (Mallet  Bark)  and  E.  oleosa  (Morrel  Gum),  containing  52  to 
55  per  cent,  of  tanning  materials  :  the  export  of  these  new  materi- 
als has  been  a  great  success.  I  find  that  in  the  West  Indies  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  Eucalyptus  are  to  be  found,  especially  E.  punctata.  I 

It  seems  that  the  Logwood  industry  suffers  in  Jamaica  through 
the  so-called  "Bastard  Logwood,"  which  does  not  contain  the  dye 
stuff,  and  according  to  F.  S.  Earle,  late  of  the  New  York  Botani- 
cal Garden,  who  has  been  in  Jamaica,§  "  a  wise  policy  would 
ensure  the  prompt  destruction  of  such  trees  whenever  detected,  as 
they  have  no  value  except  for  firewood,  and  should  not  be  allowed 
to  produce  seeds."  A.  G.  Perkin,  and  also  the  present  writer  have 
found  that  there  is  a  close  relationship  between  the  tannins  and 
colouring  matters  in  the  plants.  The  relation  between  the  Divi- 
divi  and  Algarobillal"  plants  containing  40  to  50  per  cent,  tan- 
nins, with  the  logwood,  makes  it  probable  that  the  "  Bastard 
Logwood''  could  find  use  as  a  tanning  material. 

A  similar  relationship  Exists  between  Qucrcus  tinctoria,  from 
which  the  dye  stuff  "  Quercitron"  is  obtained,  and  some  different 
kinds  of  oak  used  for  tanning,  such  as  Qucrcus  robur,  Q.  pciidunculata, 
&c.,  'where,  'with  the  increase  of  the  tannins,  the  amount  of  colouring 
matters  becomes  less.  From  the  tanner's  point  of  view  the  cultiva- 
tion of  Laguncularia  racemosa  (white  mangrove),  which  has  been 
mentioned  as  being  found  in  Jamaica,  should  be  very  successful, 
as  it  would  be  one  of  those  very  seldom  obtainable  exotic  plants 
which  could  be  used  for  tanning  light  leather,  and  if  produced  on 
a  large  scale  could  compete  successfully  with  "  Mangrove  extract ;" 
this  substance,  which  is  principally  derived  from  the  bark  of  a  tree 
found  in  the  German  Cameroons,  produces  only  dark  leathers. 


*  See  figures  in  Bucceeding  aiTicle. — Edibyr. 

f  These  trees  are  all  cultivut'  d  in  Jamaica. — Tcrminalia  Catappa  is  commonly 
known  as  the  "Almond"  although  it  is  very  different  from  the  almond  of  commerce. 
There  is  ii  native  TerminaHa  (viz. :  T.  hitifolia),  called  "  Broad  Leaf."     Kditor. 

X  Species  cultivated  in  Jamaica  include  Ji.  Globulus  (iu  Blue  iUts.)  H.  citriodora, 
E.  saligna,  IS.  robiista,  E.  rodrata.    Editor. 

§  See  Bulletin,  of  tlie  Department  of  Agncultme,  Jamaica,  Vol.  I.  Part  2,  Feb.  1903, 
pages  SO,  31.     Editor. 

%  Algarohilla  is  the  name  given  to  seed-pols  of  Prosopis  ^!;/ffi)-oin7;a,  a  native  of  the 
Argentine  Kepublic,  and  P. i«Ii/Jo)u,  native  of  Mexico,  a:id  mountiiiuous  lands  south 
to  Chile.     Editor. 


123 

There  is  also  a  good  opportnnity  for  introducing  other  plants 
which  contain  tannins,  and  would  grow  successfully  in  those 
one  and  a  half  million  acres  not  cultivated  at  present.  Of  course 
according  to  the  reports  of  the  Kew  Botanical  Gardens,  the  at- 
tempts to  introduce  Gambler  in  the  West  Indies  has  not  been  a 
success,  but  I  have  reason  to  believe  that  this  is  due  to  the  sensi- 
tiveness of  the  plant  to  climatic  changes.  Similar  observations 
have  been  made  by  M.  Greshoff  on  Gambler  of  the  Malay  pen- 
insula. 

But  greater  success  can  be  expected  from  the  introduction  of 
"  Quebracho  Colorado."  *  Quebracho  belongs  to  those  trees  which 
would  probably  prosper  there,  and  which  are  very  important  in  the 
tanning  trade.  3,525  tons  of  Quebracho  Extract  were  imported  in 
the  years  1898-1902  from  Argentina  into  the  United  Kingdom,  and 
about  one  quarter  of  the  11,786  tons,  which  have  been  imported  to 
Germany,  were  sent  afterwards  to  British  ports. 

HIDES  AND  SKINS. 

It  seems  that  there  is  not  much  breeding  of  cattle,  sheep,  &c.,  done 
in  Jamaica,  t  which  is  rather  astonishing,  as  the  island  seems  to 
have  open  waste  pastures  and  plenty  of  Guinea  and  Scotch  grass, 
both  well  adapted  for  the  feeding  of  cattle.  As  to  the  cattle  of 
Jamaica,  Mr.  B.  M.  Greaves,  of  Portmadoc,  who  recently  visited 
the  island,  writes  to  me,  "  I  think  I  saw  more  Shorthorn  cattle  than 
any  other  sort,  and  some  of  them  were  really  good  looking  beasts." 
The  sheep  seem  to  be  of  a  similar  build  to  the  Welsh,  and  could 
be  used  in  this  case  for  making  "roller  leather;"  (this  is  used  for 
covering  the  wheels  of  cotton  spinning  machinery).  There  is  a 
good  market  for  this  kind  of  sheep  skin  in  Great  Britain. 

G.  M.  Rummel,  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  A.  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  describes  the  Barbados  sheep  in  the 
Breeders'  Gazette  as  follows  : — "  The  skin  is  thicker  over  the  upper 
part  of  the  ribs  than  in  other  parts  of  the  body,  and  becomes 
thicker  towards  the  tail,  the  difference  of  the  rump  being  quite 
perceptible.  Loose  skin  (not  folds,  however)  may  be  seen  on  the 
top  of  the  neck."  A  leather  tanned  from  a  sheep's  skin  as  des- 
cribed is  sure  to  have  a  market. 

According  to  the  reports  of  Messrs.  P.  C.  Cork  and  J.  M.  Gibb, 
V.S.,  the  conditions  of  introducing  and  breeding  sheep  in  Jamaica 
are  favourable. 

LEATHER  MANUFACTURE. 

The  Leather  manufacture  seems  to  be  quite  in  its  infancy. 
There  are  in  Jamaica  only  twenty-one  tanneries,  employing  in  all 
fifty-five  persons,  and  producing  from  twenty-eight  to  thirty-one 
tons  of  leather  per  annum.  There  is,  however,  a  large  import  trade 
in  raw  and  manufactured  leather  ;  thus  unwrought  leather  to  the 
value  of  £6,027,  and  leather  manufactures  valued  at  £66,999,  were 
imported  in  the  year  1903-4. 

*  (Jmhrachia  Lorentzii,  growing  chiefly  in  province  o£  Corrientes,  Argentine  Repub- 
lic.   Editor. 

j  Th.?  official  statement  by  the  Collector  General  gives  the  number  of  horned  stock 
as  107,694  in  the  year  ended  31st  March,  l'JO.5.     Editor. 


124 

CONCLUSIONS. 
What  has  been  stated  above  indicates  that  thei^e  is  a  possibility 

of   developing   the   leather  industries  in  Jamaica.     The  following 

methods  might  be  mentioned  : — 

I.  To  develop  the  cultivation  of  tanning  trees  and  plants, 
especially  the  White  Mangrove.  2.  To  investigate  the 
question  of  the  Bastard  Logwood  in  respect  to  tanning 
properties.  3.  To  introduce  tannin-containing  plants 
from  the  other  West  Indian  islands,  and  the  Quebracho 
Colorado.  4.  To  encourage  the  breeding  of  cattle  and 
sheep,  and  to  try  to  introduce  the  Barbados  sheep.  5. 
To  develop  tannin  extract  works  :  it  would  be  advisable  to 
try  with  primitive  methods,  similar  to  those  used  in  South 
America,  and  to  develop  them  afterwards  into  more 
modern  methods.  6.  To  develop  the  present  important 
industry  of  leather  manufacture. 

Probably  the  Bastard  Logwood  would  contain  a  tannin  which 
yields  "  bloom"  on  the  leather. 

I  notice  in  the  last  number  of  the  Collegium  that  the  German 
Consul  in  Freemantle  (Australia),  has  been  ordered  by  his  Govern- 
ment to  collect  the  seeds  of  Eucalyptus  occidentalis  (Mallet  Bark) 
and  E.  oleosa  (Morrel  gum),  mentioned  in  my  paper,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  introducing  into  Hereroland,  western  parts  of  West 
Africa  and  inner  parts  of  the  Togo. 


STATISTICS   OF   TANNING    MATERIALS  AND 
LEATHER  FOR  JAMAICA.^^ 

EXPORTS   OF  TANNING  MATERIALS. 

Statement  showing  the  export  of  Divi  Divi  and  bark  of  all  kinds 
for  the  three  years  1902  to  1905. 

DIVI   Divi. 


Countries. 

1902-3. 

1903-4- 

1904-5. 

United  Kingdom 

Canada 

Germany 

France 

Mexico 

274,387  lbs. 

44,646    " 

7,000    " 

45,800  lbs. 

98,504    " 
30,154    " 

2,600  lbs. 

2,050     " 
84,137     " 
59,403     " 

United  Kingdom 
United  States  of 
America 

Bark  of  all  kinds. 

£1     I     0            1,782  lbs. 

20,990   lbs.             3, SOD     " 

(Mangrove) 

£20     6     0 

29,472  lbs. 
810  bags 

*Supplied  by  the  Hon.  Collector  General,  Jamaica. 


125 


France                           £42   19     0         294,215 

(i 

213,362  lbs 

Canada 

18 

,900    " 

Holland 

2 

,240    " 

Germany                      £lI2     0     0 

Bermuda  (Lace)              £760 

Imports  of  leather  manufactured 

AND   UN\yROUGHT. 

Imports  1903-4. 

Leather  manufactured,  viz.  :  Boots  and  Shoes. 

United  Kingdom 

£21,455 

19 

10 

United  States  of  America     ... 

35,587 

10 

II 

Canada 

134 

2 

4 

Germany 

220 

I 

10 

Foreign  States 

7 

5 

2 

Cuba 

4 

12 

4 

British  West  Indies 

0 

II 

0 

Austria 

20 

5 

8 

Hayti 

0 

II 

0 

£57,431 

0 

I 

United  Kingdom 

219 

13 

6 

£57,650 

13 

7 

Leather,  viz. :   Other  manufactures 

unenumerated. 

United  Kingdom 

£3,377 

10 

3 

United  States  of  America 

994 

14 

3 

Canada 

5 

12 

9 

Germany 

39 

0 

I 

France 

27 

2 

3 

£4,443 

19 

7 

United  Kingdom 

22 

15 

6 

£4,466 

15 

I 

Saddlery  and  Harness 

. 

United  Kingdom 

£7,518 

0 

4 

United  States  of  America      ... 

1,653 

12 

9 

Canada 

21 

15 

10 

Germany 

19 

IS 

9 

Cuba 

3 

6 

0 

£9,216 

10 

8 

United  Kingdom 

I 

0 

0 

United  Kingdom 

127 

4 

0 

United  States  of  America 

4 

17 

6 

£9,349 

12 

2 

Leather  Unwrought. 

llnited  Kingdom 

£4,179 

14 

ID 

United  States  of  America     ... 

1,848 

2 

4 

£6,027    17      2 


126 


Imports  1904 

-5- 

Leather  manufactures,  viz.  : 

Boots 

and  Shoes. 

United  Kingdom 

£17.981   19  : 

[0 

United  States  of  America 

31,302  18 

9 

Canada 

40     6 

3 

Germany 

206     4 

6 

Hayti 

0  16 

6 

British  West  Indies 

48     9 

II 

Austria 

121     4 

4 

British  East  Indies 

5     8 

9 

Cuba 

0  II 

0 

Foreign  States 

17  18 

0 

£49.725  17 

10 

United  Kingdom 

692  13 

0 

£50,418  10 

10 

Leather,  other  manufactures. 

United  Kingdom         ^ 

£2,365     4 

7 

United  States  of  America     ... 

470     5 

0 

Germany 

58   17 

6 

Foreign  States 

0  17 

7 

£2,895     4 

8 

1  Kingdom 

49   13 

3 

£2,944   17 

II 

Saddlery  and  H; 

arness. 

United  Kingdom 

£5,158   14 

8 

United  States  of  America     ... 

912     5 

8 

Canada 

19     5 

0 

Germany 

4  19 

0 

Cuba 

6  12 

0 

Bermuda 

6  12 

0 

£6,108     8 

4 

United  Kingdom 

4     8 

0 

£6,112  16 

4 

Leather  unwrought. 

United  Kingdom 

£3,441     8 

10 

United  States  of  America     ... 

2,111     2 

0 

Germany 

5  II 

10 

Norway 

0     2 

2 

£5,558     4 

10 

127 

BRAZILIAN  COFFEE   LEGISLATION. 

The  "Times"  says  : — In  our  Fiiuvwiiil  ami  Commercial  Supplement 
for  February  19  we  published  a  letter  from  our  Rio  de  Janeiro 
correspondent  describing  the  new  law  which  empowers  the  Execu- 
tive to  regulate  the  trade  in  coffee,  in  agreement  with  the  govern- 
ments of  the  coffee  States  of  the  republic.  On  Monday  Reuter  re- 
ceived a  telegram  from  Rio  de  Janeiro  to  the  effect  that  the  Presi- 
dents of  the  States  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Minas  Geraes,  and  St.  Paulo 
have  signed  an  agreement  with  regard  to  the  pricing  of  coffee, 
and  stipulating  for  a  minimum  price  on  the  home  markets  of  55f. 
to  65f.  (gold)  per  sack  of  60  kilogrammes  of  No.  7  grade  coffee. 
"  The  contracting  parties  also  agree  to  take  measures  of  a  na- 
ture to  prevent  the  export  of  the  inferior  qualities  of  coffee,  to 
push  advertising  in  Europe,  and  to  reduce  the  acreage  under  culti- 
vation. They  finally  authorize  the  State  of  St.  Paulo  to  raise 
a  loan  of  £15,000,000." 


SEA  ISLAND  COTTON  SEED  FOR  1896. 

Hon.    Sir   D.    Morris    to    Director  of  Public    Gardens,  Jamaica. 

Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture  for  the  West  Indies, 

Barbados,  March  31,  1906. 
Sir, 

I  have  the  honour  to  enclose,  for  your  information,  copies 
of  an  extract  from  the  "Agricuhural  News"  containing  a  state- 
ment of  the  arrangements  proposed  to  be  adopted  by  this  Depart- 
ment for  supplying  specially  selected  and  disinfected  Sea  Island 
cotton  seed  during  the  coming  planting  season. 

2.  I  also  enclose  a  copy  of  an  announcement  which  I  have  recom- 
mended to  appear  in  the  Official  Gazette  and  of  a  "Notice"  in  regard 
to  the  conditions  under  which  selected  seed  will  be  shipped  by 
this  Department. 

3.  It  is  desirable,  in  order  to  maintain  the  high  quality  of  the 
West  Indian  product  that,  as  far  as  possible,  only  the  specially 
selected  d^nd  disinfected  st^A  supplied  by  the  Department  should  be 
planted  in  these  colonies.  I  trust  you  will  do  all  you  can  to 
encourage  and  advise  planters  in  this  direction.  Recent  prices 
ranging  from  I7d.  to  20d.  per  pound  prove  that  by  a  systematic 
selection  of  seed  West  Indian  cotton  is  steadily  attaining  a  higher 
standard  of  quality  than  the  average  cotton  produced  in  the  Sea 
Islands.  During  the  last  few  weeks  applications  for  West  Indian 
seed  on  a  large  scale  have  been  received  from  Florida,  Cuba,  and 
Porto  Rico. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be. 

Sir, 
Your  most  obedient  servant, 

D.  Morris, 

Commissioner  of  Agriculture  for  the  West  Indies. 


128 

Enclosure. 
[Reprinted  from  the  A,s:ricultural  Ncivs,  Vol.  V.  p.  97.] 

It  is  recognized  that  the  most  important  matter  requiring  atten- 
tion, in  order  to  maintain  the  high  quality  of  the  Sea  Island  cotton 
produced  in  the  West  Indies,  is  to  plant  seed  obtained  from 
healthy  plants  that  have  given  a  good  yield  per  acre,  and  that 
have  produced  lint  which  has  fetched  the  highest  price  during  the 
current  season.  The  experience  of  a  successful  cotton  grower 
is  : — The  selection  of  seed  is  the  one  thing  that  cannot  be  over- 
looked. 

As  it  will  be  impossible  to  obtain  further  supplies  of  seed  from 
the  Sea  Islands,  the  West  Indies  have  to  depend  on  their  own  re- 
sources. This  is  not  a  difficult  matter,  provided  growers  realize 
the  necessity  of  making  the  selection  of  seed  a  matter  of  the  first 
importance.  They  should  be  prepared  to  take  some  trouble  in 
making  themselves  acquainted  with  the  subject,  and  in  carrying 
out  for  themselves  the  process  of  seed  selection,  or  they  should  be 
prepared  to  pay  a  reasonable  price  for  selected  seed.  Seed  of  in- 
ferior quality  should  not  be  planted  on  any  account.  The 
difference  in  cost  between  good  seed  and  inferior  seed  is  a  small 
matter  as  compared  with  the  difference  in  the  price  realized  for 
the  crop. 

The  general  lines  on  which  cotton  growers  are  recommended  to 
make  a  choice  of  cotton  seed  for  planting  during  the  coming 
season  are  these  :  First,  the  plants  from  which  it  has  been  obtained 
should  be  thoroughly  healthy,  and  they  should  not  have  suffered 
severely  at  any  time  from  the  cotton  worm  or  other  pests.  The 
next  point  is  to  ascertain  that  the  plants  are  of  good  habit  and  are 
prolific,  yielding,  on  an  average,  say,  not  less  than  200  lb.  of  lint 
per  acre.  The  third  point,  and  perhaps  the  most  important  of  all, 
is  that  the  plants  have  yielded  lint  that  obtained  the  highest  prices 
during  the  current  year. 

As  already  stated,  the  Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture  has 
undertaken  a'  series  of  experiments  in  seed  selection  that  are  likely 
to  prove  of  great  value  to  the  industry.  These  experiments  are 
intended  to  cover  the  careful  selection  of  seed,  on  field  results,  for 
immediate  planting,  as  well  as  the  systematic  selection  of  im- 
proved seed  from  individual  plants,  as  described  in  the  Agricultural 
News  (Vol.  V,  p.  38),  for  future  years. 

It  has  been  abundantly  proved  by  general  experience  both  in 
the  Sea  Islands  and  in  the  West  Indies,  that  it  is  impossible  to 
obtain  first-class  cotton  from  inferior  seed.  In  Egypt,  also,  the 
importance  of  selecting  good  seed  is  fully  recognized.  Mr. 
Foaden  states  : — 'Of  all  plants  ,  cotton  responds  the  most  liberally, 
as  far  as  both  yield  and  quality  are  concerned,  to  careful  treat- 
ment, and  the  sowing  of  good  seed  is  the  very  first  essential  to  the 
production  of  good  stapled  cotton.  However  careful  our  land 
may  be  prepared  and  manured,  the  production  of  superior  cotton 
from  inferior  and  mixed  seed  is  an  impossibility.'  Further,  there 
is    the    opinion   of  the  British  Cotton-growing  Association,  as  fol- 


129 

lows  :  'The  bulk  of  the  cotton  from  the  West  Indies  is  turning 
out  very  well,  but  you  must  impress  on  all  the  growers  the 
necesssity  for  very  careful  selection  of  seed,  and  extreme  care  in 
cultivation  and  handling,  for  unless  Sea  Island  cotton  is  quite 
right  in  all  respects,  it  suffers  severely  in  price.' 

As  announced  in  the  columns  of  the  Agricultural  Neivs  (Vol.  V. 
p.  89),  the  Imperial  Department  of  Agriculture  is  prepared  to 
supply  specially  selected  and  disinfected  cotton  seed  for  plant- 
ing during  the  months  of  May  to  August  next,  and  to  deliver  the 
seed  at  any  port  in  the  West  Indies  at  the  rate  of  five  cents  (2  Jd.) 
per  lb.  Applications  for  such  seed  will  be  received  by  the  prin- 
cipal agricultural  officers  in  each  island,  as  follows  :  For  An- 
tigua and  Montserrat,  by  the  Hon.  Francis  Watts,  C.M.G. ;  for  St. 
Kitt's,  Nevis,  and  Anguilla,  by  Mr.  F.  R.  Shepherd ;  for  Barbados, 
by  Mr.  J.  R.  Bovell,  F.L.  S.,  F.C.S.  ;  for  St.  Vincent,  by  Mr.  W.N. 
Sands.  Applications  from  Jamaica,  British  Guiana,  Trinidad,  and 
other  colonies  not  mentioned  above,  may  be  forwarded  direct  to 
the  Imperial  Commissioner  of  Agricultural,  Head  Office,  Barbados. 
All  applications  will  be  dealt  with  in  the  order  in  which  they  are 
received. 

In  order  to  prevent  disappointment  in  regard  to  the  germina- 
ting qualities  Of  the  seed,  it  is  recommended  that  immediately  on 
its  arrival  it  be  turned  out  of  the  bags  or  barrels,  in  which  it  is 
packed,  and  spread  out  on  a  dry  floor  in  order  that  any  excess  of 
moisture  may  be  removed.  After  the  lapse  of  a  day  or  two,  the 
seed  may  be  replaced  in  the  bags  or  barrels,  and  kept  until  it  is 
planted. 

It  is  also  recommended  that  about  lOO  seeds,  taken  from  the 
bulk,  be  sown  in  soil,  or  placed  between  folds  of  damp  cloth,  as 
described  in  the  Agricultural  News  (Vol.  II,  p.  153),  in  order  to  test 
its  germinating  power.  In  the  event  of  doubt  arising  as  to  the 
condition  of  any  selected  cotton  seed  received  from  the  Imperial 
Department  of  Agriculture,  a  sample  of  not  less  than  100  seeds 
should  be  forwarded  within  seven  days  from  the  date  of  the  ar- 
rival of  the  seed,  to  the  agricultural  officer  through  whom  it  was 
ordered,  in  order  that  it  may  be  carefully  tested.  It  should  be 
borne  in  mind  that  the  best  results  are  likely  to  be  obtained  when 
the  selected  cotton  seed  is  sown  within  a  period  of  one  month 
after  it  has  been  received. 


CAMPHOR  IN  CEYLON.*' 

By  M.  KELWAY  BAMBER,  Government  Chemist,  and  J.  C. 
Willis,  Director  Royal  Botanic  Gardens. 
The  recent  establishment  by  the  Goverment  of  Japan  of  a 
monopoly  of  the  production  and  sale  of  camphor  in  Formosa  has 
attracted  much  attention  to  this  product,  and  at  the  same  time,  by 
raising  the  market  price,  has  rendered  it  by  no  means  unlikely 
that  this  may  prove  to  be  a  profitable  cultivation  in  Ceylon.     The 

*  From  Circular,  Koyal  Botanic  Gardens,  Ceylon.    Series  l.~No  24,  November,  I'JOl 


130 

present  circular  is  issued  to  lay  before  the  planting  public  the 
chief  facts  connected  with  this  industry,  and  to  describe  the 
methods  of  cultivation  and  preparation  which  have  been  found 
best  suited  to  Ceylon  in  the  experiments  so  far  tried  with  this  tree. 

The  total  export  of  camphor  to  Europe  and  America  is  perhaps 
about  60,000  piculs  annually,  or  8,000,000  lb.  The  market  value 
of  crude  camphor  in  Europe  is  at  present  about  155  shillings  per 
cwt.,  or  about  is.  4id.  per  lb.  Camphor  was  formerly  used 
chiefly  as  a  drug  and  for  the  prevention  of  insect  ravages  in 
clothing,  &c.,  but  of  late  years,  in  addition  to  these  uses,  it  has 
been  largely  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  smokeless 
powders  and  of  celluloid.  The  tree  also  produces  an  oil — cam- 
phor oil, — obtained  with  the  camphor  in  the  preparation  of  the 
latter,  and  which  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  soaps  and  for 
other  purposes. 

Botany. 

Common,  Formosa,  Chinese,  or  Japanese  camphor  is  the  product 
of  Cinnamomum  Camplwra,  Nees,  a  tree  occurring  native  along  the 
eastern  side  of  Asia,  from  Cochin-China  to  Shanghai,  and  in  the 
islands  from  Hainan  to  South  Japan  ;  its  limits  of  latitudinal 
range  are  from  10°  to  34°  N.,  but  it  is  cultivated  in  Japan  to 
36°  N.  In  the  southern  parts  of  its  range  it  occurs  chiefly  in  the 
hills. 

Two  other  forms  of  camphor  are  frequently  met  with,  though 
rarely  exported  to  Europe.  Barus,  Bhimsaini,  Borneo  or  Malay 
camphor  is  the  product  of  Dryobalaiwps  Ciimphora,  Colebr.,  a  large 
tree  of  the  family  Dipterocarpaces,  occurring  in  the  Islands  of 
Sumatra,  Borneo,  &c.  This  camphor  is  slightly  heavier  than 
common  camphor,  and  is  highly  prized  by  the  natives  of  India 
and  China,  who  purchase  the  entire  very  small  produce  at  fancy 
prices,  from  100  to  200  shillings  per  pound.  A  third  form,  Ngai,  or 
Blumea  camphor,  is  prepared  in  S.E.  China  from  Bliimea  balsami- 
fera,  one  of  the  family  Compositae.  In  Ceylon  the  natives  prepare 
a  small  quantity  of  camphor  from  the  roots  of  cinnamon,  Ciniia- 
momum  zeylanicum,  a  plant  nearly  related  to  the  true  camphor. 
In  the  remainder  of  this  paper  only  the  common  camphor, 
Cinnamomum  Camphora,  will  be  deal  with. 

In  its  native  country  the  plant  grows  into  a  tree  about  1 00  feet 
high  with  a  trunk  2  to  3  feet  in  diameter.  It  is  evergreen,  with 
moderate  sized  laurel-like  leaves,  which  when  crushed  smell 
strongly  of  camphor.  It  may  be  well  to  mention  in  this  con- 
nection that  the  tree  is  very  handsome  when  young  and  forms  one 
of  the  best  ornamental  trees  for  roadsides,  parks  compounds, 
&c.,  in  Ceylon. 

The  native  habitat  of  the  species  is  not  widely  extended,  but  it 
has  been  successfully  cultivated  in  Ceylon,  India,  Australia, 
Florida,  California,  and  elsewhere.  It  was  introduced  into  Ceylon 
by  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens  in  1852.  In  1895  plants  were 
largely  distributed  fi-om  Hakgala  to  many  planters  and  others. 
These  were  the  result  of  seeds  obtained  in  the  autumn  of  1893 
from  Japan.     Mr.  Nock,  Superintendent  of  Hakgala,  has  collected 


131 

information  about  these  trees,  some  950  in  all,  and  reports  as  fol- 
lows : — 

"During  1895  plants  of  camphor  were  distributed  from  Hakgala 
to  planters  in  various  parts  of  the  Island  at  elevations  ranging 
from  250  to  6,450  feet,  with  annual  rainfalls  varying  from  54  in- 
ches on  104  days  to  2\^  inches  on  212  days.  Replies  as  to  the 
growth  of  the  plants  have  been  received  from  thirty  localities, 
and  I  think  it  is  pretty  well  proved  that  under  certain  conditions 
of  soil  and  climate  camphor  will  thrive  at  all  elevations  in  Cey- 
lon from  about  sea  level  to  the  highest  mountains. 

"It  appears  to  thrive  best  in  a  well-drained  deep  sandy  loam 
in  sheltered  situations  with  a  rainfall  of  90  inches  and  over,  and 
dislikes  poor  or  close,  stiff,  undrained  soil.  The  growth  is  slow  in 
sterile  soil,  but,  under  favourable  conditions,  in  good  soil  is 
very  rapid,  the  tree  reaching  a  height  of  18  to  20  feet  in  five 
years,  with  a  spread  of  branches  of  8  to  12  feet  and  a  sten.  jf  6 
to  7  inches  in  diameter.  This  compares  very  favourably  with  the 
growth  of  the  trees  in  their  native  habitat,  where  a  tree  30  feet 
high  and  6  inches  in  diameter  at  ten  years  old  is  considered  good. 
The  best  five-year  old  tree  (from  planting)  in  Ceylon  is  at  Veyan- 
goda,  at  an  elevation  of  about  lOO  feet  with  a  rainfall  of  about 
100  inches  on  180  days.  It  is  25  feet  high  and  growing  luxuri- 
antly. The  next  best  are  at  Hakgala,  where  the  largest  is  20  feet 
high,  with  a  spread  of  1 3  feet,  and  a  stem-diameter  of  ^\  inches 
at  the  ground. 

"The  habit  of  the  trees  in  Ceylon  in  good  soil  is  bushy,  with  a 
tendency  to  throw  up  many  stems.  This  is  a  point  of  importance, 
as  it  shows  that  the  tree  will  coppice  well  and  stand  frequent  cut- 
tings or  prunings,  and  possibly  even  plucking  of  the  flush  as  with 
tea.  In  close,  hard,  undrained  or  stiff  clayey  soil  the  growth  is 
poor,  and  the  habit  stunted  or  dwarfed,  and  this  is  also  the  case 
in  exposed  windblown  situations. 

"  Of  course  tt  is  only  in  the  experimental  stage  here  yet,  but 
judging  from  my  experience  of  it  for  some  years,  it  is  my  opinion 
that  as  a  minor  product  it  should  be  grown  in  the  form  of  hedges, 
planted  at  distances  of  6  to  9  feet  apart  and  2  to  3  feet  apart  in 
the  row.  The  rows  should  run  N.W.  and  S.E.,  or  across  the  di- 
rections of  the  prevailing  winds,  and  the  plants  be  allowed  to  grow 
6  to  9  feet  high.  Planted  in  this  way  there  would  be  ample  room 
for  cultivation,  and  each  row  would  shelter  the  other  from  the  N. 
E.  and  S.W.  winds,  besides  forming  a  large  surface  for  clipping. 
As  the  young  shoots  appear  to  yield  the  most  camphor,  the  crop 
could  be  obtained  by  clipping  the  hedge  with  a  pair  of  light  shears, 
and  the  expense  would  be  very  slight.  The  trees  might  also  be 
planted  at  6  feet  apart,  and  treated  in  the  same  way  as  tea  bushes, 
or  they  might  be  planted  12  feet  apart,  and  trained  as  pyramids, 
or  again  planted  4  feet  apart  and  alternate  plants  coppiced  in  al- 
ternate years." 

PROPAGATION,   CULTIVATION,  &C. 
Mr.  Nock  states  : — 
"Camphor    plants  are  best  and  easily   propagated   from   seeds. 


132 

The  seeds  do  not  keep  well,  and  should  be  sown  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  ripening.  They  ripen  in  Japan,  which  at  present  is  the 
only  important  source  of  seed,  in  October  and  November,  and 
sliould  be  ordered  some  time  in  advance,  so  as  to  obtain  them  as 
soon  as  they  are  ripe.  I  find  it  a  good  plan  to  soak  the  seed  in 
water  for  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours  before  sowing,  agitating 
tlie  water  occasionally.  The  best  seeds,  being  heavier,  will  sink 
to  the  bottom,  and  these  should  be  sown  thinly  by  themselves  ; 
the  lighter  ones  should  be  sown  thickly,  as  only  a  small  percent- 
age will  germinate 

"The  seeds  should  be  sown  in  well-prepared  beds  of  sandy 
loam  and  leaf  mould  ;  they  should  be  sown  from  A  to  f  inch  deep, 
making  the  bed  firm,  but  not  tight.  The  beds  should  be  kept 
shaded  and  just  moist.  Too  much  wet  will  cause  the  young  seed- 
lings to  damp  off,  and  if  allowed  to  get  too  dry  the  germs  will 
quickly  dry  up  and  die. 

"  We  have  been  most  successful  when  the  seed  has  been  sown 
in  boxes  (made  of  ^  inch  wood)  l8  by  13  by  3i  inches,  filled  with 
the  kind  of  soil  described  above.  The  boxes  are  handy  to  lift 
about,  and  can  be  easily  protected  from  heavy  rain  and  strong 
sun.  Sheds  made  after  the  style  of  the  old  cinchona  seed  sheds 
answer  well  for  standing  the  boxes  in,  and  if  made  light  and  airy 
would  do  well  to  sow  the  seeds  in  direct,  but  care  should  betaken 
not  to  allow  the  young  plants  to  be  'drawn.' 

"  We  find  it  a  good  plan  to  prick  out  the  seedling  into  supply 
baskets  as  soon  as  they  are  large  enough  to  handle  comfortably, 
or  transplant  them  into  beds,  placing  the  plants  6  inches  apart 
every  way,  and  keeping  them  shaded  and  watered  until  they 
begin  to  grow,  when  they  will  bear  the  full  light  of  the  sun,  but 
will  require  to  be  freely  watered  in  dry  weather. 

"  When  the  plants  are  from  9  to  1 5  inches  high  they  are  at  their 
best  for  final  planting,  but  if  the  weather  is  unsuitable  they  may 
be  kept  in  the  nursery  till  they  are  2  feet  high,  or  until  good 
planting  weather  occurs  viz.,  dull  showery  weather.  In  such 
weather  they  require  very  little  shading,  and  soon  take  hold  of  the 
soil. 

"  Cuttings  do  not  strike  root  readily,  and  only  under  certain 
conditions  will  they  be  successful.  If  the  prevailing  weather 
should  be  too  dry  they  soon  go  off,  and  if  too  wet  and  cold  they 
decay  before  roots  are  formed.  We  have  had  batches  of  cuttings 
with  70  per  cent,  beginning  to  callus  over,  and  young  shoots 
forming,  that  have  gone  off  after  three  or  four  days  of  rough  wea- 
ther— cold  high  winds  and  heavy  rains — and  others  that  have 
gone  the  same  way  after  a  week  of  dry  sunny  weather.  The 
favourable  conditions  are  equable  heat,  light,  and  moisture  ;  with 
these,  and  wood  for  cuttings  in  a  proper  state,  a  large  percentage 
will  strike  root  and  make  good  plants. 

"The  nursery  beds  for  seeds  as  well  as  cuttings  should  be  made 
in  a  well-drained  situation,  and  as  near  water  as  possible.  The 
beds  may  be  any  length,  and  from  3  to  4  feet  wide.  The  soil  for 
cuttings    should    be    composed    as   follows  :  one  part  good  sandy 


133 

loam,  one  part  leaf  mould,  and  one  part  clean  sharp  sand  (to  this 
it  would  be  beneficial  to  add  a  good  sprinkling  of  powdered  char- 
coal), all  thoroughly  mixed.  The  soil  should  be  6  to  9  inches  deep. 
A  layer  of  good  sharp  sand  one  inch  thick  should  be  laid  on  the 
surface.  As  a  protection  against  hot  sun  and  heavy  rains  it  would 
be  well  to  put  a  roof  of  thatch  over  the  beds  in  the  form  of  a  shed 
but  it  should  be  constructed  with  open  sides  to  allow  plenty  of 
light  and  air.  A  shed  4  feet  wide,  with  a  lean-to  roof  on  stout 
posts,  open  at  the  back  and  front,  will  be  found  a  useful  size. 
The  posts  should  be  6  feet  high  in  front  and  3  ft.  6  in.  at  the  back. 
The  roof  may  be  thatch,  shingles,  or  other  light  material.  If  more 
than  one  is  required,  a  space  4  feet  wide  should  be  left  between 
the  sheds  to  give  room  for  watering,  weeding,  and  general  atten- 
tion. 

"  The  best  material  for  cuttings  is  that  from  straight,  healthy, 
and  well  matured  shoots  of  the  current  year's  growth,  not  too  soft 
or  too  hard.  If  too  hard  they  will  not  root  readily,  and  if  too  soft 
they  will  be  liable  to  damp  off.  The  cuttings  may  be  of  any  size 
from  the  thickness  of  a  lead  pencil  to  f  inch  in  diameter.  They 
should  be  cut  into  lengths  of  from  6  to  9  inches.  A  clean  cut 
with  a  very  sharp  knife  immediately  below  a  joint  to  form  the 
base  of  the  cutting  is  of  the  greatest  importance.  If  the  cut  por- 
tion is  torn  or  jagged,  or  too  far  away  from  the  joint,  it  is  almost 
certain    to    decay,   though  it  may  remain  green  for  a  long  time. 

"The  operation  for  inserting  the  cuttings  is  best  done  by  open- 
ing a  trench  with  a  sharp  spade  so  as  to  form  a  straight  edge. 
The  prepared  cuttings  should  be  laid  against  this  and  the  soil 
pressed  firmly  round  them.  They  should  be  placed  in  rows  9  to 
12  inches  apart  and  3  inches  apart  in  the  rows,  and  at  a  sufficient 
depth  to  leave  only  two  or  three  buds  above  the  surface. 

"The  sooner  the  cuttings  are  made  and  put  in  after  being  taken 
from  the  trees  the  better.  After  the  cuttings  are  put  in,  the  beds 
should  be  watered  to  settle  the  soil,  and  if  in  the  open,  they  must 
be  carefully  shaded  and  sunlight  must  be  only  gradually  let  in  as 
they  become  rooted  and  can  bear  it.  If  all  goes  well  they  should 
be  rooted  in  2  to  3  months,  but  they  will  not  be  ready  for  planting 
out  for  three  or  four  months. 

"  Camphor  may  also  be  propagated  by  layers.  The  operation 
of  layering  is  very  simple.  The  shoots  should  be  bent  down  to 
the  soil.  The  branch  at  the  bend  should  be  cut  half-way  through, 
then  cutting  upwards  for  about  li  to  2  inches,  so  as  to  form  a 
tongue.  The  cut  portion  must  be  kept  apart  by  a  slight  twist,  or 
by  placing  a  piece  of  brick  or  a  small  stone  in  the  cleft.  The 
shoot  should  then  be  pegged  down  firmly  into  a  groove  made  in 
the  soil  for  its  reception  and  covered  with  soil.  The  end  of  the 
shoot  must  be  kept  upright  by  tying  it  to  a  stick. 

•'  Another  simple  way  is  to  split  the  branch  at  the  bend  where 
it  is  to  be  laid  in  the  ground,  making  the  split  about  2  inches 
long,  and  keeping  the  cut  parts  open  by  inserting  a  piece  of  wood 
or  stone.  Peg  down  well  into  the  soil  and  stake.  The  ends 
of  the  shoots  should  be  cut  back  a  few  inches  with  a  sharp  knife." 


134 

It  is  thus  evident  that  the  plant  will  thrive  almost  anywhere  in 
the  Island  if  the  water  supply  be  sufficient  and  the  soil  well 
drained.  The  best  method  of  treatment  is  probably  to  grow  it  as 
hedges,  which  are  easily  managed  and  clipped.  It  may  also  be 
planted  along  roads,  jungle  edges,  &c..  but  should  never  be  mixed 
with  the  tea,  as  the  young  leaves  are  very  like  those  of  tea,  and  a 
twig  or  two  of  camphor  will  spoil  a  whole  break  of  tea. 

The  following  analyses  of  two  soils  at  Hakgala — on  one  of 
which  (A)  camphor  does  very  well,  on  the  other  (B)  only  modera- 
tely— will  help  to  guide  to  the  selection  of  suitable  spots  : — 

CAMPHOR  SOILS. 

"  Six  samples  of  soil  were  received  from  Mr.  Nock  at  Hakgala, 
which  represented  the  character  of  the  soil  and  sub-soil,  where 
camphor  trees  grew  well  and  only  fairly  well. 

"  7/0.  7 /I,  represents  a  section  15  inches  deep  between  trees 
showing  the  best  growth,  viz.,  20  to  25  feet  high  and  12  to  15  feet 
in  diameter  at  five  years  and  nine  months  from  the  time  of  plant- 
ing. The  surface  soil  here  is  about  I  foot  deep.  It  is  composed 
of  agglomerated  particles  of  dark  brown  colour  and  yellow  frag- 
ments of  decomposing  gneiss.  It  is  very  rich  in  nitrogen  and  the 
lower  oxide  of  iron,  has  a  fair  amount  of  lime,  but  is  deficient  in 
potash  and  phosphoric  acid. 

"No.  2  A,  representing  the  upper  6  inches,  is  of  a  dark  brownish 
colour  when  dry,  and  is  almost  entirely  composed  of  the  agglo- 
merated particles  mentioned  in  No.  I  A  and  rootlets,  &c.  The 
analysis  shows  it  to  contain  the  bulk  of  the  nitrogen,  and  an  ex- 
cess of  the  lower  oxide  of  iron,  but  it  is  deficient  in  potash  and 
phosphoric  acid. 

No.  3  A,  represents  the  sub-soil  at  15  inches  deep  or  3  inches 
below  the  actual  surface  soil.'  It  is  composed  of  yellow  pieces  of 
decomposing  light-coloured  gneiss,  more  or  less  bound  together 
with  a  clayey  matrix.  It  also  contains  a  fair  amount  of  nitrogen 
and  rather  more  phosphoric  acid  and  potash  than  the  surface  soil, 
and  would  be  fairly  easily  penetrated  by  roots. 

"No.  I  B. — This  is  taken  from  a  section  15  inches  deep,  where 
the  camphor  is  only  doing  fairly  well.  The  plants  five  years  and 
nine  months  old  are  from  nine  to  ten  ft.  high  and  6  to  8  ft  in  di- 
ameter. It  is  more  finely  divided  than  No.  I  A,  and  is  of  a  lighter 
brown  colour.  Chemically,  it  is  also  somewhat  poorer,  though 
containing  a  good  amount  of  nitrogen.  Lime  and  mineral  plant 
food  generally  may  be  considered  deficient,  especially  potash,  and 
this  no  doubt  accounts  for  the  poorer  growth  of  the  camphor  trees 
in  this  part. 

"No.  2  B,  representing  the  top  6  inches,  is  a  dark  coloured  loam, 
somewhat  richer  in  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  than  No.  I  B, 
but  is  very  poor  in  lime,  magnesia,  and  potash. 

No.  3  B,  representing  the  sub-soil  15  inches  from  the  surface,  is 
a  yellow  loam  much  more  finely  divided  than  No.  3  A,  but  other- 
wise of  somewhat  similar  composition.  When  wet  it  is  of  a  re- 
tentive clayey  nature  requiring  drainage. 


135 


HAKGALA,  NUWARA  ELIYA 

Analysis  of  soil  (Camphor). 
Mechanical  Composition. 

No.  1  A. 
Per  cent. 


Fine  soil  passing  00  mesh 
Fine  soil  passing  60  mesh 
Medium  passing  30  mesh 
Coarse  sand  and  small  stones 


20  00 

15-00 

7-00 

58-00 

100  00 


Moisture 

Organic  matter  and  combined  water 

Oxide  of  iron  and  manganese 

Oxide  of  iron  and  aluminum 

Lime 

Magnesia 

Potash 

Phosphoric  acid 

Sand  and  silicates 


Chemical  Com^position. 
No.  1  A. 
Per  cent. 

5  100 

U-500 

8-200 

11-340 

-140 

-072 

-030 

•012 

CO -GOO 


100-000 


Containing  nitrogen 
Equal  to  ammonia 
Lower  oxide  of  iron 


-308 

•374 

Good 

Mechanicdl  Composititm. 

No.  1  B. 
Per  cent. 

Fine  soil  passing  90  mesh  ...  25-00 

Fine  soil  passing  (50  mesh  ...  23-00 

Medium  soil  passing  30  mesh  ...  8-50 

Coarse   sand  and  small  stones  ...  43  50 


100-00 


Chemical  Composition. 


Moisture 

Organic  matter  and  combined  water 

Oxide  of  iron  and  manganese 

Oxide  of  iron  and  aluminum 

Lime 

Magnesia 

Potash 

Phosphoric  acid  ... 

Sand  and  silicate.s  ... 


No.  2  A. 
Per  cent. 

26-00 

24-00 

5-00 

45-00 

100  00 


No.  2  A. 
Per  cent. 

5-000 

17.700 

7-080 

7-575 

-124 

•075 

-Oil 

-035 

62-400 


100 -OOO 

•490 
■595 
Much 

No.  2  B. 
Per  cent. 

17-50 

16-50 

6-50 

59  50 


100-00 


No.  3  A. 
Per  cent. 

34-00 

18-50 

7  50 
40  00 

100  00 


No.  3  A. 
Per  cent. 

5  900 

11.500 

9.800 

10  000 

-050 

-020 

-061 

.069 

63  000 


100  000 

•182 
-221 

Fair 

No.  3  B. 
Per  cent. 

47-50 

26-50 

5-00 

21-50 

100-00 


5-100       . 

..       5  100       . 

..       5-800 

n-900     . 

..     15-500       . 

..     11-400 

8-000       . 

..       8-200       . 

..       8-520 

9-210 

..       8-050       . 

..     12-502 

•080       , 

•060       . 

•040 

.070       . 

-014       . 

.046 

-015       . 

•007       . 

-0.54 

0.25       . 

•069       . 

.038 

65-600 

..       63-000     . 

..     61  6110 

100-000 


100-000 


100.000 


•259 

•371       ... 

■128 

■314       .. 

•450       ... 

■156 

Fair      ... 

Much     ... 

Trace 

136 

Containing  nitrogen 
Equal  to  ammonia 
Lower  oxide  of  iron 

"  The  ash  of  the  camphor  leaves  was  analyzed  to  determine  the 
constituents  most  required  by  their  growth.  The  leaves  con- 
tained— 

Per  cent. 

Water  ...  ...  ...  T4.32 

Organic  matter*  ...  ...  19-58 

Ash  ...  ...  ...  610 


inooo 


*Contaiiiinf»  nitrogen  \^^^  per  cent. 
Ei)U!il  to  ammonia      1  78        " 


Comjwsitiim  of  Ash 

Per  cent. 

Lime             ...  ...  ...  32-90 

Magnesia     ...  ...  ...  6-48 

Oxide  of  iron  ...  ...  2-00 

Alumina        -  ...  ...  3  11 

Potash          ...  ...  ...  14-86 

Soda              ...  ...  ...  4-21 

Phosphoric  acid  ...  ...  2-16 

Sulpliuric  acid  ...  ...  2^00 

Sand  and  silica  ...  ...  1-20 

Carbonic  acid  ...  ...  26 "10 

Carbon  and  undetermined  ...  ...  4-98 


100  00 

"The  chief  mineral  ingredients  required  by  the  camphor  plant 
for  the  growth  of  leaves  are  lime  and  potash,  an  average  yield  of 
prunings  removing  196  lb.  of  lime  and  87  lb.  of  potash,  which 
could  be  returned  to  the  soil  after  the  distilled  wood  had  been 
burned  for  fuel  purposes. 

'■  M.  KELWAY  BAMBER,  F.C.S.,  &c." 

PREPARATION  OF  THE  CAMPHOR. 

As  soon  as  the  plants  have  reached  a  fair  size  and  formed  stout 
woody  stems  below — say  in  three  years  or  less  in  very  good 
situations — they  may  be  clipped.  The  simplest  method  will  per- 
haps be  to  use  hedge  shears,  placing  a  long  basket  below  the 
hedge  to  catch  the  clippings.  Only  the  leaves  and  young  twigs 
are  required  ;  woody  twigs  yield  little  or  no  camphor. 

In  Japan,  where  however,  they  only  use  the  wood  of  full-grown 
trees  as  a  source  of  camphor,  the  chips  of  wood  are  distilled  in  a 
primitive-looking  but  effective  still,  with  bamboo  tubes  (these  have 
the  advantage  that  they  can  afterwards  be  split  to  remove  any 
camphor  from  them)  and  a  wooden  condenser  with  water  running 
over  its  lid.     In  Ceylon  probably  the  best  method  will  be  to  fix  up 


137 

a  small  still  of  any  good  pattern  with  a  glass  condenser  and 
plentiful  water  supply,  working  it  by  means  of  steam  from  the 
factory  boiler.  As  the  distillation  is  a  somewhat  uncertain  opera- 
tion, especially  to  the  beginner,  and  as  it  is  probable  that  more 
efficient  methods  will  be  discovered,  the  details  of  the  principal 
experiments  tried  are  given  below.  Material  for  these  experi- 
ments was  obtained  from  the  gardens  at  Peradeniya  (l,6oo  feet), 
Hakgala  (5,  600  feet),  and  Anuradhapura  (300  feet). 

CAMPHOR  DISTILLATION. 
The  first  distillations  were  from  Il2lb.  of  prunings  received 
from  Hakgala  on  the  28th  June,  1900.  These  were  conducted  in 
a  large  cask  fitted  with  a  metal  cover  leading  to  a  metal  condenser 
which  was  cooled  by  a  constant  flow  of  water.  Distillation  was 
effected  by  means  of  steam  from  a  boiler,  passing  into  the  lower 
part  of  the  cask  below  a  perforated  iron  plate.  The  prunings 
were  chopped  up  into  fragments  about  I  inch  long,  covered  with 
water,  the  top,  connected  with  the  condenser,  luted  on,  and  steam 
turned  on  to  gradually  bring  the  water  to  the  boil. 

A  strong  pungent  smell  of  camphor  and  eucalyptus  came  off  as 
soon  as  distillation  commenced,  which  persisted  for  some  time 
even  when  the  distillate  was  cooled  to  50°  F.,  a  temperature  below 
that  which  could  be  obtained  practically.  The  loss  was  mini- 
mized by  bringing  the  water  to  the  boil  very  slowly,  and  only 
admitting  just  suificient  steam  to  keep  it  at  the  boiling  tempera- 
ture. It  was  found  that  the  metal  cover  to  the  cask  retained  a  good 
proportion  of  the  camphor,  but  it  was  not  so  pure  as  when  con- 
densed in  a  wooden  box  similar  to  that  in  use  in  China  and  Japan. 
The  purest  camphor  was  obtained  when  the  distillate  was  made 
to  pass  through  a  long  glass  tube  surrounded  with  a  jacket  of  cold 
(running)  water,  the  crystals  being  deposited  when  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  glass  did  not  exceed  50°  C.  or  122'  F.,  a  temperature 
that  could  easily  be  maintained  in  a  condensing  apparatus  up- 
country  at  all  times  of  the  year.  In  the  low-country  a  more  rapid 
flow  of  condensing  water  and  a  proportionately  longer  conden- 
sing apparatus  would  be  required  to  obtain  the  same  results,  as 
the  water  is  much  warmer  and  the  steam  also  is  at  a  higher  tem- 
perature. 

In  all  the  experiments  the  camphor  had  almost  entirely  distilled 
over  during  the  first  three  hours,  as  several  distillations  conducted 
for  twelve  hours  and  longer  resulted  in  no  better  yield,  and  the 
smell  of  the  camphor  under  these  circumstances  was  contaminated 
with  that  of  decomposition  products  from  the  nitrogenous  matter, 
&c.,  in  the  leaves  and  twigs.  Three  distillations  could  be  made  in 
the  same  apparatus  during  the  day. 

The  amount  of  steam  required  for  the  distillation  even  of  large 
quantities  would  be  nominal,  and  would  hardly  be  felt  in  an  ordi- 
nary boiler  working  in  a  tea  factory. 

YIELD  OF  CAMPHOR. 

The  first  distillation  from  part  of  the  prunings  obtained  from 
Hakgala  in  June,    1900,  only   yielded  -35   per  cent.,   but  this  was 


138 

increased  to  '62  percent,  by  better  regulation  of  the  steam  pressure 
and  the  condensing  water.  Tlie  camphor  had  a  slight  smell  of 
eucalyptus,  and  was  not  so  strong  as  ordinary  camphor.  The 
leaves  were  quite  fresh  when  distilled. 

Separate  distillations  were  again  made  in  August  with  fresh 
leaves  and  twigs,  and  the  green  branches  of  about  half  inch  to  I 
inch  thick  the  former  yielded  "85  per  cent,  camphor,  but  the  latter 
a  mere  trace,  both  of  camphor  and  oil. 

7th  September,  igoo. — Three  distillations  of  camphor  leaves  from 
Peradeniya  were  made  in  the  usual  manner,  the  yield  from  the  first 
being  I '10  per  cent,  of  camphor  and  camphor  oil.  In  the  second 
distillation,  when  the  leaves  had  partly  dried,  l'06  per  cent,  of 
camphor  and  oil  was  obtained,  calculated  on  the  fresh  leaves.  In 
the  third  distillation  the  leaves  had  undergone  partial  decompo- 
sition, the  result  of  becoming  heated  to  a  temperature  of  106"  F. 
The  yield  in  this  case  was  '68  per  cent,  camphor  and  "38  per  cent. 
of  oil,  so  that  it  would  appear  advisable  to  distil  the  leaves  as 
fresh  as  posssible,  as  the  oil  is  less  valuable  than  the  camphor. 

gth  October,  igoo. — A  sample  of  young  camphor  flush  weighing 
Ililb.  plucked  from  two  trees  in  Hakgala,  one  8  feet  in  diameter 
and  12  feet  high,  yielding  8  lb.,  and  the  other  5  feet  in  diameter 
and  7  feet  high,  yielding  3^  lb.  This  was  carefully  distilled  in  a 
copper  retort  over  a  lamp,  and  the  vapour  condensed  in  a  glass 
vessel.  In  the  first  four  hours  "63  per  cent,  of  pure  camphor  was 
obtained,  which  smelled  only  of  pure  camphor  ;  on  further  distil- 
lation '08  per  cent,  more  camphor  was  obtained,  which  did  not 
smell  quite  so  pure.  Heating  by  the  direct  llame  beneath  the  ves- 
sel appears  to  take  longer  in  removing  all  the  camphor  than  driving 
it  over  with  steam  under  slight  pressure. 

24th  October,  igoo. — A  distillation  of  camphor  clippings  from 
Hakgala  yielded  .77  per  cent!  camphor  and  '27  per  cent.  oil. 

30th  October,  igoo. — A  distillation  of  12  lb.  of  camphor  flush  was 
made  in  a  copper  vessel  with  a  glass  condenser,  yielded  "69  per 
cent,  camphor  and  "34  per  cent,  camphor  oil.  The  trees  were  in 
active  growth  when  this  flush  was  plucked. 

gth  January,  igoi. — A  camphor  tree  that  had  become  slightly 
cankered  was  received  from  Hakgala  in  separate  parcels  of  leaves, 
branches,  stem,  and  roots.  Several  distillations  of  the  leaves  and 
twigs  were  made  both  in  the  fresh  state  and  when  air-dried,  some 
of  them  being  continued  for  twelve  hours.  The  yield  of  camphor 
and  oil  varied  somewhat,  but  appeared  to  depend  on  the  propor- 
tion of  leaves  to  twigs,  the  latter  containing  much  less  than  the 
former.  A  glass  condenser  was  employed  for  all  these  distillations, 
the  camphor  and  oil  being  obtained  quite  pure. 

The  first  experiment  yielded  '875  per  cent,  camphor  and  "986 
per  cent,  oil,  a  far  larger  proportion  of  oil  than  in  any  previous 
distillation  of  similar  leaf. 

A  second  distillation,  which  was  continued  at  a  low  tempera- 
ture for  eleven  hours,  yielded  I '08  per  cent,  pure  camphor  and 
0'32  per  cent.  oil. 


139 

Five  other  distillations  at  intervals  of  some  days  with  the  air- 
dried  leaves  gave  the  following  yields  : — 

No.  1. — 2-310  per  cent,  camphor  and  -114  per  cent,  oil,  ecpial  to  1-02  per  cent. 

on  fresh  leaf. 
No.  2. — 2-149  per  cent,  caniplior  and  oil,  equal  to  -98  per  cent,  on  fresh  leaf. 
No.  3. — 2-425  per  cent,  camphor  and  traces  of  oil,   equal  to  1  -C'5  per  cent,   on 

fresh  leaf. 
No.  4. — 2-3  >  per   cent,  camphor  and  traces  of   oil,   eijual  to  1-01  per  cent,   on 

fresh  leaf. 
No.  5 — 2-08  I  per   cent,    canqilior   and  traces  of   oil,  equal   to  -90   per  cent,    on 

fresh  leaf. 

From  these  figures  it  will  be  seen  that  air-drying  the  leaf  before 
distillation  does  not  cause  any  appreciable  loss  of  camphor, 
though  a  certain  amount  of  oil  disappears,  either  by  volatilization 
or  oxidation.  The  camphor  obtained  from  the  air-dried  leaf  also 
had  a  somewhat  purer  smell  than  that  from  the  fresh  leaf,  though 
this  latter  was  easily  rendered  pure  by  re-distillation  with  steam. 

Three  distillations  were  made  of  the  branches  and  stem  of  the 
camphor  tree,  but  no  appreciable  quantity  of  camphor  was  ob- 
tained from  either,  nor  did  the  bark  of  the  stem  appear  to  contain 
more  than  traces.  The  roots,  however,  contained  an  oil,  5lb.  of 
roots  yielding  i"22  per  cent.  This  oil  was  located  mainly  in  the 
bark  and  in  a  thin  layer  of  wood  beneath  it.  It  had  only  a  slight 
smell  of  camphor,  and  more  resembled  a  mixture  of  aniseed  and 
peppermint. 

On  the  7th  August,  1901,  5lb.  of  young  flush  was  received  from 
Hakgala  in  a  slightly  heated  condition.  It  was  at  once  put  into  a 
copper  vessel  with  fifteen  pints  of  water,  and  a  glass  dome  luted 
on,  which  was  connected  with  a  glass  condenser.  The  water  was 
heated  slowly  from  below,  and  a  thermometer  placed,  so  as  to 
register  the  temperature  of  the  vapour  2  inches  above  the  water 
and  camphor  leaves. 

At  50°  C.  (122°  F.)  crystals  of  camphor  condensed  on  the  glass 
dome,  which  at  90°  C.  (194°  F.)  were  carried  back  into  the  water 
by  the  condensed  steam.  At  1 00  C.  the  steam  and  camphor 
vapour  was  passing  rapidly  into  the  glass  condenser,  while  the 
leaves  were  covered  with  oily  drops  of  camphor  and  oil.  Distil- 
lation at  100°  C.  was  continued  for  two  hours,  when  4^  litres 
(7"93  pints)  of  water  containing  camphor  and  oil  had  collected  in 
the  condenser.  This  was  then  passed  through  a  wet  paper  filter 
to  separate  the  camphor  and  oil  from  the  water,  24'53  grams  of 
the  mixture  being  obtained,  equal  to  I "10  per  cent.  The  oil  was 
separated  from  the  camphor  as  much  as  possible,  the  yield  of 
each  on  the  original  flush  being  755  per  cent,  pure  camphor  and 
■345  per  cent,  camphor  oil.  Another  distillation  was  made  in  the 
same  way  of  lolb.  of  coppice  shoots  one  year  old  from  a  tree  that 
had  been  cut  down.  The  yield  of  camphor  from  this  was  very 
small,  only  "192  per  cent,  and  shows  that  the  first  year's  growth 
from  a  tree  cut  down  to  the  ground  is  practically  valueless,  but  it 
is  probable  that  young  flush  from  such  coppiced  trees  would  in- 
crease in  the  camphor  contents  during  the  next  and  succeeding 
years. 

Further   distillations    were  also    made  of   the    entire    prunings 


140 

weighing  50lb.  of  a  five  year  and  nine  months  old  tree  of  average 
growth,  the  leaves  (271b.)  and  branches  (231b.)  being  distilled 
separately,  the  former  yielding  767  per  cent,  of  pure  camphor  and 
some  oil,  the  latter  only  traces  of  oil,  showing  that  the  whole  of 
the  camphor  is  practically  in  the  leaves  and  not  in  the  yomig 
wood.  The  reason  of  this  should  be  investigated,  as  it  is  from 
old  wood  that  the  bulk  of  the  camphor  of  commerce  is  obtained. 

CHARACTERS. 
The  camphor  obtained  from  all  the  above  experiments  has  the 
usual  crystalline  form,  and  is  perfectly  colourless  unless 
condensed  in  an  iron  vessel,  when  it  is  tinged  with  red  from 
the  o.xidized  iron.  It  floats  on  water,  in  which  it  is  almost 
insoluble,  and  small  fragments  rotate  rapidly  when  floated 
on  this  liquid.  It  burns  with  a  yellow  smoky  flame,  leav- 
ing no  residue,  and  volatilizes  readily  at  the  ordinary  temperature. 
It  is  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  and  chloroform,  and  is  preci- 
pitated from  the  former  in  white  fiocculent  masses,  when  the  solu- 
tion is  poured  into  water.  It  sublimes  readily,  and  has  an  odour 
of  camphor,  but  not  so  powerful  as  ordinary  camphor  from  old 
wood.  Its  specific  gravity  is  987;  it  melts  at  175°  C,  (347°  F.) 
and  boils  at  205°  C.  (400'  F.).  It  dissolves  readily  in  nitric  acid, 
with  some  development  of  heat,  and  immediate  separation  of  the 
solution  into  two  layers,  the  upper  of  a  red  colour  and  the  lower 
pale  yellow  or  colourless.  The  addition  of  water  precipitates  the 
camphor  as  a  white  mass  from  the  upper  layer  of  the  solution  ap- 
parently unchanged. 

SUBLIMATION  EXPERIMENTS. 

These  were  conducted  at  varying  temperatures  and  under 
different  conditions  in  order  to  try  and  obtainthe  translucent  state 
common  to  commercial  camphor.  The  most  successful  method 
was  by  mixing  the  crude  camphor  with  slaked  lime  in  the  pro  p 
tion  of  40  to  I,  and  subjecting  this  in  a  closed  vessel  to  a  low  heat 
for  twelve  hours,  the  heat  being  gradually  increased  up  the  sides 
of  the  vessel  in  order  to  drive  all  the  camphor  into  the  upper  por- 
tion. Copper  vessels  are  the  best  for  the  purpose,  as  glass  is  liable 
to  fracture  from  condensed  moisture  running  down  to  the  heated 
sides. 

Before  sublimation  can  be  effected  it  is  essential  that  all  the 
camphor  oil  should  be  expressed  from  the  camphor.  The  cam- 
phor when  first  distilled  appears  to  be  practically  free  from  oil, 
but  after  standing  some  days  oil  gradually  separates  and  sinks  to 
the  bottom  of  the  mass  of  crystals,  and  this  appears  to  continue  for 
months.  Filtration  with  the  aid  of  a  vacuum  effects  a  partial 
separation,  but  in  practice  on  a  large  scale  it  would  be  best 
effected  by  means  of  a  centrifugal  machine  similar  to  that  employed 
for  the  separation  of  crystalline  sugar  from  molasses. 

OIL. 

The  oil  obtained  with  the  camphor  from  the  leaves  is  of  a  clear 
yellow  colour,  having  a  specific  gravity  at  80'  F.  of  "9662.     It  con- 


141 

tains  a  certain  amount  of  camphor  in  solution,  wliich  can  be  sepa- 
rated to  some  extent  by  cooling  to  10°  C.  It  would  therefore  be 
advisable  to  cool  the  mixture  of  camphor  and  oil,  as  much  as  pos- 
sible, before  submitting  it  to  centrifugal  expression. 

The  root  oil,  of  which  I '22  per  cent,  was  obtained  from  the  air- 
dried  roots,  was  almost  colourless,  and  had  no  smell  of  camphor. 
It  consisted  of  a  mixture  of  two  oils,  one  lighter  and  one  heavier 
than  water,  the  specific  gravity  of  the  mixed  oils  being  ro58  at 
80°  F. 

YIELD  AND  PROSPECTS. 

The  figures  above  given  show  that  the  yield  varies  a  good  deal, 
but  that  on  the  average  about  '75  to  I  per  cent,  of  camphor  may 
be  expected  from  the  young  leaves  and  twigs,  as  well  as  a  small 
quantity  of  camphor  oil,  which  also  has  a  market  value.  Samples 
of  camphor  mixed  with  the  oil  were  valued  lately  at  Rs.  126  per 
cwt.  If  we  assume  that  clippings  will  yield  about  I  per  cent,  of 
camphor  and  oil  worth  Re.  I  per  lb.,  we  should  be  well  within  the 
mark.     The  cost  of  obtaining  this  should  be  about  Rs.  53  per  acre, 

made  up  as  follows: — 

Rs.  0. 

Pruning  1,210  trees  and  carrying  t    factory                    57  0 

Distilling,  fuel,  packing,  &c.                        ...                     16  0 


53     U 


/.  c,  camphor  can  be  put  on  the  market  as  cheaply  as  tea  per 
pound  if  the  yield  be  at  the  rate  of  177  lb.  per  acre  (cost  of  tea 
being  estimated  at  30  cents.)  Now  177  lb.  will  be  yielded  by 
17,700  lb.  of  clippings.  In  the  case  of  bushes  6  feet  apart  this 
means  14^  lbs  per  bush  per  annum,  or  about  seven  times  the 
weight  of  flush  obtained  from  a  prosperous  tea  bush.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  bushes  are  only  half  as  many  to  the  acre,  and  the 
plucking  is  much  coarser,  so  that  this  estimate  is  not  unreason- 
able, and  the  product  is  more  valuable  than  tea.  It  seems  not 
unreasonable  to  expect  that  where  a  bush,  with  36  square  feet  of 
space  to  grow  in,  yields  12  to  15  lb.,  of  clippings  a  year,  the  cul- 
tivation will  prove  remunerative — not  a  bonanza,  but  yielding  a 
fair  profit.  In  Hakgala  Gardens  this  yield  is  exceeded,  so  far  as 
rough  experiments  show. 


PARIS  GREEN  :  APPLICATION  TO  COTTON. 

Mr.  Win.  B.  Scahrook  to    Director,  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations.* 

James  Island,  South  Carolina, 
U.  S.  A.,  February  2lst,  1906. 
My  Dear  Sir, 
I  remember  the   interest  you  took  in  the  appliance  used  for  ap- 
plying Paris  Green  to  the  cotton  plant  for  destrsying  caterpillars. 
I  am  now  trespassing  upon  your  time  to  give  you  some  further  in- 
formation  on  this  subject.     Last  summer  there  was   introduced  a 

*  For  previous    letter  by  \Vm.  Se.ibrook  on  P.iris  Green,  see  Bulletin  July,  1904,  page 
159. 


142 

small  kind  of  bellows,  called  a  "  powder  gun,"  with  long  handles, 
and  the  nozzle  terminating  in  a  little  fixture  like  the  sprinkling 
nozzle  of  a  watering  pot.  The  Paris  Green  powder  is  put  in  a 
receptacle  in  the  bellows,  the  nozzle  is  put  in  the  middle  of  the 
cotton  bush,  a  very  slight  convulsive  movement  of  the  bellows 
handle — that  is  all.  The  little  puff  of  powder  that  is  blown  out  is 
so  slight  that  it  is  hardly  possible  to  see  it,  pump  it  out  until  you 
can  see  it,  and  you  will  be  sure  to  burn  up  the  cotton.  It  is  the 
simplest  to  operate  of  any  contrivance  yet  devised  ;  is  more  effica- 
cious in  its  deadly  work  on  the  worm,  and  the  most  convenient  to 
handle.  When  I  wrote  to  Sir  Daniel  Morris  about  it,  he  immediately 
asked  to  be  put  in  communication  with  the  manufacturers,  looking 
forward  to  obtaining  a  supply  another  season,  should  they  be 
needed.  While  instructing  them  to  send  him  one  of  their  catalo- 
gues I  took  the  liberty  of  instructing  them  to  send  one  to  you  too. 
I  hope  you  will  get  it  safely.* 

My  thoughts  are  full  of  pleasant  memories  of  Jamaica — beauti- 
ful Island — and  of  the  pleasant  acquaintances  made,  and  friend- 
ships enjoyed  during  my  brief  stay  there.  I  remember  with  kind- 
est interest  Mr.  Fursdon  and  Mr.  Sharp,  who  were  very  kind  to  me. 
Cjiye  them  my  kindest  regards,  should  you  see  them. 
I  am  very  sincerely  and  truly  yours, 

Wm.  B.    SEABROOK. 


BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  MINUTES 

The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headciuarter  House  on  Wednesday,  l6th  May.  Present: 
The  Hon.  H.  Clarence  Bourne,  Colonial  Secretary,  in  the  chair,  the 
Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Island  Chemist,  His  Grace  the 
Archbishop,  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools,  Messrs.  C. 
E.  DeMercado,  J.  W.  Middleton,  G.  D.  Murray  and  the  Secretary. 

Standard  for  Jamaica  Rum. — The  Secretary  read  letter  from  the 
Colonial  Secretary's  Office  stating  that  the  Governor  was  not  pre- 
pared at  the  present  moment  to  prescribe  a  standard  quantity  of 
ethers  for  Jamaica  rum. 

The  Secretary  also  read  a  letter  from  the  Secretary  of  the  North- 
side  Sugar  Planters  Association  stating  that  it  was  the  opinion  of 
the  Association  that  any  law  to  standardise  Jamaica  Rum  was  un- 
fortunate and  likely  to  deal  a  stiff  blow  against  the  rum  industry. 

He  also  submitted  the  papers  giving  the  Chemist's  arguments  in 
favour  of  standardisation  and  the  criticism  of  members  of  the  Board. 

He  was  directed  to  reply  to  Mr.  Shore  informing  him  of  the  Go- 
vernor's decision  regarding  standardisation. 

Agricultural  Don' ts.— The  Secretary  read  a  letter  re  "  Agricultural 
Don'ts"  from  the  Colonial  Secretary,  stating  that  when  next  year's 
estimates  were  under  consideration  the  amount  required  for  print- 
ing the  charts  of  "  Agricultural  Don'ts"  might  be  submitted  for  con- 

*One  of  these  iiowder  guus  is  uow  in  u-e,  aud  can  be  seen  at  Hope  Gardeos. 


143 

sideration  under  Agricultural  Vote.  Also  letter  from  the  Education 
Department  stating  that  the  Board  of  Education  was  willing  to  re- 
commend that  the  chart  be  placed  in  schools  if  the  Board  of  Agri- 
culture was  willing  to  print  it. 

Commercial  Agent  in  London. — The  Secretary  read  a  letter  from 
the  Colonial  Secretary  on  the  matter  of  the  appointment  of  a  Com- 
mercial Agent  in  London,  stating  that  the  Governor  had  consulted 
the  Privy  Council  on  the  matter  and  they  had  advised  that  the  rule 
laid  down  by  Mr.  Chamberlain  when  Secretary  of  State 
should  be  followed,  viz. :  that  such  an  Agent  should  be  ap- 
pointed and  maintained  by  the  commercial  community  in  the 
Colony  and  be  entirely  unconnected  with  the  Government,  though 
there  would  be  no  objection  to  the  Government  making  if  neces- 
sary, and  the  Legislative  Council  was  willing,  a  small  grant  to  some 
such  body  as  the  Royal  Jamaica  Society  of  Agi-iculture  and 
Commerce  if  that  Society  were  willing  to  take  the  matter 
up,  but  on  a  previous  occasion  when  this  decision  was  intimated  to 
that  Society,  the  Secretary  replied  that  its  funds  were  unable  to 
stand  the  expense  and  they  desired  the  Government  largely  to  in- 
crease its  suggested  grant.  This  the  Government  was  unable  to 
do.  It  remained  for  those  interested  to  make  some  arrangements 
whereby  the  funds  necessary  for  carrying  out  their  suggestion  be 
provided  by  those  likely  to  profit  most  by  the  Agency. 

Sugar  Grant. — The  Secretary  submitted  copy  of  Law  3  of  1906 
entitled  "A  Law  in  aid  of  Law  45  of  1903"  to  give  the  Board  of 
Agriculture,  with  the  sanction  of  the  Privy  Council,  a  wider  dis- 
cretion as  to  the  expenditure  of  the  £lO,000  therein  mentioned,  in 
the  interest  of  the  sugar  industry. 

Demerara  Rums. — The  Secretary  submitted  a  copy  of  the  Official 
Gazette  of  British  Guiana,  also  an  extract  from  the  Demerara  Ar- 
gosy showing  the  variation  in  the  contents  of  ethers  in  Demerara 
Rums  which  ranged  from  30"l  to  1227. 

Truck  System. — The  Secretary  submitted  a  private  letter,  referred 
by  the  Governor,  where  complaint  was  made  of  a  practice  found 
prevailing  on  the  writer's  estate  and  others,  of  overseers  supply- 
ing bread,  beef  and  pork  to  the  labourers  and  stopping  the  cost  of 
it  out  of  their  wages  when  they  were  charged  for  more  than  they 
got,  and  that  they  did  not  get  work  unless  they  agreed  to  pur- 
chase these  things.  The  writer  suggested  that  there  should  be  a 
law  here  similar  to  the  Truck  Act  in  England  to  prevent  this. 

After  discussion  in  which  it  was  said  that  there  were  very  few 
estates  where  this  practice  would  be  carried  on,  it  was  resolved  to 
refer  copies  of  the  letters  to  the  Westmoreland  and  Northside 
Sugar  Planters  Associations  for  their  remarks. 

Cotton  Seed. — ^The  Secretary  read  letters  from  the  Imperial  De- 
partment of  Agriculture  calling  attention  to  the  importance  of  using 
the  Department's  selected  and  disinfected  Sea  Island  Cotton  seed. 
It  was  stated  that  matter  on  the  subject  was  being  published  in 
the  Bulletin  and  in  the  Agricultural  Journal. 

Leave  for  Mr.  Cousins. — The  Secretary  submitted  a  letter  from 
the  Colonial  Secretary's  Office  stating  that  Mr.   Cousins  had  ap- 


144 

plied  for  leave  of  absence  for  three  months  from  the  23rd  July- 
next  and  proposed  that  the  Assistant  Chemist  should  act  as  Go- 
vernment Chemist  and  manage  the  routine  work  of  the  office, 
while  the  Fermentation  Chemist  should  be  placed  in  charge  of 
the  Sugar  Department  and  act  for  Mr.  Cousins  on  the  Board  of 
Agriculture,  and  asking  him  to  ascertain  from  each  member  of 
the  Board  whether  there  was  any  objection  to  the  proposed  ar- 
rangements. 

The  Secretary  stated  that  none  of  the  members  of  the  Board  had 
had  any  objection  to  offer  and  the  Governor  had  accordingly 
granted  leave  to  Mr.  Cousins. 

Chemist's  Reports.  The  Secretary  submitted  Reports  of  the  Che- 
mist as  follows  : — 

1.  Applications  from  Distillers  to  attend  special  Course.  This 
was  referred  to  the  Advisory  Committee  of  Sugar  Experiments. 

2.  Work  of  Agricultural  Students  for  Easter  Term.  This  was 
directed  to  be  circulated. 

Director  Puhlie  Gardens'  Reports.  The  following  reports  from  the 
Director  of  Public  Gardens  were  submitted  : — 

1.  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Instructors — Mr.  Cradwick  and  Mr.  Briscoe.  These  were  di- 
rected to  be  circulated. 

Lecturer  in  Agricultural  Science  and  Assistant  Chemist.  The  fol- 
lowing paper  which  had  been  circulated  but  had  not  yet  been  be- 
fore the  Board  was  submitted  : — 

'*'([!.  Letter  from  Mr.  Cousins  recommending  Mr.  E.  J.  Wortley  to 
fill  the  appointment  of  Lecturer  in  Agricultural  Science  ;  and  stat- 
ing that  the  best  plan  for  filling  the  post  of  Assistant  Chemist 
would  be  to  offer  a  salary  of  £220  rising  to  £240  by  annual  incre- 
ments of  £10  through  the  Crown  Agents  on  a  three  years'  agree- 
ment, the  funds  to  be  provided  as  follows  : — 

Present  salary  of  Assistant  Chemist  £150  to  £200  by  £10,  salary 
of  Assistant  in  Sugar  Laboratory  (vacant)  £70. 

It  was  agreed  that  this  latter  recommedation  should  be  adopted. 
A  letter  was  submitted  from  the  Colonial  Secretary  intimating 
that  Mr.  Wortley  had  been    appointed  in   Mr.  Teversham's    place. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated  were  now  sub- 
mittted  for  final  consideration  : — 

1.  Re  Standardisation  of  Jamaica  Rum. 

2.  Proposals  as  to  Distillers'  Course. 

3.  Report  on  the  successful  working  of  the  high  ether  Instal- 
lation at  Hampden  Estate. 

4.  Distillery  Progress  in  Westmoreland. 

5.  Appropriation  Accounts,  Government  Laboratory  and  Su- 
gar Experiment  Station  for  1905-06. 

6.  Reports  Instructors. 

7.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

[Issued  14th  June,  1906.] 
Printed  at  thu  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingstwi,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 


OF   THB 


DEPAETMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV. 


JULY,  1906. 


Part  7. 


EDITED    BY 


WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  E.L.S., 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  a^td  Plantatiuin. 


CONTENTS: 


A  Mexican  Rubber  Plantation 

Black  Leg 

A  method  of  keeping  Fruit  by  use  of  Formalin 

Coco-nut  Bud  Rot  Disease 

How  to  keep  Mosquitoes  from  the  House 

Exporting  Seed  of  Para  Rubber 

Acreage  in  Rubber  ... 

Planting  hard  and  soft  wooded  plants     ... 

Turmeric 

Jamaica  Ginger 

Study  of  Castilloa  Rubber 

Board  of  Agriculture 


PRIG  E— Threepence. 


Page. 
145 
151 
154 
156 
158 
159 
160 
161 

163 

166 
169 
166 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  Jamaica,  who  wiU  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Kingston  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  ; 
Hope  Gardens. 


1906. 


JAMAICA. 


B  XJ  Li  Ij  E  T  I  N  NEW  VORK 


OF    THE 


BOTANICAL 

Garden. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV.  JULY,  1906.  Part  7. 


A  MEXICAN  RUBBER  PLANTATION.* 

We  have  received  particulars  about  the  fine  La  Zacualpa  rubber 
plantation  in  Mexico,  of  the  Hidalgo  Plantation  Co.,  in  an  in- 
teresting pamphlet  entitled  "  Rubber :  what  it  is  and  how  it 
grows,"  by  the  general  manager  of  the  company.  This  is  the 
second  edition  of  the  pamphlet,  (which  is  illustrated  from  photo- 
graphs), and  in  his  foreword  the  author  says  :  "  Since  the  first 
edition  was  issued,  rubber  has  advanced  in  price,  with  every  pros- 
pect of  its  going  higher,  and  the  attention  of  the  business  world 
is  more  than  ever  turned  to  this  profitable  industry.  This  book 
is  dedicated  to  the  young  people  of  our  public  and  private  schools, 
with  the  hope  that  the  matter  it  contains  will  be  found  interesting 
as  well  as  instructive." 

The  first  part  deals  with  rubber  generally,  but  here  we  only 
quote  some  particulars  about  La  Zacualpa  estate,  which  show  how 
a  big  rubber  estate  in  Mexico  is  run,  and  give  information  of  use 
to  planters  of  Castilloa  elastica, 

LA  ZACUALPA    RUBBER  PLANTATION. 

La  Zacualpa  rubber  plantation  is,  without  doubt,  the  foremost 
of  its  kind  in  Mexico,  and  for  depth  of  soil,  requisite  rainfall,  sys- 
tematic drainage  and  intelligent  management  has  not  its  equal  in 
the  world.  It  is  situated  between  the  towns  of  Huistla  and  Es- 
cuintla,  about  20  miles  from  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  near  the  Pan- 
American  railroad  which  is  to  connect  Tapachula  with  the  Te- 
huantepec  railroad  at  San  Geronimo.  This  road  has  already 
reached  Tonala,  and  will  be  pushed  through  to  completion  under 
a  most  favourable  concession  from  the  Mexican  Government.  The 
planted  trees  are  easily  accessible  at  all  points  by  avenues  run- 
ning for  miles ;  seven  of  these  have  already  been  named,  as  fol- 
lows :  Harrison  avenue,  Van  Court  avenue,  Alicia  avenue,  Butler 
avenue,  San  Carlos  avenue.  La  Reina  avenue,  Santa  Helena  ave- 
nue.    These  are  crossed   by  streets   that  are  numbered,    and  the 

•  From  "CeyloQ  Observer." 


146 

visitor  can  ride  for  miles  through  groves  of  healthy  rubber  trees, 
the  branches  of  the  older  trees  arching  overhead.  At  the  present 
writing  some  8,000  acres  are  planted. 

CASTILLA  LACTIFLUA. 

In  a  letter  received  from  Mr.  O.  F.  Cook,  of  the  Agricultural 
Department,  Washington,  he  says:  "You  will  doubtless  be  in- 
terested to  know  that  I  have  recently  described  the  Soconusco  rub- 
ber tree  as  a  distinct  species  under  the  name  Castilla  lactiflua.  The 
Castilla  of  the  Soconusco  District  of  the  State  of  Chiapas  ("C.  lac- 
tiflua"), is  peculiar  in  having  the  complemental  inflorescence  flat- 
tened and  with  a  broad  mouth  ;  it  is  very  similar  to  the  primary, 
except  in  the  smaller  size.  The  specific  name  alludes  to  the  fact 
that  the  milk  of  the  tree  flows  freely  when  the  bark  is  cut,  so  that 
it  can  be  collected  in  quantity  and  coagulated  by  improved 
(creaming)  methods,  instead  of  the  rubber  being  harvested 
wholly  or  partly  by  pulling  the  'scrap'  (bunic/ia)  from  the  gashes 
in  which  it  has  dried." 

The  Department  (or  County)  of  Soconusco,  in  the  state  of  Chia- 
pas, one  of  the  twenty-seven  States  forming  the  Republic  of 
Mexico,  is  the  natural  home  of  the  Castilloa  elastica,  or  Mexican 
rubber  tree,  as  is  proven  by  the  great  number  of  wild  rubber  trees 
which  grow  spontaneously  in  its  forests.  In  their  wild  state  they 
grow  tall  and  lank,  reaching  a  height  of  over  fifty  feet  and  a  dia- 
meter of  twelve  to  eighteen  inches. 

As  far  as  known  the  trees  are  long-lived,  and  increase  their 
output  of  latex  yearly  until  as  many  as  twenty-five  pounds  of 
crude  rubber  have  been  taken  from  a  single  tree.  It  is  only  within 
a  few  years  that  attention  has  been  called  to  the  cultivation  of 
this  tree.  During  the  years  1889  and  1890  a  grove  of  some  5,000 
of  these  trees  was  planted  on  La  Zacualpa,  a  plantation  in  the 
above  Department,  which  trees  are  now  (1905)  on  an  average, 
eighteen  inches  in  diameter  and  forty  feet  in  height,  and  are 
yielding    about    two    and   one-half  pounds  of   rubber  to  the  tree. 

They  stand  about  400  to  the  acre,  and  are  in  prime  condition. 
These  are  the  trees  referred  to  by  Mr.  O.  F.  Cook,  Bulletin  49,  is- 
sued by  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  as  follows  : 
"  The  planted  trees  at  La  Zacualpa  abundantly  demonstrate  the 
practicability  of  rubber  culture." 

The  successful  production  of  rubber  and  growth  of  these  trees, 
combined  with  their  present  healthy  state,  has  proved  the  fact 
that  Castilloa  elastica  can  be  easily  cultivated  in  its  native  habitat, 
with  large  profits.  Cultivated  trees  are  raised  from  the  seed,  and 
begin  to  yield  milk  during  the  sixth  year  from  date  of  planting. 
The  trees  have  no  natural  enemies,  as  by  reason  of  the  quantity 
of  resin  and  albuminoids  contained  in  the  milk,  they  are  not  mo- 
lested by  worms,  insects,  birds  or  animals. 

Owing  to  the  successful  conditions  noted  above,  this  plantation 
has  been  extensively  developed,  and  under  the  care  of  expert  rub- 
ber cultivators  about  3,000,000  rubber  trees  are  growing  vigorously. 
The  cultivation  of  rubber  is  a  new  enterprise,  calling  for  the  most 


147 

careful  study,  and  is  a  notable  addition  to  the  world's  varied  in- 
dustries. Consequently,  the  questions  of  soil,  rainfall  and  climatic 
conditions  must  enter  largely  into  the  calculations  of  those  con- 
templating its  future. 

The  rubber  tree  requires  a  rich  loam  soil  ;  warm,  moist  climate ; 
low  altitude ;  a  large  and  evenly  distributed  rainfall,  and  perfect 
drainage.  All  these  conditions  exist  in  the  Department  of  Soco- 
nusco. 

The  rain  record,  taken  daily  by  the  British  Vice-Consul,  R.  O. 
Stevenson,  has  averaged  l6o  inches  for  many  years  past. 

The  plantation  consists  of  18,791  acres  of  land,  of  which  12,000 
acres  have  been  set  apart  as  La  Zacualpa  Rubber  Plantation  and 
are  now  being  planted  with  rubber  trees. 

LABOUR. 
The  management  is  entrusted  to  one  superintendent,  two  major- 
domos,  or  sub-managers,  and  one  corporal  to  every  thirty  men. 
During  the  planting  season  about  300  men  are  employed,  with  ten 
corporals.  All  the  planting  is  done  under  the  supervision  of  rod- 
men  who  have  formerly  worked  with  engineers,  and  the  lines  out- 
lining the  planted  squares  and  avenues  between  are  run  with 
great  care.  At  sunrise  the  plantation  bell  calls  the  labourers  to 
work,  all  assembling  in  the  patio,  or  yard,  in  front  of  the  mana- 
ger's house.  The  major-domos  receive  their  instructions  from  the 
manager  and  communicate  them  to  the  corporals,  who  in  turn  di- 
rect their  men  regarding  the  work  of  the  day,  and  are  responsible 
for  the  performance  of  their  respective  duties.  The  bell,  which 
can  be  heard  in  all  parts  of  the  plantation,  announces  the  noon 
hour,  and  at  I  o'clock  work  is  resumed,  continuing  till  sunset. 
Everything  is  done  in  the  most  systematic  manner,  and  the  plan- 
tation is  kept  clean  and  in  good  order  at  all  times.  The  supplies 
needed  are  furnished  from  the  company's  store,  and  a  large  bake 
oven  is  provided  for  the  use  of  the  labourers.  Generally  four  or 
five  women  do  all  the  baking,  and  sell  bread  to  those  wishing  to 
buy. 

THE  LOCATION  OF  THE   PLANTATION 

is  an  ideal  one,  level  for  the  most  part,  but  sufficiently  rolling  for 
good  drainage,  well  watered,  entirely  free  from  stones  and  gravel, 
and  has  the  reputation  all  through  that  country  of  being  a  very 
choice  strip  of  rubber  land.  The  elevation  at  no  point  exceeds 
400  feet,  and  at  some  places  is  as  low  as  lOO  feet.  La  Zacualpa 
Rubber  Plantation  is  a  most  interesting  place,  and  improvements 
are  constantly  being  made.  A  sawmill  is  in  constant  use,  prepa- 
ring timber  for  the  construction  of  permanent  houses  for  the  na- 
tive labourers  and  other  buildings  for  the  company's  use.  Excel- 
lent tiles  have  been  made  from  clay  found  on  the  plantation,  and 
are  used  in  roofing  buildings.  The  population  of  La  Zacualpa  to- 
day, including  men,  women  and  children,  is  over  600.  The  same 
plan  has  been  carried  out  in  the  buildings  for  the  labourers  as 
that  used  in  the  plantation  proper,  the  buildings  being  situated  on 
plazas,  or  squares. 


148 

THE  CASTILLOA  ELASTICA  TREE. 

The  Castilloa  elastica,  or  Mexican  rubber  tree,  is  between  five 
and  six  years  old  when  it  blooms.  Before  blooming  the  tree  sheds 
its  leaves.  The  blossoming  season  begins  in  January  and  con- 
tinues until  April.  Clusters  of  small,  whitish  blossoms  first  put 
forth,  and  three  weeks  later  the  tiny  petals  fall,  leaving  a  little 
green  centre  which  gradually  enlarges,  and  is  filled  with  seed 
points  sticking  fast  to  a  round  disc.  The  blossoms  are  as  nu- 
merous as  the  leaves,  and  each  one  has  at  least  twenty  seeds 
about  the  size  of  an  ordinary  pea.  When  the  blooming  and 
seeding  time  is  over  the  trees  put  forth  new  leaves. 

SEEDS. 

The  seeds  are  encased  in  a  shell  which  is  hard  while  green,  but 
it  soon  softens  into  a  sticky  substance  like  fish  gelatine.  The 
first  turning  in  the  ripening  process  is  to  a  sickly  yellow,  which 
gradually  changes  to  a  bright  red.  As  soon  as  the  seeds  are  ripe, 
with  the  first  rains  they  begin  to  fall.  This  is  a  busy  time  on  the 
plantation.  The  seeds  literally  cover  the  ground  underneath  the 
trees,  and  the  labourers  gather  them  into  sacks  and  carry  them  to 
the  nurseries.  There  they  are  dumped  into  pails  filled  with  water 
and  washed  thoroughly  to  detach  them  from  the  discs  and  rid 
them  of  the  enveloping  gelatine  substance.  When  the  seeds  have 
been  ripe  sixty  days  they  will  no  longer  germinate,  and  to  get  the 
best  results  should  be  planted  immediately  after  washing,  which 
is  done  to  facilitate  handling  and  prevent  them  from  germinating 
in  the  gelatine  coating. 

PLANTING. 

There  is  some  difference  of  opinion  among  planters  as  to  the 
best  methods  of  planting,  some  advocating  partial  shade,  and 
again  some  would  plant  from  a  nursery  previously  formed,  and 
others  with  the  seed  at  stake.  Difference  of  local  and  climatic 
conditions  is  no  doubt  the  cause  of  this  diversity  of  opinion,  as 
each  section  calls  for  different  methods.  The  method  adopted  on 
La  Zacualpa,  and  that  which  has  been  productive  of  the  best  re- 
sults in  that  locality,  is  the  following  : — 

The  land  is  first  surveyed  into  squares  of  thirty-three  acres 
each,  which  includes  avenues  and  roads  twenty-four  feet  wide  be- 
tween them.  The  roads  run  in  straight  lines,  and  are  cleared  of 
all  trees  and  shrubs,  thus  making  them  available  for  the  use  of 
the  workmen  and  inspection  of  the  plantation.  The  roads  run- 
ning north  and  south  are  called  avenues,  and  those  east  and  west 
streets,  the  former  being  named  and  the  latter  being  numbered.  The 
roads  are  now  several  miles  long,  and  in  order  to  facilitate  trans- 
portation of  the  labour  to  various  parts  of  the  plantation,  the 
Company  is  about  to  put  in  a  small  electric  railroad.  The  land 
is  cleared  by  cutting  down  the  forest  and  is  then  burnt  off.  Some 
of  the  largest  trees  are  left,  and  most  of  them  escape  the  fire  and 
send  out  new  foliage,  which  then  acts  as  partial  shade  to  the 
young  trees.     After  the   burning  the    land  is  then  staked  out  to 


149 

allow  for  400  trees  to  the  acre.     A  small  mound  of  earth  is   made 
at  each  stake,  and  the  rubber  seeds  are  imbedded  therein. 

The  seed  will  germinate  in  from  eight  to  fifteen  days,  and  one 
month  from  the  time  of  planting  the  plant  attains  a  height  of 
about  eight  inches,  and  its  growth  from  this  time  on  is  rapid  and 
may  roughly  be  put  down  as  one  foot  per  month.  Our  three- 
years-old  trees  are  over  thirty  feet  high,  and  those  of  four  years 
about  thirty-five  feet.  After  the  planting  has  been  done,  great 
care  is  taken  that  the  forest  growth  does  not  choke  out  the  young 
tree.  This  growth  is  kept  down  continually,  thus  giving  the 
young  rubber  tree  a  good  start  until  it  is  able  to  take  care  of  itself, 
which  it  can  do  two  years  after  planting,  after  which  time  it  re- 
quires very  little  attention. 

TAPPING  METHODS. 

The  native  Indian  method  of  tapping  is  as  follows  : — Before  be- 
ginning to  tap,  a  place  is  selected  on  the  tree,  preferably  on  the 
inclined  side,  and  a  hole  made  in  the  ground  below,  lined  with  a 
wide  green  leaf.  The  tapper  makes  two  incisions  with  his  machete 
at  right  angles,  coming  together  in  the  centre.  This  is  done  to 
ascertain  where  the  milk  runs  best.  Once  decided,  the  tapper 
makes  a  narrow  incision  at  the  point  of  convergence  and  impro- 
vises a  funnel  of  the  same  leaf  used  in  lining  the  hole  in  the 
ground.  This  acts  as  a  conduit  for  the  milk,  which  runs  from  the 
tree  in  a  steady  stream  into  the  hole  until  it  coagulates  along  the 
line  of  incision,  when,  if  desired,  it  is  scraped  off  twice  or  more 
before  the  stream  finally  ceases.  Very  often  the  milk  spurts  out, 
and  one  could  not  stand  close  to  the  tree  where  the  machete  is  at 
work  without  getting  one's  clothes  spoiled.  The  rubber  coagu- 
lates where  it  falls  on  the  clothes,  and  will  not  wash  out ;  only 
a  solvent  will  remove  it. 

The  bark  of  the  tree  is  not  only  cut  once,  but  at  least  four  or 
five  times,  at  intervals  of  two  feet.  The  next  year  the  angles 
cross  each  other,  giving  the  tree  a  peculiar  criss-cross  appearance. 
Once  the  milk  is  flowing  freely,  the  tapper  leaves  the  tree  and 
goes  to  another,  repeating  the  process  already  described.  By  the 
above  method  a  dozen  trees  are  considered  an  average  day's  work. 
When  the  milk  ceases  to  flow  the  tapper  returns  and  carefully 
picks  up  the  leaf  in  the  hole  and  pours  its  contents  into  a  large 
gourd.  This  is  naturally  a  crude  and  wasteful  process.  An  un- 
skilled tapper  either  gets  all  the  milk  on  his  own  clothes  or  else 
it  runs  round  the  tree  and  is  lost.  It  is  usual  to  begin  tapping  in 
May  and  continue  until  December  inclusive. 

THE  LATEX. 
The  latex,  or  milky  juice  of  the  bark  of  the  rubber  tree,  is 
quite  distinct  from  the  sap  which  circulates  through  the  wood,  and 
contains  from  32  to  44  per  cent,  of  gum.  Pure  rubber  milk  is 
white  when  it  first  runs  from  the  tree,  closely  resembles  that  of 
the  cow  ;  but  in  the  drying  process  it  gradually  oxidizes  and  turns 
black. 


150 

COAGULATING — NATIVE  INDIAN   METHOD. 

When  the  milk  is  brouglit  in  from  the  forest  it  is  thinly  spread 
on  the  long,  palm-shaped  leaves  of  the  oja  blanca,  which  have  first 
been  laid  on  the  ground  in  the  hot  sun.  Toward  the  stem,  where 
the  milk  lies  thickest,  it  is  necessary  to  stir  it  while  drying;  other- 
wise it  would  coat  over  thickly  on  the  outside  and  be  full  of  the 
residue  fluid,  bringing  a  lower  price  in  consequence.  When  the 
leaves  are  coated  evenly,  a  quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  they  are  piled 
one  above  another  and  pressed  hard  enough  to  cause  the  rubber 
strips  to  adhere  closely.  Then  by  a  dexterous  movement,  the 
tough  leaves  are  pulled  off  and  the  thin  layers  are  rolled  into 
slabs  ready  for  packing. 

CLEANSING   THE  RUBBER. 

The  slabs  of  dried  rubber  are  packed  in  bales  of  150  pounds 
each,  covered  with  the  native-made  matting,  sewed  up  in  sacks, 
shipped  per  steamer  to  various  countries  and  sold  to  the  rubber 
manufacturers.  The  first  process  in  the  manufacture  of  crude 
rubber — necessary  on  account  of  its  being  prepared  by  the  native 
method— is  to  pass  the  slabs  through  large  corrugated  steel  rollers, 
water  falling  from  a  reservoir  upon  the  rubber  as  it  passes  through. 
This  is  repeated  a  number  of  times  until  all  the  dirt  and  foreign 
matter  is  eliminated,  and  the  rubber  rolled  into  thin  perforated 
sheets  having  a  rough  surface.  These  sheets  are  from  eight  to 
twelve  feet  long,  and  eighteen  inches  wide.  They  are  then  hung 
in  the  dry  room,  where  they  remain  until  all  the  moisture  has 
evaporated.     The  rubber  is  then  ready  for  the  next  process. 

WASHING   THE  RUBBER. 

By  the  methods  now  adopted  the  foreign  matters  are  washed 
out  of  the  latex  before  coagulation  takes  place,  thus  producing  a 
very  high  grade  of  rubber  from  the  Castilloa,  having  a  marketable 
value  equal  to  that  of  Para. 

Until  now  it  was  generally  assumed  that  the  Central  American 
rubber  was  of  much  inferior  grade  to  that  of  Para.  It  has  now 
been  proved,  however,  that  the  actual  difference  is  very  slight,  if 
there  is  any,  and  resolves  itself  into  the  question  of  preparing  it 
for  the  market  at  the  time  of  tapping.  During  the  past  few 
months  the  best  qualities  of  some  rubber  from  cultivated  Castilloa 
trees  brought  $1 .54  and  $1.56  gold  per  pound  on  the  London 
market.  This  price  was  higher  than  that  of  best  South  American 
Para  sold  at  the  same  time.  Mexican  rubber  from  wild  Castilloa 
trees  and  shipped  in  the  old  way  already  referred  to  was  quoted 
at  60  and  65  cents  per  pound,  or  less  than  one-half  the  price  ob- 
tained for  the  same  rubber  prepared  according  to  modern  methods. 
As  it  is  necessary  to  treat  the  latex  as  soon  as  possible  after  it  is 
collected  from  the  tree,  receiving  stations  should  be  established 
on  a  large  plantation,  such  as  La  Zacualpa,  so  as  to  avoid  the 
transportation  of  the  latex  to  any  great  distance. 


151 
BLACK-LEG."' 

By  W.  H.  Dalrymple,  R.C.V.S. 

From  time  to  time  the  Veterinary  Department  receives  requests 
for  information  regarding  "Black-leg,"  a  disease  quite  fatal  to 
young  cattle  frequently  in  the  best  of  condition,  but  which  does 
not  appear  to  be  recognized  by  many,  and  it  is  for  the  purpose  of 
supplying  to  our  cattle  owners  something  like  accurate  data  on 
the  subject  that  the  Station  publishes  this  short  bulletin  at  the 
present  time.  We  are  not  prepared  to  say  that  this  disease  is  of 
more  frequent  occurrence  than  heretofore  in  the  State :  but,  on 
account  of  the  greater  tendency  on  the  part  of  our  people  to  raise 
and  own  animals  of  better  breeding,  and,  in  consequence,^  of 
greater  value,  losses  occurring  in  their  stock  may  be  receiving 
more  attention  as  to  cause,  with  the  result  that  the  trouble  is 
being  more  frequently  recognized  rather  than  becoming  more 
frequent. 

The  value  of  young  "  scrub  "  cattle  is  relatively  so  inconsider- 
able that  when  a  few  of  them  die  on  the  farm  little  thought  is 
taken  of  the  probable  cause  of  death  and,  therefore,  no  investiga- 
tion is  made  to  endeavour  to  discover  it.  Black-leg  may  have  been 
at  the  bottom  of  many  of  such  fatalities  in  the  past,  unrecognized, 
and  because  of  the  proper  sanitary  measures  not  having  been  taken 
to  destroy  infection  in  the  bodies  of  the  victims,  the  disease  may, 
no  doubt,  have  become  established  in  certain  localities,  laying  the 
foundation  for  the  cases  in  the  more  valuable  animals,  and  which, 
because  of  their  greater  value,  has  caused  owners  to  seek  more 
information  regarding  the  fatal  ailment.  Fortunately,  although 
the  disease  is  a  very  fatal  one  among  young  cattle,  it  can  be  almost 
wholly  prevented  by  vaccination.  In  fact,  statistics  recorded  by 
the  National  Department  of  Agriculture  at  Washington  go  to 
show  that  out  of  1,500,000  animals  vaccinated,  the  loss  reached 
only  about  one-half  of  one  per  cent. 

Besides  being  known  as  black-leg,  the  disease  has  other  names, 
such  as  black-quarter,  quarter-ill,  symptomatic  anthrax,  symp- 
tomatic charbon,  etc.  To  avoid  confusion,  however,  we  will 
confine  ourselves  to  the  first  name,  black-leg.  The  use  of  the 
terms,  symptomatic  anthrax  and  symptomatic  charbon  has  led  to 
a  good  deal  of  misunderstanding  and  error  in  our  State,  so  far 
as  this  disease  is  concerned,  because,  having  anthrax  or  charbon 
as  a  part  of  the  name,  many  have  been  led  to  think  that  the 
disease  was  genuine  anthrax  or  charbon.  Some  writers  on 
veterinary  medicine  use  the  terms,  symptomatic  anthrax  and  charbon 
symptomatique  (the  French),  because  of  its  apparent  resemblance 
to  the  external  appearance  of  that  disease,  especially  a  swelling 
that  is  usually  to  be  found  in  those  parts  of  the  body  thickly 
clothed  with  muscular  tissue.  But  since  bacteriology  has  as- 
sumed the  rank  of  a  most  import  science,  it  has  been  found  that 
the  two  diseases  are  separate  and  distinct  and  produced  by  entirely 

♦Bulletin  No.  8E,  March,  1906,  of  the  Agii.,  E.xperimeDt  Station  of  Louisiana. 


152 

different  organisms  or  germs.  So  that,  in  reality,  the  one  has  nothing 
at  all  to  do  with  the  other ;  the  only  similarity  of  importance  being 
perhaps  that  both  are  rapid  and  fatal  in  their  effect.  For  the  in- 
formation of  our  German  settlers  we  may  mention  that  this  disease 
is  known  in  their  language  as  "  Rauschbrand." 

CAUSE. 

Black-leg  is  a  rapidly  fatal  infectious  disease  of  young  cattle 
and  is  caused  by  a  spore-bearing  organism,  the  Bacillus  Chaiivoei- 
Spring  and  fall  are  said  to  be  the  most  favourable  seasons  for  the 
development  of  the  ailment,  and  cattle  between  the  ages  of  six 
and  eighteen  months  are  the  most  liable  to  become  affected,  al- 
though partial  susceptibility  seems  to  remain  up  to  about  four 
years. 

The  manner  of  infection  is  by  indirect  contact  with  the  germ  on 
infected  soil,  the  organism  gaining  entrance  to  the  body  through 
abrasions  of  the  skin,  and,  perhaps,  in  rare  cases,  through  the 
mucuous  membrane  of  the  mouth  and  other  parts  of  the  alimen- 
tary canal.  The  wounds  or  abrasions  are  generally  quite  minute 
in  size,  but  sufficiently  deep  to  penetrate  through  the  skin  into 
the  tissues  underneath.  Punctured  wounds,  such  as  those  received 
from  barbed  wire  fences  or  from  stubbles  or  briers  in  pastures, 
seem  to  be  the  most  likely  method  of  infection,  and  correspond 
somewhat  closely  to  the  only  manner  in  which  the  disease  may 
be  produced  artificially — viz.,  through  injection  of  the  virus  hypo- 
dermatically. 

SYMPTOMS. 

The  disease  is  easy  of  recognition  on  account  of  the  symptoms 
being  quite  characteristic.  It  is  characterized,  first,  by  the  symp- 
toms of  a  more  or  less  intense  fever,  and  by  the  appearance  of  a 
specific  tumour,  or  swelling,  upon  the  body,  neck  or  upper  part  of 
the  limb  above  the  knee  and  hock,  causing  stiffness  or  lameness. 
This  swelling  is  almost  constantly  found  in  the  thick  flesh  or  mus- 
cles of  the  parts  mentioned.  It  consists  of  a  progressive  inflam- 
matory enlargement,  of  firm  and  uniform  consistence,  rapidly  ex- 
tending in  area  and  depth,  and  later  becoming  insensitive,  crepi- 
tant and  resonant,  or  in  other  words  the  swelling  emits  a  crack- 
ling sound  when  the  hand  is  passed  over  it.  This  crepitant  sourd 
is  due  to  the  collection  of  gas  in  the  affected  flesh,  and  which  is 
produced  by  the  germs  of  the  disease.  When  the  swelling  is  cut 
into,  a  frothy,  dark  red  fluid  escapes,  and  the  flesh  of  the  swel- 
ling is  dark  in  colour,  with  the  appearance  of  being  mortified. 

With  few  exceptions,  the  disease  terminates  fatally,  death 
usually  occurring  in  from  twelve  to  thirty-six  hours  after  the  first 
appearance  of  the  symptoms. 

TREATMENT. 

With  regard  to  treatment,  it  may  be  said  that  curative  (.-')  agents 
are  of  little  or  no  avail — prevention  being  the  only  satisfactory 
method  of  attacking  the  disease.  This  may  be  divided  into  the 
following,  viz.,  hygienic  and  preventive  or  protective. 


153 

Hygienic. 

This  aims  at  destroying  or  preventing  the  spread  of  infection 
in  all  places  where  cattle  are  kept,  and  the  second,  to  endeavour 
to  fortify  the  systems  of  susceptible  animals  against  an  invasion 
of  the  black-leg  germs. 

Similar  to  anthrax  (charbon)  in  this  respect,  black-leg  infection 
is  largely  spread  from  the  dead  animal  through  the  medium  of 
carnivorous  animals  and  birds  (dogs,  buzzards,  etc.),  or  omnivo- 
rous animals  (hogs)  attacking  the  carcasses  and  carrying  the 
germs  broadcast,  or  the  victim  may  be  skinned  for  its  hide,  or  in- 
cisions made  into  the  swellings  to  "doctor"  the  patient,  and  the 
infection  scattered  from  the  cuts  made  in  the  swelling.  These  and 
other  processes  naturally  assist  in  disseminating  the  virus  or  poi- 
son. In  a  circular  on  this  disease,  issued  by  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  at  Washington,  D.  C,  thefollowingpara- 
graph  is  italicized  in  order  to  give  it  emphasis:  "It  is,  therefore, 
of  the  utmost  importance  that  cattle  owners  in  the  infected  dis- 
tricts be  made  to  realize  that  an  animal  affected  with  black-leg 
may  be  the  cause  of  large  subsequent  losses  from  the  same  disease, 
perhaps  not  immediately,  but  within  a  period  of  years  to  follow, 
and  it  can  not  be  recommended  too  urgently  that  they  make  every 
effort  to  reduce  the  danger  by  taking  adequate  measures  to  des- 
troy, as  completely  as  possible,  this  source  of  renewed  infection." 

The  best  method  of  disposal  is  to  cremate  or  burn  the  dead  ani- 
mal, and  in  order  to  ensure  complete  destruction  of  it,  it  should  be 
placed  on  a  couple  of  logs,  or  over  a  trench,  and  plenty  of  dry 
wood  heaped  around  it.  A  few  quarts  of  coal  oil  should  then  be 
poured  on,  and  fire  set  to  it.  It  has  been  claimed  that  in  some 
parts  of  the  State  it  is  not  possible  to  obtain  sufficient  wood  for 
the  purpose  of  burning  up  the  bodies  of  animals  that  have  died 
from  infectious  diseases,  such,  for  example,  as  in  certain  parts  of 
southwest  Louisiana.  This  section,  however,  has  the  advantage 
of  having  oil  in  abundance,  and  an  inexpensive  and  convenient 
method  is,  first,  to  dig  a  trench  of  sufficient  size,  and  placing  in 
the  bottom  of  it  a  quantity  of  old  sacking  to  act  the  part  of  a 
"wick,"  then  saturating  the  sacking  by  directing  a  pipe  from  a 
barrel  filled  with  oil  into  the  trench.  By  regulating  the  flow  of 
oil,  a  continuous  flame  may  be  kept  up  until  the  carcass  is  com- 
pletely consumed,  and  at  a  minimum  of  cost  where  such  a  method 
can  be  conveniently  undertaken. 

It  is  important  that  the  carcass  be  entirely  destroyed.  The 
place,  also,  where  the  body  has  lain  should  be  subjected  either  to 
heat  or  it  should  be  sprinkled  with  some  powerful  disinfectant, 
such  as  crude  carbolic  acid,  creolin,  zenoleum,ilime,  or  other  agent. 

Unfortunately,  there  has  as  yet  been  no  sure  method  found  of 
completely  eradicating  black-leg  infection  from  a  pasture. 

Preventive  or  Prophylactic. 

It  is  to  the  division  of  prevention  which  we  term  prophylactio, 
combined,  necessarily,  with  the  hygienic,  that  we  have  to  look  for 
the  most  gratifying  results,  which  are  to  be  found   in  preventive 


154 

vaccination  of  susceptible  animals,  and  for  which  we  are  indebted 
to  the  discovery  of  Arloing,  Cornevin  and  Thomas,  that  animals 
could  be  protected  against  black-leg  by  injecting  them  with  more 
or  less  virulent  material  obtained  from  the  tumours  of  animals 
that  had  died  of  the  disease.  The  beneficial  results  of  this  treat- 
ment may  be  appreciated  by  the  reference  made  in  our  prelimi- 
nary remarks  concerning  the  record  of  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture.  And,  further,  it  may  be  mentioned  that 
during  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1904,  the  Department  dis- 
tributed over  1,000,000  doses  of  black-leg  vaccine,  which  were 
used  and  reported  upon  by  over  10,000  persons  with  highly  satis- 
factory results,  the  mortality  reaching  only  0.44  per  cent. 

Black  leg  vaccine  is  now  a  commercial  commodity  and  may  be 
obtained  from,  or  through,  any  of  our  large  wholesale  druggists,  di- 
rections accompanying  the  material,  or  it  may  also  be  had,  free  of 
cost,  by  making  application  to  Dr.  A.  D.  Melvin,  Chief  of  Bureau 
of  Animal  Industry,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Washington,  D.  C,  and  subscribing  to  certain  stipulated  condi- 
tions. 

In  conclusion,  it  may  be  stated  that,  although  sheep  and  goats, 
as  well  as  cattle,  are  susceptible  to  black-leg,  they  are  rarely  at- 
tacked by  it,  the  disease  being  most  common  and  destructive  in 
the  young  bovine  species. 


NEW  METHOD  OF  KEEPING  FRUIT  BYTHE  USE 
OF  FORMALIN.  ■ 

A  good  method  of  conserving  fruit  in  as  nearly  as  possible 
its  natural  state  has  been  largely  sought  after  for  a  long 
time,  but  whatever  means  have  been  employed,  a  perfect  result 
has  not  been  obtained.  One  reason  is  the  rapidity  with  which 
fleshy  fruits  ferment  and  rot  under  the  action — as  Pasteur  has  de- 
monstrated— of  various  organisms,  fungi  and  bacteria.  Taking 
this  view,  and  believing  that  if  these  micro-organisms  could  be 
destroyed,  the  period  during  which  the  fruit  can  be  kept  in  per- 
fect condition  might  be  considerably  prolonged,  the  English  agri- 
cultural authorities  have  instituted  a  series  of  experiments  under 
the  direction  of  the  Jodrell  Laboratory,  Kew.  These  have  been  very 
successful.  The  English  Journal  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  re- 
viewed them  in  a  recent  number  (No.  5,  August,  1905,  "Method  of 
preventing  the  rapid  decay  of  ripe  fruit.")  This  high  authority 
gives  its  fullest  support  to  the  scheme. 

The  method  which  has  produced  the  best  results  is  to  immerse 
the  fruit  in  cold  water  containing  3  per  cent,  of  trade  solution  of 
formalin  (40  per  cent,  of  formaldehyde.) 

There  are  two  methods  employed,  accoi'ding  as  the  fruit  has  a 
soft  pulp  or  is  firm-fleshed,  and  whether  it  is  eaten  whole  or  not. 
With  the  former  class,  to  which  cherries,  strawberries,  grapes,  &c., 
belong,   the  fruit  is  plunged   into  the  solution  for  ten  minutes. 

*From  the  Jimriial  tV Agncvlture  Pratviite,  in  Agrumltwal  Gazette  of  2f.S.  Wales. 


155 

Then  it  is  taken  out  and  steeped  for  five  minutes  longer  in  cold 
water,  and  is  finally  spread  out  on  a  metal  strainer,  or  in  any 
other  suitable  place  to  allow  it  to  drain  and  dry.  In  the  second 
case,  when  the  fruit  has  a  peel  or  skin  which  is  not  eaten,  it  is 
subjected  to  the  formalin  solution  only. 

The  Kew  experiments  were  carried  out  on  five  kinds  of  fruit — 
cherries,  strawberries,  gooseberries,  pears,  and  grapes.  These  had 
not  been  specially  selected,  but  were  bought  in  fruit-shops,  and 
in  some  cases  from  street  vendors. 

The  following  figures  show  the  number  of  days  during  which 
the  fruit  so  treated  remained  perfectly  sound,  after  an  equal  quan- 
tity of  each  fruit,  non  treated,  taken  for  comparison,  had  become 
rotten  : — cherries,  7  days  ;  strawberries,  4  ;  gooseberries,  7  ;  pears, 
10;  and  grapes,  4.  These  results  apply  in  every  case  to  fruits 
which  were  perfectly  ripe  at  the  time  of  treatment ;  but  if  they 
are  subjected  to  the  process  before  maturity,  they  keep  just  as 
well,  while  the  normal  development  and  flavour  undergoes  no 
more  alteration  than  when  the  fruit  is  placed  in  a  refrigerator. 

It  would  have  been  interesting  to  know  the  length  of  time  which 
elapsed  between  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  experiment,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  number  of  days  during  which  the  treated  fruit  re- 
mained in  good  condition  longer  than  the  other.  The  practical 
English  people,  having  proved  that  this  msthod  of  conservation  is 
excellent  for  their  indigenous  fruits,  are  hoping  to  see  their  mar- 
kets supplied  with  several  delicious  varieties  of  tropical  fruits, 
which,  under  former  conditions,  has  been  impossible. 

A  minute  examination  of  ripe  fruit  from  the  West  Indies  intend- 
ed for  the  Colonial  Produce  Exhibition  at  the  Crystal  Palace, 
clearly  showed  that  the  decomposition  of  the  mangoes,  for  in- 
stance, during  the  journey  was  entirely  owing  to  mould  and  fer- 
mentation caused  by  bacteria  and  fungi  attacking  the  outer  sur- 
face, and  not  owing  to  a  tendency  of  the  fruit  to  decay  or  ripen 
too  quickly.  A  similar  treatment  could  be  profitably  employed  on 
a  number  of  tropical  fruits  which  are  imported  in  a  good  condition 
(such  as  bananas),  but  which  often  have  a  dark  and  disagreeable 
appearance,  caused  by  an  exterior  fungus.  Pears,  apples,  oranges, 
citrons,  &c.,  might  all  be  treated  with  the  same  advantage. 

In  England  great  importance  is  attached  to  this  new  means  of 
conservation,  which  is  at  once  very  simple,  inexpensive  and  ab- 
solutely harmless.  Several  other  preservatives  have  been  tried, 
but  taking  all  conditions  into  consideration — ease  of  application, 
smallness  of  cost,  and  perfect  safety  during  its  application — for- 
malin comes  easily  first.  It  is  easy  to  understand  why  the  English, 
who  are  the  greatest  importers  of  fruit  from  all  parts  of  the  world, 
should  be  eager  to  discover  a  process  for  preserving  as  long  as 
possible  its  quality  and  appearance ;  and  it  is  because  of  their  in- 
contestable and  official  statements  that  we  think  it  obligatory  on 
us  to  bring  this  new  process  under  the  notice  of  all  producers, 
merchants,  and  consumers,  to  whom  the  preservation  of  fruit  is  a 
daily  problem. 


156 

But  although  the  use  of  the  preservative  is  chiefly  directed  to- 
wards the  keeping  of  table  fruit,  it  might  be  applied  quite  as  ad- 
vantageously to  cider  fruit.  Many  cider  apples  and  pears,  in 
spite  of  the  great  resistance  of  their  anatomical  structure,  as  com- 
pared with  that  of  the  garden  varieties,  have  just  as  much  need  of 
protection.  The  greatest  enemy  to  cider  apples  intended  to  be 
kept  for  a  long  time  is  rot.  It  originates  in  the  same  way  as  on 
eating-apples,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  same  treatment 
will  produce  the  same  results  on  similar  subjects.  We  repeat  the 
mode  of  procedure.  Plunge  for  ten  minutes  in  cold  water  con- 
taining 3  per  cent,  of  formalin.  A  tub  or  a  cask  cut  in  halves 
will  serve  for  the  purpose  of  a  bath.  Take  out  the  fruit,  and  drain 
and  dry  on  trays,  then  place  in  the  storeroom  as  usual,  putting  on 
one  side  for  comparison  a  lot  of  the  same  species  and  weight 
which  have  not  been  sterilised.  The  expense  of  this  new  method 
of  conservation  is  quite  insignificant,  and  the  profits  must  be  very 
high  if  the  fruit  will  keep  for  some  time  in  a  perfect  state  as  is 
alleged  ;  and  if  the  treatment  can  be  as  successfully  carried  out 
with  the  more  delicate  garden  fruits,  it  will  become  of  immense 
importance,  and  affect  every  species  under  the  sun. 


COCO-NUT  BUD  ROT  DISEASE. 

Coco-nut  trees  are  often  unproductive  for  various  reasons,  and 
they  die  from  diseases  due  to  different  causes.  But  for  some  years 
it  has  been  evident  that  a  specific  disease  has  been  attacking  these 
trees  independently  of  unsatisfactory  or  unhealthy  conditions. 

This  is  known  now  as  the  "  bud-rot"  disease,  from  its  habit 
of  attacking  those  portions  of  the  tree  which  are  in  the  young, 
immature,  or  bud  stage. 

The  flowers,  while  still  in  a  very  immature  stage  of  budding, 
are  most  liable  to  attack  ;  but  instances  also  occur  where  the  "cab- 
bage" is  first  attacked  while  the  tree  is  in  full  bearing  and  shows 
no  sign  of  disease.  As  the  "  cabbage"  is  the  vegetative  bud  of 
the  whole  tree  on  which  its  life  depends,  the  disease  is  fatal  when 
it  reaches  it. 

The  appearance  of  the  flowers  is  well  known.  There  are  several 
long  branches,  covered  with  numerous  small  flowers,  which  con- 
tain pollen  only,  and  a  few  larger  knob-like  flowers,  which  gra- 
dually grow  and  become  coco-nuts. 

The  flowers  and  branches  are  at  first  all  enclosed  in  a  sheath  or 
spathe,  and  in  this  condition  the  whole  thing  is  commonly  called 
a  "sword."  The  earliest  appearance  of  the  "sword"  is  as  a  small 
protuberance  just  above  the  base  of  the  leaf-stalk. 

The  disease  is  most  liable  to  attack  the  tree  when  the  "  swords" 
first  bud  out.  If  it  attacks  these  when  they  first  appear,  the  pro- 
bability is  that  they  rot  away  without  growing  much,  and  the  tree 
has  the  appearance  of  being  sterile.  Or,  it  may  insinuate  itself 
at  a  later  stage,  and  grow  up  amongst  the  flowers  possibly  even 
without  affecting  the  outer  sheath.     The  effect  is  to  cause  the  nuts 


157 

to  drop  at  various  stages,  either  when  they  first  appear  after  push- 
ing out  from  the  sheath  or  even  when  they  are  nearly  full-grown. 

The  disease  extends  from  the  flower  bud  along  the  stalk  of  the 
adjacent  leaf,  causing  it  to  turn  a  yellow  colour,  and  spreads  along 
the  stem  itself,  until  finally  it  reaches  the  "cabbage"  and  kills  the 
tree. 

Although  bacteria  have  been  found  in  great  numbers  in  diseased 
spots,  it  is  not  yet  decided  whether  they  constitute  the  disease  it- 
self, or  whether  they  are  only  the  accompaniment  of  another 
disease. 

But  the  practical  point  is  that  by  means  of  experiments  which 
have  now  been  carried  on  for  some  time,  it  has  been  shown  that 
this  disease  can  be  checked  by  two  methods.  One  plan  is  to  fire 
the  tree  by  putting  a  light  to  the  fibrous  material,  the  so-called 
"  strainer,"  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  during  dry  weather.  The  fii'e 
burns  the  leaves,  and  scorches  all  the  tender  parts,  killing  the 
disease. 

Another  plan  is  to  spray  the  head  thoroughly  with  Bordeaux 
mixture.  Several  instances  can  be  pointed-  out  where  trees  have 
been  sprayed,  and  are  now  healthy-looking  and  are  holding  their 
nuts.  It  is  advisable,  however,  to  spray  diseased  trees  every  six 
months,  for  say  two  years,  as  a  prevention  against  its  breaking 
out  again. 

Firing  a  tree  is  the  easier  method,  and  there  is  no  expense  for 
spray  pump  and  for  the  Bordeaux  mixture :  but  the  leaves  have 
been  burnt,  and  it  will  take  about  two  years  before  any  fruit  is 
obtained.  If  the  average  annual  crop  is  worth  4s.,  this  delay 
means  a  loss  of  8s.  a  tree. 

The  expense  of  the  Bordeax  mixture  and  its  application  is  esti- 
mated to  cost  about  2d.  a  tree,  without  counting  the  cost  of  the 
spray  pump. 

The  spray  pump  can  be  worked  by  two  boys,  one  to  climb  the 
tree,  and  point  the  nozzle  at  the  end  of  the  hose  downwards  all 
round  the  head,  while  the  other  works  the  pump. 

When  the  cabbage  is  rotten,  or  when  a  tree  dies,  it  should  be 
cut  down,  and  the  head  with  its  leaves  should  be  thoroughly 
burnt,  otherwise  it  remains  a  source  of  infection  to  other  trees,  not 
only  in  the  neighbourhood,  but  probably  for  long  distances  round. 

BORDEAUX   MIXTURE. 

Bordeaux  mixture  is  best  made  according  to  the  following  for- 
mula : — 

Blue  Stone  (Copper  Sulphate)         6  pounds 
Unslacked  Lime  4  pounds 

Water  50  gallons 

It  requires  careful  mixing,  or  the  ingredients  will  not  combine 
properly.  Put  25  gallons  of  water  into  a  barrel.  Tie  up  6  pounds 
of  copper  sulphate  in  a  piece  of  coarse  sack,  and  hang  this  by  a 
stick  laid  across  the  top  of  the  barrel  so  as  to  be  just  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  water  until  it  has  slowly  dissolved. 


158 

In  another  barrel  slake  4  pounds  of  lime  very  slowly  and  care- 
fully, at  first  only  adding  about  a  quart  of  water  at  a  time,  until  a 
perfectly  smooth  paste,  free  from  grit  is  obtained.  Add  water  to 
make  the  whole  23  gallons,  and  wait  until  cool.  Now  pour  both 
together  into  a  cask  holding  50  gallons.  The  milk  of  lime  should 
be  thoroughly  stirred  before  pouring,  and  finally  the  mixture 
should  be  well  stirred  for  four  or  five  minutes  with  a  wooden  pad- 
dle. 

If  not  perfect,  the  mixture  is  liable  to  injure  the  foliage,  and  in 
order  to  test  this,  put  the  blade  of  a  penknife  into  the  mixture  and 
leave  it  for  one  or  two  minutes.  If  there  is  any  deposit  of  copper 
on  the  blade,  showing  a  brownish  colour,  it  is  not  safe  to  use  it, 
and  more  lime  must  be  added  until  the  knife  is  not  discoloured. 


HOW  TO  KEEP  MOSQUITOES  FROM  THE 

HOUSE. 

The  following  rules  for  preventing  the  mosquito  plague  is 
adapted  from  the  United  States  Bulletin : — 

1.  Mosquitoes  breed  o>ily  in  water;  usually  standing  water  in 
artificial  places,  not  running  streams. 

2.  Mosquitoes  occur  in  the  vicinity  in  which  they  breed.  In- 
vasions from  long  distances  are  exceptional. 

3.  The  young  mosquito  or  "  wriggler"  lives  in  water  at  least  10 
or  12  days. 

4.  Although  the  wrigglers  live  in  water,  they  iniisl  come  fre- 
quently to  the  surface  to  breathe. 

5.  Kerosene  oil  on  the  surface  of  the  water  prevents  the  wriggler 
from  breathing. 

6.  Destroy  the  breeding  places  and  you  will  destroy  the 
moscjuitoes. 

7.  Empty  the  water  from  all  tubs,  buckets,  cans,  flower  pots, 
vases,  etc.,  once  a  week. 

8.  Fill  in  or  drain  all  pools,  ditches  and  various  excavations, 
such  as  post  holes  left  unfilled,  etc. 

9.  Change  regularly  all  water  needed  in  chicken-runs,  yards, 
etc. 

10.  Treat  with  kerosene  oil  all  standing  water  which  cannot  be 
screened  or  drained  (l  oz  of  oil  (two  tablespoonsful)  will  cover 
15  square  feet  of  surface).  The  oil  does  not  affect  the  water  for 
use  if  the  water  is  drawn  from  below. 

11.  Put  wire  netting  over  cisterns,  wells  and  tanks  of  water 
in  every-day  use. 

12.  Places  in  which  it  is  undesirable  to  place  oil,  such  as 
watering  troughs  for  stock,  ponds,  etc.,  can  be  kept  free  of  the 
wrigglers  by  putting  in  gold  fish.  The  nymphs  of  dragon  flies 
and  tadpoles  of  frogs  also  feed  on  the  wrigglers. 

13.  See  that  the  plumbing  about  the  place  is  in  perfect  order. 
Prevent  leakage  of  pipes  or  clogging  of  eaves  and  gutters. 

14.  Inspect  all  cesspools  and  see  that  the  covers  are  absolutely 
tight. 


159 

IS-  Clean  away  all  weeds,  grass  and  bushes  about  ditches, 
ponds,  and  other  possible  breeding  places,  since  these  afford  a 
hiding  place  for  the  adult  mosquitoes. 

16.  Clean  up  vacant  lots  and  back  yards  of  all  cans,  tins, 
bottles  and  rubbish. 

17.  First  do  away  with  or  treat  all  places  where  mosquitoes  are 
known  to  breed,  and  then  begin  to  work  on  places  where  they 
might  breed.  Remember  that  large  quantities  breed  in  wild 
pines,  hollows  in  trees  and  in  banana  leaves.  Keep  the  vegeta- 
tion low  near  the  house. 

18.  As  a  citizen  of  your  community  you  should  feel  a  personal 
responsiblity  for  the  destruction  of  the  mosquitoes  in  your  district, 
and  seek  to  co-operate  with  your  neighbours  in  the  work  of  doing 
away  with  breeding  places.  Inspect  and  treat  with  kerosene-oil, 
gutters,  culverts,  ditches,  man-holes,  catch-basins,  etc.,  along  the 
roadside.     Man-hole  covers  should  be  screened. 

19.  Where  oil  is  applied  to  standing  water  it  must  de  distri- 
buted evenly  over  the  surface.  Use  a  hand  syringe,  or,  if  the  area 
is  great,  a  knapsack  sprayer. 

20.  Houses  should  be  cleared  of  all  winged  mosquitoes  by  the 
burning  of  insect  powder.  The  mosquitoes  will  fall  to  the  floor, 
and  should  be  collected  and  burned. 

21.  Relief  in  any  community  or  district  depends  entirely  upon 
the  co-operation  of  the  members  of  the  community. 


EXPORTING  SEED  OF  PARA  RUBBER. 

By  H.  N.  Ridley,  M.A.,   F.L.S.,  Director  of  the  Botanic  Gar- 
dens, Straits  Settlements.  * 

As  is  well-known,  the  seed  of  the  Para  Rubber  tree  deterio- 
rates very  rapidly  after  it  is  ripe  and  soon  loses  its  germinating 
power,  it  is  not  always  easy  to  send  seed  long  distances  without  a 
very  large  percentage  of  losses,  at  the  same  time  the  demand  for 
seed  in  distant  parts  of  the  world  is  very  considerable,  and  a  good 
many  experiments  have  been  tried  m  the  Botanic  Gardens  in 
various  methods  of  packing  to  ensure  their  arrival  in  good  con- 
dition. The  reports  received  from  the  recipients  of  these  seeds 
have  been  remarkably  good,  as  the  following  records  will  show  :- 
Of  7,500  seeds  sent  to  Jamaica  on  August,  31st,  were  received  on 
25th  October,  and  Mr.  Fawcett  writes  : — "The  7,500  seeds  sent 
in  biscuit-tins  are  all  germinating  very  well  and  we  shall  scarcely 
lose  500  of  them."  t 

One  hundred  were  sent  in  a  similar  manner  to  Calabar  on  the 
date  July,  6th  and  arrived  on  September,  20th.  The  Acting 
Secretary  writes  in  reply  : —  "  The  seeds  were  soaked  in  water  for 

*  Agricultural  Bulletin  of  the  Straits  and  Federated  Malay  States.  Vol.  V.,  No.  1., 
Jan.,  1906. 

t  Over  87  per  cent,  of  the  seed-^  sown  gerninated,  hut  some  of  the  seedliujjs  %vere 
constitutionally  week  and  died,  so  that  only  5,071  plants  sui  vived,  or  ahout  (iS  per  cent, 
of  the  seeds  sown  A  War  IImu  case  arrived  with  2,h00  seeds,  but  only  18  plants  were 
raised  out  of  the  whole  number.  Direetar,  Bulletin  of  the  Agricultural  Department 
Jatnaioa, 


i6o 

two  days  on  their  arrival  and  were  tlien  planted  with  the  upper 
portion  left  above  the  soil.  Ninety  out  of  the  hundred  seeds 
have  already  germinated  (Nov.  7th.)  and  appear  healthy  young 
plants. 

To  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  135  seeds  were  sent  on  July,  6th, 
packed  in  charcoal,  in  a  biscuit-tin.  They  arrived  in  a  month, 
and  123  germinated.  On  February,  I2th,  1903,  20  seeds  were 
sent  to  Mr.  J.  C.  Harvey,  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  who  writes.  May  19th, 
1903,  that  "  out  of  the  20  seeds  of  Hcvca  hrasiliensis  I  have  14 
young  plants.  They  came  up  in  a  few  days,  and  possibly  a  few 
more  may  germinate,  though  three  seeds  were  decayed."  These 
were  all  sent  in  biscuit  tins.  Those  sent  to  Jamaica  were  packed 
in  slightly  damped  incinerator  earth,  but  it  was  necessary  to 
replace  the  upper  part  of  the  packing  with  sawdust  to  reduce  the 
weight,  as  incinerator  earth  is  very  heavy  and  the  box,  a  two- 
pound  tin,  which  contained  150  seeds  would  have  been  over  par- 
cel post  weight. 

The  other  tins  were  filled  with  damp  charcoal  finely  powdered. 
In  packing,  a  certain  amount  of  care  is  required  in  damping  the 
charcoal  so  as  to  get  it  eciually  moistened  all  through,  and  not 
either  over  wet  or  over  dry.  This  is  best  done  by  damping  the 
charcoal  thoroughly  and  then  drying  it  in  the  sun  constantly 
stirring  and  turning  it  over,  till  it  is  uniformly  slightly  damped. 
The  incinerator  earth  which  had  been  exposed  to  the  elements 
was  damp  when  received  and  only  wanted  partial  drying  to  fit  it 
for  packing.  Its  v/eight  is  against  its  use,  but  both  it  and  the 
powdered  charcoal  have  the  great  advantage  of  preventing  any 
attacks  of  mould  or  bacteria  likely  to  cause  decomposition. 
Other  experiments  with  powdered  coir  fibre,  and  coir  dust,  saw- 
dust and  variously  prepared  soils  have  been  tried,  but  the  results 
do  not  seem  to  have  ever  been  as  successful.  One  experiment 
was  maae  in  putting  the  seeds  in  water  for  a  month,  and  though 
that  might  be  effective  for  a  fortnight  or  so,  they  had  all  perished 
by  the  end  of  the  month. 


ACREAGE  IN  RUBBER. 

Sir  Frank  Swettenham  writes  with  regard  to  an  article  which 
appeared  in  Tlic  Standard  of  August  8  last  : — The  acreage  planted 
with  Para  rubber  in  the  Straits  and  Malay  States  on  January  i 
last  was  30,000  acres,  and  in  Ceylon  25,000  acres.  Since  that 
date  the  total  area  planted  in  the  Malay  States  does  not  amount 
to  10,000  acres. 

The  United  Planters' Association  in  the  Malay  States  have  taken 
pains  to  go  into  this  queston,  and  in  their  latest  report  they  give 
the  following  figures  :  Total  acreage  planted  with  rubber  in  the 
Straits  and  Malay  States  30,000  acres;  Sumatra,  5,000  acres  ;  Java, 
5,000  acres  ;  Ceylon,  25,000  acres  ;  India  and  Burma,  5,000  acres  ; 
total  70,000  acres.     Allowing  that  all  this  is  good,  and  will  give  the 


i6i 

good  yield  of  200  lb.  per  acre,  the  amount  produced  would  be 
14,000,000  lb.  This  acreage  cannot,  however,  be  all  in  full  bear- 
ing till  the  end  of  191 1,  and  they  calculate  that  no  more  than  this 
acreage  can  be  in  bearing  till  191 1,  because  it  is  not  yet  planted. 
The  exports  from  Para  for  the  last  three  years  have  remained 
practically  constant  at  about  30,000  tons,  and  the  world's  pro- 
duction was,  in  1898,  as  nearly  as  it  can  be  ascertained,  about 
60,000  tons,  or  134,000,000  lb.  The  present  production  is  estimated 
at  70,000  tons,  or  156,000,000  lb.,  of  which  Asia  can  only  produce 
14,000,000  up  to  the  year  191 1,  What  she  can  produce  after  that 
date  will  depend  upon  the  area  planted  and  successfully  cultivated 
between  now  and  191 1. — Standard,  Dec.  6. 


PLANTING   OF    HARD   AND    SOFT    WOODED 

PLANTS. 

By  W.  J.  Thompson,  F.R.H.S.,  Travelling  Instructor. 

In  travelling  about  the  country  I  am  surprised  to  find  how  few 
people  seem  to  remember  that  hard  and  soft  wooded  plants  need 
totally  different  treatment  to  enable  them  to  develop  properly. 
People  go  on  planting  young  cocoa  and  orange  plants  just  as  they 
plant  banana  suckers,  with  the  result  that  most  hard  wooded  trees 
are  not  giving  more  than  half  the  crop  they  should. 

Two  typical  types  of  soft  wooded  plants  are  banana  and  cane ; 
two  typical  types  of  hard  wooded  plants  are  cocoa  and  oranges. 

The  soft  wooded  plants,  which  consist  chiefly  of  water,  need 
to  have  their  bases  covered  with  a  considerable  amount  of  damp 
soil  if  they  are  to  continue  thriving.  On  the  other  hand,  hard 
wooded  plants,  consisting  chiefly  of  wood,  need  just  the  reverse 
condition  to  get  them  to  grow  as  they  should,  viz.,  the  base  of  the 
plant  must  be  kept  level  with  the  surrounding  ground,  so  that  it 
can  get  enough  sun,  light  and  air. 

It  is  most  important  that  planters  of  all  degrees  should  realize 
the  different  requirements  of  the  two  different  classes  of  plants. 
In  almost  all  cases  where  I  am  asked  to  inspect  sickly  plants  and 
trees  of  cocoa,  &c.,  I  find  that  most  of  the  cases  where  the  young 
plants  are  not  growing,  or  old  plants  are  not  fruiting,  or  dying 
off,  can  be  traced  to  the  plants  having  been  planted  too  deeply.  I 
have  come  across  scores  of  cases  where  cocoa  plants  have  had 
their  bases  from  3  ins.  to  12  ins.  below  the  surface  of  the  ground  ; 
and  although  when  the  bases  of  this  class  of  plants  are  planted 
too  deeply,  nature  comes  to  the  tree's  assistance  by  young  roots 
being  formed  just  below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  these  surface 
roots  do  not  compensate  for  the  loss  of  the  natural  upper  roots  of 
the  tree  which  have  died  off,  or  are  in  a  half  dead  condition 
through  not  getting  enough  light  and  air.  With  deep  planting, 
if  the  plant  does  not  die  after  a  few  years,  it  does  not  give  the 
amount  of  fruit  that  a  properly  planted  tree  will  do.  Too  much  time 
and  care  cannot  be  given  to  the  planting  of  these  hard  wooded 
plants  to  see  that  they  are  planted  properly. 


I62 

In  July  last,  in  St.  Catherine,  I  inspected  about  20  cocoa  trees — 
old  trees,  about  12  feet  high;  only  three  of  the  trees  had  their 
bases  showing  level  with  the  surrounding  ground  ;  and  although 
this  is  the  season  when  we  do  not  expect  to  see  many  cocoa  pods 
on  the  trees,  one  tree  had  60  pods,  the  other  two  had  from  40 
to  50  pods  each,  while  the  rest  of  the  17  trees  had  not  60  pods 
between  them. 

Within  the  last  few  months  I  have  been  paying  a  good  deal  of 
attention  to  the  question  of  shade  for  cocoa,  but  I  have  found  that 
in  all  cases,  if  the  cocoa  tree  has  been  properly  planted  that  the 
trees  gave  good  returns  whether  they  were  shaded  or  not ;  but 
where  the  tree  had  been  planted  too  deeply,  whether  shaded  or 
not,  the  condition  of  the  tree  and  the  yield  were  not  satisfactory. 

In  planting  out  hard  wooded  plants,  intelligent  workmen  should 
be  employed,  and  it  should  be  strongly  impressed  upon  the  work- 
men which  the  base  of  the  plant  is  and  that  when  the  soil  has  fi- 
nally settled  down,  the  base  of  the  plant  should  be  level  with  the 
surrounding  ground. 

I  observe  that  when  the  workmen  are  going  to  plant  out  seed  or 
young  plants  of  cocoa  after  the  soil  has  been  cultivated,  that  they 
are  careful  to  make  a  kind  of  shallow  basin,  and  when  it  comes 
to  planting  the  seeds  or  plants  are  placed  from  two  to  six 
inches  deep.  This  way  of  planting  is  wrong,  and  is  responsi- 
ble for  such  a  large  percentage  of  plants  not  giving  satisfactory 
results. 

The  way  to  prevent  the  plant  from  settling  down  too  low  after 
planting  is  to  leave  the  cultivated  soil  six  inches  higher  than  the 
surrounding  ground  where  the  plant  or  seeds  are  to  be  planted. 

As  a  rule  if  seeds  are  being  planted,  there  is  not  so  much  risk 
in  putting  them  too  deeply  ;  but  even  with  seeds,  after  the  soil  has 
been  made  somewhat  fine,  pare  should  be  taken  to  see  that  they 
are  not  planted  more  than  an  inch  under  the  ground.  I  find  that 
it  is  when  seedlings  are  planted  out,  that  the  greatest  loss  takes 
place. 

When  transplanting  the  young  cocoa  plant  from  the  bamboo 
pots  or  beds,  care  should  be  taken  to  take  off  a  little  of  the  sur- 
face soil  till  the  base  of  the  young  plant  is  reached,  and  after 
this  is  found,  make  a  small  hole  in  the  raised  soil  and  put  the 
young  plant  in  the  soil ;  just  deep  enough  for  the  base  of  the 
plant  to  be  on  a  level  with  the  raised  soil.  It  is  better  to  place 
the  young  plant  an  inch  too  high  than  half  an  inch  too  low.  ^woaAHj 

This  may  seem  a  small  matter  to  some  people,  but  I  have  looked 
into  the  subject  minutely,  and  to  say  that  one-fourth  of  the  young 
plants  planted  out  each  year  die,  and  that  from  the  fruiting  trees 
we  are  not  getting  as  much  cocoa  as  we  should  by  40  per  cent, 
through  the  trees  being  planted  too  deeply,  is  making  a  very  low 
estimate  of  losses. 

This  deep  planting  of  such  plants  as  cocoa  and  oranges  is  a 
most  serious  matter  for  the  planter. 

If  all  small,  stunted  cocoa  trees,  such  as  make  a  little  growth  in 
the  dry  weather  and  die  back  in  a  wet  season  are  examined,  it  will 


163 

be  found,  if  the  soil  is  taken  away  from  the  stem,  that  the  base  of 
the  plant  is  several  inches  below  the  surface  of  the  ground.  In 
such  cases  I  would  strongly  recommend  that  the  plants  be  dug 
out  and  thrown  away ;  they  cannot  be  transplanted  and  would  never 
do  any  good  if  left  to  grow.  The  same  advice  applies  to  citrus 
plants. 

Unless  care  is  taken  to  get  these  young  plants  properly  planted, 
good  soil,  manure,  labour,  etc.  are  all  wasted,  and  those  who  will 
look  into  the  matter  will  find  that  all  the  cocoa  trees  that  are  giving 
good  returns,  have  their  bases  level  with  the  surface,  and  those  that 
are  not  giving  good  returns  or  are  in  a  half  dead  state  will  be 
found  with  their  bases  several  inches  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground. 

The  reason  why  these  hard-wooded  trees  do  not  thrive  when 
planted  too  deeply  in  the  soil,  is  because  the  base  of  the  tree  is 
kept  too  damp  and  cold,  the  lower  roots  of  the  tree  die  off  and  the 
few  surface  roots  cannot  support  the  tree.  That  Jamaica  has  the 
climate  and  soil  conditions  suited  for  producing  very  fine  cocoa 
can  be  judged  from  the  fact  that  we  have  cocoa  trees  in  the  Island 
measuring  6o  inches  round  the  trunk  two  feet  from  the  ground, 
the  trees  being  in  a  healthy  condition  and  giving  large  crops  of 
pods  each  season.  These  trees  are  exposed  to  all  the  sun  that 
passes,  and   the  bases  stand  level  with  the  surrounding  ground. 


TURMERIC. 

Turmeric  *  is  extensively  cultivated  all  over  India  for  its  roof 
stocks,  and  is  now  found  more  or  less  wild  in  Jamaica,  especially 
in  the  western  districts.  It  is  the  well-known  haldi  universally 
used  as  a  condiment  with  curry-stuffs  and  also  as  a  dye,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  profitable  of  crops  in  India.  The  dye-yielding  rhi- 
zome is  harder  and  much  richer  in  colour  than  the  edible. 

CULTIVATION. 
The  preparation  of  the  soil  necessary  for  turmeric  is  similar  to 
that  for  ginger,  but  lands  intended  for  turmeric  need  not  be 
worked  so  fine.  The  usual  planting  time  in  India  is  about  the  20th 
of  May.  The  plants  spring  up  in  about  a  fortnight.  One  or  two 
weedings  are  necessary,  and  care  must  be  taken  that  the  fields 
are  not  inundated.  After  about  a  year  and  nine  months  turmeric  is 
lifted.  When  it  is  raised  the  first  year,  as  is  the  practice  in  some 
places,  the  produce  is  less  in  quantity  and  inferior  in  quality. 

PREPARATION  OF  THE  ROOT-STOCK. 

Various  systems  are  apparently  practised  for  preparing  the  rhi- 
zome for  the  market.  Of  Bengal  it  has  been  said  :  "After  the 
rhizomes  have  been  dug  out  of  the  ground,  they  are  freed  from  the 
fibrous  roots  and  cleaned.  They  are  then  put  in  earthen  pots,  the 
mouths   of  which   are  to  be  carefully  closed  with  earthen  covers 

*  Curcuma  longa,  Linn.  luformation  from  Dictionary  of  Economic  Products  of 
India;  and  Bentley  and  Trimen's  Medicinal  Plants. 


1 64 

and  cow-dung.  These  pots  are  then  very  carefully  heated.  The 
turmeric  is  made  to  boil  in  its  own  juice,  a  process  which  gets  rid 
of  the  raw  smell  of  turmeric.  It  is  then  dried  in  the  sun,  the  dry- 
ing taking  nearly  a  week,  during  which  the  turmeric  requires  to 
be  covered  in  the  night  to  protect  it  from  dew.  In  some  places 
tumeric  is  boiled  in  water  in  which  a  little  cow-dung  is  mixed." 

Of  the  north-west  provinces.  Sir  E.  C.  Buck  says : —  "  When 
dug  up  the  roots  are  boiled  and  dried  in  the  sun  ;  in  this  form 
they  are  the  turmeric  sold  in  the  Indian  bazaars.  When  the 
dye  is  to  be  used  the  roots  are  again  boiled  and  powdered  while 
wet.  A  decoction  is  then  made  of  this  paste  in  water,  in  which 
the  cloth  is  well  steeped,  being  subsequently  dried  in  the  shade. 
In  the  Kumaon  district  the  roots  are  soaked  in  lime-juice  and 
borax  before  being  powdered  instead  of  being  boiled."  Of  the 
Punjab,  Mr.  Baden  Powell  says  the  tubers  are  taken  up  in 
November  and  dried  partly  by  the  action  of  fire  and  partly  by 
exposure  to  the  sun.  Of  Coimbatore  it  is  reported  : — The  roots 
are  carefully  sized  and  separately  boiled  in  a  mixture  of  cow-dung 
and  water,  dried  and  sent  to  market." 

CHARACTER  AND  VALUE  IN  COMMERCE. 

There  are  two  sorts  of  turmeric  seen  in  commerce — the  round 
and  the  long,  but  both  are  the  produce  of  the  same  plant ;  the  cen- 
tral rhizomes  or  root-stocks  constituting  the  round,  and  the  lateral 
or  secondary  rhizomes  (r?(foT5)  the  long ;  the  latter  are  the  more 
abundant.  The  former  are  roundish  or  somewhat  ovate,  usually 
from  about  one  inch  and  a  half  to  two  inches  in  length,  and  one 
inch  in  diameter,  pointed  at  one  end,  and  marked  externally  with 
annular  ridges.  They  are  often  found  cut  into  halves.  The  latter 
are  somewhat  cylindrical,  more  or  less  curved,  pointed  at  the  two 
extremities,  frequently  having  on  their  sides  one  or  more  short 
knobs  or  shoots,  about  the  thickness  of  the  little  finger,  two  or 
three  inches  long,  and  marked  externally  with  annular  ridges. 
Both  sorts  are  yellowish  externally,  very  hard  and  firm,  and  when 
broken  having  a  waxy-resinous  appearance,  and  an  orange-yellow 
or  reddish-brown  colour.  The  powder  is  orange  yellow.  Tur- 
meric has  an  aromatic  taste  and  odour  somewhat  resembling  gin- 
ger, but  peculiar.     When  chewed  it  tinges  the  saliva  yellow. 

The  following  is  a  quotation  from  the  Market  Report  published 
in  the  Chemist  and  Druggist  for  23rd  September  last  : — 

"Good  Madras  finger  has  been  sold  at  from  17s.  to  17s.  6d.  per 
cwt.,  being  steady,  and  Cochin  split  bulbs  are  quoted  at  from 
7s.  9d.  to  8s.  per  cwt.,  according  to  quantity." 

DYE. 

A  special  form  of  turmeric  is  grown  for  this  purpose,  namely 
a  harder  root,  much  richer  in  the  dye  principle  than  in  the  ordi" 
nary  condiment  form. 

The  colour  is  only  deposited  in  the  rhizome  with  age,  and 
hence,  in  all  probability,  the  above  mentioned  forms  have 
been    obtained    by    a    process    of    careful    selection    of     stock 


165 

observed  to  produce  the  colour  freely.  It  is  of  importance, 
however,  that  the  European  merchant,  in  purchasing  for  dye 
purposes,  should  see  that  he  gets  the  hard  dye-yielding  form  and 
not  the  softer  aromatic  condition,  which  is  used  as  a  condi- 
ment. 

The  rhizome  is  still  largely  used  by  the  European  dyers, 
though  the  fluctuation  in  the  trade  may  be  viewed  as  due 
to  the  development  of  the  aniline  industry.  Professor  Hummel 
says  of  it :-  "Notwithstanding  the  very  fugitive  character  of  the 
colour  it  yields,  it  is  still  much  used,  especially  by  the  wool  and  silk 
dyers  for  the  production  of  compound  shades — olives,  browns,  &c. 
It  gives  a  bright  yellow  colour  without  the  aid  of  a  mordant,  but 
when  mordants  are  used  with  it,  it  yields  other  colours  not  unlike 
those  obtainable  from  the  yellow  dye-woods.  The  colouring 
matter  of  turmeric  is  one  of  the  few  for  which  cotton  has  naturally 
a  strong  attraction." 

Although  turmeric  is  rich  in  colouring  matter,  its  want  of  per- 
manence   is    a    hindrance   to    its    application  as  a   dye-material. 

Some  time  back  the  use  of  turmeric  was  almost  exclusively  limit- 
ed to  printing  and  dying  silks.  It  is  now  employed  to  a  vast  extent 
in  stuff-dying,  forming  an  important  constituent  in  certain  compound 
colours,   especially  the  so-called  "  sour-browns.  " 

FOOD. 

Turmeric  forms  one  of  the  indispensable  ingredients  in  curries, 
and  is  used  for  colouring  confections,  etc. 

MEDICINE. 

Turmeric  contains  about  one  per  cent,  of  a  volatile  oil,  to  which 
its  odour  is  due,  some  starch,  a  yellow  colouring  matter  called 
curciimiu,  and  other  unimportant  substances.  The  alkalies  change 
the  colour  of  curcumin  to  reddish  brown  ;  and  boracic  acid  pro- 
duces an  orange  tint ;  hence  paper  tinged  with  tincture  of  tur- 
meric is  largely  employed  as  a  test  of  the  presence  of  alkalies. 

Turmeric  is  not  now  used  as  a  remedial  agent,  but  is  introduced 
into  the  pharmacopoeias  as  a  test  of  the  presence  of  alkalies.  For 
this  purpose  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  directs  unsized  white  paper 
to  be  steeped  in  tincture  of  turmeric  and  dried  by  exposure  to  the 
air.  It  is  also  occasionally  employed  in  pharmacy  in  colouring 
ointments  and  other  preparations. 

Used  as  a  stimulant  in  native  medicine  in  India :  externally 
applied  in  pains  and  bruises,  and  internally  administered  in  dis- 
orders of  the  blood.  Its  use  as  an  external  applicant  in  bruises, 
&c.,  is  perhaps  its  most  frequent  medicinal  application.  The 
fresh  juice  is  said  to  be  an  anthelmintic.  A  decoction  of  the 
rhizome  is  applied  to  relieve  catarrh  and  purulent  opthalmia. 


166 
JAMAICAN  GINGER." 

According  to  Gillespie  Bros.  &  Go's.  New  York  Market  Report 
for  March  l6,  ginger  continues  to  be  the  principal  factor  in  the 
spice  market.  The  continued  upward  movement  of  the  European 
market,  and  the  situation  in  Jamaica  as  reported  by  cable,  make 
it  almost  impossible  to  attempt  to  predict  what  price  Jamaica  root 
will  reach,  or  even  to  name  quotations,  London  has  advanced 
2s.  per  cwt.  within  the  past  fortnight,  and  buyers  here  have 
advanced  their  offers  let.  per  lb.,  but  were  unable  to  obtain  any 
ginger  even  at  the  advance.  With  the  situation  as  it  is  to-day,  it 
is  possible  to  obtain  almost  any  price  within  reason  for  the  small 
parcels  that  are  coming  to  hand.  On  to-day's  market  we  quote 
from  8c.  to  8|c.  per  lb.  for  dark  scraggy  root,  and  from  lOc.  to 
I  lie.  per  lb.  for  the  small  white  to  bright  bold  ginger. 


STUDY  OF  CASTILLOA   RUBBER,  t 

On  La  Zacualpa  plantation  in  Ghiapas,  Southern  Mexico, 
there  has  been  established  a  botanical  station,  the  principal  object 
of  which  is  to  study  the  Gentral  American  rubber  tree  (Castilloa 
elastica),  its  culture,  and  the  preparation  of  commercial  rubber 
from  this  tree.  On  La  Zacualpa  and  affiliated  plantations  there 
are  now  planted  over  three  million  trees,  and  at  least  two  addi- 
tional million  trees  will  be  planted.  In  connection  with  the  botanical 
station,  there  is  a  laboratory  for  chemical  and  physiological  inves- 
tigation of  the  latex.  A  complete  meteorological  observatory 
will  soon  be  ready  on  La  Zacualpa,  and  two  meteorological  substa- 
tions, will  be  established  in  the  mountains  close  by,  where  simul- 
taneous observations  will  be  made  at  the  elevations  of  2,000  and 
3,500  feet.  The  main  station  is  situated  at  250  feet  above  the  sea, 
twelve  miles  from  the  Pacific  Ocean,  on  the  lowlands  at  the  foot 
of  Sierra  Madre,  about  sixty  miles  from  the  border  of  Guatemala. 
The  director  of  the  station  is  Dr.  Pehr  Olsson-Seffer  from  Stanford 
University. 


BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM   MINUTES 

The  usual  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House  on  Wednesday,  13th  June.  Present  :- 
The  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Island  Chemist,  His  Grace 
the  Archbishop,  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools,  Messrs. 
C.  A.  T.  Fursdon,  C.  E.  DeMercado,  J.  W.  Middleton,  and  the 
Secretary. 

Acting  Chairman — The  Secretary  read  letter  from  the  Colonial 
Secretary's  Oifice  intimating  that  the  Governor  had  appointed  Mr. 

*  Extract  from  the  Agriciiltwral  A'eios,  April  14th,  1906. 
tFrom  Science,  March  16.  I:fl6.  p,  439. 


i67 

T.  L.  Roxburgh,  Acting  Colonial  Secretary,  to  act  as  a  Member  of 
the  Board,  and  as  Chairman  in  the  room  of  Mr.  Bourne,  Colonial 
Secretary,  who  had  been  granted  leave  of  absence  from  the  9th 
inst.     Mr  Roxburgh  then  took   the  chair. 

The  Secretary  read  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  which 
were  confirmed. 

Commercial  Agent  in  London — The  Archbishop  said  as  a  mat- 
ter arising  out  of  the  minutes  he  would  like  to  ask  the  opinion  of 
the  Board  whether  they  should  drop  the  matter  of  a  Commercial- 
Agent  in  London  owing  to  the  adverse  reply  of  the  Governor,  or 
whether  they  should  go  on  with  it,  and  if  so  what  should  be  done. 
He  quoted  from  a  lecture  delivered  at  the  Colonial  Institute,  what 
South  African  Colonies  were  doing  to  find  new  markets  for  their 
products.  He  believed  that  what  His  Excellency  had  quoted  as 
Mr.  Chamberlain's  decision  against  Crown  Colonies  having  Agents 
did  not  refer  to  Commercial  Agents,  but  referred  first  to  a  political 
agent  and  second  to  a  man  doing  business  on  his  own  account, 
but  what  we  wanted  was  purely  a  Commercial  Agent  whose  atten- 
tion would  be  wholly  devoted  to  the  commercial  interests  of  the 
Colony.  There  was  need  in  this  Colony  for  Government  support, 
not  only  for  the  stimulus  it  would  give  the  matter  but  for  the  status 
it  would  give  the  Colony. 

Mr.    Middleton    supported  the  idea  of  going  on  with  the  matter. 

Mr.  DeMercado  said  he  supported  the  idea,  but  in  this  matter 
almost  everything  would  depend  on  the  personality  of  the  agent. 

The  Board  unanimously  agreed  that  the  Committee  already  ap- 
pointed to  deal  with  the  matter  should  take  it  up  again,  viz :  the 
Archbishop,  Mr.  Middleton  and  Mr.  Murray. 

Elder  Dempster  &  Co.  £500  &  Instruetors — The  Secretary  read  let- 
ter from  the  Colonial  Secretary's  Office  transmitting  copy  of  a 
despatch  from  the  Secretary  of  State  for  the  Colonies  stating  that 
this  Government  would  receive  £500  a  year  to  be  paid  by  Messrs. 
Elder,  Dempster  &  Co.  in  lieu  of  their  Instructors,  provided  the 
money  was  devoted  by  the  Government  to  the  same  purpose. 

The  Secretary  submitted  letter  from  the  Colonial  Secretary's 
Office  stating  that  the  Governor  had  perused  with  interest  the 
report  on  the  successful  working  of  the  High  Ether  Instalation 
at  Hampden  Estate. 

Labourers  on  Estates — The  Secretary  read  letter  from  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Northside  Sugar  Planters'  Association  in  reply  to  his 
letter,  stating  that  with  reference  to  the  sale  of  beef,  pork  and  bread 
by  overseers  on  sugar  estates  the  practice  did  not  prevail  on  the 
northside  estates  as  it  was  the  general  rule  on  them  that  particular 
care  be  taken  to  pay  the  labourers  in  full,  and  no  compulsion 
was  put  on  them  to  buy  anything,  and  that  it  appeared  the 
present  law  was  sufficient  to  meet  such  cases. 

The  Secretary  stated  that  he  had  no  reply  from  the  Secretary 
of  the  Westmoreland  Sugar  Planters'  Association. 

Mr.  Cradwick  &  St.  Mary  Shoiv — A  letter  from  the  St.  Mary  Show 
Committee  was  submitted  stating  that  as  rains  prevented  Mr.  Crad- 
wick   from  carrying  out  his  programme  for  week  ending  June  9th 


I68 

they  would  ask  the  further  concession  of  allowing  him  to  be  in 
the  parish  for  week  ending  23rd  June,  besides  week  ending  30th 
as  at  present  arranged. 

The  Board  agreed  that  if  this  could  be  carried  out,  without  dis- 
arranging   Mr.    Cradwick's   itinerary  materially,  it  might  be  done. 

The  following  reports  from  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens 
were  submitted  : — 

1.  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Instructors. 

The  following  report  from  the  Chemist  was  submitted  : — 

Candidates  selected  by  the  Advisory  Committee  to  attend 
Distillers'  Course. 

These  were  approved  with  the  addition  of  Mr.  F.  L.  Clark, 
Richmond  Estate,  who  was  one  of  the  first  applicants  but  whose 
name  had  been  omitted  in  error  from  the  list,  the  extra  £lO  grant 
to  be  met  from  savings  in  the  Sugar  Experiment  Station  vote. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated  but  had  not 
yet  been  before  the  Board  were  submitted  : — 

Resignation  of  Mr.  Rudolf— Letler  from  C.  S.  O.  for  the  information 
of  the  Board  re  resignation  of  Mr.  Rudolf. 

The  Secretary  stated  that  the  Report  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture 
and  of  the  Chemist  for  the  year  ending  31st  March,  1906,  had  not 
been  returned  from  circulation  yet. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated  were  now  sub- 
mitted for  final  consideration  : — 

1.  Work  of  Agricultural  Students  for  Easter  Term. 

2.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

3.  Reports  by  Mr.  Cradwick  and  Mr.  Briscoe. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  till  Wednesday  Ilthjuly,  at2 
p.  m. 


[Issued  lllh  July,  1906.] 
Printed  at  the-  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingston,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 


OF    THE 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTimE. 

Vol.  IV.  AUGUST,  1906.  Part  8. 

EDITED    BY  / 

WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  E.L.S., 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  aiid  Plmitations. 


CONTENTS: 

• 

PAGE. 

Para  Rubber 

169 

Lagos  Silk  Rubber  ... 

171 

Notes  on  the  "Castilloa"  Rubber  Tree — II 

172 

Planting  Seed  Coco-nuts — II 

176 

Brazilian  Coffee 

176 

Camphor  in  Ceylon — II 

177 

Tobacco  dust  as  a  Fertilizer  and  Insecticide 

178 

The  Lleren  :  a  rare  root  crop 

178 

Tanier,  the  oldest  crop 

180 

Ring  Barking 

182 

Forests  and  Rivers  ... 

188 

Board  of  Agriculture 

191 

PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  tree  to  any  Resident  in  .Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Public  GarJous  and  Plantations,  Kingston  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  ; 

Hope  Gardens. 

1906. 


JAMAICA. 


BULLETIN  LIBRARY 

^  "  •: 

OF    THE  B- 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Vol.  IV.  AUGUST,  1906.  Part  8. 


PARA  RUBBER. 

Review  by  W.  G.  Freeman,  in  Botanisches  Centralblatt. 
Wright,  Herbert,  Hcvca  braziUensis  or  Para  Rubber.     Its  botany, 
cultivation,   chemistry  and  diseases.     (A  .M.   and  J.   Ferguson, 
Colombo.     I06  and  VII.  pp.     With  28  plates.     1905.) 
The  first  plants  of  Para  Rubber  were  received  at  Heneratgoda, 
Ceylon,  from  Kew  in  1875,  having  been  raised  from  seed  collected 
by  Mr.  Wickham  in  the  Ciringals  of  the  Rio  Tapajos.     Propaga- 
tion, first  by  cutting  and  later  by  seed,  was  carried  on  and  now 
there  are  some  40,000  acres  of  this  plant   in  Ceylon  whilst  large 
quantities  of    seed   have   been    distributed    to  many  parts  of   the 
world.     Although  at  first  it  iwas    thought    that    Hcvca   should   be 
planted  in  places  but  little  above  the  sea-level  it  has  been  shown 
that  it  will  grow  up  to  2,000  feet  and  even  higher  in  some  districts  of 
the  island.     The   laticiferous  system  is  briefly  described  and  the 
functions  of  the  latex  discussed. 

At  Para  itself  there  is  a  rain-fall  of  80  to  120  inches  and  a  mean 
temperature  of  75'  to  8l"F.,  and  although  it  is  pointed  out  that  these 
conditions  are  not  absolutely  necessary  for  the  cultivation  of  Para 
rubber,  many  parts  of  the  tropics  possess  them  and  in  these  areas 
the  industry  promises  to  become  as  important  as  in  Ceylon,  the 
Malay  Peninsula  and  India. 

The  cultivation  of  the  plant  is  dealt  with  in  detail,  and  illustrated 
by  views  of  trees  grown  in  various  conditions,  e.g.,  drained  swampy 
lands,  rocky  hillsides,  &c.  With  wide  planting  coffee  and  cacao 
can  be  grown  with  success  amongst  Hevea,^Nh.\\si  as  "catch crops" 
for  the  first  few  years,  Groundnuts  {Arachis  hypogaca),  Cassava 
{Manihot  utilissima)  and  lemon  grass  {Andropogon)  have  given  good 
results. 

A  chapter  is  devoted  to  soils  and  manuring.  Three  chapters 
treat  fully  of  the  important  question  of  tapping.  The  harm  done 
by  bad  tapping  by  which  the  wood  is  injured  is  illustrated.  Vari- 
ous patterns  of  tapping  instruments  are  described  and  illustrations 
given  of  several ;  GoUedge's  knife,  and  Bowman's  and  Northway's 


170 

knives  are  spoken  of  as  having  given  good  results.  The  use  of 
scrapers  of  any  kincf  is  deprecated  on  the  ground  that  in  practice 
they  tend  to  clog  the  freshly  opened  latex  tubes.  There  are  four 
principal  methods  in  vogue  of  tapping  trees,  (a)  single  oblique 
lines,  (b)  V-shaped  incisions,  (c)  single  oblique  cuts  joined  by  a 
vertical  channel ;  known  as  "  half-herring-bone"  when  all  the  cuts 
are  on  one  side  of  the  vertical  line,  and  "full  herring-bone"  when 
on  both  sides,  (d)  spiral  curves.  The  advantages  and  disadvan- 
tages of  the  various  methods  are  discussed.  Owing  to  the  favour- 
able results  obtained,  the  last  method  has  recently  gained  favour 
in  Ceylon  and  elsewhere.  The  main  stem  is  practically  the  onlj^ 
part  of  the  tree  to  be  tapped  and  the  greatest  yields  are  obtained 
from  the  lower  portion,  up  to  six  feet  from  the  ground  level.  Some 
doubt  appears  to  exist  as  to  the  quality  of  the  latex  obtained  from 
higher  levels  and  contrary  lesults  are  reported  from  different 
localities.  It  is  most  important  in  practice  to  take  advantage  of 
what  is  now  generally  known  as  the  "  wound  response"  which  is 
usually  obvious  within  24  to  48  hours  after  the  first  tapping.  In 
an  experiment  quoted  the  yield  of  latex  obtained  from  the  same 
number  of  incisions,  over  approximately  the  same  area  on  one  tree, 
increased  from  61  cc.  on  the  first  tapping,  to  449  cc.  on  the  four- 
teenth tapping,  about  two  a  half  months  later.  Tapping  every 
day  either  for  the  whole  of  the  rainy  season  or  during  alternate 
months  has  given  excellent  results  on  a  large  scale  on  several 
Ceylon  estates.  Trees  to  tap  should,  in  Ceylon,  be  not  less  than 
20  inches  in  circumference  3  feet  from  the  ground  and  at  least  4 
to  6  years  old.  Such  trees  may  be  expected  to  yield  I  to  3  lb.  of 
dry  rubber  per  tree  up  to  their  tenth  year  and  much  more  in  sub- 
sequent years.  Exceptionally  well  developed  trees  have  given  as 
much  as  12  to  25  lb.  a  year  without  shewing  any  ill  effects  or 
signs  of  exhaustion. 

The  general  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  latex  are 
briefly  touched  upon  and  analyses  quoted  of  that  derived  from  the 
plant  under  discussion.  The  production  of  rubber  from  latex  is 
fully  discussed,  and  the  various  methods  and  machines  employed 
are  described,  as  also  the  purification,  vulcanisation  and  uses  of 
rubber. 

The  commercial  varieties  of  Para  rubber  are  enumerated,  their 
preparation  described,  and  comparative  chemical  analyses  given 
of  various  kinds  of  plantation  rubber  from  Ceylon  and  the  Straits 
Settlements. 

The  recently  established  value  of  the  seeds  of  Hcvea  hrasilicnsis 
as  a  source  of  oil  is  pointed  out,  as  also  the  possible  use  of  the 
residual  cake  as  a  feeding  stuff.  The  methods  of  transporting 
the  seeds  in  a  living  condition  are  discussed  ;  the  best  results 
appear  to  have  been  obtained  by  packing  them  in  powdered  char- 
coal and  sawdust  in  sealed  tins.  The  use  of  Wardian  cases  is 
however  still  the  most  satisfactory  method.  A  chapter  is  devoted 
to  the  diseases  of  the  plant,  and  an  appendix  contains  estimates 
supplied  by  planters  of  the  cost  of  planting  rubber  in  Ceylon. 


171 
LAGOS  SILK  RUBBER. 

The  following  notes  on  the  Silk  Rubber  of  Lagos  are  taken 
from  an  article  by  M.  E.  De  Wildman  published  in  the  Revue  des 
Cultures  Coloniales,  and  translated  in  the  Agricultural  Bulletin  of 
the    Straits  and    Federated    Malay  States,  Vol.  II.,  4  April,  1903, 

p.  136. 

The  plant  is  specially  cultivated  at  present  in  Western  Africa 
in  the  Congo  Free  State  and  on  the  Cameroons,  and  is,  according 
to  the  author,  the  best  rubber  plant  to  cultivate  in  these  regions, 
and  this  is  so  for  several  reasons,  it  is  easy  to  procure  seed  as  the 
plant  is  wild  in  this  part  of  the  world  and  one  can  be  sure  that 
it  will  grow  well  as  the  soil  and  climate  are  naturally  suitable  for 
it.  The  German  Colonial  reports  show  that  Funtumias  of  the 
same  age  as  Castilloas  are  relatively  more  advanced,  the  Funtu- 
mias give  seed  at  the  end  of  two  years  and  a  half,  while  the  Cas- 
tilloa  fruits  only  at  the  end  of  from  three  and  a  half  to  four  years. 
If  one  compares  the  latex  of  the  two,  at  the  same  age,  one  can  see 
that  it  is  much  mojre  concentrated,  less  watery  and  sticky  in  Fun- 
tumia  than  in  Castilloa,  and  that  it  can  give  a  return  more  quickly. 
Castilloa,  according  to  M.  Koschny  can  only  be  milked  when 
eight  years  old.  As  to  the  rubber  itself,  that  of  Funtumia  is  as 
good  or  better  than  that  of  Castilloa.  The  results  of  comparative 
researches  with  Funtumia  and  Castilloa  in  West  Africa  are  in 
favour  of  the  former. 

The  seed,  sown  freshly  gathered,  sprouts  after  about  15  days 
and  grows  very  rapidly,  and  the  plants  are  readily  transported.  If 
at  first  the  stem  bifurcates  forming  a  bush,  either  a  shoot  is  deve- 
loped above  the  bifurcation,  or  one  branch  grows  more  strongly 
than  the  other  eventually  forming  the  trunk.  Among  the  advan- 
tages of  Funtumia  one  may  mention  that  the  latex  flows  more 
easily  and  quickly  than  that  of  Castilloa  or  Ficus  and  the  seeds 
keep  good  for  6  weeks  and  even  germinate  after  three  months. 
Nor  is  the  Funtumia  particular  as  to  soil,  it  grows  equally  well  in 
lateritic  or  basaltic  soils,  in  soils  rich  in  humus  or  stony.  As  to 
altitude,  it  has  been  noticed  that  it  does  best  below  800  metres. 
It  is  reckoned  that  in  April,  1902,  there  were  in  the  Cameroons 
200,000  plants,  exclusive  of  wild  ones.  The  plan  of  planting 
Funtumias  in  a  lightly  cleared  forest  as  has  been  frequently  done 
is  not  recommended.  They  do  not  grow  so  well  in  shade  as  in 
full  sun  when  they  are  too  week  to  resist  the  drying  action  of 
sun  and  wind,  they  naturally  should  be  protected,  but  when 
they  are  strong  enough  to  resist  this'they  develop  better  when  fully 
exposed  to  the  sun,  provided  that  the  ground  is  damp  enough. 
From  the  experiments  made  in  plantations  in  German  territory 
the  Funtumias  should  be  planted  6  metres  apart. 

The  tree  is  one  of  the  best  shade  trees  for  cocoa,  but  as  it  is 
pyramidal  in  foim  it  will  be  necessary  to  plant  close  which  is  not 
a  disadvantage.  It  is  also  recommended  to  use  the  tree  to  grow 
vanilla  on  as  in  ten  years  when  the  vanilla  is  dying  out  the  rubber 
trees  will  be  ready  for  tapping.     The  latex  is  coagulated  by  boil- 


172 

ing,  but  this  must  be  done  gently  and  can  only  be  done  after  the 
addition  of  water.  It  is  advisable  also  to  stir  the  mass  while  boil- 
ing slowly  to  prevent  the  formation  of  a  porous  mass  in  which  por- 
tions of  uncoagulated  latex  may  be  included.  After  coagulation 
the  rubber  must  be  carefully  washed. 


NOTES  ON  THE  "CASTILLOA"  RUBBER 
TREE-II.*^ 

By  "A.  Forester,"  Bluefields,  Nicaragua,  February  1906. 

What  latex  is  to  the  tree  is  still  a  debatable  question.  I  think 
that  it  is  simply  a  protection  against  insects  and  evaporation 
whenever  the  tree  is  wounded.  Anything  striking  against  the  out- 
"side  bark,  if  it  hits  hard  enough,  will  bruise  the  inner  bark  so  that 
the  latex  flows.  An  examination  of  this  place  a  day  or  two  later 
will  show  a  thin  coat  of  rubber  entirely  covering  the  bruise.  Tro- 
pical trees  do  not  have  the  thick  outer  corky  bark  of  northern 
trees.  Anything  striking  them  is  liable  to  bruise  the  inner  bark. 
This  sheet  of  rubber  forming  would  protect  the  bruise  from  too 
much  evaporation  and  from  insect  attacks.  Leaf  cutter  ants  do 
not  attack  the  leaves  of  Ccistilloa  and  cattle  do  not  seem  to  be  fond 
of  them,  but  I  believe  that  this  is  not  due  to  the  latex  but  due  to 
the  thick  coat  of  epidermal  hairs,  a  thing  which  few  tropical  trees 
seem  to  possess.  It  is  noticeable  that  ants  do  attack  Hcvca  which 
has  not  a  hairy  leaf. 

The  study  of  the  structure  of  the  latex  shows  that  it  has  two  dis- 
tinct parts — watery  solutions  and  a  solid  substance  in  minute  glo- 
bules. The  watery  solutioi>s  contain  no  rubber.  They  do  contain 
the  substance  which  forms  the  residue  of  the  black  water,  though 
this  substance  is  apparently  changed  by  oxidation  before  becom- 
ingblack  water.  They  may  also  contain  sugars  and  proteids,  as 
these  substances  are  evidently  there,  but  it  is  more  than  likely  that 
these  substances  are  not  in  the  original  latex  but  come  from  some 
other  bark  tissue  than  the  "milk  tubes." 

The  solid  globules  are  principally  rubber  but  they  are  said  to 
be  surrounded  by  protoplasm  and  contain  a  nucleus.  In  that  case 
they  would  be  cellular  in  their  nature.  As  the  tube  in  which  they 
are  enclosed  is  already  a  cell,  it  would  be  a  case  of  a  cell  within 
a  cell,  which  is  rather  rare  in  botany.  At  the  same  time  they  are 
very  small  for  cells.  I  have  not  been  able  to  examine  the  structure 
of  the  single  globule,  as  my  microscope  is  not  powerful  enough,  but 
I  think  that  they  are  not  cellular  but  are  originally  chromotophores 
in  which  rubber  has  been  stored.  In  that  case  they  would  be 
forrsed  in  a  similar  manner  to  starch  grains  in  a  potato  and  other 
roots.  I  believe  that  this  is  the  case  and  that  the  substance  in  so- 
lution, later  forming  the  black  water,  bears  the  same  relation  to 
rubber  that  sugar  does  to  starch  ;  that  is,  they  are  similar  forms  of 

♦From  the  India  Rubber  World.    Continued  from  Bulletin  for  May. 


173 

carbohydrates  which  can  be  readily  changed  from  one  to  the  other 
by  the  action  of  an  enzyme,  and  when  they  are  to  be  transported 
from  the  soluble  substance  and,  when  stored,  the  solid  substance. 
This  state  of  things  seems  to  be  the  same  in  all  latex  bearing 
plants,  as  all  that  I  have  examined  contain  this  watery  solution 
and  the  solid  globules,  though  the  watery  solution  does  not  always 
turn  black  and  the  solid  globule  is  not  always  rubber,  but  some 
times  a  sticky  substance. 

Dr.  Weber  asserted  that  the  black  water  was  due  to  oxidation 
and  he  believed  that  rubber  itself  was  an  oxidation  product.  Latex 
which  is  gathered  and  quickly  corked  up  away  from  the  air, 
forms  no  black  water.  Black  water  gets  blacker  for  longer  stand- 
ing in  the  air  until  about  five  days  after  gathering.  Fresh  black 
water  can  immediately  be  turned  to  its  deepest  black  by  ammonia, 
but  ananonia  will  not  affect  black  water  five  days  old.  I  believe 
that  the  action  of  ammonia  is  the  same  as  the  oxidation  in  the 
air.  Contact  with  metals  will  make  black  water  blacker.  Sugar 
slowly  takes  the  black  colour  away  and  latex  which  has  not  been 
allowed  to  oxidize  has  water  which  resembles  that  formed  by 
sugar.  I  believe  that  sugar  reduces  it  to  its  former  state.  I  do  not 
see  any  reason  to  think  that  rubber  itself  is  an  oxidation  product. 
It  is  possible,  but  if  so  it  can  be  further  oxidized  by  the  use  of 
nitric  acid. 

The  problem  of  tapping  has  a  great  deal  to  with  how  the  latex 
is  situated  in  the  tree.  According  to  most  writers  it  is  carried  in 
"  milk  tubes"  which  are  in  the  bark  and  are  arranged  vertically.  I 
have  not  found  any  writers  who  seem  to  know  what  these  milk 
tubes  are  like — whether  the  latex  runs  up  or  down  in  them,  or 
what  connection  these  milk  tubes  have  with  other  parts  of  the 
plant.  When  I  first  got  here  I  tried  a  number  of  experiments, 
trying  to  increase  the  flow  of  latex  by  multiple  tapping,  gradual 
tapping,  and  so  on,  but  all  these  failed.  The  reason  for  these 
failures  I  now  attribute  to  the  shape  and  position  of  the  latex 
carrying  tissue  in  the  plant.  This  tissue,  I  believe,  is  the  part 
known  as  the  bast  fibre.  Bast  fibres  are  long  fibrous  threads, 
tapering  to  a  point  on  each  end,  having  a  thick,  tough  wall  and  in 
most  plants  dead,  and  containing  nothing  in  the  cell  cavity. 

In  the  Castilloa,  the  microscope  shows  that  the  bast  fibres  have 
a  larger  cell  cavity  than  in  most  plants.  It  is  reasonable  to  sup- 
pose that  they  are  in  such  cases  alive  and  contain  something.  I 
have  seen  no  other  tissues  in  the  Castilloa  bark  which  contain  the 
latex  and  therefore  believe  that  these  bast  fibres  do.  The  bast 
fibres  are  arranged  vertically  and  are  probably  only  a  few  inches 
long.  Those  I  have  examined  in  temporary  branches  were  from 
I  to  3  inches,  but  they  are  probably  longer  in  older  parts  of  the 
trees.  The  fibres  are  probably  connected  to  each  other  by  pits 
but  I  have  not  been  able  to  locate  these  connections.  These  pits 
would  not  allow  solid  substances  to  pass  from  one  fibre  to  another, 
but  would  allow  water  and  watery  solutions. 

The  rubber  being  in  solid  globules  is  probably  formed  right  in 
the    fibre  itself.     The  fibres  are  not  arranged  in  regular  joints,  as 


174 

was  the  opinion  of  Carlos  Berger,  but  are  irregularly  arranged, 
the  tapering  end  of  one  fibre  fitting  between  other  fibres.  When 
the  fibres  are  cut  across  by  a  tapping  instrument  their  content  is 
ejected  by  bark  pressure.  Such  a  cut  will  take  latex  from  the 
tree  only  for  a  distance  of  3  or  4  inches  each  side  of  the  cut.  This 
shows  that  the  latex  does  not  run  up  and  down  the  tree  or  from 
one  fibre  to  another.  If  no  more  cuts  are  made,  the  latex  will  not 
be  renewed  in  the  cut  fibre  for  some  time  (not  entirely  for  about  3 
months),  although  the  surrounding  fibres  are  full  of  latex.  This 
shows  that  all  the  latex  from  the  tree  cannot  be  taken  from  one 
cut. 

The  distance  apart  that  cuts  should  be  made  around  the  tree  is 
a  disputed  subject,  and  depends  not  only  on  the  length  of  the  bast 
fibres  and  the  way  to  get  the  most  yield,  but  also  on  the  amount  of 
injury  done  to  the  tree.  If  yield  were  the  only  consideration,  one 
foot  would  be  a  good  distance  and  would  give,  I  believe,  the 
maximum  yield.  Eighteen  inches  will  give  close  to  the  maximum, 
giving  enough  more  latex  from  each  cut  to  make  up  for  the  fewer 
cuts.  Both  of  these  distances,  however,  are  objectionable,  because 
a  large  number  of  cuts  appears  to  detract  from  the  healing  powers 
of  the  tree,  and  the  more  cuts,  the  greater  the  chances  of  the  tree 
being  injured  by  the  borer.  Another  point  in  the  number  of  cuts 
is  the  time  and  labour  in  making  the  cuts.  Six  cuts  to  a  tree  is 
twice  as  much  labour  as  3  cuts,  but  if  it  does  not  give  twice  as 
much  rubber  it  would  be  cheaper  to  make  3  cuts  and  tap  a  larger 
number  of  trees  in  a  day. 

The  tapping  is  now  being  done  with  only  3  cuts  per  tree ;  one 
at  the  base,  one  at  5  feet  from  the  ground,  and  one  halfway 
between  these.  Tapping  above  5  feet  necessitates  the  use  of  lad- 
ders, and  this  would  mean'  more  labour  and  would  hardly  pay 
with  young  trees.  I  believe  the  making  of  4  cuts,  the  top  one  6 
feet  from  the  ground,  would  give  enough  more  than  3  cuts  to  pay, 
if  it  is  not  too  great  an  injury  to  the  tree. 

The  first  signs  of  healing  appear  between  one  and  two  weeks 
after  the  cut  is  made,  and  in  two  months  at  the  latest  the  cut  is 
well  healed.  In  time  the  old  cut  will  fill  with  new  material  which 
contains  latex  and  can  be  tapped  again  if  necessary.  Another 
strong  reason  why  the  tool  should  cut  to  the  cambium  is  that  not 
only  does  the  shallow  cut  miss  cutting  some  "  milk  tubes"  but  it 
misses  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  tubes.  The  milk  tubes  are 
formed  by  the  cambium  in  layers.  The  ones  closest  to  the  outside 
bark  were  formed  when  the  tree  was  very  young  and  small  in  cir- 
cumference. At  that  time  the  patches  of  tubes  were'close  together. 
Since  then  the  same  number  of  tubes  had  to  spread  out  and  cover 
a  circumference  of,  say  18  or  20  inches.  The  spaces  between 
these  tubes  are  filled  by  medullary  rays  which  run  from  the  pith 
outward  through  the  wood  to  the  outside  bark.  Therefore  the  out- 
ermost layers  contain  very  few  milk  tubes,  the  next  more,  and  so 
on,  until  the  innermost  layer  has  the  most  since  it  was  formed 
when  the  circumference  was  greatest.     This  is  borne  out  in  facts. 


175 

A  much  larger  yield  is  actually  obtained  by  cutting  into  the  cam- 
bium than  by  cutting  almost  into  it. 

Another  thing  to  be  avoided  is  cutting  too  deep.  When  a  cut 
goes  through  the  cambium  into  the  wood  the  healing  commences 
at  the  edges  of  the  cut  cambium,  and  has  to  spread  slowly,  making 
new  cambium  before  it  can  make  new  bark  or  wood.  If  too  much 
wood  is  exposed  in  this  case  it  will  often  dry  up  before  the  cam- 
bium can  heal  over  and  in  that  case  it  never  heals.  I  have  seen 
an  old  machete  cut  with  a  half  inch  of  wood  exposed,  with  the 
bark  thoroughly  healed  all  round  it.  I  was  told  that  it  had  been 
that  way  without  healing  for  two  years. 

As  to  the  time  to  tap,  there  appears  to  be  no  reason  why  the 
trees  should  not  be  tapped  at  any  time  during  the  rainy  season.  I 
should  imagine  that  the  dryest  season  in  March  and  April  would 
be  a  poor  time,  but  I  have  not  been  here  during  that  season.  Rain 
generally  makes  the  milk  rather  watery  and  makes  it  flow  more 
freely,  but  I  have  never  seen  it  so  watery  that  it  would  not  pay  to 
tap,  except  in  a  tree  which  had  been  recently  tapped.  Tapping  in 
heavy  rain  would  not  do,  as  it  would  wash  the  latex,  which  does 
not  flow  into  the  cups  and  might  fill  up  the  cups  and  spill  the 
latex  in  them. 

Temperature  affects  the  flow  of  latex  very  noticeahly.  The 
yield  of  rubber  is  much  greater  in  the  early  morning  than  at  any 
other  time  of  the  day,  and  always  decreases  toward  noon  and  in- 
creases toward  night.  This  is  not  so  noticeable  on  cool  cloudy 
days.  It  would  probably  not  be  so  noticeable  in  a  shady  planta- 
tion and  for  this  reason  some  people  have  claimed  that  shade 
grown  trees  yield  more.  I  believe  that  the  reason  temperature  af- 
fects the  flow  is  because  a  large  amount  of  the  water  is  evaporated 
and  the  latex  is  more  solid  and  does  not  flow  so  fi'eely. 

Experiments  of  others  have  shown  that  young  trees  and  younger 
parts  of  old  trees  contain  a  large  percentage  of  resin  in  their  rub- 
ber. I  have  made  one  observation  which  suggests  a  reason  for 
this.  In  cutting  a  temporary  branch,  or  leaf  stem,  it  is  noticeable 
that  the  latex  comes  very  close  to  the  outside  bark  and  that  there 
appears  to  be  a  second  ring  of  tubes  in  the  inner  bark.  Micros- 
copic examination  of  these  parts  shows  a  large  number  of  collen- 
dyma  cells  close  to  the  outside  bark.  These  cells  are  similar  to 
bast  fibres,  but  the  the  thick  part  of  the  walls  is  not  uniform.  Col- 
lenchyma  cells  are  never  formed  by  older  trees  except  in  their 
young  parts.  I  think  it  possible  that  these  coUendyma  cells  carry 
latex  which  is  richer  in  resins  than  ordinary  latex  and  which  may 
possibly  be  entirely  resin.  Of  course  these  coUenchyma  cells  re- 
main in  the  plant  as  it  grows  older  but  form  a  very  small  propor- 
tion of  its  tissue  at  that  time.  It  is  possible  that  rubber  or  resin 
may  have  some  chemical  relation  to  the  cellulose  of  which  the 
thick  walls  of  both  coUenchyma  and  bast  fibres  are  formed. 


176 
PLANTING  SEED  COCO-NUTS.-II.* 

The  following  notes  on  the  preparation  of  seed  coco-nuts  for 
planting,  from  the  Report  of  the  Philippine  Bureau  of  Agriculture, 
are  worth  noting  : — 

"In  preparing  nuts  for  planting  the  best  results  have  been  ob- 
tained in  the  following  manner.  The  nuts  are  selected  from  trees 
known  to  be  good  bearers,  bearing  not  less  than  150  nuts  per 
year,  these  uniform  in  size,  brown  in  husk,  rich  in  copra  and  fully 
ripe.  Fully  98  per  cent,  thus  selected  will  germinate  successfully. 
After  cutting  they  should  be  placed  immediately  in  the  nursery 
provided  (of  course  in  the  shade),  on  the  ground — not  hung  on 
poles  as  the  native  is  said  to  do.  Prior  to  placing  in  seed  beds,  a 
bit  of  the  husk  should  be  chipped  off  on  one  side,  it  should  then 
be  laid,  cut  side  up,  and  left  to  germinate.  Nine  months  usually 
elapses  before  they  are  ready  for  planting.  The  nut  when  placed 
on  end,  as  is  sometimes  done,  sends  out  a  spindling  plumule, 
easily  broken  at  Ithe  point  of  protuberance,  and  at  best  never 
gains  the  vigour  of  those  germinated  according  to  the  method 
given.  Two  thousand  nine  hundred  and  thirty-one  trees  have 
been  planted  this  year,  most  of  them  on  ground  that  has  been 
ploughed  and  pulverized  and  put  in  the  same  condition  as  for  a 
corn  crop.  The  result  has  been  a  marvellous  growth,  the  trees 
being  more  than  twice  as  large  as  those  left  to  themselves." 


BRAZILLIAN  COFFEE. 

The  "Times"  correspondent  Rio  Janiero  says  : —  t 

EXCHANGE. 

The  downward  course  of  exchange  continued  apace  from  I7f 
on  the  1st  February  last  to  I4{  f;  on  the  14th  of  this  month.  The 
recent  movement  was  little  short  of  hysterical.  Between  Good 
Friday  and  Easter  Sunday,  there  was  no  reason  to  believe  that 
there  would  be  any  greater  demand  for  bills  this  year  than  usual, 
yet  the  Banco  da  Republica  changed  the  bank  rate  fifteen  times  ! 
Every  one  of  these  changes  is  telegraphed  up  and  down  the  coast 
at  enormous  e.xpense,  and  yet  the  only  difference  between  opening 
and  closing  rates  was  3%  or  three  points — that  is  to  say,  the  mar- 
ket opened  at  four  point's  below  the  closing  on  the  previous  work- 
ing day,  and  oscillated  round  I5d.  at  intervals  of  about  20  minutes 
for  no  other  visible  reason  than  to  jkeep  the  brokers  running  and 
the  cable  busy.  If  the  15  millions  for  valorisation  is  borrowed 
and  remitted  (a  contingency  not  more  improbable  because  it  has 
been  repeatedly  denied)  the  balloon  will  once  more  be  filled  with 
gas,  but  otherwise  the  ballast  thrown  out  by  the  Banco  da  Repub- 
lica can  only  help  for  a  little  while,  and  we  may   soon   rest  again 

*  Fro  a  the  Hawaiian  Forester  and  Agriculturist,  April,  1906. 
t  See  Bulletin,  Oct.,  1905  p.  215 ;  June,  190C,  p.  ISr. 


177 

on  the  hill  of  1 2d.,  dangerously  near  the  precipice  over  which  we 

fell  in  1897. 

THE  PROPOSED  COFFEE  TRUST. 

The  coffee  valorisation  scheme  continues  stagnant,  owing  to  the 
refusal  of  President  Alves  to  call  a  special  Session  of  Congress. 
Dr.  Nilo  was  very  well  received  at  the  capital  of  Minas,  which  ap- 
pears to  indicate  that  both  the  States  of  Minas  and  Rio  are  luke- 
warm regarding  the  project.  In  Sao  Paulo,  on  the  other  hand, 
planters  and  politicians  are  highly  indignant  at  the  dilatory  action 
of  the  Federal  Government,  and  a  seditious  spirit  is  commencing 
to  make  itself  felt.  Valorisation  or  separation  is  now  the  motto 
of  the  extreme  faction,  and  the  government  is  doubtless  now  bit- 
terly repentant  at  having  been  induced  to  play  with  fire.  The  po- 
sition is  extremely  difficult,  and  it  will  be  very  interesting  to  see 
how  the  executive  will  set  about  reconciling  the  Paulistas  until 
November,  when  President  Penna  will  have  to  shew  his  hand. 

Daily  entries  of  coffee  are  much  larger  than  usual  for  the  time 
of  year,  and  Rio  already  shows  an  increase  of  over  300,000  bags 
in  comparison  with  last  year.  It  is  quite  possible  that  we  may  re- 
ceive nearly  ten  thousand  bags  per  diem  until  the  end  of  the  sea- 
son. An  optimistic  estimate  of  only  3,500,000  bags  for  next  sea- 
son has  been  widely  disseminated. 


CAMPHOR  IN  CEYLON.-II. 

An  article  on  this  subject  was  published  in  this  Bulletin  for 
June,  page  129.  The  following  extract  is  from  a  speech  of  His 
Excellency  Sir  Henry  Blake  a  short  time  ago  in  Ceylon. 

I  want  to  read  you  the  results  of  an  experiment  made  by  Mr. 
Kelway  Bamber  from  four  camphor  trees  growing  at  Hakgala, 
which,  as  you  know,  is  5,500  feet  above  sea-level.  Camphor  is 
growing  and  growing  well  at  Henaratgoda  almost  on  sea-level. 
Therefore,  we  may  assume,  it  will  grow  over  almost  any  part  of 
this  Island.  These  four  trees  were  of  different  sizes.  They  took 
the  prunings  of  six  or  eight  inches,  and  these  six  or  eight  inches 
gave  at  the  rate  of  47  lbs.  of  prunings  per  tree.  They  calculated 
that  each  tree  ;would  bear  pruning  four  times  a  year,  and  that 
would  give  188  lbs.  of  prunings  per  tree  per  annum.  Planted  12 
by  12,  it  would  give  56,400  lbs.  per  acre  per  annum  of  fresh  pru- 
nings. Now  Mr.  Bamber  distilled  from  the  fresh  prunings  I '  5 
per  cent,  of  camphor,  and  from  that  56,400  at  I '  5  there  would  be 
864  lbs.  of  camphor  per  acre.  Then  take  the  cost  of  planting, 
etc.,  at  R144,  distilling,  fuel  and  labour  at  R30,  weeding  per  acre 
R6,  in  all  R180,  ;and  you  get  a  net  result  of  £74  4s.  per  acre. 
That  is  calculating  camphor  at  2s.  per  lb.,  camphor  being  3s.  per 
lb.  at  present.  Taking  half  the  weight  of  prunings,  take  even  a 
quarter  and  you  get  about  £l8  per  acre;  and  it  seems  to  me  this 
additional  product  is  worth  considering." 


178 

TOBACCO  DUST  AS  A  FERTILIZER  AND  INSEC- 
TICIDE. 

By  George  loutrel  Lucas. 

The  waste  product  of  all  the  American  tobacco  factories,  in  the 
form  of  stems  stripped  from  the  leaves  in  the  manufacture  of  to- 
bacco products,  is  saved  and  finely  ground  and  forms  a  valuable 
by-product  in  the  shape  of  a  fertilizer  and  insecticide. 

Good  unsoaked  stems  contains  2  to  3/^  of  nitrogen  and  6  to  I0/{ 
of  potash,  and  only  a  trace  of  phosphoric  acid  ;  the  nitrogen  ex- 
ists in  both  the  nitrate  and  organic  forms. 

The  potash  occurs  principally  in  the  soluble  form,  and  is  free 
from  chlorides  judging  from  analysis. 

The  stalks  are  richer  in  nitrogen  than  the  stems   ranging  from  3 
to  4%  nitrogen,  but  are  considered  poorer  in  potash.     Tobacco   is 
an  exhausting  crop,  and  the  dust  would   prove  an  excellent   ferti 
lizer  to  apply  to  tobacco  fields. 

A  ton  of  good  tobacco  stems  should  contain  nitrogen  equivalent 
to  500  pounds  of  nitrate  of  soda  and  potash  equivalent  to  the 
amount  contained  in  200  pounds  of  sulphate  of  potash. 

I  have  used  hundreds  of  tons  of  tobacco  dust  in  the  past  20 
years,  and  my  faith  in  its  fertilizing  properties  is  unshaken,  and 
could  I  procure  it  in  any  quantity  in  Jamaica,  I  would  take  all 
offering  ;  but  it  is  unprofitable  to  use  unless  finely  ground,  be- 
cause, being  so  bulky  in  the  form  of  stems,  it  becomes  too  expen- 
sive to  haul  and  handle. 

Tobacco  dust  is  especially  valuable  as  a  fertilizer  and  insecti- 
cide for  pine-apples,  and  it  is  the  only  safe  article  that  can  be  used 
for  dropping  in  the  bud  or  heart  of  the  plants  ;  my  plan  is  to  go 
over  the  pine-apple  fields  after  the  suckers  or  slips  have  been 
planted  4  or  5  weeks  and  drop  about  a  good  pinch  or  two  tea- 
spoonsful  into  the  heart  of  each  plant ;  this  acts  as  a  splendid 
stimulant  and  kills  the  mealy  bug  and  discourages  ants  from 
building  their  nests  at  the  base  of  the  'plants,  and  whilst  it  will 
not  kill  ants,  it  will  eventually  drive  them  away  for  the  want  of 
mealy  bugs  to  feed  upon  ;  the  potash  and  ammonia  contained  in 
the  dust  will  stimulate  the  plants  and  force  them  to  make  a  vigo- 
rous growth  and  keep  them  free  from  insects  and  in  a  healthy 
condition. 


THE  LLEREN:  A  RARE  ROOT  CROP.^ 

By  O.  W.  Barrett. 

Though  perhaps  one  of  the  oldest  cultivated  plants,  Calaihea 
Alloiiya  is  almost  unknown  outside  of  the  West  Indies ;  it  is  occa- 
sionally cultivated  in  Trinidad  and  several  other  of  the  British 
Antilles  but  appears  to  attain  its  greatest  development  and  popu- 
larity in  Porto  Rico. 

»  From  Plant  World,  Vol    VII,  No.  6,  June  1904. 


179 

Taxonomically  it  stands  in  the  Zingiberaceae  near  Phrynium. 
In  habit  above  ground  it  resembles  the  Turmerics  (Curcuma)  but 
has  the  pseudo-stem  of  Amomum ;  the  subterranean  habit  is  very 
similar  to  that  of  some  of  the  Phryniums.  According  to  Grise- 
bach,  the  flower  is  small,  white,  and  borne  in  roundish  heads,  like 
those  of  ginger — very  unlike  the  large,  fragrant,  pale  lilac,  radical 
flower  of  Calathea  (Phryiiiiini)  zcbrina. 

The  clumping  habit  of  the  family  is  exemplified  in  the  slow- 
spreading  cluster  of  10  to  25  loosely  attached  "heads,"  each  of 
which  bears  a  false  stem  composed  of  4  to  8  erect,  sheathing 
petioles.  These  "  heads"  may  be  considered  as  a  kind  of  short 
stem,  some  2  to  3  inches  long  and  about  I  inch  in  diameter,  or  as 
a  rhizome  lying  just  beneath  the  surface  of  the  soil  and  receiving 
at  its  base  the  roots  and  tuber  stipes.  New  shoots  are  produced 
either  from  the  tip  of  the  "  head"  or  from  the  side ;  thus  the  indi- 
vidual head  is  at  least  biennial  while  the  clump  is,  of  course, 
perennial.  Growth  ceases  at  the  end  of  the  rainy  season,  about 
December,  and  begins  about  April :  the  mat  of  dead  leaves  serves 
to  protect  the  succulent,  truncate  "  heads"  from  the  fierce  winter's 
sun. 

The  oblong-linear  or  linear-lanceolate  leaf  blade  tapers  abruptly 
at  the  tip  but  runs  very  gradually  at  the  base  into  the  slender, 
yellowish,  channelled  petiole.  The  strong  veins,  running  at  a 
rather  small  angle  with  the  mid-rib,  especially  near  the  base,  give 
the  lamina  a  somewhat  corrugated  appearance ;  and  though  the 
petiole  is  always  erect  and  rather  stout,  the  mid-rib  allows  the  long 
blade  to  droop  gracefully. 

Strong  clumps  growing  in  rich,  cool  soil  or  in  partial  shade 
attain  a  height  of  3  or  even  4  feet,  the  leaves  from  the  central 
heads  being  much  taller  than  those  from  the  outside  of  the  clump. 
By  nature  the  Lleren  is  evidently  a  plant  of  the  jungle  and  shaded 
river  banks.  At  present  it  does  not  lappear  to  grow  wild  any- 
where in  Porto  Rico  ;  like  the  "  Yautia"  {Xanthosoina  spp.),  it  seems 
to  have  become  through  its  hundreds  of  centuries  of  domestication 
an  utter  slave  to  human  husbandry.  In  ifact  it  rarely  flowers  and 
never  (?)  produces  seed;  while  it  is  not  impossible  to  find  natives 
who  will  admit  having  seen  the  large  "  Yautia"  (Xanthosma) 
flowers,  I  have  been  uable  to  find  one  who  remembered  seeing 
those  of  the  Lleren. 

The  most  important  part  of  this  interesting  plant,  however,  is 
the  peculiar  tuber-like  bodies  which  are  borne  on  slender  roots 
or  stipes,  from  3  to  6  inches  beneath  the  soil  surface.  This 
pseudo-tuber  is  oval  or  elliptic  in  shape,  from  I  to  2  inches  in 
length,  and  covered  with  a  thin  smoothish  cuticle  of  a  pale  yellow- 
ish colour ;  a  few  small  rootlets  are  attached  to  the  outer  skin  as 
well  as  to  the  stipe.  The  fact  that  no  "  eyes"  are  present  pre- 
cludes its  being  termed  a  tuber,  but  the  abruptness  with  which  it 
arises  at  the  tip  of  the  more  or  less  specialized  root  which  is  not 
continued  within  the  starch  body,  mark  it  as  the  limit  of  a  root 
running  tuberward.  The  centre  of  this  body,  to  the  extent  of 
about  one-third  of  the  entire  content,  is  occupied  by  a  translucent 


i8o 

portion  of  a  firm  and  crisp  but  gelatinous  nature  ;  the  main  por- 
tion resembles  the  interior  of  the  common  potato  but  is  finer- 
grained  and  much  more  gummy.  Though  the  glutinous  character 
disappears  upon  cooking,  the  crispness  remains  even  after  pro- 
longed boiling. 

The  thin  cuticle  being  removed  after  cooking,  there  appears  a 
delicious  morsel,  snow-white  outside,  semi-transparent  in  the 
centre,  which  may  be  eaten  as  a  side  dish  with  butter,  or,  as  many 
prefer,  as  a  relish  with  salt,  like  radishes  ;  it  is  also  good  in  soups. 
From  December  to  May  it  is  fairly  common  in  the  markets  and  is 
also  frequently  sold,  cooked  but  not  peeled,  in  the  streets  in  the 
evening — a  dozen  or  so  tied  in  a  bunch  with  the  attached  root- 
stems,  at  I  cent,  per  bunch ;  they  thus  take  the  place  of  pea-nuts. 

The  flavour  of  the  Lleren  is  difficult  to  describe — there  is  cer- 
tainly a  taste  like  sweet-corn,  and  something  quite  its  own  besides. 
The  surest  thing  about  it  is  that  if  you  try  it  once,  you  will  again. 


TANIER,  THE  OLDEST  CROP." 

By  O.  W.  Barrett. 

Of  all  the  plants  which  made  life  possible  to  the  wild  men  of 
old  Caribea,  the  handiest  was  undoubtedly  the  Tanier.  It  grew  in 
the  loose  alluvium  along  the  forest  streams  and  its  tempting 
tubers  were  continually  in  evidence  to  the  savage  ancestors  of 
the  forefathers  of  the  Arawaks.  The  idea  of  the  goodness  of 
these  roots  once  grasped,  a  few  worthless  plants  pulled  out  from 
among  the  edible  ones,  a  sprouting  tuber  fragment  purposely 
trodden  into  the  soil — and  agriculture  was  begun. 

There  is  very  good  reason,  as  Mr.  O.  F.  Cook  has  shown,t  for 
believing  that  the  cultivation  of  economic  plants  originated  in 
Tropical  America  ;  and  in  many  ways  the  Tanier  appears  to  have 
been  cultivated  longer  than  any  other  plant  in  this  region. 
Nearly  all  the  cultivated  plants  of  the  world  readily  produce 
seed  ;  but  the  Tanier,  though  flowering  under  favourable  circum- 
slances,  has  entirely  lost  its  natural  power  to  ripen  seeds.  Some 
varieties  of  the  yam,  the  sweet  potato,  and  even  of  the  banana 
occasionally  bear  seeds  in  the  home  of  the  Tanier  ;  but  many  of 
their  varieties  have  been  introduced  from  other  regions  and  their 
varieties  are  not  so  numerous  in  islands  like  Jamaica  and  Porto 
Rico  as  those  of  the  Tanier. 

As  a  vegetable  slave  this  remarkable  old  crop  has  been  spared 
the  fate  of  most  economics — exile  from  its  own  home ;  for,  strange 
as  it  may  seem,  the  Tanier  still  remains  almost  unknown  outside 
of  Tropical  America.  Other  food-plants  have  been  carried  to 
the  far  corners  of  the  earth  ;  others  less  easily  propagated  and 
less  productive,   like  the  taro  and  the  yam,  have   become   staple 

*  From  the  Plant  ]]'orld,  October  1904. 

■f  "The  American  Origin  of  Agriculture,"  Populwr  Science  Monthly,  October,  190S. 


i8l 

articles  in  all  hot  countries,  Central  America  included.  This  ap- 
parently paradoxical  fact  will  undoubtedly  be  explained  when  the 
history  of  agriculture  is  better  known. 

The  family  Araceae  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  and  impor- 
tant in  the  realm  of  plants,  the  genus  Colocasia  alone  includes 
about  fifty  edible  varieties  (thetaros)  and  XantJwsoma  (the  taniers) 
holds  about  the  same  number  of  kinds.  Until  recently  the 
taniers  were  confused  with  the  taros,  the  usual  local  confusion 
of  names  helping  to  perpetuate  the  error  even  amongst  those  who 
must  have  known  better.  To  be  sure  there  is  some  similarity 
between  the  two  plants  in  their  appearance  above  ground,  but  the 
intrinsic  characters  of  the  leaves,  flowers,  and  roots  are  very  dis- 
tinct. 

Though  its  varieties  have  scores  of  names  throughout  Tropical 
America,  "'  Yautia"  is  probably  the  oldest  name  of  which  we  have 
any  record  ;  this  was  the  general  term  applied  by  the  aborigines 
when  the  Spaniards  arrived  in  Porto  Rico,  the  island  which,  from 
the  first,  was  most  famous  for  its  agricultural  advancement.  And 
in  this  island  has  the  "  Yautia"  reached  its  highest  development — 
running  here  into  some  twenty  distinct  native  varieties. About  ten 
kinds  are  grown  in  the  Windward  Islands  ;  northern  South  Ame- 
rica has  but  very  few ;  Cuba  and  Hayti  have  half  a  dozen  or  less  ; 
and  the  few  varieties  of  Central  America  appear  coarse  and  un- 
producttve  in  comparison  with  the  Porto  Rican  sorts.  Taya, 
Tanier,  or  Cocoe  are  the  common  names  in  the  British  West  In- 
dies ;  in  Cuba  and  Santo  Domingo  both  Taro  und  Tanier  are  in- 
cluded under  the  name  "  Malanga  ;"  while  in  the  Central  American 
republics  it  passes  under  almost  as  many  names  as  there  are  In- 
dian tribes. 

Few  plants  yield  a  higher  proportion  of  food  material  for  the 
weight  of  the  entire  plant  than  does  the  Tanier;  in  fact  fully  75 
percent,  of  the  weight  of  some  types  is  food.  In  the  "  Rollisa" 
variety  of  Porto  Rico  the  tubers  comprise  about  35  per  cent,  of 
the  weight  of  the  living  plant  and  the  edible  rootstock  about  20 
per  cent,  more  ;  the  young  leaves  are  also  edible,  closely  resem- 
bling spinach  when  boiled,  but  having  more  "  body"  and  a  richer 
flavour.  The  central  stem,  or  rhizome,  of  many  varieties  is  com- 
monly eaten  by  the  poorer  classes  but  contains  some  fibre  and  only 
15  to  20  per  cent,  of  starch. 

The  obovoid  or  roundish  tuberous  roots  are  borne  just  below 
the  surface  of  the  soil,  loosely  attached  at  right  angles  to  the  cen- 
tral stem.  In  cropping,  the  leaves  are  grasped  in  the  hands  and 
the  whole  mass  of  tubers  usually  comes  up  with  one  good  pull, 
and  a  quick  shake  will  detach  most  of  them  from  the  parent  root. 
Individual  tubers  weigh  from  a  few  ounces  in  some  types  to  one 
and  one-half  or  even  two  pounds  in  the  better  sorts.  Each  plant 
produces  from  two  to  four  pounds,  but  since  six  thousand  to  ten 
thousand  plants  can  be  grown  on  an  acre  the  yield  is  six  to  twenty 
tons  of  superior  roots  containing  20  per  cent,  to  30  per  cent,  of 
starch  and  little  fibrous  matter.  Five  to  ten  tons  of  the  rhizomes, 
which  may  be  utilized  for  feeding  swine  or  for  making  starch, 


l82 

may  be  added  to  these  figures.  By  removing  tlie  first  tubers  as 
soon  as  ripe,  by  means  of  a  "  macliete"  and  allowing  the  plant  to 
remain  in  situ  for  six  months  longer,  a  second  crop  may  be  har- 
vested ;  by  this  method,  called  "  castration"  in  Trinidad,  it  is  esti- 
mated that  an  acre  of  Tanier  can  be  made  to  yield  thirty  tons  of 
tubers  at  one  planting  ;  few  crops  can  produce  one  half  of  this 
amount. 

Though  preferring  rich,  moist  loam,  the  Tanier  is  content  with 
almost  any  soil ;  like  its  near  relative,  the  Taro,  or  Elephant's 
Ear,  it  revels  in  plenty  of  fresh  water,  but  while  the  leaf  develop- 
ment may  be  greater  in  wet  situations  the  tuber  percentage  suffers. 
The  leaves  vary  from  pale  green  to  deep  mauve  purple ;  in  some 
sorts,  like  the  "  Palma,"  leaves  three  feet  wide  by  four  feet  long 
are  common.     A  Tanier  field  in  its  prime  is  a  beautiful  sight. 

Boiled,  fried,  or  baked,  the  better  kinds  of  Tanier  are  superior 
to  the  Irish  potato ;  though  most  varieties  are  not  so  "  mealy"  they 
are  richer,  firmer,  and  possess  more  distinct  flavour.  Most  sorts 
are  pure  white,  but  four  are  pinkish  purple,  and  several  are  of 
various  shades  of  yellow.  The  roots  keep  fairly  well  after  har- 
vesting and  would  undoubtedly  endure  shipping  to  the  Central 
States. 

And  now  that  the  days  of  popular  prejudice  against  anything 
new  in  the  food  line  are  dying  out  fortunately,  we  may  expect  to 
see  the  rare  and  royal  old  Tanier  soon  entering  the  northern  mar- 
kets and  rapidly  gaining  favour  as  one  of  the  best  of  many  good 
things  to  come  out  of  the  Tropics.  Twenty  thousand  years  late 
but  it  will  win  ! 


RING-BARKING. 

By  A.  TATHAM,  Australia.* 

Seeing  what  a  vast  amount  of  ring-barking  has  been  performed 
in  Australia  in  the  past,  it  may  seem  somewhat  of  an  anomaly  to 
describe  the  process  now.  This  article,  it  is  hoped,  will  be  of  use 
to  future  operators,  and  tend  to  prevent,  or  at  least  lessen,  some  of 
the  annoyances  and  expense  usually  connected  with  it.  Tne  sub- 
ject will  be  discussed  under  the  following  heads  : — 

Why  does  ring-barking  kill  a  tree .'' 

How  to  ring-bark. 

When  to  ring-bark. 

Ring-barking  compared  with  felling  and  burning-off. 

WHY  DOES  RING-BARKING  KILL  A  TREE  .' 

The  only  way  to  answer  this  question  is  to  describe  the  struc- 
ture and  functions  of  the  roots,  stem,  and  leaves  of  a  tree.  A  tree 
cannot  grow  unless  it  gets  moisture,  as  it  is  utterly  incapable  of 
getting  nourishment  from  the  soil  except  in  a  soluble  form.  The 
roots   that   perform  this  office  are  the  very  fine  thread-like  ones 

♦Agricultural  Journal  of  Victoria,  IH.  9,  190.5,  p.  642. 


183 

found  at  the  ends  of  the  large  ones.  They  are  composed  of 
elongated  cells,  the  walls  of  which  contain  numerous  thin  spots 
on  their  surface.  So  thin  are  these  that  water  can  pass  through 
them  but  absolutely  nothing  else,  not  the  smallest  particle  of  solid 
material,  except  the  root  is  in  any  way  injured.  These  cells  are 
packed  close  together,  and  the  thin  spots  in  each  coincide  with 
those  of  the  adjacent  one.  There  is  no  opening  whatever  in  their 
walls.  So  far,  science  has  not  actually  proved  exactly  how  mois- 
ture ascends  to  the  leaves  of  a  tree.  As  many  cells  are  found  in 
the  stem  that  have  such  dense  walls,  it  almost  appears  impossible 
for  moisture  to  penetrate  them.  And  yet  it  is  by  these  cells  in 
the  stem  that  the  sap  ascends,  the  action  being  different  to  that  of 
the  root  cells.  Whenever  two  liquids  of  different  densities  are 
separated  from  each  other  by  a  membranous  partition,  it  is  na- 
ture's law  that  the  denser  fluid  v\?ill  attract  the  lighter,  until  both 
become  the  same  density.  This  action  is  called  endosmose.  Now 
the  cells  in  the  roots  of  trees  contain  reserve  material,  stored  there 
from  the  previous  year's  growth,  and  composed  of  mucilage  and 
protoplasm,  which  is  far  denser  than  water.  When  the  soil  gets 
moist,  the  water  in  it  is  attracted  through  the  cell  walls  to  the 
denser  liquid  in  the  cell.  This  action  goes  on  from  cell  to  cell 
till  it  reaches  the  stem.  Here  capillary  action  starts.  The  sap 
ascends  to  the  leaves,  through  the  wood  cells  of  the  vascular  bun- 
dles. These,  in  addition  to  other  kinds  of  cells,  form  what  is 
known  as  the  sap-wood.  The  action  of  the  rising  sap  is  very 
rapid.  As  soon  as  it  gets  to  the  leaves  it  is  elaborated  and  re- 
verts again  to  the  roots.  The  water  taken  up  is  largely  evaporated 
by  the  leaves ;  the  matter  retained  by  them  being  the  nourishment 
obtained  from  the  soil,  plus  the  reserve  material  from  the  roots. 
This  at  once  causes  a  denseness  of  cell  contents,  that  attracts  the 
thinner  rising  sap,  and  so  the  action  goes  on  till  want  of  moisture 
in  the  soil  prevents  it.  A  tree,  as  is  well  known,  is  composed  of 
two  kinds  of  wood — heart  and  sap.  The  heartwood  is  to  all  in- 
tents and  purposes  dead,  it  takes  no  part  in  the  life  of  the  tree, 
other  than  to  support  the  crown.  It  is  in  the  heart  that  decay  first 
sets  in.  It  is  possible  for  a  tree  to  live  for  years  with  little  or  no 
heartwood,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  case  of  a  hollow  one.  The 
sapwood  on  the  other  hand,  is  the  life  of  the  tree,  as  by  it  the 
sap  ascends  and  descends. 

Having  now  seen  how  sap  rises  in  a  tree,  the  next  and  most 
important  point  is  how  does  it  come  down,  for  it  does  come  down, 
otherwise  tree  stems  would  never  increase  in  girth.  The  leaves 
are  the  organs  of  nutrition,  as  well  as  respiration.  The  substance 
sent  up  by  the  roots  has  been  utilized  to  form  new  shoots  and 
leaves,  in  other  words,  height  growth.  As  soon  as  warm  weather 
sets  in,  the  leaves  begin  to  collect  material  from  the  atmosphere, 
mostly,  carbon.  Quite  four-fifths  of  the  carbon  used  in  the  struc- 
ture of  a  tree  is  obtained  in  this  way,  the  quantity  used  may  be 
guaged  by  the  amount  of  charcoal  left  after  the  wood  has  been 
burned.  They  also  return  to  the  atmosphere  oxygen.  The  pro- 
cess of  respiration  is  carried  on  through  minute  cells,  found  chiefly 


1 84 

on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf,  called  stomata.  During  dull,  cold, 
or  wet  weather  these  cells  are  closed  ;  but  on  a  bright  warm  day 
they  open,  and  the  work  of  the  tree  growth  is  briskly  carried  on. 
The  leaves  collect  the  gases  from  the  atmosphere,  digest  the  car- 
bon dioxide  with  the  moisture,  and  dilute  plant  food  from  the 
roots,  and  pass  it  down  along  the  branches  and  stem  to  them  again. 
As  this  substance  passes  down,  it  takes  a  totally  different  course 
to  the  sap  that  came  up.  Instead  of  going  down  through  the  cells 
in  the  wood,  it  descends  between  the  stem  and  the  bark,  and,  as 
it  does  so,  adheres  to  the  stem,  and  gives  birth  to  the  cambium 
layer  which  forms  the  annual  ring,  or  a  year's  growth  of  new 
wood.  It  is  as  well  to  remember  this  growth  begins  at  the  top  of 
the  tree ;  if  it  were  not  so,  ring-barking  would  be  work  thrown 
away.  The  roots  of  ithe  tree  are  also  supplied  with  nutrition, 
which  is  stored  in  their  cells,  and  is  used  the  following  season  for 
future  height  growth.  Having  seen  now  the  uses  of  the  different 
parts  of  the  tree  and  the  system  adopted  by  nature  to  keep  life 
going,  it  is  not  very  difficult  to  understand  why  ring-barking  kills 
a  tree.  When  a  ring  of  bark  is  removed  from  the  stem  it  severs, 
so  to  speak,  the  connection  between  the  leaves  and  the  roots.  The 
downward  flow  of  sap  is  voluminous,  as  well  as  rapid,  and  if  only 
a  narrow  strip  of  bark  be  removed  the  wound  is  soon  healed  over. 
But  let  a  broad  band  be  taken,  the  sap,  as  a  rule,  cannot  repair 
damages  and  the  drying  influence  of  the  atmosphere  and  sunlight 
cause  it  to  perish.  But  even  this  can  be  healed,  if  paper  is  wrapped 
round  the  ringed  portion,  so  as  to  exclude  air  and  light.  Now, 
above  the  cut  or  ring,  growth,  still  progresses.  The  root  still  send 
up  sap.  The  leaves  still  send  it  down,  but  it  cannot  pass  back  to 
the  roots.  The  roots  are  now  isolated  ;  they  are  unable  to  get 
nourishment  for  themselves,  or  to  store  up  any  for  next  season's 
growth.  Their  cells  are  at  last  emptied  of  nutriment.  They  con- 
tain only  the  material  procured  from  the  soil.  Nature's  law  no 
longer  acts.  Passing  up  moisture  to  the  leaves  ceases,  and  the 
tree  dies. 

HOW  TO  RING  BARK. 

Although  this  operation  is  simplicity  itself,  still,  unless  care  is 
taken  it  will  result  in  endless  trouble,  and  unnecessary  expense. 
More  especially  in  the  case  of  young  trees  ;  in  fact,  the  younger 
the  tree  the  harder  it  is  to  kill,  as  a  rule.  Before  describing  the 
manner  of  doing  the  work,  it  will  be  as  well  to  explain  some  often 
misquoted  terms.  Suckers  are,  strictly  speaking,  shoots  that  grow 
from  the  roots  only,  not  from  the  stem.  Shoots  grow  from  the 
stem  and  branches.  To  ring  bark  properly,  a  band  of  bark 
should  be  removed  from  round  the  stem  of  the  tree  of  sufficient 
width  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  the  renewal  of  the  bark.  Not 
less  than  10  inches  is  advisable,  and  in  the  case  of  gum  trees  15 
inches  is  not  too  much,  as  they  seem  to  possess  greater  recupera- 
tive power  than  other  trees.  Great  care  should  be  taken  that  the 
bark  is  entirely  removed,  and  that  the  stem  of  the  tree  is  cut  into 
as  little   as  possible.     It  is   advocated  by  some  that  to  give  a  cut 


185 

into  the  stem  tends  to  hasten  the  death  of  the  tree;  but  it  is  not, 
as  a  rule,  an  economical  system.  First,  by  cutting  into  the  sap- 
wood,  the  rise  of  sap  is  arrested ;  not  being  able  to  get  up  to  the 
leaves,  it  causes  a  dense  mass  of  shoots  to  grow  below  the  cut. 
These  often  take  two  stripping  operations  before  the  stump  is 
killed.  Second — the  cutting  into  the  wood,  especially  in  young 
trees  under  8  inches  in  diameter,  causes  them  to  be  so  weakened 
that  the  first  gale  breaks  them  off.  The  result  is  double  work 
getting  rid  of  the  shoots,  and  also  the  fallen  tree.  It  must  be  ad- 
mitted that  the  tree-top  often  does  die  very  quickly  after  this  style 
of  work ;  but  as  it  is  the  roots  that  have  to  be  killed,  and  as  it 
fails  to  do  so,  it  cannot  be  recommended.  "More  haste  less 
speed,"  is  very  applicable  to  ring-barking.  Where  trees  of.  a  large 
size  have  to  be  operated  on,  say  2  feet  and  over  in  diameter,  what 
is  often  permissible,  and,  in  fact,  preferable,  is  to  "chip-ring,"  i.e. 
cut  well  into  the  sapwood  ;  the  death  of  the  tree  is  speedy,  and 
only  in  a  few  cases  do  shoots  grow.  The  reasons  for  this  are  :  A 
large  or  old  tree  has  fewer  dormant  buds  existing  on  the  lower 
portion  of  the  stem.  The  dormant  buds  are  very  numerous  in 
young  trees,  and  lie  under  the  bark.  It  is  one  of  nature's  provi- 
sions to  enable  a  tree  to  recover  in  case  of  accident.  In  aged  trees 
the  germs  of  the  buds  may  be  buried  by  successive  growths  of 
wood,  and  the  bark  is  thicker,  especially  near  the  ground.  Again, 
an  aged  tree  makes  very  little  height,  or  circumference  growth 
annually.  Its  energy  is  chiefly  concentrated  on  the  production  of 
seed.  This  seed  bearing  is  a  severe  tax  on  a  tree,  so  much  so, 
that,  after  bearing  a  crop,  it  takes  two  or  more  years  to  recover 
enough  material  to  enable  it  to  bear  another.  Therefore,  when  a 
tree  of  this  description  is  ringed,  it  is  not  in  a  state  to  bear  the 
shock,  and  a  speedy  death  results.  It  often  happens  that  an  old 
tree,  in  spite  of  chip-ringing,  still  continues  to  live.  This  is 
caused  by  the  existence  of  what  is  known  as  "  internal  bark." 
When  a  tree  has  been  severely  wounded,  and  has  renewed  the 
bark  over  the  place,  decay  will  often  comrr.ence  under  the  bark 
on  the  wounded  surface.  The  new  bark  will,  so  to  speak,  follow 
the  decay  trying  to  cover  it,  and,  although  the  external  appear- 
ance shows  no  indication  of  this  and  even  after  ringing  it  cannot 
be  perceived,  a  strip  of  bark  exists  that  connects  the  top  and  bot- 
tom of  the  cut.  This  is  sufficient  to  upset  all  calculations,  and  if 
not  rectified  will  enable  the  tree  to  make  a  good  recovery.  The 
only  method  is  to  fell  a  tree  of  this  description.  From  the  pre- 
ceding remarks  it  may  be  gathered  that  in  the  case  of  young  trees 
full  of  vitality,  ring-barking  is  best,  as  it  does  not  prevent  the  sap 
rising,  and  therefore  enables  the  roots  to  exhaust  themselves  ;  but 
it  allows  no  additional  nourishment  to  return  to  them.  In  aged 
trees  chip-ringing  is  permissible,  the  tree  does  not  possess  vitality 
or  nutritive  material  enough  to  cope  with  the  shock  it  receives. 

WHEN  TO  RING-BARK. 

This  is  undoubtedly  the  most  important  part   of  the  operation. 
There  can   be  no  question,  that  the  time   for   doing  it  is  when  the 


i86 

sap  is  moving  freely,  so  as  to  facilitate  tlie  removal  of  the  bark. 
But  as  often  as  not  the  operation  is  undertaken  too  early  in  the 
season,  the  result  being  a  dense  growth  of  shoots,  whereas  if  the 
ringing  is  left  over  till  spring  has  set  in,  a  speedier  death  of  the 
tree  is  assured,  few,  if  any,  shoots  are  thrown,  and  most  of  the 
shoots  will  die,  when  the  crown  dies.  Nourishment  for  the  roots 
is  only  collected  on  warm,  bright  days,  and  it  is  highly  probable 
that  the  storage  of  reserve  material  only  takes  place  towards  the 
end  of  summer.  However,  owing  to  climatic  differences,  no  hard- 
and-fast  rule  can  be  laid  down,  for  in  the  northern  portions  of 
Victoria,  August  might  prove  the  best  month ;  south  of  Dividing 
Range,  September ;  whilst  at  an  elevation  of  1,000  feet  or  over, 
October. 

RING-BARKING  COMPARED  WITH  FELLING  AND  BURNING-OFF. 

Both  these  systems  have  their  advocates  where  small  areas  are 
concerned,  but  where  the  acreage  runs  into  hundreds,  only  one 
is  mentioned — ring-barking.  Seeing  the  object  in  view  is  to  des- 
troy the  timber,  so  as  to  allow  sunlight  into  the  soil,  and  so  induce 
a  growth  of  sweet  grass,  naturally  the  cheapest  and  quickest 
method  is  the  one  to  be  favoured. 

Undoubtedly  ring-barking  is  at  first  the  cheapest,  if  not  in  the 
long  run  ;  but  it  is  the  slowest  method.  No  good  results  can  be 
looked  for  under  twelve  to  fourteen  months,  and  probably  no 
really  decent  grazing  can  be  expected  under  three  years,  unless  a 
fire  has  run  through  the  area.  By  the  time  the  last  tree  has  fallen, 
and  the  logs  have  been  cleared  up,  can  it  be  said  to  be  a  cheaper 
method  than  direct  felling .'  Certainly  the  operation  is  spread 
over  a  number  of  years,  therefore  the  annual  outlay,  especially  as 
the  necessary  work  can  be  done  in  slack  seasons,  is  often  so 
slight,  that  it  can  almost  be  made  to  appear  an  inexpensive  system. 
Hence  its  adaptability  to  the  requirements  of  the  usual  run  of 
graziers.  It  has  many  disadvantages  ;  the  incessant  accumulation 
of  rubbish  by  windfalls,  and  especially  after  a  fire;  the  greater 
danger  of  fire  being  carried  from  dead  tree  to  dead  tree,  with  the 
least  chance  of  stopping  or  preventing  it ;  the  great  harbour  it 
affords  to  rabbits,  attracted  by  the  grass  and  sheltered  by  the 
decaying  roots  and  logs,  and  the  least  chance  of  eradicating 
them ;  and  the  surprising  growth  of  seedlings  that  takes  place, 
which,  if  not  destroyed  in  the  earliest  stages  of  growth  give  end- 
less trouble,  and  often  lead  to  the  abandoning  of  the  area.  On 
the  other  hand,  in  some  districts  the  resulting  firewood  has  a  not 
insignificant  market  value,  so  much  so,  that  instances  are  not  want- 
ing in  which,  after  deducting  all  charges  connected  with  ringing  of 
trees,  and  cutting  of  fuel,  a  balance  has  been  left  of  ten  shillings 
and  more  per  acre.  The  humus  caused  by  ages  of  decayed  vege- 
tation, and  the  addition  of  the  leaves  and  twigs  of  the  rung 
timber,  must  add  materially  to  the  value  of  the  land,  and  though 
at  first  is  often  detrimental  to  a  sweet  growth  of  grass,  will 
eventually  cause  a  thick  sward  to  form. 

Felling  and  Bitniing-ofi. — As  a  rule,  this  is  only  practised  on 
small  areas,  its  initial  cost  being  far  too  heavy  to  suit  most  selec- 


187 

tors.  Its  chief  advantage  is  that  in  twelve  or  fifteen  months, 
work  can  be  accomplislied  equal  to  ten  years  or  more  where  ring- 
barking  is  done.  It  has  the  further  advantage  of  affording  a 
quick  growth  of  sweet  grass,  especially  if  seed  has  been  sown 
broadcast  over  the  ashes  of  the  burn,  as  ought  always  to  be  done. 
Its  disadvantages  are  its  first  cost ;  its  destruction  of  what  is  often 
a  marketable  commodity,  the  resulting  firewood  is  too  charred  to 
be  acceptable  for  household  purposes,  and  very  little  remains  if 
the  work  is  properly  done.  The  intense  heat  of  the  fire  destroys 
the  humus  layer,  even  burning  into  the  soil  in  places.  These 
patches  of  burnt  ground,  especially  where  piling  has  taken  place, 
are  often  the  cause  of  the  introduction  of  one  of  the  worst  pests 
to  the  grazier  in  the  cooler  and  moist  districts — the  bracken  fern. 
Its  spores  are  blown  considerable  distances  by  wind,  and  find  the 
best  of  material  for  germinating  on  when  they  strike  a  patch  of 
burnt  earth  or  charcoal  debris.  Grass,  on  the  other  hand,  avoids 
the  severely  burnt  patches.  The  burning-off  is  also  a  source  of 
great  danger  to  neighbouring  properties. 

Ring-barking,  prior  to  burning  of  the  dense  undergrowth,  is  a 
good  method  where  practicable.  In  districts  like  Gippsland,  a  lot 
of  rubbish  is  destroyed,  including  shoots  from  the  trees.  But  it 
may  not  always  be  possible  to  combine  the  two,  the  undergrowth 
being  too  dense  to  permit  of  ringing  till  after  the  burn. 

An  argument  is  often  put  forward  in  favour  of  ring-barking,  as 
compared  to  felling  or  grubbing,  and  that  is  the  loss  of  "goodness" 
to  the  soil.  It  is  maintained  that  a  ringed  tree  returns  something 
to  the  soil,  which  is  lost  to  it  otherwise.  Such  a  theory  cannot 
be  accepted,  except  it  be  that  the  resulting  decaying  debris  acts 
as  a  top  dressing,  in  other  words,  humus.  If  a  tree  can  directly 
return  "  goodness,"  then  the  object  of  ring-barking  will  fail.  The 
tree  grows  from  the  top  downwards.  The  operation  of  ringing, 
if  successful,  is  as  effectual  in  severing  connection  between  head 
and  I'oot  as  felling  would  be.  Even  allowing  the  possibility  of 
such  an  action,  its  influence  would  be  restricted  to  the  roots  and 
the  soil  directly  surrounding  them.  If  any  reason  exists  for  the 
better  growth  of  grass  near  stumps  or  on  sites  previously  occupied 
by  them,  it  may  be  put  down  to  the  influence  of  decayed  vegeta- 
ble matter,  and  the,  so  to  speak,  trenching  operations,  caused  by 
the  roots  of  the  tree  having  given  the  soil  an  upward  lift  as  they 
increased  in  size. 

This  article  is  written  after  a  series  of  experiments,  extending 
over  three  years.  The  question,  when  to  ring-bark,  may  not  be 
actually  proved  to  satisfy  all  districts  and  species  of  trees.  But 
it  is  hoped  that  the  remarks  made,  may,  in  addition  to  the  expe- 
riences gained  by  others,  assist  future  operators  and  lessen  the 
often  tedious  work. 


FORESTS  AND  RIVERS.* 

At  the  recent  meeting  of  the  International  Navigation  Congress 
at  Milan,  one  of  the  questions  taken  into  consideration  was  "the 
influence  which  the  destruction  of  forests  and  the  desiccation  of 
marshes  has  upon  the  regime  and  discharge  of  rivers,"  and  seven 
papers  bearing  on  the  subject  were  read  and  discussed.  Of  these, 
three  were  from  Austria,  and  the  others  from  Germany,  France, 
and  Russia.  The  problem  as  to  the  effect  of  forests  on  the  water 
supply  of  rivers  and  on  climate  is  of  great  social  importance  on 
account  of  the  agricuUural  and  commercial  interests  which  are  so 
closely  connected  with  the  use  of  timber,  and  with  the  utilisation 
of  running  water. 

It  is  allowed  by  all  the  authors  of  these  papers  that,  due  to  the 
improvident  way  in  which  the  forests  have  been  dealt  with,  there 
has  been  a  marked  change  in  the  water  supply  of  the  neighbour- 
ing rivers  ;  that  where  forests  have  been  cut  down  brooks  have 
disappeared,  and  many  small  rivers  that  at  one  time  were  useful 
as  sources  of  power  are  so  no  longer  for  want  of  water  ;  that  in 
the  larger  rivers  torrents  have  become  more  impetuous,  and  flood- 
ing more  frequent ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  navigation  suffers  at 
times  for  want  of  water. 

The  greatest  harm  has  been  done  in  the  mountain  districts, 
where  the  steep  slopes  allow  the  rain-water  to  run  off"  too  rapidly, 
carrying  away  the  surface  soil  and  transporting  pebbles  and  boul- 
ders into  the  rivers,  causing  shoals,  thus  decreasing  their  capacity 
to  discharge  the  flood  water. 

The  extent  to  which  forests,  both  on  the  Continent  and  in 
America,  are  being  cut  down  and  destroyed,  and  large  areas  of 
land,  which  at  one  time  were  covered  with  primaeval  forest,  have 
become  barren  wastes  by  fire  or  the  lumberman's  axe  without  any 
attempt  at  re-afforestation,  was  one  of  the  subjects  dealt  with  in 
the  presidential  address  of  Mr.  J.  C.  Hawkshaw  at  the  Institution 
of  Civil  Engineers  in  1902.  Mr.  Hawkshaw  pointed  out  that, 
notwithstanding  the  displacement  of  wood  in  building  structures 
by  iron,  yet  large  quantities  of  timber  are  still  required,  not  only 
for  building  purposes,  but  for  temporary  structures,  such  as  coffer 
dams  and  scaffolding  ;  pit  props  for  mining  ;  sleepers  required  for 
the  railways,  which,  in  this  country,  he  estimated  at  an  annual 
value  of  18  million  pounds,  and  those  required  for  renewals  at 
three-quarters  of  a  million  pounds ;  while  for  the  railway  service 
of  the  united  States  there  are  required  15  millions  of  acres  of  forest 
land  to  maintain  a  supply  of  sleepers. 

The  question  for  consideration  at  the  Congress  was  whether  the 
wholesale  destruction  of  forest  land  for  cultivation  or  for  timber 
supply  is  having  any  material  effect  on  the  rainfall  and  consequent 
water  supply ;  and  the  effect  of  forest  destruction  on  the  rivers  of 
the  country  from  which  the  trees  are  removed  was  also  considered. 

*  From  "  Nature."  Februari)  1, 1906, 


i89 

The  physical  conditions  of  forest  land  are  that,  owing  to  the 
shelter  from  sun  and  wind,  the  atmosphere  is  generally  colder 
and  damper  than  in  the  open  country,  and  evaporation  conse- 
quently less.  It  is  calculated  that  a  hectare  of  forest  land  (2i 
acres)  gives  off  every  day  37  cubic  metres  of  oxygen  and  37 
metres  of  carbonic  acid,  leading  to  a  great  expenditure  of  heat ; 
and  that  from  every  hectare  of  forest  land  sufficient  heat  is  ab- 
stracted to  melt  316  cubic  metres  of  ice.  Ligneous  plants  also 
withdraw  from  the  ground  and  discharge  as  vapour  more  than 
40,000  gallons  of  water  per  hectare  per  day,  which  causes  a  sen- 
sible reduction  of  temperature.  When  clouds  pass  over  a  forest 
they  encounter  a  cool,  damp  atmosphere,  the  point  of  saturation 
comes  closer,  and  rain  is  caused.  This  condition  of  forest  land 
has  been  remarked  on  by  aeronauts,  who  find  that  a  balloon  is 
invariably  affected,  and  drops  when  passing  over  forests. 

The  advantages  claimed  for  forests  with  regard  to  water  supply 
are  that  the  trees  act  as  regulators  of  the  rainfall ;  that  the  aver- 
age quantity  of  rain  falling  on  land  covered  with  forests  is  greater 
than  in  the  open  ground  to  the  extent  of  about  one-sixth ;  that  it 
holds  up  the  water  for  a  time  and  discharges  it  later  on  when 
water  is  most  required  in  river  basins,  the  rain  being  held  back  by 
the  leaves  of  the  trees  and  coming  to  the  ground  more  gradually ; 
the  rain  that  falls  on  the  surface  is  also  taken  up  by  the  layer  of 
dead  leaves  on  the  ground,  which  permits  of  a  gradual  percola- 
tion to  the  sub-soil.  Observations  show  that  in  summer  the  ground 
of  the  forest  is  damper  than  that  of  the  adjacent  cleared  land, 
and  snow  remains  for  a  much  longer  period  in  forest  land  before 
melting  than  in  cleared  land. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  has  been  contended  by  some  of  those  who 
have  made  a  study  of  sylviculture  that  forests  do  not  increase  the 
quantity  of  water  flowing  to  the  springs  and  rivers,  but  reduce  it. 
The  numerous  striking  facts  quoted  do  not  bear  out  this  conten- 
tion, which  is  mainly  based  on  the  fact  that  the  substratum  water 
stands  at  a  lower  level  on  forest  land  than  in  the  adjacent  cleared 
ground.  This  fact  is  generally  admitted  to  be  the  case  at  one 
period  of  the  year.  As  the  result  of  many  years'  observations,  it 
has  been  found  that  the  maximum  level  of  underground  water  is 
reached  in  May,  that  the  water  accumulates  in  the  ground  from 
August  to  January  ;  and  that  the  rivers  are  supplied  by  this  re- 
serve, and  were  it  not  for  this  accumulation  many  brooks  and 
river  feeders  would  cease  to  fiow  in  summer. 

Several  very  striking  examples  are  given  by  the  authors  of  the 
papers  as  to  the  deleterious  effects  of  cutting  down  forests',  espe- 
cially in  hilly  districts.  In  the  commune  of  La  Bruguiere,  the 
forests  on  the  slopes  of  the  Black  Mountain  were  cut  down  ;  the 
consequence  of  this  removal  of  the  trees  was  that  a  brook  which 
ran  at  the  foot,  and  the  water  from  which  was  used  for  driving 
some  fulling  mills,  became  so  dried  up  in  summer  as  no  longer  to 
be  of  any  use,  while  in  winter  the  sudden  floods  caused  very  great 
damage   in  the  valley.     The  forests   were  re-planted,   and  as  the 


1 90 

trees  grew  up  the  water  coming  to  the  brook  was  so  regulated  as 
to  serve  its  former  useful  purpose  in  driving  the  mills,  and  the 
torrents  in  winter  were  moderated.  Several  other  examples  of  a 
similar  character  are  given. 

In  Switzerland,  amongst  other  examples  is  quoted  one  that 
occurred  in  the  canton  of  Berne,  where,  owing  to  the  re-planting 
of  the  mountain-side  with  fir  trees,  the  water  again  appeared  at 
a  spring  which  had  ceased  to  flow.  After  a  period  the  trees  were 
cut  down  and  the  land  converted  into  pasturage,  since  when  the 
spring  has  almost  disappeared  only  opening  out  at  occasional  in- 
tervals. 

In  the  Kazan  district  of  Russia,  once  celebrated  for  its  forests 
of  oaks  and  linden,  which  are  now  nearly  all  cut  down,  there  were 
formerly  seventy  water-mills  constantly  at  work.  Less  than  half 
now  can  be  worked,  and  even  they  only  run  half  time,  and  are 
idle  in  summer  for  want  of  water ;  while  in  winter  the  little  rivers 
that  worked  these  mills  are  converted  into  impetuous  torrents, 
breaking  up  the  mill  dams  and  doing  other  damage.  These  aban- 
doned water-mills  stand  out  as  a  striking  proof  of  the  conse- 
quences of  the  destruction  of  forests. 

In  Sardinia,  where  the  surface  consists  of  plutonic  rocks  covered 
with  a  thin  layer  of  earth,  all  the  streams  have  a  rapid  slope.  The 
woods,  which  occupied  in  1870  an  area  of  more  than  2h  million 
acres,  or  about  43  per  cent,  of  the  whole  surface  of  the  island, 
now  are  reduced  to  about  one-sixteenth  of  this  area.  Since  the 
removal  of  the  trees  the  floods  in  the  rivers  rise  with  a  rapidity 
and  flow  with  a  velocity  never  known  before,  and  a  great  number 
of  bridges  have  been  destroyed  by  the  floods.  The  beds  of  the 
channels  have  been  raised  in  some  places  above  the  surface  of  the 
land,  owing  to  the  detritus  brought  down  in  floods. 

In  Wisconsin,  U.S.A.,  the  settlers  cut  down  the  forests  and  con- 
verted the  land  into  tillage  and  pasture.  During  a  period  of  about 
seventy  years  nearly  the  whole  of  the  forest  land  was  thus  cleared 
with  the  result  that,  as  the  forest  disappeared,  the  water  in  the 
river  became  lower;  finally  thirty  miles  of  the  channel  entirely 
dried  up,  and  many  water-mills  that  were  formerly  worked  by  the 
stream  are  now  deserted  and  useless,  owing  to  the  want  of  water 
to  run  them. 

In  Sicily,  owing  to  the  cutting  down  of  the  forests  on  a  vast 
scale  in  the  province  of  Messina,  the  bed  of  the  river  has  been 
raised  by  the  stones  and  earth  carried  down  by  the  torrents  so  as 
to  stop  all  drainage  from  the  land,  and  great  damage  has  been 
done  by  the  floods.  Several  other  examples  are  given  to  the  same 
effect  where  forests  have  been  cleared  in  the  same  district,  and 
these  are  compared  with  other  streams  where  the  forests  still  exists 
and  their  condition  remains  unaltered.  In  the  former  case,  land- 
slides from  the  mountains  have  become  very  frequent. 


191 
BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM   MINUTES 

The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House  on  Wednesday,  nth  July,  1906. 
Present : — The  Hon.  T.  L.  Roxburgh,  Acting  Colonial  Secre- 
tary in  the  chair ;  the  acting  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the 
acting  Isand  Chemist ;  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools, 
Messrs.  C.  A.  T.  Fursdon,  J.  W.  Middleton,  G.  D.  Murray  and 
the  Secretary. 

His  Grace  the  Archbishop  sent  an  apology  for  absence,  as 
he  would  be  away  in  Trelawny  and  St.  Ann  for  II  or  12  days. 

No  Truck  System— The  Secretary  submitted  a  letter  from  the  West- 
moreland Sugar  Planters'  Association  with  reference  to  the  matter 
of  estates  compelling  labourers  to  purchase  bread,  beef  and  pork 
from  the  estates,  saying  that  the  Association  was  not  aware  of  any 
estates  doing  so. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  acknowledge  receipt  of  the  letter, 
and  he  was  also  instructed  to  write  the  Colonial  Secretary  that 
the  Board  had  not  been  able  to  find  out  that  the  practice  com- 
plained of  existed  on  more  than  the  estate  given. 

Official  Letters — The  Secretary  read  the  following  letters  from 
the  Colonial  Secretary's  office  : — 

1.  Re  Agricultural  Instructors,  that  the  suggestions  of  the  Board 
with  regard  to  the  Instructors,  to  be  employed  with  the  £500  from 
Elder,  Dempster  &  Co.  would  be  conveyed  to  the  Agricultural 
Society. 

2.  Re  Asst.  Superintendent  at  Hope  Gardens,  that  the  Governor 
has  already  approved  of  the  employment  of  foreman  Taylor  tem- 
porarily as  Agricultural  Instructor  at  the  Experiment  Station  at  a 
salary  of  £lOO  a  year,  and  that  the  matter  of  permanently  filling 
the  post  of  Asst.  Superintendent  would  be  considered  with  the 
estimates  for  1907-08  :  and  that  His  Excellency  had  authorised  the 
Director  of  Public  Gardens  to  insert  £150  as  salary  for  the  officer 
to  be  selected. 

Mr.  Middleton  moved  that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  go  more 
thoroughly  into  the  matter  and  report  to  the  Board.  This  was 
agreed  to  and  Mr.  Middleton  and  Mr.  Fursdon  were  appointed. 

3.  Standard  of  /?;/;«.^Sending  copy  of  minute  by  the  Chemist 
re  standard  quantity  of  ethers  for  Jamaica  rum. 

It  was  agreed  that  the  Secretary  should  acknowledge  receipt  of 
the  letter,  and  say  that  the  Board  would  allow  the  consideration 
of  this  matter  to  lie  over  for  a  time. 

4.  School  Gardens — Special  grants  to  school  gardens ;  referring 
minutes  by  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools  and  the  Di- 
rector of  Public  Gardens  on  the  matter. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  reply  that  the  Board  would  ap- 
prove of  the  transfer  of  £30  under  the  allocation  for  model  gardens 


192 

from  the  estimates  of  the  Public  Gardens  to  the  amount  on  the 
estimates  of  the  Education  Department  for  school  gardens  and 
would  approve  of  there  being  one  vote  in  future  for  this  purpose, 
and  that  should  be  on  the  estimates  of  the  Education  Depart- 
ment. 

Course  Postponed. — The  Secretary  submitted  a  letter  from  the 
Island  Chemist  to  the  acting  Chairman,  stating  that  owing  to  the 
recent  heavy  rains  sugar  crops  were  so  baclvward  that  many  dis- 
tillers would  not  be  able  to  attend  the  Distillers'  Course  as  arranged  ; 
that  he  was  convinced  that  the  only  way  was  to  postpone  the  Course 
to  October  8th  to  26th  when  Mr.  Allan  would  be  able  to  take  part, 
and  if  his  (the  Chemist's)  leave  commenced  on  July  5th  he 
would  get  back  in  time  for  the  Course.  As  the  matter  was  urgent 
he  asked  the  acting  Chairman  to  approve,  which  had  been  done. 

The  Board  approved  of  the  action  taken. 

Reports  Presented. — The  following  reports  from  the  Chemist's  De- 
partment were  submitted  : — 

1.  Postponement  of  Distillers'  Course. 

2.  Work  of  Agricultural  Lecturer. 

3.  Suggestion  by  Mr.  Cousins  that  he  be  permitted  to  visit  various 
centres  in  Great  Britain  and  Germany  in  the  interest  of  Jamaica 
rum,  to  be  on  half  pay  for  a  fortnight,  his  travelling  expenses  from 
London  as  a  centre  to  be  paid  from  the  Laboratory  allowance  for 
travelling,  and  asking  that  the  Colonial  Office  in  London  be  re- 
quested to  furnish  him  with  introductions  to  the  British  Consuls  at 
Bremen  and  Hamburg. 

It  was  agreed  to  inform  the  Colonial  Secretary's  Office  of  the 
proposals  and  that  the  Board  approved  of  them. 

4.  Proof  of  Chart  of  "  Agricultural  Dont's"  for  approval.  With 
some  alterations  in  the  type  of  printing,  this  was  approved  of. 

Reports  I  and  2  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 
The  following  reports  from  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  were 
submitted : — 

1.  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Instructors. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  meeting  adjourned  till  Wednesday,  15th  August  at  2  p.m. 


[Issued  4th  Aug.,  1906.] 
Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingstmv,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGMCULTUBE. 


Vol.  IV. 


SEPTEMBER,  1906. 


Part  9. 


EDITED    BY 


WILLIAM   FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  F.L.S., 

Director  of  Pvhlic  Gardens  (f>id  Plantatiotts. 


CONTENTS: 

PAGE. 

Renovation  of  Worn-out  Soils 

193 

Tobacco  from  Jamaica — VII 

200 

A  new  Botrychium  from  Jamaica 

201 

The  Mangosteen 

203 

Corn  Production  and  Consumption 

204 

Agriculture  in  Bermuda 

205 

Vanilla  Statistics     ... 

207 

Culture  of  the  Date  Palm 

208 

Board  of  Agriculture 

214 

PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Kingston  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  : 
Hope  Gabdbns. 


1906. 


JAMAICA. 


BULLETIN 


OF    THE 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AURICULTURE. 


LIBRARY 

NEW  VOK'K 

nOTANJCAL 

(JARUeN. 


Vol.  IV.  SEPTEMBER,  1906.  Part  9. 


RENOVATION  OF  WORN-OUT  SOILS." 

By  W.  J.  SPILLMAN. 
There  is  a  vast  difference  in  the  natural  fertility  of  soils.  Some 
do  not  produce  well  from  the  start  unless  special  attention  is 
given  to  making  them  productive  ;  others  produce  large  crops  for 
a  short  time  and  then  rapidly  diminish  in  fertility  ;  while  others, 
known  as  strong  soils,  remain  productive  for  many  years  without 
attention  to  their  fertility.  But  even  the  strongest  soils  will  wear 
out  in  time  unless  they  are  intelligently  managed. 

NATURE  OF  THE  SOIL. 
In  order  to  understand  the  methods  necessary  for  restoring  worn- 
out  soils,  let  us  consider  what  occurs  in  a  fertile  soil  that  is  grow- 
ing a  large  crop.  Imagine  a  cubic  inch  of  ordinary  field  soil 
magnified  into  a  cubic  mile.  It  would  then  present  very  much  the 
appearance  of  a  mass  of  rocks  varying  from  the  size  of  a  pea  to 
masses  several  feet  in  diameter.  Scattered  among  these  rock 
masses  would  be  many  pieces  of  decaying  plant  roots  and  other 
organic  matter,  resembling  rotting  logs  in  a  mass  of  stones  and 
gravel.  The  masses  of  organic  matter  would  be  found  to  contain 
large  quantities  of  water,  and  to  somewhat  resemble  wet  sponges 
while  every  mass  of  rock  would  have  a  layer  of  water  covering  its 
surface.  The  open  spaces  between  the  solid  masses  would  be 
filled  with  air. 

If  a  crop  were  growing  on   this  soil,  its  roots  would  be  found 
threading  their  way  among  the  masses  of  rock  and  decaying  roots 
and  pushing  these   aside  by  the  pressure  exerted  by  the  growing 
roots.     From    the   surface  of  the  growing  root,  near  its  tip,  small 
3    hollow  threads  (the  root  hairs)  extend  into  the  open  spaces  and 
^    suck  up  the  water  covering  the  rock  particles.     The  root  hairs  are 
>-    not  open  at  the   end  ;  they  absorb  the  water  through  their  walls. 
^    The  plant  food  is  dissolved  in  this  water,  but  is  usually  present  in 
X 
->-i         *  Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  245,  U.  S.  Dcpt.  of  Agriculture. 


194 

exceedingly  small  quantities.  While  the  plant  is  growing  a  con- 
stant stream  of  water  flows  up  through  it  and  evaporates  at  its 
leaves.  For  every  pound  of  growth  in  dry  matter  made  by  the 
plant,  from  300  to  800  pounds  of  water  flow  up  through  it. 

The  plant  food  substances  dissolved  in  the  soil  water  may  be 
divided  into  two  classes  according  to  their  ultimate  source. 

MINERAL  PLANT  FOOD. 

Plants  in  their  growth  make  use  of  thirteen  chemical  elements, 
nine  of  which  they  secure  directly  from  the  soil.  These  are  called 
the  mineral  plant  foods  ;  they  are  phosphorus,  potassium,  calcium, 
magnesium,  sodium,  iron,  silicon,  chlorin,  and  sulphur.  We  have 
already  seen  that  the  soil  consists  mainly  of  small  particles  of 
rock.  The  rock  particles  are  of  many  kinds,  but  nearly  all  kinds 
contain  more  or  less  potassium,  calcium,  phosphoric  acid,  &c. 
Every  year  the  soil  water  dissolves  off  a  thin  surface  layer  from 
each  particle.  Plants  appropriate  this  water  and  thus  secure 
mineral  plant  food. 

Many  generations  of  plants  have  thus  been  collecting  their 
small  toll  of  food  from  the  soil  and  storing  it  up  in  their  tissues. 
The  amount  of  plant  food  made  ready  for  plant  use  during 
each  growing  season  through  the  slow  solution  of  the  mineral  par- 
ticles of  the  soil  is  doubtless  supplemented  to  a  considerable 
degree  by  the  same  kinds  of  materials  set  free  from  the  organic 
matter  also  found  in  the  soil — that  is,  the  mineral  matter  originally 
secured  from  the  dissolving  minerals,  but  built  into  plants  during 
some  former  season,  may  again  be  used  by  other  plants  when  the 
old  matter  is  given  an  opportunity  to  decay  in  the  soil.  These 
foods  derived  directly  from  the  mineral  matter  of  the  soil  and  in- 
directly from  it  through  the  growth,  death,  decay,  and  return  of 
former  crops  are  also  supplemented  in  many  cases  by  the  ap- 
plication of  mineral  matter  in  the  form  of  commercial  fertilizers. 

NITROGEN  COMPOUNDS. 

In  addition  to  the  nine  elements  already  mentioned,  the  growing 
plant  requires  four  other  elements,  as  follows  :  hydrogen,  which 
it  secures  from  water  (water  is  a  compound  of  hydrogen  and  oxy- 
gen): oxygen,  which  it  secures  partly  from  water  and  partly  from 
the  air  ;  carbon,  which  is  secured  from  carbonic-acid  gas  in  the 
air ;  and  nitrogen. 

Nitrogen  is  in  many  respects  the  most  important  of  all  the  plant- 
food  elements.  It  is  not  found  in  appreciable  quantities  in  the 
rock  particles  of  the  soil.  Ordinary  plants  depend  for  their 
nitrogen  entirely  on  decaying  organic  matter.  As  decay  proceeds 
nitrates  are  formed  from  the  nitrogen  contained  in  organic  matter. 
The  nitrates  are  exceedingly  soluble,  and  unless  soon  made  use  of 
by  growing  crops  they  are  washed  out  of  the  soil.  Nitrogen  is 
therefore  usually  the  first  element  to  become  exhausted  in  the  soil_ 

Fortunately,  there  are  certain  species  of  bacteria  that  can  use 
atmospheric  nitrogen,  of  which  there  is  an  inexhaustible  supply. 
One  family  of  plants — the  legumes — has  learned  to  exchange  work 


195 

with  these  bacteria,  and  these  plants  are  thus  easily  supplied  with 
an  abundance  of  nitrogen  in  a  form  which  they  can  use.  When 
these  nitrogen-fixing  bacteria  are  present  in  a  soil  on  which  a  le- 
guminous crop  is  growing,  the  bacteria  invade  the  roots  of  the 
legume  and  live  there.  Their  presence  is  usually  made  manifest 
by  swellings — the  so-called  tubercles — on  the  roots  of  thrifty  plants 
of  clover,  alfalfa,  beans,  peas,  and  other  legumes.  Nitrogen  from 
-the  soil  filters  into  the  roots,  where  the  bacteria  appropriate 
it,  manufacture  an  abundance  of  nitrates,  and  give  a  portion  to 
the  plant  in  exchange  for  starch.  The  tissues  of  leguminous  plants 
become  very  rich  in  nitrogenous  compounds,  and  when  they 
decay  in  the  soil  they  set  free  large  amounts  of  nitrates  for  the  use 
of  any  crop  which  may  be  growing  at  the  time. 

The  cultivation  of  leguminous  crops  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant and  economical  means  of  maintaining  a  supply  of  nitro- 
genous plant  food  in  the  soil.  Nitrates  may,  of  course,  be  supplied 
in  commercial  fertilizers  ;  but  fertilizers  containing  nitrogen  are 
very  expensive,  and  it  usually  pays  better  to  supply  nitrogen  by 
growing  legumes  or  by  the  application  of  stable  manure,  which  is 
rich  in  nitrogen  when  properly  handled.  In  good  farm  practice 
both  stable  manure  and  leguminous  crops  are  used  as  sources  of 
nitrogen. 

SOIL   MOISTURE    AND    HUMUS. 

In  order  to  produce  a  ton  of  dry  hay  on  an  acre  of  land  it  is 
necessary  that  the  growing  grass  should  pump  up  from  that  acre 
approximately  500  tons  of  water.  In  order  to  supply  this  enormous 
quantity  of  water,  the  soil  must  not  only  be  in  condition  to  absorb 
and  hold  water  well,  but  it  must  be  porous  enough  to  permit  water 
to  flow  freely  from  soil  grain  to  soil  grain.  The  presence  of  large 
quantities  of  deca5''ing  organic  matter  (humus)  adds  enormously  to 
the  water-holding  capacity  of  the  soil.  One  ton  of  humus  will 
absorb  2  tons  of  water  and  give  it  up  readily  to  growing  crops. 
Not  only  that,  but  the  shrinkage  of  the  particles  of  decaying 
organic  matter  and  the  consequent  loosening  of  soil  grains  keep 
the  soil  open  and  porous. 

Furthermore,  humus  of  good  quality  is  exceedingly  rich  in 
both  nitrogen  and  mineral  plant  food.  The  maintenance  of  fertil- 
ity may  almost  be  said  to  consist  in  keeping  the  soil  well  supplied 
with  humus.  The  first  step  in  renovating  worn-out  soils  is  to  give 
them  an  abundant  supply  of  humus  of  good  quality.  Perhaps  the 
best  source  of  humus  is  stable  manure  containing  both  the  liquid 
and  the  solid  excrement,  especially  when  the  stock  are  fed  with 
rich  nitrogenous  foods.  Even  a  poor  quality  of  barn-yard  manure, 
which  has  had  much  of  the  plant  food  leached  out  of  it,  has  con- 
siderable value  because  of  the  humus  it  makes. 

Another  cheap  and  valuable  source  of  humus,  but  one  which 
must  be  used  understandingly,  is  crops  grown  to  turn  under  as 
manure.  The  legumes  are  especially  valuable  for  this  purpose 
because  of  the  nitrogen  they  contain,  but  other  crops,  such  as  corn 
sown  thickly,  may  sometimes  be  made  to  supply  large    quantities 


196 

of  humus  of  fair  quality.      Crops    thus  used    are    called    green 
manures. 

SOIL  AIR. 

A  proper  circulation  of  air  in  the  soil  is  just  as  important  as  any 
other  factor  of  plant  growth.  Nearly  half  of  the  volume  of  ordi- 
nary soils  is  occupied  by  air  spaces.  The  air  spaces  in  the  soil 
wind  in  and  out  between  the  soil  particles,  just  as  they  do  in  a  heap 
of  larger  stones.  If  the  layer  of  water  on  the  surface  of  the  soil 
grains  becomes  so  thick  as  to  stop  the  air  passages  here  and  there 
the  soil  is  then  too  wet  for  most  crops  and  needs  drainage.  Plants 
have  no  special  breathing  organs,  the  oxygen  required  in  their 
breathing  finding  entrance  all  over  the  surface  of  the  plant.  Plant 
roots  must  therefore  be  supplied  with  air,  and  hence  the  soil  must 
be  porous  enough  to  permit  of  free  circulation  of  air.  A  good  supply 
of  humus  and  proper  tillage  will  accomplish  this  result  in  clay  soils. 
Sandy  soils  are  usually  too  porous,  needing  humus  to  help  them  to 
retain  water. 

Another  reason  why  air  must  circulate  freely  in  the  soil  is  that 
large  quantities  of  oxygen  are  required  to  insure  proper  decay  of 
organic  matter  to  supply  plant  food.  Also,  carbonic  acid  gas  is 
produced  iby  the  decay  of  organic  matter,  and  this  must  escape 
easily  to  make  room  for  the  atmospheric  oxygen  needed  in  the  soil. 
The  movement  of  air  in  the  soil  is  frequently  shown  by  the  bub- 
bles which  appear  at  the  surface  of  the  soil  just  after  a  heavy  rain. 
As  the  water  soaks  into  the  soil  it  drives  the  air  out,  and  bubbles 
may  be  seen  at  the  surface  if  water  enough  is  present  to  form 
them. 

One  of  the  most  important  objects  of  ploughing  is  to  loosen  up 
the  soil  and  mix  fresh  air  with  it. 

SUBSTANCES  THROWN   OFF   IN   THE  SOIL   BY  GROWING   PLANTS. 

Considerable  evidence  has  been  accumulated  during  recent  years 
to  show  that  the  cause  of  the  failure  of  some  soils  to  produce 
satisfactory  crops  may  be  ascribed  to  unfavourable  conditions  pro- 
duced in  the  soils  by  the  plants  themselves.  It  is  thought  that 
during  the  growth  of  the  plant  certain  unknown  organic  substances 
are  given  off  which,  when  they  accumulate  in  the  soil  to  any  ex- 
tent, are  harmful  to  the  further  growth  of  plants  of  the  kind  that 
produce  them.  It  is  possible  that  some  of  the  benefits  known  to 
arise  from  systematic  crop  rotation  may  be  explained  on  this  basis. 
These  harmful  substances  seem  to  be  disposed  of  rapidly  by  cer- 
tain soils,  usually  those  in  which  organic  matter  is  readily  con- 
verted into  humus.  Other  soils,  usually  marked  by  a  lack  of  the 
brown  carbonized  organic  matter,  do  not  seem  to  possess  this 
property  of  removing  harmful  plant  products  to  such  a  degree. 
This  idea  is  in  accord  with  the  common  experience  that  dark- 
coloured  soils,  well  filled  with  organic  matter,  are  usually  very 
productive. 

In  connection  with  the  study  of  these  poisonous  organic  pro- 
ducts, it  has  been  found  that   they  may  be  destroyed    or  at    least 


197 

rendered  harmless  in  a  variety  of  ways.  Barn-yard  manure  or  de- 
caying organic  matter,  sucli  as  a  green  crop  of  cow-peas,  turned 
under  has  a  very  marked  effect  in  freeing  the  soil  from  them. 
Thorough  and  complete  airing  of  the  soil  will  often  destroy  or 
overcome  these  poisonous  substances.  The  beneficial  effects  of 
ploughing  and  of  thorough  surface  tillage  are  thus  explained,  in 
part  at  least,  on  the  basis  of  the  thorough  aeration  secured.  When 
the  same  crop  is  not  grown  oftener  than  every  three  or  four  years 
on  the  same  land  the  injurious  substances  the  crop  throws  off  seem 
to  have  time  to  disappear  before  the  same  crop  is  grown  again  ; 
hence  the  benefit  from  crop  rotation.  When  the  soil  is  well  sup- 
plied with  humus  there  is  seldom  any  trouble  from  this  source,  and 
the  same  crop  may  be  grown  year  after  year  with  good  yields, 
though  continuous  cultivation  of  the  same  crop  may  invite  injury 
from  certain  insects  and  fungous  diseases  which  live  over  in  the 
soil  or  in  the  remains  of  the  crop. 

EFFECTS   OF   TILLAGE. 

Improper  methods  of  tillage  add  very  greatly  to  the  evil  effects 
that  result  from  lack  of  humus.  In  many  parts  of  the  country  the 
land  is  ploughed  only  3  or  4  inches  deep.  Below  the  ploughed 
stratum  the  soil  becomes  sour,  densely  packed,  and  unfit  for  plant 
roots.  When  such  soils  are  ploughed  deeply  and  this  sour  packed 
subsoil  is  mixed  with  the  upper  portion,  the  growth  of  many  crops 
is  greatly  retarded.  This  has  led  many  farmers  to  believe  that 
deep  ploughing  is  ruinous.  Some  farmers  have  tried  to  remedy 
the  difficulty  by  subsoiling.  The  subsoil  plough  breaks  up  the 
packed  layer  but  does  not  throw  it  out  on  top.  But  while  subsoil- 
ing does  break  up  the  hard  layer  into  chunks  it  does  not  pulverize 
it  or  put  humus  into  it.  In  most  cases  work  done  in  subsoiling  is 
practically  wasted,  and  it  is  doubtful  if  it  ever  pays.  A  much 
better  method  is  to  plough  a  little  deeper  each  year  until  a  depth 
of  8  or  10  inches  is  reached.  This  gives  a  deep  layer  of  good 
soil,  particularly  if  the  supply  of  humus  is  kept  up. 

When  new  soil,  or  that  which  has  lain  undisturbed  for  several 
years,  is  broken  up,  it  is  always  best  to  plough  deep  from  the  be- 
ginning, for  the  deeper  layers  will  be  about  as  fertile  as  any,  except 
the  top  inch  or  two.  It  is  wise  too,  never  to  plough  the  same  depth 
twice  in  succession.  In  general,  autumn  ploughing  should  be  from 
7  to  9  or  10  inches  and  spring  ploughing  from  5  to  7  inches  deep. 
There  are  special  cases  in  which  these  rules  do  not  apply,  but  their 
discussion  would  take  us  too  far  from  the  purpose  of  this  paper. 

We  plough  the  soil  in  order  to  loosen  its  texture  and  get  air 
into  it ;  also  to  turn  under  stubble,  manure,  &c.,  to  make  humus. 
Killing  weeds  is  another  object  accomplished  by  ploughing.  After 
a  soil  has  been  thoroughly  pulverised  to  great  depths,  so  that  there 
is  no  danger  of  turning  up  packed  clay,  the  deeper  the  ploughing 
the  better  the  crops.  But  the  cost  also  increases  with  depth  so 
that  ordinarily  it  does  not  pay  to  plough  more  than  about  10  inches 
deep. 


198 

EFFECT   OF  PLOUGHING  SOIL  WHEN   TOO  WET  OR   TOO  DRY. 

Sandy  soils  are  usually  not  injured  by  handling  when  wet ;  but 
the  case  is  different  with  clay  soils.  A  fair  quality  of  brick  can 
be  made  from  any  heavy  clay  soil  by  working  it  thoroughly  when 
wet  and  then  drying  it  in  the  sun.  The  effect  produced  by  work- 
ing wet  clay  soils  is  known  as  puddling.  Irrigation  ditches  in  the 
west  are  puddled  by  first  flooding  them  to  make  them  muddy,  and 
then  driving  bands  of  sheep  along  in  this  mud.  This  makes  the 
bottom  impervious  to  water  and  prevents  loss  from  leakage.  If  a 
clay  soil  is  ploughed,  or  even  harrowed,  when  too  wet,  it  is  more 
or  less  puddled.  In  this  condition  it  becomes  cloddy  and  imper- 
vious to  air  and  water.  Old  roadways  that  have  been  thoroughly 
puddled  from  traffic  in  all  kinds  of  weather  may  be  distinguished 
in  fields  many  years  after  they  have  been  ploughed  up  and  put 
into  cultivation. 

The  proper  time  to  plough  land  is  when  it  is  just  moist  enough 
to  break  up  mellow,  neither  wet  enough  to  leave  a  slick  surface 
where  rubbed  by  the  mouldboard  nor  dry  enough  to  break  up  in 
large  clods  ;  or,  as  the  southern  farmer  puts  it,  when  the  soil  has  a 
good  season  in  it.  If  continued  rain  follows  wet  ploughing,  little 
harm  follows  ;  but  hot,  dry  winds  would  soon  leave  only  a  mass  of 
unmanageable  clods.  In  spring  and  midsummer  ploughing,  parti- 
cularly, it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  run  the  harrow  immedia- 
tely after  the  plough.     This  prevents  the  formation  of  clods. 

TERRACING   AND   SOIL  WASHING. 

One  of  the  most  serious  results  that  follow  shallow  ploughing, 
at  least  in  hilly  regions,  is  the  washing  away  of  the  soil  in  torren- 
tial rains.  When  terraces  are  properly  laid  out  they  do  prevent 
washing,  but  they  are  a  very  expensive  means  of  accomplishing 
the  end  sought.  They  occupy  land  that  ought  to  be  in  crops. 
They  seed  the  land  with  weeds.  When  improperly  constructed, 
and  they  usually  are,  they  cause  great  ditches  to  be  washed  in  the 
hillsides.  Besides  this  they  cut  the  land  up  into  small,  irregular 
patches  and  greatly  increase  the  cost  of  tillage.  There  is  a  better 
way  of  preventing  washing  in  nearly  all  cases. 

In  the  first  place,  where  land  has  been  ploughed  only  3  or  4 
inches  deep  for  several  years  the  subsoil  becomes  impervious  to 
water  and  can  not  absorb  a  heavy  rainfall  fast  enough  to  prevent 
its  flowing  over  the  surface.  But  when  the  land  is  ploughed 
gradually  deeper  until  a  good  depth  of  loose  soil  is  obtained,  and 
particularly  when  an  abundance  of  humus  is  supplied  from  grass 
roots  and  stubble,  or  from  green  crops  turned  under,  or,  better 
still,  from  barn-yard  manure,  the  soil  becomes  so  porus  that  the 
heaviest  rains  cause  little  or  no  flowing  of  water  on  the  surface. 

IMPROVING   THE  SOIL. 

We   have  seen  that  poverty  in  soil  may  be  due  to  poor  texture, 

unfavourable  structure,  lack  of  humus,  deficiencies  in  the  amount, 

form,  or  proportion  of  plant  food,  and  to  the  presence  of  harmful 

mineral  or  organic  compounds.     With   the  exception  of  nitrogen, 


199 

most  soils,  even  those  that  are  very  poor,  usually  contain  an 
abundant  supply  of  plant  food,  though  sometimes  other  elements 
are  lacking  or  are  present  only  in  those  forms  that  plants  can  not 

use. 

To  increase  fertility  we  must  improve  texture  and  add  plant 
food  and  humus.  Tillage  may  do  much  to  improve  texture,  but 
tillage  alone  w^ill  not  sufifice.  We  must  add  humus.  In  doing  so 
we  add  plant  food,  and  make  the  soil  more  permeable  to  air  and 
water. 

INCREASING   THE   STOCK  OF   HUMUS. 

There  are  three  general  methods  of  supplying  humus  to  the  soil. 
The  first  and  best  is  the  addition  of  stable  manure.  When  pro- 
perly managed  it  adds  large  quantities  of  both  plant  food  and 
humus.  But  manure  is  not  always  available.  When  such  is  the 
case,  the  best  thing  to  do  is  to  make  it  available.  Raise  more  for- 
age, keep  more  stock,  and  make  more  manure.  But  this  takes  time 
and  capital  so  that  other  means  are  sometimes  necessary.  When 
stable  manure  is  not  to  be  had,  we  may  plant  crops  for  the  pur- 
pose of  turning  them  under,  thus  adding  large  quantities  of  humus 
at  comparatively  little  cost.  Ploughing  under  green  crops  is 
called  green  manuring.  Under  certain  conditions  this  is  an 
excellent  practice. 

STABLE  MANURE. 
Properly  handled,  stable  manure  is  by  all  means  the  best  remedy 
for  poverty  of  the  soil.  Very  few  farmers  handle  manure  so  as  to 
get  even  as  much  as  half  the  possible  value  from  it.  There  is 
probably  no  greater  waste  in  the  world  than  in  connection  with 
the  handling  of  manure  by  the  farmer.  Five-eights  of  the  plant 
food  in  manure  is  found  in  the  the  liquid  part  of  it.  This  is  usually 
all  lost.  Not  only  is  this  the  case,  but  the  solids  are  heaped  beside 
the  stable,  frequently  under  the  eaves,  where  rains  wash  away 
much  of  their  value.  Fermentation  in  these  manure  heaps  also 
sets  free  much  of  the  nitrogen  to  escape  into  the  air. 

GREEN  MANURES. 

The  practice  of  ploughing  under  green  crops  as  manures  is  not 
very  general,  and  we  do  not  know  as  much  as  we  should  like  to 
know  of  the  value  of  this  method.  Some  crops  do  not  thrive  when 
sown  on  land  into  which  a  green  crop  has  recently  been  ploughed. 
This  is  particularly  true  of  those  crops  that  like  a  solid  seed  bed, 
or  which  are  sensitive  to  acids.  When  a  heavy  green  crop  is 
ploughed  under,  it  goes  through  a  fermentation  not  unlike  that 
which  occurs  in  a  barrel  of  kraut,  resulting  in  the  formation  of  a 
considerable  amount  of  acid. 

Alfalfa  is  particularly  sensitive  to  acids,  and  it  also  requires  a 
compact  seed  bed.  It  is  unwise,  therefore,  to  green  manure  the 
land  just  before  sowing  with  alfalfa. 

Generally  speaking,  when  it  is  desirable  to  plough  in  a  green 
crop  before  fall-sown    crops,  it  should    be  done   a   month  or  six 


200 

weeks  before  planting  time,  and  the  soil  should  be  harrowed  fre- 
quently or  otherwise  compacted.  A  few  good  rains  will  wash  out 
most  of  the  acids  and  aid  in  compacting  the  soil.  The  acids  may 
also  be  counteracted  by  adding  lime. 

COW-PEAS. 

The  cow-pea  has  been  a  boon  to  the  farmers  of  the  Southern 
States,  and  its  value  is  coming  to  be  generally  recognized.  During 
the  past  few  years  the  demand  for  cow-pea  seed  has  exceeded  the 
supply,  and  high  prices  have  resulted. 

It  seldom  pays  to  turn  under  a  crop  of  cow-peas  in  the  green 
state.  It  is  better  practice  to  make  hay  of  them,  feed  the  hay, 
and  put  the  manure  back  on  the  land.  As  is  the  case  with  all 
legumes,  the  roots  of  the  cow-pea  crop  add  a  great  deal  of  nitro- 
gen to  the  soil,  and  have  a  marked  effect  on  fertility.  If  a  heavy 
green  crop  of  cow-peas  is  ploughed  under  in  the  autumn  it  is  best 
not  to  plant  the  land  until  the  following  spring. 

SUMMARY. 

We  may  sum  up  the  matter  briefly  thus  :  To  build  up  and  main- 
tain fertility  in  the  soil,  feed  a  large  part  of  the  crops  and  return 
the  manure  to  the  land.  If  manure  is  not  available,  plough  under 
crops  grown  for  the  purpose.  Plough  deep  (but  do  not  subsoil). 
Grow  leguminous  crops  for  the  nitrogen  they  add  to  the  soil. 


TOBACCO  FROM  JAMAICA.    VII. '•' 

This  sample  of  tobacco  was  sent  to  the  Imperial  Institute  by  the 
Director  of  the  Department  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations  of 
Jamaica.  It  was  grown  experimentally  under  shade  cloth  during 
the  season  1904-1905  from  Sumatra  seed. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  SAMPLE. 

The  sample  consisted  of  six  leaves  of  the  "  wrapper"  type  of 
cigar  tobacco,  showing  a  dull,  olive-brown  tint.  The  leaves  were 
of  fair  length,  uniform  in  colour,  thin  and  free  from  "stains"  and 
"  burns."  They  were  somewhat  brittle  when  handled,  but  this  was 
probably  due  to  their  having  been  packed  between  sheets  of  card- 
board, which  had  absorbed  the  moisture,  rendering  the  leaves 
abnormally  dry. 

When  ignited  the  tobacco  burned  evenly  and  steadily,  evolving 
a  fairly  fragrant  aroma  and  leaving  a  greyish-white  ash. 

As  the  sample  was  very  small,  it  was  impossible  to  submit  it  to 
chemical  examination.  It  was  therefore  sent  to  a  firm  of  tobacco 
experts  to  be  tried  for  wrapping  cigars  and  for  the  determination 
of  its  commercial  value.  The  experts'  report  on  the  tobacco  was 
as  follows  : — 

"The  tobacco  is  of  very  handsome  appearance,  thin  in  texture 
and  therefore  highly  productive  as  a  '  wrapper'  for  tobacco  ;  in 
use  it  is  somewhat  '  tender'  and  does  not    appear  to  have  quite  as 

*  From  BuUetiii  of  The  Imj/erial  Institute,  Vol.  IV.  No.  2. 


201 

much  elasticity  as  Sumatra  tobacco  of  similar  texture  [see  note 
under  '  Description  of  Sample'  as  to  probable  reason  of  this 
'  tenderness"] ;  the  burning  is  very  fair,  and  the  flavour  not  unsatis- 
factory. 

Similar  tobacco,  well  put  up,  would  fetch  on  the  English  market 
up  to  about  3s.  per  lb.  for  first  lengths,  say  2s.  3d.  per  lb.  for  the 
second  lengths,  and  from  is.  3d.  to  is.  6d.  per  ft.  for  the  third 
lengths. 

"  We  feel  sure  that  the  soil  and  climate  which  have  produced 
this  tobacco  are  suitable  for  growing  'wrapper'  tobacco  equal  to 
most  in  the  world,  and  if  labour  is  plentiful  and  cheap  and  the 
area  of  suitable  ground  large  enough  there  is  a  chance  in  time  of 
this  district  of  Jamaica  becoming  a  serious  competitor  of  Borneo, 
Sumatra,  and  Java." 

The  experts  also  suggest  that  it  might  be  worth  while  to  carry 
out  a  similar  cultivation  experiment  in  Jamaica  with  Java  tobacco, 
as  this  would  probably  yield  a  "  wrapper"  leaf  which  would  be 
stronger  in  texture  and  of  even  better  flavour  than  the  present 
sample. 

Tne  results  of  the  experts'  trial  of  this  tobacco  show  that  it  is  of 
good  quality,  and  that  if  a  similar  quality  can  be  placed  on  the 
English  market  in  quantity,  it  will  probably  realise  remunerative 
prices. 


A  NEW  BOTRYCHIUM  FROM  JAMAICA.'' 

By  WILLIAM  RALPH   MAXON. 

The  systematic  status  of  the  members  of  the  group  of  Botrycliiiini 
ternatum  has  been  the  subject  of  a  good  deal  of  comment  within 
the  past  ten  years.  Naturally  there  have  developed  legitimate 
differences  of  individual  judgment  and  interpretation  ;  and,  while 
in  one  or  two  instances  the  results  offered  have  been  such  as  to 
suggest  doubt  that  the  author  was  in  actual  possession  of  some  of 
the  forms  under  discussion,  it  is  probably  true  that  no  two  students 
working  with  the  same  series  of  specimens  would  arrive  at  con- 
clusions absolutely  identical.  It  becomes  often  an  exceedingly 
difficult  matter  to  decide  whether  a  given  series  of  plants — and  too 
often  a  small  series — constitutes  a  sufficiently  marked  and  coherent 
assemblage  to  stand  apart,  specifically  distinct,  from  an  obviously 
related  form ;  or,  whether,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  to  be  regarded 
as  a  mere  local  variation  induced,  it  may  be,  by  habitat. 

Of  the  so-called  species  recently  recognized,t  several — and  they 
are,  in  the  opinion  of  the  writer,  very  few  in  number — do  not  ap- 
pear to  be  valid  species  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  term  :  they 
lack  distinctive  diagnostic  characters  and  pass  insensibly  into 
another  form.     And,  it    must  be  confessed,  a  study  of   the  entire 

*  From  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  J}otaii  iftil  Chih,  .S2:  210-222,  pi.  G.  1905. 
t  Underwood,  An  index  to  the  described  speciis  of  Botrychiiim.    Bull.  Torrey  Cluh  30, 
42-55.    Ja.,  1903. 


202 

group  must  of  necessity  be  more  truly  comparative  and  involve  a 
wider  view  than  is  usually  to  be  required  in  most  groups  of  pteri- 
dophytes.  But  the  fact  remains,  that  there  arc  distinct  groups,  in- 
habiting definitely  restricted  areas  and  comprising  individuals  in 
close  agreement  in  habital  and  foliage  characters,  which  offer  com- 
paratively small  but  absolute  differences  from  allied  groups  of  in- 
dividuals from  other  regions  ;  and  it  appears  to  the  writer  that, 
unless  reduction  of  the  most  sweeping  sort  is  to  be  made,  it  is 
undoubtedly  the  most  logical  proceeding  to  recognize  these  as 
species  and  to  designate  them  as  binomials.  The  recognition  of 
svib-species  implies  or  ought  to  imply  the  existence  of  specimens 
snowing  the  transition  from  the  typical  form  to  the  sub-specific 
centre  of  variation.  In  two  or  possibly  three  instances  among  the 
recently  recognized  "  species"  referred  to  above,  such  intermediates 
seem  to  exist,  and  the  writer  hopes  to  discuss  these  later  at  greater 
length  ;  but  in  the  majority  of  cases  intermediates  (if  existent  at 
all)  have  not  found  their  way  into  herbaria,  and  the  supposed 
justification  for  the  reduction  practised  by  several  American  writers 
appears  to  be  contained  in  the  fast  disappearing  fallacy  that  the 
sum  of  the  differences  and  not  their  constancy  is  the  criterion  for 
specific  segregation, —  a  logical  pursuit  of  which  principle  would 
lead  by  no  very  circuitous  route  to  the  treatment  accorded  the 
group  by  Hooker  and  Baker. 

The  plant  here  to  be  described  is  not  associable  specifically 
with  any  described  form.  It  may  very  appropriately  bear  the 
name  of  one  whose  studies  must  necessarily  prove  largely  instru- 
mental in  a  final  elucidation  of  this  perplexing  group. 

BOTRYCHIUM   UNDERWOODIANUM   sp.  nov. 

Plant  of  large  stature  (3  dm.),  to  be  placed  between  B.  Jciiiiiaiii 
and  B.  dccompositum  of  the  ternatum  group.  Roots  copious,  stout, 
cordlike,  corrugate  above,  fasciculate  from  a  short  (l-2  cm.)  under- 
ground prolongation  of  the  axis  :  common  stalk  short  (about  2 
cm.),  bud  densely  covered  with  a  compact  growth  of  silky  hairs  ; 
sterile  division  short-petiolate  (5-10  cm  ),  12-20  cm.  broad  and 
nearly  as  long,  commonly  pentagonal  in  shape, tripinnate,  the  basal 
pinnules  of  the  lowermost  lateral  divisions  usually  much  elongated 
and  again  deeply  pinnatifid  ;  ultimate  segments  relatively  very 
large,  bluntly  obovate  or  broadly  spatulate,  the  margins  evenly 
and  finely  crenate-dentate  with  an  occasional  shallow  lobation  ; 
texture  slight,  lesembling  that  of  B.  obliquni ;  venation  manifest : 
sporophyl  about  30  cm.  long ;  panicle  rather  lax,  about  8  cm.  long, 
bipinnate  ;  sporangia  large,  sessile. 

Jamaica. — Type  in  the  herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden,  Jenman  collection.  Co-type  in  the  U.S.  National  Herbarium 
(no  521 103).  Of  the  several  specimens  collected  by  Jenman  only 
one  is  fertile.  Other  Jamaican  specimens  are  :  Underwood  i~g  and 
2620,  Ma.voii  1573,  and  D.  E.  Watt{\J.  S.  N.  M.  520982).  all  from  the 
vicinity  of  Cinchona,  altitude  about  1500  meters  ;  and  two  speci- 
mens in  the  herbariam  of  Capt.  John  Donnell  Smith,  communicated 


203 

by  Hart.  The  last,  though  indicated  by  Dr.  Christ  as  represent- 
ing a  new  species,  were  not  described,  presumably  on  account  of 
their  immature  condition. 

The  series  at  hand  indicates  that  B.  Undenvoodiauum  is  one  of 
the  most  distinct  species  in  the  tcniatiim  group.  As  stated,  it  ap- 
pears to  be  most  nearly  related  to  B.  Jcnmaiii,  Underw.*  and  B.  de- 
compositum  Mart.  &  Gal.t  From  the  former  it  differs  conspicuously 
in  its  greater  size  and  more  delicate  texture  ;  and  from  the  latter 
imperfectly  known  species  very  noticeably  in  the  following  dis- 
tinctive characters  :  (l)  the  peculiar  shape  and  spacing  of  the  seg- 
ments, and  (2)  the  wide  divergence  of  the  main  divisions  which 
spread  ordinarily  at  an  angle  of  nearly  or  quite  ninety  degrees. 
There  is,  moreover,  in  most  specimens  so  pronounced  a  basiscopic 
development  of  the  first  lateral  division  as  to  give  a  decided  pen- 
tagonal shape  to  the  leaf,  though  this  feature  is  not  especially 
noticeable  in  the  type  specimen. 

{United  States  National  Museum). 


THE   MANGOSTEEN.t 

The  species  included  in  the  genus  Garcinia  are  a  comparatively 
small  but  valuable  group  of  oriental  tropical  economic  plants. 
For,  not  only  are  the  timbers  furnished  by  the  Garcinias  well 
adapted  for  building-construction  and  furniture,  but  some  of  the 
tamarinds,  the  gamboge  of  commerce,  as  well  as  the  much  esteemed 
mangosteen  of  Malaya  are  among  the  products  yielded  by  them. 
Of  all  these  products,  the  luscious  mangosteen,  which,  by  univer- 
tal  consent,  has  been  admitted  to  be  the  most  delicious  of  oriental 
fruits,  is  perhaps  the  best-known  to  the  layman.  In  the  sunny  re- 
gions of  the  Malayan  sea-board  where,  for  the  major  portion  of  the 
year,  sunshine  and  shower  regularly  alternate  to  result  in  a  truly 
marvellous  equability  of  climate,  the  Garcinia  Mangostana  grows 
to  perfection.  Its  artificial  cultivation  in  those  regions  as  well  as 
on  the  friable  loams  of  the  evergreen  forests  that  follow  the  courses 
of  the  rivers  of  the  Peninsula  has  always  been  attended  with  con- 
siderable success.  For,  within  the  favoured  localities  of  its  limited 
but  indigenous  distribution,  few  fruit-crops  demand  less  attention 
in  cultivation  ;  while,  after  it  survives  the  early  stages  of  its  growth, 
no  operations  of  a  cultural  nature,  beyond  manuring,  require  to  be 
done  for  the  maintenance  of  the  crop. 

Well-grown  seedlings  would  be  at  least  a  foot  in  height  at  the 
close  of  the  first  year  and  bear  from  four  to  six  leaves  each.  At  the 
commencement  of  the  south-west  monsoon,  the  seedlings  should  be 
removed  from  the  nursery  beds  and  planted  out  in  pits  previously 
prepared  on  the  plantation.  These  pits  are  best  excavated  at  dis- 
tances of  20  ft.  from   one  another,  and  should  be  located  in  open, 

»  Fera  Bull.  8.  69.  I'JOO.     (Type  from  Jamaica), 
t  Mem  Acad.  Sci.  Brux.  15':  \h.  nl.  1.  1S42.    (Type  from  Mexico). 
JFrom"  T(uj  Tropical  Agricaltarid,  March  1906. 


204 

well-draiaed  loamy  land.  They  should  each  be  3  ft.  square  and  3 
ft.  deep,  and  be  filled  in  with  surface  soil,  vegetable  mould  and 
cattle  droppings  worked  up  to  a  friable  and  fine  degree  of  tilth. 
In  planting,  care  should  be  taken  to  see  that  every  transplant  occu- 
pies the  centre  of  the  pit  in  which  it  is  put  out ;  for,  the  species 
being  a  surface  feeder,  the  fullest  facility  should  be  afforded  it  for 
developing  its  feeding-roots  evenly  around  it.  The  plants  should 
be  shaded  with  light  bamboo-and-grass  tatties  placed  horizontally 
over  each  and  supported  upon  bamboo  uprights  6  ft.  high.  This 
shade  should  be  given  directly  the  transplants  are  put  out  and  be 
maintained  for  at  least  one  year.  The  tatties  may  be  removed 
when  there  is  rain  as  well  as  at  night  and  in  the  cooler  parts  of 
the  day.  The  plants  should  also  be  copiously  watered  throughout 
the  warmer  months  of  the  year  for  at  least  two  years  after  they 
are  put  out. 

The  mangosteen  plant  has  been  known  to  bear  fruit  in  the 
fifth  year  from  planting  out  or  in  the  sixth  from  germination.  At 
this  age  it  ordinarily  attains  to  a  height  of  10  ft.  and  a  basal 
girth  of  I  ft.,  and  its  conical  crown,  which  is  formed  low  on  the 
bole,  casts  a  cover  of  about  10  ft.  in  diameter.  The  yield  of 
fruit  varies  with  locality  as  well  as  care  in  manuring  and  general 
cultivation  ;  but  it  usually  is  small  and  continues  to  be  poor  unti". 
the  plant  reaches  its  tenth  year.  Again,  the  earlier  fruits  are 
small  and  irregularly  developed  and  contain  very  few  pulpy  seeds. 
Thus,  the  number,  size,  shape  and  flavour  of  the  fruits  are  improved 
only  with  advancing  years  ;  but,  even  in  young  crops,  considerable 
improvement  could  be  effected  by  heavy  periodic  manuring  and 
watering.  A  healthy  plant  in  its  tenth  year  is  capable  of  yielding 
from  two  to  three  hundred  mangosteens  valued  at  from  Rs.  3  to 
Rs.  5  per  hundred.  An  acre  stocked  with  plants  standing  at  dis- 
tances of  20  ft.  from  one  another  would  hold  at  least  lOO  plants. 
And  if,  at  the  end  of  the  tenth  year,  they  yield,  on  an  average,  200 
fruits  each,  valued  at  the  rate  of  Rs.  4  per  hundred,  the  plantation 
would  yield  an  approximate  income  of  Rs.  800.  The  species  is 
well  adapted  for  cultivation  in  all  localities  with  heavy  rainfall,  a 
a  loamy  soil,  and  enjoying  freedom  from  frost.  It  luxuriates  in 
bright  and  vigorous  sunshine  and  demands  plenty  of  light  for  its 
most  perfect  development.  The  soil,  however,  should  be  moist 
and  well  drained.  It  is  best  grown  as  a  pure  crop,  unmixed  with 
species  other  than  itself. — Madras  Mail. 


CORN  PRODUCTION  AND  CONSUMPTION  « 

It  is  evident  from  the  experience  of  the  past  few  years  of  good 
crops  that  the  consumption  of  corn  [maize]  in  the  United  States  has 
increased  much  more  rapidly  than  the  production.  Indeed  it  may 
be  doubted  whether  there  has  been  any  enlargement  in  the  corn 
area  during  the  past  eight  years.  The  statistics  of  the  Agricultu- 
ral Department  show  an  area  last  year  14  millions  greater  than  in 

•From  "  Tlie  Loumanu  Planter  and  Sugar  Manvifacturcr,"  Vol.  XXX  VII,  Ko.  2. 


205 

1897.  but  the  census  of  1900  show  conclusively  that  the  figures 
of  the  Agricultural  Department  were  grossly  inaccurate  for  at 
least  five  years  prior  to  and  including  those  of  1900.  In  the  past 
eight  years  the  population  has  increased  13  millions,  or  nearly  20 
percent.  The  prevailing  relatively  high  prices,  therefore,  seem  to 
be  due  to  the  fact  that  consumption  has  caught  up  with  production 
and  consequently  low  prices  for  corn  are  not  to  be  expected  again 
unless  there  is  a  large  increase  in  the  area  devoted  to  producing 
this  crop. 

An  important  factor  affecting  prices  of  corn  in  recent  years  has 
been  the  changed  method  of  marketing  the  crop.  Farmers  have 
taken  their  time  in  disposing  of  their  surplus.  The  policy  has 
prevailed  generally  of  holding  ample  reserves  through  the  year, 
so  as  to  provide  for  deficiences  in  case  of  crop  failures.  This 
has  prevented  the  accumulation  of  large  stocks  "  in  sight"  which 
always  have  a  more  depressing  influence  on  prices  than  liberal 
supplies  in  farmers'  hands.  The  remarkable  situation  exists 
to-day  of  an  almost  complete  exhaustion  of  stocks  of  corn  at 
market  centres,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  last  year's  crop  was 
the  greatest  on  record.  Under  such  conditions  the  farmer  is  in  a 
position  to  dictate  the  price,  within  a  reasonable  limit,  and  he  is 
likely  to  continue  in  that  position.  Speculators  who  have  under- 
taken to  depress  prices  by  short  selling  have  not  yet  met  with 
any  success. — Kansas  City  Star,  May  21. 


AGRICULTURE  IN  BERMUDA. 

The  following  notes  of  interest  are  taken  from  the  Report  of  the 
Superintendent  of  the  Public  Garden,  Bermuda  for  1905  : — 

Tomatoes. — "  The  opening  up  of  new  sources  of  supply  has  con- 
tributed not  a  little  to  the  low  prices  and  a  now  somewhat  limited 
demand  for  Bermuda  produce  in  New  York ;  indeed  the  once  very 
profitable  tomato  trade  was  brought  to  an  end  in  1900  by  large 
quantities  being  sent  in  early  from  the  Southern  States  ;  and  now 
that  it  has  been  proved  possible  to  export  from  Cuba  and  Jamaica 
excellent  fruit  from  November  to  March  and  April,  the  year  round 
supply  is  complete :  the  resuscitation  of  this  colony's  lost  tomato 
trade  is  not,  therefore  anticipated.  In  1871  the  boxes  of  tomatoes 
exported  to  New  York  numbered  115,868  valued  at  £13,718  ;  in 
1900,  146  were  sent,  valued  at  £ll." 

Lily  Bulbs. — "  The  lily  bulb  industry  was,  until  quite  recently, 
in  danger  of  being  destroyed,  through  the  dis^.ppointing  results 
obtained  by  American  forcers  from  Bermuda  bulbs  ;  many  having 
given  up  growing  them.  Happily  some  four  or  five  of  the  larger 
Bermudian  growers  realized  the  importance  of  selecting  and  care- 
fully cultivating  pure  Harrisii  stock,  though,  perhaps,  somewhat 
late  in  the  day,  for  already  a  large  proportion  of  the  trade  has  been 
diverted  to  Japan. 

It  may  be  assumed,  however,  that  Bermuda  growers  will,  by 
careful  attention  to  the  requirements  of  the  American  and  English 


206 

forcing  trade,  be  able  to  secure  the  present  prices  for  unmixed 
Harrisii  bulbs  of  £5  to  £6  per  lOOO  for  many  years  to  come." 

Onions. — "These  comprise  in  value  about  three-fifths  of  the  total 
output  of  produce  from  Bermuda  :  during  the  year  under  review 
400,138  boxes  were  shipped,  valued  at  £62,454." 

Potatoes. — "The  figures  for  1904  shew  that  the  potato  at  any 
rate  pays  for  the  labour  expended  upon  it :  23,417  barrels  were 
imported  from  Canada  and  the  United  States,  valued  at  £7,260  ; 
assuming  that  one-fourth  of  these  were  sets  for  planting,  the  cost 
would  be  about  £1,815.  Against  these,  31,134  barrels  were  ex- 
ported, valued  at  £23,805:  shewing  a  yield  of  5}  barrels  to  one 
planted  and  a  balance  in  favour  of  the  colony  of  £22,020.  This 
year  28,590  barrels  were  shipped  yielding  £21,214". 

Tobacco. —  Professor  Dunstan  states  as  follows  :  "  It  may  be 
pointed  out  that  although  5d.  per  lb.  is  quoted  for  the  sample  of 
Connecticut  wrapper  leaf  it  does  not  follow  that  it  will  ultimately 
pay  best  to  cultivate  this  variety.  The  Connecticut  leaf  is  not 
economical  as  a  wrapper  and  for  this  reason  is  falling  out  of 
favour  with  cigar  manufacturers,  and  it  may  be  taken  as  a  gene- 
ral rule  that  a  '  filler  '  of  the  Cuba  type  and  a  wrapper  of  the 
Sumatra  type,  are  what  is  principally  in  demand  for  the  cigar 
trade  at  the  present  time. 

"  Having  regard  to  the  fact  that  it  would  be  useless  to  intro- 
duce to  Bermuda,  as  a  new  crop,  anything  that  yielded  less  than 
50  per  cent,  on  the  outlay  it  was  decided  by  the  Board  to  proceed 
with  a  preliminary  experiment  in  growing  tobacco  under  tent 
cloth  on  the  lines  practised  in  Florida  and  Connecticut  as  it  was 
seen  by  the  reports  of  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
that  these  tobaccos  were  being  sold  for  from  6/  to  10/  per  lb.  The 
writer  had  also  seen  bales  of  wrapper  tobacco  opened  at  Jamaica 
which  had  cost  10/  per  lb.  A  sum  of  £lOO  was  granted  by  the 
Legislature  for  this  experiment,  which  was  commenced  in  April." 

Oranges. — "  The  destruction  of  citrus  trees  in  Bermuda  by  scale 
insects  is  almost  complete  ;  the  extreme  virulence  with  which  these 
parasites  attack  their  host  is  almost  beyond  belief. 

In  view  of  the  desirability  of  resuscitating  the  growing  of  oranges 
in  the  colony,  having  regard  more  especially  to  their  added  value 
during  the  tourist  season,  special  efforts  have  been  made  to  settle 
the  question  as  quickly  as  possible  of  whether  it  is  possible  to  give 
back  to  Bermuda  her  lost  oranges. 

As  a  result  of  close  observation  and  of  previous  experience  it 
soon  became  evident  that  the  solution  lay  in  the  selection  of  a 
variety  immune,  or  in  some  degree  resistant  to  the  scale  insect. 

It  has  come  within  the  writer's  experience  among  citrus  trees  in 
Jamaica  to  observe  that  the  "  Navel"  orange  enjoyed  almost  com- 
plete immunity  from  the  attacks  of  scale  insects,  and  moreover 
was  a  very  satisfactory  all  round  fruit  to  grow. 

And  now,  judging  by  the  behaviour  of  this  variety  in  the  collec- 
tion at  the  Public  Garden,  the  statement  may  be  recorded  that  it  is 
only  a  question  of  time,  or  rather  of  the  rate  at  which  they  can  be 


207 

propagated,  when  budded  trees  of  this  practically  immune  variety 
will  be  available  for  distribution. 

Twelve  thousand  Rough  Lemon  and  Seville  Orange  stocks  have 
been  raised  from  seed  obtained  from  Jamaica  ;  these  are  now  ready 
for  transplanting  to  the  nursery  rows  where  they  will  be  budded 
and  prepared  for  distribution.  Buds  can  be  imported  from  Ame- 
rica at  a  cost  of  $1.50  per  lOO." 

Bananas. — "The  Canary  Island  banana  (Musa  Caveudishii) 
thrives  exceedingly  in  Bermuda,  probably  better  than  in  any  other 
part  of  the  world  ;  including  that  part  of  China  which  is  its  native 
habitat. 

Its  doing  so  well  here  is  another  instance  of  the  peculiar  effect 
of  our  uni(|ue  climate  upon  certain  plants. 

There  are  in  Bermuda  probably  not  more  than  thirty  acres 
under  bananas,  planted  and  cultivated  in  a  style  that  did  very  well 
when  there  was  plenty  of  land  and  some  to  waste,  but  which  would 
have  to  be  replaced  by  more  up-to-date  methods  if  the  banana 
became  an  article  of  export.  There  is  evidently  a  good  demand  for 
Canary  bananas  in  America,  for  the  United  Fruit  Company,  the 
great  collecting  and  distributing  firm,  sends  as  far  as  the  Cana- 
ries for  them  :  and  it  is  quite  possible  that  if  constant  supplies 
were  forthcoming  from  Bermuda  this  firm  would  undertake  to  re- 
ceive them  at  New  York. 

Planted  ten  feet  by  eight  apart  and  given  even  less  care  than  is 
bestowed  upon  potatoes,  an  acre  of  bananas  could  be  made  to 
yield  in  Bermuda  quite  2,000  bunches  per  annum." 


VANILLA  STATISTICS.'^* 

Mr.  Hermann  Mayer  Senior,  vanilla  importer,  gives  the  follow- 
ing figures,  which  approximately  represent  the  world's  output  of 
vanilla  during  the  seasons  1905-6:  Burbon,  70  tons ;  Seychelles, 
45  tons  ;  Mauritius,  5  tons  ;  Comores,  Mayotte,  Madagascar,  &c.  120 
tons  ;  Guadeloupe,  Java,  Ceylon,  and  Fiji,  10  tons  ;  Mexico,  70,  tons; 
Tahiti,  lOO  tons— total,  about  420  tons.  Comparing  the  above 
figures  with  1904-5  it  may  be  noted  that  the  world's  output  was 
larger  by  about  forty  tons.  A  British  Consular  report  on  Tahiti 
states  that  the  exports  during  1905  amounted  in  value  to  £12,087 
against  £15,969  in  1904,  £23,424  in  1903,  and  £47.417  i"  ^902. 
Last  year  the  exports  by  weight  amounted  to  I22{  tons  against 
I34i  tons  in  1904.  The  U.  S.  A.  received  92  tons,  France  25^- 
tons,  New  Zealand  i\  tons,  and  the  United  Kingdom  7|  tons.  No 
steps  have  yet  been  taken  to  conserve  this  industry  at  Tahiti, 
remarks  the  Consul,  and  as  a  consequence,  the  local  price  has 
further  fallen  from  the  equivalent  of  is.  oi^d.  per  lb.  in  1904  to 
I0|  per  lb.  in  1905. 

*  From  "The  Chemist  and  llrihi<jid"  June  dO,  1906. 


208 

THE  CULTURE  OF  THE  DATE  PALM.* 

The  date  palm  (Phavtix  dactylifera)  is  cultivated  principally  in 
Northern  Africa  and  in  the  countries  bordering  on  the  Persian 
Gulf.  Its  tall,  straight  trunk,  covered  with  the  scars  of  fallen  leaf- 
stalks, and  surmounted  with  a  tuft  of  feathery  leaves  attains  a  great 
height — ^often  of  over  8o  feet.  It  has  the  male  and  female  flowers 
on  separate  individuals,  and  in  its  natural  state  the  female  flowers 
are  pollinated  by  the  wind.  Each  female  tree  produces  from  six 
to  twenty  flower  clusters,  each  of  which  gives  rise  to  a  bunch  of 
dates.  The  trees  live  to  a  great  age  and  have  been  known  to  pro- 
duce good  crops  up  to  200  years  of  age.  At  the  base  of  the  stem 
a  number  of  suckers  arise,  and  by  these  offshoots  the  tree  should 
be  propagated,  since  the  date  palm  is  very  liable  to  variation. 

The  average  exports  of  dates  from  the  Persian  Gulf  region  for 
the  five  years  ended  1902  amounted,  according  to  figures  contained 
in  the  Consular  Report  on  the  trade  of  the  Persian  Gulf  for  the 
year  1903,  to  167,301  cwt. 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  following  pages,  many  attempts,  some 
attended  with  considerable  success,  have  been  made  to  introduce 
the  cultivation  of  the  date  palm  into  different  parts  of  the  world 
and  to  establish  a  date  industry.  Up  to  the  present,  so  far  as  we 
know,  the  only  place  out  of  Africa  and  the  Persian  Gulf  region, 
in  which  real  success  has  been  achieved,  is  in  the  island  of  St. 
Helena.  It  appears  likely,  however  that  good  results  will  be  ob- 
tained in  certain  districts  of  the  south-west  of  the  United  States. 

In  the  following  short  account  of  the  culture  of  the  date  palm 
free  use  has  been  made  of  three  publications  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  viz.,  a  paper  in  the  Yearbook  for  1900, 
entitled  '  The  Date  Palm  and  its  Culture,'  and  BiiUctin  No.  53  of 
the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  'The  Date  Palm  and  its  utilization 
in  the  south-western  States,'  both  by  Mr.  Walter  T.  Swingle ;  and 
Bulletin  No.  54  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  'Persian  Gulf 
Dates  and  their  introduction  into  America,'  by  Mr.  David  G.  Fair- 
child. 

CLIMATIC  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  DATE  PALM. 

The  date  palm  requires  above  everything  else,  a  plentiful  sup- 
ply of  water  for  its  roots,  and  a  hot,  dry  atmosphere  in  which  to 
mature  its  fruits.  There  are  many  districts,  including  parts  of  the 
West  Indies,  where  the  tree  has  grown  well,  but  where  it  is  doubt- 
ful if  good  fruits  will  be  obtained  on  account  of  the  humidity  of 
the  atmostphere.  On  the  other  hand,  such  climatic  conditions  as 
are  required  by  the  date  palm  are  known  to  exist  in  parts  of  the 
United  States,  and  it  is  upon  this  fact  that  the  hopes  for  its  suc- 
cessful introduction  as  a  new  industry  in  that  country  are  based. 

It  would  appear  advisable  to  state  clearly  the  requirements  of 
the  date  as  to  climate  and  water  supply. 

Heat. —  One  of  the  principal  requirements  of  the  date  is  a  high 
temperature,  especially  when  it  is  maturing  its  fruit.     In  the  win- 

*  Fi-om  the  "  West  Indian  Bulletin,"  Vol.  V,  1904,  p.  139. 


209 

ter  they  are  able  to  withstand  a  fair  amount  of  .cold  ;  but  for  the 
ripening  of  the  fruit  a  high  temperature  is  absolutely  necessary. 
Swingle  states  :  'There  is  little  hope  of  growing  even  early  sorts 
unless  the  mean  temperature  in  the  shade  goes  above  80°  F.  for  at 
least  one  month  in  summer,  and  the  mean  temperature  of  the  fruit- 
ing season,  from  May  to  October,  is  above  70'  F.  It  is,  further, 
fairly  certain  that  during  the  months  when  the  fruit  is  developing, 
viz.,  May  to  October,  inclusive,  the  mean  temperature  must  be 
about  75"  F.,  and  during  June,  July,  and  August  above  80°  F.,  if 
moderately  late  varieties  of  dates  are  to  be  brought  to  maturity. 
In  regions  where  late  varieties  of  dates  come  to  maturity,  the  mean 
temperature  for  June,  July,  and  August  must  be  90^  F.  or  there- 
abouts. 

Dry  atmosphere. — In  this  case,  again,  while  the  date  palm  grows 
fairly  will  in  a  moist  climate,  the  fruit  natures  properly  only  in  a 
dry  atmosphere.  Consequently,  dates  are  grown  most  successfully 
in  the  hottest  and  driest  regions. 

Water  supply. — Although  the  date  delights  in  a  dry,  hot  climate 
it  requires  a  constant,  though  not  particularly  abundant  supply 
of  water  at  its  roots.  The  subject  of  irrigatiion  is  therefore  one 
of  primary  importance  to  the  date  grower. 

PLANTING   AND  CULTIVATION. 

The  Arabs  of  Mesopotamia  plant  only  suckers  ;  these  are  seldom 
over  6  feet  long  and  generally  with  few  roots.  They  are  planted 
with  the  growing  bud  only  2  or  3  inches  above  the  surface  of  the 
soil,  and  for  the  first  month  are  watered  every  four  days,  and  later 
at  longer  intervals  as  the  season  may  demand. 

The  French  colonists  give  much  more  attention  to  the  careful 
planting  of  dates.  They  plant  in  regular  rows,  the  arrangement 
depending,  as  a  rule,  on  some  properly  conceived  system  of  irri- 
gation. It  is  held  by  them  that  the  palms  should  be  placed  at 
distances  of  30  feet,  and  in  intervening  spaces  are  usually  oc- 
cupied by  garden  crops. 

It  is  found  in  the  Sahara  that  one  male  ti'ee  will  provide  suf- 
ficient pollen  for  about  1 00  female  trees,  and  the  male  and  female 
trees  are  accordingly  planted  in  this  proportion. 

Little  has  been  done  in  the  way  of  working  out  the  manurial 
requirements  of  the  date  palm.  The  Arabs  use  what  manure  they 
can  obtain  from  their  camels  and  goats.  On  the  larger  plantations 
it  has  been  found  impossible  to  obtain  a  sufficiently  large  supply 
of  farmyard  manure.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  a  proper  system 
of  green  manuring,  with  such  leguminous  plants  as  alfalfa,  horse 
bean, cow-pea,  and  others,  would  be  a  great  advantage.  Neither 
in  Africa  nor  on  the  Persian  Gulf  does  any  such  system  appear  to 
be  known. 

As  suubsidiary  crops  between  the  palms,  in  addition  to  garden 
produce,  cereals  are  frequently  grown,  but  the  yield  is  rarely  good  : 
grape  vines  appear  also  to  thrive  well  and  produce  good  fruit. 
Many  fruit  trees,  including  olives,  seem  to  appreciate  the  shade 
afforded  by  the  date  palms. 


210 

IRRIGATION. 

In  the  Sahara,  irrigation  is  practised  by  means  of  trenches, 
where  no  crops  are  grown  under  the  palms.  These  are  excavated 
alongside  of  tlie  trees  and  occasionally  filled  with  water.  Where 
barley  or  alfalfa  is  grown,  the  land  is  divided  up  into  small  beds 
from  10  to  30  feet  in  diameter,  which  are  surrounded  by  a  raised 
rim.  The  bed  can  then  be  flooded.  On  account  of  the  alkalinity 
of  the  soil,  it  is  found  especially  necessary  to  provide  a  good 
drainage  system. 

Mr.  Fairchild  gives  the  following  account  of  the  method  of  irri- 
gation practised  at  Dassorah  : — 

'  The  method  of  planting  is  determined  by  the  irrigation  ditches, 
which  are  large  (often  3  feet  by  3  feet)  and  cut  the  ground  up 
into  small  rectangular  peninsulas,  10  to  15  feet  by  20  to  30  feet 
in  size.  On  each  peninsula  two,  or  sometimes  three,  palms  are 
set.  Often  the  peninsulas  are  much  larger  and  hold  from  four  to 
five  or  even  as  high  as  ten  palms.  The  size  of  these  peninsulas 
depends  somewhat  on  the  permeability  of  the  soil  and  the  height 
to  which  the  irrigation  water  rises  in  the  ditches.  On  an  average 
100  palms  are  planted  to  a  "djerib,"  which  unit  of  measure  is  a 
trifle  less  than  an  acre. ' 

'In  order  to  prevent  the  waters  receding  too  quickly  from  the 
canals  when  the  tide  falls,  dams  of  mud  are  built,  and  pipes,  or 
the  hollow  trunks  of  palms,  are  run  through  them,  which  permit 
the  water  forced  into  the  canals  by  the  rising  tide  to  flow  away 
slowly.  The  length  of  time  during  which  the  canals  are  filled 
with  water  is  more  or  less  under  the  control  of  the  proprietor,  and 
as  the  supply  is  practically  unlimited,  no  tax  of  any  kind  is  paid, 
nor  is  any  regulation  necessary  regarding  its  use. 

'  In  short,  the  Bassorah  date  grower  has  only  to  see  that  his 
ditches  are  kept  in  order,  which  is  an  easy  matter  where  the  soil 
is  as  pure  adobe  as  the  clay  of  a  brick-yard,  and  the  back  water 
of  the  river  will  fill  and  empty  them  twice  every  24  hours.  The 
conditions  of  this  form  of  irrigation,  which  might  be  called  a  tidal 
one,  are  quite  ideal  and  so  far  as  known  are  found  on  such  a  scale 
no  where  else  in  the  world. ' 

POLLINATION  OF  THE  DATE  PALM. 

Male  and  female  plants  are  produced  in  about  equal  numbers. 
As  has  been  stated,  date  palms  are  pollinated  in  the  wild  state  by 
wind,  but  where  the  trees  are  pollinated  artificially,  only  one 
male  tree  is  required  for  every  1 00  females. 

'The  male  flower  cluster  of  the  date  consists  of  a  stalk  bearing 
a  considerable  number  of  short  twigs  to  which  the  flowers  are 
attached,  the  whole  contained  in  a  sheath,  at  first  entirely  closed, 
but  which  finally  ruptures,  disclosing  the  flowers.  The  Arabs  cut 
the  male  flower  clusters  from  the  trees  shortly  before  the  flowers 
have  fully  opened.  The  separate  twigs  to  which  are  attached  the 
male  flowers  are  from  4  to  6  inches  long,  and  bear  probably  from 
twenty  to  fifty  male  flowers,  each  containing  six  anthers  full  of 
pollen.     One    of   such  twigs    suffices  to  pollinate  a  whole  female 


211 

flower  cluster,  and  to  bring  about  the  development  of  a  bunch  of 
dates. 

'  The  female  flowers,  like  the  male,  are  borne  inside  of  sheaths 
which  are  at  first  entirely  closed.  Finally  the  sheath  is  split  open 
by  the  growth  of  the  flowers  within,  and  at  this  stage  pollination 
is  accomplished.  The  two  tips  of  the  cracked-open  sheath  are 
separated,  and  the  cluster  of  female  flowers  pulled  out.  A  twig 
of  male  flowers  is  then  inserted  into  the  cluster  of  female  flowers 
and  tied  in  place  by  a  bit  of  palm  leaf  or  with  a  string.  This 
completes  the  operation  of  pollination. 

'The  fruit  cluster  soon  begins  to  grow  rapidly,  and  in  a  few 
weeks  the  piece  of  palm  fibre  or  thread  with  which  the  male 
flowers  are  held  in  place,  is  broken  by  the  pressure  of  the  grow- 
ing fruit  clusters.'  * 

YIELD,  &C. 

The  age  at  which  date  palms  commence  to  bear  depends  very 
much  upon  the  climate,  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  and  the  water  sup- 
ply. In  Arizona,  United  States,  it  is  stated  by  Swingle,  trees  have 
been  known  to  bear  within  four  years  of  the  planting  of  the  seed. 
It  is,  however,  usually  considered  that  trees  do  not  yield  paying 
quantities  of  fruit  till  they  are  from  six  to  eight  years  old. 

In  regard  to  the  bearing  of  the  date  palm.  Swingle  writes : 
'  When  date  cultivation  is  practised  scientifically,  practically  no 
seedlings  are  grown,  but  instead  orchards  are  started  by  planting 
fairly  large  offshoots,  which  soon  strike  root,  and  which  often 
bear  abundantly  four  or  five  years  after  being  transplanted.  How- 
ever, in  the  large  plantations  made  in  Algeria  by  the  French,  it  is 
not  considered  advisable  to  allow  the  palms  grown  from  offshoots 
to  bear  fruit  until  six  years  after  they  are  transplanted,  and  the 
trees  are  not  in  full  bearing  until  ten  or  eleven  years  after  they 
are  plated. 

'  They  continue  bearing  from  this  age,  if  well  cared  for  until 
they  are  1 00  years  or  more  old,  a  good  tree  producing  an  average 
of  from  100  tb.  to  200  lb.  of  fruit  a  year,  although  some  trees  have 
been  known  to  produce  as  much  as  400  lb.  or  600  ft.,  when  grown 
in  rich  soil  and  abundantly  irrigated.' 

DATE  CULTURE  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Efforts  have  been  made  to  establish  a  date-growing  industry  in 
various  districts  of  the  United  States.  There  are  portions  of 
Nevada,  California,  and  Arizona,  where  it  is  thought  the  date 
palm  will  thrive.  In  1898,  efforts  were  made  to  secure  suckers  of 
the  best  kinds  of  dates  from  Algeria.  With  these  was  started  a 
special  date  garden  in  conjunction  with  the  Arizona  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station,  where  a  very  large  number  of  varities  of  dates 
has  been  gathered  together,  and  an  attempt  is  being  made  to  estab- 
lish the  cultivation  of  the  date  in  some  of  the  irrigable  areas  of 
the  district. 

•  Bulletin  No.  53,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  U.  S   Department  of  Agi-icuUure,  pi.i,  2G-7. 


212 

In  concluding  his  article,  in  the  Yearbook  ior  1900,  Swingle  says 

'  It  has  been  shown  that  there  is  good  ground  for  the  hope  that 
enough  dates  to  supply  our  markets  may  be  produced  within  our 
boundaries,  thus  retaining  in  this  country  nearly  half  a  million 
dollars  now  paid  annually  for  foreign  dates.  It  is  even  possible 
that  a  still  larger  trade  may  be  built  up  by  producing  the  choicer 
varieties  suitable  for  serving  as  table  fruit,  such  as  the  "  Deglet 
Noor,"  now  so  rare  on  our  markets  and  so  costly  as  to  preclude  its 
being  sold  in  any  large  quantities. 

'The  date  palm  has  been  shown  to  be  adapted  to  special  soil 
conditions  occurring  only  in  a  few  areas  of  limited  extent  in  the 
south-west.  It  requires  a  long,  extremely  dry  and  hot  summer  in 
order  to  mature  its  fruits  properly,  yet  the  roots  demand  a  con- 
stant supply  of  water.  It  is  unable  to  endure  severe  cold  in  winter, 
although  more  hardy  than  the  orange  tree.  It  is  pre-eminently 
suited  for  culture  in  irrigated  areas  in  desert  regions,  and,  fortu- 
nately, is  able  to  endure  without  injury  large  quantities  of  alkali 
in  the  soil  and  in  the  water  used  for  irrigating,  conditions  often 
occurring  in  desert  regions,  and  which  prevent  the  growth  of 
most  cultivated  plants.  There  are  many  places  in  Arizona  and 
California  where  the  culture  of  the  date  can  be  undertaken  with  a 
good  hope  of  success.  Marketable  dates  of  good  quality  have  al- 
ready been  produced  in  considerable  quantities  in  the  Salt  River 
Valley,  Arizona,  and  excellent  fresh  dates  ripen  every  year  at 
Winters,  in  northern  California. 

'The  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  University  of  Arizona 
have  undertaken  in  co-operation  the  establishment  and  mainte- 
nance of  a  special  date  garden  at  Tempe,  in  the  Salt  River  Valley, 
Arizona,  and  in  1899-1900  about  420  young  palms,  comprising 
about  twenty-seven  of  the  best  known  varieties,  including  the 
famous  "  Deglet  Noor,"  were  imported  by  the  Department  from 
the  best  date  regions  of  the  western  Sahara  and  sent  to  this  garden, 
where  they  are  now  growing.  Some  three  dozen  plants  of  the 
"  Rhars"  one  of  the  best  early  dates  for  drying,  were  distributed 
at  the  same  time  in  California  in  co-operation  with  the  University 
of  California.' 

Three  years  later,  in  Bulletin  No.  53  Swingle  writes:  — 

'  The  collection  of  varieties  at  Co-operative  Date  Garden  at 
Tempe  is  by  far  the  most  complete  in  the  world,  since  it  com- 
prises the  best  known  varieties  from  the  Algerian  Sahara,  from 
Egypt,  and  from  the  regions  about  Bassorah  and  Maskat,  where 
most  of  the  dates  imported  into  America  are  produced,  as  well  as  a 
large  collection  of  varieties  from  the  Pangh  Ghur  region  in  Balu- 
chistan. Together  with  the  seedlings  that  have  originated  in  the 
valley  and  the  sorts  growing  at  the  experiment  station  farm  at 
Phoenix,  there  are  something  over  ninety  named  varieties  now 
on  trial  in  the  Salt  River  Valley.  It  is  very  probable  that  some 
of  these  will  prove  to  be  adapted  for  profitable  culture  in  this 
valley,  even  if  the  Deglet  Noor  can  not  mature. 


213 

'There  are  several  seedling  dates  that  have  originated  in  the 
Salt  River  Valley  in  Arizona,  which  promise  to  be  valuable. 

'  In  addition,  there  are  several  other  seedling  varieties  of  con- 
siderable value  which  have  already  fruited  in  central  Arizona, 
some  of  which  may  prove  adapted  to  culture  on  a  large  scale. 

'  Two  of  the  varieties  introduced  from  Egypt  by  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  in  1890  have  been  fruiting  for  some  time  at  Phoenix, 
Arizona.  In  1900,  one  of  the  sorts,  the  Amreeyah,  bore  over  300 
tbs.,  while  another,  the  Seewah,  bore  over  200  fts.  These  dates 
were  packed  in  h  ft.  boxes,  and  Professor  A.  J.  McClatchie  writes 
that  they  sold  readily  for  20c.  a  box  wholesale  and  2Sc.  retail,  and 
there  was  a  demand  in  the  local  market  for  ten  times  the  quantity 
that  could  be  furnished.  The  Seewah,  in  particullar,  is  a  very 
promising  date  for  culture  in  the  Salt  River  Valley,  in  Professor 
McClatchie's  opinion,  as  it  is  fairly  early  and  of  excellent  quality 

'  The  choicest  date  that  reaches  America  and  Europe,  the  famous 
Deglet  Noor  of  the  Algerian  and  Tunisian  Sahara,  is  very  sweet, 
of  exquisite  flavour,  and  is  adapted  to  serve  as  a  dessert  fruit ;  it 
sells  formore than  Smyrna  figs,  being  the  most  expensive  dried  fruit 
on  our  markets.  The  demand  for  these  dates  during  the  holidays 
is  nevertheless  greater  than  the  supply,  and  if  they  could  be  sold 
somewhat  cheaper,  the  consumption  of  this  fruit  would  be  enor- 
mous. 

'  The  Salton  Basin  or  Colorado  Desert,  in  south-eastern  Cali- 
fornia, recently  put  under  irrigation,  has  a  hotter  and  drier  sum- 
mer climate  than  the  Algerian  and  Tunisian  Sahara,  where  the 
best  grades  of  Deglet  Noor  dates  are  grown,  and  is,  indeed,  better 
adapted  to  the  culture  of  this  fruit,  since  not  only  is  the  climate 
more  favourable  but  the  soils  are  richer,  and  the  irrigation  water 
is  of  better  quality. 

'The  date  palm  will  prove  of  equal  value  on  the  more  alkaline 
areas  of  other  arid  regions  in  the  south-western  States  where  the 
winters  are  warm  enough  to  permit  it  to  grow.  Most  regions  do 
not  have  sufficient  summer  heat  to  mature  the  Deglet  Noor  date, 
and  other  sorts  which  ripen  earlier  must  be  planted. 

'  It  is  very  probable  that  the  culture  of  the  best  second-class 
dates,  suitable  for  employment  in  confectionery  and  for  household 
uses,  will  prove  a  profitable  industry  in  the  Salt  River  Valley, 
Arizona,  and  it  is  possible  that  the  Deglet  Noor  variety  may  mature 
there.' 

DATE  CULTURE  IN  JAMAICA. 

The  following  extracts  are  from  the  Annual  Report  (1900-01), 
of  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Jamaica  : — 

'  Seventy-five  date  palms  were  received  from  Algiers  in  Novem- 
ber 1899.  They  were  in  tubs,  pots,  and  wicker  baskets.  To  enable 
them  to  recover  from  the  effects  of  their  long  journey,  and  to  get 
acclimatized,  they  were  placed  in  the  nursery,  looked  after  there, 
and  gradually  exposed  to  the  sun  and  hardened. 


214 

'In  February  and  March  1901,  sixty-nine  of  the  plants  were 
planted  in  prepared  holes  on  the  lawn  between  the  Director's  office 
and  residence.  The  plants  are  placed  36  feet  apart  in  rows  which 
are  27  feet  asunder.     Five  of  the  original  plants  have  died. 

'  A  4-inch  water  main  runs  along  the  side  of  the  drive,  parallel 
with  the  palms,  and  connexions  have  been  made  with  this  by 
means  of  J-inch  galvanized  pipes  with  brass  cocks,  and  laid  to 
the  root  of  each  palm,  so  that  each  tree  has  its  own  supply  of 
water. 

'  Three  suckers  have  been  established,  so  that  we  have  at  present 
seventy-three  young  trees. 

FUNGOID  DISEASE   OF   THE   DATE  PALM. 

The  only  fungoid  disease  reported  as  attacking  date  pahns  in 
the  West  Indies  is  recorded  from  Antigua,  Jamaica,  and  Trinidad. 

The  following  description  of  the  fungus  is  taken  from  Tubeuf 
and  Smith's  Diseases  of  Plants' (p.  325) : — 

'  Graphiola  phoeiiicis,  Poit.  This  fungus  is  a  parasite  on  leaves 
of  palms,  e.g.,  Phaviix  dactylifcra  and  Chanicrops  humilis,  in  the  open 
in  Italy  and  other  Mediterranean  countries,  in  hot-houses  elsewhere. 
The  sporocarps  make  their  appearance  as  little  black  protuber- 
ances on  both  sides  of  the  leaf.  The  mycelium  forms  a  close 
hyphal  tissue,  which  encloses  and  kills  parenchymatous  cells,  dis- 
places the  bundles  of  sclerenchyma  and  ruptures  epidermis  and 
hypoderm.     Deformation  is,  however,  localized  to  these  spots.' 

The  following  is  translated  from  Frank's  Die  Pilzparasitaren 
Kraiikheitcn  dcr  Pflanzen  (Breslau,  1 896,  p.  1 27)  :— 

Graphiola  phcenicis  occurs  on  the  leaves  of  the  date  palm  both  in 
its  natural  habitat  and  in  our  houses.  The  fruit-bodies  appear  as 
scattered,  hard,  dark  swellings,  about  1.5m.  across,  and  which  are 
sometimes  surrounded  by  a  clearer  border  showing  the  part  of  the 
leaf-tissue  containing  the  mycelium  of  the  fungus.  E.  Fischer 
(Botaiiischc  Zcitiing,  1 883)  has  sown  spores  of  the  fungus  on  date 
palm  leaves  and  has  thus  made  successful  infections.  Other  spe- 
cies of  this  genus  occur  on  other  palms. 

[This  fungus  can  be  kept  in  check  by  spraying  with  Bordeaux 
mixture.    Ed.  Bull.] 


BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  MINUTES. 

The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House  on  Wednesday,  15th  August,  1906, 
Present : — The  Hon.  T.  L.  Roxburgh,  Acting  Colonial  Secretary, 
Chairman,  the  Acting  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Acting  Isand 
Chemist,  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools,  His    Grace    the 


215 

Archbishop,  of  the  West  Indies,  Messrs.  C.  A.  T.  Fursdon,  J.  W. 
Middleton,  G.  D.  Murray  and  the  Secretary,  John  Barclay. 

The  Minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  confirnied. 

The  Secretary  read  the  report  of  the  Committee  appointed  to 
go  into  the  matter  of  the  Assistant  Superintendent  at  Hope 
Gardens. 

It  was  agreed  to  acknowledge  receipt  of  the  letter  from  the  Go- 
vernment, and  to  forward  the  recommendations  of  the  Committee. 

The  Secretary  reported  that  the  Government  Printing  Office  had 
returned  the  draft  of  the  "  Agricultural  Don'ts"  chart  to  the  Acting 
Chemist  with  the  remark  that  they  could  not  carry  out  the  recom- 
mendations of  the  Board  as  they  had  not  the  type,  and  that  to 
save  time  he  had  replied  that  under  the  circumstances  to  simply 
alter  the  type  of  the  numbers  would  be  sufficient. 

The  Secretary  read  a  letter  from  the  Westmoreland  Sugar 
Planters'  Association  acknowledging  his  letter  with  regard  to  the 
truck  system  alleged  to  prevail  on  sugar  estates  in  that  parish. 

The  Secretary  read  letters  from  the  Colonial  Secretary's  Office 
as  follows  : — 

T.  Re  the  Island  Chemist's  visit  abroad  to  gain  information 
with  regard  to  the  Rum  Industry,  stating  that  the 
Governor  had  adopted  the  recommendations  of  the  Board 
and  approved  of  the  travelling  expenses  being  charged, 
as  suggested,  but  pointing  out  that  no  estimate  of  the 
amount  required  had  been  given  and  that  his  consent  was 
given  strictly  on  the  understanding  that  the  Vote  should 
not  be  e.xceeded. 

2-  Copy  of  letter  to  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools 
stating  that  on  the  advice  of  the  Board  of  Agri- 
culture, the  Governor  had  approved  of  the  appropriation 
of  £30  of  the  item  of  £50  for  "  Model  School  Gardens  in 
Country  Districts"  on  the  Estimates  for  Agricultural  Ser- 
vices, in  aid  of  the  item  on  his  estimates  of  £50  for  School 
Gardens,  for  the  purpose  of  making  grants  for  tools,  and 
that  in  future  there  should  be  one  Vote  on  the  Estimates, 
and  that  should  be  on  those  of  the  Schools  Department. 

3.  Re  Board's  Report  for  last  year,  stating  that  the  paragraph 
relative  to  the  adoption  of  a  legal  standard  of  ether  con- 
tents in  Jamaica  Rum  was  incorrect  and  suggesting  a 
paragraph  to  be  substituted. 

The  Secretary  stated  that  the  report  had  been  prepared 
by  the  Chairman  (Mr.  Bourne)  and  Mr.  Cousins  and  thev 
had  in  error  included  a  matter  which  appeared  in  the 
April  minutes  and  therefore  occurred  this  year,  and  he 
had  replied  that  the  whole  matter  would  be  deleted  from 
last  year's  report. 

This  was  approved  of. 


2I6 

4.  Papers  re  Swift's  Arsenate  of  Lead,  containing  an  applica- 
tion from  J.  M.  Crosswell&  Co.,  for  the  admission  of  this 
insecticide  free  of  duty  like  Paris  Green,  with  minutes 
from  the  Collector  General  and  the  Island  Chemist.  The 
Secretary  reported  that  it  would  come  slightly  cheaper 
than  Paris  Green,  and  it  was  resolved  to  recommend  to  the 
Government  that  it  be  admitted  free  of  duty. 

The    Secretary    read    letter  from  the  Northside  Sugar  Planters 
Association  asking  for  a  report  on  the  working  of  the  High  Ether 
Process  at  Hampden. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  reply  that  the  Board  was  not 
in  a  position  to  give  the  information  asked  for  until  the  return  of 
the  Goverment  Chemist  from  his  leave  of  absence  early  in  Octo- 
ber. 

The  Secretary  submitted  letter  from  Mr.  J.  Briscoe,  Superinten- 
dent of  the  Parade  Gardens,  asking  for  an  increase  of  salary. 

The  Board  directed  the  Secretary  to  reply  that  they  could  not 
recommend  the  increase  asked  for. 

The  Secretary  submitted  the  following  reports  : — 

From  the  Chemist  on  the  work  of  the  Students  for  mid-summer 
term,  which  was  directed  to  be  circulated. 

From  the  Acting  Director  of  Public  Gardens  on  the  work  of  the 
Experiment  Station  and  the  work  of  the  Instructors.  These  were 
directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  till  Wednesday,  I2th  September. 


[Issued  1 0th  Sept..,  1906.] 
Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingston,  Jam. 


JAMAICA. 


LIB' 
OF    THE  NEV 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV.  OCTOBER,  1906.  Part  10. 


NOTES  ON  THE  CULTIVATION  OF  VEGETABLES. 

By  W.  Harris,  Superintendent  of  Hope  Gardens. 


In  view  of  the  existing  demand  for  fresh  vegetables  on  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama,  the  following  notes  are  published  in  the  hope 
that  they  will  be  useful  to  those  who  may  feel  inclined  to  venture 
on  the  cultivation  of  any  or  all  of  the  crops  named. 

Preparation  of  seed  beds. 

Select  a  level  piece  of  ground  in  the  open,  but  shelterd  from 
strong  winds,  where  the  soil  is  light  and  good.  Mark  off  the 
number  of  beds  likely  to  be  required.  The  beds  should  be  4  feet 
wide  with  paths  18  inches  wide  between  them.  Having  marked 
off  the  beds  with  a  peg  at  each  corner,  they  should  be  thoroughly 
dug  up  and  the  soil  broken  fine.  Before  sowing  seeds  the  surface 
of  the  beds  should  be  raked  over  to  remove  all  stones,  hard  lumps 
of  earth,  etc.  Seeds  of  very  tender  plants  should  be  sown  in 
boxes. 

TO  DESTROY  GRUBS,  BEETLES,   ETC. 

When  the  ground  is  ready  for  sowing  seeds,  or  for  planting  out 
young  seedlings,  spread  all  over  the  surface  a  layer  of  dry  grass, 
banana  trash  or  such  like.  The  beetles,  grubs,  etc.,  collect  under 
the  trash  and  after  3  or  4  days  fire  is  set  to  it,  and  large  numbers 
of  the  pests  are  destroyed.  A  double  purpose  is  thus  served,  as 
the  ashes  of  the  burnt  trash  are  very  beneficial  to  the  young 
plants. 

SOWING  THE  SEEDS. 

Having  prepared  the  seed  bed,  get  a  rod  four  feet  long,  lay  thie 
across  the  bed,  and  whilst  holding  it  in  position  with  one  hand, 
mark  off  the  shallow  drills  with  the  forefinger,  or  a  piece  of  stick 
along  the  four  foot  rod.  For  coarse  seeds  such  as  beans  to  be 
sown  in  long  rows,  a  line  should  be  stretched  along  the  full  lengtk 
of  the  bed,  and  the  drills  opened  out  with  the  corner  of  a  hoe.  It 
is  better  to  sow  all  seeds  in  drills  at  the  proper  distance  apart 


2I8 

the  seedlings  are  easier  to  thin,  and  weeds  can  be  pulled  out  with- 
out destroying  a  number  of  the  young  plants. 

Small  seeds  should  only  be  covered  very  slightly  with  fine  soil, 
but  the  larger  seeds  may  be  covered  to  a  depth  of  half  an  inch,  or 
an  inch. 

The  best  time  to  sow  seeds  and  transplant  young  plants  is 
during  showery  weather. 

BEET   ROOT. 

Sow  the  seed  in  drills  where  the  crop  is  to  grow,  in  a  sandy, 
open  situation.  Ground  that  has  been  manured  for  a  previous 
crop  will  not  require  to  be  again  manured  for  beet.  Allow  a  dis- 
tance of  15  inches  between  the  drills,  and  as  soon  as  the  young 
plants  are  large  enough  to  handle,  thin  them  out  to  9  inches  apart 
in  the  drills.  The  young  plants  taken  out  may  be  used  to  supply 
vacancies,  or  to  plant  elsewhere,  but  these  beets  are  never  so  good 
as  those  which  are  not  disturbed. 

The  seed  should  be  soaked  in  luke-warm  water  for  about  twelve 
hours  before  sowing,  then  taken  out,  allowed  to  drain,  and  sown 
whilst  still  damp,  and  covered  to  a  depth  of  I i  or  2  inches. 

Qiiaiility  of  Seed — The  quantity  of  seed  required  to  sow  a  row  I 
chain  in  length  is  l|  ounces. 

Varieties — The  "  turnip-rooted"  varieties  are  best  for  culture  here, 
and  the  following  are  highly  spoken  of  : — Carter's  Early  Crimson 
Ball,  Egyptian  Turnip-rooted,  Eclipse,  Dewings  Improved  Blood  Turnip, 
Bassano,  Landreth  's  Very  Early,  and  Early  Blood-red  Turnip. 

Prices  of  seed — The  price  of  English  seed  varies,  according  to  the 
variety,  from  6d.  to  2/  per  ounce,  and  American  seed  from  10  to 
20  cents  per  ounce. 

CABBAGES. 

A  good  soil,  heavily  manured  is  recjuisite  for  the  production  of 
tender  and  succulent  cabbages.  They  should  occupy  the  coolest 
and  moistest  situation  in  the  garden  as  heat  and  drought  are  in- 
jurious to  them.  The  seed  should  be  sown  in  beds  of  light,  rich 
soil,  and  as  soon  as  the  plants  begin  to  crowd  each  other  they 
should  be  transplanted  to  their  final  positions.  The  distances 
between  the  plants  will  depend  on  the  size  of  the  variety  grown, 
but,  generally,  2  feet  between  the  rows  and  18  inches  from  plant 
to  plant  will  be  sufficient.  They  should,  whenever  possible,  be 
planted  out  in  moist  weather,  and  in  absence  of  rain  should  be 
irrigated  or  watered  regularly. 

Quantity  of  seed — A  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  seed  will  produce 
sufficient  plants  for  7  rows  one  chain  in  length. 

Varieties — The  following  should  be  tried  : — Carter's  Early  Heart- 
well,  Carter's  Model,  Carter's  Little  Pixie,  Carter's  Mammoth  Beef- 
hearted,  Early  Jersey  Wakefield,  Carter's  Early  Dn'arf  Ulm  Savoy, 
Henderson's  Charleston  Wakefield,  Henderson's  Early  Summer,  Hen- 
derson's Autumn  King,  Landreths  All  the  Year  Round,  Bloomsdale 
Early  Dwarf  Flat  Dutch,  Redland  Early  Drumhead. 

Prices  of  seed — English,  4d.  to  l/6d.  per  ounce;  American  25  to 
50  cents  per  ounce,  according  to  variety. 


219 

CARROTS. 
Sow  in  the  open  where  the  crop  is  to  grow.  Carrots  require  a 
good  light  soil  which  has  been  previously  well  dug  and  manured. 
The  seed  is  sown  either  broadcast  on  a  bed,  or  in  drills,  but  the 
latter  is  the  preferable  method  as  the  young  plants  can  be  thinned 
more  uniformly.  A  distance  of  12  inches  between  the  rows  and 
6  inches  from  plant  to  plant  is  generally  allowed.  The  seedlings 
are  usually  thinned  twice  ;  the  first  thinning  when  they  are  quite 
young,  leaving  a  space  of  3  inches  between  the  plants  in  the  row ; 
a  second  thinning  takes  place  when  the  roots  are  small  but  of 
edible  size,  when  every  second  plant  should  be  pulled  to  allow  the 
requisite  space  between  those  that  are  left  to  grow. 

Quantity  of  Seed. — The  quantity  of  seed  required  to  sow  a  drill 
one  chain  in  length,  or  a  bed  about  16  feet  by  4  feet  marked  off 
in  drills,  is  one  ounce.  On  account  of  the  bristles  on  carrot  seed 
it  is  somewhat  difficult  to  sow  with  regularity  ;  it  is  usual,  therefore, 
to  mix  the  seed  with  fine  sand  or  sifted  dry  earth  and  sow  the 
mi.xture. 

Varieties. — The  short-rooted  kinds  are  worth  a  trial : — Early 
Short  Horn,  Carter's  Improved  Early  Horn,  Carter's  Summer  Favourite, 
Danvers'  Early  French  Forcing,  Early  Scarlet  Horn,  Half-long  Red, 
Extra  Early  Forcing,  Nantes. 

Prices  of  seed. — English,  4d.  to  1/6  per  ounce  ;  American,  10  to 
25  cents  per  ounce. 

CUCUMBERS. 

The  American  method  of  cultivation  is  to  plant  in  hills  about  4 
feet  apart  each  way,  in  rich  sandy  soil.  The  hills  are  previously 
prepared  by  thoroughly  mixing  with  the  soil  of  each  a  good 
shovelful  of  well  rotted  manure.  The  seeds  are  planted  in  the  hill, 
and  three  or  four  strong  plants  allowed  to  each.  When  the  fruit 
is  in  fit  condition  it  is  gathered  whether  required  for  use  or  not, 
as  if  allowed  to  ripen  it  destroys  the  productiveness  of  the  plants. 
The  plants  should  always  have  plenty  of  moisture  regularly 
supplied  during  growth. 

In  one  or  two  counties  in  England,  the  soil  and  climate  of  which 
seem  unusually  well  adapted  to  the  growth  of  cucumbers,  large 
quantities  are  grown  in  the  open  air  for  the  London  markets  ;  from 
such  sources  there  are  said  to  be  sent  not  less  than  600  tons  a 
week  during  the  cucumber  season,  and  of  these  lOO  tons  have  been 
known  to  be  sent  to  Convent  Garden  in  a  single  day.  The  seed 
is  sown  where  the  plants  are  intended  to  grow,  two  feet  apart  in 
the  rows,  and  the  rows  four  feet  asunder.  They  soon  push  into 
active  growth  and  cover  the  ground  with  vines,  which  spread  in 
all  directions,  and  come  into  bearing.  During  their  growth  weed- 
ing and  thinning  their  superfluous  shoots  are  well  attended  to,  and 
in  the  fruiting  season,  fruit  from  10  to  12  inches  in  length  green 
and  solid  though  sometimes  unshapely,  is  continually  being  cut. 

Seed  required. — One  ounce  of  seed  will  plant  50  hills.  The  seeds 
should  be  soaked  in  luke-warm  water  for  a  few  hours  before 
planting,   and   only  those  that  sink  to  the   bottom  of  the  vessel 


220 

ought  to  be  used  ;  the  seeds  that  float  on  the  surface  of  the  wat-er 
are  often  imperfect  and  would  not  grow. 

Varieties. — Carter's  Best  of  All,  Stockwood,  Improved  Early  White 
Spine,  Livingston 's  Evergreen,  Extra  Early  Green  Prolific,  NiehoVs 
Medium  Green,  Long  Green  Turkey,  Landreth's  First,  Landrcth's 
Choice. 

Prices  of  Seed. — English,  6d.  to  is.  per  packet;  American  5  to 
20  cents  per  packet,  or  10  to  40  cents  per  ounce. 

GARDEN    EGGS. 

Soil  and  Situation. — A  good  rich  soil  is  necessary,  plenty  of 
thoroughly  rotted  short  stable  or  cattle  manure  should  be  dug  in. 
A  sheltered  position  should  be  chosen,  where  abundance  of  water 
can  be  given. 

Sowing  seed.— The  seed  is  sown  in  nursery  beds.  About  one 
ounce  of  seed  should  give  lOOO  plants. 

Planting. — The  plants  are  set  out  at  3  feet  apart  in  rows,  the 
rows  being  5  feet  apart.     About  3,000  plants  go  to  the  acre. 

Cultivation. — If  well  grown,  large  fruits  are  desired,  only  a 
certain  number  should  be  allowed  to  each  plant  in  proportion  to 
the  strength  and  peculiar  variety.  The  ends  of  the  branches 
should  be  pinched  when  the  fruits  are  ripening.  The  varieties 
differ  in  the  length  of  time  they  take  to  ripen  their  fruit,  from  two 
to  six  months.  In  a  tropical  climate  like  Jamaica,  it  is  preferable 
to  grow  those  varieties  which  require  the  longest  time,  as  the  fruit 
is  larger  and  better  flavoured.  In  temperate  climates,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  "  early"  varieties  are  preferred. 

Varieties, — The  following  are  the  chief  varieties — 

(1)  Long  Purple. — The  fruit  is  from  6  to  8  inches  long,  and  2  to 
3  inches  in  diameter.  It  is  best  in  quality  before  it  is  fully  grown. 
Five  or  six  months  are  necessary  for  its  growth.  There  may  be  8 
or  10  fruits  on  a  large  healthy  plant. 

(2)  Early  Long  Purple. — This  is  only  an  early  variety  of  the 
preceding,  and  the  plant  is  not  so  strong  nor  so  large. 

(3)  Round  Purple. — The  fruits  are  large  and  somewhat  pear- 
shaped.     Not  more  than  3  or  4  should  be  left  to  grow  on  a  plant. 

(4)  New  York  hnproved. — The  fruit  is  like  that  of  the  Round 
Purple,  but  the  plant  is  smaller.  Not  more  than  2  fruits  should  be 
allowed  to  a  single  plant. 

(5)  Early  Dwarf  Purple. — This  is  an  early  variety.  The  plant  is 
low-growing  and  branching,  and  may  carry  10  or  12  fruits.  The 
fruit  is  of  a  longer  shape  than  the  Round  Purple,  3  or  4  inches 
long  and  about  2  in  diameter  at  the  thick  end. 

(6)  White  China. — This  is  a  very  distinct  variety,  with  long 
slender  white  fruit. 

(7)  Landreth's  Thornless  Large  Round  Purple. — This  is  a  variety 
recommended  by  Messrs.  Landreth. 

Prices  of  seed. — American  30  to  60  cents  per  ounce  ;  French  3d. 
to  1/  per  ounce. 


221 

KIDNEY  BEANS. 
The  cultivation  of  Kidney  Beans  (Red  Peas)  is  well  understood 
here,  as  they  form  one  of  the  principal  crops  grown  by  the 
^peasantry,  but  they  are  grown  as  a  field  crop  and  the  pods  are 
allowed  to  ripen  on  the  plants.  They  should  be  grown  in  rows  at 
least  2  feet  apart,  and  the  plants  9  to  12  inches  apart  in  the  rows. 
Quantity  of  Seed. — A  little  over  half-a-pint  of  seed  will  plant  a 
row  a  chain  in  length. 

Varieties. — Carter's  White  Advancer,  Carter's  Newington  Wonder, 
Monster  long  podded  Negro,  Improved  Golden  Wax,  Flageolet  Wax, 
Henderson's  Earliest  Valentine,  Cylinder  Black  Wax,  Yosemite  Mam- 
moth Wax,  Early  Warwick,  Early  Molunvk. 

Prices  of  Seed.— 'English  ranges  from  lOd.  to  2s.  per  quart; 
American  25  to  60  cents  per  quart. 

KOHL  RABI. 
This  vegetable  holds  a  place  intermediate  between  the  cabbage 
and  the  turnip.     It  is  very  hardy   and  resists  drought  better  than 
the  turnip. 

Sow  the  seed  thinly  in  a  seed  bed,  and  when  the  young  plants 
are  a  couple  of  inches  high  they  should  be  transplanted  into  any 
good,  well-manured  piece  of  ground,  planting  them  about  9  inches 
apart  in  the  rows,  and  the  latter  18  inches  asunder.  If  the  weather 
be  dry,  water  should  be  given  till  the  plants  take  fresh  root. 
With  the  exception  of  weeding  and  stirring  the  ground 
occasionally,  no  further  cultivation  is  necessary. 

LETTUCE. 
The  soil  for  lettuce  should  be  well  manured  with  good  rotten 
■manure.  The  seed  should  be  sown  in  drills  about  15  inches  apart, 
and  as  soon  as  young  plants  are  large  enough  to  handle  they 
should  be  thinned  out  to  about  12  inches.  The  plants  removed  in 
thinning  should  be  transplanted  at  the  usual  distances  and  they 
will  be  ready  for  pulling  from  two  to  three  weeks  after  those  left 
in  the  seed  drills.  After  transplanting  it  will  be  necessary  to 
water  the  plants  for  some  days  till  they  get  established. 

The  surface  of  the  soil  between  the  rows  should  be  kept  stirred 
during  growth,  and  an  occasional  application  of  weak  liquid 
manure,  when  the  plants  begin  to  form  heads,  will  be  beneficial. 

Quantity  of  seed  required. — Half  an  ounce  of  seed  will  sow  a  drill 
one  chain  in  length. 

Varieties.— Boston  Market,    Tennis  Ball  Black  Seeded,  All  the  Year 
Round,  Henderson's  New  York,  Perfected  Salamander,  Big  Boston,  Vir- 
ginia Solid  Header,  Largest  of  all,  Yellow  Seeded  Butter,  Golden  Queen. 
Price  of  seed.— American  to  to  30  cents  per  ounce. 

MUSK  MELONS. 
Melons  thrive  best  in  a  moderately  enriched  light  soil  ;  the  hills 
should  be  from  three  to  six  feet  apart  each  way,  according  to  the 
richness  of  the  soil,  if  the  soil  is  poor  or  sandy,  plant  at  four  feet. 
Previous  to  planting,  incorporate  well  with  the  soil  in  each  hill  a 
couple  of  shovelsful  of  thoroughly  rotted  manure;  plant  twelve  or 


222 

fifteen  seeds  in  each  hill,  and  when  well  up,  thin  out  to  three  or' 
four  of  the  most  promising.  Pinch  off  the  leading  shoots  as  the' 
growth  becomes  too  luxuriant,  and  if  the  fruit  sets  too  numerously 
thin  out  when  young,  which  will  increase  the  size  of  those  remain- 
ing and  cause  them  to  ripen  more  quickly. 

Quantity  of  seed. — One  ounce  for  sixty  hills. 

Varieties. — Early  Hackensack,  T/ie  Newport,  Emerald  Gem,  Baltic 
more  or  Acme,  Extra  Early  Citron,  South  Jersey,  Atlantie  City,  Extra 
Early  June. 

Price  of  seed. — American,  10  to  30  cents  per  ounce. 

MUSTARD  AND  CRESS. 

No  plants  are  more  easy  to  grow  than  these  ;  they  may  be  sown- 
in  any  kind  of  soil,  but  preferably  in  a  moist  and  shaded  position, 
with  the  certainty  of  having  plants  fit  to  cut  in  a  couple  of  weeks. 
Sow  each  broadcast  in  a  bed,  and  rake  lightly  over. 

Quantity  of  seed  required, — One  ounce  of  seed  will  sow  a  bed  16 
feet  by  4  feet. 

Mustard  Varieties.  Finest  White,  Brown  or  Black,  New  Chinese. 
Prices  of  seed,  English,  3d.  &  4d.,  per  ounce  or  1/3  per  pint,  except 
New  Chinese,  which  is  2/  per  pint.  American  5  cents  per  ounce  or 
40  cents,  and  $1  per  lb. 

Cress  Varieties .- — Plain  or  Common  Golden. — A  delicious  salad — 
Carter's  Cut  and  Q)me  Again,  Australian. 

Prices  of  seed : — English,  3d.  and  4d.  per  ounce  ;  American  10  to 
15  cents  per  ounce. 

OKRA. 

Plant  beginning  of  August,  October,  December  and  February  to 
keep  a  supply  of  young  pods  from  October  to  May. 

Okra  is  extensively  grown,  its  young  pods  being  used  in  soups 
stews,  etc.  It  thrives  well  in  any  moderately  rich  soil,  the  richer 
the  better.  The  seed  should  be  planted  about  3  feet  apart  in 
rows  where  the  plants  are  to  remain. 

Quantity  of  seed. — A  couple  of  ounces  of  seed  will  plant  a  row 
one  chain  in  length. 

Varieties. — White  Velvet,  Dwarf  Prolific,  Landrcth's  Long  Green, 
Landreth's  Long  White. 

Price  of  seed. — American,  10  cents  per  ounce. 

ONIONS. 

Onions  succeed  best  in  an  open  situation  in  a  rich  loam,  rather 
light  than  heavy.  If  the  soil  is  too  light,  means  must  be  taken  to 
make  it  firm.  It  should  in  the  first  place  be  dug  and  broken  up 
fine,  to  ensure  an  equal  looseness  throughout ;  it  should  then  be 
trodden  down  with  the  feet  in  order  to  render  the  bed  uniformly 
compact. 

Well-rotted  stable  manure,  the  sweepings  of  poultry  and  pigeon 
houses,  and  bat  manure  are  recommended.  Sheep's  dung,  and 
well  decomposed  night  soil  are  likewise  excellent. 

Shallow  drills  about  12  inches  apart  should  be  drawn,  and  the 
seeds  sown  thinly  along  the  drills   and  very  lightly  covered  with 


223 

fine  soil,  then  the  whole  surface  should  be  well  trodden,  and 
smoothed  with  the  back  of  a  rake.  The  young  onions  should  be 
thinned  to  a  distance  of  3  inches  when  large  enough  to  pull,  and 
the  seedlings  thus  removed  may  be  transplanted,  if  desired.  Later 
on  a  second  thinning  will  be  necessary,  when  every  second  plant 
should  be  pulled,  leaving  a  distance  of  6  inches  between  the  plants 
in  the  drills. 

Even  to  keep  down  weeds,  deep  hoeing  is  not  advisable,  as  the 
ground  must  be  kept  solid,  but  the  soil  between  the  drills  should 
be  lightly  hoed  occasionally. 

When  the  bulbs  have  attained  their  full  size,  the  leaves  are  bent 
down  at  the  neck  of  the  bulb  by  the  back  of  a  wooden  rake.  This 
checks  the  flow  of  sap  and  causes  the  leaves  to  decay,  and  the 
bulbs  to  ripen  more  quickly.  When  the  leaves  wither,  the  onions 
are  taken  up  and  left  lying  for  3  or  4  days  to  dry  in  the  sun,  with 
an  occasional  turning  over;  they  are  then  fit  for  market. 

PARSLEY. 

Parsley  likes  a  good  but  not  too  rich  soil,  in  a  somewhat  shady 
situation.  The  seed  should  be  sown  in  drills  1  foot  apart,  and 
covered  with  fine  mould  to  the  depth  of  half  an  inch.  The  seed 
germinates  very  slowly,  often  taking  several  weeks,  and  the  drills 
should  be  frequently  watered  till  the  young  plants  are  well  above 
the  ground. 

Qiianti:y  of  seed. — Half  an  ounce  will  sow  a  drill  one  chain  in 
length. 

Varieties.  Carter's  Fertted-Ieaved,  price  1/6  per  ounce.  Carter's 
Perpetual,  price  1/  per  packet.  Champion  Moss-Curled,  price  1/  per 
ounce,  Covent  Garden  Garnishing,  price  gd.  per  ounce.  Double  Curled, 
price  4d.  per  ounce,  Henderson's  Emerald,  price  10  cents  per  ounce. 

PEAS.  (English) 

Sow  from  beginning  of  September  to  beginning  of  March,  once 
a  fortnight,  or  once  a  month,  to  have  peas  for  market  from  No- 
vember to  May. 

Soil. — A  good  friable  loam,  in  which  there  is  plenty  of  lime,  is 
the  best  for  peas.  The  soil  should  be  dug  to  a  good  depth,  and 
left  rather  rough  so  that  the  rain  water  may  not  run  off  it,  but  pass 
through  the  soil. 

Manure. — Well-rotted  stable  manure  should  be  applied  in  greater 
or  less  quantity  according  as  the  soil  is  more  or  less  poor,  and  it 
should  be  dug  in  about  a  foot  below  the  surface. 

The  ground  having  been  prepared,  the  first  thing  to  be  done  is 
to  mark  the  distances  for  the  rows,  and  this  will  depend  on  the 
heights  of  the  varieties  selected.  Tall  growing  varieties  require 
to  be  planted  not  less  than  7  or  8  feet  apart,  and  in  England  they 
are  often  planted  at  twice  or  thrice  that  distance  apart,  and  other 
low  growing  crops,  such  as  turnips,  etc.,  planted  between  the  rows, 
it  having  been  abundantly  proved  that  the  further  the  rows  are 
placed  apart,  the  better  the  yield  and  produce.  As  a  rule,  however, 
the  distance  between  the  rows  may  be  about  the  same  as  the 
height  to  which  the  varieties  usually  grow. 


224 

Sowing  the  Seeds. — Having  decided  on  the  distances  apart  for  the 
rows,  and  marked  them  with  pieces  of  stick,  a  line  should  be 
stretched  and  drills  made  with  a  garden  hoe,  about  3  or  3i  inches 
deep,  and  about  6  inches  wide,  then  the  seeds  should  be  sown,  not 
too  thickly,  but  allowing  room  enough  for  them  to  grow,  without 
robbing  each  other  of  nourishment  and  moisture.  When  the  seeds 
have  been  sown,  the  soil  taken  out  of  the  drills  should  be  broken 
fine  with  a  rake  if  lumpy,  and  the  peas  covered  with  it,  and  lightly 
trodden. 

As  soon  as  the  plants  have  grown  a  few  inches,  a  little  earth 
should  be  drawn  by  a  hoe  towards  them,  and  this  should  be  re- 
peated as  they  advance.  They  should  then  be  at  once  staked, 
and  as  soon  as  the  tendrils  appear  the  sticks  will  be  in  readiness 
for  them  to  lay  hold  of.  Small  sticks  may  be  used  at  first,  but  as 
the  plants  advance  in  growth,  taller,  twiggy  branches  will  be  neces- 
sary. Two  rows  of  sticks  are  needed  for  each  row  of  peas,  one 
on  either  side  of  the  plants.  In  staking  begin  at  one  end  of  the 
row,  put  the  sticks  firmly  in  the  ground,  and  slant  those  on  one 
side  slightly  in  the  same  direction  in  a  line  with  the  row,  and  if 
those  on  the  other  side  of  the  peas,  are  equally  slanted  in  an  op- 
posite direction  a  kind  of  lattice  work  will  be  formed  and  will  be 
a  good  support  for  the  plants. 

If  the  weather  be  hot  and  dry,  a  thick  layer  of  litter  spread  be- 
tween the  rows  will  be  advantageous,  by  keeping  the  ground 
moist  and  comparatively  cool. 

Quantity  of  seed.  For  a  row  of  one  chain  in  length  if  pints  of 
seed  are  required,  making  allowance  for  a  proportion  that  either 
will  not  come  up  at  all,  are  so  weakly  as  to  be  of  no  account. 

Varieties.  The  varieties  of  the  Pea  are  so  numerous  that  a  mere 
list  of  the  names  would  occupy  several  pages.  From  experiments 
carried  out  at  the  Hill  Garden,  for  productiveness,  the  following 
can  be  recommended  : — Carter's  Balmoral  Castle,  Carter's  Princess 
Royal,  Laxton's  Alpha,  Duke  of  Albany,  Laxton's  Prolific,  Kentish  In- 
victa.  Abundance,  Carter's  Telephone,  Carter's  Telegraph,  Ne  Plus  Ultra, 
Henderson's  First  of  all,  Horsford's  Market  Garden.  Landreth's  French 
Canner. 

Prices  of  seed.  English,  gd.  to  2/6  per  quart ;  American,  25  to  80 
cents  per  quart,  according  to  variety. 

PEPPERS. 

They  should  be  planted  about  2^  feet  apart  in  rows,  and  the 
latter  should  be  about  3  feet  asunder  in  good  mellow  soil. 

Quantity  of  seed. — Half  an  ounce  of  good  seed  should  produce 
sufficient  plants  for  five  rows  of  one  chain  each,  planted  at  2i  feet 
apart. 

Varieties.  County  Fair. — Particularly  sweet  and  mild,  being 
thicker  in  the  flesh  than  any  other  sort  and  enormously  produc- 
tive.    Seed,  10  cents  per  packet,  40  cents  per  ounce. 

Cardinal. — Glossy  bright  red  in  colour ;  five  to  six  inches  in 
length,  being  about  an  inch  broad  at  the  base  and  tapering  to  a 
point.  Very  sweet  and  thick  fleshed.  Seed,  5  cents  per  packet 
40  cents  per  ounce. 


225 

Ruby  King. — An  exceedingly  large  and  handsome  pepper  of  mild 
flavour  ;  the  fruits  of  a  bright  ruby  red.  Seed  10  cents  per  packet, 
25  cents  per  ounce. 

Large  Bell. — An  early  variety  of  mild  flavour,  a  favourite  for 
pickling  and  for  use  in  the  natural  state.  Seed  5  cents  per  packet, 
25  per  ounce. 

GoM'«  £>flw«.— Of  similar  shape  and  size  as  Large  Bell,  but  of 
more  delicate  flavour ;  colour  yellow.  Seed,  5  cents  per  packet, 
25  cents  per  ounce. 

POTATOES. 

Plant  from  October  to  January  to  have  new  Potatoes  ready  for 
market  from  end  of  December  or  beginning  of  January  to  April. 

Soil. — Potatoes  will  grow  in  almost  any  kind  of  soil  with  good 
cultivation,  but  a  good  friable  loam,  rather  light  than  otherwise, 
and  free  from  stagnant  water  is  the  best.  Good  potatoes  are  pro- 
duced in  light  sandy  soil,  but  a  liberal  supply  of  manure  is  neces- 
sary to  ensure  a  heavy  crop. 

Manure. — The  quantity  and  kind  of  manure  to  be  employed 
must  depend  on  the  nature  of  the  soil,  to  a  light  sandy  soil,  a 
liberal  supply  of  thoroughly  decomposed  manure  should  be  given, 
but  if  the  soil  is  of  a  heavy,  damp  nature,  half  rotted  long  manure 
is  best.  In  hot,  dry  soils,  cow  dung  when  it  can  be  obtained,  is 
preferable,  as  it  retains  more  moisture  than  stable  manure,  but  it 
should  be  well  mixed  with  litter.  Pig's  dung  is  too  powerful  in 
an  unmixed  state,  but  when  mixed  with  about  twice  its  own  bulk 
of  earth  it  forms  an  excellent  manure.  Generally  speaking,  how- 
ever, for  the  hills  of  Jamaica,  farm-yard  manure,  that  is  the  excre- 
ments, both  solid  and  liquid,  of  the  various  animals  kept  about  a 
place,  mixed  with  litter  and  refuse  and  allowed  to  decompose,  is 
probably  the  best. 

"  Seed  "  or  Sets. — There  is  some  difference  of  opinion  as  to 
whether  the  tubers  should  be  planted  whole  or  cut,  but  from  experi- 
ments made  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society  at 
Chiswick,  London,  it  was  found  on  the  mean  of  two  plantations 
that  the  produce  from  cut  sets  exceeded  that  from  whole  tubers  by 
nearly  one  ton  per  acre.  Good  sized  tubers  are  considered  best 
for  sets.  The  eyes  in  the  Potato  are  true  buds,  and  it  stands  to 
reason  that  good  sound  tubers  with  strong  eyes  or  buds,  will  pro- 
duce much  more  healthy  and  vigorous  plants  than  small  tubers 
with  comparatively  weak  eyes.  This,  also,  has  been  proved  by 
actual  experiment. 

When  good  sized  tubers  are  used  for  sets  they  may  be  cut  in 
halves  passing  the  knife  through  from  the  bunch  of  eyes  at  the 
top,  and  generally  the  halves  may  be  divided  again.  One  good 
eye  to  each  set  is  all  that  is  really  necessary,  but  it  is  safer  to  cut 
the  set  so  that  it  may  have  two  eyes,  as  sometimes  an  eye  is  blind, 
or  so  weak  as  to  be  unable  to  push. 

The  sets  should  not  be  planted  for  a  few  days  after  being  cut, 
but  kept  in  a  dry  place,  and  some  wood  ashes  or  such  like  mate- 
rial mixed  with  them  to  absorb  the  juice  exuding  from  the  fresh 
cuts,  and  thus  prevent  decay  setting  in. 


226 

Modes  of  planting — For  garden  cultivation,  or  small  patches  of 
ground,  drawing  drills  with  the  hoe,  if  the  soil  is  well  pulverised, 
or  digging  trenches  are  probably  the  best  methods.  I  have  no 
doubt  that  drawing  the  earth  into  hills,  as  is  done  for  Sweet 
Potatoes,  and  planting  a  set  in  each  hill  would  be  an  excellent 
plan.  By  this  means  each  plant  could  be  moulded  with  fine  soil 
when  needed,  and  the  hills  being  above  the  level  of  the  ground 
would  ensure  good  drainage,  and  it  should  always  be  borne  in 
mind  that  two  of  the  main  things  necessary  to  ensure  success  in 
the  cultivation  of  the  Potato  are  good  drainage,  and  a  good  body 
of  pulverised  soil.  In  heavy  wet  ground  a  good  plan  is  to  throw 
the  soil  up  in  ridges.  These  are  really  raised  beds  about  4j  feet 
wide,  with  trenches  l8  inches  wide  between  them  ;  the  soil  taken 
from  the  trenches  is  thoroughly  broken  up,  and  used  for  covering 
the  sets,  and  for  moulding  the  plants  later  on.  The  trenches  act 
as  so  many  drains  during  heavy  rains  and  keep  the  ridges  com- 
paratively dry. 

Some  growers  spread  the  manure  on  the  ridges,  or  in  the  drills 
or  trenches  just  previous  to  planting  and  lay  the  sets  on  it;  but 
this  is  not  considered  a  good  plan,  as  later  on  the  young  tubers  come 
into  direct  contact  with  the  manure  which  causes  them  to  scab, 
and  as  the  manure  is  provided  to  afford  nourishment  to  the  fibrous 
roots,  not  the  tubers,  it  is  a  mistake  to  run  the  risk  of  spoiling  the 
appearance  of  a  crop  by  adopting  this  method.  For  field  cultiva- 
tion I  should  recommend  opening  trenches  or  drills  from  end  to 
end  of  the  ground,  spread  the  manure  evenly  in  the  bottom 
of  the  trenches,  or  on  the  tops  of  the  ridges  if  that  system 
of  cultivation  is  adopted,  and  cover  it  to  the  depth  of  a  couple  of 
inches  with  fine  soil,  then  lay  the  sets  and  cover  up.  If  only  a 
garden,  or  small  piece  of  ground  is  to  be  planted  it  will  be  better 
if  it  is  evenly  manured  and  well  dug  over  sometime  previous  to 
planting,  and  when  the  season  comes  round  the  trenches  can  be 
opened  and  the  sets  planted  without  any  further  manuring. 

Dibbling  in  the  sets  is  a  system  followed  in  England  to  a  con- 
siderable extent,  but  unless  the  soil  has  been  well  cultivated 
previously  it  is  not  a  system  to  be  recommended  here.  The  sets 
are  likely  to  be  placed  at  unequal  depths,  and  the  chances  are  that 
the  eyes  will  be  turned  down  in  the  holes  instead  of  being  placed 
uppermost,  and  in  performing  the  work  the  ground  gets  trodden 
unnecessarily,  the  consequence  being  that  if  dry  weather  follows, 
the  soil  cakes  and  the  buds  are  unable  to  push  through  it,  whereas 
if  rain  follows  immediately  after  planting,  it  collects  in  the  holes 
and  as  likely  as  not  causes  the  sets  to  rot. 

Distance  apart. — The  distance  at  which  the  sets  should  be  placed 
apart  varies  with  the  nature  of  the  soil  and  vigour  of  the  kind 
grown  ;  in  rich  soils  a  greater  distance  should  be  allowed  than  in 
poor  soils.  In  general,  the  distances  should  be  2|  to  3  feet 
between  the  rows,  and  I2  to  15  inches  between  the  sets  in  each 
row,  but  as  a  rule,  the  greater  the  distances  the  better  the  yield. 

Depth. — The   depth  to  which  the  sets  should   be   covered   also 


227 

varies  somewhat,  but  4  to  5  inches  in  heavy,  and  5  to  6  inches  in 
light  soils  are  about  the  proper  depths. 

Subsequent  culture. — This  consists  in  keeping  the  ground  free 
from  weeds,  earthing  up  the  plants  as  they  advance  in  growth,  and 
keeping  the  soil  stirred  and  fine,  as  the  more  it  is  pulverised,  the 
better,  but  taking  care  not  to  injure  the  young  roots  or  tubers. 

Lifting. When  the  tops  are  observed  to  wither  from  natural 

decay  the  crop  may  be  lifted,  and  this  should  not  be  delayed  too 
long,  as  if  so,  in  this  climate  the  new  tubers  are  apt  to  vegetate. 
Choose  fine,  but  if  possible  cloudy  weather  as  potatoes  should  be 
exposed  to  light,  and  specially  bright  sunshine  as  little  as  possible. 
Exposure  to  the  sun  causes  the  tubers  to  turn  green,  and  it  is  well 
known  that  the  green  parts  of  a  potato  contain  a  more  or  less 
poisonous  principle.  After  lifting,  the  potatoes  should  be  stored 
in  a  dry  airy  room  or  shed,  but  light  should  be  excluded  as  much 
as  possible.  Potatoes  are  too  often  exposed  to  the  light,  and  when 
such  are  cooked  they  are  yellow  in  appearance  and  have  a 
decided  bitterish  flavour,  whereas  if  kept  in  the  dark  till  required 
for  cooking  they  would  be  white  and  floury. 

Varieties. — The  varieties  of  the  Potato  are  exceedingly  numerous, 
but  the  kinds  to  be  grown  for  shipping  during  the  winter  months 
are  those  known  as  ''  new  potatoes" — the  various  kinds  of  Kidney 
potato — Carter's  First  Crop.  A  re-selected  stock  of  the  earliest, 
most  prolific  and  best  Kidney  in  cultivation.  Price  5/  per  peck 
(14  lbs),  per  i  cwt.  or  bushel  17/6. 

Carter's  Improved  Early  Ashleaf. — The  first  early  White  Kidney 
Price  4/6  per  peck  (14  lbs),  per  i  cwt.  or  bushel  14/. 

Hyatt's  Early  Prolific  Ashleaf. — This  is  the  variety  so  largely 
grown  in  Cornwall  and  Jersey  as  an  early  Potato  for  the  English 
markets,  and  it  is  probably  the  most  certain  early-cropping  Kidney 
in  commerce.  Price  2/6  per  peck  (14  lbs),  per  i  cwt.  or  bushel 
8/6. 

Victor  (Sharpe).  Several  seasons'  trial  have  fully  confirmed  all 
that  has  been  said  of  the  Victor  Kidney  Potato.  It  is  proved  to  be 
one  of  the  earliest,  most  prolific,  and  best  flavoured  of  all  early 
potatoes.     Price  3/6  per  peck  (14  lbs),  per  i  cwt.,  or  bushel  12/. 

Snowdrop. — Of  sterling  merit,  both  as  to  quality  and  produc- 
tiveness. One  of  the  handsomest  Kidneys  grown.  Price  3  per 
peck  (14  lbs),  per  i  cwt.  or  bushel,  10/6. 

Early  Norther. — This  variety  seems  to  do  well  everywhere.  Its 
table  qualities  cannot  be  excelled,  cooking  dry  and  floury,  whether 
baked  or  boiled.     Price  70  cents  per  peck,  $2.25  per  bushel. 

PUMPKINS. 

Plant  at  same  time  as  Squash,  in  hills  8  feet  apart  each  way, 
and  only  allow  one  plant  to  each  hill. 

Varieties. — Calhoun,  Winter  Lu.xury,  Yellow  Cashaw,  Jonathan,  Large 
Cheese. 

Price  of  seed. — American,  5  to  10  cents  per  packet. 


228 

RADISH. 

The  radish  will  succeed  in  any  light,  open  soil,  but  rather  a 
shady  spot  should  be  selected.  To  grow  them  properly  the  ground 
should  be  dug  deeply,  and  the  surface  raked  fine.  The  seed  is 
usually  sown  thinly  broadcast  in  beds  about  four  feet  wide,  and 
the  surface  lightly  raked  over  after  sowing.  In  dry  weather  the 
beds  should  be  watered  early  in  morning. 

Quantity  of  seed  required. —  One  and  a  half  ounces  of  seed  will 
sow  a  bed  l6  feet  long  by  four  feet  wide. 

Varieties. — Earliest  Long  Frame,  Carter's  Violet  Freneh  Breakfast, 
Carter's  Early  White  Turnip,  Carter's  Extra  Early  white-tipped 
Scarlet,  Mi.ved  Turnip,  Early  Round  Dark  Red,  Market  Gardeners' 
Early  Long  Scarlet. 

Prices  of  seed. — English,  from  4d.  to  8d.  per  ounce  ;  American, 
10  cents  per  ounce. 

SPINACH. 

By  sowing  at  intervals  of  two  or  three  weeks  from  beginning  of 
August  till  March,  a  succession  of  spinach  is  easily  kept  up  from 
about  October  till  May.  The  soil  for  spinach  should  be  deep  and 
rich,  neither  very  stiff  nor  very  light,  and  should  be  rather  moist, 
otherwise  frequent  waterings  will  be  necessary.  The  seed  should 
be  sown  in  drills  about  an  inch  deep,  and  IS  to  l8  inches  apart, 
and  the  plants  should  be  thinned  out  to  about  6  inches  apart  in 
the  rows.  Beyond  keeping  the  ground  free  from  weeds,  the  soil 
stirred  occasionally,  and  watering  frequently  and  copiously  in 
dry  weather,  no  further  cultivation  is  needed. 

Quantity  of  Seed  required. — To  sow  a  drill  one  chain  in  length  J 
of  an  ounce  of  seed  will  be  needed. 

Varieties. — Carter's  Market  Favourite,  The  Carter,  Bloonisdale 
Spinach,  Ever  Ready,  Prickly  Seedcd-Curled,  Round  or  Summer. 

Prices  of  seed. — English,  3d.  and  4d.  per  ounce  ;  American  10  to 
15  cents  per  ounce. 

SQUASH. 

Plant  in  hills,  prepared  as  for  Melons,  4  feet  apart  each  way 
for  the  bush  varieties,  and  6  to  8  feet  apart  for  the  running  sorts. 
About  2  plants  may  be  allowed  to  each  hill.  If  very  large  fruit 
is  desired  only  two  or  three  should  be  left  on  each  plant,  selecting 
the  best,  and  the  branches  should  be  cut  off  about  two  or  three 
leaves  beyond  the  last  fruit. 

Quantity  of  seed. ^One  ounce  for  50  hills. 

Varieties. — Bush  kinds — Long  Island,  White  Bush,  Golden  Custard 
Bush,  White  Bush  Scalloped,  Yelloiv  Bush  Crookneck. 

Running  kinds — Landreth's  White  Turban,  Henderson's  Delicate 
Winter  Crookneck. 

Price  of  seed. —  American,  10  to  25  cents  per  ounce. 

SWEET  CORN. 

Plant  once  a  fortnight  from  beginning  of  August  to  beginning 
of  January  to  have  young,  tender  corn  from  end  of  October  to 
April. 


229 

"  All  varieties  of  Sweet  or  Sugar  Corn  may  be  either  sown  in 
rows  four  and  one-half  feet  apart,  and  the  seeds  placed  about 
eight  inches  apart  in  the  rows  or  planted  in  hills  at  distances  of 
three  or  four  feet  each  way,  according  to  the  variety  grown,  or  the 
richness  of  the  soil  in  which  it  is  planted.  The  taller  the  variety, 
or  the  richer  the  soil,  the  greater  should  be  the  distance  apart. 

Quantity  of  seed. — One  quart  of  seed  will  plant  200  hills,  or  a 
row  100  yards  in  length;  8  to  lO  quarts  for  an  acre. 

Varieties,  Perry's  Hybrid — An  early  twelve-rowed  variety,  grow- 
ing only  4  to  5  feet  high.  Kernels  white,  large,  sweet  and  very 
tender.     Price  of  seed,  25  cents  per  quart. 

Moore's  Early  Concord. — Ears  large  and  well-filled  ;  and  unsur- 
passed for  richness  and  delicacy  of  flavour.  Price  of  seed  25 
cents  per  quart. 

Stabler's  Early. — A  valuable  second  early  corn,  remarkably  large 
for  so  early  a  ripener.  Yields  an  abundant  crop,  is  desirable  for 
family  use,  and  one  of  the  most  profitable  for  market  or  canning. 
Price  of  seed,  25  cents  per  quart. 

Squantum. — One  of  the  sweetest  varieties,  and  is  largely  used 
for  market  and  canning.  It  is  a  general  favourite  and  is  wonder- 
fully productive.  The  Squantum  is  the  variety  used  almost  exclu- 
sively at  the  famous  Rhode  Island  clambakes,  which  is  sufficient 
evidence  of  its  quality.     Price  of  seed,  25  cents  per  quart. 

Extra  Early  Minnesota. — Maturing  for  table  in  about  seventy  days 
from  germination.  Ears  well  made  out.  Desirable  in  the  family 
garden  and  profitable  to  shippers.  Price  of  seed  20  cents  per 
quart. 

Early  Landretli  Market. — Cultivated  on  large  areas  and  almost 
exclusively  by  the  market  gardeners  of  Burlington  County,  New 
Jersey.  The  edible  grain  is  white  and  sweet.  This  variety  will 
mature  ears  for  market  in  about  eighty  days  from  germination. 
The  stalk  is  leafy  and  grows  to  a  height  of  6  feet.  A  very  profit- 
able sort  as  a  money  maker.  Plant  in  rows  4  feet  apart,  and 
thin  the  planf,  to  two  feet  in  the  rows.  Price  of  seeds  20  cents 
per  quart. 

Landretli' s  Sugar. — A  remarkably  .productive  variety;  two  ears 
on  every  stalk,  often  three,  and  sometimes  four.  The  ear  remains 
long  in  milky  condition  for  the  table,  the  edible  grain  being  pure 
white  and  exceedingly  sugary.  Matures  for  market  in  about  82 
days.  This  Sugar  Corn  will  afford  to  growers  more  baskets  of 
marketable  ears  to  the  acre  than  any  other  variety  in  cultivation. 
Plant  at  distances  of  4A  feet  between  the  rows,  and  3  feet  from 
plant  to  plant  in  the  rows.     Price  of  seed  27  cents  per  quart. 

TOMATOES. 

The  seed  should  be  sown  in  prepared  beds  or  in  boxes,  and  as 
soon  as  the  plants  are  a  couple  of  inches  high  they  should  be 
pricked  off  into  another  bed,  a  few  inches  apart,  when  they  have 
attained  a  height  of  about  6  inches  they  may  be  planted  out.  If 
the  seeds  have  not  been  sown  too  thickly  the  young  plants  may 
be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  original  bed  or  box  till  they  are  strong 


230 

enough  to  be  transplanted  at  once  to  their  permanent  positions. 
They  like  a  light,  sandy,  well  manured  soil.  They  should  be  plant- 
ed about  three  feet  apart  in  rows  which  should  be  about  four  feet 
asunder.  A  strong  stake  should  be  driven  in  at  the  root  of  each 
to  tie  the  plants  to,  and  particular  attention  should  be  paid  to 
stopping  the  lateral  growths  to  throw  all  the  strength  into  the 
main  stem.  The  tomato  is  a  gross  feeder  and  should  be  liberally 
supplied  with  rich  mulching  material,  and  irrigated  freely  till  the 
fruit  begins  to  ripen,  when  they  should  be  kept  rather  dry  at  the 
roots. 

Quantity  of  seed. — Half  an  ounce  of  seed  will  produce  750  plants. 

Varirties.^These  are  so  numerous  that  it  is  a  somewhat  difficult 
matter  to  make  a  selection,  the  following  however,  are  recommend- 
ed : — Carter's  Perfection  (a  winner  of  38  first  prizes  at  Horticultural 
Shows),  Carter's  Dedham  Favourite  (a  winner  of  22  first  prizes), 
Carter's  Market  Favourite,  Hare  field  Gem,  Carter's  Saudwhich  Island 
(specially  recommended  as  being  better  suited  for  long  journeys, 
and  rough  handling  than  the  general  run  of  tomatoes).  Ham  Green 
Favourite,  Trophy,  Acme,  Chiswick  Red,  Duke  of  ^ork,  Carter's  Blen- 
heim Orange,  Tlic\  Mikado,  Table  Queen,  Ponderosa,  Trophy  extra 
selected.  Early  Bermuda,  Early  fersey.  The  Money  Maker. 

Prices  of  seed. — English  seed  ranges  in  price  from  6d.  to  36  per 
packet  ;  American  seed  from  5  to  25  cents  per  packet,  or  from  30 
to  60  cents  per  ounce. 

TURNIPS. 

The  turnip  succeeds  best  in  light  sandy  soils.  Stiff  retentive 
soils  are  ill  adapted  for  the  growth  of  good,  well  flavoured  roots. 
Land  that  has  been  well  manured  seldom  fails  to  produce  good 
turnips,  it  is,  therefore,  well  to  see  that  the  land  has  been  properly 
prepared  for  them  before  sowing  the  seed.  Drills  should  be  drawn 
about  2  inches  deep  and  12  inches  apart,  and  seeds  sown  thinly. 
As  soon  as  the  young  plants  can  be  handled  they  should  be 
thinned  to  3  inches  apart,  and  later  on  a  second  thinning  will  be 
necessary  when  every  other  one  should  be  removed.  The  surface 
of  the  soil  between  the  rows  should  at  all  times  be  kept  open  and 
free  from  weeds. 

Quantity  of  seed — To  sow  a  drill  one  chain  in  length  half  an 
ounce  of  seed  will  be  required. 

Varieties — Carter's  White  Sivan's  Egg,  Carter's  Jersey  Lily.  Carter's 
Purple  Top  Straplcaf,  Henderson's  Golden  Ball,  Purple  Top  White 
Globe,  Early  Snow  Ball,  Early  White  Milan. 

Prices  of  seed — English  ranges  from  3d.  to  6d.  per  ounce ; 
American,  usuallj'  10  cents  per  ounce,  except   for   new  varieties. 

WATER-MELONS. 

Cultivate  as  stated  for  Musk  Melons,  except  that  the  hills  should 
be  double  the  distance  apart,  and  only  one  plant  allowed  to  each 
hill. 

Quantity  of  seed — One  ounce  to  30  hills. 

Varieties — Florida   Favourite,   Henderson's  Green  and    Gold,  Kolbs 


^31 

Gem  (this  variety  is  stated  to  be  largly  grown  in  the  Southern 
States  for  shipments  to  the  northern  markets),  The  Jones.  Landretli's 
Boss,  Arkansas  Traveller. 

Price  of  seed — American,  lo  to  15  cents  per  ounce. 

PACKING,  &C. 

The  list  here  given,  though  a  fairly  comprehensive  one,  does 
not  include  the  names  of  all  the  vegetables  that  might  be  grown 
for  export,  but  if  the  kinds  named,  or  a  few  of  them  at  least 
were  grown  and  shipped,  a  start  would  be  made  and  next  year 
a  few  more  varieties  might  be  included.  I  have  been  careful 
to  name  only  such  things  as  can  be  raised  quickly  and  with- 
out much  trouble,  and  at  the  same  time  such  as  are  pretty 
certain  to  meet  with  a  ready  sale  at  remunerative  rates  if  put 
on  the  market  in  good  condition.  I  do  not  wish  to  be  understood 
to  mean  that  one  grower  can  successfully  cultivate  all  the  kinds 
named  ;  soil,  climate,  water  supply  and  other  things  will  have  to 
be  duly  considered,  and  each  grower  will  have  to  use  his  own 
judgment  in  these  matters.  One  man  might  try  Tomatoes,  Gar- 
den Eggs,  Sweet  Corn,  and  Kidney  Beans,  another  might  try 
Melons,  Squashes  and  Cucumbers,  &c. ;  another  Potatoes,  Cab- 
bages, Green  Peas,  Turnips,  Carrots,  and  Beet-root ;  another  Salads 
and  so  on.  What  I  should  like  to  impress  on  one  and  all,  how- 
ever, is,  that  the  time  for  planting  is  near  at  hand  and  he  who 
would  like  to  try  and  grow  and  ship  vegetables  during  the  coming 
winter  and  spring  must  be  up  and  doing.  The  seeds  which  are 
named  in  this  list  may  be  obtained  from  Messrs.  Jas.  Carter  and 
Co..  23  J  and  2jS,  Highholborn,  London  ;  Messrs.  Sutton  and  Sons, 
Reading,  England ;  Messrs.  Vibnorn-Andricux  and  Co.,  4,  Quai  de  la 
Megisserie,  Paris,  France,  and  the  American  kinds  from  Messrs. 
Peter  Henderson  and  Co..  35  and  37  Cortland t  St.,  New  York  ;  Messrs. 
D.  Landreth  and  Sons,  21  and  23  S.  Sixth  St.,  Philadelphia  ;  Messrs. 
Atlee  Burpee  and  Co..  475  and  477  N.  5th  St..  Philadelphia,  Pa.  A 
remittance  to  cover  cost  of  seeds  and  postage  should  accompany 
orders  to  ensure  prompt  attention. 

The  only  difificulty  I  apprehend  in  this  matter  is  in  the  packing. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  vegetables  of  excellent  quality  can  be 
grown  here,  but  careful  means  will  have  to  be  devised  to  get  them 
to  the  markets  in  the  best  possible  condition.  In  the  United 
States  there  would  appear  to  be  a  regulation-size  box,  crate,  or 
hamper  for  nearly  every  vegetable  product  grown  there,  and  a 
well  recognised  method  of  packing  each  product,  and  what  we 
need  now  is  more  precise  information  on  these  points.  It  might 
be  possible  to  procure  samples  of  the  various  packages  for  the 
guidance  of  intending  shippers,  who  could  either  have  similar 
boxes,  etc.,  made  here,  or  import  them  as  required  if  found 
cheaper  to  do  so.  These,  however,  are  matters  of  detail  which 
can  be  attended  to  whilst  the  crops  are  growing.  The  first  thing 
to  be  done,  and  that  soon,  is  to  decide  on  what  is  to  be  grown, 
and  get  the  seed  in  the  ground. 


232 

CAMPHOR  CULTIVATION/^ 

There  has  been  much  talk  of  late  in  Ceylon  planting  circles  con- 
cerning the  possibility  of  camphor  cultivation  in  that  Island,  and 
many  are  anxious  to  learn  whether  operations  are  likely  to  prove 
profitable,  especially  in  view  of  the  extreme  scarcity  and  high 
prices  which  now  appear  to  be  more  or  less  permanent.  Camphor 
has  been  cultivated  for  experimental  purposes  in  Ceylon  and 
India  for  a  number  of  years,  but  not  until  quite  recently  has  it 
been  successfully  produced.  So  far  as  we  can  learn,  the  planter 
has  not  the  best  methods  of  distillation  at  his  disposal,  and  has 
not  been  able  to  extract  camphor  in  paying  quantities.  This  is 
well  illustrated  by  the  fact  that  nine  months  ago  there  were  over 
one  hundred  acres  under  the  camphor  plant  in  Ceylon,  yet  up  to 
the  present  not  more  than  a  ton  of  crude  camphor  has  been 
produced.  Recently  the  Governor  of  Ceylon  has  been  talking  of 
the  potentialities  of  camphor  culture  and  since  then  there  has 
been  an  unprecedented  rush  for  seed.  Concessions  of  land  have 
been  granted  in  Ceylon,  and  planting  will  shortly  commence  on  a 
substantial  scale :  and  as  the  climatic  conditions  are  said  to  be 
similar  to  those  of  Formosa,  there  seems  every  reason  that  the 
experiment  should  ultimately  be  successful.  It  appears,  however, 
there  is  great  difficulty  in  obtaining  true  camphor-seed  from  Japan, 
as,  naturally,  the  Japanese  are  prepared  neither  to  assist  the 
planter  nor  to  give  away  the  secrets  of  their  distillation.  If  it 
were  possible  to  get  hold  of  a  Japanese  or  Chinaman  actually 
engaged  in  the  camphor  industry,  the  difficulty  might  be  cjuickly 
solved,  as  the  Ceylon  planter  has  everything  to  learn  regarding 
distillation.  In  other  words,  he  has  a  certain  quantity  of  raw 
material  at  hand,  and  is  as  yet  unable  to  obtain  an  adeciuate  yield 
of  the  crude  product.  Mr.  Kelway  Bamber,  the  Ceylon  Govern- 
ment chemist,  has  been  at  work  for  some  time  at  Peradeniya,  and 
has  succeeded  in  perfecting  an  inexpensive  still  which  it  is  hoped 
will  render  the  process  an  easy  one.  The  profit  at  present  prices 
would  be  considerable,  but  a  grower  would  probably  have  to  take 
a  much  lower  price  than  the  ruling  quotation  of  350s.  per  cwt. 
The  demand  for  camphor  is  only  a  limited  one,  but  we  believe  the 
danger  of  over-production  in  Ceylon  is  remote,  and  that  planters 
would  be  justified  in  going  ahead. 

Ever  since  the  Japanese  monoply  was  established  some  eight 
years  ago,  the  crude-camphor  market  has  been  more  or  less 
starved  or  only  supplied  with  extremely  limited  quantities.  This, 
of  course,  is  not  entirely  the  fault  of  the  Japanese  Government,  as 
they  have  encountered  many  difficulties  in  working  their  monoply 
in  Formosa.  Labour-troubles,  native  rebellions,  earthquakes,  and 
the  late  war  have  all  contributed  their  quota  in  regard  to  diminished 
shipments.  One  fact,  however,  stands  out  prominent  since  the 
institution  of  the  monoply — i.e.,  the  refining  of  camphor  in  Europe 
and  the  United  States  has   dwindled  to  a  mere  shadow  compared 

"  From  "  The  Chenmt  and  Druggist"  Aug.,  18,  1 906,  p,  30.S. 


233 

with  what  it  was  a  decade  ago ;  and,  in  spite  of  official  denials 
to  the  contrary,  the  refining  is  gradually  passing  into  Japanese 
hands. 

With  the  advent  of  extremely  high  prices  undoubtedly  the  con- 
sumption has  fallen  off  considerably,  and  where  possible  the 
public  for  certain  disinfecting  purposes  have  had  to  fall  back 
upon  the  less-esteemed  naphthalin,  in  which  a  large  business  is 
now  done.  This  is,  of  course,  only  natural  when  it  is  considered 
that  the  wholesale  price  of  refined  balls  in  large  quantities  in  the 
open  market  has  been  from  4s.  to  4s.  3d.  per  lb.  for  over  eighteen 
months.  It  was  thought  that  after  the  Russo-Japanese  war  there 
would  be  a  fall  in  price,  but,  on  the  contrary,  the  price  rose  to  its 
present  quotation,  and  at  the  moment  the  position  is  regarded  as 
exceedingly  firm.  It  must  not  be  forgotten,  however,  that  there 
have  been  some  exceedingly  dull  periods  this  year,  and  at  times 
the  article  has  almost  "  gone  a  begging,"  the  extreme  prices 
having  frightened  buyers. 

RUBBER  IN  THE  FEDERATED  STATES.*' 

In  his  annual  report  for  the  year  1905,  Sir  William  Taylor, 
K.C.M.G.,  the  Resident  General  of  the  Federated  Malay  States, 
states  that  the  high  price  of  rubber  and  the  proved  suitability  of 
land  in  those  States  for  its  cultivation  have  led  to  numerous  appli- 
cations for  land  in  the  four  States,  but  more  particularly  in  Se- 
langor,  where  almost  all  the  accessible  land  between  the  Klang 
and  the  Selangor  rivers  has  been  taken  up  for  rubber  planting. 
Large  areas  of  land  have  been  applied  for  and  granted  for  the 
purposes  of  this  industry,  and  most  of  the  large  estates  have  been 
converted  into,  or  sold  to,  limited  liability  companies.  Next  to 
the  coast  districts  of  Selangor,  the  Sungei  Ujong  district  of  the 
Negri  Sembilan  appears  to  be  the  locality  most  in  favour  with 
rubber  prospectors. 

According  to  Mr.  Carruthers,  the  Director  of  Agriculture,  the 
area  alienated  for  the  planting  of  Para  rubber  is  some  100,000 
acres,  of  which  about  38,000  acres  has  already  been  planted. 
Most  of  the  Para  rubber  trees  of  the  age  of  five  years  or  more  have 
been  planted  200  to  the  acre;  some  estates  have  as  many  as  300 
to  the  acre.  The  number  of  trees  of  all  ages  in  the  Federated 
Malay  States  may  perhaps  be  put  at  six  to  seven  millions. 

The  rubber  production  of  1905  is  estimated  to  have  been 
300,000  lbs. 

KAPOK.t 

According  to  H.  M.  Consul  at  Guayaquil  (Mr.  H.  Cartwright) 
kapok  (the  fibre  of  the  silk  cotton  tree)  is  a  new  article  of  export 
from  that  port.  It  has  been  enquired  for  from  California,  Liver- 
pool and  Belgium.  The  product  is  gathered  from  the  districts 
lying  along  the   coast  between  Guayaquil  and  Manta,   at  Puna, 


"  From  the  "  Board  of  Trade  Journal."  Aug,  2.^,  1906,  p.  37H. 
■  From  tlie  '-Board  of  Trade  Journal,"  Auir,  16,  ly06,  p.  328. 


234 

Bahia  de  Caraques  and  many  other  places.  The  price  paid  varies 
from  I2S.  to  l8s.  per  quintal  (lOO  lbs.)  uncleaned.  The  loss  of 
weight  in  cleaning  is  about  50  per  cent.,  consisting  of  oily  seeds, 
parts  of  the  pod  and  the  inner  core  of  the  pod.  There  is  no  doubt, 
says  Mr.  Cartwright,  that  a  very  large  quantity  of  this  could  be 
collected  in  the  country,  but  for  the  fact  that  there  is  such  a 
scarcity  of  labour,  and  also  that  the  people  in  some  of  the  districts 
where  it  is  gathered  find  the  manufacture  of  hats  more  remunera- 
tive. The  quantity  of  kapok  exported  is,  so  far,  small — in  iq02. 
21  tons  ;  in  1903,  23  tons  ;  in  1904,  18  tons. 

COFFEE  CULTIVATION  IN  BRAZIL.'^ 

The  coffee  planters  of  Southern  India,  wishing  to  know  exactly 
how  their  industry  stood  in  relation  to  that  of  Brazil,  the  Govern-^ 
ment  of  India  in  April,  1905,  at  the  instance  of  the  Government 
of  Madras,  sent  a  Despatch  to  the  India  Office  asking  for  informa- 
tion regarding  the  Brazilian  coffee  industry.  Very  detailed  ques- 
tions were  asked  regarding  labour  and  wages,  cultivation,  area, 
soil  and  forests  :  the  system  of  cultivation  ;  the  type  of  trees  ;  the 
raising  of  bye-producls,  shade  on  estates,  abandonment  of  old  and 
opening  up  of  new  estates,  &c. ;  crops  and  the  curing  of  coffee  ; 
diseases,  and  pests  ;  finance,  and  cost  of  production  ;  climate,  and 
physical  features  of  the  coffee  districts  ;  transport  and  duties. 
This  despatch  was  transferred  through  the  Foreign  Office  to  the 
British  Minister  in  Brazil,  who  distributed  the  lists  of  questions  to 
the  various  Consuls,  in  order  that  they  might  make  personal 
enquiry  into  the  subject.  The  answers  to  these  questions  have 
now  been  collected  and  issued  as  a  white  paper  by  the  India 
Office. 

Transmitting  the  replies  from  the  Consuls,  the  British  Minister 
in  Brazil,  in  his  Despatch  dated  the  6th  February,  1906,  says  : 

"The  difficulty  of  obtaining  trustworthy  information  of  a  statis- 
tical nature  in  this  country  is  sufficiently  recognised  to  render  all 
explanation  of  the  inability  to  furnish  full  and  exhaustive  reports 
from  the  various  Consular  districts  unnecessary,  The  enormous 
area  of  the  country,  the  difficulties  of  communication  and  the 
expense  of  travelling  preclude  the  possibility  of  acquiring  minute 
information  which  could  only  be  obtained  by  a  personal  visit  to 
the  numerous  coffee  planters  scattered  throughout  a  large  portion 
of  Brazil,  except  by  experts  specially  appointed  for  the  purpose, 
without  other  occupations  to  attend  to  and  with  considerable 
funds  at  their  disposal  for  travelling  purposes." 

RIO   DE  JANEIRO. 

The  British  Consul-General  at  Rio  de  Janeiro  writes  of  his 
district : — 

"  Coffee  planting  is  the  principal  industry  of  Brazil  and  coffee 
is  the  principal  article  of  export.  The  consumption  of  the  world 
is  estimated  at  16,000,000  bags,  the  bulk  of  which  is  produced  in 

»  Fro'i.   "  Vie  Tropical  Agriculturist"  July  15th,  1904,  p.7i. 


235 

Brazil  which  yields  some  9,000,000  to  15,000,000  bags.  The 
limited  demand  for  the  quantity  produced  caused  a  crisis  in  recent 
years  owing  to  bumper  crops  and  over-production.  Since  then 
there  have  been  schemes  to  restrict  production,  but  these  have 
only  taken  effect  in  the  State  of  Sao  Paulo,  in  which  State  alone 
can  any  official  statistics  on  this  subject  be  obtained. 
Sao  Paulo  is  the  principal  coffee  district. 

LABOUR. 

The  conditions  of  labour  are  different  in  each  locality.  It  may, 
however,  be  calculated  that  men  earn  about  $2  a  day  and  women 
$1  beside  food.  "  Colonials  "  or  those  labourers  established  on 
the  estate  receive  land  and  a  certain  number  of  trees  in  lieu  of 
wages  ;  others  have  an  interest  in  the  crop.  The  labour  is  chiefly 
Italian  and  negro,  and  is  bad  and  scarce.  Immigration  is  required, 
but  has  been  so  badly  treated  that  it  is  discouraged.  Owing  to 
extravagance,  the  planters  are  mostly  in  difficulties  and  do  not  pay 
wages  when  due,  or  the  men  are  fleeced  by  the  truck  system.  It 
is  possible  for  the  labourers  to  live  by  the  cultivation  of  their  own 
plots.  The  work  on  the  estate  takes  some  nine  months  of  the 
year. 

Note. — I  melries  =  2s.  2'934d.  formerly,  now  Is.  5d.  say  Re.  I 
cts.  6. 

CULTIVATION. 

It  is  only  the  principal  coffee  districts  which  are  comprised  in 
the  newspaper  reports  ;  and  there  are  large  tracts  of  land 
unplanted  and  suitable  for  coffee,  and  these  lands  are  likely  to 
remain  unplanted  until  the  demand  for  coffee  increases.  It  would 
probably  not  be  practicable  to  obtain  land  for  coffee-planting 
where  restriction  is  in  force,  nor  under  the  circumstances  would  it 
be  likely  to  be  profitable.  There  are  extensive  railways  through 
the  principal  coffee  districts,  the  rates  vary  but  are  high. 

Old  fazendas  are  abandoned  and  not  cultivated,  but  coffee  is 
picked  when  the  trees  happen  to  yield.  When  the  trees  no  longer 
bear,  the  plantation  is  abandoned,  and  as  the  land  is  privately 
owned  it  does  not  revert  to  Government,  nor  is  it  taxed.  Coffee 
trees  yield  berries  up  to  30  years.  After  bumper  crops  the  next 
crop  or  two  is  smaller.  Land  in  Sao  Paula  in  some  districts  pro- 
duces 3  or  4  times  as  much  as  that  in  Rio  de  Janeiro.  There  does 
not  seem  to  be  any  extension  of  planting,  and  that  planting  is  to 
replace  those  trees  that  go  out  of  bearing.  There  is  not  much 
planted  that  has  yet  to  come  into  bearing.  Trees  begin  to  bear' 
three  years  after  planting.  In  Rio  the  land  is  hilly,  and  in  Sao 
Paulo  undulating  and  flat,  with  a  red  soil.  There  is  some  heavy 
forest  and  much  scrub,  and  the  undergrowth  is  very  thick,  with 
creepers,  thorns  and  grass  ;  heavy  timber  is  found  in  the  forests. 

SYSTEM. 

The  cost  of  production  and  placing  at  local  railway  stations 
may  be  estimated  at  f4"3000  a  bag  of  60  kilos  (or  132^  lbs.) 

From  "  The  Tropical  Agiimdturist"  July  15,  1906.  p.  74. 


236 

THE  CULTIVATION  OF  CACAO  IN  CEYLON''* 

By  Herbert  Wright. 

It  is  a  matter  of  common  knowledge  that  the  value  of  the 
Ceylon  cacao  has,  during  the  last  few  years,  fallen  considerably, 
and  had  it  not  been  found  that  this  product  could  be  profitably 
cultivated  as  a  permanent  intercrop  with  Para  and  Castilloa 
rubber,  the  industry  would  in  all  probability  have  remained 
stationary.  While  the  value  of  Ceylon  cacao  has  recently  shown 
a  decline,  that  of  many  other  countries  has  not  done  so,  and 
judging  from  the  numerous  local  applications  regarding  the 
varieties  to  be  selected,  the  suitability  of  each  kind  in  conjunction 
with  rubber  and  other  matters,  it  appears  necessary  to  consider 
our  position  and  see  what  improvements  are  possible.  In  the 
Matale,  Kurunegala,  Dumbara  and  other  districts  the  combined 
cultivation — cacao  and  rubber — is  rapidly  extending,  and  seems 
likely  to  prove  a  very  remunerative  one. 

The  output  and  value  of  cacao  from  Ceylon  are  obvious  from  a 
consideration  of  the  following  supplied  by  the  Principal  Collector 
•of  Customs,  Colombo  : — 

Year.  Quantity.  Total  value.         Value  per  cwt. 


Cwt. 

qr.  lb. 

Rs. 

Rs. 

cts. 

1880 

121 

I  24 

3,500 

28 

92 

1885 

7,466 

I  22 

298,657 

40 

00 

1890 

15,942 

2  I 

797,125 

50 

00 

1892 

19,176 

3  2 

1,342,373 

70 

00 

1895 

27,522 

3  20 

1,128,440 

41 

00 

1900 

33,696 

3  T2 

1,651,146 

49 

00 

1905 

69,431 

0   0 

2,433,556 

35 

04 

The  price  of  Rs.  70  per  cwt.  obtained  in  1892,  as  against  that  of 
Rs.  35  per  cwt.  in  1905,  takes  us  back  to  the  most  vital  consi- 
deration i.e.,  the  variety  or  quality  of  the  cacao  grown  and 
exported  during  these  periods.  Since  the  ravages  of  the  disease 
or  diseases  affecting  the  stems  and  pods  first  became  prominent 
in  Ceylon,  there  has  been  a  tendency  to  replace  the  old  Criollo 
or  Caracas  variety  with  the  more  prolific  varieties  of  Forastero 
and  Amelonado,  in  the  belief  that  the  latter  was  not  as  liable  to 
the  ravages  of  parasitic  fungi.  Now,  however,  the  planters  are 
beginning  to  realise  that  all  varieties  of  cacao  at  present  cultivated 
in  Ceylon  are  liable  to  be  affected  by  the  same  diseases,  and 
when  the  latter  appear  in  the  fluted  and  high  stems  of  the 
Forastero  variety,  are  very  difficult  to  effectively  excise.  There 
has  been,  during  the  last  two  or  three  years,  a  distinct  tendency 
to  plant  the  old  Caracas  type  in  preference  to  the  Forastero ; 
the  change  of  variety  can  be  shown  to  be  one  of  the  factors 
responsible  for  the  varying  value  placed  upon  the  cacao  exported 
from  Ceylon. 

»  From  "  The  Jirojjical  Agnculturist,"    July  IB,  1906,    p.  73, 


237 

During  recent  years  the  cultivation  of  shade  trees  for  cacao 
has  also  undergone  considerable  change,  and  whereas  the  original 
plantations  contained  mixed  species  of  forest  types,  or  a  prepon- 
derance of  Erytlirina  nmbrosa,  they  are  now  giving  way  to  Hcvca 
brasilicnsis,  Erytlirina  litliosperma,  Castilloa  clastica,  &c.,  :  further- 
more, the  results  of  experiments  indicate  that  the  shade  of 
Erytlirina  litliosperma  need  not  be  permanent  throughout  the  whole 
year,  but  may  be  treated  so  as  to  form  a  shade  of  varying  intensity 
according  to  the  seasons. 

In  all  the  species  mentioned  above  there  is  observable  one 
important  and  common  agreement  /.t'.,  they  all  change  their  foliage 
annually  and  return  large  quantities  of  organic  matter,  in  the  form, 
of  leaves,  to  the  soil.  Methods  of  manuring  have  also  changed 
to  some  extent,  during  the  period  under  consideration,  and  the 
effect  of  the  change  in  modes  of  cultivation  can  be  shown  to  affect 
the  quantity  or  quality  of  the  article  produced.  The  Ceylon 
methods  of  cultivation,  particularly  with  regard  to  pruning,  weed- 
ing and  manuring,  are  almost  unique,  and  the  differences  obser- 
vable in  Surinam,  Trinidad,  Samoa,  Cameroon,  &c.,  provide 
interesting  material  for  our  consideration. 

In  Ceylon  the  methods  of  fermenting,  washing  and  curing  are 
often  quite  different  and  sometimes  quite  in  contradiction  to  those 
of  other  countries,  and  the  effect  of  these  processes  on  the 
quality  of  the  article  is  only  too  fully  recognised.  In  the  opinion 
of  many,  the  condition  of  the  trees,  whether  they  are  free  or 
suffering  from  disease,  is  of  importance  in  determining  quality 
and  quantity. 

It  is  therefore  obvious  that  there  are  several  factors  which  need 
to  be  considered  in  connection  with  the  present  and  the  past  con- 
dition of  the  cacao  industry  in  Ceylon. 

The  factor  which  is  perhaps  more  responsible  for  the  range  in 
value  of  the  cured  beans  than  any  other  is  the  variety  of  cacao 
selected,  and  with  this  we  will  deal. 


GENERAL  INSTRUCTIONS  TO  TEACHERS  ON 
SCHOOL  GARDENS. 

In  planning  the  School  Garden,  run  the  boundary  lines  to  har- 
monise with  the  lines  of  the  School  building  and  the  road  by 
making  them  parallel  or  at  right  angles  to  them. 

Draw  a  plan  of  the  proposed  Garden  to  scale,  marking  adjacent 
buildings  and  roads,  garden  foot-paths  and  beds,  and  noting  what 
crops  it  is  intended  to  cultivate. 

This  plan  must  be  submitted  in  duplicate  to  the  Superintending 
Inspector  of  Schools,  and  approved  by  him  and  by  the  Director 
of  Public  Gardens  before  a  grant  is  made  for  the  commencement 
of  the  garden. 

The  first  requisite  is  such  a  fence  as  will  keep  out  pigs  and  goats 
as  well  as  the  larger  animals.  The  gate  should  be  strongly  made 
and  well  hung. 


238 

In  dry  districts  provision  for  watering  or  irrigating  should  be 
.carefully  considered. 

The  land  will  probably  require  at  first  much  preparation  by 
tillage  and  manuring  before  it  is  fit  to  lay  out  as  a  School  Garden, 
but  such  preparation  is  of  the  highest  educational  value. 

It  should  be  thoroughly  forked  throughout  first,  removing  stones 
and  stumps  and  burying  weeds. 

Then  mark  out  the  main  path  6  ft.  wide,  and  the  side  paths  3  ft. 
wide,  according  to  the  directions  given  in  the  leaflet  on  School 
Gardens.  A  good  strong  line  66  feet  long  is  essential  for  this 
work,  and  for  lining  out  beds  afterwards — such  a  line  costs  l/iod. 
in  Kingston. 

It  is  recommended  to  put  the  whole  ground  at  first  under  such 
crops  as  corn,  peas,  yams,  sweet  potatoes.  A  preliminary  plan 
(in  duplicate)  of  the  ground  under  such  crops  should  be  submitted 
with  the  main  plan. 

The  plan  given  in  the  leaflet  is  merely  suggestive  and  need  not 
be  rigidly  followed.  The  chief  crops  of  the  district  should  have 
an  important  place  in  the  scheme. 

When  the  plans  have  been  approved,  they  should  be  mounted 
on  a  board,  hung  up  in  the  school,  and  if  necessary,  carried  out  to 
the  Garden  for  reference  when  work  is  being  done.  They  should 
be  strictly  adhered  to  unless  permission  is  first  obtained  from  the 
Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools. 

An  estimate  (in  duplicate)  of  the  expense  for  fencing  and  tools 
should  be  sent  to  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools  with 
the  plans.  In  exceptional  cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  hire  labour 
to  remove  stumps,  plough  up  very  hard  land,  or  erect  a  fence ; 
in  such  cases  an  estimate  of  expenditure  should  also  be  submitted. 

The  Agricultural  Instructor  of  the  district  should  be  consulted 
as  to  both  plan  and  estimate,  before  they  are  submitted  to  the 
Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools. 


BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM   MINUTES. 

The  usual  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House  on  Wednesday,  1 2th  September, 
1906,  at  2  p.m.  :  Present  : — The  Hon.  T.  L.  Roxburgh,  Acting 
Chairman,  the  Acting  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Acting 
Island  Chemist,  the  Superintending  Inspector  of  Schools,  His 
Grace  the  Archbishop,  Messrs.  C.  A.  T.  Fursdon,  J.  W.  Middleton 
and  the  Secretary,  John  Barclay. 

The  Secretary  read  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  which 
were  confirmed. 

The  Secretary  read  copy  of  letter  from  the  Colonial  Secretary 
to  the  Jamaica  Agricultural  Society,  forwarded  for  the  information 
of  the  Board  of  Agriculture,  in  which  the  Governor  agreed  to  the 
recommendation  of  the  Conference  on  Agricukural  Instructors, 
with  the   exception  that   Mr.    Cradwick    and   Mr.    Briscoe,  being 


239 

public  officers,  would  not  be  under  the  control  of  the  joint  Com- 
mittee of  the  two  Boards.  The  Secretary  also  read  letter  from  Mr. 
Cradwick  saying  that  his  engagements  already  made  would  carry 
him  up  to  the  25th  March  1907,  and  to  interrupt  these  would  cause 
a  great  deal  of  inconvenience  and  dissatisfaction  to  the  different 
local  Agricultural  Societies  and  Show  Committees,  and  as  he  would 
be  away  from  the  district  in  connection  with  the  Prize  Holdings 
Competition  and  the  Teachers  Course  three  months  of  this  time, 
he  suggested  that  he  should  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  western 
district  till  the  end  of  the  financial  year,  and  if  a  new  Instructor 
were  appointed  he  could  initiate  him  to  his  duties  there  during 
the  remaining  period, 

It  was  resolved  to  advise  the  Agricultural  Society  of  the  circum- 
stances, and,  in  the  absence  of  the  joint  Committee  proposed  but 
which  had  not  been  appointed,  and  as  Mr.  Cradwick's  duty  was 
so  intimately  connected  with  the  Branches  of  the  Agricultural 
Society,  to  state  that  the  Board  thought  it  advisable  for  Mr.  Crad- 
wick to  carry  out  his  engagements  in  his  present  district  to  the  31st 
March,  and  from  1st  April  next  take  up  his  new  district,  and  to 
ask  their  opinion  on  the  matter. 

The  Secretary  submitted  resolutions  from  the  Central  Cornwall, 
Santa  Cruz,  Appleton,  Petersfield  and  Hanover  Agricultural 
Societies  aski  ig  that  Mr.  Cradwick's  services  might  be  retained 
for  the  western  district. 

The  Secretary  submitted  letter  referred  from  the  Colonial  Secre- 
tary's Office  regarding  the  supply  of  arrowroot  to  the  General  Peni- 
tentiary which  was  usually  obtained  from  St.  Vincent  at  about 
2^d.  per  lb.,  with  a  minute  asking  whether  the  arrowroot  could 
not  be  obtained  at  the  same  price  or  even  a  little  over  in  Jamaica. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  write  the  Collector-General  to 
ask  what  quantity  of  arrowroot  was  imported  into  Jamaica.  The 
Secretary  reported  that  he  had  some  time  ago  made  enquiry 
on  the  subject  and  had  letters.  He  found  then  that  although 
arrowroot  was  not  cultivated  but  grew  in  old  cultivations  from 
ratoons,  people  usually  would  not  sell  under  6d.  per  quart  which 
worked  out  at  about  4d.  to  4id.  per  lb.  and  that  he  could  not  get 
anybody  to  undertake  it  under  3 id.,  that  even  at  that  figure  tkey 
would  require  to  know  of  a  certain  outlet  before  they  would  pre- 
pare it  in  quantity.     He  was,  however,  again  making  enquiry. 

The  Secretary  submitted  a  letter  from  the  Hon.  H.  Cork,  asking 
whether  the  articles  that  have  been  published  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Agricultural  Society  and  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Department  of 
Agriculture  on  Rubber  could  not  be  collected  and  published  in 
pamphlet  form. 

After  discussion,  Mr.  Harris  was  asked  to  edit  a  pamphlet  to 
contain  all  the  practical  instruction  as  regards  rubber  growing 
that  was  available  up  to  date,  and  submit  the  pamphlet  at  next 
meeting. 

The  Secretary  submitted  a  letter  from  Mr.  A.  B.  Lindo,  Montego 
Bay,  making  application  for  the  post  of  Assistant  Superintendent 
at  Hope  Gardens. 


240 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  forward  same  to  the  Govern-^ 
merit. 

The  Secretary  submitted  letter  from  Mr.  W.  M.  N.  Henry, 
Enfield,  asking  the  Board  to  supply  seeds  for  his  school  garden. 
He  was  directed  to  reply  that  the  Board  had  no  funds  to  supply 
such. 

The  Secretary  supplied  the  following  reports  ; — 

From  the  Chemist : — 

1.  Arrangements   for  holding  Distillers  Course    in   October, 

which  were  approved. 

2.  Examination  of  Students  for  Diploma  in  Agriculture  asking 

the  Board  to  sanction  a  grant  of  £l0  to  be  paid,  as  usual, 
as  examiner's  fee  to  Prof.  d'Albuquerque  out  of  the 
amount  provided  on  the  Estimates  for  "  Instruction  in 
Bookkeeping",  etc.,  under  the  heading  "  Agricultural 
Education." 

This  was  authorised. 

3.  Resignation  of  Mr.  S.  W.  Brown  from  the  staff  of  the  Sugar 

Department,  having  been  appointed  Science  Master  at 
Wolmer's  School,  as  from  the  1st  September,  also  sug- 
gesting that  the  vacancy  be  not  filled  until  Mr.  Cousins' 
return. 

This  was  agreed  to. 
From  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  : — 

1.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Mr.  Cradwick's  Report. 

3.  Mr.  Briscoe's  Report  and  Itinerary. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  Secretary  read  letter  which  had  just  been  handed  in  from 
Messrs.  Walcott,  Robinson  &  Dunn,  stating  that  the  Directors  of 
the  Amalgamated  Products  Co.,  Ltd.,  desired  to  obtain  a  fair,  im- 
partial and  reliable  report  as  to  the  quantity  and  portions  of  the 
lands  of  their  estate  called  '  Longville'  in  the  parish  of  Clarendon 
which  were  suitable  for  and  could  be  cultivated  in  cassava  on  pro- 
fitable and  commercial  lines,  and  asking  if  Mr.  Cradwick  could  be 
permitted  to  inspect  the  property  and  furnish  such  a  report. 

It  was  ageeed  that  the  Secretary  should  write  Mr.  Cradwick  and 
ask  him  if  possible  to  arrange  to  take  an  early  opportunity  to  do 
so,  his  expenses  being  paid  by  the  Amalgamated  Products  Co. 

The  Meeting  then  adjourned  till  Wednesday,  17th  October,  at 
2  p.m. 


[Issued  6th  Oct.,  1906.] 
Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingston,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 

OP   THE 

DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTUEE. 

Vol.  IV,  NOVEMBER,  1906.  Part  11. 

EDITED   BY 

WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  F.L.S., 

Director  of  Ptiblic  Gardens  and  Plantations. 


CONTENTS: 

PAGE. 
241 

283 

Notes  on  Rubber-producing  Plants 
Board  of  Agriculture 

PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  Kingston  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  ; 
HoPB  Gardens. 

1906. 


JAMAICA. 


BULTjETIN 


LIBR 
NEW  ^ 
OF    THK  BOTAr 


OARDtiN. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 


Vol.  IV.  NOVEMBEK,  1906.  Part  11. 


NOTES  ON  RUBBER  PRODUCING  PLANTS. 

Compiled  by  W.  HARRIS,  F.L.S.,  Superintendent  of  Hope  Gardens. 

At  the  request  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  the  following  in- 
formation on  rubber  producing  plants,  much  of  which  has  already 
appeared  in  various  issues  of  the  Bulletin,  has  been  brought  to- 
gether in  pamphlet  form  for  the  use  of  intending  rubber  planters 
in  Jamaica. 

Rather  copious  quotations  have  been  made  from  Mr.  Herbert 
Wright's  valuable  book  on  Para  Rubber,*  this  being  the  most 
recent  work  on  the  subject,  a  copy  of  which  should  be  in  the 
possession  of  every  grower  of  Para  rubber. 

It  is  impossible  to  say  precisely  at  this  stage  of  the  industry 
which  kind  of  rubber  tree  will  be  found  best  suited  in  every 
respect  to  the  conditions  that  obtain  here,  but  the  indications 
would  appear  to  be  in  favour  of  Castilloa.  Personally  I  am  in- 
clined to  think  that  the  Lagos  Silk  Rubber  (Funtumia  elastica) 
will  prove  to  be  one  of  the  best  if  not  actually  the  best  for  many 
of  our  districts.  The  young  trees  at  Hope  Gardens  abound  in 
latex  which  flows  freely  and  we  know  that  the  marketable  rubber 
is  of  very  fine  quality,  and  said  to  be  superior  to  Castilloa. 

PARA  RUBBER. 
(Hevea  hrasiliensis). 
CLIMATIC  CONDITIONS. 

What  is  known  as  Para  Rubber  of  commerce  is  obtained  chiefly, 
if  not  entirely,  from  the  species  known  as  Hevea  hrasiliensis,  a  tree 
indigenous  to  the  vast  region  drained  by  the  Amazon  and  its 
tributaries,  estimated  to  embrace  a  territory  nearly  two-thirds  the 
size  of  Europe.  Para  is  in  about  south  latitutde  l°,  but  the 
district  of  the  same  name  extends  over  a  vast  forest  region  to  the 
south   and  west  throughout  which,   and   the   enormous  forests  of 

*"  Bevea  hrasiliensis  or  Para  Riihher,  its  Bohmij,  Oultiudtioa,  C'hemistnj  and  Diseases," 
By  Herbert  Wright.    "Jad  edition  Colombo,  A.  M.  &  J.  Ferguson. 


242 

Central  and  Northern  Brazil,  the  rubber  trees  are  abundantly  found. 
The  climate  is  remarkable  for  its  uniformity  of  temperature, 
usually  not  exceeding  87"  F.  at  mid-day  or  below  74 '  at  night. 
The  greatest  heat  recorded  is  95  >  and  the  mean  for  the  year  is 
81".  "The  rainfall  occurs  principally  during  the  months  from 
January  to  June,  the  maximum  being  in  April  when  it  reaches  15 
inches.  For  the  remaining  six  months  of  the  year  very  little  falls 
but  there  are  fine  days  in  the  wet  season  and  occasional  showers 
in  the  dry."     {Kcxi<  Bull.  189B,  p.  244.) 

According  to  E.  Ule,  in  his  book  dealing  with  rubber  in  the 
Amazon  district, ^the  annual  rainfall  is  usually  between  80  and 
120  inches,  and  the  mean  temperature  between  76°  and  81'. 

Mr.  H.  A.  Wickham  states*  : — The  whole  of  the  Hevea  which 
I  procured  for  the  government  of  India  were  the  produce  of  large 
grown  trees  in  the  forest  covering  the  broad  plateaus  dividing  the 
Tapajos  from  the  Madeira  River.  The  soil  of  these  well-drained, 
wide-extending  forest-covered  table-lands  is  stiff,  not  remarkably 
rich,  but  deep  and  uniform  in  character.  The  Hevea  found  grow- 
ing in  these  unbroken  forests  rivals  all  but  the  largest  of  the  trees 
therein,  attaining  to  a  circumference  of  10  feet  to  12  feet  in  the 
bole.  These  forest  plains  having  all  the  character  of  wide-spread 
table-lands  occupy  the  space  betwixt  the  great  arterial  river  systems 
of  the  Amazon,  and  present  an  escarped  face,  which  follows  at 
greater  or  less  distance  and  abuts  steeply  on  the  igapo  or  bagas, 
/.('.  the  marginal  river  plains  subject  to  inundation  by  the  annual 
rise  of  the  great  river.  So  thorough  is  the  drainage  of  this  high- 
land that  the  people  who  annually  penetrate  into  these  forests  for 
the  season's  working  of  the  rubber  have  to  utilize  certain  lianas 
(water-bearing  vines)  for  their  water  supply,  since  none  is  to  be 
obtained  by  surface-well  sinking,  in  spite  of  the  heavy  rainfall 
during  a  great  part  of  the  year. 

The  Climate  in  Ceylon.  In  Ceylon,  according  to  Mr.  Herbert 
Wright,  an  elevation  of  2,000  feet  in  the  Central  Province,  and 
3,000  feet  in  the  Uva  Province  [south-eastern]  is  considered  to  be 
near  the  maximum,  and  a  rainfall  of  70  inches  near  the  minimum 
for  the  cultivation  of  this  species  ...  It  is  being  tried  in  districts 
having  200  inches  of  rain  per  year  and  also  in  dry  irrigable  areas, 
but  reliable  results  cannot  be  obtained  for  many  years. 

Federated  Malay  States.  In  the  Federated  Malay  States,  Mr. 
Wright  says,  there  is  no  evidence  of  the  highest  elevation  at 
which  Para  Rubber  will  thrive.  According  to  Carruthers  the 
growth  of  the   Para  rubber  from   sea-level  up  to   300  feet  in  the 

Federated  Malay  States  is  better  than  at  most  places The 

climate  of  the  Federated  Malay  States  is  very  uniform  and  can  be 
described  in  general  terms  as  hot  and  moist.  The  annual  rainfall 
except  in  places  close  to  the  mountain  ranges,  is  about  90  inches. 
....  There  is  no  well-marked  dry  season.  Generally  speaking 
July  is  the   driest  month,  but  has  seldom  a  less  rainfall  than  3i 

*  In  Bull.  No.  49.  Rurcnu  of  Plant  Industry.  U.  S.  Dt-pt.  of  Agri.— "  Tlie  Cultwre  of 
the  CentraJ  America  Ruhher  Tree  hy  O.V.  Coo\^.  copion<  extracts  from  which  wcru  pub- 
lished in  SuVctin  nj  Sept.  of  Agriculture  for  l'J04  and  1U05. 


243 

inches.  The  wettest  season  is  from  October  to  December,  and 
there  is  another  wet  season  of  slightly  less  degree  during  March 
and  April 

The  average  maximum  temperature  occurring  between  noon  and 
3  p.m.  is  in  the  low-country  just  under  90°,  and  the  average 
minimum  occurring  before  sunrise  is  just  over  70°.  The  general 
mean  temperature  is  about  80' 

Soil — The  soil  in  which  the  trees  grow  in  the  forests  on  the 
Amazon  and  its  tributaries  is  deep  and  rich,  mainly  alluvial, 
sometimes  a  stiff  clay,  sometimes  a  vegetable  mould ;  and  it  is 
frequently  inundated  along  the  banks  of  the  rivers.  Young  plants 
however,  are  not  often  observed  to  grow  actually  within  reach  of 
the  tides. 

For  sake  of  comparison  the  following  analyses  of  Para  rubber 
soil  in  Ceylon  (from  Mr.  Herbert  Wright),  and  a  typical  banana 
soil  from  the  parish  of  St.  Mary  are  here  given. 

Rubber  Soils  at  Henaratgoda 
Soil  under  old  rubber. 

Per  cent. 
Coarse  sand  and  small 
stones  38-00 

100-00 

Chemical  Analyses, 

Insoluble  matter  83-00 

Moisture  1-20 

Organic  matter  and 

combined  water  7-8 

Potash  0-046 

Lime  O-040 

Phosphoric  acid  0-031 

Carbonic  acid  as  -( 

Carbonate  of  lime  J      not  determined 

Humus  (soluble  in  "( 

ammonia)  J  do 

Nitrogen  0-154 

Available  potash  COOS 

Available  phosphoric 

acid  trace  ...  0^0008 

SUITABLE  LOCALITIES   IN  JAMAICA. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  foregoing  that  there  are  many  districts 
in  Jamaica  suitable  for  the  growth  of  Para  rubber.  Portions  of  St. 
Andrew,  St.  Thomas-in-the  East,  the  lower  lands  in  Portland,  St. 
Mary,  St.  Ann,  St.  Catherine,  Upper  Clarendon,  Manchester,  St. 
Elizabeth,  Trelawny,  St.  James,  Hanover  and  Westmoreland. 
There  are  available  districts  in  every  agricultural  parish  in  the 
island,  districts  in  which  cocoa  is  or  might  be  successfully  culti- 
vated. 

"  To  secure  land  at  the  right  elevation,  with  the  requisite  rain- 
fall and  proper  soil,  is  the  first  consideration  in  connection  with 
the  successful  culture  of  the  Para  rubber  tree.  The  elevations 
most  suitable  are  from  sea-level  up  to  i,200  or  1,300  feet.  It  will 
grow  at  a  higher  elevation  ;  indeed  there  are  reports  of  it  growing 
at  over  2,000  feet ;  but  it  would  probably  take  longer  to  come  to 


Banana  Soil 

in  St. 

,  Mary- 

Jamaica. 

Per  cent. 

Fine  earth 

Nil 
100-00 

42-93 
6-96 

8-38 

-7453 
17-22 
■1223 

26-92 

- 

2-5 

-1161 
0-0048 

244 

maturity  than  if  it  were  planted  at  a  lower  elevation.  A  rainfall 
of  80  in  to  100  in.  per  annum  is  usually  considered  more  suitable 
than  an  excessive  rainfall  of  1 50  in.  to  200  in."  (R.  Hoffman  : 
See  Bulletin  of  Department  of  Agriculture,  December,  1905,  p.  263.) 

CULTIVATION. 

Propagation — The  tree  may  be  propagated  by  cuttings  of  the 
green  lateral  twigs  as  soon  as  they  begin  to  harden,  and  by  seeds, 
the  latter  method  being  the  more  expeditious. 

Seeds  soon  lose  their  vitality  on  exposure  to  the  atmosphere  and 
should  therefore  be  planted  as  soon  as  possible  after  gathering. 

We  have  found  that  a  good  method  is  to  place  the  seeds  on  a 
thin  layer  of  sifted  coco-nut  refuse,  or  powdered  charcoal  or  a 
thick  layer  of  sand  in  a  shaded  position,  then  cover  them  with 
sacking  which  should  be  kept  continually  moist.  The  sacking  is 
removed  every  morning  and  all  the  seeds  that  have  germinated 
since  the  previous  morning  are  picked  out  and  potted  in  bamboo 
pots. 

Last  year  we  received  a  consignment  of  7,500  seeds  by  post 
from  Singapore,  and  owing  to  the  careful  way  in  which  they  were 
packed  for  transport  we  were  able  to  raise  and  distribute  68  /  of 
them. 

Nurseries— The  practice  in  Ceylon  appears  to  be  to  plant  the  seed- 
lings in  nursery  beds,  and  when  nine  to  twelve  months  old,  these 
are  cut  back  and  the  stumps  are  planted  in  the  field.  In  Jamaica, 
they  are  planted  out  in  their  permanent  places,  as  soon  as  they  are 
a  few  inches  high  ;  and  our  experience  is  that  there  is  no  check, 
and  they  grow  rapidly  in  favourable  situations. 

Planting  Operations. 

Distance — Various  distances  from  10'  x  10'  to  20'  x  20'  have 
been  tried  in  Ceylon,  but  Mr.  Herbert  Wright  states  that  in 
order  to  allow  the  plants  to  develop  freely  in  circumference  the 
maximum  distance  should  be  allowed,  as  the  desired  length 
of  trunk  is  usually  obtained  even  when  the  Para  rubber  tree 
is  grown  in  the  open.  From  considerations  of  the  condition 
of  trees  from  2  to  20  years  old,  the  following  table  is  compiled 
in  order  to  show  the  probable  number  of  Para  rubber  trees  of 
known  age  an  estate  can  bear  without  interfering  with  the  natural 
growth  of  the  plants  : — 


Total  spread  of 

Number  of  trees. 

Age  of  trees. 

the  branches  in  diameter. 

per  acre. 

Four  years  old 

12  feet 

302 

Six 

15    " 

193 

Eight        ■' 

25    " 

70 

Ten 

30    " 

48 

Twelve     " 

35    " 

35 

Fifteen     " 

40    " 

27 

Twenty    " 

40    " 

27 

This  shows  the  approximate  number  of  trees  to  the  acre  at 
different  ages  without  any  interference  of  the  branches  of  adjacent 
trees  with  one  another.     There  is,  however,   no   objection   to  the 


245 

bra:iches  of  trees  partially  overlapping,  and  it  is  more  than  likely 
that  any  excessive  branch  development  will  be  kept  back  by  pru- 
ning or  pollarding  rather  than  by  reducing  the  number  of  trees 
below  200  to  the  acre. 

i/o//w^— With  regard  to  the  preparation  of  the  holes,  Mr.  Wright 
recommends  that  they  should  be  li  x  2x  2  feet.  The  larger  the 
holes,  the  better  for  the  plant.  Good  holing  will  give  the  plants 
an  excellent  start ;  the  dribbling  in  of  seeds  in  small  holes  is  not  to 
be  recommended.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  point  out  that  the 
planting  operations  should  be  carried  out  when  rain  is  plentiful. 

As  a  mixed  crop — Para  rubber  is  much  more  likely  to  be  grown 
as  a  mixed  crop  with  cocoa,  bananas,  &c.,  in  Jamaica  than  as  a 
pure  crop,  at  any  rate  for  some  time  to  come,  and  the  question  thus 
arises  as  to  the  proper  distance  to  plant  amongst  other  crops. 
Cocoa  has  been  found  to  be  the  best  and  most  profitable  crop  to 
grow  with  rubber  trees  for  the  reason  that  the  trees  help  each  other. 
The  cocoa  has  a  heavy  fall  ot  leaf  and  thus  manures  and  benefits 
the  rubber,  and  the  rubber  acts  as  a  wind-break  to  the  cocoa. 

The  successful  and  continued  cuUivation  of  inter  crops  with 
Para  rubber  mainly  depends  on  the  distance  the  plants  are  from 
one  another.  The  rapidly-growing  surface  roots  of  Para  rubber 
will  ultimately  take  possession  of  the  soil,  and  the  inter  crops  of 
tea,  cocoa,  or  coffee  cannot  be  expected  to  thrive  except  the  rubber 
plants  are  widely  planted.  The  cultivation  of  tea  under  closely- 
planted  rubber  is  more  or  less  of  a  catch  crop ;  but  several  estates 
are  known  where  the  rubber  is  widely  planted  amongst  tea  and 
both  are  bearing  and  doing  well.  Cocoa  and  coffee  planted  in  the 
middle  of  the  lines  will  last  for  several  years  under  rubber.  The 
roots  of  these  plants  do  not  as  closely  ramify  the  soil  as  those  of 
the  crowded  tea  plants,  though  they  will  ultimately  have  to  face 
the  struggle  for  existence  with  the  roots  of  Para  rubber  and  will 
probably  be  choked  out.  Cocoa  may  be  planted  10  to  20  feet 
apart,  and  the  amount  of  soil  on  good  cocoa  estates  which  is  free 
from  roots  is  often  very  large  and  permits  of  the  growth  of  other 
trees  on  the  same  acreage.  Cocoa  under  rubber  will  last  much 
longer  than  tea,  and  the  protection  by  the  Para  rubber  trees  against 
excessive  exposure  is  no  doubt  greatly  in  favour  of  the  two  products 
being  grown  together.  The  planting  of  both  products  on  the  same 
soil  is  done  in  such  a  way  as  to  allow  free  root  areas  for  both 
species  during  the  first  five  years,  many  planting  the  cocoa  and 
rubber  both  twenty  feet  apart  so  that  there  will  be  approximately 
100  rubber  and  100  cocoa  trees  per  acre.*  Though  the  rubber 
ultimately  becomes  the  stronger  component,  it  is  surprising  how 
long  both  products  can  be  successfully  grown  together.  In  the 
cultivation  of  inter  crops  with  Para  rubber  it  is  essential  that 
both   products   be   planted   at  the  same  time,  as  the  Para  rubber 

*  But  if  it  is  intended  to  keep  both  crops  growing  permanently,  it  is  suggested  that 
the  cocoa  and  rubber  be  planted  alternately  at  distances  of  15  feet  apar  ,  so  tliat  there 
will  be  approximately  nearly  lOi)  cocoa  and  luO rubber  trees  to  the  acre.  Editor,  Bulletin, 
of  the  Bepartiiient  oj  Agriculture,  Jamaica . 


246 

tree  is  about  as  strong  as  the  coconut  palm  in  its  root  system  and 
quickly  takes  possession  of  the  soil.  (H.  Wright  in  Para  Rubber.) 
Manuring. — "The  Para  rubber  does  not  necessarily  require  a 
soil  with  a  high  percentage  of  organic  matter  and  mineral  food  as 
was  imagined  by  early  investigators,  although  rubber  grows  well 
on  such  soils.  Under  cultivation  the  trees  can  be  made  to  grow 
well  on  light  sandy  loams  at  the  proper  elevation  in  districts 
having  the  necessary  rainfall  and  temperature.  So,  given  a  fair 
balance  of  plant  food  the  Para  rubber  tree  will  flourish,  as  there 
is  not  much  drain  on  the  soil  by  food  material  being  permanently 
removed — only  the  mineral  matter  and  nitrogen  taken  away  in  the 
rubber.  Although  the  loss  is  small,  yet  it  should  be  taken  into 
consideration  after  a  number  of  years,  and  an  attempt  made  to 
replace  the  mineral  matter  and  nitrogen.  We  do  not  at  present 
advance  any  opinion  as  to  the  effect  of  manuring  on  the  yield  of 
latex  in  old  trees,  nor  yet  can  we  refer  to  any  reliable  results 
which  would  allow  us  to  put  forward  even  an  hypothesis.  We 
are  at  present  of  the  opinion  that  manuring  at  the  young  stage 
would  help  on  the  young  plants  and  thus  prove  to  be  beneficial, 
giving  rise  to  good  wood  and  large  supplies  of  leafy  material.  We 
would  strongly  recommend  that  the  fallen  leaves  be  buried  with 
lime  or  basic  slag  in  trenches,  or  round  the  trees  at  a  distance  of 
4  to  6  feet  from  the  trunks  ;  this  basic  dressing  will  promote 
nitrification  and  give  rise  to  the  more  rapid  decomposition  of  the 
organic  matter.  Light  forking  is  recommended  to  break  up  the 
hard  surface  of  the  soil  and  so  aerate  it  and  allow  penetration  of 
the  rain  and  air."* 

"  Draining. — t  It  is  erroneous  to  suppose  that  because  Para 
rubber  is  a  forest  cultivation  draining  is  unnecessary.  Draining 
is  as  necessary  for  rubber  trees  as  it  is  for  any  other  product  in 
order  to  encourage  the  free  circulation  of  air,  water,  and  food 
solutions  throughout  the  soil,  and  to  check  wash  on  steep  hillsides. 
The  distance  of  the  drains  from  one  another  and  their  size  must 
depend  upon  the  soil  conditions.  In  swampy  and  boggy  land, 
little  above  the  water  level,  the  drains  should  be  as  wide  and  deep 
as  possible,  either  between  each  row  of  trees  or  in  exceptional 
cases  around  individual  trees.  Several  areas  in  the  low  country 
of  Ceylon,  consisting  of  bogs  rich  in  organic  matter,  have  been 
converted  into  good  rubber  land  by  making  drains  two  to  three 
feet  wide  and  three  to  four  feet  deep,  and  heaping  the  earth  in 
the  middle  to  form  a  dry  soil  on  which  the  rubber  plant  can  live 
for  a  couple  years.  On  hillsides  the  drains  need  be  only  about 
one  to  one  and  a  half  feet  deep.  They  should  be  made  at  right 
angles  to  the  slope  in  order  to  check  the  formation  of  gorges. 
The  distance  of  the  drains  from  one  another  will  vary  according 
to  the  slope  and  climatic  conditions ;  on  flat  land  a  distance  of  60 
to  70  feet  seems  sufficient,  whereas  on  steep  hillsides  20  to  30  feet 
is  not  too  close.     .     .     . 

*  Circular  R.  But.  Oanl ,  CeyVm,  Vol.  III.,  No-  6,  p.  82. 
t  Para  Kubber,  by  H.  Wiight. 


247 

DISEASES. 

"It  is  often  relatively  easy  to  successfully  grow  a  small  number 

of  plants    in  any   particular   district  without   their  suffering   from 

the  ravages  of  innumerable  insects  and  fungi.     But  if  the  same 

crop  is  grown   on   a   large   scale  matters   often  take  a  different 

turn There  are   already   several  insects  and  fungi  which 

live  on  the  leaves  of  the  Para  rubber  trees,  but  none  of  them  are 
very  harmful.  To  a  very  limited  extent  the  annual  fall  of  leaf 
that  takes  place  on  all  Para  rubber  trees  after  they  have  passed 
their  second  or  third  year  is  an  advantage  when  dealing  with  leaf 
pests,  as  the  foliage  can  be  easily  and  regularly  collected  and 
burnt.     .     ,     . 

"Fruit  disease. — Para  rubber  planters  in  many  parts  of  Ceylon 
have  occasionally  been  alarmed  at  the  curious  behaviour  of  certain 
fruits  ;  some  dry  up  and  remain  attached  to  the  twigs,  and  others 
of  all  ages  fall  to  the  ground  without  expelling  the  seeds.  The 
fall  of  the  unexploded  fruits  is  often  due  to  wind,  and  there  is  no 
parasitic  fungus  to  be  found  in  the  tissues.  It  has  been  stated  that 
the  fruits  are  subject  to  the  attack  of  a  parasitic  fungus  belonging 
to  the  genus  Nectria,  and  Carruthers  reports  having  successfully 
inoculated  Para  rubber  fruits  with  this  fungus,  but  was  not  certain 
as  to  whether  it  attacked  the  fruits  when  on  the  tree  or  only  when 
they  fell  to  the  ground. 

"Themosteffective  way  of  fighting  the  fruit  disease  is  to  collect 
all  dried  fruits  which  are  on  the  trees  and  those  which  have  fallen 
to  the  ground  and  burn  the  lot  on  the  spot.  On  the  average 
rubber  estate  there  can  be  no  real  objection  to  burning  such  small 
quantities  of  fruits  as  this  treatment  involves. 

"  Stem  Disease.  Fungus. — In  his  account  of  canker  (Nectria)  of 
Para  rubber,  Carruthers  points  out  that  a  parasite  fungus  occurs 
on  the  stems  and  branches,  which  may  prove  fatal  to  the  trees. 
The  area  attacked  by  the  fungus  can  be  detected  often  by  the 
change  of  colour  of  the  bark  or  by  the  exudation  of  the  latex. 
When,  however,  the  fungus  has  got  a  firm  hold  of  any  local  patch 
of  tissue,  the  latex  tubes  become  quite  empty  and  dry  up,  so  that 
it  not  only  threatens  the  life  of  the  tree,  but  also  robs  the  planter 
of  the  latex  or  rubber  for  which  the  tree  is  being  cultivated.  It  is 
necessary  that  all  cankered  areas  should  be  excised  and  the  tissue 
burnt  on  the  spot.  All  the  discoloured  areas  should  be  removed, 
even  if  the  woody  tissues  below  the  cambium  are  permanently 
damaged  in  the  operation.  In  some  cases  it  is  true  that  the 
cankered  area  is,  by  means  of  a  layer  of  cork,  prevented  from 
extending  to  other  parts  of  the  stem,  but  it  is  unwise  to  leave  the 
matter  to  chance. 

"  Root  Disease.  Fungus. — A  root  disease  due  to  a  fungus  has 
already  been  mentioned  as  occurring  in  the  Straits  and  Ceylon 
in  association  with  white  ants,  but  probably  preceding  them. 
Patch  has  shown  that  the  Ceylon  fungus  can  spread  underground 
on  roots  of  grasses,  &c.,  and  that  it  is  a  species  of  Polyporus 
(Fomes  semitostus).  The  hyphae  are  described  as  occurring  on 
the  first  six  inches  of  the  trunks  as  well  as  the  roots.     Any   trees 


248 

so  affected  should  be  isolated  by  digging  a  deep  trench  round 
them  about  a  foot  wide,  as  in  the  case  of  the  root  disease  in  tea, 
and,  if  possible  the  diseased  specimens   should   be  uprooted  and 

burnt As  Messrs.  Ridley  and  Derry   have  pointed  out, 

this  fungus,  the  mycelium  of  which  is  underground,  is  the  worst 
feature  against  close  planting,  as  under  such  conditions  it  might 
spread  very  rapidly.  The  uprooting  of  all  dead  stumps  of  trees 
would  appear  to  be  necessary  if  this  disease  is  to  be  kept  in  check_ 
PRUNING  YOUNG  TREES. 
"  The  Para  rubber  naturally  grows  to  a  tall  slender  tree, 
and  it  remains  to  be  seen  how  by  pruning  or  pollarding  the  young 
plants  an  increase  in  circumference  may  be  obtained  at  the 
expense  of  the  growth  in  height.  Considering  what  has  been 
accomplished  with  tea,  where  plants  ordinarily  growing  into  fairly 
stout  trees  over  twenty  feet  high  have  been  converted  into  small 
bushes  two  to  four  feet  in  height,  it  would  be  idle  to  predict  the 
possibilities  with  Para  rubber.  The  prevention  of  the  unnecessary 
growth  in  height  may  well  form  the  subject  of  many  experiments. 
The  plants  can  be  prevented  from  growing  into  slender  woody 
structures  by  removing  the  terminal  bud  with  a  knife  or  thumb- 
nail pruning,  or,  as  is  more  commonly  the  case,  by  pruning  the 
terminal  young  leaves  and  the  enclosed  bud.  If  the  central  bud 
is  effectively  and  repeatedly  removed,  without  doing  considerable 
damage,  the  stem  cannot  grow  in  height  except  by  means  of 
lateral  shoots  ;  these  will   subsequently  require  bud-pruning  once 

they  have  attained  the  required  size At  Heneratgoda  the 

trees  which  have  forked  at  7,  9  and  II  feet  from  the  ground  show 
an  increase  of  about  30  inches  in  thirty  years  or  an  average  of  one 
inch  per  year,  throughout  a  long  and  fairly  reliable  period.  Young 
trees  which  have  been  bud-pruned  in  the  manner  suggested  above 
show  an  increased  rate  of  circumferential  growth,  and  this  means 
the  attainment  to  a  tappable  size  at  an  earlier  period." — (Herbert 
Wright.) 

TAPPING*. 
"When  one  considers  that  the  rate  of  growth  of  the  Para 
rubber  tree  in  Ceylon  is  such  that  a  circumference  of  20  inches 
cannot  be  attained  much  before  the  fourth,  fifth  or  sixth  year,  it  is 
obvious  that,  under  ordinary  methods  of  cultivation,  all  ideas  of 
extracting  rubber  from  trees  under  these  ages  should  not  be 
encouraged  ...  If  the  tree  has  a  circumference  of  much  less  than 
20  inches,  tapping  cannot  be  recommended,  because  the  available 
tapping  area  is  too  small.  The  production  of  new  tissue  would 
be  a  strain  on  the  young  plant,  and  the  thin  bark  tissues  would 
probably  be  quickly  cut  away  long  before  the  desired  quantity  of 
rubber  had  been  obtained.  .  .  . 

The  best  Season  to  Tap.  The  Para  rubber  trees  in  Ceylon  drop 
their  leaves  in  February  or  March,  produce  new  leaves  and  flowers 
after  a  leafless  phase  of  a  few  days  or  a  couple  of  weeks,  and  yield 
ripe  fruit  in  August  and  September.     There   is  an  active  vegeta- 

*  H.  Wright.  Para  llubber. 


249 

tive  period  from  September  to  February,  a  short  resting  period  in 
February,  and  a  floral  and  foliar  condition  from  February  to 
September.  The  yield  of  latex  should  be  most  abundant  when  the 
trees  are  leafless,  as  they  cannot  then  lose  much  water  by  trans- 
piration, and  it  is  of  interest  to  note  that  the  experiments  made  by 
Arden  in  1902  seem  to  give  support  to  this  view.  Arden  states 
that  the  yield  from  trees  tapped  when  they  were  leafless  was  much 
greater  than  from  trees  tapped  when  the  leaves  were  beginning  to 
appear  or  when  in  full  foliage.  In  Nicaragua  the  latex  from  other 
rubber  trees  contains  the  highest  percentage  of  caoutchouc  during 
the  dry  season.  The  possession  of  abundance  of  latex  during  the 
dry  season  lends  support  to  the  theory  of  its  function  as  a  water 
store  during  drought.  In  many  parts  of  the  tropics,  however, 
the  leafless  period  occurs  when  the  dryness  and  temperature  of  the 
air  are  at  the  maximum,  and  the  collecting  of  latex  would,  during 
such  a  time,  be  limited  to  the  very  early  part  of  the  day  and  the 
evening. 

What  part  of  the  day  to  Tap.  "  The  best  flow  of  latex  with  the 
minimum  quantity  of  scrap  rubber  is  obtained  in  the  early  morning 
or  evening  on  sunny  days,  but  tapping  may  be  clone  further  on 
into  the  day,  when  the  temperature  is  low  and  clouds  and  moisture 
are  abundant.  In  a  district  like  Peradeniya  the  tapping  may  be 
continued  up  to  8  or  9  a.m.,  and  recommenced  at  3  to  4  p.m.  All- 
night  tapping  is  of  course  only  possible  when  the  artificial 
lighting  of  estates  is  more  perfect  than  at  present.  In  the  early 
and  late  parts  of  the  day  the  temperature  is  lower,  the  air  usually 
more  moist,  and  there  is  less  transpiration  of  water  from  the  leaves  ; 
the  combined  effect  of  these  factors  is  a  better  flow  of  latex  dur- 
ing such  times.  According  to  Ridley*  the  girth  of  the  tree  de- 
creases during  the  day  and  increases  towards  evening,  an  obser- 
vation which  may  throw  some  light  on  the  theories  regarding 
tension  of  the  laticiferous  tissue  and  transpiration. 

Frequency  of  Tapping.  "  The  frequency  of  tapping  varies  con- 
siderably, but  it  is  by  no  means  clearly  proved  that  the  tree  will 
not  stand  tapping  every  alternate  day  throughout  the  greater  part 
of  the  year.  The  fact  that  an  interval  of  one  day  is  sufficient  for 
the  wound  response  to  become  obvious  is  of  interest  and  import- 
ance. It  is  perhaps  not  advisable  to  judge  the  eff'ect  of  very 
frequent  tapping  from  the  results  obtained  in  the  Amazon  districts, 
as  there  the  trees  are  usually  very  old  and  in  many  cases  have 
never  been  tapped  before.  Nevertheless,  it  is  of  interest  to  learn 
that  in  those  districts,  the  Para  rubber  tree  is  often  tapped  for  180 
days  continually  without  apparently  doing  very  serious  damage 
to  the  trees." 

Mr.  R.  Derry  says  : — "  I  consider  the  latex  flows  most  freely 
when  the  new  leaves  appear,  which  with  most  Hevea  trees  is  about 
March,  and  the  advantage  of  tapping  about  that  time  is  not  so 
much  a  question  of  actual  yield  as  it  is  of  the  amount  of  bark 
removed  in  the  operation,  which  would  be  less  at  the  best  season. 

*  Annual  Report  of  the  Director,  Botanic  Gardens,  Singapore. 


250 

There  would  also  be  another  season  commencing  in  September 
with  those  trees  then  flowering.  As  with  all  trees,  the  ratio  of 
growth  is  variable  at  different  periods,  but  taking  the  girth  of 
Hevea  trees  here,  a  3-year  old  tree  at  3  feet  from  the  ground  being 
13-15  inches,  and  an  l8-year  old  tree  lOO  inches:  the  annual 
increment  would  average  nearly  6  inches  in  circumference,  and  I 
am  sanguine  that  Hevea  trees  can  be  tapped  in  Malaya  when  6 
years  old,  if  not  earlier,  when  I  estimate  the  girth  at  24-30  inches 
on  good  free  soil*.  Tapping  should  be  commenced  at  the  base  of 
the  tree,  working  upwards  to  6  or  8  feet  if  necessary,  and  if  a  tree 
be  operated  on  in  a  workmanlike  manner,  three  annual  tappings 
could  be  executed  before  going  over  old  incisions." 

RUBBER  YIELDS,  t 

Yields  ill  Ccylou.  "The  yield  of  rubber  varies  from  7  lb.  per  400 
trees  in  one  tapping  to  a  maximum  of  25  lb.  per  tree  in  twelve 
months'  tapping.  The  first  series  of  reliable  yieldsj  are  those 
obtained  at  Henaratgoda  from  1888  to  1896.  One  tree  at  Henarat- 
goda  was  lightly  tapped  every  second  year,  and  gave  for  nine 
years  an  average  annual  yield  of  li  lb.  of  dry  rubber: — 

27f  oz.  in  1888 

42  oz.  in  1890 

45  oz.  in  1892 

51  oz.  in  1894 

48^  oz.  in  1896 

This  tree  was  twelve  years  old  when  first  tapped,  and  the  annual 
yield  of  I A  lb.  was  from  the  1 2th  to  the  20th  year  of  the  tree's  life. 
The  method  of  tapping  consisted  of  scraping  off  the  rough  outer 
bark  and  making  numerous  V-shaped  incisions  to  a  height  of 
about  five  feet.  The  tree  had  a  circumference  of  50i  inches  and 
was  growing  with  other  trees  of  nearly  equal  size,  distanced  30 
feet  apart.  Other  experiments  have  been  made  at  Henaratgoda 
which  indicated  similar  results  by  consecutive  weekly  tappings  of 
the  trees. 

Yields  oil  Estates.  "To  form  an  estimate  of  the  yield  to  b® 
obtained  from  large  acreages  of  Para  rubber  trees  of  known  ag^ 
is  no  easy  task,  and  the  best  way  to  deal  with  this  part  of  the 
subject  is  to  give  only  the  results  which  have  been  obtained  on 
rubber  estates  in  this  island. 

Matabele  District.  "  In  the  Matabele  District  there  are  estates 
where  an  average  yield  of  |  lb.  of  dry  rubber  per  tree  from  5,000 
trees  has  been  obtained  in  one  month's  tapping.  The  average 
circumference  of  these  trees  was  35  inches  a  yard  from  the  ground. 
On  another  property  a  yield  of  3!  lb.  of  rubber  per  tree  has  been 
obtained  from  499  trees  in  seven  months'  tapping.  Another 
estate,  in  the  same  district,  has  obtained  an  average  yield  of  3i  lb. 

*  In  his  rei  ort  to  tlie  India  Office  Close  mentioned  that  Hevea  trees   of  6-8  inches 
diamtter  are  tapped  in  Brazil, 
t  H.  Wright,  I  ara  Rubber. 
j  Dr.  Trimen,  Notes  on  Rubber  Experiments. 


251 

of  dry  rubber  per  tree  from  311  trees  in  one  year,  The  age  of 
these  trees  varied  from  10  to  15  years,  and  the  trees  varied  in  cir-- 
cumference  from  30  to  70  inches  at  a  yard  from  the  ground. 
These  trees  were  tapped  on  the  full  herring-bone  system  ;  the 
tapping  area  covered  half  the  tree  and  extended  from  the  base  to 
a  height  of  seven  feet.  The  tapping  was  done  very  carefully,  the 
distance  of  seven  feet  being  worked  through  in  240  days  of  con- 
tinuous tapping.  The  yield  from  these  particular  trees  will  pro- 
bably be  increased  by  a  change  in  the  method  of  tapping  and 
tapping  instruments  during  the  current  year.  On  a  third  Matabele 
estate  the  Para  rubber  is  inter-planted  among  cocoa  the  cocoa  is 
planted  12  by  12  feet,  and  the  rubber  through  alternate  lines  of 
cocoa,  24  by  12  feet.  By  the  V  method  of  tapping  a  yield  of  3  lb. 
of  dry  rubber  from  each  of  10,000  trees  is  expected  during  the 
present  year,  the  trees  being  8  to  15  years  old.  On  this  estate 
several  encouraging  experiments  in  tapping  from  6  feet  upwards 
to  a  height  of  15  feet  have  been  made,  light  ladders  being  used 
for  the  purpose. 

The  Province  of  Uva.  "The  most  successful  results  at  high 
elevations  in  Ceylon  have  probably  been  obtained  in  the  Province 
of  Uva.  On  Passara  Group  estate,  Passara,  Para  rubber  is  being 
cultivated  up  to  and  over  3,000  feet  above  sea-level.  The  trees 
are  of  various  ages,  and  one  specimen,  13  years  old,  measures  54 
inches  in  circumference  a  yard  from  the  ground,  and  60  to  70  feet 
in  height,  though  growing  at  an  elevation  of  about  2,600  feet. 
Tapping  is  being  carried  on  with  promising  results  up  to  2,8oo  feet, 
and  from  the  trees  at  an  elevation  of  2,6oo  feet,  varying  in  age 
from  7  to  13  years,  an  average  yield  of  2  lb.  of  dry  rubber  per 
tree  was  obtained  during  1905. 

South  Ceylon  :  Kahitara,  Awbalangoda,  Rayigam,  &c. — "In  the 
South  of  Ceylon  equally  good  and  often  better  results  have  been 
obtained.  On  one  estate,  8,731  trees,  having  a  minimum  circum- 
ference of  twenty  inches,  gave  in  one  year,  an  average  of  1 .  72  lb. 
of  dry  rubber  per  tree  ...  A  section  of  another  rubber  property 
in  the  South  of  Ceylon  has  given,  from  ll-year-old  trees,  the 
average  circumference  of  which  is  30  inches  only,  no  less  than 
5J  lb.  of  dry  rubber  from  each  of  255  trees."' 

COAGULATION. 

"If*  the  pure  latex  is  allowed  to  stand  in  a  receptacle,  it 
finally  coagulates  and  the  caoutchouc  globules  with  other  sub- 
stances float  to  the  top,  leaving  a  more  or  less  clear  liquid  behind. 
By  the  addition  of  chemical  reagents  or  by  subjecting  the  latex  to 
different  temperatures  coagulation  may  he  hastened  or  retarded. 
The  coagulated  substance  after  washing,  pressing,  and  drying  is 
ultimately  known  as  the  rubber  of  commerce.  In  the  production 
of  rubber  from  latex  the  planter  may  either  take  advantage  of  the 
presence  of  coagulable  constituents  in  the  latex  or  adopt  chemical 
and  mechanical  means  for  the  separation  of  the  caoutchouc 
globules  from  the  rest  of  the  latex  .  .  . 

*  H.  Wright,  Para  Kubber. 


252 

Smoking  and  Coagulation. — "The  coagulation  of  the  latex  may 
be  hastened  by  exposing  it  to  heat  and  the  products  of  combustion 
of  a  fire.  The  latex  can  be  coagulated  fractionally  by  such  a 
process,  and  the  finished  product,  when  properly  manufactured,  is 
less  liable  to  putrefaction  than  the  rubber  prepared  by  many  other 
methods.  The  smoke  from  burning  palm  nuts  used  in  the  Amazon 
district,  contains,  among  other  substances,  small  quantities  of 
acetic  acid,  acetone,  and  creosote,  The  acetic  acid  is  probably  the 
agent  responsible  for  effecting  the  coagulation  ;  the  other  sub- 
stances, particularly  the  creosote,  are  absorbed,  the  latter  acting  as 
an  antiseptic  in  preventing  the  rapid  decomposition  of  the  albu- 
minoids present.  In  Brazil  the  latex  is  poured  into  a  shallow 
basin  6o  cm.  to  I  metre  in  diameter  and  20  to  30  cm.  deep,  and 
pieces  of  bark,  dirt,  &c.,  removed.  A  fire  is  then  made  of  wood 
and  resinous  substances,  and  is  kept  going  either  with  green 
branches  of  Miinusops  data,  or  with  palm  nuts  from  Attalea  excclsa, 
and  Maximiliana  rcgia,  these  palms  are  usually  grown  in  the  Botanic 
Gardens  in  various  parts  of  the  tropics,  the  latter  species  being 
more  commonly  known  as  the  "  Cocurito  "  palm.  A  chatty,  open 
at  both  ends,  is  placed  on  the  fire  and  the  smoke  allowed  to  issue 
from  the  upper  aperture.  A  paddle  like  implement  is  then  dipped 
into  or  covered  with  the  latex,  and  held  over  the  smoke  until  the 
latter  is  coagulated.  It  is  stated  by  Bonnechaux*  that  8  litres  of 
latex  are  completely  coagulated  in  about  li  hours  by  these  means. 

"The  decomposition  of  the  albuminous  substances  in  the 
rubber  may  be  prevented  by  the  addition  of  suitable  antiseptic 
reagents  to  the  latex,  when  the  rubber  is  prepared  in  other  ways, 
though  quickness  in  drying  or  complete  extraction  of  the  moisture 
from  coagulated  rubber  is  often  sufficient  to  bring  about  the  same 
result.  Dickson's  apparatus  is  devised  to  meet  many  of  these 
requirements." — (Herbert  Wright.) 

"Samples  of  rubber  prepared  at  Kuala  Kangsar  have  been 
reported  on  as  equal  to  good  Para  (Brazilian)  and  would  fetch 
best  Para  prices.  I  have  always  found  the  latex  to  coagulate 
readily  with  only  the  addition  of  a  pinch  of  alum,  and  by  placing 
immediately  in  smoke,  both  putrefaction  and  mould  are  avoided. 
If  the  rubber  is  sound,  the  market  value  depends  on  the  state  of 

dryness  in  which  it  is  received.  What  has  been  prepared  at 
Kuala  K  angsar  has  been  kept  smoked  until  shipped.  A  parcel 
sent  to  London  3j  years  ago  was  reported  to  have  lost  26i  per 
cent,  in  washing,  and  the  manufacturers  thought  that  if  sent 
home  in  bulk,  the  loss  would  reach  30  per  cent.  This,  however,  is 
a  question  for  the  planter  himself ;  smoke  has  a  chemical  action 
in  the  coagulation  of  latex  from  Hevea  as  well  as  saving  decom- 
position, and  assists  in  gradually  drying.  To  be  as  dry  as  possible 
depends  on  the  time  the  rubber  has  been  kept  smoked,  and  I  am 
of  opinion  that  dry  marketable    rubber  could  not    be    prepared 

under  two  months." — (R.  Derry,  Singapore). 

*  Jumelle. 


253 

ACREAGE   IN  RUBBER. 

Sir  Frank  Swettenham,  K.C.M.G.,  writes  witli  regard  to  an  Article 
whicli  appeared  in  The  Standard  of  August  8,  last : — The  acreage 
planted  with  Para  rubber  in  the  Straits  and  Malay  States  on  Janu- 
ary I,  last,  was  30,000  acres,  and  in  Ceylon,  25,000  acres.  Since 
that  date  the  total  area  planted  in  the  Malay  States  does  not 
amount  to  10,000  acres. 

The  United  Planters'  Association  in  the  Malay  States  have 
taken  pains  to  go  into  this  question,  and  in  their  latest  report  they 
give  the  following  figures  :  Total  acreage  planted  with  rubber  in 
the  Straits  and  Malay  States  30,000  acres  :  Sumatra,  5,000  acres  : 
Java,  5,000  acres ;  Ceylon,  25,000  acres  ;  India  and  Burma,  5,000 
acres  ;  total  70,000  acres.  Allowing  that  all  this  is  good,  and  will 
give  the  good  yield  of  200  lb.  per  acre,  the  amount  produced 
would  be  14,000,000  lb.  This  acreage  cannot,  however,  be  all  in 
full  bearing  till  the  end  of  191 1,  and  they  calculate  that  no  more 
than  this  acreage  can  be  in  bearing  till  191 1,  because  it  is  not  yet 
planted. 

The  exports  from  Para  for  the  last  three  years  have  remained 
practically  constant  at  about  30,000  tons,  and  the  world's  produc- 
tion was,  in  1898,  as  nearly  as  it  can  be  ascertained,  about 
60,000  tons,  or  134,000,000  lb.  The  present  production  is  esti- 
mated at  70,000  tons  or  156,000,0001b.  of  which  Asia  can  only 
produce  14,000,000  up  to  the  year  1911,  what  she  can  produce 
after  that  date  will  depend  upon  the  area  planted  and  successfully 
cultivated  between  now  and  1911.     Standard,  Dec.  6. 

Information  on  Para  rubber  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin  of 
the  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,  as  follows  : — 1894,  pp.  99- 
105  ;  1890,  pp.  82-84  ;  1900,  pp.  186-190.  And  in  the  Bulletin  of 
the  Department  of  Agriculture  as  follows: — 1905,  pp.  258-269; 
1906,  pp.  20-21,  159-160,  169-170,  233. 

CASTILLOA  OR  CENTRAL  AMERICAN  RUBBER. 
{CastiUod  clastica.) 

This  tree  grows  in  Central  America  from  south  of  Mexico, 
south-wards  to  the  west  coast  of  South  America. 

The  tree  has  a  variety  of  local  names,  the  most  important  of 
which  are  '  Hule'  or  '  Ule'  and  '  Caucho.' 

Distinct  from  this  plant  is  Castilloa  Tumi,  a  tree  also  found  in 
Central  America  and  sometimes  confused  with  the  true  Central 
American  rubber  tree  which  it  closely  resembles  in  appearance. 

In  an  article  in  the  Beihcfte  zum  Tropcnpftanzcr  for  July,  1901, 
Mr.  Th.  F.  Koschny,  a  planter  of  long  experience  in  Costa  Rica, 
distinguishes  the  following  varieties  of  'Hule'  trees: 

Castilloa  elastica : 

'  Hule  bianco'  White  rubber  tree 

'  Hule  negro'  Black  rubber  tree 

'  Hule  Colorado'  Red  rubber  tree 

Castilloa  Tunu  : 

'  Hule  tunu'  Gutta  percha. 


254 

The  names  of  the  three  so-called  varieties  are  given  from  the 
.colour  of  the  bark  of  the  trees.  'Hule  bianco'  is  described  as  the 
only  one  worth  cultivating,  giving  thick  and  abundant  latex. 

The  tree  is  not  shade-loving,  being  seldom  found  in  forests,  and 
not  easily  injured  by  tapping.  '  Hule  negro'  gives  a  watery  latex, 
and  that  of  '  Hule  Colorado'  whilst  good,  is  scanty. 

The  plants  distributed  from  Kew  and  now  under  cultivation  in 
various  tropical  colonies,  would  be  more  correctly  termed,  accord- 
ing to  the  place  of  their  origin,  Darien,  "  Castilloa"  or  Darien 
"  Caucho"  trees.  This  would  distinguish  them  from  the  Ule  trees 
of  Mexico,  British  Honduras,  and  Nicaragua,  and  indicate  their 
history.     (W.  I.  BiiUetiii,  1901,  p.  350.) 

CLIMATE   AND   SITUATION. 

The  study*  of  Castilloa  furnishes  evidence  that  with  this  tree 
there  is  a  relation  between  climate  and  rubber  production,  and 
that  this  relation  is  the  opposite  of  that  commonly  supposed  to 
exist.  Practical  experiments  in  Central  America  soon  showed, 
that  Castilloa  will  not  thrive  in  swamps  or  where  the  drainage  is 
deficient  though  the  need  of  continuous  humidity  for  Castilloa  is 
still  insisted  upon. 

The  total  rainfall  of  a  place  affords  but  the  slightest  intimation 
of  its  climate  in  relation  to  vegetation.  A  sudden,  heavy  shower 
may  wet  the  soil  much  less  than  the  same  amount  of  water 
falling  as  a  steady  rain,  and  in  the  supply  of  water  to  plants  the 
.difference  is  even  greater;  the  period  during  which  the  atmosphere 
and  soil  are  moist  is  of  importance  to  them,  but  not  the  amount  of 
water  which  patters  off  their  leaves  or  falls  into  the  rain-gauge. 
Humidity  even  to  the  point  of  saturation  for  six  months  may  be 
of  no  avail  to  plants  unable  to  survive  an  e<iual  period  of  drought. 

The  lowland  forests  of  the  west-coast  districts  of  Guatemala 
and  southern  Mexico,  while  composed  in  the  main  of  the  same 
tropical  elements  as  those  of  eastern  Guatemala,  yet  showed  a 
striking  deficiency  of  plants  requiring  continuous  humidity. 
Nevertheless  wild  Castilloa  seems  to  have  existed  in  the  past  as  in 
the  present  in  far  greater  abundance,  the  wild  product  having 
long  been  an  article  of  export  in  quantity  far  more  considerable 
than  from  the  eastern  districts. 

Freer  flow  of  milk  in  drier  ivgioiis. — A  second  contrary  fact  to  the 
popular  supposition  that  rubber  production  is  confined  to  continu- 
ously humid  climates  was  encountered  when  it  was  found  that,  in 
spite  of  the  greater  dryness,  the  milk  flows  down  from  the  rubber 
trees  of  Soconusco  with  a  freedom  unknown  in  eastern  Guatemala 
where  it  merely  oozes  out  into  the  gashes  made  by  the  "  uleros." 

Decrease  of  milk  with  altitude  and  continuous  humidity. — That 
rubber  milk  is  obtained  with  greater  freedom  on  the  drier  western 
coast  shows  that  continuous  humidity  is  at  least  not  indispensable, 
but  it  does  not  prove  that  the  larger  production  is  due  to  the  drier 
climate.     There  may  be,  and  probably  are,  differences  in  the  trees 

*  Extracts    from    Bull.   No,   49,    Bureau   of    Plant   luduBtiy,   U.  S.    Department    of 
Agriculture. 


255 

of  the  two  regions,  though  these  have  not  been  detected.  But  that 
there  is  a  climatic  element  even  on  the  west  coast  is  made  plain 
by  the  fact  that  as  the  coastal  plain  is  left  behind  and  the  slopes 
increase  in  altitude  and  humidity,  the  production  of  rubber 
gradually  declines.  At  an  altitude  of  about  i,8oo  feet  on  the 
Esmeralda  coffee  estate,  only  a  few  miles  from  La  Zacualpa, 
wild  Castilloa  trees  apparently  normal  in  other  respects  yielded 
milk  very  sparingly,  while  at  an  elevation  of  2,500  feet  no  milk 
dropped  from  the  cuts.  Castilloa  trees  grew  vigorously  and 
attained  a  diameter  of  15  inches  in  twelve  years  at  "Quien  Sabe," 
in  the  coffee  district  above  Tapachula.  The  trees  grow  naturally 
up  to  1,500  feet  and  beyond.  Above  1,000  feet  the  rubber  gatherers 
do  not  e.xpect  to  find  much  rubber.  Trees  planted  at  an  altitude 
of  2,000  feet  from  seed  brought  from  the  coast  do  not  yield 
rubber. 

Castilloa  on  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. — The  idea  that  the  Castilloa 
sent  from  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  to  British  India  came  from  a 
continuously  humid  district  seems  not  to  be  justified  by  the  state- 
ments of  Mr.  Cross,  who  secured  seeds  and  cuttings  in  the  vicinity 
of  Colon.     He  says  : 

"  The  interior  of  the  Darien  forests  would  frighten  most  people. 
The  undergowth  is  composed  of  boundless  thickets  of  a  prickly 
leaved  species  of  BromcUa  often  8  to  10  feet  high,  the  ground 
swarms  with  millions  of  ants,  and  the  snakes  raise  themselves  to 
strike  at  any  one  who  approaches.  The  Caucho  tree  grows  not  in 
inundated  lands  or  marshes,  but  in  moist,  undulating,  or  flat  situa- 
tions, often  by  the  banks  of  streamlets  and  on  hillsides  and 
summits  where  is  any  loose  stones  and  a  little  soil.  It  is  adapted 
for  the  hottest  parts  of  India,  where  the  temperature  does  not  fall 
much  below  74'  F.  The  tree  is  of  rapid  growth,  and  attains  to  a 
great  size,  and  I  am  convinced  that,  when  cultivated  in  India,  it 
will  answer  the  most  sanguine  expectations  that  may  have  been 
formed  concerning  it.  I  have  been  up  the  Chagres  and  Galun 
rivers.  I  came  out  on  the  railway  about  7  miles  from  Colon.  I 
go  back  to  the  same  place  (the  village  of  Gatun),  from  which  place 
by  the  river  the  India-rubber  forests  are  reached." — (Trans.  Linn. 
Soc,  London  2d.  ser.  2:  213.) 

BEST  DISTRICTS  IN  JAMAICA. 
Where  cocoa  grows  there  also  will  Castilloa  thrive.     In  Portland 
a  tree  growing  in  dry  limestone  was,  at  5  years  of  age,  18  feet  in 
height  of  clean  stem  before  branching,  and    15  to  18   inches  in 
diameter. 

PROPAGATION. 
The  propagation  of  this  rubber  tree  is   most  easily    effected  by 
■seed,  but  the  seeds  must  be  sown  as  soon  as   they  are  ripe  as  they 
very  quickly  lose  their  vitality.     Cuttings  can  also  be  made. 

SHADE  FOR  CASTILLOA. 
"In  good  soil  and  in  moist  situations  no  shade  at  all  is  required 
for  the  young  tree,  but  otherwise  it  does  want  a  certain  amount  of 


256 

shade  for  the  first  two  or  three  years  after  planting.  Too  dense 
shade,  however,  is  not  beneficial  to  it  and  plants  set  out  in  the 
forest  make  very  slow  progress  and  develop  into  spindly  trees." 
(Capt.  M.  Short,  in  West  Indian  Bull.,  1905,  p.  139.) 

"The  Caslilloa  is  a  fast  growing  tree.  It  appears  to  grow 
faster  between  the  ages  of  two  and  four.  The  leaf  surface  of  the 
tree,  and  consequently  the  amount  of  light  it  gets,  has  a  great  deal 
to  do  with  its  growth.  Shade  grown  trees  are  not  nearly  so  large 
at  the  same  age  as  those  grown  in  the  sun.  Some  planters 
believe  that  trees  grown  in  at  least  partial  shade  yield  more  latex, 
but  if  this  is  so,  I  do  not  believe  that  they  yield  enough  more  to 
pay  for  the  loss  in  growth,  for  under  any  ordinary  conditions  the 
trees  yield  in  proportion  to  their  size.  Monthly  measurements  of  a 
large  number  of  Q75//7/ort  trees  show  that  they  grow  on  an  average 
of  about  I  inch  per  month  in  circumference.  This  varies,  however, 
the  trees  sometimes  growing  not  at  all  for  a  month  and  growing 
J  inch  or  more  the  next  month.  An  experiment  in  the  effect  of 
tapping  on  growth  did  not  show  that  it  made  any  difference." — 
("  A  Forester  in  the  "  India  Rubber  World.") 

AS   A   SHADE   TREE  FOR  COCOA. 

"  I  find  that  cocoa  bears  well  under  the  shade  of  Castilloa.  Nine 
years  ago  I  planted  an  acre  of  rubber  and  cocoa  together — the 
rubber  at  24  feet  apart,  and  the  cocoa  at  12  feet — and  so  far  as  I 
have  noticed  there  is  very  little,  if  any,  difference  in  the  bearing 
of  these  cocoa  trees  and  those  under  the  shade  of  Bois  Immortd. 
On  finding  this  I  planted  last  year  fifteen  acres  in  the  same 
manner,  and  tliere  is  every  reason  to  expect  that  in  another  eight, 
or  nine  years  they  will  give  a  gross  return  of  about  £50  per 
acre.  Coffee  also  bears  well  under  Castilloa." — (Capt.  Short,  in 
"  Tropical  Agriciillurisi,"  Aug.  28,  1900.) 

As  bearing  on  this  phase  of  the  subject,  the  following  extracts 
from  an  article  by  Mons.  P.  Cibot,  in  Vilbouchevitch's  Journal 
d' Agriculture  Tropicalc,  descriptive  of  cocoa  cultivation  in  Venezuela 
are  likely  to  be  of  interest : — 

"I  have  recently  had  the  opportunity  in  Venezuela  of  visiting 
one  of  the  principal  plantations  which  produce  that  cocoa,  so 
justly  reputed,  known  as  Caracas.  I  found  opportunity  there  to 
study  also  a  plantation  of  Castilloa  elastica  used  as  a  shade  tree. 

"  General  Fonseca,  installed  in  the  fertile  Valley  for  some  twenty 
years,  has  gradually  acquired  the  greater  part  of  the  plantations 
laid  out  in  it.  He  owns  to  day  thirteen  plantations,  producing  a 
total  of  480,000  lb.  cocoa  in  1903-4. 

"Going  over  General  Fonseca's  plantations,  I  could  not  but 
admire  their  beautiful  appearance  and  the  care  taken  with  the 
irrigation  of  the  whole  property  ;  but  my  attention  was  specially 
drawn  to  the  plantation  of  Castilloa  elastica  mentioned  above. 

"In  1895-6  about  8,000  plants  were  put  out  in  places  where 
shade  was  wanted  for  the  cocoa  trees.  These  trees,  aged  eight  to 
nine  years  now,  are  a  beautiful  sight ;  they  have  attained  a  height 
of  36  to  45  feet,  and  have  an  average  circumference  of  33  inches. 


257 

"  At  about  four  or  five  years  the  Castilloas  easily  out-grow  the 
.cocoa  trees  and  commence  to  give  them  a  little  shade.  As  they 
plant  up  Castilloas  on  the  property,  they  kill  out  the  "Bucares" 
or  other  shade  trees,  ring-barking  them  with  the  axe  at  about  a 
yard  above  the  ground. 

"The  yield  of  Castilloa  plantations  is  no  longer  to  be  doubted  ; 
the  result  obtained  at  Ocumare  is  a  new  proof,  but  the  experiment 
made  by  General  Fonseca  is  specially  remarkable  as  it  shows  that 
the  Castilloa  can  be  grown  among  cocoa  without  in  any  way  harm- 
ing their  production.  Indeed,  at  Ocumare  they  have  noticed  no 
diminution  in  the  number  of  pods  carried  by  the  trees  shaded  by 
Castilloa,  nor  any  change  in  the  quality  of  the  bean." 

In  the  Tropical  Agriculturist  for  February,  1905,  (p.  529)  the 
following  extract  is  published  from  a  letter  from  a  planter  at 
Matabele,  Ceylon,  in  which  he  sums  up  his  experience  in  regard 
to  Castilloa  and  cocoa  as  follows : — 

"I  have  very  large  Castilloas  growing  both  along  roads  and 
also  scattered  through  cocoa,  the  latter  of  about  fourteen  years' 
growth  showing  no  evidence  of  prejudicial  influence  from  the 
Cas):illoas.  My  clearing  of  some  30  acres  of  Castilloas  and  cocoa 
planted  together  six  years  ago  so  far  supports  the  contention  that 
these  two  products  may  be  grown  together." 

Captain  Short  says : — There  is  little  doubt  that  the  return  per 
acre  would  be  greater  from  a  plantation  of  cocoa  and  Castilloa 
than  from  cocoa  shaded  by  Bois  Immortel. 

"  On  Richmond  estate  there  is  an  acre  of  cocoa  twelve  and  a 
half  years  old,  planted  12  feet  by  12  feet,  shaded  by  Castilloas 
and  Bois  Immortel.  The  rubbers  are  at  24  feet  by  24  feet.  The 
Immortels  are  being  gradually  killed,  many  of  them  being  already 
dead. 

The  cocoa  crop   for   1903-4   from  this  field  was  3  bags.     This 
would  give  a  return  per  acre  of  from  £22   lOs.  to  £25   3s.  thus : — 
3  bags  cocoa  (ft'  £4  •••  £12 

75  rubber  trees  f  lb.  each  @  3/6  per  lb.  10 

£22 


"If  the  average  yield  were  i  lb.  per  tree,  this  would  give  a 
return  of  £25   3s.  per  acre. 

"The  return  from  other  cocoa  fields  of  the  same  age,  planted  on 
similar  soil  and  shaded  by  Bois  Immortel  was  3i  to  4^  bags  per 
acre.  Taking  the  average  of  4  bags  this  gives  £16  per  acre,  so 
that  deducting  the  cost  of  the  rubber  extraction,  the  return  from 
the  cocoa  and  rubber  would  be  from  £4  to  £6  more. 

"By  applying  some  nitrogenous  manure  to  supply  the  deficiency 
in  the  soil  arising  from  the  absence  of  the  Bois  Immortel  tree, 
this  figure  would  doubtless  be  increased.  It  is  also  probable  that 
the  rubber  could  oe  planted  closer  than  24  feet. 

DISTANCE  IN  PLANTING. 
The   proper   distance   in  planting  depends  a  good  deal  on  how 


258 

soon  the  plantation  is  to  be  tapped.  Trees  planted  10  x  lO 
feet  begin  to  crowd  each  other  out  at  about  six  years.  If  the 
plantation  is  to  be  tapped  at  this  age,  or  earlier,  this  is  a  good 
distance  for  planting.  When  the  trees  get  older,  the  poorer  and 
weaker  ones  can  be  bled  out."  (Bulletin,  Department  of  Agrietilture, 
Jamaica,  1906,  p.  98). 

Mr.  Orde,  who  is  managing  the  West  India  Rubber  Syndicate, 
in  Tobago,  has  furnished  the  following  information  on  young 
Castilloas  : 

The  Castilloas  on  Louis  d'Or  estate  are  still  young.  Planting 
was  begun  in  the  autumn  of  1898,  and  the  oldest  trees  are  six 
years  or  thereabouts. 

The  larger  number  of  the  trees  have  been  planted  to  stand 
finally  at  a  distance  of  17  feet.  Some  fields  are  planted  at  8^ 
feet  by  8i  feet,  others  at  8i  feet  by  17  feet,  in  the  hope  that  a 
yield  might  be  obtained  from  the  cultivation  while  young,  by 
tapping  the  intermediate  trees  before  they  grew  large  enough  to 
necessitate  being  cut  out. 

It  has  been  found  that  a  well-grown  field,  planted  at  8A  feet  by 
8A  feet,  cannot  stand  longer  than  about  fave  years  without  being 
thinned  out,  as  at  that  age  the  branches  begin  to  interfere  with 
each  other,  and  the  tree  tends  to  become  thin  and  spindly. 

Experiments  were  made  in  tapping  some  of  these  young  trees, 
averaging  five  to  six  years  old,  in  1904.  Large  numbers  of  them 
were  tapped  as  severely  as  possible  with  chisel  and  mallet.  The 
latex  was  in  some  cases  taken  wet  and  washed  before  coagulation 
and  in  others  it  was  allowed  to  dry  on  the  tree,  and  picked  off 
afterwards  as  scrap. 

There  are  some  twenty  to  thirty  trees  on  the  estate,  aged  seven 
years  from  seed,  and  experiments  have  also  been  made  on  these, 
from  which  it  appears  that  the  yield  increases  fairly  quickly  as 
the  tree  gets  older. 

Six  of  these  trees  were  tapped,  not  severely,  in  March  1904, 
and  gave  12}  oz.  dry  rubber.  The  same  trees  were  tapped  again 
in  September  and  gave  10  oz.,  or  nearly  i  lb  per  tree  in  the  two 
tappings.  These  trees,  however,  were  rather  above  the  average 
in  growth  for  their  age. 

Trees  planted  at  8i  feet  by  8^  feet  could  not  be  left  growing  to 
this  size  without  injury  to  each  other ;  and  if  a  field  is  planted 
with  the  idea  of  getting  rubber  from  the  intermediate  trees,  as 
soon  as  they  get  old  enough  to  yield,  and  before  it  is  necessary 
to  cut  them  out,  it  would  seem  that  8^  feet  is  too  close  a  distance, 
and  that  12  feet  would  be  about  the  most  suitable  distance.  (West 
India  Bulletin,  1905,  pp.  14O-141) 

Professor  O.F.Cook,*  says:  "As  yet  there  have  been  no 
experiments  yielding  any  definite  information  on  the  above  point, 
but  the  recent  trend  of  opinion  among  planters  seems  to  be  dis- 
tinctly   in  the  direction  of  closer  planting.     There  has  been  a 

Bulletin  No.  4il,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  tJ.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture. 


259 

gradual  decline  from  20  feet  and  upward  between  trees  to  12  feet 
and  under. 

"The  questions  of  shade  and  of  distance  between  trees  are  closely 
related  and  need  to  be  considered  together  because  several  of  the 
arguments  for  shade  can  be  met,  wholly  or  partially  by  close 
planting.  The  first  of  these  is  that  of  the  greater  expense 
incidental  to  open  culture.  The  frequency  with  which  the  land 
requires  to  be  cleaned,  and  the  period  of  years  during  which  it 
would  be  necessary  to  continue  such  cleaning,  depends  largely 
upon  the  amount  of  overhead  shade  present  to  discourage  the 
under-growth.  Some  planters  on  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec  are 
evidently  taking  advantage  of  this  fact  and  are  setting  close  with 
the  intention  of  removing  alternate  trees  before  they  are  large 
enough  to  injure  their  neighbours  by  crowding ;  and  it  is  expected 
that  if  they  are  "  tapped  to  death"  they  can  be  made  to  yield 
enough  rubber  to  more  than  cover  the  expense  of  planting.  At 
least  there  seems  to  be  no  reason  why,  if  the  land  is  to  be  cleared 
it  should  not  be  made  to  produce  as  much  rubber  as  possible, 
instead  of  being  planted  with  useless  trees  for  a  purpose  which  can 
be  attained  quite  as  fully  by  setting  the  rubber  trees  closer  to- 
gether. 

There  is  danger,  however,  that  any  suggestion  which  promises 
earlier  returns  from  rubber  culture  will  be  over-done.  The  rubber 
of  very  young  trees  is  of  low  grade  and  expensive  to  collect ;  also 
it  would  be  very  poor  policy  to  risk  permanent  injury  from  weak 
spindling  growth  which  overcrowding  would  undoubtedly  cause. 
More  is  likely  to  be  lost  than  gained  by  trees  standing  at  less 
than  8  feet  for  even  a  few  years.  Better  than  uniform  .close 
planting  would  be  to  set  the  north  and  south  rows  farther  apart 
than  the  trees  in  the  rows.  With  a  given  number  of  trees  this 
would  secure  the  maximum  of  shade  on  the  ground,  because  the 
morning  and  afternoon  sun  would  not  shine  down  the  rows.  The 
cleaning  of  the  land  or  the  cultivation  of  a  catch  crop  or  a  shade 
crop  between  the  rows  would  also  be  facilitated.  The  distances 
would  depend  on  the  size  which  the  Castilloa  trees  were  expected 
to  attain  in  any  given  locality,  the  rows  from  12  to  20  feet  apart, 
the  trees  from  8  to  12  feet  in  the  rows  being  fair  average  estimates. 

CULTURE. 

"In  attempting*  to  plan  a  rational  culture  for  Castilloa  it  will 
be  worse  than  useless  to  insist  upon  all  or  any  of  the  cultural 
measures  which  have  been  found  desirable  with  coffee,  cacao,  or 
other  tropical  crops.  Castilloa  is  not  cultivated  for  the  pods 
like  cocoa,  for  the  flowers  like  cloves,  for  the  fruits  like  oranges, 
nor  for  the  seeds  like  coffee.  The  increase  of  the  size  of  the  trunk 
and  of  the  amount  of  milk  contained  in  its  inner  bark  are  objects 
of  cultural  solicitude." 

"  Open  culture  with  relatively  little  cleaning  at  first  would  be 
more  practicable  if  the  weeds  and  undergrowth  cut  down  in  the 

*  Extvacta  iiom  Bull.  No.  49,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  AgrJculture. 


260 

dry  season  could  be  left  spread  over  the  ground.  This  would  do 
more  to  conserve  the  moisture  of  the  soil  than  the  same  vegetation 
alive,  but  the  danger  of  fire  will  in  most  localities  forbid  the  use 
of  this  method  of  culture." 

"With  shade  recognized  as  a  means  of  influencing  natural 
conditions  of  soil  or  climate  it  becomes  evident  that  each  planter 
will  need  to  use  his  best  judgment  in  determining  what  local 
conditions  require.  In  Costa  Rica,  Koschny  advises  the  thinning 
of  the  forest  by  the  removal  of  two  or  three  trees  out  of  every  five. 
At  La  Zacualpa  more  are  cut  out.  Some  of  the  planters  on  the 
Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec  practice  clean  culture.  No  general 
principles  will  determine  which  is  best,  because  no  one  method  is 
applicable  everywhere. 

AGE  AT  WHICH  TREES  MAY  BE  TAPPED.* 

"The  earliest  age  at  which  Castilloa  trees  may  be  tapped  with 
safety  and  advantage  has  been  stated  all  the  way  from  four  to 
twelve  years,  while  from  eight  to  ten  years  is  the  conservative 
estimate.  At  the  same  time  it  must  be  admitted  that  little  in  the 
way  of  positive  knowledge  exists  on  this  point,  and  careful 
experiments  may  be  necessary  to  determine  whether,  for  example, 
the  taking  of  half  a  pound  of  rubber  from  each  tree  in  the  sixth 
year  will  retard  growth  so  as  to  diminish  the  yield  of  succeeding 
years.  As  the  trees  approach  maturity  and  have  occupied  most  of 
the  available  space,  as  much  may  be  taken  as  will  not  weaken  the 
tree  and  shorten  its  life. 

"The  inferior  quality  of  the  rubber  obtained  from  young   trees 

also  lessens  the  inducement  for  tapping  them.     It  has  been  known 

for  several  years  that  the  rubber  and   gutta-percha  obtained   from 

young  plants  or  from  the  leaves  and  twigs  of  the  trees  is  different 

from  that  yielded  by  the  trunk  of  mature  age,  in  that  a  smaller  or 

larger  percentage  of  rubber  is  replaced  by   non-elastic,   brittle,  or 

sticky  substances  commonly   referred  to  as  "resins."     Dr.  C.  O. 

Weber  has  recently  published  the  following  results  of  analyses  of 

samples  of  rubber  from  trees  varying  in   age  from   two  to  eight 

years  : 

Resins  in  rubber  from  trees.  Per  cent. 


2  years  old  ...  42'33 

3  do  ...  3502 

4  do  ...  26-47 

5  do  ...  1818 

7  do  ...  11-59 

8  do  ...  7'2I 

"The    same    writer   also  gives   a   table    showing   the   varying 

amount  of  resin  in  samples  from  different  parts  of  the  same  tree : 

Resin  in  rubber  from—  Per  cent. 

Trunk  ...  2-61 

Largest  brancfies  ..  377 

Medium     do  ...  4'88 

.  Young       do  ...  5-86 

Leaves  ...  7'50 

♦  Extracts  from  Bull.  No.  49,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agri. 


26l 

If  these  figures  represent  facts  at  all  general,  they  lessen  very 
distinctly  the  prospects  of  any  plans  which  contemplate  the  tap- 
ping of  very  young  trees,  and  it  will  be  necessary  to  agree  with 
Dr.  Weber  that  eight  years  is  the  minimum  age  at  which  a  planta- 
tion can  be  expected  to  furnish  rubber  for  the  market." 

TAPPING. 
The  following*  is  a  description  of  a  method  of  tapping  the  trees 
in  the  forests  of  Nicaragua  : 

When  the  collectors  find  an  untapped  tree  in  the  forest  they  first 
make  a  ladder  out  of  the  lianas  or  "  vejucos"  that  hang  from  every 
tree.  This  they  do  by  tying  short  pieces  of  wood  across  them 
with  small  lianas,  many  of  which  are  as  tough  as  cord.  They  then 
proceed  to  score  the  bark  with  cuts  which  extend  nearly  round  the 
trees,  like  the  letter  \  ,  the  point  being  downward.  A  cut  like  this 
is  made  about  every  3  feet  all  the  way  up  the  trunk.  The  milk 
will  all  run  out  of  the  tree  in  about  an  hour  after  it  is  cut,  and  it  is 
collected  into  a  large  tin  bottle  made  flat  on  one  side  and  furnished 
with  straps  to  fasten  on  to  a  man's  back.  A  decoction  is  made 
from  a  liana  {Caloiiyction  spcciosum),  and  this,  on  being  added  to 
the  milk  in  the  proportion  of  I  pint  to  the  gallon,  coagulates  it  to 
rubber,  which  is  made  into  round,  flat  cakes.  A  large  tree,  5  feet 
in  diameter,  will  yield,  when  first  cut,  about  20  gallons  of  milk, 
each  gallon  of  which  makes  2A-  pounds  of  rubber.  I  was  told  that 
the  tree  recovers  from  the  wounds  and  may  be  cut  again  after  the 
lapse  of  a  few  months  ;  but  several  I  saw  were  killed  through  the 
large  harlequin  beetle  {Acrocinus  longimanus)  laying  its  eggs  in  the 
cuts,  and  the  grubs  that  are  hatched  boring  great  holes  all  through 
the  trunk.  When  these  grubs  are  at  work  you  canhear  their  rasp- 
ing by  standing  at  the  bottom  of  the  tree,  and  the  wood  dust 
thrown  out  of  their  burrows  accumulates  in  heaps  on  the  ground 
below. 

That  improved  methods  and  tools  are  to  be  used  for  cultivated 
trees  is  one  of  the  points  on  which  all  the  rubber  planters  agree, 
but  as  yet  none  of  the  many  improvements  suggested  has  attained 
any  popularity,  and  it  is  at  least  doubtful  whether  any  of  the 
devices  brought  forward  at  this  time  is  to  be  looked  upon  as  a 
practical  solution  of  the  problem.  Some  inventors  have  worked 
on  the  erroneous  idea  that  the  rubber  comes  from  the  sap,  like 
sugar  from  the  maple,  and  have  thus  completely  wasted  their  time. 
An  enumeration  of  some  of  the  features  essential  for  a  good 
tapping  instrument  may  save  further  labour  on  wrong  lines. 

The  cutting  edge  must  be  keen,  and  must  therefore  be  easy  to 
sharpen.  A  thick  or  blunt  edge  bruises  the  wood  and  milk  tubes, 
and  this  interferes  with  the  flow  of  milk. 

There  should  be  a  means  by  which  the  depth  of  the  cut  can  be 
regulated,  since  it  is  important  to  cut  deep  enough  to  reach  the 
milk  and  yet  not  so  deep  as  to  reach  into  the  wood,  but  axes  and 
chisels  with  shoulders  to  prevent  too  deep  penetration  are  not 
promising  because  the  thickness  of  the  outer  bark  is  variable.  The 

*  From  Bull.  No.  49,  Bureau  o£  Plant  Industry. 


262 

shoulders  also  bruise  the  bark  if  the  cutting  is  by  blows.  Bull. 
No.  49,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry. 

*Mr.  Hart  states  that  "the  invention  of  the  new  tool  described  by 
Dr.  Weber  is  a  step  in  the  right  direction,  and  working  on  the  same 
lines  we  are  now  in  possession  of  an  instrument  which  allows  still 
more  freedom  to  the  operator  and  enables  him  to  make  a  narrow, 
deep,  or  broad  channel  at  will,  with  ease  and  despatch." 

Washing  the  latex — By  the  methods  now  adopted  the  foreign 
matters  are  washed  out  of  the  latex  before  coagulation  takes  place, 
thus  producing  a  very  high  grade  of  rubber  from  the  Castilloa, 
having  a  marketable  value  equal  to  that  of  Para. 

Until  now  it  was  generally  assumed  that  the  Central  American 
rubber  was  of  much  inferior  grade  to  that  of  Para.  It  has  now 
been  proved,  however,  that  the  actual  difference  is  very  slight,  if 
there  is  any,  and  resolves  itself  into  the  question  of  preparing  it 
for  the  market  at  the  time  of  tapping.  During  the  past  few  months 
the  best  qualities  of  some  rubber  from  cultivated  Castilloa  trees 
brought  $1.54  and  $1.56  gold  per  pound  in  the  London  market. 
This  price  was  higher  than  that  of  best  South  American  Para  sold 
at  the  same  time. 

Coagulating  the  latex — "  The  separation  of  rubber  from  the  latex, 
a  process  commonly  called  coagulation,  is  in  a  somewhat  more 
advanced  state  of  investigation  than  the  subject  of  tapping,  if, 
indeed,  the  recent  experiments  of  Dr.  Weber  do  not  mean  that  a 
final  and  satisfactory  conclusion  has  been  reached.  Dr.  Weber 
finds  that  by  the  simple  expedient  of  diluting  the  fresh  latex  of 
Castilloa  with  five  times  its  volume  of  boiling  water  and  adding 
8  ounces  of  formaldehyde  to  each  barrel  of  the  resulting  fluid,  all 
the  impurities  to  which  the  inferiority  of  Castilloa  rubber  are  due 
can  be  removed,  since  they  will  remain  in  solution,  while  after 
twenty-four  hours  the  clean  rubber  will  be  found  in  a  "  snow-white- 
cake"  which  can  be  lifted  off  the  top.  Dr.  Weber  contends  that 
rubber  prepared  in  this  way  is  "  absolutely  free  from  solid  im- 
purities  of  any   description either  soluble  or  insoluble, 

organic  or  inorganic,"  and  that  it  is  equal  or  superior  to  the  finest 
brands  of  Para  rubber.     Bull.  No.  49,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry. 

Yield — "It  may  be  said  that  at  the  present  stage  of  this  inquiry, 
2  pounds  per  tree  is  looked  upon  as  the  reasonable  maximum  yield 
to  be  expected  from  adult  trees  of  twelve  years  and  upward,  grow- 
ing under  favourable  natural  conditions.  This  is  the  highest 
estimate  which  is  known  to  the  writer  as  having  been  made  by 
reliable  planters  of  intelligence  and  experience  ;  and  some  such 
hold  that  the  probabilities  lie  nearer  to  half  a  pound  than  to  2 
pounds.  It  is  appreciated  that  this  estimate  is  much  smaller  than 
many  claims  based  on  wild  trees  and  that  it  is  much  larger  than  the 
results  reached  on  some  of  the  earlier  plantations  would  seem  to 
promise,  The  estimate  is  not,  however,  made  as  an  average  of  all 
published  figures,  but  is  reached  rather  by  the  elimination  of  un- 
warranted expectations  from  one  end  of  the  series,  and  from  the 

*  Bull.  R.  Botanic  Gari£n£,  Trinidad,  1905,  p.  163. 


Feb. 

4,  19  trees  gave 

Mar. 

19    do 

Feb. 

8,  16    do 

Mar. 

15          do 

Feb. 

17,  15    do 

263 

other  of  disappointments  due  to  adverse  local  conditions.— 5h//. 
No.  49,  Bureau  of  Plant  Indiislry. 

Captain  Short  states  :  Tapping  was  carried  on  (at  Richmond 
estate)  in  February,  1904  with  the  following  results  : 

Total  yield  Average  per  tree. 

4  lb.    5  oz.  3M  02-  dry  rubber 

3  "  10    "  3 

4  "    I     "  4        " 

2  "  II      "  2H     " 

5 "  II  "  m  " 

April  27  do  ...  3  "    0    "  3         " 

These  fifty  trees  gave  an  average  yield  of  just  under  i  lb.  of  dry 
rubber  in  the  two  tappings. 

The  yield  of  latex  varies  greatly  in  trees  of  the  same  size  and 
age.  Two  trees  out  of  these  fifty  gave  7i  to  8^  cups  of  latex  at 
each  tapping,  the  one  tree  yielding  i  lb.  lO  oz.  of  dry  rubber  in  the 
two  tappings,  the  other  I  lb.  9  oz.  Other  trees  tapped  in  the  same 
month  gave  I  lb.  in  the  two  tappings  and  another  gave  |  lb.  in  one 
tapping.  Trees  of  the  same  age  and  size  gave  less  than  half  these 
amounts.  Why  this  should  be  I  cannot  say,  and  I  believe  no 
explanation  has  yet  been  given  to  account  for  the  difference  in 
the  yield  of  latex.  As  far  as  my  own  observation  goes,  trees  in 
the  open,  or  only  partially  shaded,  appear  to  be  better  yielders,  as 
a  rule,  than  those  in'  denser  shade. 

In  comparing  this  tapping  with  that  of  1 899,  it  appears  that,  at 
nine  years  old,  a  tree  on  an  average  yields  about  one-half  of  what 
a  tree  thirteen  to  fourteen  years  old  does. 

The  results  of  the  different  tappings  have  led  me  to  conclude 
that  from  |  lb.  to  I  lb.  of  rubber  per  annum  may  be  safely 
reckoned  on,  as  the  average  yield  of  a  tree  thirteen  to  fourteen 
years  old. 

It  is  intended  at  the  next  tapping  to  use  a  ladder,  and  to  tap 
as  far  as  possible  up  the  stem.  No  doubt  the  total  yield  of  rubber 
would  then  be  greater.  It  is  also  intended  to  tap  a  few  trees  con- 
tinuously for  twelve  to  fourteen  days,  or  every  second  day  for  a 
month,  although  it  is  very  doubtful  if  the  yield  of  latex  would  be 
much  increased  by  so  doing,  or  that  the  extra  yield  so  obtained 
would  compensate  for  the  greater  damage  to  the  tree.  In  this 
respect  the  Castilloa  appears  to  differ  from  the  Para,  and  the 
experiments  to  be  tried  in  1905  will  probably  do  something  towards 
settling  the  point. 

The  cost  of  collecting  was  8d.  to  9d.  per  lb.,  but  this  cost 
would  be  reduced  when  tapping  is  carried  on  regularly  and  on  a 
larger  scale.  The  rubber  extracted  from  the  nine-year  old  trees  in 
1899  to  1900  was  valued  at  3s.  9d.  per  lb.,  a  good  price  at  the  time. 
Information  on  Castilloa  rubber  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,  as  follows  :— 1895,  pp.  34- 
38  ;  1898,  p.  37  ;  1899,  PP-  74-76,  85  ;  1900,  pp.  2-7 ;  1901,  p.  141- 
And  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  as  follows  : 

1904,  pp.  101-103,  162-168,  188-192,  231-236,  257-260,  283-285; 

1905,  pp.  13-20,  43-46,  67-70.  84-85,  133-134-  156-158,  I  81-183, 
229-230,  233-243  ;  1906,  pp.  97-100,  145-150,  172-175- 


264 

LAGOS  SILK  RUBBER  OR  IRE. 
(Funtumia  elastica.) 

Locality. — A  new  rubber-yielding  plant  suddenly  came  into 
notice  in  the  colony  of  Lagos  in  1894.  This  proved  to  be  a 
handsome  tree,  locally  known  as  Ire,  Ireh,  or  Ereh.  It  belongs  to 
the  same  natural  order  as  the  Landolphias.  The  particulars 
respecting  it  were  gradually  accumulated  at  Kew.  It  was  at  first 
known  as  Kickxia  africana,  but  is  now  more  correctly  named 
Funtumia  elastica.  It  is  widely  distributed  in  West  Africa  from 
Sierra  Leone  to  the  delta  of  the  Niger,  the  island  of  Fernando  Po, 
and  the  Gaboon.  It  is  believed  that  rubber  was  first  obtained 
from  it  on  the   Gold  Coast  in    1883.     (Agricultural  News,    1902,  p. 

185.) 

Mr.  J.  H.  Hart  states  :  Plants  put  out  in  Trinidad  at  one  of  the 
trial  sections  at  St.  Clair  in  July,  1898,  averaged  in  January,  1901, 
thirteen  and  a  half  feet  in   height,  with  a  stem  circumference  of 

seven  inches Mr.  Milieu  of  Tobago,  who  has  been  in  the 

native  forests  of  this  plant,  reports  it  as  being  a  large  forest  tree. 
....  The  St.  Clair  trees  even  at  their  present  early  age  of  three 
years,  bleed  freely,  but  are  not  yet  of  sufficient  size  to  base  any 
reliable  estimates  as  to  yield  or  value.  .  .  .  The  rubber  keeps 
well  and  appears  to  stand  near  to  good  Para  in  value.  A  point 
which  will  recommend  it  to  some  is  the  fact  that  although  it 
certainly  grows  faster  under  shade,  it  can  make  good  growth  when 
fully  exposed  to  the  sun. — {W.  I.  Bull.,  1901,  p.  108.) 

In  Western  Africa. — The  following  notes  on  the  Silk  Rubber  of 
Lagos  are  taken  from  an  article  by  M.  E.  De  Wildman  published 
in  the  Revue  des  Cultures  Coloniales,  and  translated  in  the 
Agricultural  Bulletin  of  the  Straits  and  Federated  Malay  States, 
Vol.  II.,  4  April,  1903,  p.  136. 

"The  plant  is  specially  cultivated  at  present  in  Western  Africa 
in  the  Congo  Free  State  and  in  the  Cameroons,  and  is,  according 
to  the  author,  the  best  rubber  plant  to  cultivate  in  these  regions, 
and  this  is  so  for  several  reasons ;  it  is  easy  to  procure  seed  as 
the  plant  is  wild  in  this  part  of  the  world  and  one  can  be  sure  that 
it  will  grow  well  as  the  soil  and  climate  are  naturally  suitable  for 
it.  The  German  Colonial  reports  show  that  Funtumias  of  the 
same  age  as  Castilloas  are  relatively  more  advanced,  the 
Funtumias  give  seed  at  the  end  of  two  years  and  a  half,  while  the 
Castilloa  fruits  only  at  the  end  of  from  three  and  a  half  to  four 
years.  If  one  compares  the  latex  of  the  two,  at  the  same  age,  one 
can  see  that  it  is  much  more  concentrated,  less  watery  and  sticky 
in  Funtumia  than  in  Castilloa,  and  that  it  can  give  a  return  more 
quickly.  Castilloa,  according  to  M.  Koschny  can  only  be  milked 
when  eight  years  old.  As  to  the  rubber  itself,  that  of  Funtumia 
is  as  good  or  better  than  that  of  Castilloa.  The  results  of 
comparative  researches  with  Funtumia  and  Castilloa  in  West 
Africa  are  in  favour  of  the  former." 

"  If  at  first  the  stem  bifurcates  forming  a  bush,  either  a  shoot  is 
developed    above    the    bifurcation,    or    one    branch    grows    more 


265 

strongly  than  the  other  eventually  forming  the  trunk.  Among 
the  advantages  of  Funtumia  one  may  mention  tnat  the  latex  flows 
more  easily  and  quickly  than  that  of  Castilloa  or  Ficus  and  the 
seeds  keep  good  for  six  week:  and  even  germinate  after  three 
months.  Nor  is  the  Funtumia  particular  as  to  soil,  it  grows  equally 
well  in  lateritic  or  basaltic  soils  rich  in  humus  or  stony.  As  to 
altitude,  it  has  been  noticed  that  it  does  best  below  800  metres 
(2625  ft.)  It  is  reckoned  that  in  April,  1902,  there  were  in  the 
Cameroons  200,000  plants,  exclusive  of  wild  ones.  The  plan  of 
planting  Funtumias  in  a  lightly  cleared  forest  as  has  been  frequently 
done  is  not  recommended.  They  do  not  grow  so  well  in  shade  as 
in  full  sun  ;  when  they  are  too  weak  to  resist  the  drying  action  of 
sun  and  wind,  they  naturally  should  be  protected,  but  when  they 
are  strong  enough  to  resist  this,  they  develop  better  when  fully 
exposed  to  the  sun,  provided  that  the  ground  is  damp  enough. 
From  the  experiments  made  in  plantations  in  German  territory 
the  Funtumias  should  be  planted  6  meters  [20  ft.]  apart." 

"  The  tree  is  one  of  the  best  shade  trees  for  cocoa,  but  as  it  is 
pyramidal  in  form  it  will  be  necessary  to  plant  close  which  is  not 
a  disadvantage." 

Best  Districts  in  Jamaica.  Small  ti-ees  of  this  species  are  growing 
at  Hope  Gardens  and  at  Castleton.  It  will  probably  be  found  that 
it  will  succeed  best  in  the  districts  recommended  for  Para  rubber. 

Pruning.  In  Jamaica,  Trinidad  and  Tobago  it  is  noticed  that 
the  young  trees  if  left  to  themselves  are  liable  to  assume  a  bushy 
habit  and  are  thus  rendered  less  valuable  for  rubber-yielding 
qualities.  To  correct  this  it  is  recommended  that  the  trees  be 
pruned  by  gradually  taking  off  all  the  lower  branches  and  that 
one  central,  clean  stem  be  encouraged.  In  Lagos  the  tree  attains 
a  height  of  90  to  lOO  feet  before  branching,  which  makes  it  easy 
for  the  collector  to  tap  the  trunk. 

Collecting  and  preparing  tlie  rubber.  "In  tapping  the  trees  the 
bark  is  first  cut  in  a  vertical  direction  from  the  bottom  to  the  top. 
This  single  line  is  about  i  to  f  of  an  inch  broad,  and  deep  enough 
to  reach  the  inner  bark.  This  forms  the  main  groove.  On  each 
side  of  this  two  series  of  oblique  grooves,  about  two  feet  apart, 
are  cut,  each  running  into  the  main  groove.  The  side  grooves 
are  made  beginning  at  the  top,  and  gradually  reaching  the  base  of 
the  tree.  All  the  milk  exuding  from  the  lateral  grooves  will  find 
its  way  into  the  main  groove  and  so  ultimately  reach  the  bottom, 
where  a  vessel  is  placed  to  receive  it.  When  sufficient  milk  has 
accumulated  it  is  then  collected  and  made  into  rubber. 

The  methods  adopted  for  coagulating  the  milk  are  at  present 
of  two  kinds,  viz.,  "  the  cold  process"  and  "the  heat  process." 
The  cold  process  is  chiefly  practised  by  the  Fanti  men  introduced 
from  the  Gold  Coast.  A  cavity  is  excavated  in  the  trunk  of  a 
fallen  tree  so  as  to  form  a  cistern  of  the  capacity  necessary  for 
holding  the  milk  collected  during  several  days.  Into  this  the 
rubber  gatherers  pour  the  milk,  after  straining  it,  from  day  to  day, 
until  it  is  quite  full.  It  is  then  covered  with  palm  leaves  and  left 
for  12  to  14  days  and  sometimes  much   longer,  depending  on  the 


266 

season,  until  most  of  the  watery  portions  have  either  evaporated 
or  sunk  into  the  wood.  After  being  kneaded  and  pressed  together 
the  rubber  thus  obtained  has  a  dark,  brownish  colour,  with  the 
inner  portions  of  a  slightly  lighter  colour.  Such  rubber  is  known 
locally  as  "  silk  rubber." 

"  The  heat  process  is  the  one  generally  adopted  by  the  natives 
of  Lagos.  This  is  much  simpler  in  working,  as  it  disposes  of  all 
the  milk  collected  at  the  close  of  each  day.  After  being  strained 
the  milk  is  placed  in  a  vessel  and  boiled.  The  rubber  begins  to 
coagulate  almost  directly  the  heat  is  applied,  and  after  the  boiling 
is  over  is  removed  in  a  somewhat  sticky  condition,  owing  to  being 
burnt,  and  of  a  blackish  colour.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the  heat 
process,  though  simpler,  impairs  the  quality  of  the  rubber,  and  is 
calculated  to  injure  the  industry.  It  is  probable  that  if  the  heat 
process  were  somewhat  modified  the  results  would  not  be  so  inju- 
rious. An  experiment  was  tried  at  the  Botanic  Station  to  coagu- 
late the  milk  by  heat,  but  not  applied  directly  to  it.  The  result 
was  much  more  satisfactory.  The  rubber  came  off  of  a  milky 
white  colour,  and  after  being  pressed  it  was  clean  and  firm 
without  being  sticky."     {BitU.  R.  Gardens,  Kciv,  1895,  pp.  245-246.) 

Value  of  the  rubber.  "The  (luestion  of  making  West  African 
rubber  more  marketable  is  now  exercising  the  minds  of  merchants 
engaged  in  that  trade.  The  rubber  that  comes  from  Para  (South 
America)  fetches  on  the  English  market  double  the  price  of  that 
product  from  West  Africa.  The  only  reason  for  this  is  the  different 
method  of  curing  the  rubber  when  taken  from  the  tree — a  very 
simple  process  .  .  .  The  difference  between  Para  and  African 
rubber  is  similar  to  that  between  a  loaf  of  bread  just  made  up 
into  dough  and  a  loaf  that  has  been  through  the  oven  and  been  pro- 
perly baked.  In  other  words  while  the  substance  is  the  same,  the 
one  is  an  imperfect  article  ;  the  other  a  finished  one,  so  far  as  the 
production  of  rubber  is  concerned."  (Agricultural  Neivs,  1904,  p.  343.) 

It  appears  that  in  Lagos,  owing  to  the  wholesale  destruction  of 
the  trees  in  the  hinterland,  a  most  promising  and  valuable  industry 
has  been  practically  ruined.  In  1894  the  exports  of  rubber  shipped 
from  the  colony  amounted  to  5,867  lbs.  valued  at  £324  6s.  4d.  In 
1895  these  figures  rose  to  no  less  than  5,069,576  lbs.  of  a  total 
sterling  value  of  £269,893." 

"There  is,  unhappily,  reason  to  fear  that  the  usual  result  may 
follow  this  sudden  discovery.  Already  there  seem  to  be  grounds 
for  the  belief  that,  in  so  far  as  the  term  'rubber  industry'  implies 
the  intelligent  growth  and  cultivation  of  the  plant  for  profit,  it 
conveys  a  false  impression  of  the  methods  in  vogue  in  the  interior." 

"  Judicious  tapping  with  due  regard  to  the  life  of  the  tree,  and 
its  future  usefulness,  is  the  exception  ;  rubber-bearing  trees  are 
ruthlessly  sacrificed  by  irresponsible  seekers  after  wealth,  and 
dead  trunks  are  becoming  a  too  familiar  feature  in  the  landscape 
of  the  productive  districts.  Sooner  or  later  a  purely  destructive 
policy  of  this  kind  must  exhaust  the  richest  country  ;  adventurers 
will  have  to  stray   further   afield,   and  the  cost   of  transport  will 


26/ 

equal  or  exceed  the  value  of  the  article."  (Annual  Report  on  Colony 
of  Lagos  for  1895.)     (Colonial  Office  Reports,  No.  1 8 5,  1896.) 

In  1897  the  Governor  of  the  colony  sent  Messrs.  Leigh  and 
Dawodu  of  the  Botanical  Department  [two  natives  of  Lagos  who 
were  trained  at  Hope  Gardens,  1890-1893,  and  subsequently  spent 
a  year  at  Kew]  into  the  interior  to  report  on  the  condition  of  the 
rubber  trees  in  the  forests,  and  to  give  advice  to  the  kings  and 
chiefs  on  the  proper  methods  of  tapping,  and  to  induce  them  to 
devote  as  much  care  and  attention  to  the  raising  and  cultivation  of 
this  tree  as  they  give  to  kola  and  oil  palm. 

Messrs.  Leigh  and  Dawodu  reported  that  the  forests  abounded 
with  Ire  trees,  but  through  over-tapping  they  were  almost  ruined 
and  rubber  working  had  practically  ceased.  And  they  go  on  to 
say  "rubber  collectors  have  now  to  go  15  or  16  days  offlbadan 
for  rubber  beyond  the  Protectorate  of  this  colony.  The  countries 
where  active  rubber  working  is  going  on,  are  Benin  and  Aboko 
forests," 

In  the  Annual  Report  on  Lagos  for  1897  the  following  statement 
occurs  : — "  As  was  anticipated,  the  falling  off  in  the  production  of 
rubber,  due  to  the  reckless  way  in  which  it  was  collected,  has  come 
to  pass,  the  amount  shipped  in  1897  being  4,458,327  lbs,  as  against 
6,484,365  lbs,  in  1896.  It  is  early  to  talk  pessimistically  of  ihe 
'extinction  of  the  industry,'  inasmuch  as  the  opening  up  of  fresh 
country  to  peaceful  commerce  cannot  fail  to  revive  the  production. 
At  the  same  time  the  greed  and  guile  of  the  small  minority  that 
collects  and  adulterates  rubber,  coupled  with  the  apathy  of  the  large 
majority  that  only  looks  on,  must  inevitably  deal  a  severe  blow 
to  the  trade.  Steps  are,  however,  being  taken  to  encourage  the 
native  chiefs  to  have  the  rubber  collected  in  a  thrifty  and  system- 
atic manner,  which,  it  is  hoped,  will  show  good  results  in  the  near 
future." 

It  would  appear  from  the  following  that  Funtumia  is  now  being 
largely  planted  in  West  Africa  : — "  From  an  interesting  report 
issued  by  the  London  Chamber  of  Commerce  in  June,  1905,  we 
gather  that  rubber  planting  in  West  Africa  is  progressing  rapidly, 
some  15,900  plants  of  Funtumia  elastica  having  been  planted  at 
Aburi  in  1902,  and  reported  in  1905  as  twelve  feet  high." 

"It  is  reported  that  caterpillars  have  been  very  destructive  to  the 
rubber  plants."     (Bull.  Botanical  Department,  Trinidad,   July,    1906, 

p.  74-) 

Information  on  Lagos  silk  rubber  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  1906,  pp.   171-172. 

CEARA    RUBBER. 

(Manihot  Glaziovii.) 

Ceara  or  Manitoba  rubber  is  produced  by  Manihot  Glaziovii,  a 
tree  related  to  the  cassava,  but  attaining  to  a  height  of  30  to  50 
feet. 

Locality,  Soil  and  Climate — "Ceara  is  a  coast  town  of  Brazil  in 
lat.  4°  S.,   and   the  flat  country   which  runs   back   to   the   hills   is 


268 

described  by  Mr.  Cross  as  manifestly  possessing  '  a  very  dry,  arid 
climate  for  a  considerable  part  of  the  year.  This  is  evident  from 
the  fact  that  mandiocca  and  other  crops  require  to  be  irrigated. 
The  rainy  season  is  said  to  begin  in  November  and  end  in  May  or 
June ;  torrents  of  rain  are  then  reported  to  fall  for  several  days  in 
succession,  after  which  the  weather  moderates  for  a  brief  space. 
According  to  some  statements  there  are  occasional  years  in  which 
hardly  any  rain  falls.  This  assertion  concurs  with  the  aspect 
presented  by  the  country  in  general.  The  daily  temperature  on 
board  the  ship  ranged  from  82°  F.,  but  inland  in  is  often  probably 
90°.  The  localities  traversed  by  me  nowhere  seemed  to  be 
elevated  more  than  200  feet  above  the  sea.'  At  Pacatuba,  about 
forty  miles  from  Ceara,  the  actual  place  where  the  specimens  were 
obtained,  '  the  general  forest  was  tolerably  high,  but  the  sparse 
small  foliage  did  not  afford  much  shade  from  the  fierce  rays  of  the 
sun.  The  soil  was  in  places  a  sort  of  soft  sandstone  or  gravel 
which  was  bound  up  in  the  most  extraordinary  manner.  Neither 
grass  nor  weeds  grew  among  this  underwood,  and  there  was  an 
entire  absence  of  ferns,  mosses,  and  other  plants.'  In  another 
place  somewhat  further  from  the  coast,  the  traveller,  shortly  after 
entering  the  bush-like  forest,  'came  on  a  large  tract  of  land 
covered  by  immense  masses  of  grey  granite,  some  of  which  might 
be  fifty  tons  or  more  in  weight.  These  had  been  broken  where 
they  lay,   and  were  the  result  of  a  volcanic  explosion.      Rounded 

masses  of  the  same  rock  also  cropped  out  in   many  places 

Many  good-sized  rubber  trees  were  growing  in  the  spaces  between 
these  granite  masses  .  .  .  The  situation  was  very  dry,  but  no 
doubt  some  seedlings  had  sprung  up,  which  owing  to  numerous 
thickets  of  shrubs,  were  not   perceived.'     (Joiinial  of  Botany,  1S80, 

P-  323.) 

United  States  Consul  Furniss  reported  recently  that  vast  forests 
of  this  tree  have  just  been  discovered  in  the  interior  of  the  State 
of  Bahia.  The  area  is  said  to  be  very  large,  but  cannot  be  defined 
as  the  region  has  not  been  fully  explored.  The  attention  called 
to  the  first  discovery,  has  led  to  further  explorations,  with  the 
result  that  from  time  to  time  comes  notice  of  other  sections  where 
like  trees  occur  in  profusion. 

It  is  native  to  many  parts  of  Brazil  and  when  planted  will  grow 
on  the  interior  plains  and  highlands  as  well  as  close  to  the  sea  .  . 
It  is  also  cultivated  in  many  sections,  large  plantations  having 
been  set  out  during  the  last  few  years  in  Sergipe,  Bahia  and  other 
States."     (Bull.  Dcpt.  of  Agri.,  Jamaica,  1905,  p.  72.) 

In  Nicaragua — The  cultivation  of  Ceara,  or  Manitoba  rubber  was 
begun  in  Nicaragua  about  four  years  ago.  The  splendid  condi- 
tion of  the  plantings  and  the  large  yield  and  excellent  quality  of 
the  product  taken  in  trial  tappings,  give  promise  of  the  success  of 
the  enterprise.  The  Ceara  rubber  tree  is  a  dry  land  plant,  and 
will  not  prosper  in  a  wet  soil.  It  is  being  planted  in  the  districts 
of  La  Pas  and  Momotombo  (300  feet  above  sea  level),  where  the 
Momotombo  mountain  by  driving  the  clouds  to  one  side,  protects 
this  section  from  the  force  of  the  tropical  rains   so  that  it  is  com- 


269 

paratively  dry,  receiving  just  about  enough  water  to  grow  corn, 
which  is  abundant  for  Ceara  rubber.  The  soil  is  sandy,  with  an 
admixture  of  a  little  clay,  and  very  deep  and  level  or  slightly  roll- 
ing. The  Nicaragua  Rubber  Co.'s  plantation  is  the  "  San 
Nicholas,"  on  which  are  the  oldest  andiargest  trees  in  this  sec- 
tion. Three-year-old  trees  on  this  plantation  measure  26  inches 
in  girth  3  feet  above  the  soil,  and  are  more  than  30  feet  high. 
Ceara  rubber  trees  yielded  latex  at  two  years  of  age.  Twenty-one 
trees  from  fourteen  to  twenty-one  months  old,  with  an  average  age 
of  fourteen  months,  were  tapped,  and  together  gave  Ji  lb.  of  dry 
rubber.  A  tree  fifteen  months  old  gave  3  oz.  of  rubber.  However, 
it  is  not  intended  to  tap  until  the  trees  are  four  years  old  in  order 
not  to  retard  the  best  development.  It  is  expected  that  four-year- 
old  trees  will  produce  I  lb.  of  rubber  each,  and  from  that  time  the 
product  will  augment  rapidly.  There  are  now  in  the  district  out- 
side of  native  plantings,  four  American  plantations  of  Manilwt 
Glaziovii.  on  which  are  planted  some  200,000  trees, while  as  many 
more  will  be  planted  in  another  year.     (IVork.'^') 

"  III  Hawaii — It  is  considered  unlikely  that  the  climate  of  Hawaii 
will  prove  suitable  for  the  Para  rubber  tree ;  for  a  similar  reason, 
it  is  doubtful  whether  the  cultivation  of  Castilloa  clastica  should 
be  attempted  on  more  than  an  experimental  scale. 

"  The  Ceara  rubber  (Manihot  Glaziovii),  on  the  other  hand,  finds 
the  climate  of  Hawaii  quite  suitable  ;  it  makes  rapid  growth  in 
Hawaii,  thriving  from  sea-level  up  to  2,500  feet.  As  this  tree  will 
stand  a  moderate  tapping  at  three  years,  comparatively  early 
returns  may  be  obtained.  A  company  has  already  planted 
100.000  seeds  of  this  species,  and  expects  to  have  half  a  million 
growing   within  another   two   years."       (Agricultural  News,    1905, 

P-  393)- 

In  the  German  Colonies — "  The  German  East  Africa  Plantations 
Company  of  Lewa  continues  to  extend  its  plantations  of  rubber 
trees,  Manihot  Glaziovii,  and  at  the  end  of  1902  they  had  reached 
250,000  in  number."     [Agricultural  News  1905,  p.  7). 

Best  districts  in  Jamaica — Considering  the  character  of  the 
country  in  which  the  Ceara  rubber  tree  is  a  native,  the  most  likely 
districts  in  the  island  for  its  success  in  yielding  rubber  are  the 
Liguanea  plain,  Palisadoes,  sea-coast  parts  of  western  St.  Thomas- 
in-the-East,  southern  portions  of  Clarendon  and  St.  Catherine, 
districts  round  Black  River,  and  the  country  along  the  sea-coast 
of  St.  James  and  Trelawny. 

Propagation  and  Planting — "  The  seed-coat  is  of  remarkable  thick- 
ness and  very  hard,  and  the  natural  process  of  germination 
occupies  a  long  period — it  is  said  more  than  a  year.  All  that  is 
necessary  to  hasten  this,  if  desired,  is  to  assist  the  seed-coat  in 
splitting.  This  is  best  effected  by  holding  the  seed  firmly,  and 
rasping  off  with  a  file  both  edges  at  the  radicular  end.f  It  is  best 
not  to  file  off  the  actual  end,  as  it  may  thus  easily  happen  that  the 

*  Krom  BwU  Deyt.  of  Agn.    Jamaica  1905,  p.  269. 
t  This  end  IB  to  be  reoognized   externally  by  poseessiug  at  its  side  aflat  two-lobed 
appendage  technically  known  as  the  caruncle. 


2/0 

radicle  of  the  embryo  may  be  injured,  After  this  treatment, 
properly  performed,  the  young  plant  appears  above  ground  in  two 
or  three  weeks.  The  seedlings  require  no  particular  attention. 
They  grow  rapidly,  and  may  be  finally  planted  out  at  distances 
of  twenty  feet.  A  peculiarity  which  they  share  with  their  close 
relative  the  mandioc,  is  the  possession  of  large  tubers  on  the 
spreading  roots." — (Journal  of  Botany,   l88,  p.  324.) 

"It  can  also  be  propagated  by  cuttings  of  about  one  foot  in 
length  taken  from  the  ends  of  strong  shoots.  In  planting,  each 
cutting  may  be  put  in  the  ground  to  the  depth  of  6  inches.  In 
loose,  sandy  soil,  or  dry,  gravelly  wastes,  if  found  to  support  any 
kind  of  bush,  plantations  might  be  formed  at  little  expense." — 
{Cross.) 

Collecting  the  Rubber,  and  y/VW—"  According  to  Cross  (Report 
p.  14)  this  is  an  operation  of  a  very  simple  description.  On  com- 
mencing work,  the  collector  takes  with  him  a  stout  knife  and  a 
handful  of  twigs  to  serve  as  a  broom.  Arriving  at  a  tree,  any 
loose  stones  or  dust  is  swept  from  the  ground  around  the  base, 
and  some  large  leaves  are  laid  down  to  receive  the  droppings  of 
milk  which  trickle  down.  Some  do  not  go  to  the  trouble  of 
sweeping  the  ground  or  laying  down  leaves,  for  which  reason  the 
milk  adheres  to  sand,  dust,  decayed  leaves,  and  other  impurities. 
The  outer  surface  of  the  bark  of  the  trunk  is  pared  or  sliced  off 
to  a  height  of  four  or  five  feet.  The  milk  then  exudes  and  runs 
down  in  many  tortuous  courses,  some  of  it  ultimately  falling  on 
the  ground.  After  several  days  the  juice  becomes  dry  and  solid, 
and  is  then  pulled  off  in  strings  and  rolled  up  in  balls  or  put  into 
bags  in  loose  masses.  Only  a  thin  paring  should  be  taken  off, 
just  deep  enough  to  reach  the  milk  vessels  ;  but  this  is  not  always 
attended  to.  Nearly  every  tree  has  been  cut  through  the  bark, 
and  a  slice  taken  off  the  wood.  Decay  then  proceeds  rapidly,  and 
many  of  the  trunks  are  hollow.  In  this  condition  the  trees  must 
yield  far  less  milk,  and  many  no  doubt  are  broken  over  by  the 
wind  or  wither  away.  Collecting  is  carried  on  during  the  dry 
season  only,  when  rain  seldom  falls." 

"  In  the  Tropical  Agriculturist  for  March,  1887,  Mr.  W.  B.  Lamont 
furnished  the  following  results  of  experiments  carried  on  by  him 
in  the  districts  of  Henaratgoda  and  Mirigama :— "No  satisfactory 
result  will  follow  any  attempt  to  obtain  produce  before  the  tree 
is  at  least  four  years  old  ;  no  system  of  cutting  or  piercing  the 
bark  will  give  a  satisfactory  yield  ;  and  it  is  only  in  the  dry 
season,  when  the  tree  is  leafless,  and  the  growth  at  a  standstill, 
that  a  satisfactory  result  can  be  obtained  in  the  way  of  harvesting. 
The  plan  of  obtaining  the  rubber  that  my  experiments  led  up  to, 
was,  as  soon  as  the  leaves  begin  to  fall,  to  remove  the  outer 
bark  in  vertical  strips  of  not  more  than  two  inches  wide,  and  not 
less  than  four  inches  apart.  The  tender  inner  bark  thus  exposed 
to  the  sun  breaks  out  in  something  like  running  sores,  from  which 
the  rubber  slowly  exudes  and  drips  on  the  surface  as  fast  as 
discharged.  In  this  process  the  strip  of  exposed  bark  is 
destroyed,  but  a  vigorous   tree  will  close  in  the  bared  part  in  the 


271 

course  of  the  year,  if  the  width  is  not  more  than  two  inches. 
Ceara  rubber,  planted  at  lOO  trees  per  acre,  will,  after  the  second 
year,  require  hardly  any  expense  in  cultivation.  As  for  harvest- 
ing, I  collected  30  lbs.  last  January  and  February  by  one  boy  at 
15  cents  a  day,  or  say  23  cents  per  lb.,  the  local  value  being  about 
80  cents.  Supposing  each  tree  gave  an  average  yield  of  I  lb.  per 
annum,  and  allowing  30  cents  for  cultivation  and  collecting,  50 
cents  would  remain  as  profit,  or  R50  per  acre." 

"Dr.  Trimen,  in  his  Report  for  1893  (p.  13),  remarks; — "  Ceara 
rubber  has  not  taken  any  hold  on  planters  here  as  a  permanent 
cultivation  ;  yet  it  might,  I  think,  be  worked  at  a  profit  by  a 
system  of  annual  planting,  and  the  sacrifice  of  successive  crops  of 
trees  when  they  reach  ten  or  twelve  years.  About  li  lbs.  of  dry 
rubber  is  at  that  age  obtained  from  each  tree." — {Kciv  Bulletin, 
1898,  pp.  4,  6-7,  8.) 

Analysis  of  rubber— "  At  the  re(|uest  of  the  Inspector-General  of 
Agriculture  in  India,  I  lb.,  of  moulded  Ceara  rubber  (in  17  pieces) 
and  I  lb.  of  Ceara  "Scrap"  rubber  were  sent  to  the  Agricultural 
Chemist  by  the  Government  of  India  for  analysis,  and  the  result 
is  given  as  follows  .' — 

Report  on  the  composition  of  two  samples  of  Ceara  rubber, 
'  Scrap'  and  '  Prepared,'  sent  by  R.  L.  Proudlock,  Esq.,  Govern- 
ment Botanic  Gardens  and  Parks,  the  Nilgiris,  Ootacamund,  1 6th 
September,  1902. 

Water 

Pure  caoutchouc 

Resins 

Ash 

Total 

"  The  rubbers  are  of  excellent  quality  as  regards  colour  and 
texture  and  the  analysis  shows  a  high  amount  of  pure  caoutchouc." 
Bulletin  of  The  Straits  and  Federated  Malay  States,   October,    1903, 

PP-  329-330. 

Information  on  Ceara  rubber  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin  of 
the  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,  as  follows  : — 1895,  pp.  31-34  > 
1897,  pp.  242-243  ;  1898,  pp.  37-38  ;  1899,  p.  84.  And  in  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  as  follows  : — 1905  pp. 
72-76,  269. 

VIRGEN  RUBBER,  OR  COLOMBIAN  SCRAP  RUBBER. 

(Sapium  sp.) 

Mr.  Robert  Thomson,  until  lately  one  of  Messrs  Elder,  Dempster 
and  Company's  Agricultural  Instructors  in  Jamaica,  and  formerly 
of  Bogota,  Colombia,  in  1888  wrote  as  follows  concerning  this 
rubber  : — 

"This  rubber  is  known  in  commerce  as  Colombia  Virgen.  It 
has  been  exported  chiefly  to  the  United  States,  and  next  to  the 
Para  rubber,  it  has  realized  the  best  prices  in  the  market  .  .  . 


4  92 

87-67 

2-86 

4-55 

364 

90  09 

4-09 

2-i8 

100  00 

100   00 

272 

"  1  have  established  in  this  country  during  the  last  five  years  a 
plantation  of  this  rubber,  consisting  of  about  70,000  trees,  this 
being,  I  believe,  as  yet  the  only  plantation  made  of  this  sort. 
Under  cultivation  this  tree  thrives  admirably,  growing  with  great 
rapidity,  and  averaging  about  five  feet  a  year. 

"  Crops  are  obtainable  in  from  six  to  eight  years,  but  a  tree  five 
years  old  yields  as  much  as  I  pound  of  rubber.  It  is  a  large  forest 
tree,  the  trunks  attaining  six  and  seven  feet  in  circumference. 

Four  arrotas  (lOO  lbs.)  of  rubber  have  been  extracted  from  a 
single  tree,  but  the  average  yield  is  far  less 

"  The  important  consideration  as  regards  this  species,  apart 
from  its  intrinsic  value,  is  that  it  grows  at  great  elevations  on  the 
Colombian  Andes,  viz.,  at  from  6,000  to  8,00o  feet  above   the  sea. 

"  Prior  to  the  wholesale  destruction  of  this  tree  (but  few  now 
remain)  by  the  rubber  collectors,  I  explored,  some  five  years  ago, 
the  forests  wherein  it  abounded  in  order  to  examine  the  soil, 
climatic  and  other  conditions  affecting  its  growth.  It  may  be 
mentioned  that  its  area  of  distribution  has  been  peculiarly  limited 
to  a  small  section  of  the  Cordilleras  some  1,500  miles  from  the 
sea.  The  total  quantity  of  rubber  exported  during  the  few  years 
the  article  existed  could  not  have  amounted  to  many  hundred  tons. 

"  It  is  very  difficult  to  propagate  the  tree  from  cuttings,  hence 
I  have  had  to  resort,  during  my  supervision  of  the  plantation,  to 
propagation  by  seeds,  which,  moreover,  were  always  procured 
with  much  difficulty." 

Messrs.  Hecht,  Levis,  and  Kahn,  wrote  in  May,  1 890,  to  Royal 
Gardens,  Kew : — 

"  We  beg  to  say  that  Colombian  scrap  rubber  has  been  known 
in  the  market  for  the  last  few  years,  and  is  of  a  very  superior 
quality  indeed. 

"  It  would  be  difficult  to  give  you  the  exact  average  market 
value,  but  it  has  varied  during  the  last  few  years  between  2/3  and 
3/  per  lb.  At  the  present  moment  the  value  is  about  2/1  id.  to  3/." 
(Bulletin  of  the  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,    1894,    pp.  110 — III.) 

In  the  Journal  of  the  Jamaica  Agricultural  Society  for  May,  -1906, 
Mr.  Thomson  gives  some  further  information  with  regard  to 
virgen  rubber,  as  follows  : — 

"This  is  the  only  important  species  of  rubber  indigenous  to  the 
cool  bracing  temperature  of  lofty  tropical  mountains.  The  other 
important  species  grow  in  the  hottest  zones  of  the  earth.  Hence 
to  prospective  planters  settling  in  Jamaica  the  climatic  conditions 
involved  are  of  the  greatest  consideration.  The  temperature  on 
the  mountains  is  like  a  perennial  English  spring.  As  is  well- 
known.  Englishmen  flock  to  the  island  of  Ceylon  to  settle  on  the 
mountains  ;  there  the  mountain  climate  is  duly  appreciated.  In 
like  manner  the  varied  resources  of  our  mountains  are  destined  to 
attract  attention. 

The  elevation  above  the  level  of  the  sea  at  which  the  virgen 
rubber  was  found  growing  in  a  state  of  nature,  four  degrees  from 
the  equator,  ranged  from  5,000  to  7,500  feet 

"  From  a  cultural  point  of  view,  I  have  never  in  all   my  experi- 


273 

ence  of  tropical  planting  cultivated  a  tree  that  flourished  like  this 
rubber  tree.  Every  plant  with  its  striking  foliage  and  abounding 
vigour  grevir  with  great  rapidity.  In  the  course  of  a  year  the 
plants  attained  a  height  of  from  six  to  eight  and  ten  feet.  In  three 
years  the  stems  were  five  to  six  inches  in  diameter 

"I  remember  having  collected  one  lb.  of  rubber  from  a  wild  seed- 
ling which  was  about  five  years  old.  Under  the  elaborate  cultural 
treatment  to  which  the  other  species  of  rubber  are  now  subjected, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  when  50  to  60  feet  high,  in  less  than 
10  years,  not  less  than  one  pound  per  tree  will  result.  And  in  a 
few  years  subsequent  thereto,  double  and  treble  this  quantity  per 
annum. 

"  I  have  the  pleasure  to  express  my  conviction  that  in  certain 
parts  of  the  temperate  climate  of  the  parish  of  Manchester,  with 
its  abundant  humidity,  and  its  peculiarly  constituted  soil,  the 
virgen  rubber  could  be  cultivated  with  great  success.  Sites  should 
be  selected  near  the  foot  of  the  gentle  rolling  hills  characteristic 
of  the  district — a  district  capable  of  being  turned  to  more  impor- 
tant account  than  any  other  in  the  island.  Though  this  tree  grows 
freely  on  high  ridges  in  its  native  habitat,  far  greater  returns  are 
yielded  by  trees  at  the  base  of  such  ridges.  There  are  thousands 
of  acres  of  land  obtainable  above  an  elevation  of  2,700  feet  emi- 
nently fitted  for  this  culture  in  Manchester. 

"  I  have  elsewhere  pointed  out  that  plants  cultivated  near  the 
equator  at  high  altitudes  (coffee  for  instance)  are  cultivated  in 
Jamaica  under  precisely  similar  climatic  conditions  at  about  2,000 
feet  less  altitude.  Hence  the  altitude  at  which  the  virgen  rubber 
flourishes  in  Colombia  from  4,500  to  7,500  feet,  is  equalized  here 
at  an  altitude  of  2,000  feet  less. 

"  As  the  virgen  rubber  is  a  gigantic  tree,  care  must  be  taken  to 
plant  it  wide  apart.  The  permanent  distance  might  be  24  feet 
asunder.  In  10  or  12  years  the  trees  would  cover  the  ground. 
Subsec|uently  the  trees  would  not  expand  materially,  inasmuch  as 
tapping  the  trees  would  interrupt  growth.  Regular  crops,  I  feel 
sure,  would  result  from  the  trees  when  eight  years  old,  and  of 
course  annually  afterwards." 

The  rubber  produced  by  another  species  of  Sapium,  native  of 
Brazil,  is  used  for  adulterating  Hevea  rubber,  and  even  in  some 
cases  to  replace  it  altogether.  It  seems  that  the  great  demand  has 
led  to  the  practice  for  some  years  past. 

Dr.  Huber,  the  author  of  the  report,  questions  if  the  practice, 
which  he  says  has  passed  unnoticed  for  twenty  years,  can  be 
described  as  fraudulent.  He  considers  that  if  the  union  makes  no 
difference  to  the  manufacturer,  then  no  harm  is  done ;  and,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  knowledge  is  gained  that  the  sources  of  supply  are 
greater  than  was  formerly  known,  as  the  tree  in  question  is  plenti- 
ful, and  exists  over  a  very  wide  area,  and  is  known  in  the  State 
of  Amazonas  by  the  name  of  'Taparu,'  and  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Para  as  '  Murupita,'  '  Seringa-Rana,'  Sic."— (Agricultural  News, 
1905,  p.  271). 


274 

information  on  Virgen  rubber  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin  of 
the  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,  as  follows: — 1894,  p.  IIO. 

ASSAM  RUBBER,  RAMBONG. 
(Ficiis  elastica.) 

Source — Assam  Rubber*  is  obtained  from  large  trees  of  Fkus 
elastica.  This  fig  tree  generally  germinates  in  the  fork  of  another 
tree,  sending  down  immense  aerial  roots  into  the  ground  and  from 
the  top  of  these  (60  to  100  feet  high)  it  throws  out  its  branches. 

Locality — It  grows  in  the  damp  forests  which  clothe  the  base  of 
the  Himalaya  Mountains  in  Sikkim,  and  stretch  away  into  Assam 
and  Burma. 

Effect  of  Soil.  &c.  on  Yield—"  As  the  distance  from  the  hills 
increases,  and  the  atmosphere  in  which  the  tree  grows  gets  drier, 
the  quantity  of  rubber  to  be  obtained  from  a  tree  decreases  ;  and 
whilst  it  is  stated  by  the  men  who  fetch  it  from  the  hills,  that 
one  tree  is  able  to  produce  from  2  to  3  maunds  (160  to  240  lbs.), 
the  men  who  gather  ii  from  the  forests  at  the  foot  of  the  hills,  only 
get  from  20  to  30  seers  (40  to  60  lbs.)  per  tree,  and  if  far  from  the 
hills,  only  half  that  quantity  is  obtained,  especially  if  the  ground 
is  gravelly  or  otherwise  severely  drained."  G.  Mann,  Conservator  of 
Forests,  Assam. 

Yield— In  Algiers,  this  tree  thrives  but  does  not  form  milk  in 
sufficient  quantity  to  to  make  it  a  profitable  source  of  rubber. 
Continuous  tapping  for  6  months  year  after  year,  Mr.  Mann  affirms, 
will  kill  the  trees,  and  accordingly  he  urged  either  that  tapping 
should  be  restricted  to  three  months  a  year  (January,  February,  and 
March),  or  that  a  regulation  should  be  made  prohibiting  the 
tapping  of  forests  more  frequently  than  once  every  three  years. 
Mr.  Mann  further  gives  instructive  figures  as  to  the  value  of  the 
rubber  trees  and  their  yield  of  caoutchouc.  "Assuming  that  a 
tree  reaches  its  full  size  at  fifty  years  without  tapping,  and  would 
after  that,  yield  every  third  year,  one  maund  of  rubber,  which 
would  be  collected,  manufactured,  and  delivered  in  Calcutta  at  15 
rupees  per  maund,  and  should  realise  the  present  price  of  good 
rubber,  viz.,  35  rupees  per  maund,  it  would  have  a  net  profit  of  20 
rupees,  per  tree  every  third  year.  Besides  this,  one  maund  of 
lac  may  be  reckoned  on  from  every  tree  per  year,  which,  if  collected 
at  its  present  rate,  could  be  delivered  in  Calcutta  at  lO  rupees  per 
maund,  whilst  it  fetciies  15  to  20  rupees  per  maund  there  now, 
which  is  a  profit  of  5  rupees  at  least  per  tree  yearly. 

"All  these  figures  are  the  lowest,  and  the  tapping  the  most 
cautious  ;  still  if  the  tree  planted  lives  a  second  fifty  years,  which 
it  is  sure  to  exceed,  it  produces  320  rupees  for  rubber  and  250 
rupees  for  lac,  which  is  more  than  any  two  timber  trees  of  fifty 
years  each,  which  might  be  grown  in  that  time  could  equal." 

Mr.  Mann  then  deals  with  the  two  kinds  of  rubber  manufactured 
by  the  people  of  Assam,  viz.,  one  in  irregular  solid  lumps  or  loaves 

*  The  notes  ou  (his  i-ubber  in  India  are  chiefly  derived  from  the  information  given  by 
Watt's  Dictionary  nf  Bcniiomic  Products  of  India 


275 

about  l6  to  20  oz.,  in  weight,  and  the  other  in  balls  of  rubber 
threads  each  weighing  I2  to  l6  oz.  The  price  paid  (in  1869)  for 
the  two  kinds  varied,  he  says,  from  8  rupees  to  12  rupees,  but  this 
was  paid  for  by  pieces  of  Eri  silk  cloth  of  that  value  in  exchange 
for  a  maund  of  rubber.  This  fetched  in  Calcutta  from  20  rupees 
to  40  rupeees  per  maund,  but  Mr.  Mann  adds  "  if  care  were 
bestowed  on  the  manufacture,  it  beyond  doubt  would  fetch  much 
higher  prices."  Messrs.  Martin  Ritchie  &  Co.,  however,  purchased 
their  rubber  only  in  the  fluid  state  from  the  people  who  tapped  the 
trees.  It  was  brought  to  them  either  in  earthen  pots  or  cane 
baskets  made  water  proof  with  a  previous  coating  of  rubber.  This 
coating  of  rubber,  Mr.  Mann  states,  was  held  to  retain  the  sap  in 
its  fluid  state.  He  goes  on  to  say  that,  rubber  in  this  fluid  state 
was  first  purchased  at  1-8  rupees  per  maund,  but  soon  rose  to  5 
rupees  for  the  best  or  thickest  procured  from  the  aerial  roots,  and 
4  rupees  for  the  next  best  procured  from  the  lower  part  of  the 
stem,  and  3  rupees  for  the  worst  supposed  to  come  from  the  upper 
branches  of  the  tree  and  to  have  been  mixed  with  the  juice  of 
other  species  of  Fig  and  water. 

A  full  grown  rubber  tree  of  about  50  years  old  will  yield  at  the 
very  lowest  10  lbs.  of  rubber,  if  very  carefully  tapped,  and  this 
quantity  may  be  expected  about  16  times,  which  will  be  an  equally 
safe  estimate  for  calculating  the  yield  of  a  rubber  tree.  To  be 
quite  on  the  safe  side,  calculate  10  trees  per  acre  which  would 
give  about  I,600  lbs.  of  rubber  from  every  acre.  This,  at  the  price 
at  which  rubber  was  collected  in  the  Darrang  district  and  sold, 
and  deducting  the  expenditure  incurred  in  collecting  it,  would  give 
a  net  profit  of  54  rupees  per  80  lbs.,  or  l,o8o  rupees  per  acre  in 
SO  years,  and  if  the  rubber  trees  have  a  longer  life,  the  yield  may 
be  reckoned  for  their  remaining  years  of  life  at  the  same,  if  not  a 
higher  rate. 

Colh'ctioit — Among  forest  trees  and  in  regard  to  dimensions, 
this  is  facile  princeps  and  there  is  no  other,  not  even  the  Banyan 
that  approaches  it  in  dimensions  and  grandeur.  Mr.  C.  Brownlow 
points  out  that  every  portion  below  the  head  of  the  foster  tree  is 
strictly  root  and  incapable  of  throwing  out  a  branch,  and  as  the 
head  is  rarely  less  than  60  to  lOO  feet  high,  it  is  no  easy  matter 
to  procure  a  branch.  These  cables  and  buttresses  as  they  approach 
the  ground,  throw  out  smaller  and  subsidiary  rootlets  of  all  thick- 
nesses down  to  that  of  twine.  If  any  of  these  be  cut  they  die  below, 
but  from  above  grow  again  downwards.  It  is  only  necessary  to 
see  the  tree  to  appreciate  the  fearful  risk  encountered  by  the  gum 
gatherers,  who  by  no  means  confine  their  operations  to  the  base,  but 
climb  up  as  high  as  the  roots  extend,  and  higher  along  the  hori- 
zontal branches,  chopping  at  intervals  of  every  few  inches,  the 
cuts  answering  as  well  for  their  foothold  as  for  the  sap  to  exude 
from.  Were  the  base  of  the  tree  alone  tapped,  the  yield  would  be 
very  insignificant,  especially  in  trees  that  have  been  frequently 
tapped  before.  And  as  the  trees  occur  very  sparsely,  and  long 
distances  have  to  be  gone  over  to  meet  them,  it  becomes  an  object 
to  get  as  much  off  at  each  cutting  as  possible.     The  trees  must  be 


276 

twice  climbed,  once  to  cut  it,  and  a  second  time,  after  the  gum  has 
dried  (which  talces  a  day  or  two)  to  gather  it.  This  is  done  by 
pulling  off  the  tear  which  gathers  below  the  wound,  which  brings 
away  with  it  all  the  gum  that  has  exuded,  and  these  tears  have 
only  to  be  moulded  together  to  agglutinate  into  a  ball.  The 
quantity  that  can  thus  be  collected  at  one  cutting  does  not  exceed 
8  to  10  lbs.  Of  course  no  mercy  is  shown  to  the  trees,  all  of  which 
suffer  severely  ;  and  many  are  killed  outright.  The  damage  they 
sustain  is  apparent  in  the  large  cankers,  and  buttresses  rotted  off, 
owing  to  the  bark  being  unable  to  heal  over  the  frequent  wounds 
they  have  received  all  round.  The  foliage  is  wanting  in  luxuriance 
and  dried  branches  and  roots  lying  about  testify  to  the  injury  in 
health  that  the  tree  has  sustained. 

Mr.  Mann  specially  insists  on   the   following   points  being  ob- 
served : — 

"(I)  Fresh  cuts  to   be  made  only  in  February,   March   and 
April, and  the  trees  to  have  rest   for  two   years  between 
each  tapping. 
"(2)  The  cuts  to  be  at  least  l8  inches  apart,  to  penetrate  into 
the  the  bark   only,   not  into  the  wood,   and  to  be  made 
with    an    instrument    more    suitable    than    the    ones    at 
present    used.      Mr.  Mann  prefers    the    German    timber 
scoring  knife. 
"(3)  As  far  as   possible,   the   milk  to   be  collected  in  a  fluid 
state    in    narrow-mouthed    rattan    baskets,    and    to    be 
brought  to  central  manufactories. 
"(4)  Endeavours  to  be  made  to  convert  the  milk  into  a  solid 
state  by  a  process  of  slow  drying  similar  to   that   prac- 
tised in  Para. 
"(5)  Those  varieties  of  caoutchouc  which  dry   naturally  on 
the  tree  to  be  collected  with  care,  and  to  be  picked  so  as 
to  get  rid  of  all  impurities. 
Planting — In  his  report  for  1884,  Mr.  Mann   gives  the  following 
particulars  : — "The  present  area  under  cultivation  is  fully  stocked 
containing  12,511  trees;  they  have  been   planted  at  25  feet  apart 
in  the   lines,   which   latter  are   lOO  feet  apart ;  this  is  double  the 
number  of  trees  that  was  planted  on  an  acre  at  the  commencement. 
The  oldest  trees  are  about  30  to  40  feet  in  height,  and  a  few  from 
45  to  50  feet,  but  this  cannot  be  put  down  as  the   average  growth 
of  Finis  elastica  in  ten  years,  since  half  this  time  and  longer,  these 
plantations  were  entirely  experimental,  and  everything  had  to  be 
learned,  as,  for  instance,  the  first  trees  were  all  raised  from  cuttings, 
which  mode  of  propagation  has   been  given   up,  since  the  trees 
raised  from  seed   have  proved  much  hardier  and  faster   growing, 
and  as  to  the  planting  of  rubber  seedlings  high  up   in  the  forks 
of  other  trees,  this  also  has  almost  entirely  been  given  up,  because 
such  trees  in  most  instances,  did  not  make  more  than  a  few  leaves 
in  the  year,   and  it  would,   as  a  matter  of  course,  be  out  of  the 
question  to  plant  rubber  trees  where  they  would  take  a  century  to 
become  large  enough  for  tapping,  when  such  trees   can  be  grown 
in  a  different  way  in  one-fourth  of  the  time.     On  the  other  hand. 


277 

it  has  been  found  that  trees  planted  on  small  mounds  of  earth,  3  to 
4  feet  in  height  grow  very  much  better  than  if  they  are  planted  on 
ordinary  level  ground,  and  this  plan  has  therefore  also  been 
adopted,  although  it  adds  considerably  to  the  cost  of  making 
these  plantations,  but  the  faster  growth  of  the  trees  amply  com- 
pensates for  the  higher  expenditure.  The  method  of  planting 
adopted  from  the  beginning  has  been  to  clear  lines  from  east  to 
west  through  the  forest  for  the  young  trees  a  hundred  feet  apart ; 
the  width  of  the  lines  is  40  feet,  so  that  a  broad  strip  of  forest  60 
feet  wide  is  left  standing  between  these  lines  to  ensure  the  utmost 
amount  of  moisture  in  the  atmosphere  for  the  young  rubber  trees. 
At  first  the  lines  were  only  cleared  20  feet  broad,  but  it  was  found 
after  a  few  years  that  these  closed  up  very  soon  and  thus  retarded 
the  growth  of  the  young  trees  by  shutting  out  the  requisite  amount 
of  light.  However,  the  widening  of  the  lines  also  brought  about 
the  faster  growth  of  the  scrub  in  them,  besides  that  of  the  rubber 
trees,  and  more  money,  time,  and  attention  has  in  consequence  to 
be  spent,  especially  in  the  rainy  season,  on  those  plantations,  than 
had  at  first  been  anticipated,  but  the  greatest  and  most  costly 
difficulty  that  had  to  be  overcome  was  the  effectual  protection  of 
rubber  trees  against  deer,  which  during  the  first  few  years,  con- 
stantly bit  off  the  young  plants,  and,  where  they  were  not  entirely 
ruined  by  this,  they  were  so  much  injured  and  retarded  in  growth 
that  a  considerable  increase  in  expenditure  on  these  plantations 
had  to  be  incurred  on  fencing  to  prevent  it.  But  for  the  future  this 
expenditure  will  not  be  necessary,  since  it  has  been  found  that 
saplings  10  feet  and  more  in  height  can  be  transplanted  without 
difficulty  and  with  perfect  success,  and  if  such  saplings  are  tied 
firmly  to  stakes,  the  deer  can  do  little  or  no  damage  to  them." 

Assam  Rubber  in  Jamaica — There  are  a  number  of  these  ti'ees  in 
various  parts  of  Jamaica.  Mr.  W.  M.  Douet  has  extracted  good 
rubber  from  a  tree  at  Sweet  River,  near  Sav.-la-Mar,  by  making 
V-shaped  incisions  with  others  leading  into  the  lowest  point.  He 
says: — " By  making  several  incisions  in  the  roots,  branches,  and 
lower  parts  of  the  trunks  I  have  extracted  2  lbs.  from  a  tree  at  one 
time.  The  juice  runs  very  slowly  and  hardens  on  the  tree  ;  I  strip 
it  off  and  roll  it  into  balls.  The  trees  are  large,  12  to  15  feet  in 
circumference  and  50  to  60  feet  high.  They  appear  to  be  very 
old.  The  late  Mr.  H.  O.  Vickers  made  some  experiments  in  ex- 
tracting the  rubber  from  these  trees,  and  found  that  he  obtained 
a  greater  flow  at  full  moon,  also  during  rainy  weather  ....  The 
average  annual  rainfall  for  the  last  ten  years  is  64  inches  17 
parts." 

Mr.  M.  S.  Strickland  also  extracted  good  rubber  from  one  of 
these  trees  at  Great  Valley,  Flint  River.  He  wrote,  "  The  manner 
in  which  the  rubber  is  taken  is  a  rough  one ;  the  trunk  and 
branches  are  cut  with  a  machete,  a  small  lump  of  clay  is  taken  to 
catch  the  milk  as  it  drops,  and  formed  into  a  ball.  But  the  milk 
can  be  taken  by  cutting  the  tree  and  allowing  it  to  drop  into  a 
calabash.  .  .  .  The  tree  here  would  not  do  for  cocoa  shade,  as  it 
branches  out  5  feet  from  the  ground,  and  the  branches  are  large 


278 

and  low.  The  roots  run  a  long  distance,  and  are  also  very  large- 
The  measurements  are :  girth  of  trunk,  1 6  feet;  girth  of  nearest 
branch  to  ground,  8  feet.  I  estimate  the  height  of  the  tree  to  be 
65  feet." 

Mr.  W.  Harris  made  some  experiments  on  three  trees  at  Pleasant 
Hill  just  below  the  Hill  Garden.  Incisions  were  made  in  the 
bark  of  the  trunks,  branches  and  one  large  root,  but  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  rubber  was  obtained  from  the  trunk  of  the  oldest  tree. 
When  any  part  of  the  bark  was  punctured,  the  milk  appeared 
immediately,  but  the  flow  quickly  ceased,  though  it  could  be  pro- 
longed by  removing  the  milk  as  it  flowed  from  the  incision.  Only 
about  one-fifth  of  a  pint  of  milk  was  obtained  each  day  for  three 
days  from  the  three  trees,  making  in  all  three-fifths  of  a  pint. 
The  following  method  was  adopted  in  preparing  the  rubber;  the 
milk  was  kept  in  the  tins  in  which  it  had  been  collected  until  the 
following  day  in  each  case.  Through  evaporation  of  the  water,  it 
had  become  thick,  but  in  order  to  hasten  coagulation,  boiling 
water  was  added.  The  milk  readily  mixed  with  the  water  and 
was  easily  removed  from  the  tins.  The  whole  was  poured  into 
saucers  and  placed  on  the  top  of  a  cooking  stove.  The  rubber 
soon  coagulated,  was  removed  and  pressed  out  into  flat  pieces. 
This  is  a  sufficient  indication  of  the  plan  that  might  be  adopted 
on  a  large  scale.  The  total  amount  of  rubber  thus  obtained 
amounted  to  4  ounces,  which  shows  that  this  rubber  tree  would 
not  be  profitable  at  an  elevation  of  3,500  feet. 

Preparation  of  the  rubber  in  Assatn — Collins  states  that  the  prepara- 
tion on  a  commercial  scale  is  to  pour  the  milk  into  large  wooden 
bins,  6  feet  square,  and  partly  filled  with  water,  the  caoutchouc 
after  a  time  floating  on  the  top.  The  caoutchouc  (being  still 
fluid)  is  then  taken  out  and  boiled  over  a  slow  fire  in  iron 
pans,  4  to  6  feet  in  diameter,  and  2  to  2i  feet  deep,  2  parts  of 
water  being  added  to  the  caoutchouc,  and  the  whole  stirred 
constantly.  As  soon  as  the  caoutchouc  coagulated  into  a  mass  it 
was  taken  out  with  iron  forks  and  pressed,  and  again  boiled  and 
pressed,  and  then  dried  in  the  sun,  and  finally  washed  over  with 
lime. 

Information  on  Assam  rubber  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin  of 
the  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,  as  follows  : — 1894,  pp.  105-109; 
1895.  PP-  55-56;  1901,  pp.  139-141- 

AFRICAN  RUBBER. 
(Landolphia  spp.) 

African  rubber  is  furnished  by  several  species  of  the  genus 
Landolphia,  which  are  woody  climbers,  with  stems  4  to  6  inches 
in  diameter.  The  best  quality  from  the  Zanzibar  coast  is  derived 
from  Landolpliia  Kirkii ;  two  other  species,  viz.,  L.  florida  (the  chief 
source  of  Mozambique  rubber),  and  L.  Petersiaua  are  also  sources 
of  the  East  African  supply. 

On  the  West  Coast  L.  owariciisis,  which  has  a  very  wide  distri- 
bution, is  the  principal  species  furnishing  Congo  and  Sierra  Leone 


279 

rubbers.  L.  Jlorida,  which  occurs  on  the  East  coast,  and  L.  Mannii 
also  afford  part  of  the  West  African  supply.  (Kew  Bulletin,  1892, 
p.  68.) 

Laiidolpliia  Heudclotii,  which  produces  a  good  quality  of  rubber, 
is  being  largely  planted  in  the  French  African  possessions.  Owing 
to  the  climbing  habit  of  the  Landolphias  it  is  not  practicable  to 
cultivate  them  in  regular  plantations  as  they  require  the  support 
of  trees,  and  when  once  tapped  several  years  must  elapse  before 
they  will  yield  another  crop,  but  it  is  well  to  remember  that  from 
these,  and  similar  plants,  a  very  important  rubber  industry  was 
started  at  the  Gold  Coast  in  1882  ;  and  although  previous  to  that 
year  no  rubber  whatever  was  exported  from  that  colony,  it  had 
attained  in  1893  to  the  annual  value  of  £200,000. 

I  would  suggest  that  plants  of  these  climbers  be  established  in 
the  forest  lands  belonging  to  the  Crown,  e.g.,  the  Cockpit  Country, 
and  in  course  of  time  they  would  probably  become  naturalized  and 
add  to  the  value  of  such  lands. 

Information  on  Landolphias  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin  of 
j.he  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,  No.  10,  p.  4. 

JAMAICA  RUBBER. 
[Forsteronia  floribtinda.) 

This  rubber  is  not  yet  known  in  commerce  although  attention 
has  been  called  to  it  in  the  Annual  Reports,  and  in  the  Bulletin  of 
the  Botanical  Department. 

Source— \\.  is  obtained  from  the  stems  of  a  climber  known  locally 
as  "  Milk  Withe"  or  "  Rubber  Withe"  which  are  generally  as  thick 
as  a  man's  wrist,  but  I  have  seen  great  lianas  in  the  Cockpit 
Country  in  St.  James  with  stems  six  inches  or  more  in  diameter  for 
a  distance  of  20  to  30  feet  from  the  ground,  then  branching  into 
several  stems  and  growing  to  the  tops  of  trees  over  lOO  feet  in 
height.  Such  stems  on  being  slightly  cut  with  a  machete  exuded 
latex  in  the  greatest  profusion.  The  plant  also  grows  over  the 
rocks  fully  exposed  to  the  sun,  or  climbs  over  bushes. 

Locality — The  "  Milk  Withe"  grows  plentifully  in  the  limestone 
districts  of  the  central  and  western  parishes  where  the  surface  is 
exceedingly  rough  and  difficult  to  traverse  on  account  of  the  sharp 
and  jagged  edges  of  the  hard  crystalline  limestone.  The  soil  is 
lodged  in  hollows  of  varying  extent  and  depth  between  the  pro- 
jecting rocks. 

Collection  of  Milk — When  a  cut  is  made  through  the  bark  of  the 
Milk  Withe  a  milky  juice  flows  out  for  about  two  minutes,  but  a 
number  of  incisions  are  necessary  before  sufficient  fluid  is  collected 
to  fill  a  four-ounce  bottle.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  cut  into 
the  bark  deeper  than  is  necessary  so  that  the  wound  may  soon  be 
healed  by  the  formation  of  new  bark. 

Yield — Messrs.  Silver,  of  Silvertown  India  Rubber  Company, 
reported  on  samples  sent  to  them  in  1888,  that  one  quart  of  juice 
yielded  one  pound  of  dry  and  washed  caoutchouc,  or  about  22 
ounces  of  ordinary  crude  caoutchouc,  but  the  sample  sent  in  1890 


28o 

yielded  only  at  the  rate  of  two  ounces  per  quart.  Probably  the 
difference  was  due  to  collection  in  the  former  case  during  the  dry 
months  and  in  the  latter  during  the  wet  season.  The  value  of  the 
rubber  in  1890,  was  stated  by  Messrs.  Silver  to  be  3  2d.  per  pound. 

Preparation  of  the  Rubber — The  rubber  coagulates  simply  on  ex- 
posure to  a  dry  atmosphere,  but  from  experiments  made,  it  is  pro- 
bable that  the  method  described  under  Assam  Rubber  as  the  one 
used  on  a  large  scale  would  prove  the  most  succesful. 

Propagation — This  plant  may  be  propagated  by  seed  or  by  cut- 
tings. 

Information  on  Jamaica  Milk  Withe  may  be  found  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Botanical  Department,  Jamaica,  as  follows  : — No.  10,  pp. 
2-3  ;  No.  21.  pp.  3-4  ;   1894,  pp.  IO9-IIO. 


28l 


INDEX. 


Page. 


Page. 


African  Rubber 

2;8 

in  India 

271 

Assam  Rubber: 

274 

in  Nicaragua 

268 

collection 

275 

in  the  German  colonies 

269 

distance  in  planting 

276 

locality 

26; 

effect  of  soil,  S:c.,  on  yield 

274 

number  of  trees  per  acre 

271 

in  Algiers 

274 

planting 

269 

in  Jamaica 

277 

profit 

271 

locality 

274 

propagation 

269 

planting 

276 

soil 

267 

preparation  of  the  rubber 

278 

yield 

271 

propagation 

276 

Colombian  Scrap  Rubber 

271 

source 

274 

Congo  Rubber 

278 

tapping 

275 

Ficus  elastica 

274 

value 

275 

Forsteronia  floribunda 

279 

when  to  tap 

276 

Funtumia  elastica 

264 

yield 

274 

Hevea  brasiliensis 

241 

Castjlloa  elastica 

253 

Ire 

264 

Castilloa  Rubber: 

253 

Jamaica  Rubber : 

279 

age  at  which  trees  may  be 

collection  of  milk 

279 

be  tapped 

260 

locality 

279 

as  a  shade  for  cocoa 

256 

preparation  of  the  rubber 

280 

best  districts  in  Jamaica 

255 

propagation 

280 

climate  and  situation 

254 

source 

279 

coagulating  the  latex 

262 

value 

280 

cost  of  collecting  rubber 

263 

yield 

279 

culture 

259 

Lagos  Silk  Rubber: 

264 

Darien  Castilloa 

254 

age  at  which  seed  is  pro- 

Darien "  Caucho" 

254 

duced 

264 

decrease  of  milk  with  in- 

age at  which  tree  may  be 

crease  of  altitude 

254 

tapped 

264 

distance  in  planting 

257 

as  shade  for  cocoa 

265 

flow  of  sap  in  dry  regions 

254 

attacked  by  caterpillars 

267 

habitat 

253 

best  districts  in  Jamaica 

265 

"hule  bianco" 

253 

coagulating  the  milk 

265 

"hule  Colorado" 

253 

collecting   and   preparing 

"hule  negro" 

253 

tlie  rubber 

265 

"hule  tunu" 

253 

destruction  of  Ire  forests 

266 

in  Ceylon 

257 

elevation  for 

265 

in  the  Darien  forests 

255 

habitat 

264 

in  Tobago 

257 

in  the  Cameroons 

264 

in  Venezuela 

256 

in  the  Congo  Free  State 

264 

on  the  Isthmus  of  Panama 

255 

in  Lagos 

266 

propagation 

255 

in  Trinidad 

264 

shade  for  Castilloa 

255 

in  Western  Africa 

264 

tapping 

261 

pruning 

265 

washing  the  latex 

262 

situation  for 

265 

yield 

262 

soil 

265 

Castilloa  Tunu 

253 

value 

266 

Ceara  Rubber: 

267 

Landolphia  florida 

278 

age   at   which  trees   may 

Landolphia  Heudelotii 

279 

be  tapped 

269 

Landolphia  Kirkii 

278 

analysis  of  rubber 

271 

Landolphia  Mannii 

279 

best  districts  in  Jamaica 

269 

Landolphia  owariensis 

278 

climate 

267 

Landolphia  Petersiana 

278 

collecting  the  rubber 

270 

Manitoba  Rubber 

267 

cost  of  collecting 

271 

Manihot  Glaziovii 

267 

distance  in  planting 

270 

Milk  Withe 

279 

in  Brazil 

268 

Mozambique  Rubber 

278 

in  Ceylon 

270 

'  Murupite' 

241 

in  Hawaii 

269 

282 


Page. 


Page. 


Para  Rubber : 

241 

rainfall 

242 

acreage  in  rubber 

253 

smoking  and  coagulation 

252 

analysis  of  banana  soil  in 

soil,  analysis  of 

243 

Jamaica 

2-13 

tapping : 

248 

analysis  of  rubber  soil  in 

age  to  tap 

248,  250 

Ceylon 

243 

frequency  of  tapping 

249 

as  a  mixed  crop 

245 

season  to  tap 

248 

climate 

241 

size  for  tapping 

248 

climate  in  Ceylon 

242 

time  to  tap 

249 

climate    in    Federated 

Yields  in  Ceylon 

250 

Malay  States 

242 

Rambong 

274 

coagulation 

251 

Rubber  at  the  Gold  Coast 

279 

diseases: 

247 

Rubber   of  a   species    of 

fruit  disease 

247 

Sapium  used  for  adulte- 

root disease 

247 

rating  Para  Rubber 

273 

stem  disease 

247 

Rubber  Withe 

279 

distance  in  planting 

244 

Sapium 

271 

draining  land 

246 

'Seringa-Rana' 

273 

habitat  of 

241 

Sierra  Leone  Rubber 

278 

holing 

245 

'  Taparu' 

273 

localities  for  in  Jamaica 

243 

Virgen  Rubber: 

271 

manuring 

246 

age  at  which  crops  may  be 

nurseries 

244 

obtained 

272 

planted  with  cocoa 

245 

elevations  for  in  Colombia 

272 

planting  operations 

244 

elevations  for  in  Jamaica 

273 

propagation 

244 

propagation 

272 

pruning  young  trees 

248 

value  of 

272 

283 
BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM   MINUTES 

The  usual  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House  on  Wednesday,  17th  October,  1906, 
at  2  p.m.  :  Present  : — The  Hon.  T.*L.  Roxburgh,  Acting  Colonial 
Secretary,  Acting  Chairman,  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the 
Acting  Island  Chemist,  His  Grace  the  Archbishop,  Messrs.  C.  A. 
T.  Fursdon,  J.  W.  Middleton  and  the  Secretary. 

The  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  confirmed. 

Rubber — Mr.  Fawcett  handed  in  the  manuscript  of  the  article  on 
rubber  which  Mr.  Harris  was  asked  to  prepare.  It  was  agreed 
that  this  should  be  published  as  a  Bulletin  and  that  the  Secretary 
should  write  Mr.  Harris  thanking  him  for  the  trouble  he  had  taken 
in  getting  up  the  matter. 

Mr.  Cradwick — The  Secretary  read  letter  from  Jamaica  Agricul- 
tural Society  stating  that  they  agreed  to  the  recommedations  of 
the  Board  of  Agriculture  that  Mr.  Cradwick  should  remain  in  the 
western  district  till  the  end  of  the  financial  year  and  carry  through 
his  engagements  till  that  date,  but  from  1st  April  it  was  expected 
that  he  should  take  up  his  work  in  his  new  district ;  that  as  His 
Excellency  had  not  approved  of  the  recommendation  of  the  Joint 
Conference  with  regard  to  the  control  of  the  Instructors  the  Board 
of  Management  took  it  that  the  control  of  the  work  remained  as 
before. 

Loiigvillc  Cassava  Plaiitatiou — The  Secretary  reported  that  as 
directed  by  the  Board,  Mr.  Cradwick  had  visited  Longville  Cassava 
Plantation  and  had  made  a  report  to  the  Amalgamated  Products 
Co. ;  his  expenses  amounting  to  £2  2s.  3d.  had  been  paid  by  the 
Company. 

Swift's  Arsenate  of  Lead — The  Secretary  read  letter  from  the 
Colonial  Secretary's  Office  stating  that  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Privy  Council  the  Governor  had,  under  Section  8  of  the 
Tariff  Law  of  1899,  agreed  to  admit  Swift's  Arsenate  of  Lead  free. 

Mr.  Fawcett  asked  for  a  copy  of  the  report  that  had  been  made 
on  the  subject  and  the  Secretary  was  directed  to  send  him  this. 

Tobacco — The  Secretary  read  letter  referred  from  the  Colonial 
Secretary's  Office  from  Granda  Bros.  &  Co.,  Montreal,  stating  that 
they  were  desirous  of  becoming  better  acquainted  with  the  tobacco 
grown  here  with  the  object  of  perhaps  using  same,  and  asking 
that  a  few  sample  hands  of  tobacco  suitable  for  wrappers  be  sent 
to  them  by  mail. 

The  Secretary  was  directed  to  publish  this  letter  in  the  news- 
papers and  send  a  copy  to  Col.  Kitchener. 

The  Director  of  Public  Gardens  stated  that  when  he  was  in 
London,  he  had  met  Mr.  Chalmers,  the  Tobacco  expert,  who 
stated  that  the  blend  of  Jamaica  and  Virginia  Tobacco  which  had 
been  used  experimentally  in  the  Navy  would  probably  be  found 
suitable,  and  when  the  experiment  was  completed,  they  would 
probably  want  as  much  as  500  quintals  of  the  third  quality  at  a 
cheap  rate. 


284 

The  Secretary  submitted  letter  from  the  Director  of  Public 
Gardens  asking  whether  the  experiment  of  growing  Sumatra 
Tobacco  under  shade  should  be  continued  this  year,  and  if  so,  a 
special  warrant  for  £25  to  cover  the  expenditure  would  be  required. 

It  was  agreed  not  to  continue  the  experiment. 

Mr.  Cradwick  and  Moiitpclicr  Show — The  Secretary  read  letter 
from  Montpelier  Show  Committee  urging  that  Mr.  Cradwick  be 
allowed  to  remain  in  that  part  of  the  Island  until  the  end  of  the 
financial  year  so  that  he  could  carry  through  matters  in  connection 
with  the  Show. 

The  Secretary  was  directed  to  reply  that  it  had  already  been 
decided  that  Mr.  Cradwick  should  carry  through  all  his  engage- 
ments in  that  district  up  to  the  31st  March. 

Free  Postage — The  Secretary  read  letter  fiom  Central  Cornwall 
Agricultural  Society  pointing  out  the  inconvenience  correspon- 
dents with  the  Travelling  Instructor  had  in  having  to  prepay 
postage  to  him. 

The  Secretary  was  directed  to  say  that  this  same  matter  had 
already  been  brought  before  the  Governor  when  it  was  decided 
that  letters  to  all  the  Instructors  as  well  as  to  the  Agricultural 
Society  could  not  be  granted  free  postage,  but  that  letters  to  the 
Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of 
Agriculture  were  free. 

Reports — The  following  reports  from  the  Director  of  Public 
Gardens  were  submitted  : — 

1.  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Instructors. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated  were  now 
submitted  for  final  consideration  : — 

I.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 
2  Mr.  Cradwick's  Report  for  August. 

3.  Mr.  Briscoe's  Report  and  Itinerary. 

There  were  no  remarks  on  these  reports  and  they  were  accord- 
ingly passed. 

Mr.  Middleton  brought  up  the  matter  of  the  report  that  had  been 
made  by  the  Committee  on  the  post  of  Assistant  Superintendent 
at  Hope  Gardens,  and  asked  whether  a  reply  was  expected. 

The  Chairman  said  that  he  had  no  doubt  that  a  reply  would  yet 
be  received. 

School  Gardens — The  Archbishop  said  that  he  had  received  a 
communication  from  Mr.  Murray,  Superintendent  of  Field  Experi- 
ments, with  regard  to  school  gardens  which  he  thought  contained 
suggestions  worthy  of  consideration  and  perhaps  adoption ;  he 
asked  that  a  Committee  be  appointed  to  consider  these  suggestions. 
The  following  Committee  was  appointed : — Mr.  Fawcett,  Mr. 
Capper,  Mr.  Middleton  and  the  Archbishop. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  till  Wednesday  14th  Nov.  at  2  p.m. 

[Issued  16th  Nov.,  J9u6.j 
Printed  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Office,  Kingstoa.,  Jam. 


BULLETIN 


DEPAKTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


Vol.  IV.  DECEMBER,  1906.  Part  12. 


KUITED    BY 


WILLIAM  FAWCETT,  B.Sc,  E.L.S., 

Director  of  Public  Gardens  and  Plantations. 


CONTENTS: 


Page. 
Ramie,  Rhea,  China  Grass  ...  285 

Fibre  Machine  ...  304 

Notes  on  Cultivation  of  Vegetables  ...  305 

Board  of  Agriculture  ...  305 


PRIG  E— Threepence. 


A  Copy  will  be  supplied  free  to  any  Resident  in  .Jamaica,  who  will  send  name  and 
address  to  the  Director  nf  Public  Gardens  and  Plantatiou-s,  Kiugstou  P.O. 


KINGSTON,  JAMAICA  : 
Hope  Gasdbns. 

1906. 


.JiVlvrA.TCA. 


BULT^ETIN" 


OF    THE 


LIBRARY 

NEW  YORK 

BOTANICAL 

GARIJEN. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CD 
CD 

I 

CO 


Vol.  IV. 

DECEMBER,  1906. 

Part  12. 

RAMIE, 

RHEA,  CHINA  GRASS. 

BCEHMERIA  NIVEA,  Hook.  &  Arn. 

CONTENTS. 

Page. 

^ 

Page. 

Introductory — 

Harvesting — 

Description 

...     285 

Cutting  the  stems 

...     290 

Varieties 

...     286 

Retting 

...     291 

Introduction  into  Jamaica 

...     2S6 

Yield 

...     292 

Cultivation — 

Future  Prospects 

...     292 

Climate 

...     286 

Extracts  from  lecture  at 

Soil 

...     287 

Society  of  Arts 

...     296. 

Preparation  of  ground 

...     287 

Machinery    for  decorti- 

Propagation and  Planting 

...     237 

cating 

■••     304 

Notes  on  Planting  Ramie 

...     288 

Manure 

...     289 

About  13  years  ago  much  interest  was  taken  in  the  subject  of 
Ramie,  and  notes  were  published  in  the  Bulletin*  for  the  guidance 
of  planters  ;  now  again  some  inquiries  are  being  made,  and  as  the 
above-mentioned  Bulletin  is  out  of  print,  some  of  the  notes  are 
here  republished  with  the  addition  of  the  latest  information  in  the 
form  of  a  lecture  and  discussion  at  the  Society  of  Arts  last  March. 
Later  still  Mr.  Hubert  J.  Boeken  has  published  a  pamphlet  dis- 
cribing  a  new  machine  for  decorticating  Ramie  stems,  manufactured 
by  Boeken  &  Co.,  of  Diiren,  Germany  and  offered  for  sale  at  the 
moderate  price  of  £60. 

Description — This  plant  belongs  to  the  Nettle  Family  {Urticacece). 
It  grows  to  a  height  of  from  4  to  8  feet.  The  leaves  are  alternate, 
toothed,  3-nevved,  broadly  ovate,  rough  above,  snow-white  on  the 
under  surface  in  one  variety,   greenish  in  another.     The  flowers 

*  Bulletin  of  t.^o  Dotanioal  Dc]nirtment,  Jamaica,  Marcli  and  April,  1S94. 


286 

are  very  small  in  clusters  along  a  branched  stalk,   and  both  male 
and  female  flowers  occur  on  the  same  plant. 

Varieties — Ramie  is  the  Malay  name  for  the  variety  native  in 
the  Malay  Archipelago,  which  is  greenish  on  both  sides  of  the 
leaf.  It  has  been  cultivated  in  Assam  for  long  periods,  and  is 
there  known  as  Rhea.  This  variety  is  distinguished  by  the  name 
tenacissima.  The  variety  with  the  whitish  under-side  of  the  leaves 
(nivea)  is  a  native  of  China  and  has  been  conveniently  designated 
the  Chinese  White  Nettle.  The  fibre  prepared  from  it,  and 
imported  into  England,  is  known  under  the  inappropriate  name  of 
China  Grass. 

China  grass  fibre  generally  obtains  double  the  price  in  London 
of  Rhea.  Some  writers  state  that  the  variety  tenacissima  produces 
the  strongest  fibre. 

Introduction  into  Jamaica — The  white-leaved  variety  was  intro- 
duced into  Jamaica  in  the  year  1854  by  Mr.  Nathaniel  Wilson, 
Island  Botanist,  and  was  grown  with  great  success  in  the  Botanic 
Garden  at  Bath.  Plants  were  distributed  from  that  centre  as  early 
as  the  year  1855.  In  1884,  Sir  D.  Morris,  at  that  time  Director  of 
Public  Gardens  and  Plantations,  issued  Instructions  on  the  Cultiva- 
tion of  Ramie,  and  also  discussed  the  subject  in  a  Public  Lecture  at 
the  Jamaica  Institute  on  "  Native  and  other  Fibre  Plants."  Shortly 
after  the  delivery  of  this  lecture,  the  late  Hon.  Dr.  Phillippo  deliver- 
ed another  Institute  Lecture  specially  devoted  to  the  subject  of 
Ramie,  giving  results  of  his  own  experiments  as  well  as  general 
nformation  on  the  whole  subject.  Dr.  Phillippo  had  already  in 
1881  introduced  the  green-leaved  variety  into  the  Island  from 
Haiti.  At  this  time  and  for  3  or  4  years  subsequently,  it  was 
confidently  e.xpected  that  the  Favier-Fremy  process  had  solved 
the  difficulty  of  preparation  of  the  fibre. 

CULTIVATION. 

Climate — The  Malayan  Ramie  is  essentially  a  native  of  an 
equatorial  insular  climate,  with  an  equable  temperature  all  the  year 
round,  and  abundance  of  moisture.  It  has  not  succeeded  well  in 
India,  except  in  the  south,  where  a  company  is  growing  it,  because 
in  summer  it  is  subjected  to  long-continued  droughts  and  in  winter 
to  cold  weather.  In  Jamaica  there  are  no  great  extremes  of 
temperature,  and  therefore  wherever  there  is  a  sufficiency  of  fresh 
water  for  the  roots.  Ramie  will  flourish.  Even  in  localities  where 
the  annual  rainfall  does  not  exceed  50  inches,  it  would  succeed 
with  irrigation. 

The  Chinese  White  Nettle  is  a  continental  plant,  and  apparently 
more  accommodating  as  regards  moisture  and  drought  than  the 
Malayan  variety.  It  has  grown  luxuriantly  in  Jamaica  from  sea 
level  up  to  5,000  feet,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  there 
would  be  any  difficulty  in  cultivating  it  at  the  highest  elevations. 
In  America,  it  is  said  that  the  Chinese  variety  is  the  more  success- 
ful. 


28; 

Soil — This  plant  will  grow  in  Jamaica  in  almost  any  soil  except 
stiff  clay.  It  grows  best  in  a  rich  sandy  loam,  which  is  12  to 
15  inches  deep,  with  a  free  subsoil.  It  is  important  to  have  perfect 
drainage,  for  it  is  intolerant  of  stagnant  water. 

Preparation  of<iroiind — The  more  thoroughly  the  ground  is  tilled 
before  planting,  the  quicker  will  the  roots  penetrate  the  soil,  and 
the  more  satisfactory  will  be  the  result. 

Propagation  and  Planting — Ramie  is  propagated  with  some  diffi- 
culty from  seed,  but  easily  by  cuttings  from  the  stem,  and  very 
readily  and  quickly  by  division  of  the  roots.  The  difficulties  in  the 
way  of  obtaining  a  yield  of  seed,  and  afterwards  in  growing  the 
seedlings,  as  compared  with  the  ease  with  which  cuttings  strike, 
make  it  unnecessary  to  discuss  propagation  by  seed. 

To  propagate  by  stem-cuttings,  let  the  stembecome  ripe,  indicated 
by  its  turning  brown  ;  cut  it  into  pieces,  each  containing  3  eyes 
or  buds,  close  below  the  lowest  eye,  and  close  above  the  topmost ; 
then  plant  so  that  the  middle  eye  is  just  at  the  surface.  It  is  not 
advisable  to  put  these  cuttings  out  at  once  into  the  open  field,  as 
they  require  a  moist  soil  and  shading  from  the  sun  for  10  days, 
t  will  be  found  better  to  grow  them  for  some  time  in  a  nursery 
ntil  they  have  well-developed  roots,  then  plant  them  out  at 
distances  of  1 1  to  2  feet  apart,  in  straight  rows. 

To  propagate  by  division  of  roots  is  the  best  plan.  It  is  better 
done  in  showery  weather.  The  roots  should  be  cut  so  that  there 
are  5  or  6  eyes  to  each  portion.  Plant  out  in  straight  rows  at 
distances  of  I J  to  2  feet  apart.  Some  have  recommended  4  feet 
as  a  proper  distance,  but  this  plan  necessitates  extra  expense  in 
weeding;  and  besides  the  fibre  will  be  of  better  quality  with  close 
planting  which  prevents  branching.  At  distances  of  li  feet  there 
is  room  for  hoeing  the  weeds,  until  the  plants  are  strong.  If 
the  ground  is  shaded,  as  some  recommend,  then  it  is  not  so 
important  to  plant  close. 

After  some  time  every  alternate  row  each  way  may  be  taken  up 
altogether,  and  transplanted  in  new  ground  so  as  to  extend  the 
plantation. 

A  Chinese  Treatise  on  Agriculture,  says  of  this  plant :  "  When 
the  tufts  are  strong  enough,  the  earth  round  is  dug,  and  new  stocks 
are  detached  and  transplanted  elsewhere.  The  principal  stock 
then  grows  more  vigorously.  At  the  end  of  4  or  5  years,  the  old 
stocks  becoming  excessively  strong,  they  are  divided  and  replanted 
in  other  beds." 

I^^Col.  Hannay,  in  speaking  of  the  cultivation  of  Rhea  in  Assam, 
says  : — "  Between  the  cuttings,  all  that  seems  necessary  is  a  fresh 
opening  up  of  the  ground  around  the  roots,  which  in  a  regular 
plantation  is  best  done  by  hoeing  between  the  rows  with  a  spade- 
shaped  hoe  set  in  a  long  handle :  the  person,  as  he  performs  this, 
going  backwards,  so  as  not  to  step  over  his  work  ;  in  fact  nothing 
can  be  more  simple  than  the  cultivation  of  this  plant,  all  that  is 
reiuired  being  a  loose  rich  soil,    and  protection   to  the   crop   by    a 


288 

good  strong  fence.  The  roots  throw  up  at  least  twelve  shoots 
when  in  full  bearing  ;  should  they  increase,  and  the  crops  get 
too  thick,  the  roots  require  to  be  separated  ;  and  by  this  means 
the  cultivation  can  be  carried  to  any  extent." 

To  put  ii  roots  at  I J  feet  apart  requires  nearly  20,000  roots  per 
acre.     At  2  feet  apart  there  are  10,890  plants  to  the  acre. 

Notes  on  Planting  Ramie* — The  plants  as  sent  from  the  Gardens 
are  ready  for  planting  without  further  preparation. 

If  the  land  is  such  that  ploughs  and  cultivators  can  be  used, 
thoroughly  plough  up  the  whole  of  the  land,  then  form  beds  five 
feet  wide,  with  walks  between  the  beds  eighteen  inches  wide,  the 
beds  can  be  any  reasonable  length  but  intervals  should  be  left  for 
the  passage  of  carts,  &c. ;  raise  the  beds  by  taking  soil  from  the 
space  left  for  walks  and  throwing  it  on  the  beds.  This  will  in- 
crease the  depth  of  soil  for  the  plants  to  grow  in,  and  by  lower- 
ing the  walks  make  them  serve  as  drains,  the  depth  of  which  would 
be  regulated  by  the  rainfall  of  the  district.  If  manual  labour  has 
to  be  utilised,  simply  fork  up  the  space  to  be  used  as  the  bed,  leave 
the  walks  hard,  but  the  top  soil  can  be  shovelled  off  and  put  on 
the  beds  in  the  same  way,  to  form  the  walks  and  drains ;  it  must 
be  borne  in  mind  that  this  is  the  best  of  the  soil  and  will  enrich 
the  beds. 

The  soil  must  be  thoroughly  pulverised,  the  plants  can  then  be 
planted  by  opening  a  hole  with  the  hand  just  deep  enough  to  cover 
the  plant  about  half-an-inch,  not  deeper  ;  cover  the  plants  lightly 
with  the  hand  but  do  not  press  the  soil  or  only  very  slightly,  if  the 
weather  is  dry  ;  do  not  plant  nearer  the  edge  of  the  beds  than  six 
inches,  put  the  plants  in  nine  inches  apart,  or  if  on  very  rich  soil 
a  toot  apart. 

Keep  the  young  plants  quite  free  from  weeds  by  hand  weeding. 
The  plants  put  out  at  Hope  treated  as  above,  were  weeded  three 
times  the  first  year,  and  then  the  Ramie  kept  down  the  weeds  itself 
except  on  the  paths. 

Our  reasons  for  planting  in  beds,  clearing  paths  and  intervals 
is  to  obviate  the  necessity  of  walking  between  the  plants,  and  so 
trampling  the  soil  round  the  roots,  and  making  it  hard  and  cakey, 
which  from  experience  has  been  found  to  be  very  detrimental  to 
the  growth  of  the  plant.  In  the  beds  planted  at  Hope  the  soil  was 
almost  as  loose  and  friable  a  year  later  as  it  was  on  the  day  the 
beds  were  planted  ;  and  if  the  crop  were  taken  off  then  the  only 
thing  requiring  to  be  done  is  to  hoe  the  paths,  and  perhaps  pull 
out  a  few  climbing  weeds  which  no  plants  can  keep  down  without 
assistance. 

By  planting  as  close  as  above  described  the  plants  shoot  up 
very  rapidly  with  little  or  no  tendency  to  branch. 

The  above  may  seem  rather  troublesome,  but  if  the  plants  are 
treated  in  this  way  the  growth  will  be  more  than   satisfactory    and 

*  \V.  I'railwick  iu  Uullct'oi,  June,  18SI6. 


289 

it  will  be  many  years  before  the  plant  requires  replanting,  but  if 
carelessly  dealt  with,  allowed  to  get  weedy  when  young,  trampled 
on  or  between,  the  plant  will  soon  become  enfeebled  and  the 
whole  trouble  of  replanting  will  have  to  be  gone  through  again  in 
a  short  time. 

Manure* — "  The  exhaustive  nature  of  the  plant  is  shown  by  the 
following  analysis  of  dry  ramie   stems.     The  ramie   stems  were 
found  by  Dr.  T.  K.  Hornidge  to  contain,  in  1 00  parts  : — 
Carbon  ...  47 '28 

Hydrogen  ...  6  "26 

Nitrogen  ...  009 

Oxygen  ...  42  23 

Ash  ...  4' 14 


100  GO 


"The  ash  consists  of: — 

Potash  ...  32  37  per  cent.  1  48' 76  per  cent. 

Soda 

Lime 

Magnesia 

Peroxide  of  iron  . . . 

Chloride  of  sodium 

Phosphoric  acid  ... 

Sulphuric  acid     ... 

Carbonic  acid 

Silicic  acid  (with    \ 

a  little  charcoal  6  60 

and  sand)  J 


1639 

J      of  alkalies, 

8  40 

5  39 

913 

961 

311 

8  90 

99  90 


"  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  alkalies  contribute  almost  one-half, 
and  the  phosphoric  acid  about  one-tenth  of  the  ash.  If  the  weight 
of  dry  stems  obtained  at  one  crop  be  taken  at  only  1,000  lbs.  per 
acre,  this  gives,  with  three  crops  in  the  year,  a  yield  of  about 
3,000  lbs.  of  dry  stems  per  acre  per  annum.  The  quantity  of  ash 
in  that  quantity  will  amount,  according  to  the  foregoing  analysis 
to  124  lbs.,  and  the  quantity  of  alkalies  subtracted  from  one  acre 
in  the  course  of  the  year  will  be  about  60  lbs.,  and  of  phosphoric 
acid  about  12  lbs.  In  England  a  crop  of  wheat  is  usually  assumed 
to  subtract  from  the  soil  about  30  lbs.  of  alkalies,  and  28  lbs.  of 
phosphoric  acid  ;  and  a  crop  of  flax  about  50  lbs.  of  alkalies, 
and  24  lbs.  of  phosphoric  acid.  In  comparison  with  these  numbers 
it  seems  that  ramie  requires  a  very  large  amount  of  alkalies, 
especially  of  potash,  more  than  either  flax  or  wheat,  whilst  the 
quantity  of  phosphoric  acid  is  only  one-half  of  that  contained  in  a 
crop  of  flax,  owing  to  the  large  quantities  of  phosphoric  acid  con- 
tained in  the  linseed. 

•Forbes  Watson. 


290 

"The  large  quantity  of  mineral  matters  contained  in  the  ramie 
stems  explains  the  importance  attached  by  the  Chinese  to  the 
careful  manuring  of  the  plant.  This  is  a  point  which  ought  not 
to  be  neglected  ;  and  even  if  it  should  be  difficult  to  provide  suffi- 
cient quantities  of  manure,  the  dry  sticks  after  the  separation  of 
the  fibre,  and  all  the  refuse  during  its  preparation,  should  be  care- 
fully collected,  burnt,  and  the  ashes  returned  to  the  soil.  If  this 
is  systematically  done,  there  need  be  no  fear  that  ramie  as  a  crop 
should  prove  very  exhaustive  to  the  soil,  as  the  proportion  of 
valuable  materal  constituents  taken  away  in  the  fibre  itself  is  quite 
small." 

HARVESTING. 

Cutting  the  Stems. — The  stems  should  be  cut  before  they  turn 
brown,  and  before  they  flower.  Dr.  Forbes  Watson  states  in  a 
lecture  before  the  Society  of  Arts  : — 

"  One  of  my  objects,  in  the  experiments  which  I  carried  out  in 
Paris  was  to  determine,  as  far  as  I  could,  the  height  to  which  the 
plants  should  be  grown  in  order  to  give  the  largest  yield  of  fibre. 
Some  people  say  that  the  plant  should  be  grown  to  the  height  of 
6  feet  ;  some  say  they  should  not  be  more  than  3  feet ;  but  the 
results  of  my  experiments,  point  to  the  fact  that  3i  to  4  feet  is 
about  the  right  height  to  grow  them.  If  the  length  is  not  more 
than  2  feet,  the  fibre  is  very  fine,  but  the  chances  are  you  get 
waste,  and  not  such  a  good  per  centage  of  fibre.  In  the  long  stems 
the  fibre  is  not  so  fine  as  in  the  medium  ones  ;  in  short,  the  medium 
stems  from  3  ft.  to  4  ft.  are  about  the  right  length  to  cut.  This 
has  an  important  bearing  upon  the  question  of  the  number  of 
crops  which  can  be  obtained.  It  is  clear  that  if  you  allow  the 
plant  to  grow  6  or  8  ft.  high,  you  cannot  expect  to  get  as  many 
crops  as  when  only  4  ft.  Moreover,  there  is  this  characteristic ; 
all  these  stalks  which  you  see  here  are  from  the  same  plant, 
that  is  to  say,  the  shoots  have  come  from  the  same  root.  Having 
determined  the  proper  length,  the  stems  should  be  gathered 
accordingly,  only  those  being  cut  which  have  attained  the  right 
height ;  in  this  way  a  continuous  crop  may  possibly  be  secured. 

"  We  find  that  with  China  grass  there  is  a  great  variety  in 
quality.  These  variations  in  quality  give  rise  to  the  complaints 
which  are  frequently  made.  If  you  grow  it,  however,  a  certain 
standard  length,  it  will  be  likely  to  produce  it  of  a  definite  quality 
and  that  is  what  is  wanted  for  commercial  purposes." 

The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  a  Report  on  Formosa 
by  Mr.  Alex.  Hosie,  acting  Consul  at  Tamsui,  submitted  in  March, 

1893  :— 

"The  workman  seizes  each  stem  9  inches  above  ground  between 
the  thumb  and  fingers  of  the  right  hand,  snaps  it  over  to  the  right 
causing  a  fracture,  lays  hold  of  the  stem  below  the  fracture  with 
his  left  hand,  pushes  down  and  sideways  the  upper  part  of  the 
stem  on  the  fracture  to  complete  the  division  of  the  wood,  inserts 
the  forefinger  of  the  right  hand  in  the  fracture,  which  is  now  com- 


291 

pound,  and  draws  it  up  between  the  peel  on  the  left  and  the  wood 
and  adhering  peel  on  the  right,  removing  on  its  way  branchlets, 
leaves,  and  tip.  He  then  draws  down  the  peel  on  the  left  with 
his  left  hand  to  the  root,  where  it  is  readily  detached.  In  like 
manner  the  peel  and  wood  on  the  right  are  removed  at  the  root,  and 
the  wood,  being  but  loosely  attached,  can  be  readily  separated 
from  the  peel.  The  whole  operation  is  simplicity  itself,  and  can 
be  conducted  with  the  greatest  rapidity.  The  result  of  repeated 
timing  is  that  100  stems  can  be  peeled  without  haste  in  fifteen 
minutes,  that  is,  at  the  rate  of  400  an  hour.  The  peeled  stems  and 
the  discarded  leaves,  &c.,  remain  on  the  field  as  manure.  .  .  . 

"  The  next  process  is  the  removal  of  the  cuticle  and  the  bleach- 
ing of  the  fibre.  The  ribbons  are  made  up  into  loosely  tied  bundles 
which  are  placed  in  a  tub  of  cold  water.  When  the  workman  is 
about  to  remove  the  green  cuticle  from  the  fibre,  he  places  on  the 
thumb  of  his  right  hand  a  wide  copper  ring,  on  which  a  small  flat 
piece  of  bamboo  has  been  fixed,  the  piece  of  bamboo  resting 
against  the  face  of  the  thumb.  In  the  same  hand  he  holds  an  iron 
instrument  like  a  shoe-horn,  in  such  a  position  that  he  can  grasp 
anything  between  the  piece  of  bamboo  and  the  blunt  inner  edge  of 
the  hand  instrument.  A  bundle  of  the  ribbons  is  then  taken  from 
the  tub  and  unfolded.  Taking  ribbon  by  ribbon  from  the  bundle 
with  his  left  hand  he  grasps  it  about  6  inches  from  the  wide  or 
butt  end, — the  cuticle  or  outside  of  the  ribbon  against  the  piece  of 
bamboo, — and  scrapes  it  to  the  tip.  After  a  couple  of  scrapings 
the  whole  of  the  cuticle,  with  the  exception  of  the  6  inches  or  so 
at  the  butt,  is  removed,  and  when  ten  or  a  dozen  ribbons  have  been 
treated  in  this  manner,  the  workman  reverses  them,  and  removes 
the  cuticle  at  the  butt  ends.  The  fibres,  which  remain  in  his  left 
hand,  are  hung  out  over  bamboos  in  the  sun  to  dry  and  bleach  for 
six  hours,  when  they  are  white  and  ready  to  be  packed  into 
bundles  for  market.  One  man  can  extract  some  81bs.  weight  of 
fibre  in  a  day  of  ten  hours,  and  an  English  acre  of  land  yields 
about  900lbs.  of  fibre." 

Retting: —  Mr.  W.  J.  Hollier,  who  addressed  the  Jamaica  public 
in  1894  on  the  merits  of  a  Ramie  Decorticating  machine  invented 
by  S.  B.  Allison,  recommended  retting  before  passing  through  the 
machine.  This  could  be  done  simply  by  soaking  in  water,  but  the 
process  he  stated,  could  be  improved  and  hastened  by  using  chemi- 
cals. Retting  is  a  process  involving  but  a  nominal  outlay,  no 
technical  knowledge,  and  but  little  care.  It  could  be  carried  out 
by  each  settler  for  himself. 

If  chemicals  are  used  the  following  is  the  process  : —  A  tank 
or  trough  is  required  of  six  cubic  yard  capacity  (i.e.,  about  nine 
feet  long,  six  feet  wide  and  three  feet  deep)  lined  with  cement,  or 
made  of  pine-board,  with  a  clay  backing.  This  tank  will  hold 
about  3,000  lbs.  of  green  stems  with  the  leaves  on.  Enough  water 
should  be  added  to  immerse  the  stems.  To  every  1,000  lbs  of  stems 
should  be  added  5  lbs.  of  flour  of  sulphur,  5  lbs.  caustic  potash  and 
5  lbs.  of   good  charcoal ;  but  if  ashes   from  a   furnace   be  added. 


292 

half  the  quantity  of  potash  will  suffice.  The  process  of  retting  is 
completed  in  from  4  to  8  days.  The  bundles  when  partially 
opened  and  dried  in  stacks  can  be  stored,  and  will  keep  for  a 
considerable  time.  The  sun  would  be  available  for  drying  in  the 
greater  part  of  Jamaica.  The  liquid  which  is  over,  mixed  with 
cattle,  sheep  or  horse  (not  hog)  manure,  makes  a  most  suitable 
manure,  and  the  leaves  would  make  good  paper  stock.  The  cost 
of  chemicals  is  nominal. 

Yield. — It  is  estimated  that  each  cutting  gives  20,000  lbs.  of 
green  stems  with  leaves,  or  5,000  lbs.  of  dry  stalks,  as  the  yield  per 
acre,  and  the  minimum  product  from  the  dry  stalks  is  15  per  cent, 
that  is  750  lbs.  of  raw  merchantable  fibre,  or  not  ciuite  4  per  cent, 
of  the  living  stem  and  leaves.  In  good  soil  and  plenty  of  moisture, 
five  crops  may  be  expected  annually.  The  caution,  however,  must 
be  given  that  until  the  end  of  the  first  year  at  any  rate  when  the 
roots  have  at  length  penetrated  the  soil,  a  full  crop  can  scarcely 
be  expected. 

CONCLUSIONS   IN    1875    WITH   REGARD   TO   THE   FUTURE 
PROSPECTS   OF   RAMIE  BY   DR.   FORBES   WATSON. 

"  Ramie  possesses  qualities  which  will  always  make  it  a  com- 
paratively high-priced  fibre,  standing  as  it  does  between  the  vege- 
table fibres,  hemp  and  flax,  ranging  from  £30  to  £70  per  ton,  and 
the  usually  much  higher  priced  animal  fibres,  wool  and  silk,  ranging 
from  £130  per  ton  upwards.  It  is  only  in  com.petition  with  these 
latter  that  ramie  will  have  to  rely  on  its  cheapness;  since,  as  regards 
the  other  vegetable  fibres,  it  has  already  been  noticed  that,  at  equal 
or  even  superior  prices  it  may  yet  in  many  cases  be  used  with  ad- 
vantage instead  of  hemp  and  flax.  The  details  supplied  prove 
however,  that  the  prices  of  the  raw  material  have  in  reality  been 
hitherto  prohibitive.  On  any  greater  demand  for  it,  the  prices  of 
the  raw  fibre  rose  at  once  to  £70  or  £80  per  ton,  which  corresponds 
to  £100  or  £120  per  ton  of  available  fibre,  exclusive  of  cost  of 
preparation.  Prepared  or  combed  fibre  was  usually  sold  at  2s.  6d., 
sometimes  3s.  6d.  per  lb.,  or  £280  to  £392  per  ton,  prices  such  as, 
whh  the  exception  of  the  best  kind  of  Sea  Island  cotton  and  of 
some  superfine  kinds  of  flax,  which  may  almost  be  called  fancy 
varieties,  no  vegetable  fibre  commands.  The  combing  wastes  or 
noils  of  ramie  even  now,  find  a  ready  sale  at  from  £80  to  £100  per 
ton,  a  price  which,  with  the  present  prices  of  rough  China  grass, 
might  make  it  remunerative  to  convert  its  whole  quantity  into 
combing  waste,  if  so  be  that  this  could  be  practically  carried  out. 
Under  such  conditions,  it  is  a  striking  acknowledgment  of  its  value 
that  it  should  ever  have  been  considered  as  having  any  chance  at 
all,  and  have  come  so  near  to  actual  success  as  it  has  done. 

"  In  considering  what  range  of  prices  would  be  sufficient  to  secure 
a  large  demand  for  this  material  in  the  present  state  of  the  market, 
several  circumstances  must  be  taken  into  account. 

"It  is  important  to  bear  in  mind  that,  like  all  other  fibres,  ramie 
exhibits  remarkable  differences  of  quality.  In  China,  where  alone 
it  is  used  for  any   fine  purposes,  a  difference   is    even   remarked 


293 

between  the  various  layers  of  fibre  on  the  same  stem,  the  outside 
layer  close  to  the  bark  being  stronger  and  rougher,  whilst  the  inner 
layer  is  glossier  and  finer,  and  more  suitable  for  high-class  fabrics. 
It  is  also  highly  probable  that,  as  in  flax,  the  fibre  at  the  base  of  the 
stem  is  rougher  than  at  the  top.  Well-marked  differences  arise 
from  the  season  of  cultivation  and  the  time  of  cutting.  The  first 
crop  of  the  plant  is  usually  shorter  and  more  woody  and  branched, 
and  yields  inferior  fibre  to  the  second  or  third  crop,  which,  in  turn, 
appear  to  differ  from  each  other.  It  seems  also  certain  that,  like 
jute,  the  early-cut  stems  yield  a  finer  fibre,  but  in  proportionably 
small  quantities,  whilst  in  the  perfectly  ripe  stems  the  fibre  increases 
in  weight  and  strength,  but  diminishes  in  fineness  and  lustre.  If 
the  ramie  stems  be  worked  up  in  their  fresh  state,  and  if  the  time 
of  cutting  should  have  extended  over  four  or  six  weeks,  this  in 
itself  would  be  sufficient  to  produce  fibre  of  different  qualities, 
even  from  the  same  plantation. 

"A  diiiference  in  the  soil  or  mode  of  cultivation  is  as  sure  to  pro- 
duce remarkable  differences  in  the  qualities  of  the  fibre  as  it  does 
in  the  case  of  flax  or  jute.  In  the  ramie  stems  obtained  from 
France,  there  was  a  proportion  of  strong  branched  knotty  sticks, 
more  than  half  an  inch  in  diameter  at  the  bottom,  whilst  there  was 
also  a  considerable  proportion  of  thin  shoots,  hardly  a  quarter  of 
an  inch  thick,  and  straight  and  smooth,  although  as  high  as  the 
former,  and  containing  a  much  finer  fibre.  The  difference  arose 
obviously  from  the  former  growing  as  central  stems  with  a  number 
of  lateral  branches,  while  the  latter  grew  as  parallel  shoots  thrown 
out  from  the  same  root — a  difference  which  the  mode  of  planting 
and  cultivation  would  produce. 

"  On  the  part  of  several  correspondents  who  have  long  given  their 
attention  to  this  fibre,  it  has  been  suggested  that,  for  very  fine 
purposes,  this  plant  should  not  be  grown  to  a  greater  height  than 
three  or  four  feet,  the  superior  value  of  the  fibre  compensating  for 
the  diminished  out-turn  per  acre,  although  even  the  out-turn  might 
be  increased  or  at  least  remain  unchanged,  if  the  smaller  height 
to  which  the  plant  is  grown  should  allow  of  planting  it  closer  to- 
gether, or  of  obtaining  more  crops  per  annum  than  when  the  plant 
is  grown  to  its  usual  height  of  six  or  eight  feet.  The  fibre  from 
the  smaller  stems  is  likely  not  only  to  be  finer,  but  it  is  also  likely 
to  suffer  less  loss  in  combing.  Although  the  bark  peeled  off  the 
six  to  seven  foot  stems  may  be  of  the  same  length  as  the  stems, 
yet  the  fibres  do  not  run  the  whole  length.  At  each  joint  a  certain 
proportion  of  the  fibres  stops,  so  that  along  with  the  full  length 
fibre  there  is  always  a  certain  proportion  of  short  length,  which, 
in  scutching  and  combing,  mostly  run  to  tow.  With  stems  of  less 
height,  this  difficulty  is  likely  to  be  lessened. 

"  All  these  are  differences  in  the  natural  properties  of  the  fibre 
itself,  and  independent  of  variations  produced  by  a  different  mode 
of  preparation.  The  latter,  which  will  be  superadded  to  those  in- 
herent in  the  fibre  as  grown,  will  be  hardly  less  considerable. 
There  is  the  difference  between  the  fibre  obtained  from  the  green 


294 

stems  and  that  from  the  dry  stems.  The  subsequent  chemical 
treatment  may  result  in  a  greater  or  less  disaggregation  of  the 
original  fibre,  and  materially  influence  its  character.  On  all  these 
grounds  it  appears  that  the  ramie  brought  into  the  market  will, 
under  any  circumstances,  even  with  the  most  perfect  methods  of 
cultivation  and  preparation,  manifest  considerable  differences  in 
its  quality  and  property — differences  greater  than  is  the  case  with 
other  fibres.  As  before  explained,  it  is  quite  likely,  that  even  from 
the  same  plantation,  some  of  the  produce  may  be  remarkable  for 
strength,  but  deficient  in  fineness  and  gloss ;  another  portion,  fine 
and  glossy,  but  less  strong  ;  another,  by  its  roughness  and  hairiness, 
approaching  wool  in  its  character. 

"Ultimately,  this  very  range  in  the  quality  may  prove  an  ad- 
vantage;  but  first,  in  the  experimental  stage,  it  is  a  decided  dis- 
advantage ;  and  it  can  be  easily  shown  that  this  is,  in  itself,  a 
sufficient  reason  why  it  is  impossible  to  expect  that  ramie  should, 
from  the  first  command  such  high  prices  as  its  good  qualities  are 
likely  to  ensure  to  it,  after  its  cultivation  and  preparation  have 
become  more  developed.  A  high  price  of  necessity  restricts  the 
application  of  the  fibre  to  the  very  finest  purposes.  Now,  it  is  the 
invariable  characteristic  of  high-class  manufacture  to  require  perfect 
uniformity  in  the  quality  of  the  material  used  in  it.  Not  only  must 
each  bale  of  fibre  used  for  fine  purposes  be  as  nearly  as  possible 
uniform  in  its  quality,  but  it  is  likewise  necessary  to  ensure  the 
steady  supply  of  other  bales  as  uniform,  and  of  the  very  same 
quality.  It  is  an  established  fact,  that  in  the  case  of  any  inequality 
in  the  material,  the  whole  quantity  will  sink  almost  to  the  value  of 
the  lowest  quality  contained  in  the  mixture,  and  that  no  high-class 
expensive  machinery  will  ever  be  established,  unless  there  are 
grounds  for  expecting  that  the  quality  of  the  raw  material  will  be 
uniformly  maintained.  In  any  other  case,  the  fibre  can  only  be 
used  for  rougher  purposes,  and  worked  on  simpler  machinery,  in 
which  such  variations  in  quality  are  of  no  moment. 

"  As  before  explained,  there  will  be  in  the  case  of  ramie  even 
greater  difficulties  than  in  the  case  of  other  fibres,  in  ensuring  this 
perfect  equality  in  condition,  as  a  considerable  amount  of  variation 
in  the  character  of  the  fibre  is  unavoidably  connected  with 
the  very  nature  of  the  growth  of  the  plant.  It  will  require  a  perfect 
knowledge  of  the  nature  of  the  plant,  and  of  the  fibre  and  its 
working,  and  a  perfect  mutual  understanding  between  the  agri- 
culturist growing  it,  the  machinist  cleaning  it,  and  the  manufacturer 
spinning  it.  This  can  only  be  the  slow  result  of  time,  and  will  only 
have  been  attained  when  cultivation  being  more  extended,  the 
trade  conducted  on  a  larger  scale,  it  will  be  possible  to  carry  out 
a  complete  sub-division  of  the  crop  according  to  its  various  qualities, 
and  when  the  best  practical  uses  of  each  quality  will  have  been 
ascertained.  Moreover,  in  any  case,  even  with  the  agricultural  and 
mechanical  treatment,  it  is  likely  that  only  a  certain  part  of  the 
crop  will  be  suitable  for  fine  uses,  whilst  a  considerable  proportion 
will  only  be  available  for  rougher  purposes.     So  that,  unless  the 


295 

method  of  preparation  allows  of  utilising  this  rougher  portion  of 
the  crop  also,  the  remaining  portion  suitable  for  fine  purposes  will 
always  be  disproportionately  dear. 

"  It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  a  rapid  development  of  the  ramie  trade 
cannot  be  expected,  until  the  bulk  of  the  raw  fibre  can  be  supplied 
at  a  price  much  below  that  which  it  will  eventually  attain  when  its 
higher  qualities  have  been  more  fully  developed,  and  below  that 
which  the  finer  portion  of  the  crop  is  likely  to  command  even  now. 
It  may  finally  come  to  be  applied  to  the  manufacture  of  damask, 
cambric,  and  lace,  but  for  some  years  to  come,  even  if  its  use  for 
such  purposes  should  prove  successful,  it  will  have  to  be  worked 
up  by  manufacturers  only  gradually  discovering  its  properties,  and 
on  machinery  with  processes  imitated  from  those  used  with  other 
fibres,  and  therefore  not  specially  adapted  to  ramie.  The  con- 
sumption of  the  fibre  for  fine  purposes  during  that  experimental 
stage  will  be  necessarily  small,  and  restricted  only  to  the  best 
qualities.  No  real  outlet,  therefore,  will  have  been  obtained  for 
ramie  unless  it  be  applied  for  purposes  for  which,  in  the  opinion 
of  some  of  its  sanguine  advocates,  it  is  far  too  good,  such  as  for 
cordage,  as  also  for  canvas,  mixture  with  I'ough  wools,  lower  kinds 
of  carpets,  hangings,  linings,  certain  kinds  of  linen,  &c.  It  is  also 
to  be  remembered  that  only  by  becoming  suitable  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  comparatively  cheap  articles  produced  in  large  quantity,  is 
there  any  hope  of  its  becoming  a  great  staple.  It  it  were  able  to 
compete  with  only  the  Courtrai  flax,  and  no  cheaper  fibres,  how- 
ever successful  it  might  be  in  this  respect,  it  would  never  develop 
into  a  large  trade. 

"  It  will  appear  clearly  from  this  discussion,  that  in  all  probability 
the  standard  price  of  £50  per  ton  for  machine-prepared  ramie  in 
the  London  market,  which  was  considered  sufficiently  low  in  1870 
to  ensure  its  extensive  introduction,  is  in  the  present  condition  of 
the  market  too  high  to  effect  this  object.  Such  a  price  of  raw 
material  for  fibre  available  for  spinning  would  correspond,  as 
already  calculated,  to  a  price  per  ton  of  £75,  with  the  addition  of 
the  cost  of  chemicals,  a  price  which  would  amount  to  rather  more 
than  that  of  the  finest  variety  of  flax,  which  enter  extensively  into 
the  commerce  of  the  country.  If  ramie  with  all  the  disadvantages 
attending  the  introduction  of  a  new  staple,  is  to  compete  success- 
fully with  the  fibres  which  already  have  possession  of  the  market, 
there  must  be  some  likelihood  of  obtaining  steady  supplies  of  the 
rough  fibre  at  prices  which  correspond  more  nearly  with  the  prices 
of  the  other  vegetable  fibres,  such  as  flax  and  hemp,  that  is,  at  an 
average  price  of  (at  the  outside)  from  £30  to  £40  per  ton  for  the 
better  and  from  £20  to  £25  per  ton  for  the  lower,  qualities. 
Even  with  such  prices,  the  fibre  freed  from  gum,  and  in  a  condition 
similar  to  that  of  undressed  flax,  could  not  be  prepared  at  less 
than  from  £35  to  £60  per  ton,  plus  cost  of  chemicals.  Considering 
its  superior  qualities,  however  such  a  price  would  seem  sufficiently 
low  to  bring  ramie  into  competition  with  flax  and  hemp,  even 
if  the  latter  were  somewhat  cheaper.     It  has  also  to  be  considered 


2Q6 

that  the  limits  of  prices  for  ramie  will,  of  course,  always  depend 
on  the  state  of  the  market  with  regard  to  fibres  generally,  and 
that,  at  present,  the  values  of  all  the  fibres  are  much  lower  than 
they  were  some  years  ago.  With  a  recovery  in  the  value  of  other 
fibres,  the  limits  of  prices  here  indicated  for  ramie  would  have 
to  be  proportionately  increased." 

"With  regard  to  what  is  known  in  commerce  as  'China  grass,' 
this  is  hand-cleaned  fibre  shipped  usually  from  Chinese  ports.  It 
arrives  in  this  country  in  small  parcels,  the  yearly  importation 
being  only  about  100  tons.  It  is  nearly  all  taken  up  by  continen- 
tal buyers.  Rhea  is  the  term  applied  to  machine-cleaned  fibre, 
generally  in  the  form  of  ribbons  or  half  cleaned  stuff.  The  price 
is  much  less  than  China  grass,  and  in  case  of  large  shipments 
would  probably  not  exceed  about  £7  or  £8  per  ton.  It  is  important 
therefore  for  Ramie  planters  to  aim  at  the  production  of  ribbons 
at  cost  not  exceeding  about  £4  or  £5  at  the  port  of  shipment. 
Important  elements  in  such  production  would  be  to  plant  Ramie 
only  in  places  where  the  soil  and  climate  will  allow  of  three  or 
four  crops  to  be  reaped  per  annum  ;  where  labour  is  very  cheap 
and  abundant,  and  where  good  facilities  exist  for  transport  and 
shipment."     (Kew  Bulletin,  November,  1889.) 

In  Ide  &  Christie's  Monthly  Circular,  dated  15th  November,  1906, 
China  Grass  is  quoted  at  32s.  to  35s.  per  cwt. ;  and  Rhea  "  none 
here." 

Extracts  from  Lecture*  at  Society  of  Arts. 

"RAMIE  AND  ITS  POSSIBILITIES." 
By  Mrs.  Ernest  Hart. 

Fifteen,  twenty  years  ago,  numerous  companies  were  formed 
with  large  capitals,  pledged  to  make  ramie  one  of  the  great  staple 
textiles  of  the  world, — -the  mills  of  all  of  which  are  now  silent, 
and  in  most  cases  dismantled  and  turned  to  other  uses. 

The  causes  of  this  remarkable  and  almost  universal  failure  in 
Great  Britain,  are  stated  to  have  been  want  of  raw  material,  im- 
perfect methods  of  degumming  which  rotted  the  fibre,  the  diffi- 
culties of  manipulating  the  fibre  in  machines  not  specially  con- 
structed to  deal  with  it,  and  the  intractable  behaviour  of  ramie 
yarns  in  the  loom.  It  should  also  be  added  that  in  many  cases 
the  companies  were  promoted  in  a  purely  speculative  spirit,  and 
the  management  was  in  the  hands  of  those  who  did  not  aim  by 
patient  investigation  at  overcoming  the  difficulties  of  ramie  mani- 
pulation in  the  factory,  but  were  unfortunately  too  much  interested 
in  the  more  exciting  game  of  manipulating  shares  on  the  Stock 
Exchange. 

Promises  of  immense  profits  were  made  in  the  prospectuses, 
charmin'g  samples  of  fabrics  were  produced,  quotations  of  shares 
rose  by  leaps  and  bounds  to  high  figures,  but  when  orders  were 
placed  the  samples  could  not   be  reproduced   in  pieces,  shares  fell 

*  Jouraal  of  the  Society  of  Arte,  No.  2,78.5.    Vol,  LIV. 


297 

as  rapidly  as  they  had  risen,  and  a  spirit  of  despair  settled  down 
on  the  ramie  world  of  England  and  her  dependencies.  Factories 
were  closed,  companies  liquidated,  plantations  in  India  and  else- 
where were  rooted  up,  and  the  whole  subject  was  quietly  disposed 
of  by  manufacturers,  in  the  statement  "  We  have  tried  ramie  and 
nothing  can  be  done  with  it."  The  loss  of  money,  however, 
rankled,  and  ramie  became  the  bete  noire,  the  skeleton  in  the  cup- 
board of  British  commerce. 

But  while  British  manufacturers  simply  gave  up  ramie,  or  a  few 
small  spinning  factories  were  carried  on  on  an  unprofitable  basis 
for  a  few  years  longer,  steady  progress  was  being  made  on  the 
Continent  in  the  effort  to  overcome,  by  scientific  methods,  the 
difficulties  of  degumming  without  injury  to  the  fibre,  and  to  ascer- 
tain the  correct  principles  and  processes  of  spinning.  A  new  use 
was  discovered  for  the  fibre,  which  gave  a  great  impetus  to  ramie 
spinning :  this  was  the  use  of  ramie  in  the  manufacture  of  gas 
mantles.  What  was  required  was  an  absorbent  netting  which 
would  absorb  the  mineral  salts  and  be  afterwards  burnt  away, 
leaving  the  least  amount  of  a  perfectly  white  ash  behind.  Egyptian 
cotton  had  been  used  for  this  purpose,  but  gas  mantle  manu- 
facturers found,  in  a  webbing  made  of  ramie  yarns,  a  material 
which  suited  their  requirements  exactly.  This  discovery  led  to 
a  great  development  of  the  existing  ramie  spinning  mills  of 
Germany  and  France,  and  to  the  perfecting  of  their  processes  and 
machinery. 

The  German  mills  then  took  up  the  manufacture  of  ramie 
stockingette  for  underwear,  of  hosiery,  and  of  knhted  goods  in 
which  the  yarn  used  is  mixed  more  or  less  with  wool.  In  France 
and  in  Switzerland  the  weaving  of  coarse  linens  for  restaurants 
has  been  carried  on  in  a  moderate  degree,  though  the  representa- 
tive of  Messieurs  Favier  in  Paris  told  me  that  owing  to  the  extra- 
ordinary durability  of  these  linens,  made  at  one  time  by  themselves, 
they  were  boycotted  by  the  buyers  of  the  great  French  retail 
houses,  so  that  they  consequently  gave  up  weaving  them,  and  con- 
fined themselves  to  spinning.  The  making  of  plushes  from  ramie 
has  been  also  accomplished  at  Chemnitz;  in  Japan  the  blending 
of  ramie  with  silk  has  been  successfully  carried  out ;  in  Holland 
fishing  nets  are  manufactured  of  ramie  yarns,  and  both  in  Sweden 
and  in  the  United  States  stockingette  for  underwear  is  made  on 
frames,  of  imported  yarns  :  in  Germany  and  France  ramie  yarns 
are  used  in  a  limited  degree  as  weft  on  woollen  or  cotton  yarns 
to  give  brilliancy  to  fabrics  ;  and  sail  cloth  for  yachts  has  also 
been  made  on  a  small  scale. 

I  think  I  have  mentioned  what  had  been  done  in  the  use  of  ramie 
in  various  textiles  till  I  started  with  the  avowed  intention  of 
manufacturing  pure  ramie  fabrics  warp  and  weft ;  the  known  diffi- 
culty being  to  weave  with  a  pure  ramie  warp,  for  though  the  fibre 
is  of  surprising  strength,  the  strongest  yarn  breaks  at  the  knot 
with  the  greatest  facility,  and  it  does  not  stand  well  the  shock  of 
the  loom  at  the  opening  of  the  shed. 


298 

As  I  am  frequently  asked  what  induced  me  to  take  up  the 
question  of  ramie  weaving,  and  as  my  audience  will  expect  an 
answer  to  this  enquiry,  I  will  give  a  brief  account  of  my  own 
work  in  weaving  ramie. 

As  is  well  known,  I  was  engaged  for  many  years  (and  am  still) 
in  encouraging  Irish  village  industries  by  founding  various  in- 
dustries and  training  workers.  The  weaving  of  hand-made  linens 
of  beautiful  colours  in  cottages  was  one  of  these.  Looking  round 
always  for  new  ideas,  I  noticed  in  the  Colonial  Exhibition  of  1885 
a  case  of  ramie  in  which  the  fibre  was  shown  in  the  raw  state, 
degummed,  as  silver,  and  as  dyed  yarns.  I  sought  out  the  man  in 
charge  of  this  exhibit,  and  asked  if  yarns  could  be  supplied  of  this 
brilliant,  silky  fibre,  but  I  was  told  that  the  exhibit  was  only  of 
scientific  interest,  and  that  to  make  weaving  yarns  was  not  yet 
practicable. 

A  few  years  later  I  read  a  notice  in  the  papers  that  the  difficulties 
of  ramie  spinning  had  been  overcome.  I  immediately  wrote  to 
the  factory  mentioned,  and  obtained  white  yarns,  which  I  used  as 
weft  on  linen  warps,  and  one  of  the  iirst  things  woven  on  our 
looms  was  a  piece  of  cloth  for  a  waistcoat,  which  has  figured  in 
many  letters  to  the  press,  and  which  I  know  is  still  in  wear.  On 
the  closing  down  of  this  factory  we  bought  up  stocks  of  ramie 
yarn,  and  continued  weaving  it  in  conjunction  with  unbleached 
linen  and  exporting  the  cloth  to  India,  where  it  obtained  a  high 
reputation  for  its  wearing  qualities,  and  its  stubborn  resistance  to 
dhobie  washing. 

Stimulated  by  the  assertion  that  it  could  not  be  done,  I 
determined  in  the  summer  of  1902  to  attempt  tte  weaving  of  pure 
ramie  fabrics,  warp  and  weft.  1  put  up  a  small  Swedish  hand-loom 
in  a  shed  in  my  garden  at  Totteridge,  and  engaged  an  expert 
hand-loom  weaver — a  Finn  girl — to  come  and  work  as  a  sample 
weaver.  On  this  simple  loom  we  got  out  our  first  samples,  and 
boldly  submitted  them  to  one  of  the  first  dress  goods  houses  in 
London.  They  were  approved,  and  I  was  encouraged  to  go  on. 
A  witch  loom  and  a  Domestic  loom,  with  power-loom  action 
worked  by  the  feet,  were  added  to  the  plant,  and  while  I  designed 
or  copied  patterns  and  pegged  them  on  the  witch,  the  weaver  wove 
them,  and  together  we  proved  the  point  that  ramie  could  be  woven 
in  piece  lengths,  warp  and  weft. 

The  looms  were  then  transferred  to  a  weaving  shed  in  a  village 
in  Yorkshire,  the  number  of  hand  looms  was  brought  up  to  sixteen, 
and  they  were  placed  under  the  direction  of  a  manager,  who 
added  to  the  most  intimate  knowledge  of  looms  and  weaving,  a 
rare  sense  of  colour.  Orders  began  to  come  in  from  good  houses, 
but  they  soon  necessitated  the  use  of  broad-width  power  looms. 
Another  small  mill  was  rented  and  fitted  with  ten  power-looms, 
gas  engine  and  winding,  beaming,  and  twisting  machinery.  Then 
began  the  true  difficulties  of  the  undertaking,  for  we  had  to  meet 
and   overcome  the  difficulties  of  weaving,  in  this  inelastic  fibre, 


299 

fine  dress  fabrics  on  broad-power  looms,  difficulties  which  in 
England  had  vanquished  those  who  had  attempted  the  same  before. 
One  by  one,  however,  they  were  steadily  overcome,  and  there  is 
now  scarcely  anything  that  we  cannot  weave  in  pure  ramie,  warp 
and  weft,  from  the  lightest  gossamer  to  cloth  that  has  a  brenking 
of  nearly  5 00  lbs.  to  the  inch,  from  heavy  tapestries  to  light  dress 
goods,  from  fancy  upholstery  repps  to  muslins.  All  the  fabrics 
here  shown,  are  of  pure  ramie,  warp  and  weft,  and  were  woven  at 
our  mills  under  my  personal  direction. 

Again  and  again  we  were  fairly  beaten,  the  workers  would  not 
stay  to  be  so  worried,  the  looms  broke  down  under  the  strain  put 
on  them,  the  winding  of  the  yarns  drove  everybody  silly  ;  but  we 
always  began  again,  determined  to  succeed,  and  would  not  accept 

failure. 

Not  the  least  of  our  difficulties  were  created  by  the  yarn  spinners. 
To  get  weaving  yarns  spun  for  me  I  applied  to  the  spinners  of  gas 
mantle  yarns,  or  of  ramie  thread,  to  worsted  spinners,  flax  spinners, 
and  jute  spinners.  Numerous  and  costly  experiments  were  made 
in  England,  but  none  of  the  yarns  were  satisfactory,  as  the 
spinners  had  not  the  proper  plant  on  which  to  spin  ramie  yarns, 
and  were  unwilling  to  put  up  the  same,  and  they  soon  tired  of 
making  experiments  to  reach  the  perfection  of  manufacture  I 
required.  I  then  went  to  France  ;  but  the  yarns  though  beautiful 
in  appearance,  were  too  brittle.  I  then  went  to  Germany,  and  at 
last  found  spinners  willing  to  take  any  amount  of  trouble  to  do 
what  I  required.  "  We  do  not  care  what  trouble  Mrs.  Hart  gives" 
they  wrote,  "  so  long  as  we  please  her  in  the  end."  In  England 
the  spirit  of  the  replies  to  my  requests,  used  to  be  in  those  early 
days.  "Well — it  is  the  best  we  can  do,  and  if  you  do  not  like  it,  you 
must  lump  it."  It  is  the  scientific  spirit  of  painstaking  industry 
which  gives  Germany  her  increasing  commerce,  in  spite  of 
hampering  tariffs  ;  it  is  the  conservative  spirit  of  anti-scientific 
ignorance  which  loses  Great  Britain  her  commercial  supremacy,  in 
spite  of  the  benefits  of  free  trade.  In  nothing  is  this  more  visible 
than  in  the  ramie  industry  ;  once  almost  solely  in  the  hands  of 
Great  Britain,  whose  colonies  could  supply  her  with  indefinite 
supplies  of  raw  material,  and  lost  through  over-reaching  specula- 
tion and  lack  of  science,  this  industry  passed  to  Germany,  who 
applied  to  the  elucidation  of  its  secrets  and  the  perfection  of  its 
methods,  the  science  and  patience  lacking  in  this  country. 

To  return  to  the  story  of  our  own  work.  Having  now  overcome 
the  technical  difficulties,  my  next  care  was  to  place  the  goods  on 
the  market,  but  though  orders  were  placed  by  the  best  dress  and 
upholstery  houses  our  plant,  was  then  too  small,  our  possible  out- 
put too  limited,  and  our  capital  too  narrow  to  do  ourselves  justice. 
I  had  borne  all  the  expense  of  the  great  experiment,  and  not  being 
a  capitalist,  this  was  only  done  at  the  cost  of  great  personal 
sacrifice.  I  was  assured  by  business  friends,  and  by  willing  pro- 
moters, that  it  would  be  easy  to  find  capital  to  enable  me  to 
increase  the  plant,  take  advantage  of  the  trade  offered,  and  create 


300 

a  sound  industrial  enterprise  ;  but  English  capital  was  shy  ;  it  had 
been  hit  too  heavily  in  the  past  by  ramie  to  believe  in  the  genuine- 
ness of  a  new  ramie  industrial  undertaking  :  incredulity  as  to 
ultimate  success  was  expressed  on  all  sides  in  such  terms  as  "  It  is 
absurd  to  think  that  Mrs.  Hart  can  succeed  where  Lister  failed." 
"  Oh,  yes,  Mrs.  Hart  will  make  samples  as  they  all  did,  but  she 
will  never  make  pieces,"  and  so  on,  and  the  enormous  sums  of 
money  lost  by  the  speaker  or  by  his  friends,  were  instanced  as 
proofs  of  the  disastrous  character  of  ran.ie  undertakings. 

But  help  came  from  another,  a  more  confident  and  bolder 
country  than  old  England,  namely,  from  America,  and  it  was  with 
American  capital  that  "A.  M.  Hart,  Limited,"  was  formed  and  the 
enterprise  was  lifted  from  the  experimental  stage  to  that  of  a  sound 
commercial  industry.  English  capitalists  have  since  joined  us, 
but  at  a  critical  time  it  was  due  to  the  action  and  initiative  of  my 
American  co-director  that  the  enterprise  was  firmly  established  on 
a  commercial  basis.  From  that  date  we  have  gone  forward  with 
no  uncertain  steps ;  we  have  rented  a  large  mill,  have  put  up  a 
considerable  amount  of  machinery,  and  are  engaged  in  executing 
orders  and  Government  contracts,  which  are  only  an  earnest  of 
what  we  expect  and  which  we  are  prepared  to  carry  out. 

Everywhere  I  have  tried  to  allay  one  bogey  which  has  always 
frightened  the  intended  planter,  namely,  that  it  is  necessary  to 
have  a  costly  machine  for  decorticating  the  fibre  in  order  to  make 
it  marketable.  So  long  as  there  are  millions  of  people  in  this 
world  willing  to  work  for  6d.  a  day  or  less,  ramie  is  better,  in  such 
countries,  stripped  and  decorticated  by  hand  than  by  any  machine 
that  has  been  or  will  be  invented.  In  India  as  in  China,  in  West 
Africa,  in  East  Africa  where  native  labour  is  abundant,  and  in  the 
West  Indies,  no  decorticating  machines  are  necessary;  but  in 
Mexico,  in  the  Straits  Settlements,  in  the  Southern  States  of 
America,  where  labour  is  scarce  and  dear,  and  on  the  great  rubber 
lands  where  ramie  would  be  a  valuable  catch-crop,  decorticating 
by  machinery  is  essential. 

A  great  many  machines  have  been  invented  for  this  purpose 
since  the  Indian  Government  in  1869  offered  two  prizes,  one  for 
£5,000,  and  another  for  £2,000,  for  machinery  or  processes  by 
which  the  fibre  could  be  prepared  at  such  a  cost  per  ton  as  would 
render  it  easily  marketable.  This  offer  of  prizes  was  renewed  in 
1877,  for  sums  of  £5,000  and  £l,000.  Various  competitive  trials 
were  made,  and  though  small  prizes  were  awarded,  no  machine 
was  found  equal  to  the  requirements  of  the  Government,  so  some 
years  ago  the  chief  of  the  Economic  Department  advised  the 
Indian  Government  to  withdraw  the  competition. 

This  offer  of  the  Indian  Government  to  give  prizes  for  decorti- 
cating machines  was  unfortunate,  as  it  led  those  who  were 
interested  in  ramie  on  a  wrong  tack  :  for  it  was  more  important  to 
ascertain  the  correct  scientific  principles  of  treating  the  fibre  in 
order  to  prepare  it  for  manufacture,  than  to  decorticate  it  by 
machinery  on  the  fields,  particularly  in  India,  where,  owing  to  the 


301 

abundance  of  cheap  labour,  ramie  can  be  better  decorticated  by 
hand  than  by  any  machine.  China  does  not  ask  for  decorticating 
machines,  and  the  hand-stripped  China  grass — which  is  only  ramie 
stripped  and  debarked  on  the  fields  with  Chinese  care  and  labori- 
ousness — will  always  command  a  higher  price  in  the  market  than 
any  machine-decorticated  fibre.  Various  machines  claiming  to  do 
all  that  is  required  are  now  on  the  market,  and  I  have  reason  to 
believe  that  a  machine,  the  invention  of  a  foreigner,  which  will  be 
introduced  in  the  autumn  of  1906*  will  give  quite  the  best  returns, 
both  in  the  matter  of  perfectly  cleansing  the  fibre  of  the  outside 
brown  pellicle  and  in  the  output  it  can  produce  per  diem. 

The  difficulty  of  the  whole  proceeding  will  be  understood  by 
those  who  are  not  ramie  experts  if  I  briefly  describe  the  process. 
Ramie  stems,  when  grown  to  the  height  of  about  8  or  9  feet,  are, 
when  matured,  cut  down,  and  the  outer  bark  is  at  once  stripped 
off.  This  outer  bark,  which  can  be  easily  stripped  off,  much  in 
the  same  way  as  a  willow  cane  is  whittled,  is  found  to  consist  of 
two  layers,  namely,  a  thin  outer,  closely  adherent,  brown  pellicle, 
and  an  inner,  thicker,  white,  bast  layer.  It  is  this  bast  layer  which 
is  composed  of  ramie  fibre.  When  it  is  stripped  from  the  woody 
stem  in  the  green  state  it  is  full  of  a  sticky  gum.  The  object  is 
now  to  free  the  bast  layer  as  much  as  possible  of  its  soluble  gums 
and  of  its  outer  brown  pellicle. 

This  the  Chinaman  does  by  sitting  in  or  near  running  water 
while  he  rubs  off  the  outer  brown  pellicle  with  a  blunt  bamboo 
knife,  and  strips  off  the  bast  layer,  washing  away  the  soluble 
gums  at  the  same  time.  The  long  strips  of  fibre  are  then  dried, 
baled  and  exported,  and  obtain  a  price  per  ton  in  Europe  out  of  all 
proportion  to  the  cost  of  cultivation  and  manipulation.  In  the 
case  where  the  ramie  stems  are  decorticated  by  machinery,  they 
are  sent,  within  three  days  of  being  gathered,  to  a  central  decorti- 
cating station;  or  in  large  plantations  to  the  mill  on  the  estate. 
The  canes  are  first  passed  through  corrugated  iron  rollers,  which 
break  up  the  woody  stem  and  pith,  leaving  long  strips  of  the  bark 
more  or  less  free  from  wood  :  these  are  then  passed  into  a  machine, 
the  principle  of  which  is  approximately,  the  same  in  all  which  have 
been  invented,  namely  that  revolving  steel  blades  pare  off  the  outer 
brown  bark  of  the  ribbons,  very  much  in  the  same  way  as  the 
surface  of  a  cloth  is  cut  by  a  revolving  cutting  machine,  and  they 
are  finally  brushed  clean  of  all  adhering  particles  of  pellicle. 

The  disadvantages  of  machine  decorticating  are— the  initial 
expense  of  the  machine  ;  the  delay  in  bringing  the  stems  down 
from  the  plantations,  so  that  some  of  the  gums  undergo  fermenta- 
tive changes  ;  the  smallness  of  the  output  of  most  of  the  machines 
in  use,  and  the  fact  that  after  all  the  fibre  is  not  so  completely 
cleaned  of  its  brown  pellicle  as  in  the  case  of  hand  stripping,  nor 
are  the  fibres  left  in  such  a  perfectly  parallel  condition,  which  is 
essential  to  avoid  waste  in  the  subsequent  processes  of  spinning. 
I  do  not  deny  but  that  machines  for  decorticating  are  absolutely 

*  See  paragraph  below  ou  .Machinery,  page  304.  Editor. 


302 

necessary  in  some  cases,  particularly  where  ramie  will  be  grown 
on  large  plantations,  and  where  labour  is  scarce  and  dear,  but  it 
has  been  unwisely  put  forward  by  the  Indian  and  other  Govern- 
ments, as  an  absolute  necessity  before  the  cultivation  of  ramie 
had  been  entered  upon  on  anything  like  a  large  scale. 

I  make  bold,  however,  to  say  that  though  hand-stripped  China 
grass  will  always  command  the  best  price  for  the  finest  ramie 
goods,  yet  for  a  large  number  of  purposes  it  is  not  necessary  to 
deprive  the  ramie  of  its  outer  brown  pellicle.  The  whole  bark, 
pellicle  and  bast  layer,  can  be  easily  stripped  off  in  long  ribbons 
by  hand,  or  the  process  may  be  aided  by  passing  the  canes  through 
corrugated  iron  rollers  to  break  up  the  wood  and  pith  of  the  stems. 

These  ribbons,  which  are  known  in  the  trade  as  brown  ramie  or 
rhea  ribbons,  must  be  thoroughly  dried,  and  are  then  baled,  and 
exported  :  and  by  those  who  hold  the  secrets,  these  brown  ramie 
ribbons  can  be  debarked  and  degummed  at  the  same  time,  pro- 
ducing a  very  useful  Jilassc. 

This  statement,  made  by  me  in  many  letters  to  growers  in  remote 
parts  of  the  world,  has  given  great  hope  and  a  considerable 
stimulus  to  ramie  growers,  as  they  were  holding  back,  unwilling 
to  plant  on  a  large  scale,  waiting  for  the  introduction  of  the  long- 
promised,  perfect  decorticating  machine. 

The  next  process  in  manufacture  is  to  free  the  fibre  from  its 
gum  and  to  turn  it  into  what  is  ca.\\ec\  Jilassc.  The  gums  and 
pectines  which  bind  the  ramie  fibres  together  in  the  bast  layer  are 
among  the  most  irreducible  and  complicated  in  nature.  Some  of 
them  are  easily  soluble  in  water,  others  can  be  reduced  by  alkalies, 
but  some  of  them  are  more  intractible,  and  the  object  of  the  investi- 
gators and  chemists  who  have  studied  the  subject  of  degumming 
ramie  for  the  last  50  years  has  always  been  to  recover  the  natural 
white  fibre,  free  of  its  gums,  without  injuring  its  strength  or  dis- 
troying  its  brilliancy.  To  obtain  this  result  numerous  patents 
have  been  taken  out,  and  still  more  numerous  processes  are  kept 
secret.  Some  of  the  processes  which  were  in  use  some  years  ago 
resulted  in  rendering  the  fibre  so  fragile  that  the  yards  dissolved 
in  powder  after  the  cloth  is  woven.  Some  of  the  processes  still 
in  vogue,  render  the  yarns  brittle  in  the  extreme  ;  but  I  may,  never- 
theless, say  with  confidence  that  the  difficulty  of  degumming  has 
now  been  solved,  and  that  there  are  those  among  us  who  can 
teach,  if  they  would,  how  to  degum  ramie  without  destroying  its 
strength  or  diminishing  its  brilliancy. 

One  of  the  great  arts  of  the  process  is  to  keep  the  long  fibres  of 
ramie  intact  and  parallel  so  that  very  little  tow  is  produced  in 
spinning.  It  is  often  stated  that  it  would  be  well  to  degum  the 
fibre  on  the  fields  at  the  time  of  gathering  and  decorticating. 
This  assertion  I  always  contravert  as  degumming  is  essentially  a 
scientific  process,  which  must  be  watched  over  and  directed  by 
scientific  experts  ;  indeed  every  bale  of  ramie,  and  the  product  of 
every  single  crop,  must  be  carefully  examined  and  specially 
treated  on  its  merits. 


303 

If  ramie  is  to  become,  as  we  anticipate,  one  of  the  great  textiles 
of  the  world,  it  will  be  grown,  like  cotton  or  sugar  or  rice,  in 
plantations  often  widely  separated,  and  frequently  small  in  extent, 
and  the  great  thing  is  to  teach  the  planter  how  to  prepare  the  fibre 
for  export  so  that  it  may  arrive  at  the  mills  in  a  sound  condition, 
and  there  is  nothing  that  protects  the  fibre  in  the  course  of  transit 
as  well  as  to  be  embedded  in  its  own  gum. 

After  degumming,  the  fibre  is  then  subjected  to  various  manu- 
facturing processes  to  turn  it  into  sliver,  and  from  sliver  it  is  spun 
into  yarn. 

It  is  a  strong  commentary  on  the  apathy  of  British  manufacturers 
that,  whereas  there  is  only  one  spinning  mill  in  Great  Britain  at 
present  at  work  which  treats  ramie  from  the  ungummed  fibre  to  the 
yam,  there  are  several  of  large  extent  in  Germany,  France,  and 
Japan;  yet  it  is  in  England  where  the  best  ramie  machinery  is 
made,  and  these  foreign  mills  come  to  England  for  their  ramie- 
spinning  machinery.  I  have  reason  to  believe  that  this 
reproach  to  English  industrial  enterprise  will  be  removed  before 
long  ;  and,  inasmuch  as  I  and  my  friends  are  doing  our  utmost  to 
stimulate  the  cultivation  of  ramie  in  British  dependencies  and 
colonies,  we  are  also  aiming  at,  and  are  taking  practical  steps  for, 
making  ramie-spinning  a  British  industry. 

In  the  discussion  which  followed  Mr.  Thomas  Barraclough  said 
he  thoroughly  agreed  with  the  bulk  of  what  Mrs.  Hart  had  said. 
He  somewhat  differed  from  Mrs.  Hart  in  her  remarks  with  regard 
to  decorticating  by  hand  labour.  It  was  necessary  that  the  fibre 
should  be  degummed  as  much  alike  as  possible.  It  was  very  in- 
convenient to  get  a  bale  of  ramie,  one-half  of  which  had  been 
properly  decorticated  by  good  hand  labour,  and  the  other  only 
half  decorticated,  owning  to  the  fact  probably  that  the  work  had 
been  done  by  children,  as  was  the  case  in  China.  If  the  ramie  had 
a  good  deal  of  the  outer  pellicle  left  on  it,  it  must  be  treated 
specially  before  it  was  degummed,  whereas  good  decorticated 
ramie  could  be  degummed  straight  away  without  any  preliminary 
treatment.  It  was  very  necessary,  therefore,  that  ramie  should  be 
decorticated  equally.  Hand  labour  was  very  good  when  it  was 
good,  but  it  was  irregular,  and  machines  must,  sooner  or  later, 
take  the  place  of  hand  labour.  The  Chinese  decorticating  was  the 
best  in  the  world,  due  to  the  fact  it  was  the  custom  all  over 
China,  where  ramie  was  grown,  for  the  payment  for  decorticating  to 
be  the  perquisite  of  the  wife  and  the  children  with  which  they 
bought  their  clothes.  Hence  the  diligence  with  which  they  worked. 
There  were  two  or  three  difficulties  connected  with  the  brown  or 
black  ribbons  which  were  sent  to  this  country.  A  great  mass  of 
stuff  was  sent  over,  on  which  freight  had  to  be  paid,  which  might 
just  as  well  be  left  in  the  fields  where  ramie  was  grown.  As  a 
consequence  the  material  had  to  undergo  special  treatment,  and 
even  though  he  had  known  it  to  be  bought  for  £13  a  ton,  it  was 
dear  at  the  price.     Mrs.  Hart  had  said  that  the  plants  would  last  fo 


304 

twenty  years.  In  his  opinion  the  outside  limit  to  the  age  of  a  ramie 
plai.t  was  fourteen  years,  and  probably  twelve  was  nearer  the 
average.  If  the  roots  were  too  old  the  fibre  was  deteriorated,  and 
was  worth  considerably  less  for  spinning  purposes.  But  as  Mrs. 
Hart  had  said,  the  plants  themselves  provide  so  many  means  for 
obtaining  new  plants  that  it  was  not  a  serious  consideralion  if  the 
twenty  years  were  reduced  to  twelve.  The  industry  had  now  been 
put  on  a  commercial  basis.  There  was  an  immense  demand  for 
ramie  yarn,  in  fact,  so  great  was  the  demand  that  the  largest  mill 
in  Germany  was  said  not  to  be  able  to  accept  further  orders  for  a 
considerable  time.  Consequently,  if  there  was  an  ever-growing 
demand  for  the  yarns  in  England  and  they  could  not  be  obtained 
except  by  going  to  Germany  and  France,  it  seemed  to  him  that 
the  English  would  be  a  very  benighted  people  if  they  did  not  put 
up  some  spinning  mills  and  spin  the  yarn  they  required.  He  hoped 
the  excellent  paper  which  Mrs.  Hart  had  read  would  have  a  powerful 
influence  in  that  direction. 

MACHINERY. 

Mr.  Hubert  J.  Boeken  states  in  a  pamphlet  just  lately  published 
thai  he  has  for  many  years  been  engaged  with  machinery  for  all 
kinds  of  textile  fibres,  and  that  in  his  last  voyage  to  the  West 
Indies  he  succeeded  in  finding  a  machine  which  had  been  wanted 
for  so  long, — one  which  could  easily  and  economically  decorticate 
ramie.  Mr.  Jose  Garcia  Hernandez  of  Havana  had  been  occupied 
for  l8  years  with  indefatigable  perseverance  in  the  construction  of 
a  dccorticator.  Mr.  Boeken  saw  the  little  model  machine  of  Mr. 
Garcia,  and  at  once  recognised  the  possibilities  of  utilising  the 
principle  of  this  machine.  He  constructed  a  larger  machine  on 
this  principle  with  the  improvements  suggested  by  his  experience, 
and  named  it  the  "Aquiles."  This  machine  is  now  manufactured 
by  H.  Boeken  &  Co.,  Diiren,  Germany.  The  advantages  which  it 
possesses  over  other  inventions  of  the  same  kind  according  to  Mr. 
Boeken  are  the  following  : — 

1.  Simplicity  of  mechanical  construction,  as  there  are  neither 

scutching  drum,  nor  knives,  nor  feeding  chains. 

2.  Very    feeble  expenditure    of    motive  power    necessary  ;  a 

child  can  put  the  machine  in  motion. 

3.  Continuous  feeding  of  the  machine. 

4.  Output  considerable  :    10,000   stalks   an  hour    giving  about 

40  lbs.  of  Chinagrass  an  hour. 

5.  Facility  of  transport.     The  machine  is  not  more  difficult  to 

move  than  an  ordinary  sewing  machine. 

6.  Moderate  price  which    puts   it  within  the  reach   of  every 

planter  :  £60. 

7.  Total  weight  990  lbs. 


FIBRE  MACHINE. 

Among  the  articles  exhibited  by  the  Jamaica  Society  of  Arts  in 
Kingston  on  the  17th  and  19th  of  February  1855,  and  subsequently 
sent  to  the  Paris  Exhibition  were  fibres  from  the  Jerusalem  dagger. 


305 


Yucca  a/oi folia,  and  from  the  plantain,  Miisa  paradisiaca,  prepared 
by  a  machine  invented  by  a  Mr.  Clarke  who  was  employed  at  the 
General  Penitentiary. 

They  were  handed  into  the  Society  by  the  Rev.  James  Watson. 

Information  about  this  machine  is  desired  by  a  correspondent. 


NOTES  ON  THE  CULTIVATION  OF  VEGETA- 
BLES.   II. 

By  W.  Harris,  F.L.S.,  Superintendent  of  Hope  Gardens. 
In  the  Bulletin  for  October  will  be  found  some  Notes  on  Vege- 
tables. A  correspondent  has  now  asked  for  information  showing 
the  time  required  by  each  crop  to  arrive  at  maturity.  This  will 
depend  largely  on  soil,  situation  and  the  care  bestowed  on  culti- 
vation, but,  speaking  generally,  the  time  required  by  each  of  the 
crops  named  below  is  approximately  as  follows  : — 


Beet-root 

Cabbages 

Carrots 

Cucumbers 

Garden  Eggs 

Kidney  Beans 

Kohl  Rabi 

Lettuce 

Musk  Melons 

Mustard  and  Cress 

Okra 

Onions 

Parsley 

Peas  (English) 

Peppers 

Potatoes 

Pumpkins 

Radish 

Spinach 

Squash 

Sweet  corn 

Tomatoes 

Turnips 

Water  Melons 


Three  months 

Three  to  four  months 

Three  to  four  months 

Two  to  three  months 

About  five  months 

Six  to  eight  weeks 

Two  to  three  months 

Two  months 

Three  months 

Two  to  three  weeks 

Three  months 

Six  to  seven  months 

Three  months 

Three  to  four  months,  according 

to  variety  grown 
Two  to  three  months 
Three  to  four  months 
Three  months 
Six  weeks 
Two  months 
Two  to  three  months 
Three  months 
Three  months 
Two  to  three  months 
Three  months. 


BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  MINUTES. 
The  usual  monthly  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  was 
held  at  Headquarter  House  on  Wednesday  14th  November,  1906, 
at  2  p.m.  ;  present :  Hon.  H.  Clarence  Bourne,  Chairman,  the 
Director  of  Public  Gardens,  the  Island  Chemist,  the  Superintending 
Inspector  of  Schools,  His  Grace  the  Archbishop,  Messrs.  C.  E, 
deMercado,  J.  W.  I\'iddleton  and  the  Secretary  John  Barclay. 


306 

Rubber — The  Secretary  read  letter  from  Mr.  Harris  acknowledg- 
ing receipt  of  the  vote  of  thanks  from  the  Board  for  preparing  the 
manuscript  on  the  subject  of  rubber. 

Tobacco — The  Secretary  reported  with  regard  to  the  samples  of 
leaf  tobacco  asked  for  by  Messrs.  Granda  Bros.  &  Co.,  Montreal, 
that  he  had  received  samples  from  Mr.  Crowden  of  leaf  grown  at 
Suttons,  Clarendon,  and  had  sent  them  on  ;  he  understood  also  that 
Col.  Kitchener  had  sent  samples. 

School  Gardens  Committee — The  Secretary  read  the  report  of  the 
Committee  on  School  Gardens. 

The  Chairman  asked  if  this  was  intended  to  supersede  the  in- 
spection of  Schools  Gardens  by  the  Inspector  of  Schools. 

After  discussion  it  was  resolved,  to  alter  the  words  "Inspector 
or  Superintendent"  and  insert  "Instructor  for  School  Gardens"  as 
the  description  and  add  a  paragraph  to  the  effect  that  this  arrange- 
ment was  an  additional  effort  and  was  not  intended  to  interfere 
with  the  inspection  of  School  Gardens  by  Inspectors  of  Schools. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  send  the  report  to  the  Colonial 
Secretary. 

Book  on  Sclwol  Gardens. — The  Chemist  asked  whether  arrange- 
ments were  made  for  the  publication  of  Mr.  Williams'  book  on 
School  Gardens  in  Jamaica. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  write  the  Colonial  Secretary 
drawing  his  attention  to  the  fact  that  a  book  on  School  Gardens  is 
being  written  by  Mr.  Williams  at  the  request  of  the  Board  of 
Agriculture  and  recommending  that  provision  should  be  made  on 
the  estimates  for  1907-8  of  the  Printing  Office  for  publication. 

The  Secretary  submitted  the  following  letter  from  the  Colonial 
Secretary's  Office  : 

Agricultural  Conference — I.  Enclosing  a  copy  of  letter  written 
to  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens,  stating  that  the  "  Port 
Kingston"  would  visit  Barbados  both  on  her  outward  and 
homeward  voyage  in  January  next,  without  transgressing 
contract  time,  in  order  that  the  members  of  the  conference 
might  travel  in  her  both  ways  and  requesting  him  to  send 
in  as  soon  as  possible  the  programme  of  the  Agricultural 
Conference  proceedings  also    requesting    him    to    make 
proper  arrangements  for  the  accommodation  of  the  con- 
ference. 
In  this  conne.xion  a  letter    was  read  from  the  Director  of  Public 
Gardens  asking  for  the  approval  of  the  re-appointment  of  the  same 
committee    which  had  been  appointed   last  year  in  connexion  with 
the  Conference.     This  was  approved. 

It  was  reported  that  the  Governme.it  had  arranged  for  free 
Railway  passes  for  the  members  of  the  Conference. 

Assistant  Chemist — 2.  Intimating  that  the  Secretary   of  State 

ij^gfor  the  Colonies  had  selected   Mr.  Robert   Sipimons,    for 

appointment  on  an  engagement  for  not  more  than  three 


307 

years  from  the  date  of  his  arrival,  as  Assistant  Chemist, 
in  this  Island,  with  salary  at  the  rate  of  £200  a  year 
rising  by  annual  increments  of  £lO  to  £220   a  year. 

Arroivroot — 3.  Stating  for  the  information  of  the  Board  that 
about  4,650  pounds  of  arrowroot  were  annually  consumed 
at  the  General  Penitentiary,  District  Prison  and  Reforma- 
tory, and  about  12,000  pounds  at  the  Lunatic  Asylum, 
Lepers  Home  and  the  several  Public  Hospitals. 
The  Secretary  stated  that  he  had  the  matter  in  hand  trying  to 
get  a  native  supply. 

Instructors — 4.  Referring  letter  from  the  Upper  Trelawny 
Agricultural  Society  to  the  Chairman,  expressing  its 
appreciation  for  Mr.  Arnett's  appointment  as  Agricultural 
Instructor  for  the  parish,  but  suggesting  that  instead  of  one 
local  Instructor  to  serve  the  parishes  of  St.  Ann,  Tre- 
lawny, Eastern  St.  James  and  North  Clarendon,  it  would 
prove  more  workable,  ensure  more  visits,  secure  greater 
interest  and  more  effective  teaching  to  have,  say  three 
Instructors  at  £l00  per  annum,  or  four  at  £80  per  annum. 
The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  reply  that  the  Board  did  not 
consider  it  expedient  to  make  any  alteration. 

Toftacco— Forwarding  copy  of  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens 
on  Tobacco,  stating  that  he  had  seen  Mr.  Chalmers 
several  times  in  London  and  had  gone  to  see  Mr.  Murray, 
the  Director  of  Victualling  at  the  Admiralty,  and  also  Mr. 
Olivier  at  the  Colonial  Office  with  reference  to  using 
Colonial  Tobacco  in  the  Navy,  that  it  was  probable  that 
the  Admiralty  would  undertake  to  import  and  prepare 
its  own  tobacco  for  the  use  of  the  sailors  ;  that  the  to- 
bacco from  Havana  seed  required  blending  with  leaf  of 
the  character  of  Virginian  tobacco  and  that  it  was  Mr. 
Chalmers'  opinion  that  the  latter  could  be  grown  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  that  it  was  his  intention  to  try  it  at 
Hope  Gardens  this  season. 

6.  Submitting  correspondence  with  Mr.  Ashby  regarding  his 
appointment  as  Fermentation  Chemist. 

It  was  directed  to  be  circulated,  but  was  first  to  be  returned  to 
the  Colonial  Secretary's  Office  to  be  sent  to  the  Chemist  for  his 
information. 

The  Chemist  submitted  the  following  reports  : — 

1.  Report    visit    to    the    United  Kingdom    and    Germany    to 

investigate  the  commercial  aspect  of  Jamaica  Rum. 

2.  Estimates  for  Government  Laboratory,    1907-8. 

3.  Estimates  for  Sugar  Experiment  Station  for  1907-8. 

4.  Proposed  experiments  for  forcing  early  Oranges. 

5.  Report  on  Distillers'  course. 

As  regards  the  estimates   for  the  Government  Laboratory  for 
1907-8   these   asked  the   approval  of  the  Board  for  alterations  in 


308 

the   items   of  the   estimates,  the   proposals  not  involving  any  in- 
crease in  the  total  appropriation  for  the  Government    Laijoratory. 

As  regards  the  estimates  for  Sugar  Experiment  Station  for  1907-8 
these  recommended  that  the  estimates  should  remain  unchanged 
except  for  a  slight  re-arrangement  under  the  heading  "  Personal 
Emoluments." 

These  were  agreed  to. 

The  following  reports  from  the  Director  of  Public  Gardens  were 
submitted  : — 

1.  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Instructors. 

These  were  directed  to  be  circulated. 

The  following  papers  which  had  been  circulated  were  now 
submitted  for  final  consideration  : — 

1.  Report  Hope  Experiment  Station. 

2.  Report  Mr.  Cradwick. 

3.  Report  Mr.  Briscoe. 


[Issued  17th  Dec,  1906.] 
Priiited  at  the  Govt.  Printing  Offiv,  Kingstiw,,  Jam. 


New   York   Botanical   Garden   Library 


iiiiliilililiiliiiiiiiililliiiliiiiiiiiiiiii 

85  00259  6201 


,.A\.'/-,  ' 


f:?^i^.4%:i 


■-^-i: 


tfi.t:-.